summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/mmc_updater/depends
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'mmc_updater/depends')
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/CMakeLists.txt9
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/README16
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.cpp1176
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.h270
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/CMakeLists.txt24
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/readme.txt530
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.cpp111
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.h305
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.cpp1886
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.h1805
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxmlerror.cpp52
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxmlparser.cpp1638
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/controls.h1074
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/copyright.txt33
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/cstring.h905
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.h94
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.rc250
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/dialog.h876
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/docking.h4214
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/file.h392
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/frame.h3303
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/gdi.h3944
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/info.txt205
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/listview.h867
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/mdi.h783
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/menu.h600
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/propertysheet.h960
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/rebar.h709
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/release notes.txt116
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/ribbon.h527
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/shared_ptr.h199
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/socket.h778
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/statusbar.h226
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/stdcontrols.h1000
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/tab.h1658
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/taskdialog.h811
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/thread.h241
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/toolbar.h1361
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/treeview.h624
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wceframe.h420
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wcestddef.h58
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/webbrowser.h760
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wincore.h2977
-rw-r--r--mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/winutils.h649
44 files changed, 0 insertions, 39436 deletions
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/CMakeLists.txt b/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index fdfd6076..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-project(AnyOption)
-
-cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.6)
-
-add_library(anyoption
- anyoption.cpp
- anyoption.h
-)
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/README b/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/README
deleted file mode 100644
index d91d6851..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/README
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
-
-http://www.hackorama.com/anyoption/
-
-AnyOption is a C++ class for easy parsing of complex commandline options. It also parses options from a rsourcefile in option value pair format.
-
-AnyOption implements the traditional POSIX style character options ( -n ) as well as the newer GNU style long options ( --name ). Or you can use a simpler long option version ( -name ) by asking to ignore the POSIX style options.
-
-AnyOption supports the traditional UNIX resourcefile syntax of, any line starting with "#" is a comment and the value pairs use ":" as a delimiter.
-
-An option which expects a value is considered as an option value pair, while options without a value are considered flags.
-
-Please read the header file for the documented public interface, and demo.cpp for an example of how easy it is to use AnyOption.
-
-August 2004, added bug-fixes, and updates send by Michael Peters of Sandia Lab.
-September 2006, fix from Boyan Asenov for a bug in mixing up option type indexes.
-July 2011, fix from Min KJ and Costantino G for string allocation.
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.cpp b/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 6792fe3e..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1176 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * AnyOption 1.3
- *
- * kishan at hackorama dot com www.hackorama.com JULY 2001
- *
- * + Acts as a common facade class for reading
- * commandline options as well as options from
- * an optionfile with delimited type value pairs
- *
- * + Handles the POSIX style single character options ( -w )
- * as well as the newer GNU long options ( --width )
- *
- * + The option file assumes the traditional format of
- * first character based comment lines and type value
- * pairs with a delimiter , and flags which are not pairs
- *
- * # this is a coment
- * # next line is an option value pair
- * width : 100
- * # next line is a flag
- * noimages
- *
- * + Supports printing out Help and Usage
- *
- * + Why not just use getopt() ?
- *
- * getopt() Its a POSIX standard not part of ANSI-C.
- * So it may not be available on platforms like Windows.
- *
- * + Why it is so long ?
- *
- * The actual code which does command line parsing
- * and option file parsing are done in few methods.
- * Most of the extra code are for providing a flexible
- * common public interface to both a resourcefile and
- * and command line supporting POSIX style and
- * GNU long option as well as mixing of both.
- *
- * + Please see "anyoption.h" for public method descriptions
- *
- */
-
-/* Updated Auguest 2004
- * Fix from Michael D Peters (mpeters at sandia.gov)
- * to remove static local variables, allowing multiple instantiations
- * of the reader (for using multiple configuration files). There is
- * an error in the destructor when using multiple instances, so you
- * cannot delete your objects (it will crash), but not calling the
- * destructor only introduces a small memory leak, so I
- * have not bothered tracking it down.
- *
- * Also updated to use modern C++ style headers, rather than
- * depricated iostream.h (it was causing my compiler problems)
-*/
-
-/*
- * Updated September 2006
- * Fix from Boyan Asenov for a bug in mixing up option indexes
- * leading to exception when mixing different options types
- */
-
-#include "anyoption.h"
-
-#include <string.h>
-
-AnyOption::AnyOption()
-{
- init();
-}
-
-AnyOption::AnyOption(int maxopt)
-{
- init( maxopt , maxopt );
-}
-
-AnyOption::AnyOption(int maxopt, int maxcharopt)
-{
- init( maxopt , maxcharopt );
-}
-
-AnyOption::~AnyOption()
-{
- if( mem_allocated )
- cleanup();
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::init()
-{
- init( DEFAULT_MAXOPTS , DEFAULT_MAXOPTS );
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::init(int maxopt, int maxcharopt )
-{
-
- max_options = maxopt;
- max_char_options = maxcharopt;
- max_usage_lines = DEFAULT_MAXUSAGE;
- usage_lines = 0 ;
- argc = 0;
- argv = NULL;
- posix_style = true;
- verbose = false;
- filename = NULL;
- appname = NULL;
- option_counter = 0;
- optchar_counter = 0;
- new_argv = NULL;
- new_argc = 0 ;
- max_legal_args = 0 ;
- command_set = false;
- file_set = false;
- values = NULL;
- g_value_counter = 0;
- mem_allocated = false;
- command_set = false;
- file_set = false;
- opt_prefix_char = '-';
- file_delimiter_char = ':';
- file_comment_char = '#';
- equalsign = '=';
- comment = '#' ;
- delimiter = ':' ;
- endofline = '\n';
- whitespace = ' ' ;
- nullterminate = '\0';
- set = false;
- once = true;
- hasoptions = false;
- autousage = false;
-
- strcpy( long_opt_prefix , "--" );
-
- if( alloc() == false ){
- cout << endl << "OPTIONS ERROR : Failed allocating memory" ;
- cout << endl ;
- cout << "Exiting." << endl ;
- exit (0);
- }
-}
-
-bool
-AnyOption::alloc()
-{
- int i = 0 ;
- int size = 0 ;
-
- if( mem_allocated )
- return true;
-
- size = (max_options+1) * sizeof(const char*);
- options = (const char**)malloc( size );
- optiontype = (int*) malloc( (max_options+1)*sizeof(int) );
- optionindex = (int*) malloc( (max_options+1)*sizeof(int) );
- if( options == NULL || optiontype == NULL || optionindex == NULL )
- return false;
- else
- mem_allocated = true;
- for( i = 0 ; i < max_options ; i++ ){
- options[i] = NULL;
- optiontype[i] = 0 ;
- optionindex[i] = -1 ;
- }
- optionchars = (char*) malloc( (max_char_options+1)*sizeof(char) );
- optchartype = (int*) malloc( (max_char_options+1)*sizeof(int) );
- optcharindex = (int*) malloc( (max_char_options+1)*sizeof(int) );
- if( optionchars == NULL ||
- optchartype == NULL ||
- optcharindex == NULL )
- {
- mem_allocated = false;
- return false;
- }
- for( i = 0 ; i < max_char_options ; i++ ){
- optionchars[i] = '0';
- optchartype[i] = 0 ;
- optcharindex[i] = -1 ;
- }
-
- size = (max_usage_lines+1) * sizeof(const char*) ;
- usage = (const char**) malloc( size );
-
- if( usage == NULL ){
- mem_allocated = false;
- return false;
- }
- for( i = 0 ; i < max_usage_lines ; i++ )
- usage[i] = NULL;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-bool
-AnyOption::doubleOptStorage()
-{
- options = (const char**)realloc( options,
- ((2*max_options)+1) * sizeof( const char*) );
- optiontype = (int*) realloc( optiontype ,
- ((2 * max_options)+1)* sizeof(int) );
- optionindex = (int*) realloc( optionindex,
- ((2 * max_options)+1) * sizeof(int) );
- if( options == NULL || optiontype == NULL || optionindex == NULL )
- return false;
- /* init new storage */
- for( int i = max_options ; i < 2*max_options ; i++ ){
- options[i] = NULL;
- optiontype[i] = 0 ;
- optionindex[i] = -1 ;
- }
- max_options = 2 * max_options ;
- return true;
-}
-
-bool
-AnyOption::doubleCharStorage()
-{
- optionchars = (char*) realloc( optionchars,
- ((2*max_char_options)+1)*sizeof(char) );
- optchartype = (int*) realloc( optchartype,
- ((2*max_char_options)+1)*sizeof(int) );
- optcharindex = (int*) realloc( optcharindex,
- ((2*max_char_options)+1)*sizeof(int) );
- if( optionchars == NULL ||
- optchartype == NULL ||
- optcharindex == NULL )
- return false;
- /* init new storage */
- for( int i = max_char_options ; i < 2*max_char_options ; i++ ){
- optionchars[i] = '0';
- optchartype[i] = 0 ;
- optcharindex[i] = -1 ;
- }
- max_char_options = 2 * max_char_options;
- return true;
-}
-
-bool
-AnyOption::doubleUsageStorage()
-{
- usage = (const char**)realloc( usage,
- ((2*max_usage_lines)+1) * sizeof( const char*) );
- if ( usage == NULL )
- return false;
- for( int i = max_usage_lines ; i < 2*max_usage_lines ; i++ )
- usage[i] = NULL;
- max_usage_lines = 2 * max_usage_lines ;
- return true;
-
-}
-
-
-void
-AnyOption::cleanup()
-{
- free (options);
- free (optiontype);
- free (optionindex);
- free (optionchars);
- free (optchartype);
- free (optcharindex);
- free (usage);
- if( values != NULL )
- free (values);
- if( new_argv != NULL )
- free (new_argv);
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setCommandPrefixChar( char _prefix )
-{
- opt_prefix_char = _prefix;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setCommandLongPrefix( char *_prefix )
-{
- if( strlen( _prefix ) > MAX_LONG_PREFIX_LENGTH ){
- *( _prefix + MAX_LONG_PREFIX_LENGTH ) = '\0';
- }
-
- strcpy (long_opt_prefix, _prefix);
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setFileCommentChar( char _comment )
-{
- file_delimiter_char = _comment;
-}
-
-
-void
-AnyOption::setFileDelimiterChar( char _delimiter )
-{
- file_comment_char = _delimiter ;
-}
-
-bool
-AnyOption::CommandSet()
-{
- return( command_set );
-}
-
-bool
-AnyOption::FileSet()
-{
- return( file_set );
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::noPOSIX()
-{
- posix_style = false;
-}
-
-bool
-AnyOption::POSIX()
-{
- return posix_style;
-}
-
-
-void
-AnyOption::setVerbose()
-{
- verbose = true ;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::printVerbose()
-{
- if( verbose )
- cout << endl ;
-}
-void
-AnyOption::printVerbose( const char *msg )
-{
- if( verbose )
- cout << msg ;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::printVerbose( char *msg )
-{
- if( verbose )
- cout << msg ;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::printVerbose( char ch )
-{
- if( verbose )
- cout << ch ;
-}
-
-bool
-AnyOption::hasOptions()
-{
- return hasoptions;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::autoUsagePrint(bool _autousage)
-{
- autousage = _autousage;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::useCommandArgs( int _argc, char **_argv )
-{
- argc = _argc;
- argv = _argv;
- command_set = true;
- appname = argv[0];
- if(argc > 1) hasoptions = true;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::useFiileName( const char *_filename )
-{
- filename = _filename;
- file_set = true;
-}
-
-/*
- * set methods for options
- */
-
-void
-AnyOption::setCommandOption( const char *opt )
-{
- addOption( opt , COMMAND_OPT );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setCommandOption( char opt )
-{
- addOption( opt , COMMAND_OPT );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setCommandOption( const char *opt , char optchar )
-{
- addOption( opt , COMMAND_OPT );
- addOption( optchar , COMMAND_OPT );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setCommandFlag( const char *opt )
-{
- addOption( opt , COMMAND_FLAG );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setCommandFlag( char opt )
-{
- addOption( opt , COMMAND_FLAG );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setCommandFlag( const char *opt , char optchar )
-{
- addOption( opt , COMMAND_FLAG );
- addOption( optchar , COMMAND_FLAG );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setFileOption( const char *opt )
-{
- addOption( opt , FILE_OPT );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setFileOption( char opt )
-{
- addOption( opt , FILE_OPT );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setFileOption( const char *opt , char optchar )
-{
- addOption( opt , FILE_OPT );
- addOption( optchar, FILE_OPT );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setFileFlag( const char *opt )
-{
- addOption( opt , FILE_FLAG );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setFileFlag( char opt )
-{
- addOption( opt , FILE_FLAG );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setFileFlag( const char *opt , char optchar )
-{
- addOption( opt , FILE_FLAG );
- addOption( optchar , FILE_FLAG );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setOption( const char *opt )
-{
- addOption( opt , COMMON_OPT );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setOption( char opt )
-{
- addOption( opt , COMMON_OPT );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setOption( const char *opt , char optchar )
-{
- addOption( opt , COMMON_OPT );
- addOption( optchar , COMMON_OPT );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setFlag( const char *opt )
-{
- addOption( opt , COMMON_FLAG );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setFlag( const char opt )
-{
- addOption( opt , COMMON_FLAG );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::setFlag( const char *opt , char optchar )
-{
- addOption( opt , COMMON_FLAG );
- addOption( optchar , COMMON_FLAG );
- g_value_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::addOption( const char *opt, int type )
-{
- if( option_counter >= max_options ){
- if( doubleOptStorage() == false ){
- addOptionError( opt );
- return;
- }
- }
- options[ option_counter ] = opt ;
- optiontype[ option_counter ] = type ;
- optionindex[ option_counter ] = g_value_counter;
- option_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::addOption( char opt, int type )
-{
- if( !POSIX() ){
- printVerbose("Ignoring the option character \"");
- printVerbose( opt );
- printVerbose( "\" ( POSIX options are turned off )" );
- printVerbose();
- return;
- }
-
-
- if( optchar_counter >= max_char_options ){
- if( doubleCharStorage() == false ){
- addOptionError( opt );
- return;
- }
- }
- optionchars[ optchar_counter ] = opt ;
- optchartype[ optchar_counter ] = type ;
- optcharindex[ optchar_counter ] = g_value_counter;
- optchar_counter++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::addOptionError( const char *opt )
-{
- cout << endl ;
- cout << "OPTIONS ERROR : Failed allocating extra memory " << endl ;
- cout << "While adding the option : \""<< opt << "\"" << endl;
- cout << "Exiting." << endl ;
- cout << endl ;
- exit(0);
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::addOptionError( char opt )
-{
- cout << endl ;
- cout << "OPTIONS ERROR : Failed allocating extra memory " << endl ;
- cout << "While adding the option: \""<< opt << "\"" << endl;
- cout << "Exiting." << endl ;
- cout << endl ;
- exit(0);
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::processOptions()
-{
- if( ! valueStoreOK() )
- return;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::processCommandArgs(int max_args)
-{
- max_legal_args = max_args;
- processCommandArgs();
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::processCommandArgs( int _argc, char **_argv, int max_args )
-{
- max_legal_args = max_args;
- processCommandArgs( _argc, _argv );
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::processCommandArgs( int _argc, char **_argv )
-{
- useCommandArgs( _argc, _argv );
- processCommandArgs();
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::processCommandArgs()
-{
- if( ! ( valueStoreOK() && CommandSet() ) )
- return;
-
- if( max_legal_args == 0 )
- max_legal_args = argc;
- new_argv = (int*) malloc( (max_legal_args+1) * sizeof(int) );
- for( int i = 1 ; i < argc ; i++ ){/* ignore first argv */
- if( argv[i][0] == long_opt_prefix[0] &&
- argv[i][1] == long_opt_prefix[1] ) { /* long GNU option */
- int match_at = parseGNU( argv[i]+2 ); /* skip -- */
- if( match_at >= 0 && i < argc-1 ) /* found match */
- setValue( options[match_at] , argv[++i] );
- }else if( argv[i][0] == opt_prefix_char ) { /* POSIX char */
- if( POSIX() ){
- char ch = parsePOSIX( argv[i]+1 );/* skip - */
- if( ch != '0' && i < argc-1 ) /* matching char */
- setValue( ch , argv[++i] );
- } else { /* treat it as GNU option with a - */
- int match_at = parseGNU( argv[i]+1 ); /* skip - */
- if( match_at >= 0 && i < argc-1 ) /* found match */
- setValue( options[match_at] , argv[++i] );
- }
- }else { /* not option but an argument keep index */
- if( new_argc < max_legal_args ){
- new_argv[ new_argc ] = i ;
- new_argc++;
- }else{ /* ignore extra arguments */
- printVerbose( "Ignoring extra argument: " );
- printVerbose( argv[i] );
- printVerbose( );
- printAutoUsage();
- }
- printVerbose( "Unknown command argument option : " );
- printVerbose( argv[i] );
- printVerbose( );
- printAutoUsage();
- }
- }
-}
-
-char
-AnyOption::parsePOSIX( char* arg )
-{
-
- for( unsigned int i = 0 ; i < strlen(arg) ; i++ ){
- char ch = arg[i] ;
- if( matchChar(ch) ) { /* keep matching flags till an option */
- /*if last char argv[++i] is the value */
- if( i == strlen(arg)-1 ){
- return ch;
- }else{/* else the rest of arg is the value */
- i++; /* skip any '=' and ' ' */
- while( arg[i] == whitespace
- || arg[i] == equalsign )
- i++;
- setValue( ch , arg+i );
- return '0';
- }
- }
- }
- printVerbose( "Unknown command argument option : " );
- printVerbose( arg );
- printVerbose( );
- printAutoUsage();
- return '0';
-}
-
-int
-AnyOption::parseGNU( char *arg )
-{
- int split_at = 0;
- /* if has a '=' sign get value */
- for( unsigned int i = 0 ; i < strlen(arg) ; i++ ){
- if(arg[i] == equalsign ){
- split_at = i ; /* store index */
- i = strlen(arg); /* get out of loop */
- }
- }
- if( split_at > 0 ){ /* it is an option value pair */
- char* tmp = (char*) malloc( (split_at+1)*sizeof(char) );
- for( int i = 0 ; i < split_at ; i++ )
- tmp[i] = arg[i];
- tmp[split_at] = '\0';
-
- if ( matchOpt( tmp ) >= 0 ){
- setValue( options[matchOpt(tmp)] , arg+split_at+1 );
- free (tmp);
- }else{
- printVerbose( "Unknown command argument option : " );
- printVerbose( arg );
- printVerbose( );
- printAutoUsage();
- free (tmp);
- return -1;
- }
- }else{ /* regular options with no '=' sign */
- return matchOpt(arg);
- }
- return -1;
-}
-
-
-int
-AnyOption::matchOpt( char *opt )
-{
- for( int i = 0 ; i < option_counter ; i++ ){
- if( strcmp( options[i], opt ) == 0 ){
- if( optiontype[i] == COMMON_OPT ||
- optiontype[i] == COMMAND_OPT )
- { /* found option return index */
- return i;
- }else if( optiontype[i] == COMMON_FLAG ||
- optiontype[i] == COMMAND_FLAG )
- { /* found flag, set it */
- setFlagOn( opt );
- return -1;
- }
- }
- }
- printVerbose( "Unknown command argument option : " );
- printVerbose( opt ) ;
- printVerbose( );
- printAutoUsage();
- return -1;
-}
-bool
-AnyOption::matchChar( char c )
-{
- for( int i = 0 ; i < optchar_counter ; i++ ){
- if( optionchars[i] == c ) { /* found match */
- if(optchartype[i] == COMMON_OPT ||
- optchartype[i] == COMMAND_OPT )
- { /* an option store and stop scanning */
- return true;
- }else if( optchartype[i] == COMMON_FLAG ||
- optchartype[i] == COMMAND_FLAG ) { /* a flag store and keep scanning */
- setFlagOn( c );
- return false;
- }
- }
- }
- printVerbose( "Unknown command argument option : " );
- printVerbose( c ) ;
- printVerbose( );
- printAutoUsage();
- return false;
-}
-
-bool
-AnyOption::valueStoreOK( )
-{
- int size= 0;
- if( !set ){
- if( g_value_counter > 0 ){
- size = g_value_counter * sizeof(char*);
- values = (char**)malloc( size );
- for( int i = 0 ; i < g_value_counter ; i++)
- values[i] = NULL;
- set = true;
- }
- }
- return set;
-}
-
-/*
- * public get methods
- */
-char*
-AnyOption::getValue( const char *option )
-{
- if( !valueStoreOK() )
- return NULL;
-
- for( int i = 0 ; i < option_counter ; i++ ){
- if( strcmp( options[i], option ) == 0 )
- return values[ optionindex[i] ];
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-bool
-AnyOption::getFlag( const char *option )
-{
- if( !valueStoreOK() )
- return false;
- for( int i = 0 ; i < option_counter ; i++ ){
- if( strcmp( options[i], option ) == 0 )
- return findFlag( values[ optionindex[i] ] );
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-char*
-AnyOption::getValue( char option )
-{
- if( !valueStoreOK() )
- return NULL;
- for( int i = 0 ; i < optchar_counter ; i++ ){
- if( optionchars[i] == option )
- return values[ optcharindex[i] ];
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-bool
-AnyOption::getFlag( char option )
-{
- if( !valueStoreOK() )
- return false;
- for( int i = 0 ; i < optchar_counter ; i++ ){
- if( optionchars[i] == option )
- return findFlag( values[ optcharindex[i] ] ) ;
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-bool
-AnyOption::findFlag( char* val )
-{
- if( val == NULL )
- return false;
-
- if( strcmp( TRUE_FLAG , val ) == 0 )
- return true;
-
- return false;
-}
-
-/*
- * private set methods
- */
-bool
-AnyOption::setValue( const char *option , char *value )
-{
- if( !valueStoreOK() )
- return false;
- for( int i = 0 ; i < option_counter ; i++ ){
- if( strcmp( options[i], option ) == 0 ){
- values[ optionindex[i] ] = (char*) malloc((strlen(value)+1)*sizeof(char));
- strcpy( values[ optionindex[i] ], value );
- return true;
- }
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-bool
-AnyOption::setFlagOn( const char *option )
-{
- if( !valueStoreOK() )
- return false;
- for( int i = 0 ; i < option_counter ; i++ ){
- if( strcmp( options[i], option ) == 0 ){
- values[ optionindex[i] ] = (char*) malloc((strlen(TRUE_FLAG)+1)*sizeof(char));
- strcpy( values[ optionindex[i] ] , TRUE_FLAG );
- return true;
- }
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-bool
-AnyOption::setValue( char option , char *value )
-{
- if( !valueStoreOK() )
- return false;
- for( int i = 0 ; i < optchar_counter ; i++ ){
- if( optionchars[i] == option ){
- values[ optcharindex[i] ] = (char*) malloc((strlen(value)+1)*sizeof(char));
- strcpy( values[ optcharindex[i] ], value );
- return true;
- }
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-bool
-AnyOption::setFlagOn( char option )
-{
- if( !valueStoreOK() )
- return false;
- for( int i = 0 ; i < optchar_counter ; i++ ){
- if( optionchars[i] == option ){
- values[ optcharindex[i] ] = (char*) malloc((strlen(TRUE_FLAG)+1)*sizeof(char));
- strcpy( values[ optcharindex[i] ] , TRUE_FLAG );
- return true;
- }
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-
-int
-AnyOption::getArgc( )
-{
- return new_argc;
-}
-
-char*
-AnyOption::getArgv( int index )
-{
- if( index < new_argc ){
- return ( argv[ new_argv[ index ] ] );
- }
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/* dotfile sub routines */
-
-bool
-AnyOption::processFile()
-{
- if( ! (valueStoreOK() && FileSet()) )
- return false;
- return ( consumeFile(readFile()) );
-}
-
-bool
-AnyOption::processFile( const char *filename )
-{
- useFiileName(filename );
- return ( processFile() );
-}
-
-char*
-AnyOption::readFile()
-{
- return ( readFile(filename) );
-}
-
-/*
- * read the file contents to a character buffer
- */
-
-char*
-AnyOption::readFile( const char* fname )
-{
- int length;
- char *buffer;
- ifstream is;
- is.open ( fname , ifstream::in );
- if( ! is.good() ){
- is.close();
- return NULL;
- }
- is.seekg (0, ios::end);
- length = is.tellg();
- is.seekg (0, ios::beg);
- buffer = (char*) malloc(length*sizeof(char));
- is.read (buffer,length);
- is.close();
- return buffer;
-}
-
-/*
- * scans a char* buffer for lines that does not
- * start with the specified comment character.
- */
-bool
-AnyOption::consumeFile( char *buffer )
-{
-
- if( buffer == NULL )
- return false;
-
- char *cursor = buffer;/* preserve the ptr */
- char *pline = NULL ;
- int linelength = 0;
- bool newline = true;
- for( unsigned int i = 0 ; i < strlen( buffer ) ; i++ ){
- if( *cursor == endofline ) { /* end of line */
- if( pline != NULL ) /* valid line */
- processLine( pline, linelength );
- pline = NULL;
- newline = true;
- }else if( newline ){ /* start of line */
- newline = false;
- if( (*cursor != comment ) ){ /* not a comment */
- pline = cursor ;
- linelength = 0 ;
- }
- }
- cursor++; /* keep moving */
- linelength++;
- }
- free (buffer);
- return true;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * find a valid type value pair separated by a delimiter
- * character and pass it to valuePairs()
- * any line which is not valid will be considered a value
- * and will get passed on to justValue()
- *
- * assuming delimiter is ':' the behaviour will be,
- *
- * width:10 - valid pair valuePairs( width, 10 );
- * width : 10 - valid pair valuepairs( width, 10 );
- *
- * :::: - not valid
- * width - not valid
- * :10 - not valid
- * width: - not valid
- * :: - not valid
- * : - not valid
- *
- */
-
-void
-AnyOption::processLine( char *theline, int length )
-{
- bool found = false;
- char *pline = (char*) malloc( (length+1)*sizeof(char) );
- for( int i = 0 ; i < length ; i ++ )
- pline[i]= *(theline++);
- pline[length] = nullterminate;
- char *cursor = pline ; /* preserve the ptr */
- if( *cursor == delimiter || *(cursor+length-1) == delimiter ){
- justValue( pline );/* line with start/end delimiter */
- }else{
- for( int i = 1 ; i < length-1 && !found ; i++){/* delimiter */
- if( *cursor == delimiter ){
- *(cursor-1) = nullterminate; /* two strings */
- found = true;
- valuePairs( pline , cursor+1 );
- }
- cursor++;
- }
- cursor++;
- if( !found ) /* not a pair */
- justValue( pline );
- }
- free (pline);
-}
-
-/*
- * removes trailing and preceeding whitespaces from a string
- */
-char*
-AnyOption::chomp( char *str )
-{
- while( *str == whitespace )
- str++;
- char *end = str+strlen(str)-1;
- while( *end == whitespace )
- end--;
- *(end+1) = nullterminate;
- return str;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::valuePairs( char *type, char *value )
-{
- if ( strlen(chomp(type)) == 1 ){ /* this is a char option */
- for( int i = 0 ; i < optchar_counter ; i++ ){
- if( optionchars[i] == type[0] ){ /* match */
- if( optchartype[i] == COMMON_OPT ||
- optchartype[i] == FILE_OPT )
- {
- setValue( type[0] , chomp(value) );
- return;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- /* if no char options matched */
- for( int i = 0 ; i < option_counter ; i++ ){
- if( strcmp( options[i], type ) == 0 ){ /* match */
- if( optiontype[i] == COMMON_OPT ||
- optiontype[i] == FILE_OPT )
- {
- setValue( type , chomp(value) );
- return;
- }
- }
- }
- printVerbose( "Unknown option in resourcefile : " );
- printVerbose( type );
- printVerbose( );
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::justValue( char *type )
-{
-
- if ( strlen(chomp(type)) == 1 ){ /* this is a char option */
- for( int i = 0 ; i < optchar_counter ; i++ ){
- if( optionchars[i] == type[0] ){ /* match */
- if( optchartype[i] == COMMON_FLAG ||
- optchartype[i] == FILE_FLAG )
- {
- setFlagOn( type[0] );
- return;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- /* if no char options matched */
- for( int i = 0 ; i < option_counter ; i++ ){
- if( strcmp( options[i], type ) == 0 ){ /* match */
- if( optiontype[i] == COMMON_FLAG ||
- optiontype[i] == FILE_FLAG )
- {
- setFlagOn( type );
- return;
- }
- }
- }
- printVerbose( "Unknown option in resourcefile : " );
- printVerbose( type );
- printVerbose( );
-}
-
-/*
- * usage and help
- */
-
-
-void
-AnyOption::printAutoUsage()
-{
- if( autousage ) printUsage();
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::printUsage()
-{
-
- if( once ) {
- once = false ;
- cout << endl ;
- for( int i = 0 ; i < usage_lines ; i++ )
- cout << usage[i] << endl ;
- cout << endl ;
- }
-}
-
-
-void
-AnyOption::addUsage( const char *line )
-{
- if( usage_lines >= max_usage_lines ){
- if( doubleUsageStorage() == false ){
- addUsageError( line );
- exit(1);
- }
- }
- usage[ usage_lines ] = line ;
- usage_lines++;
-}
-
-void
-AnyOption::addUsageError( const char *line )
-{
- cout << endl ;
- cout << "OPTIONS ERROR : Failed allocating extra memory " << endl ;
- cout << "While adding the usage/help : \""<< line << "\"" << endl;
- cout << "Exiting." << endl ;
- cout << endl ;
- exit(0);
-
-}
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.h b/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 01501df2..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/AnyOption/anyoption.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,270 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef _ANYOPTION_H
-#define _ANYOPTION_H
-
-#include <iostream>
-#include <fstream>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string>
-
-#define COMMON_OPT 1
-#define COMMAND_OPT 2
-#define FILE_OPT 3
-#define COMMON_FLAG 4
-#define COMMAND_FLAG 5
-#define FILE_FLAG 6
-
-#define COMMAND_OPTION_TYPE 1
-#define COMMAND_FLAG_TYPE 2
-#define FILE_OPTION_TYPE 3
-#define FILE_FLAG_TYPE 4
-#define UNKNOWN_TYPE 5
-
-#define DEFAULT_MAXOPTS 10
-#define MAX_LONG_PREFIX_LENGTH 2
-
-#define DEFAULT_MAXUSAGE 3
-#define DEFAULT_MAXHELP 10
-
-#define TRUE_FLAG "true"
-
-using namespace std;
-
-class AnyOption
-{
-
-public: /* the public interface */
- AnyOption();
- AnyOption(int maxoptions );
- AnyOption(int maxoptions , int maxcharoptions);
- ~AnyOption();
-
- /*
- * following set methods specifies the
- * special characters and delimiters
- * if not set traditional defaults will be used
- */
-
- void setCommandPrefixChar( char _prefix ); /* '-' in "-w" */
- void setCommandLongPrefix( char *_prefix ); /* '--' in "--width" */
- void setFileCommentChar( char _comment ); /* '#' in shellscripts */
- void setFileDelimiterChar( char _delimiter );/* ':' in "width : 100" */
-
- /*
- * provide the input for the options
- * like argv[] for commndline and the
- * option file name to use;
- */
-
- void useCommandArgs( int _argc, char **_argv );
- void useFiileName( const char *_filename );
-
- /*
- * turn off the POSIX style options
- * this means anything starting with a '-' or "--"
- * will be considered a valid option
- * which alo means you cannot add a bunch of
- * POIX options chars together like "-lr" for "-l -r"
- *
- */
-
- void noPOSIX();
-
- /*
- * prints warning verbose if you set anything wrong
- */
- void setVerbose();
-
-
- /*
- * there are two types of options
- *
- * Option - has an associated value ( -w 100 )
- * Flag - no value, just a boolean flag ( -nogui )
- *
- * the options can be either a string ( GNU style )
- * or a character ( traditional POSIX style )
- * or both ( --width, -w )
- *
- * the options can be common to the commandline and
- * the optionfile, or can belong only to either of
- * commandline and optionfile
- *
- * following set methods, handle all the aboove
- * cases of options.
- */
-
- /* options comman to command line and option file */
- void setOption( const char *opt_string );
- void setOption( char opt_char );
- void setOption( const char *opt_string , char opt_char );
- void setFlag( const char *opt_string );
- void setFlag( char opt_char );
- void setFlag( const char *opt_string , char opt_char );
-
- /* options read from commandline only */
- void setCommandOption( const char *opt_string );
- void setCommandOption( char opt_char );
- void setCommandOption( const char *opt_string , char opt_char );
- void setCommandFlag( const char *opt_string );
- void setCommandFlag( char opt_char );
- void setCommandFlag( const char *opt_string , char opt_char );
-
- /* options read from an option file only */
- void setFileOption( const char *opt_string );
- void setFileOption( char opt_char );
- void setFileOption( const char *opt_string , char opt_char );
- void setFileFlag( const char *opt_string );
- void setFileFlag( char opt_char );
- void setFileFlag( const char *opt_string , char opt_char );
-
- /*
- * process the options, registerd using
- * useCommandArgs() and useFileName();
- */
- void processOptions();
- void processCommandArgs();
- void processCommandArgs( int max_args );
- bool processFile();
-
- /*
- * process the specified options
- */
- void processCommandArgs( int _argc, char **_argv );
- void processCommandArgs( int _argc, char **_argv, int max_args );
- bool processFile( const char *_filename );
-
- /*
- * get the value of the options
- * will return NULL if no value is set
- */
- char *getValue( const char *_option );
- bool getFlag( const char *_option );
- char *getValue( char _optchar );
- bool getFlag( char _optchar );
-
- /*
- * Print Usage
- */
- void printUsage();
- void printAutoUsage();
- void addUsage( const char *line );
- void printHelp();
- /* print auto usage printing for unknown options or flag */
- void autoUsagePrint(bool flag);
-
- /*
- * get the argument count and arguments sans the options
- */
- int getArgc();
- char* getArgv( int index );
- bool hasOptions();
-
-private: /* the hidden data structure */
- int argc; /* commandline arg count */
- char **argv; /* commndline args */
- const char* filename; /* the option file */
- char* appname; /* the application name from argv[0] */
-
- int *new_argv; /* arguments sans options (index to argv) */
- int new_argc; /* argument count sans the options */
- int max_legal_args; /* ignore extra arguments */
-
-
- /* option strings storage + indexing */
- int max_options; /* maximum number of options */
- const char **options; /* storage */
- int *optiontype; /* type - common, command, file */
- int *optionindex; /* index into value storage */
- int option_counter; /* counter for added options */
-
- /* option chars storage + indexing */
- int max_char_options; /* maximum number options */
- char *optionchars; /* storage */
- int *optchartype; /* type - common, command, file */
- int *optcharindex; /* index into value storage */
- int optchar_counter; /* counter for added options */
-
- /* values */
- char **values; /* common value storage */
- int g_value_counter; /* globally updated value index LAME! */
-
- /* help and usage */
- const char **usage; /* usage */
- int max_usage_lines; /* max usage lines reseverd */
- int usage_lines; /* number of usage lines */
-
- bool command_set; /* if argc/argv were provided */
- bool file_set; /* if a filename was provided */
- bool mem_allocated; /* if memory allocated in init() */
- bool posix_style; /* enables to turn off POSIX style options */
- bool verbose; /* silent|verbose */
- bool print_usage; /* usage verbose */
- bool print_help; /* help verbose */
-
- char opt_prefix_char; /* '-' in "-w" */
- char long_opt_prefix[MAX_LONG_PREFIX_LENGTH + 1]; /* '--' in "--width" */
- char file_delimiter_char; /* ':' in width : 100 */
- char file_comment_char; /* '#' in "#this is a comment" */
- char equalsign;
- char comment;
- char delimiter;
- char endofline;
- char whitespace;
- char nullterminate;
-
- bool set; //was static member
- bool once; //was static member
-
- bool hasoptions;
- bool autousage;
-
-private: /* the hidden utils */
- void init();
- void init(int maxopt, int maxcharopt );
- bool alloc();
- void cleanup();
- bool valueStoreOK();
-
- /* grow storage arrays as required */
- bool doubleOptStorage();
- bool doubleCharStorage();
- bool doubleUsageStorage();
-
- bool setValue( const char *option , char *value );
- bool setFlagOn( const char *option );
- bool setValue( char optchar , char *value);
- bool setFlagOn( char optchar );
-
- void addOption( const char* option , int type );
- void addOption( char optchar , int type );
- void addOptionError( const char *opt);
- void addOptionError( char opt);
- bool findFlag( char* value );
- void addUsageError( const char *line );
- bool CommandSet();
- bool FileSet();
- bool POSIX();
-
- char parsePOSIX( char* arg );
- int parseGNU( char *arg );
- bool matchChar( char c );
- int matchOpt( char *opt );
-
- /* dot file methods */
- char *readFile();
- char *readFile( const char* fname );
- bool consumeFile( char *buffer );
- void processLine( char *theline, int length );
- char *chomp( char *str );
- void valuePairs( char *type, char *value );
- void justValue( char *value );
-
- void printVerbose( const char *msg );
- void printVerbose( char *msg );
- void printVerbose( char ch );
- void printVerbose( );
-
-
-};
-
-#endif /* ! _ANYOPTION_H */
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/CMakeLists.txt b/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/CMakeLists.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 25c9bb92..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/CMakeLists.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-# TinyXML 1.0.1
-project(tinyxml)
-
-cmake_minimum_required(VERSION 2.6)
-
-Add_definitions(-DTIXML_USE_STL)
-
-set(SOURCES
- tinystr.cpp
- tinyxml.cpp
- tinyxmlerror.cpp
- tinyxmlparser.cpp
-)
-
-set(HEADERS
- tinystr.h
- tinyxml.h
-)
-
-add_library(tinyxml
- ${SOURCES}
- ${HEADERS}
-)
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/readme.txt b/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/readme.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 89d9e8d3..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/readme.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,530 +0,0 @@
-/** @mainpage
-
-<h1> TinyXML </h1>
-
-TinyXML is a simple, small, C++ XML parser that can be easily
-integrated into other programs.
-
-<h2> What it does. </h2>
-
-In brief, TinyXML parses an XML document, and builds from that a
-Document Object Model (DOM) that can be read, modified, and saved.
-
-XML stands for "eXtensible Markup Language." It allows you to create
-your own document markups. Where HTML does a very good job of marking
-documents for browsers, XML allows you to define any kind of document
-markup, for example a document that describes a "to do" list for an
-organizer application. XML is a very structured and convenient format.
-All those random file formats created to store application data can
-all be replaced with XML. One parser for everything.
-
-The best place for the complete, correct, and quite frankly hard to
-read spec is at <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/REC-xml-20040204/">
-http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/REC-xml-20040204/</a>. An intro to XML
-(that I really like) can be found at
-<a href="http://skew.org/xml/tutorial/">http://skew.org/xml/tutorial</a>.
-
-There are different ways to access and interact with XML data.
-TinyXML uses a Document Object Model (DOM), meaning the XML data is parsed
-into a C++ objects that can be browsed and manipulated, and then
-written to disk or another output stream. You can also construct an XML document
-from scratch with C++ objects and write this to disk or another output
-stream.
-
-TinyXML is designed to be easy and fast to learn. It is two headers
-and four cpp files. Simply add these to your project and off you go.
-There is an example file - xmltest.cpp - to get you started.
-
-TinyXML is released under the ZLib license,
-so you can use it in open source or commercial code. The details
-of the license are at the top of every source file.
-
-TinyXML attempts to be a flexible parser, but with truly correct and
-compliant XML output. TinyXML should compile on any reasonably C++
-compliant system. It does not rely on exceptions or RTTI. It can be
-compiled with or without STL support. TinyXML fully supports
-the UTF-8 encoding, and the first 64k character entities.
-
-
-<h2> What it doesn't do. </h2>
-
-TinyXML doesn't parse or use DTDs (Document Type Definitions) or XSLs
-(eXtensible Stylesheet Language.) There are other parsers out there
-(check out www.sourceforge.org, search for XML) that are much more fully
-featured. But they are also much bigger, take longer to set up in
-your project, have a higher learning curve, and often have a more
-restrictive license. If you are working with browsers or have more
-complete XML needs, TinyXML is not the parser for you.
-
-The following DTD syntax will not parse at this time in TinyXML:
-
-@verbatim
- <!DOCTYPE Archiv [
- <!ELEMENT Comment (#PCDATA)>
- ]>
-@endverbatim
-
-because TinyXML sees this as a !DOCTYPE node with an illegally
-embedded !ELEMENT node. This may be addressed in the future.
-
-<h2> Tutorials. </h2>
-
-For the impatient, here is a tutorial to get you going. A great way to get started,
-but it is worth your time to read this (very short) manual completely.
-
-- @subpage tutorial0
-
-<h2> Code Status. </h2>
-
-TinyXML is mature, tested code. It is very stable. If you find
-bugs, please file a bug report on the sourceforge web site
-(www.sourceforge.net/projects/tinyxml). We'll get them straightened
-out as soon as possible.
-
-There are some areas of improvement; please check sourceforge if you are
-interested in working on TinyXML.
-
-<h2> Related Projects </h2>
-
-TinyXML projects you may find useful! (Descriptions provided by the projects.)
-
-<ul>
-<li> <b>TinyXPath</b> (http://tinyxpath.sourceforge.net). TinyXPath is a small footprint
- XPath syntax decoder, written in C++.</li>
-<li> <b>TinyXML++</b> (http://code.google.com/p/ticpp/). TinyXML++ is a completely new
- interface to TinyXML that uses MANY of the C++ strengths. Templates,
- exceptions, and much better error handling.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<h2> Features </h2>
-
-<h3> Using STL </h3>
-
-TinyXML can be compiled to use or not use STL. When using STL, TinyXML
-uses the std::string class, and fully supports std::istream, std::ostream,
-operator<<, and operator>>. Many API methods have both 'const char*' and
-'const std::string&' forms.
-
-When STL support is compiled out, no STL files are included whatsoever. All
-the string classes are implemented by TinyXML itself. API methods
-all use the 'const char*' form for input.
-
-Use the compile time #define:
-
- TIXML_USE_STL
-
-to compile one version or the other. This can be passed by the compiler,
-or set as the first line of "tinyxml.h".
-
-Note: If compiling the test code in Linux, setting the environment
-variable TINYXML_USE_STL=YES/NO will control STL compilation. In the
-Windows project file, STL and non STL targets are provided. In your project,
-It's probably easiest to add the line "#define TIXML_USE_STL" as the first
-line of tinyxml.h.
-
-<h3> UTF-8 </h3>
-
-TinyXML supports UTF-8 allowing to manipulate XML files in any language. TinyXML
-also supports "legacy mode" - the encoding used before UTF-8 support and
-probably best described as "extended ascii".
-
-Normally, TinyXML will try to detect the correct encoding and use it. However,
-by setting the value of TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING in the header file, TinyXML
-can be forced to always use one encoding.
-
-TinyXML will assume Legacy Mode until one of the following occurs:
-<ol>
- <li> If the non-standard but common "UTF-8 lead bytes" (0xef 0xbb 0xbf)
- begin the file or data stream, TinyXML will read it as UTF-8. </li>
- <li> If the declaration tag is read, and it has an encoding="UTF-8", then
- TinyXML will read it as UTF-8. </li>
- <li> If the declaration tag is read, and it has no encoding specified, then TinyXML will
- read it as UTF-8. </li>
- <li> If the declaration tag is read, and it has an encoding="something else", then TinyXML
- will read it as Legacy Mode. In legacy mode, TinyXML will work as it did before. It's
- not clear what that mode does exactly, but old content should keep working.</li>
- <li> Until one of the above criteria is met, TinyXML runs in Legacy Mode.</li>
-</ol>
-
-What happens if the encoding is incorrectly set or detected? TinyXML will try
-to read and pass through text seen as improperly encoded. You may get some strange results or
-mangled characters. You may want to force TinyXML to the correct mode.
-
-You may force TinyXML to Legacy Mode by using LoadFile( TIXML_ENCODING_LEGACY ) or
-LoadFile( filename, TIXML_ENCODING_LEGACY ). You may force it to use legacy mode all
-the time by setting TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING = TIXML_ENCODING_LEGACY. Likewise, you may
-force it to TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 with the same technique.
-
-For English users, using English XML, UTF-8 is the same as low-ASCII. You
-don't need to be aware of UTF-8 or change your code in any way. You can think
-of UTF-8 as a "superset" of ASCII.
-
-UTF-8 is not a double byte format - but it is a standard encoding of Unicode!
-TinyXML does not use or directly support wchar, TCHAR, or Microsoft's _UNICODE at this time.
-It is common to see the term "Unicode" improperly refer to UTF-16, a wide byte encoding
-of unicode. This is a source of confusion.
-
-For "high-ascii" languages - everything not English, pretty much - TinyXML can
-handle all languages, at the same time, as long as the XML is encoded
-in UTF-8. That can be a little tricky, older programs and operating systems
-tend to use the "default" or "traditional" code page. Many apps (and almost all
-modern ones) can output UTF-8, but older or stubborn (or just broken) ones
-still output text in the default code page.
-
-For example, Japanese systems traditionally use SHIFT-JIS encoding.
-Text encoded as SHIFT-JIS can not be read by TinyXML.
-A good text editor can import SHIFT-JIS and then save as UTF-8.
-
-The <a href="http://skew.org/xml/tutorial/">Skew.org link</a> does a great
-job covering the encoding issue.
-
-The test file "utf8test.xml" is an XML containing English, Spanish, Russian,
-and Simplified Chinese. (Hopefully they are translated correctly). The file
-"utf8test.gif" is a screen capture of the XML file, rendered in IE. Note that
-if you don't have the correct fonts (Simplified Chinese or Russian) on your
-system, you won't see output that matches the GIF file even if you can parse
-it correctly. Also note that (at least on my Windows machine) console output
-is in a Western code page, so that Print() or printf() cannot correctly display
-the file. This is not a bug in TinyXML - just an OS issue. No data is lost or
-destroyed by TinyXML. The console just doesn't render UTF-8.
-
-
-<h3> Entities </h3>
-TinyXML recognizes the pre-defined "character entities", meaning special
-characters. Namely:
-
-@verbatim
- &amp; &
- &lt; <
- &gt; >
- &quot; "
- &apos; '
-@endverbatim
-
-These are recognized when the XML document is read, and translated to there
-UTF-8 equivalents. For instance, text with the XML of:
-
-@verbatim
- Far &amp; Away
-@endverbatim
-
-will have the Value() of "Far & Away" when queried from the TiXmlText object,
-and will be written back to the XML stream/file as an ampersand. Older versions
-of TinyXML "preserved" character entities, but the newer versions will translate
-them into characters.
-
-Additionally, any character can be specified by its Unicode code point:
-The syntax "&#xA0;" or "&#160;" are both to the non-breaking space characher.
-
-<h3> Printing </h3>
-TinyXML can print output in several different ways that all have strengths and limitations.
-
-- Print( FILE* ). Output to a std-C stream, which includes all C files as well as stdout.
- - "Pretty prints", but you don't have control over printing options.
- - The output is streamed directly to the FILE object, so there is no memory overhead
- in the TinyXML code.
- - used by Print() and SaveFile()
-
-- operator<<. Output to a c++ stream.
- - Integrates with standart C++ iostreams.
- - Outputs in "network printing" mode without line breaks. Good for network transmission
- and moving XML between C++ objects, but hard for a human to read.
-
-- TiXmlPrinter. Output to a std::string or memory buffer.
- - API is less concise
- - Future printing options will be put here.
- - Printing may change slightly in future versions as it is refined and expanded.
-
-<h3> Streams </h3>
-With TIXML_USE_STL on TinyXML supports C++ streams (operator <<,>>) streams as well
-as C (FILE*) streams. There are some differences that you may need to be aware of.
-
-C style output:
- - based on FILE*
- - the Print() and SaveFile() methods
-
- Generates formatted output, with plenty of white space, intended to be as
- human-readable as possible. They are very fast, and tolerant of ill formed
- XML documents. For example, an XML document that contains 2 root elements
- and 2 declarations, will still print.
-
-C style input:
- - based on FILE*
- - the Parse() and LoadFile() methods
-
- A fast, tolerant read. Use whenever you don't need the C++ streams.
-
-C++ style output:
- - based on std::ostream
- - operator<<
-
- Generates condensed output, intended for network transmission rather than
- readability. Depending on your system's implementation of the ostream class,
- these may be somewhat slower. (Or may not.) Not tolerant of ill formed XML:
- a document should contain the correct one root element. Additional root level
- elements will not be streamed out.
-
-C++ style input:
- - based on std::istream
- - operator>>
-
- Reads XML from a stream, making it useful for network transmission. The tricky
- part is knowing when the XML document is complete, since there will almost
- certainly be other data in the stream. TinyXML will assume the XML data is
- complete after it reads the root element. Put another way, documents that
- are ill-constructed with more than one root element will not read correctly.
- Also note that operator>> is somewhat slower than Parse, due to both
- implementation of the STL and limitations of TinyXML.
-
-<h3> White space </h3>
-The world simply does not agree on whether white space should be kept, or condensed.
-For example, pretend the '_' is a space, and look at "Hello____world". HTML, and
-at least some XML parsers, will interpret this as "Hello_world". They condense white
-space. Some XML parsers do not, and will leave it as "Hello____world". (Remember
-to keep pretending the _ is a space.) Others suggest that __Hello___world__ should become
-Hello___world.
-
-It's an issue that hasn't been resolved to my satisfaction. TinyXML supports the
-first 2 approaches. Call TiXmlBase::SetCondenseWhiteSpace( bool ) to set the desired behavior.
-The default is to condense white space.
-
-If you change the default, you should call TiXmlBase::SetCondenseWhiteSpace( bool )
-before making any calls to Parse XML data, and I don't recommend changing it after
-it has been set.
-
-
-<h3> Handles </h3>
-
-Where browsing an XML document in a robust way, it is important to check
-for null returns from method calls. An error safe implementation can
-generate a lot of code like:
-
-@verbatim
-TiXmlElement* root = document.FirstChildElement( "Document" );
-if ( root )
-{
- TiXmlElement* element = root->FirstChildElement( "Element" );
- if ( element )
- {
- TiXmlElement* child = element->FirstChildElement( "Child" );
- if ( child )
- {
- TiXmlElement* child2 = child->NextSiblingElement( "Child" );
- if ( child2 )
- {
- // Finally do something useful.
-@endverbatim
-
-Handles have been introduced to clean this up. Using the TiXmlHandle class,
-the previous code reduces to:
-
-@verbatim
-TiXmlHandle docHandle( &document );
-TiXmlElement* child2 = docHandle.FirstChild( "Document" ).FirstChild( "Element" ).Child( "Child", 1 ).ToElement();
-if ( child2 )
-{
- // do something useful
-@endverbatim
-
-Which is much easier to deal with. See TiXmlHandle for more information.
-
-
-<h3> Row and Column tracking </h3>
-Being able to track nodes and attributes back to their origin location
-in source files can be very important for some applications. Additionally,
-knowing where parsing errors occured in the original source can be very
-time saving.
-
-TinyXML can tracks the row and column origin of all nodes and attributes
-in a text file. The TiXmlBase::Row() and TiXmlBase::Column() methods return
-the origin of the node in the source text. The correct tabs can be
-configured in TiXmlDocument::SetTabSize().
-
-
-<h2> Using and Installing </h2>
-
-To Compile and Run xmltest:
-
-A Linux Makefile and a Windows Visual C++ .dsw file is provided.
-Simply compile and run. It will write the file demotest.xml to your
-disk and generate output on the screen. It also tests walking the
-DOM by printing out the number of nodes found using different
-techniques.
-
-The Linux makefile is very generic and runs on many systems - it
-is currently tested on mingw and
-MacOSX. You do not need to run 'make depend'. The dependecies have been
-hard coded.
-
-<h3>Windows project file for VC6</h3>
-<ul>
-<li>tinyxml: tinyxml library, non-STL </li>
-<li>tinyxmlSTL: tinyxml library, STL </li>
-<li>tinyXmlTest: test app, non-STL </li>
-<li>tinyXmlTestSTL: test app, STL </li>
-</ul>
-
-<h3>Makefile</h3>
-At the top of the makefile you can set:
-
-PROFILE, DEBUG, and TINYXML_USE_STL. Details (such that they are) are in
-the makefile.
-
-In the tinyxml directory, type "make clean" then "make". The executable
-file 'xmltest' will be created.
-
-
-
-<h3>To Use in an Application:</h3>
-
-Add tinyxml.cpp, tinyxml.h, tinyxmlerror.cpp, tinyxmlparser.cpp, tinystr.cpp, and tinystr.h to your
-project or make file. That's it! It should compile on any reasonably
-compliant C++ system. You do not need to enable exceptions or
-RTTI for TinyXML.
-
-
-<h2> How TinyXML works. </h2>
-
-An example is probably the best way to go. Take:
-@verbatim
- <?xml version="1.0" standalone=no>
- <!-- Our to do list data -->
- <ToDo>
- <Item priority="1"> Go to the <bold>Toy store!</bold></Item>
- <Item priority="2"> Do bills</Item>
- </ToDo>
-@endverbatim
-
-Its not much of a To Do list, but it will do. To read this file
-(say "demo.xml") you would create a document, and parse it in:
-@verbatim
- TiXmlDocument doc( "demo.xml" );
- doc.LoadFile();
-@endverbatim
-
-And its ready to go. Now lets look at some lines and how they
-relate to the DOM.
-
-@verbatim
-<?xml version="1.0" standalone=no>
-@endverbatim
-
- The first line is a declaration, and gets turned into the
- TiXmlDeclaration class. It will be the first child of the
- document node.
-
- This is the only directive/special tag parsed by TinyXML.
- Generally directive tags are stored in TiXmlUnknown so the
- commands wont be lost when it is saved back to disk.
-
-@verbatim
-<!-- Our to do list data -->
-@endverbatim
-
- A comment. Will become a TiXmlComment object.
-
-@verbatim
-<ToDo>
-@endverbatim
-
- The "ToDo" tag defines a TiXmlElement object. This one does not have
- any attributes, but does contain 2 other elements.
-
-@verbatim
-<Item priority="1">
-@endverbatim
-
- Creates another TiXmlElement which is a child of the "ToDo" element.
- This element has 1 attribute, with the name "priority" and the value
- "1".
-
-@verbatim
-Go to the
-@endverbatim
-
- A TiXmlText. This is a leaf node and cannot contain other nodes.
- It is a child of the "Item" TiXmlElement.
-
-@verbatim
-<bold>
-@endverbatim
-
-
- Another TiXmlElement, this one a child of the "Item" element.
-
-Etc.
-
-Looking at the entire object tree, you end up with:
-@verbatim
-TiXmlDocument "demo.xml"
- TiXmlDeclaration "version='1.0'" "standalone=no"
- TiXmlComment " Our to do list data"
- TiXmlElement "ToDo"
- TiXmlElement "Item" Attribtutes: priority = 1
- TiXmlText "Go to the "
- TiXmlElement "bold"
- TiXmlText "Toy store!"
- TiXmlElement "Item" Attributes: priority=2
- TiXmlText "Do bills"
-@endverbatim
-
-<h2> Documentation </h2>
-
-The documentation is build with Doxygen, using the 'dox'
-configuration file.
-
-<h2> License </h2>
-
-TinyXML is released under the zlib license:
-
-This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
-damages arising from the use of this software.
-
-Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
-purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
-redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must
-not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this
-software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation
-would be appreciated but is not required.
-
-2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
-must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
-
-3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
-distribution.
-
-<h2> References </h2>
-
-The World Wide Web Consortium is the definitive standard body for
-XML, and their web pages contain huge amounts of information.
-
-The definitive spec: <a href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/REC-xml-20040204/">
-http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/REC-xml-20040204/</a>
-
-I also recommend "XML Pocket Reference" by Robert Eckstein and published by
-OReilly...the book that got the whole thing started.
-
-<h2> Contributors, Contacts, and a Brief History </h2>
-
-Thanks very much to everyone who sends suggestions, bugs, ideas, and
-encouragement. It all helps, and makes this project fun. A special thanks
-to the contributors on the web pages that keep it lively.
-
-So many people have sent in bugs and ideas, that rather than list here
-we try to give credit due in the "changes.txt" file.
-
-TinyXML was originally written by Lee Thomason. (Often the "I" still
-in the documentation.) Lee reviews changes and releases new versions,
-with the help of Yves Berquin, Andrew Ellerton, and the tinyXml community.
-
-We appreciate your suggestions, and would love to know if you
-use TinyXML. Hopefully you will enjoy it and find it useful.
-Please post questions, comments, file bugs, or contact us at:
-
-www.sourceforge.net/projects/tinyxml
-
-Lee Thomason, Yves Berquin, Andrew Ellerton
-*/
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.cpp b/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 06657682..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-/*
-www.sourceforge.net/projects/tinyxml
-
-This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
-damages arising from the use of this software.
-
-Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
-purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
-redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must
-not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this
-software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation
-would be appreciated but is not required.
-
-2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
-must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
-
-3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
-distribution.
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef TIXML_USE_STL
-
-#include "tinystr.h"
-
-// Error value for find primitive
-const TiXmlString::size_type TiXmlString::npos = static_cast< TiXmlString::size_type >(-1);
-
-
-// Null rep.
-TiXmlString::Rep TiXmlString::nullrep_ = { 0, 0, { '\0' } };
-
-
-void TiXmlString::reserve (size_type cap)
-{
- if (cap > capacity())
- {
- TiXmlString tmp;
- tmp.init(length(), cap);
- memcpy(tmp.start(), data(), length());
- swap(tmp);
- }
-}
-
-
-TiXmlString& TiXmlString::assign(const char* str, size_type len)
-{
- size_type cap = capacity();
- if (len > cap || cap > 3*(len + 8))
- {
- TiXmlString tmp;
- tmp.init(len);
- memcpy(tmp.start(), str, len);
- swap(tmp);
- }
- else
- {
- memmove(start(), str, len);
- set_size(len);
- }
- return *this;
-}
-
-
-TiXmlString& TiXmlString::append(const char* str, size_type len)
-{
- size_type newsize = length() + len;
- if (newsize > capacity())
- {
- reserve (newsize + capacity());
- }
- memmove(finish(), str, len);
- set_size(newsize);
- return *this;
-}
-
-
-TiXmlString operator + (const TiXmlString & a, const TiXmlString & b)
-{
- TiXmlString tmp;
- tmp.reserve(a.length() + b.length());
- tmp += a;
- tmp += b;
- return tmp;
-}
-
-TiXmlString operator + (const TiXmlString & a, const char* b)
-{
- TiXmlString tmp;
- TiXmlString::size_type b_len = static_cast<TiXmlString::size_type>( strlen(b) );
- tmp.reserve(a.length() + b_len);
- tmp += a;
- tmp.append(b, b_len);
- return tmp;
-}
-
-TiXmlString operator + (const char* a, const TiXmlString & b)
-{
- TiXmlString tmp;
- TiXmlString::size_type a_len = static_cast<TiXmlString::size_type>( strlen(a) );
- tmp.reserve(a_len + b.length());
- tmp.append(a, a_len);
- tmp += b;
- return tmp;
-}
-
-
-#endif // TIXML_USE_STL
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.h b/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 89cca334..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinystr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,305 +0,0 @@
-/*
-www.sourceforge.net/projects/tinyxml
-
-This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
-damages arising from the use of this software.
-
-Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
-purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
-redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must
-not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this
-software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation
-would be appreciated but is not required.
-
-2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
-must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
-
-3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
-distribution.
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef TIXML_USE_STL
-
-#ifndef TIXML_STRING_INCLUDED
-#define TIXML_STRING_INCLUDED
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-/* The support for explicit isn't that universal, and it isn't really
- required - it is used to check that the TiXmlString class isn't incorrectly
- used. Be nice to old compilers and macro it here:
-*/
-#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1200 )
- // Microsoft visual studio, version 6 and higher.
- #define TIXML_EXPLICIT explicit
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3 )
- // GCC version 3 and higher.s
- #define TIXML_EXPLICIT explicit
-#else
- #define TIXML_EXPLICIT
-#endif
-
-
-/*
- TiXmlString is an emulation of a subset of the std::string template.
- Its purpose is to allow compiling TinyXML on compilers with no or poor STL support.
- Only the member functions relevant to the TinyXML project have been implemented.
- The buffer allocation is made by a simplistic power of 2 like mechanism : if we increase
- a string and there's no more room, we allocate a buffer twice as big as we need.
-*/
-class TiXmlString
-{
- public :
- // The size type used
- typedef size_t size_type;
-
- // Error value for find primitive
- static const size_type npos; // = -1;
-
-
- // TiXmlString empty constructor
- TiXmlString () : rep_(&nullrep_)
- {
- }
-
- // TiXmlString copy constructor
- TiXmlString ( const TiXmlString & copy) : rep_(0)
- {
- init(copy.length());
- memcpy(start(), copy.data(), length());
- }
-
- // TiXmlString constructor, based on a string
- TIXML_EXPLICIT TiXmlString ( const char * copy) : rep_(0)
- {
- init( static_cast<size_type>( strlen(copy) ));
- memcpy(start(), copy, length());
- }
-
- // TiXmlString constructor, based on a string
- TIXML_EXPLICIT TiXmlString ( const char * str, size_type len) : rep_(0)
- {
- init(len);
- memcpy(start(), str, len);
- }
-
- // TiXmlString destructor
- ~TiXmlString ()
- {
- quit();
- }
-
- TiXmlString& operator = (const char * copy)
- {
- return assign( copy, (size_type)strlen(copy));
- }
-
- TiXmlString& operator = (const TiXmlString & copy)
- {
- return assign(copy.start(), copy.length());
- }
-
-
- // += operator. Maps to append
- TiXmlString& operator += (const char * suffix)
- {
- return append(suffix, static_cast<size_type>( strlen(suffix) ));
- }
-
- // += operator. Maps to append
- TiXmlString& operator += (char single)
- {
- return append(&single, 1);
- }
-
- // += operator. Maps to append
- TiXmlString& operator += (const TiXmlString & suffix)
- {
- return append(suffix.data(), suffix.length());
- }
-
-
- // Convert a TiXmlString into a null-terminated char *
- const char * c_str () const { return rep_->str; }
-
- // Convert a TiXmlString into a char * (need not be null terminated).
- const char * data () const { return rep_->str; }
-
- // Return the length of a TiXmlString
- size_type length () const { return rep_->size; }
-
- // Alias for length()
- size_type size () const { return rep_->size; }
-
- // Checks if a TiXmlString is empty
- bool empty () const { return rep_->size == 0; }
-
- // Return capacity of string
- size_type capacity () const { return rep_->capacity; }
-
-
- // single char extraction
- const char& at (size_type index) const
- {
- assert( index < length() );
- return rep_->str[ index ];
- }
-
- // [] operator
- char& operator [] (size_type index) const
- {
- assert( index < length() );
- return rep_->str[ index ];
- }
-
- // find a char in a string. Return TiXmlString::npos if not found
- size_type find (char lookup) const
- {
- return find(lookup, 0);
- }
-
- // find a char in a string from an offset. Return TiXmlString::npos if not found
- size_type find (char tofind, size_type offset) const
- {
- if (offset >= length()) return npos;
-
- for (const char* p = c_str() + offset; *p != '\0'; ++p)
- {
- if (*p == tofind) return static_cast< size_type >( p - c_str() );
- }
- return npos;
- }
-
- void clear ()
- {
- //Lee:
- //The original was just too strange, though correct:
- // TiXmlString().swap(*this);
- //Instead use the quit & re-init:
- quit();
- init(0,0);
- }
-
- /* Function to reserve a big amount of data when we know we'll need it. Be aware that this
- function DOES NOT clear the content of the TiXmlString if any exists.
- */
- void reserve (size_type cap);
-
- TiXmlString& assign (const char* str, size_type len);
-
- TiXmlString& append (const char* str, size_type len);
-
- void swap (TiXmlString& other)
- {
- Rep* r = rep_;
- rep_ = other.rep_;
- other.rep_ = r;
- }
-
- private:
-
- void init(size_type sz) { init(sz, sz); }
- void set_size(size_type sz) { rep_->str[ rep_->size = sz ] = '\0'; }
- char* start() const { return rep_->str; }
- char* finish() const { return rep_->str + rep_->size; }
-
- struct Rep
- {
- size_type size, capacity;
- char str[1];
- };
-
- void init(size_type sz, size_type cap)
- {
- if (cap)
- {
- // Lee: the original form:
- // rep_ = static_cast<Rep*>(operator new(sizeof(Rep) + cap));
- // doesn't work in some cases of new being overloaded. Switching
- // to the normal allocation, although use an 'int' for systems
- // that are overly picky about structure alignment.
- const size_type bytesNeeded = sizeof(Rep) + cap;
- const size_type intsNeeded = ( bytesNeeded + sizeof(int) - 1 ) / sizeof( int );
- rep_ = reinterpret_cast<Rep*>( new int[ intsNeeded ] );
-
- rep_->str[ rep_->size = sz ] = '\0';
- rep_->capacity = cap;
- }
- else
- {
- rep_ = &nullrep_;
- }
- }
-
- void quit()
- {
- if (rep_ != &nullrep_)
- {
- // The rep_ is really an array of ints. (see the allocator, above).
- // Cast it back before delete, so the compiler won't incorrectly call destructors.
- delete [] ( reinterpret_cast<int*>( rep_ ) );
- }
- }
-
- Rep * rep_;
- static Rep nullrep_;
-
-} ;
-
-
-inline bool operator == (const TiXmlString & a, const TiXmlString & b)
-{
- return ( a.length() == b.length() ) // optimization on some platforms
- && ( strcmp(a.c_str(), b.c_str()) == 0 ); // actual compare
-}
-inline bool operator < (const TiXmlString & a, const TiXmlString & b)
-{
- return strcmp(a.c_str(), b.c_str()) < 0;
-}
-
-inline bool operator != (const TiXmlString & a, const TiXmlString & b) { return !(a == b); }
-inline bool operator > (const TiXmlString & a, const TiXmlString & b) { return b < a; }
-inline bool operator <= (const TiXmlString & a, const TiXmlString & b) { return !(b < a); }
-inline bool operator >= (const TiXmlString & a, const TiXmlString & b) { return !(a < b); }
-
-inline bool operator == (const TiXmlString & a, const char* b) { return strcmp(a.c_str(), b) == 0; }
-inline bool operator == (const char* a, const TiXmlString & b) { return b == a; }
-inline bool operator != (const TiXmlString & a, const char* b) { return !(a == b); }
-inline bool operator != (const char* a, const TiXmlString & b) { return !(b == a); }
-
-TiXmlString operator + (const TiXmlString & a, const TiXmlString & b);
-TiXmlString operator + (const TiXmlString & a, const char* b);
-TiXmlString operator + (const char* a, const TiXmlString & b);
-
-
-/*
- TiXmlOutStream is an emulation of std::ostream. It is based on TiXmlString.
- Only the operators that we need for TinyXML have been developped.
-*/
-class TiXmlOutStream : public TiXmlString
-{
-public :
-
- // TiXmlOutStream << operator.
- TiXmlOutStream & operator << (const TiXmlString & in)
- {
- *this += in;
- return *this;
- }
-
- // TiXmlOutStream << operator.
- TiXmlOutStream & operator << (const char * in)
- {
- *this += in;
- return *this;
- }
-
-} ;
-
-#endif // TIXML_STRING_INCLUDED
-#endif // TIXML_USE_STL
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.cpp b/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c161dfc..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1886 +0,0 @@
-/*
-www.sourceforge.net/projects/tinyxml
-Original code by Lee Thomason (www.grinninglizard.com)
-
-This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
-damages arising from the use of this software.
-
-Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
-purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
-redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must
-not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this
-software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation
-would be appreciated but is not required.
-
-2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
-must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
-
-3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
-distribution.
-*/
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-#include <sstream>
-#include <iostream>
-#endif
-
-#include "tinyxml.h"
-
-FILE* TiXmlFOpen( const char* filename, const char* mode );
-
-bool TiXmlBase::condenseWhiteSpace = true;
-
-// Microsoft compiler security
-FILE* TiXmlFOpen( const char* filename, const char* mode )
-{
- #if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1400 )
- FILE* fp = 0;
- errno_t err = fopen_s( &fp, filename, mode );
- if ( !err && fp )
- return fp;
- return 0;
- #else
- return fopen( filename, mode );
- #endif
-}
-
-void TiXmlBase::EncodeString( const TIXML_STRING& str, TIXML_STRING* outString )
-{
- int i=0;
-
- while( i<(int)str.length() )
- {
- unsigned char c = (unsigned char) str[i];
-
- if ( c == '&'
- && i < ( (int)str.length() - 2 )
- && str[i+1] == '#'
- && str[i+2] == 'x' )
- {
- // Hexadecimal character reference.
- // Pass through unchanged.
- // &#xA9; -- copyright symbol, for example.
- //
- // The -1 is a bug fix from Rob Laveaux. It keeps
- // an overflow from happening if there is no ';'.
- // There are actually 2 ways to exit this loop -
- // while fails (error case) and break (semicolon found).
- // However, there is no mechanism (currently) for
- // this function to return an error.
- while ( i<(int)str.length()-1 )
- {
- outString->append( str.c_str() + i, 1 );
- ++i;
- if ( str[i] == ';' )
- break;
- }
- }
- else if ( c == '&' )
- {
- outString->append( entity[0].str, entity[0].strLength );
- ++i;
- }
- else if ( c == '<' )
- {
- outString->append( entity[1].str, entity[1].strLength );
- ++i;
- }
- else if ( c == '>' )
- {
- outString->append( entity[2].str, entity[2].strLength );
- ++i;
- }
- else if ( c == '\"' )
- {
- outString->append( entity[3].str, entity[3].strLength );
- ++i;
- }
- else if ( c == '\'' )
- {
- outString->append( entity[4].str, entity[4].strLength );
- ++i;
- }
- else if ( c < 32 )
- {
- // Easy pass at non-alpha/numeric/symbol
- // Below 32 is symbolic.
- char buf[ 32 ];
-
- #if defined(TIXML_SNPRINTF)
- TIXML_SNPRINTF( buf, sizeof(buf), "&#x%02X;", (unsigned) ( c & 0xff ) );
- #else
- sprintf( buf, "&#x%02X;", (unsigned) ( c & 0xff ) );
- #endif
-
- //*ME: warning C4267: convert 'size_t' to 'int'
- //*ME: Int-Cast to make compiler happy ...
- outString->append( buf, (int)strlen( buf ) );
- ++i;
- }
- else
- {
- //char realc = (char) c;
- //outString->append( &realc, 1 );
- *outString += (char) c; // somewhat more efficient function call.
- ++i;
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-TiXmlNode::TiXmlNode( NodeType _type ) : TiXmlBase()
-{
- parent = 0;
- type = _type;
- firstChild = 0;
- lastChild = 0;
- prev = 0;
- next = 0;
-}
-
-
-TiXmlNode::~TiXmlNode()
-{
- TiXmlNode* node = firstChild;
- TiXmlNode* temp = 0;
-
- while ( node )
- {
- temp = node;
- node = node->next;
- delete temp;
- }
-}
-
-
-void TiXmlNode::CopyTo( TiXmlNode* target ) const
-{
- target->SetValue (value.c_str() );
- target->userData = userData;
- target->location = location;
-}
-
-
-void TiXmlNode::Clear()
-{
- TiXmlNode* node = firstChild;
- TiXmlNode* temp = 0;
-
- while ( node )
- {
- temp = node;
- node = node->next;
- delete temp;
- }
-
- firstChild = 0;
- lastChild = 0;
-}
-
-
-TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::LinkEndChild( TiXmlNode* node )
-{
- assert( node->parent == 0 || node->parent == this );
- assert( node->GetDocument() == 0 || node->GetDocument() == this->GetDocument() );
-
- if ( node->Type() == TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DOCUMENT )
- {
- delete node;
- if ( GetDocument() )
- GetDocument()->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_TOP_ONLY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return 0;
- }
-
- node->parent = this;
-
- node->prev = lastChild;
- node->next = 0;
-
- if ( lastChild )
- lastChild->next = node;
- else
- firstChild = node; // it was an empty list.
-
- lastChild = node;
- return node;
-}
-
-
-TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::InsertEndChild( const TiXmlNode& addThis )
-{
- if ( addThis.Type() == TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DOCUMENT )
- {
- if ( GetDocument() )
- GetDocument()->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_TOP_ONLY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return 0;
- }
- TiXmlNode* node = addThis.Clone();
- if ( !node )
- return 0;
-
- return LinkEndChild( node );
-}
-
-
-TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::InsertBeforeChild( TiXmlNode* beforeThis, const TiXmlNode& addThis )
-{
- if ( !beforeThis || beforeThis->parent != this ) {
- return 0;
- }
- if ( addThis.Type() == TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DOCUMENT )
- {
- if ( GetDocument() )
- GetDocument()->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_TOP_ONLY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return 0;
- }
-
- TiXmlNode* node = addThis.Clone();
- if ( !node )
- return 0;
- node->parent = this;
-
- node->next = beforeThis;
- node->prev = beforeThis->prev;
- if ( beforeThis->prev )
- {
- beforeThis->prev->next = node;
- }
- else
- {
- assert( firstChild == beforeThis );
- firstChild = node;
- }
- beforeThis->prev = node;
- return node;
-}
-
-
-TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::InsertAfterChild( TiXmlNode* afterThis, const TiXmlNode& addThis )
-{
- if ( !afterThis || afterThis->parent != this ) {
- return 0;
- }
- if ( addThis.Type() == TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DOCUMENT )
- {
- if ( GetDocument() )
- GetDocument()->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_TOP_ONLY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return 0;
- }
-
- TiXmlNode* node = addThis.Clone();
- if ( !node )
- return 0;
- node->parent = this;
-
- node->prev = afterThis;
- node->next = afterThis->next;
- if ( afterThis->next )
- {
- afterThis->next->prev = node;
- }
- else
- {
- assert( lastChild == afterThis );
- lastChild = node;
- }
- afterThis->next = node;
- return node;
-}
-
-
-TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::ReplaceChild( TiXmlNode* replaceThis, const TiXmlNode& withThis )
-{
- if ( !replaceThis )
- return 0;
-
- if ( replaceThis->parent != this )
- return 0;
-
- if ( withThis.ToDocument() ) {
- // A document can never be a child. Thanks to Noam.
- TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument();
- if ( document )
- document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_TOP_ONLY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return 0;
- }
-
- TiXmlNode* node = withThis.Clone();
- if ( !node )
- return 0;
-
- node->next = replaceThis->next;
- node->prev = replaceThis->prev;
-
- if ( replaceThis->next )
- replaceThis->next->prev = node;
- else
- lastChild = node;
-
- if ( replaceThis->prev )
- replaceThis->prev->next = node;
- else
- firstChild = node;
-
- delete replaceThis;
- node->parent = this;
- return node;
-}
-
-
-bool TiXmlNode::RemoveChild( TiXmlNode* removeThis )
-{
- if ( !removeThis ) {
- return false;
- }
-
- if ( removeThis->parent != this )
- {
- assert( 0 );
- return false;
- }
-
- if ( removeThis->next )
- removeThis->next->prev = removeThis->prev;
- else
- lastChild = removeThis->prev;
-
- if ( removeThis->prev )
- removeThis->prev->next = removeThis->next;
- else
- firstChild = removeThis->next;
-
- delete removeThis;
- return true;
-}
-
-const TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::FirstChild( const char * _value ) const
-{
- const TiXmlNode* node;
- for ( node = firstChild; node; node = node->next )
- {
- if ( strcmp( node->Value(), _value ) == 0 )
- return node;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-const TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::LastChild( const char * _value ) const
-{
- const TiXmlNode* node;
- for ( node = lastChild; node; node = node->prev )
- {
- if ( strcmp( node->Value(), _value ) == 0 )
- return node;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-const TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::IterateChildren( const TiXmlNode* previous ) const
-{
- if ( !previous )
- {
- return FirstChild();
- }
- else
- {
- assert( previous->parent == this );
- return previous->NextSibling();
- }
-}
-
-
-const TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::IterateChildren( const char * val, const TiXmlNode* previous ) const
-{
- if ( !previous )
- {
- return FirstChild( val );
- }
- else
- {
- assert( previous->parent == this );
- return previous->NextSibling( val );
- }
-}
-
-
-const TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::NextSibling( const char * _value ) const
-{
- const TiXmlNode* node;
- for ( node = next; node; node = node->next )
- {
- if ( strcmp( node->Value(), _value ) == 0 )
- return node;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-const TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::PreviousSibling( const char * _value ) const
-{
- const TiXmlNode* node;
- for ( node = prev; node; node = node->prev )
- {
- if ( strcmp( node->Value(), _value ) == 0 )
- return node;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-void TiXmlElement::RemoveAttribute( const char * name )
-{
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- TIXML_STRING str( name );
- TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.Find( str );
- #else
- TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.Find( name );
- #endif
- if ( node )
- {
- attributeSet.Remove( node );
- delete node;
- }
-}
-
-const TiXmlElement* TiXmlNode::FirstChildElement() const
-{
- const TiXmlNode* node;
-
- for ( node = FirstChild();
- node;
- node = node->NextSibling() )
- {
- if ( node->ToElement() )
- return node->ToElement();
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-const TiXmlElement* TiXmlNode::FirstChildElement( const char * _value ) const
-{
- const TiXmlNode* node;
-
- for ( node = FirstChild( _value );
- node;
- node = node->NextSibling( _value ) )
- {
- if ( node->ToElement() )
- return node->ToElement();
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-const TiXmlElement* TiXmlNode::NextSiblingElement() const
-{
- const TiXmlNode* node;
-
- for ( node = NextSibling();
- node;
- node = node->NextSibling() )
- {
- if ( node->ToElement() )
- return node->ToElement();
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-const TiXmlElement* TiXmlNode::NextSiblingElement( const char * _value ) const
-{
- const TiXmlNode* node;
-
- for ( node = NextSibling( _value );
- node;
- node = node->NextSibling( _value ) )
- {
- if ( node->ToElement() )
- return node->ToElement();
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-const TiXmlDocument* TiXmlNode::GetDocument() const
-{
- const TiXmlNode* node;
-
- for( node = this; node; node = node->parent )
- {
- if ( node->ToDocument() )
- return node->ToDocument();
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-TiXmlElement::TiXmlElement (const char * _value)
- : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_ELEMENT )
-{
- firstChild = lastChild = 0;
- value = _value;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-TiXmlElement::TiXmlElement( const std::string& _value )
- : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_ELEMENT )
-{
- firstChild = lastChild = 0;
- value = _value;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-TiXmlElement::TiXmlElement( const TiXmlElement& copy)
- : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_ELEMENT )
-{
- firstChild = lastChild = 0;
- copy.CopyTo( this );
-}
-
-
-TiXmlElement& TiXmlElement::operator=( const TiXmlElement& base )
-{
- ClearThis();
- base.CopyTo( this );
- return *this;
-}
-
-
-TiXmlElement::~TiXmlElement()
-{
- ClearThis();
-}
-
-
-void TiXmlElement::ClearThis()
-{
- Clear();
- while( attributeSet.First() )
- {
- TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.First();
- attributeSet.Remove( node );
- delete node;
- }
-}
-
-
-const char* TiXmlElement::Attribute( const char* name ) const
-{
- const TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.Find( name );
- if ( node )
- return node->Value();
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-const std::string* TiXmlElement::Attribute( const std::string& name ) const
-{
- const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name );
- if ( attrib )
- return &attrib->ValueStr();
- return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-const char* TiXmlElement::Attribute( const char* name, int* i ) const
-{
- const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name );
- const char* result = 0;
-
- if ( attrib ) {
- result = attrib->Value();
- if ( i ) {
- attrib->QueryIntValue( i );
- }
- }
- return result;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-const std::string* TiXmlElement::Attribute( const std::string& name, int* i ) const
-{
- const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name );
- const std::string* result = 0;
-
- if ( attrib ) {
- result = &attrib->ValueStr();
- if ( i ) {
- attrib->QueryIntValue( i );
- }
- }
- return result;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-const char* TiXmlElement::Attribute( const char* name, double* d ) const
-{
- const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name );
- const char* result = 0;
-
- if ( attrib ) {
- result = attrib->Value();
- if ( d ) {
- attrib->QueryDoubleValue( d );
- }
- }
- return result;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-const std::string* TiXmlElement::Attribute( const std::string& name, double* d ) const
-{
- const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name );
- const std::string* result = 0;
-
- if ( attrib ) {
- result = &attrib->ValueStr();
- if ( d ) {
- attrib->QueryDoubleValue( d );
- }
- }
- return result;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-int TiXmlElement::QueryIntAttribute( const char* name, int* ival ) const
-{
- const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name );
- if ( !attrib )
- return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE;
- return attrib->QueryIntValue( ival );
-}
-
-
-int TiXmlElement::QueryUnsignedAttribute( const char* name, unsigned* value ) const
-{
- const TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.Find( name );
- if ( !node )
- return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE;
-
- int ival = 0;
- int result = node->QueryIntValue( &ival );
- *value = (unsigned)ival;
- return result;
-}
-
-
-int TiXmlElement::QueryBoolAttribute( const char* name, bool* bval ) const
-{
- const TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.Find( name );
- if ( !node )
- return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE;
-
- int result = TIXML_WRONG_TYPE;
- if ( StringEqual( node->Value(), "true", true, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN )
- || StringEqual( node->Value(), "yes", true, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN )
- || StringEqual( node->Value(), "1", true, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ) )
- {
- *bval = true;
- result = TIXML_SUCCESS;
- }
- else if ( StringEqual( node->Value(), "false", true, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN )
- || StringEqual( node->Value(), "no", true, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN )
- || StringEqual( node->Value(), "0", true, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ) )
- {
- *bval = false;
- result = TIXML_SUCCESS;
- }
- return result;
-}
-
-
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-int TiXmlElement::QueryIntAttribute( const std::string& name, int* ival ) const
-{
- const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name );
- if ( !attrib )
- return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE;
- return attrib->QueryIntValue( ival );
-}
-#endif
-
-
-int TiXmlElement::QueryDoubleAttribute( const char* name, double* dval ) const
-{
- const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name );
- if ( !attrib )
- return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE;
- return attrib->QueryDoubleValue( dval );
-}
-
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-int TiXmlElement::QueryDoubleAttribute( const std::string& name, double* dval ) const
-{
- const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.Find( name );
- if ( !attrib )
- return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE;
- return attrib->QueryDoubleValue( dval );
-}
-#endif
-
-
-void TiXmlElement::SetAttribute( const char * name, int val )
-{
- TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.FindOrCreate( name );
- if ( attrib ) {
- attrib->SetIntValue( val );
- }
-}
-
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-void TiXmlElement::SetAttribute( const std::string& name, int val )
-{
- TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.FindOrCreate( name );
- if ( attrib ) {
- attrib->SetIntValue( val );
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-void TiXmlElement::SetDoubleAttribute( const char * name, double val )
-{
- TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.FindOrCreate( name );
- if ( attrib ) {
- attrib->SetDoubleValue( val );
- }
-}
-
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-void TiXmlElement::SetDoubleAttribute( const std::string& name, double val )
-{
- TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.FindOrCreate( name );
- if ( attrib ) {
- attrib->SetDoubleValue( val );
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-void TiXmlElement::SetAttribute( const char * cname, const char * cvalue )
-{
- TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.FindOrCreate( cname );
- if ( attrib ) {
- attrib->SetValue( cvalue );
- }
-}
-
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-void TiXmlElement::SetAttribute( const std::string& _name, const std::string& _value )
-{
- TiXmlAttribute* attrib = attributeSet.FindOrCreate( _name );
- if ( attrib ) {
- attrib->SetValue( _value );
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-void TiXmlElement::Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const
-{
- int i;
- assert( cfile );
- for ( i=0; i<depth; i++ ) {
- fprintf( cfile, " " );
- }
-
- fprintf( cfile, "<%s", value.c_str() );
-
- const TiXmlAttribute* attrib;
- for ( attrib = attributeSet.First(); attrib; attrib = attrib->Next() )
- {
- fprintf( cfile, " " );
- attrib->Print( cfile, depth );
- }
-
- // There are 3 different formatting approaches:
- // 1) An element without children is printed as a <foo /> node
- // 2) An element with only a text child is printed as <foo> text </foo>
- // 3) An element with children is printed on multiple lines.
- TiXmlNode* node;
- if ( !firstChild )
- {
- fprintf( cfile, " />" );
- }
- else if ( firstChild == lastChild && firstChild->ToText() )
- {
- fprintf( cfile, ">" );
- firstChild->Print( cfile, depth + 1 );
- fprintf( cfile, "</%s>", value.c_str() );
- }
- else
- {
- fprintf( cfile, ">" );
-
- for ( node = firstChild; node; node=node->NextSibling() )
- {
- if ( !node->ToText() )
- {
- fprintf( cfile, "\n" );
- }
- node->Print( cfile, depth+1 );
- }
- fprintf( cfile, "\n" );
- for( i=0; i<depth; ++i ) {
- fprintf( cfile, " " );
- }
- fprintf( cfile, "</%s>", value.c_str() );
- }
-}
-
-
-void TiXmlElement::CopyTo( TiXmlElement* target ) const
-{
- // superclass:
- TiXmlNode::CopyTo( target );
-
- // Element class:
- // Clone the attributes, then clone the children.
- const TiXmlAttribute* attribute = 0;
- for( attribute = attributeSet.First();
- attribute;
- attribute = attribute->Next() )
- {
- target->SetAttribute( attribute->Name(), attribute->Value() );
- }
-
- TiXmlNode* node = 0;
- for ( node = firstChild; node; node = node->NextSibling() )
- {
- target->LinkEndChild( node->Clone() );
- }
-}
-
-bool TiXmlElement::Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const
-{
- if ( visitor->VisitEnter( *this, attributeSet.First() ) )
- {
- for ( const TiXmlNode* node=FirstChild(); node; node=node->NextSibling() )
- {
- if ( !node->Accept( visitor ) )
- break;
- }
- }
- return visitor->VisitExit( *this );
-}
-
-
-TiXmlNode* TiXmlElement::Clone() const
-{
- TiXmlElement* clone = new TiXmlElement( Value() );
- if ( !clone )
- return 0;
-
- CopyTo( clone );
- return clone;
-}
-
-
-const char* TiXmlElement::GetText() const
-{
- const TiXmlNode* child = this->FirstChild();
- if ( child ) {
- const TiXmlText* childText = child->ToText();
- if ( childText ) {
- return childText->Value();
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-TiXmlDocument::TiXmlDocument() : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DOCUMENT )
-{
- tabsize = 4;
- useMicrosoftBOM = false;
- ClearError();
-}
-
-TiXmlDocument::TiXmlDocument( const char * documentName ) : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DOCUMENT )
-{
- tabsize = 4;
- useMicrosoftBOM = false;
- value = documentName;
- ClearError();
-}
-
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-TiXmlDocument::TiXmlDocument( const std::string& documentName ) : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DOCUMENT )
-{
- tabsize = 4;
- useMicrosoftBOM = false;
- value = documentName;
- ClearError();
-}
-#endif
-
-
-TiXmlDocument::TiXmlDocument( const TiXmlDocument& copy ) : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DOCUMENT )
-{
- copy.CopyTo( this );
-}
-
-
-TiXmlDocument& TiXmlDocument::operator=( const TiXmlDocument& copy )
-{
- Clear();
- copy.CopyTo( this );
- return *this;
-}
-
-
-bool TiXmlDocument::LoadFile( TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- return LoadFile( Value(), encoding );
-}
-
-
-bool TiXmlDocument::SaveFile() const
-{
- return SaveFile( Value() );
-}
-
-bool TiXmlDocument::LoadFile( const char* _filename, TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- TIXML_STRING filename( _filename );
- value = filename;
-
- // reading in binary mode so that tinyxml can normalize the EOL
- FILE* file = TiXmlFOpen( value.c_str (), "rb" );
-
- if ( file )
- {
- bool result = LoadFile( file, encoding );
- fclose( file );
- return result;
- }
- else
- {
- SetError( TIXML_ERROR_OPENING_FILE, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-bool TiXmlDocument::LoadFile( FILE* file, TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- if ( !file )
- {
- SetError( TIXML_ERROR_OPENING_FILE, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return false;
- }
-
- // Delete the existing data:
- Clear();
- location.Clear();
-
- // Get the file size, so we can pre-allocate the string. HUGE speed impact.
- long length = 0;
- fseek( file, 0, SEEK_END );
- length = ftell( file );
- fseek( file, 0, SEEK_SET );
-
- // Strange case, but good to handle up front.
- if ( length <= 0 )
- {
- SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_EMPTY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return false;
- }
-
- // Subtle bug here. TinyXml did use fgets. But from the XML spec:
- // 2.11 End-of-Line Handling
- // <snip>
- // <quote>
- // ...the XML processor MUST behave as if it normalized all line breaks in external
- // parsed entities (including the document entity) on input, before parsing, by translating
- // both the two-character sequence #xD #xA and any #xD that is not followed by #xA to
- // a single #xA character.
- // </quote>
- //
- // It is not clear fgets does that, and certainly isn't clear it works cross platform.
- // Generally, you expect fgets to translate from the convention of the OS to the c/unix
- // convention, and not work generally.
-
- /*
- while( fgets( buf, sizeof(buf), file ) )
- {
- data += buf;
- }
- */
-
- char* buf = new char[ length+1 ];
- buf[0] = 0;
-
- if ( fread( buf, length, 1, file ) != 1 ) {
- delete [] buf;
- SetError( TIXML_ERROR_OPENING_FILE, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return false;
- }
-
- // Process the buffer in place to normalize new lines. (See comment above.)
- // Copies from the 'p' to 'q' pointer, where p can advance faster if
- // a newline-carriage return is hit.
- //
- // Wikipedia:
- // Systems based on ASCII or a compatible character set use either LF (Line feed, '\n', 0x0A, 10 in decimal) or
- // CR (Carriage return, '\r', 0x0D, 13 in decimal) individually, or CR followed by LF (CR+LF, 0x0D 0x0A)...
- // * LF: Multics, Unix and Unix-like systems (GNU/Linux, AIX, Xenix, Mac OS X, FreeBSD, etc.), BeOS, Amiga, RISC OS, and others
- // * CR+LF: DEC RT-11 and most other early non-Unix, non-IBM OSes, CP/M, MP/M, DOS, OS/2, Microsoft Windows, Symbian OS
- // * CR: Commodore 8-bit machines, Apple II family, Mac OS up to version 9 and OS-9
-
- const char* p = buf; // the read head
- char* q = buf; // the write head
- const char CR = 0x0d;
- const char LF = 0x0a;
-
- buf[length] = 0;
- while( *p ) {
- assert( p < (buf+length) );
- assert( q <= (buf+length) );
- assert( q <= p );
-
- if ( *p == CR ) {
- *q++ = LF;
- p++;
- if ( *p == LF ) { // check for CR+LF (and skip LF)
- p++;
- }
- }
- else {
- *q++ = *p++;
- }
- }
- assert( q <= (buf+length) );
- *q = 0;
-
- Parse( buf, 0, encoding );
-
- delete [] buf;
- return !Error();
-}
-
-
-bool TiXmlDocument::SaveFile( const char * filename ) const
-{
- // The old c stuff lives on...
- FILE* fp = TiXmlFOpen( filename, "w" );
- if ( fp )
- {
- bool result = SaveFile( fp );
- fclose( fp );
- return result;
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-
-bool TiXmlDocument::SaveFile( FILE* fp ) const
-{
- if ( useMicrosoftBOM )
- {
- const unsigned char TIXML_UTF_LEAD_0 = 0xefU;
- const unsigned char TIXML_UTF_LEAD_1 = 0xbbU;
- const unsigned char TIXML_UTF_LEAD_2 = 0xbfU;
-
- fputc( TIXML_UTF_LEAD_0, fp );
- fputc( TIXML_UTF_LEAD_1, fp );
- fputc( TIXML_UTF_LEAD_2, fp );
- }
- Print( fp, 0 );
- return (ferror(fp) == 0);
-}
-
-
-void TiXmlDocument::CopyTo( TiXmlDocument* target ) const
-{
- TiXmlNode::CopyTo( target );
-
- target->error = error;
- target->errorId = errorId;
- target->errorDesc = errorDesc;
- target->tabsize = tabsize;
- target->errorLocation = errorLocation;
- target->useMicrosoftBOM = useMicrosoftBOM;
-
- TiXmlNode* node = 0;
- for ( node = firstChild; node; node = node->NextSibling() )
- {
- target->LinkEndChild( node->Clone() );
- }
-}
-
-
-TiXmlNode* TiXmlDocument::Clone() const
-{
- TiXmlDocument* clone = new TiXmlDocument();
- if ( !clone )
- return 0;
-
- CopyTo( clone );
- return clone;
-}
-
-
-void TiXmlDocument::Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const
-{
- assert( cfile );
- for ( const TiXmlNode* node=FirstChild(); node; node=node->NextSibling() )
- {
- node->Print( cfile, depth );
- fprintf( cfile, "\n" );
- }
-}
-
-
-bool TiXmlDocument::Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const
-{
- if ( visitor->VisitEnter( *this ) )
- {
- for ( const TiXmlNode* node=FirstChild(); node; node=node->NextSibling() )
- {
- if ( !node->Accept( visitor ) )
- break;
- }
- }
- return visitor->VisitExit( *this );
-}
-
-
-const TiXmlAttribute* TiXmlAttribute::Next() const
-{
- // We are using knowledge of the sentinel. The sentinel
- // have a value or name.
- if ( next->value.empty() && next->name.empty() )
- return 0;
- return next;
-}
-
-/*
-TiXmlAttribute* TiXmlAttribute::Next()
-{
- // We are using knowledge of the sentinel. The sentinel
- // have a value or name.
- if ( next->value.empty() && next->name.empty() )
- return 0;
- return next;
-}
-*/
-
-const TiXmlAttribute* TiXmlAttribute::Previous() const
-{
- // We are using knowledge of the sentinel. The sentinel
- // have a value or name.
- if ( prev->value.empty() && prev->name.empty() )
- return 0;
- return prev;
-}
-
-/*
-TiXmlAttribute* TiXmlAttribute::Previous()
-{
- // We are using knowledge of the sentinel. The sentinel
- // have a value or name.
- if ( prev->value.empty() && prev->name.empty() )
- return 0;
- return prev;
-}
-*/
-
-void TiXmlAttribute::Print( FILE* cfile, int /*depth*/, TIXML_STRING* str ) const
-{
- TIXML_STRING n, v;
-
- EncodeString( name, &n );
- EncodeString( value, &v );
-
- if (value.find ('\"') == TIXML_STRING::npos) {
- if ( cfile ) {
- fprintf (cfile, "%s=\"%s\"", n.c_str(), v.c_str() );
- }
- if ( str ) {
- (*str) += n; (*str) += "=\""; (*str) += v; (*str) += "\"";
- }
- }
- else {
- if ( cfile ) {
- fprintf (cfile, "%s='%s'", n.c_str(), v.c_str() );
- }
- if ( str ) {
- (*str) += n; (*str) += "='"; (*str) += v; (*str) += "'";
- }
- }
-}
-
-
-int TiXmlAttribute::QueryIntValue( int* ival ) const
-{
- if ( TIXML_SSCANF( value.c_str(), "%d", ival ) == 1 )
- return TIXML_SUCCESS;
- return TIXML_WRONG_TYPE;
-}
-
-int TiXmlAttribute::QueryDoubleValue( double* dval ) const
-{
- if ( TIXML_SSCANF( value.c_str(), "%lf", dval ) == 1 )
- return TIXML_SUCCESS;
- return TIXML_WRONG_TYPE;
-}
-
-void TiXmlAttribute::SetIntValue( int _value )
-{
- char buf [64];
- #if defined(TIXML_SNPRINTF)
- TIXML_SNPRINTF(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", _value);
- #else
- sprintf (buf, "%d", _value);
- #endif
- SetValue (buf);
-}
-
-void TiXmlAttribute::SetDoubleValue( double _value )
-{
- char buf [256];
- #if defined(TIXML_SNPRINTF)
- TIXML_SNPRINTF( buf, sizeof(buf), "%g", _value);
- #else
- sprintf (buf, "%g", _value);
- #endif
- SetValue (buf);
-}
-
-int TiXmlAttribute::IntValue() const
-{
- return atoi (value.c_str ());
-}
-
-double TiXmlAttribute::DoubleValue() const
-{
- return atof (value.c_str ());
-}
-
-
-TiXmlComment::TiXmlComment( const TiXmlComment& copy ) : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_COMMENT )
-{
- copy.CopyTo( this );
-}
-
-
-TiXmlComment& TiXmlComment::operator=( const TiXmlComment& base )
-{
- Clear();
- base.CopyTo( this );
- return *this;
-}
-
-
-void TiXmlComment::Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const
-{
- assert( cfile );
- for ( int i=0; i<depth; i++ )
- {
- fprintf( cfile, " " );
- }
- fprintf( cfile, "<!--%s-->", value.c_str() );
-}
-
-
-void TiXmlComment::CopyTo( TiXmlComment* target ) const
-{
- TiXmlNode::CopyTo( target );
-}
-
-
-bool TiXmlComment::Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const
-{
- return visitor->Visit( *this );
-}
-
-
-TiXmlNode* TiXmlComment::Clone() const
-{
- TiXmlComment* clone = new TiXmlComment();
-
- if ( !clone )
- return 0;
-
- CopyTo( clone );
- return clone;
-}
-
-
-void TiXmlText::Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const
-{
- assert( cfile );
- if ( cdata )
- {
- int i;
- fprintf( cfile, "\n" );
- for ( i=0; i<depth; i++ ) {
- fprintf( cfile, " " );
- }
- fprintf( cfile, "<![CDATA[%s]]>\n", value.c_str() ); // unformatted output
- }
- else
- {
- TIXML_STRING buffer;
- EncodeString( value, &buffer );
- fprintf( cfile, "%s", buffer.c_str() );
- }
-}
-
-
-void TiXmlText::CopyTo( TiXmlText* target ) const
-{
- TiXmlNode::CopyTo( target );
- target->cdata = cdata;
-}
-
-
-bool TiXmlText::Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const
-{
- return visitor->Visit( *this );
-}
-
-
-TiXmlNode* TiXmlText::Clone() const
-{
- TiXmlText* clone = 0;
- clone = new TiXmlText( "" );
-
- if ( !clone )
- return 0;
-
- CopyTo( clone );
- return clone;
-}
-
-
-TiXmlDeclaration::TiXmlDeclaration( const char * _version,
- const char * _encoding,
- const char * _standalone )
- : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DECLARATION )
-{
- version = _version;
- encoding = _encoding;
- standalone = _standalone;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-TiXmlDeclaration::TiXmlDeclaration( const std::string& _version,
- const std::string& _encoding,
- const std::string& _standalone )
- : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DECLARATION )
-{
- version = _version;
- encoding = _encoding;
- standalone = _standalone;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-TiXmlDeclaration::TiXmlDeclaration( const TiXmlDeclaration& copy )
- : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DECLARATION )
-{
- copy.CopyTo( this );
-}
-
-
-TiXmlDeclaration& TiXmlDeclaration::operator=( const TiXmlDeclaration& copy )
-{
- Clear();
- copy.CopyTo( this );
- return *this;
-}
-
-
-void TiXmlDeclaration::Print( FILE* cfile, int /*depth*/, TIXML_STRING* str ) const
-{
- if ( cfile ) fprintf( cfile, "<?xml " );
- if ( str ) (*str) += "<?xml ";
-
- if ( !version.empty() ) {
- if ( cfile ) fprintf (cfile, "version=\"%s\" ", version.c_str ());
- if ( str ) { (*str) += "version=\""; (*str) += version; (*str) += "\" "; }
- }
- if ( !encoding.empty() ) {
- if ( cfile ) fprintf (cfile, "encoding=\"%s\" ", encoding.c_str ());
- if ( str ) { (*str) += "encoding=\""; (*str) += encoding; (*str) += "\" "; }
- }
- if ( !standalone.empty() ) {
- if ( cfile ) fprintf (cfile, "standalone=\"%s\" ", standalone.c_str ());
- if ( str ) { (*str) += "standalone=\""; (*str) += standalone; (*str) += "\" "; }
- }
- if ( cfile ) fprintf( cfile, "?>" );
- if ( str ) (*str) += "?>";
-}
-
-
-void TiXmlDeclaration::CopyTo( TiXmlDeclaration* target ) const
-{
- TiXmlNode::CopyTo( target );
-
- target->version = version;
- target->encoding = encoding;
- target->standalone = standalone;
-}
-
-
-bool TiXmlDeclaration::Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const
-{
- return visitor->Visit( *this );
-}
-
-
-TiXmlNode* TiXmlDeclaration::Clone() const
-{
- TiXmlDeclaration* clone = new TiXmlDeclaration();
-
- if ( !clone )
- return 0;
-
- CopyTo( clone );
- return clone;
-}
-
-
-void TiXmlUnknown::Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const
-{
- for ( int i=0; i<depth; i++ )
- fprintf( cfile, " " );
- fprintf( cfile, "<%s>", value.c_str() );
-}
-
-
-void TiXmlUnknown::CopyTo( TiXmlUnknown* target ) const
-{
- TiXmlNode::CopyTo( target );
-}
-
-
-bool TiXmlUnknown::Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const
-{
- return visitor->Visit( *this );
-}
-
-
-TiXmlNode* TiXmlUnknown::Clone() const
-{
- TiXmlUnknown* clone = new TiXmlUnknown();
-
- if ( !clone )
- return 0;
-
- CopyTo( clone );
- return clone;
-}
-
-
-TiXmlAttributeSet::TiXmlAttributeSet()
-{
- sentinel.next = &sentinel;
- sentinel.prev = &sentinel;
-}
-
-
-TiXmlAttributeSet::~TiXmlAttributeSet()
-{
- assert( sentinel.next == &sentinel );
- assert( sentinel.prev == &sentinel );
-}
-
-
-void TiXmlAttributeSet::Add( TiXmlAttribute* addMe )
-{
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- assert( !Find( TIXML_STRING( addMe->Name() ) ) ); // Shouldn't be multiply adding to the set.
- #else
- assert( !Find( addMe->Name() ) ); // Shouldn't be multiply adding to the set.
- #endif
-
- addMe->next = &sentinel;
- addMe->prev = sentinel.prev;
-
- sentinel.prev->next = addMe;
- sentinel.prev = addMe;
-}
-
-void TiXmlAttributeSet::Remove( TiXmlAttribute* removeMe )
-{
- TiXmlAttribute* node;
-
- for( node = sentinel.next; node != &sentinel; node = node->next )
- {
- if ( node == removeMe )
- {
- node->prev->next = node->next;
- node->next->prev = node->prev;
- node->next = 0;
- node->prev = 0;
- return;
- }
- }
- assert( 0 ); // we tried to remove a non-linked attribute.
-}
-
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-TiXmlAttribute* TiXmlAttributeSet::Find( const std::string& name ) const
-{
- for( TiXmlAttribute* node = sentinel.next; node != &sentinel; node = node->next )
- {
- if ( node->name == name )
- return node;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-TiXmlAttribute* TiXmlAttributeSet::FindOrCreate( const std::string& _name )
-{
- TiXmlAttribute* attrib = Find( _name );
- if ( !attrib ) {
- attrib = new TiXmlAttribute();
- Add( attrib );
- attrib->SetName( _name );
- }
- return attrib;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-TiXmlAttribute* TiXmlAttributeSet::Find( const char* name ) const
-{
- for( TiXmlAttribute* node = sentinel.next; node != &sentinel; node = node->next )
- {
- if ( strcmp( node->name.c_str(), name ) == 0 )
- return node;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-TiXmlAttribute* TiXmlAttributeSet::FindOrCreate( const char* _name )
-{
- TiXmlAttribute* attrib = Find( _name );
- if ( !attrib ) {
- attrib = new TiXmlAttribute();
- Add( attrib );
- attrib->SetName( _name );
- }
- return attrib;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-std::istream& operator>> (std::istream & in, TiXmlNode & base)
-{
- TIXML_STRING tag;
- tag.reserve( 8 * 1000 );
- base.StreamIn( &in, &tag );
-
- base.Parse( tag.c_str(), 0, TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING );
- return in;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-std::ostream& operator<< (std::ostream & out, const TiXmlNode & base)
-{
- TiXmlPrinter printer;
- printer.SetStreamPrinting();
- base.Accept( &printer );
- out << printer.Str();
-
- return out;
-}
-
-
-std::string& operator<< (std::string& out, const TiXmlNode& base )
-{
- TiXmlPrinter printer;
- printer.SetStreamPrinting();
- base.Accept( &printer );
- out.append( printer.Str() );
-
- return out;
-}
-#endif
-
-
-TiXmlHandle TiXmlHandle::FirstChild() const
-{
- if ( node )
- {
- TiXmlNode* child = node->FirstChild();
- if ( child )
- return TiXmlHandle( child );
- }
- return TiXmlHandle( 0 );
-}
-
-
-TiXmlHandle TiXmlHandle::FirstChild( const char * value ) const
-{
- if ( node )
- {
- TiXmlNode* child = node->FirstChild( value );
- if ( child )
- return TiXmlHandle( child );
- }
- return TiXmlHandle( 0 );
-}
-
-
-TiXmlHandle TiXmlHandle::FirstChildElement() const
-{
- if ( node )
- {
- TiXmlElement* child = node->FirstChildElement();
- if ( child )
- return TiXmlHandle( child );
- }
- return TiXmlHandle( 0 );
-}
-
-
-TiXmlHandle TiXmlHandle::FirstChildElement( const char * value ) const
-{
- if ( node )
- {
- TiXmlElement* child = node->FirstChildElement( value );
- if ( child )
- return TiXmlHandle( child );
- }
- return TiXmlHandle( 0 );
-}
-
-
-TiXmlHandle TiXmlHandle::Child( int count ) const
-{
- if ( node )
- {
- int i;
- TiXmlNode* child = node->FirstChild();
- for ( i=0;
- child && i<count;
- child = child->NextSibling(), ++i )
- {
- // nothing
- }
- if ( child )
- return TiXmlHandle( child );
- }
- return TiXmlHandle( 0 );
-}
-
-
-TiXmlHandle TiXmlHandle::Child( const char* value, int count ) const
-{
- if ( node )
- {
- int i;
- TiXmlNode* child = node->FirstChild( value );
- for ( i=0;
- child && i<count;
- child = child->NextSibling( value ), ++i )
- {
- // nothing
- }
- if ( child )
- return TiXmlHandle( child );
- }
- return TiXmlHandle( 0 );
-}
-
-
-TiXmlHandle TiXmlHandle::ChildElement( int count ) const
-{
- if ( node )
- {
- int i;
- TiXmlElement* child = node->FirstChildElement();
- for ( i=0;
- child && i<count;
- child = child->NextSiblingElement(), ++i )
- {
- // nothing
- }
- if ( child )
- return TiXmlHandle( child );
- }
- return TiXmlHandle( 0 );
-}
-
-
-TiXmlHandle TiXmlHandle::ChildElement( const char* value, int count ) const
-{
- if ( node )
- {
- int i;
- TiXmlElement* child = node->FirstChildElement( value );
- for ( i=0;
- child && i<count;
- child = child->NextSiblingElement( value ), ++i )
- {
- // nothing
- }
- if ( child )
- return TiXmlHandle( child );
- }
- return TiXmlHandle( 0 );
-}
-
-
-bool TiXmlPrinter::VisitEnter( const TiXmlDocument& )
-{
- return true;
-}
-
-bool TiXmlPrinter::VisitExit( const TiXmlDocument& )
-{
- return true;
-}
-
-bool TiXmlPrinter::VisitEnter( const TiXmlElement& element, const TiXmlAttribute* firstAttribute )
-{
- DoIndent();
- buffer += "<";
- buffer += element.Value();
-
- for( const TiXmlAttribute* attrib = firstAttribute; attrib; attrib = attrib->Next() )
- {
- buffer += " ";
- attrib->Print( 0, 0, &buffer );
- }
-
- if ( !element.FirstChild() )
- {
- buffer += " />";
- DoLineBreak();
- }
- else
- {
- buffer += ">";
- if ( element.FirstChild()->ToText()
- && element.LastChild() == element.FirstChild()
- && element.FirstChild()->ToText()->CDATA() == false )
- {
- simpleTextPrint = true;
- // no DoLineBreak()!
- }
- else
- {
- DoLineBreak();
- }
- }
- ++depth;
- return true;
-}
-
-
-bool TiXmlPrinter::VisitExit( const TiXmlElement& element )
-{
- --depth;
- if ( !element.FirstChild() )
- {
- // nothing.
- }
- else
- {
- if ( simpleTextPrint )
- {
- simpleTextPrint = false;
- }
- else
- {
- DoIndent();
- }
- buffer += "</";
- buffer += element.Value();
- buffer += ">";
- DoLineBreak();
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-
-bool TiXmlPrinter::Visit( const TiXmlText& text )
-{
- if ( text.CDATA() )
- {
- DoIndent();
- buffer += "<![CDATA[";
- buffer += text.Value();
- buffer += "]]>";
- DoLineBreak();
- }
- else if ( simpleTextPrint )
- {
- TIXML_STRING str;
- TiXmlBase::EncodeString( text.ValueTStr(), &str );
- buffer += str;
- }
- else
- {
- DoIndent();
- TIXML_STRING str;
- TiXmlBase::EncodeString( text.ValueTStr(), &str );
- buffer += str;
- DoLineBreak();
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-
-bool TiXmlPrinter::Visit( const TiXmlDeclaration& declaration )
-{
- DoIndent();
- declaration.Print( 0, 0, &buffer );
- DoLineBreak();
- return true;
-}
-
-
-bool TiXmlPrinter::Visit( const TiXmlComment& comment )
-{
- DoIndent();
- buffer += "<!--";
- buffer += comment.Value();
- buffer += "-->";
- DoLineBreak();
- return true;
-}
-
-
-bool TiXmlPrinter::Visit( const TiXmlUnknown& unknown )
-{
- DoIndent();
- buffer += "<";
- buffer += unknown.Value();
- buffer += ">";
- DoLineBreak();
- return true;
-}
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.h b/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a3589e5b..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxml.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1805 +0,0 @@
-/*
-www.sourceforge.net/projects/tinyxml
-Original code by Lee Thomason (www.grinninglizard.com)
-
-This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
-damages arising from the use of this software.
-
-Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
-purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
-redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must
-not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this
-software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation
-would be appreciated but is not required.
-
-2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
-must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
-
-3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
-distribution.
-*/
-
-
-#ifndef TINYXML_INCLUDED
-#define TINYXML_INCLUDED
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning( push )
-#pragma warning( disable : 4530 )
-#pragma warning( disable : 4786 )
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-#include <assert.h>
-
-// Help out windows:
-#if defined( _DEBUG ) && !defined( DEBUG )
-#define DEBUG
-#endif
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- #include <string>
- #include <iostream>
- #include <sstream>
- #define TIXML_STRING std::string
-#else
- #include "tinystr.h"
- #define TIXML_STRING TiXmlString
-#endif
-
-// Deprecated library function hell. Compilers want to use the
-// new safe versions. This probably doesn't fully address the problem,
-// but it gets closer. There are too many compilers for me to fully
-// test. If you get compilation troubles, undefine TIXML_SAFE
-#define TIXML_SAFE
-
-#ifdef TIXML_SAFE
- #if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1400 )
- // Microsoft visual studio, version 2005 and higher.
- #define TIXML_SNPRINTF _snprintf_s
- #define TIXML_SSCANF sscanf_s
- #elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1200 )
- // Microsoft visual studio, version 6 and higher.
- //#pragma message( "Using _sn* functions." )
- #define TIXML_SNPRINTF _snprintf
- #define TIXML_SSCANF sscanf
- #elif defined(__GNUC__) && (__GNUC__ >= 3 )
- // GCC version 3 and higher.s
- //#warning( "Using sn* functions." )
- #define TIXML_SNPRINTF snprintf
- #define TIXML_SSCANF sscanf
- #else
- #define TIXML_SNPRINTF snprintf
- #define TIXML_SSCANF sscanf
- #endif
-#endif
-
-class TiXmlDocument;
-class TiXmlElement;
-class TiXmlComment;
-class TiXmlUnknown;
-class TiXmlAttribute;
-class TiXmlText;
-class TiXmlDeclaration;
-class TiXmlParsingData;
-
-const int TIXML_MAJOR_VERSION = 2;
-const int TIXML_MINOR_VERSION = 6;
-const int TIXML_PATCH_VERSION = 2;
-
-/* Internal structure for tracking location of items
- in the XML file.
-*/
-struct TiXmlCursor
-{
- TiXmlCursor() { Clear(); }
- void Clear() { row = col = -1; }
-
- int row; // 0 based.
- int col; // 0 based.
-};
-
-
-/**
- Implements the interface to the "Visitor pattern" (see the Accept() method.)
- If you call the Accept() method, it requires being passed a TiXmlVisitor
- class to handle callbacks. For nodes that contain other nodes (Document, Element)
- you will get called with a VisitEnter/VisitExit pair. Nodes that are always leaves
- are simply called with Visit().
-
- If you return 'true' from a Visit method, recursive parsing will continue. If you return
- false, <b>no children of this node or its sibilings</b> will be Visited.
-
- All flavors of Visit methods have a default implementation that returns 'true' (continue
- visiting). You need to only override methods that are interesting to you.
-
- Generally Accept() is called on the TiXmlDocument, although all nodes suppert Visiting.
-
- You should never change the document from a callback.
-
- @sa TiXmlNode::Accept()
-*/
-class TiXmlVisitor
-{
-public:
- virtual ~TiXmlVisitor() {}
-
- /// Visit a document.
- virtual bool VisitEnter( const TiXmlDocument& /*doc*/ ) { return true; }
- /// Visit a document.
- virtual bool VisitExit( const TiXmlDocument& /*doc*/ ) { return true; }
-
- /// Visit an element.
- virtual bool VisitEnter( const TiXmlElement& /*element*/, const TiXmlAttribute* /*firstAttribute*/ ) { return true; }
- /// Visit an element.
- virtual bool VisitExit( const TiXmlElement& /*element*/ ) { return true; }
-
- /// Visit a declaration
- virtual bool Visit( const TiXmlDeclaration& /*declaration*/ ) { return true; }
- /// Visit a text node
- virtual bool Visit( const TiXmlText& /*text*/ ) { return true; }
- /// Visit a comment node
- virtual bool Visit( const TiXmlComment& /*comment*/ ) { return true; }
- /// Visit an unknown node
- virtual bool Visit( const TiXmlUnknown& /*unknown*/ ) { return true; }
-};
-
-// Only used by Attribute::Query functions
-enum
-{
- TIXML_SUCCESS,
- TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE,
- TIXML_WRONG_TYPE
-};
-
-
-// Used by the parsing routines.
-enum TiXmlEncoding
-{
- TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN,
- TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8,
- TIXML_ENCODING_LEGACY
-};
-
-const TiXmlEncoding TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING = TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN;
-
-/** TiXmlBase is a base class for every class in TinyXml.
- It does little except to establish that TinyXml classes
- can be printed and provide some utility functions.
-
- In XML, the document and elements can contain
- other elements and other types of nodes.
-
- @verbatim
- A Document can contain: Element (container or leaf)
- Comment (leaf)
- Unknown (leaf)
- Declaration( leaf )
-
- An Element can contain: Element (container or leaf)
- Text (leaf)
- Attributes (not on tree)
- Comment (leaf)
- Unknown (leaf)
-
- A Decleration contains: Attributes (not on tree)
- @endverbatim
-*/
-class TiXmlBase
-{
- friend class TiXmlNode;
- friend class TiXmlElement;
- friend class TiXmlDocument;
-
-public:
- TiXmlBase() : userData(0) {}
- virtual ~TiXmlBase() {}
-
- /** All TinyXml classes can print themselves to a filestream
- or the string class (TiXmlString in non-STL mode, std::string
- in STL mode.) Either or both cfile and str can be null.
-
- This is a formatted print, and will insert
- tabs and newlines.
-
- (For an unformatted stream, use the << operator.)
- */
- virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const = 0;
-
- /** The world does not agree on whether white space should be kept or
- not. In order to make everyone happy, these global, static functions
- are provided to set whether or not TinyXml will condense all white space
- into a single space or not. The default is to condense. Note changing this
- value is not thread safe.
- */
- static void SetCondenseWhiteSpace( bool condense ) { condenseWhiteSpace = condense; }
-
- /// Return the current white space setting.
- static bool IsWhiteSpaceCondensed() { return condenseWhiteSpace; }
-
- /** Return the position, in the original source file, of this node or attribute.
- The row and column are 1-based. (That is the first row and first column is
- 1,1). If the returns values are 0 or less, then the parser does not have
- a row and column value.
-
- Generally, the row and column value will be set when the TiXmlDocument::Load(),
- TiXmlDocument::LoadFile(), or any TiXmlNode::Parse() is called. It will NOT be set
- when the DOM was created from operator>>.
-
- The values reflect the initial load. Once the DOM is modified programmatically
- (by adding or changing nodes and attributes) the new values will NOT update to
- reflect changes in the document.
-
- There is a minor performance cost to computing the row and column. Computation
- can be disabled if TiXmlDocument::SetTabSize() is called with 0 as the value.
-
- @sa TiXmlDocument::SetTabSize()
- */
- int Row() const { return location.row + 1; }
- int Column() const { return location.col + 1; } ///< See Row()
-
- void SetUserData( void* user ) { userData = user; } ///< Set a pointer to arbitrary user data.
- void* GetUserData() { return userData; } ///< Get a pointer to arbitrary user data.
- const void* GetUserData() const { return userData; } ///< Get a pointer to arbitrary user data.
-
- // Table that returs, for a given lead byte, the total number of bytes
- // in the UTF-8 sequence.
- static const int utf8ByteTable[256];
-
- virtual const char* Parse( const char* p,
- TiXmlParsingData* data,
- TiXmlEncoding encoding /*= TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN */ ) = 0;
-
- /** Expands entities in a string. Note this should not contian the tag's '<', '>', etc,
- or they will be transformed into entities!
- */
- static void EncodeString( const TIXML_STRING& str, TIXML_STRING* out );
-
- enum
- {
- TIXML_NO_ERROR = 0,
- TIXML_ERROR,
- TIXML_ERROR_OPENING_FILE,
- TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_ELEMENT,
- TIXML_ERROR_FAILED_TO_READ_ELEMENT_NAME,
- TIXML_ERROR_READING_ELEMENT_VALUE,
- TIXML_ERROR_READING_ATTRIBUTES,
- TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_EMPTY,
- TIXML_ERROR_READING_END_TAG,
- TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_UNKNOWN,
- TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_COMMENT,
- TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_DECLARATION,
- TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_EMPTY,
- TIXML_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NULL,
- TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_CDATA,
- TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_TOP_ONLY,
-
- TIXML_ERROR_STRING_COUNT
- };
-
-protected:
-
- static const char* SkipWhiteSpace( const char*, TiXmlEncoding encoding );
-
- inline static bool IsWhiteSpace( char c )
- {
- return ( isspace( (unsigned char) c ) || c == '\n' || c == '\r' );
- }
- inline static bool IsWhiteSpace( int c )
- {
- if ( c < 256 )
- return IsWhiteSpace( (char) c );
- return false; // Again, only truly correct for English/Latin...but usually works.
- }
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- static bool StreamWhiteSpace( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag );
- static bool StreamTo( std::istream * in, int character, TIXML_STRING * tag );
- #endif
-
- /* Reads an XML name into the string provided. Returns
- a pointer just past the last character of the name,
- or 0 if the function has an error.
- */
- static const char* ReadName( const char* p, TIXML_STRING* name, TiXmlEncoding encoding );
-
- /* Reads text. Returns a pointer past the given end tag.
- Wickedly complex options, but it keeps the (sensitive) code in one place.
- */
- static const char* ReadText( const char* in, // where to start
- TIXML_STRING* text, // the string read
- bool ignoreWhiteSpace, // whether to keep the white space
- const char* endTag, // what ends this text
- bool ignoreCase, // whether to ignore case in the end tag
- TiXmlEncoding encoding ); // the current encoding
-
- // If an entity has been found, transform it into a character.
- static const char* GetEntity( const char* in, char* value, int* length, TiXmlEncoding encoding );
-
- // Get a character, while interpreting entities.
- // The length can be from 0 to 4 bytes.
- inline static const char* GetChar( const char* p, char* _value, int* length, TiXmlEncoding encoding )
- {
- assert( p );
- if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 )
- {
- *length = utf8ByteTable[ *((const unsigned char*)p) ];
- assert( *length >= 0 && *length < 5 );
- }
- else
- {
- *length = 1;
- }
-
- if ( *length == 1 )
- {
- if ( *p == '&' )
- return GetEntity( p, _value, length, encoding );
- *_value = *p;
- return p+1;
- }
- else if ( *length )
- {
- //strncpy( _value, p, *length ); // lots of compilers don't like this function (unsafe),
- // and the null terminator isn't needed
- for( int i=0; p[i] && i<*length; ++i ) {
- _value[i] = p[i];
- }
- return p + (*length);
- }
- else
- {
- // Not valid text.
- return 0;
- }
- }
-
- // Return true if the next characters in the stream are any of the endTag sequences.
- // Ignore case only works for english, and should only be relied on when comparing
- // to English words: StringEqual( p, "version", true ) is fine.
- static bool StringEqual( const char* p,
- const char* endTag,
- bool ignoreCase,
- TiXmlEncoding encoding );
-
- static const char* errorString[ TIXML_ERROR_STRING_COUNT ];
-
- TiXmlCursor location;
-
- /// Field containing a generic user pointer
- void* userData;
-
- // None of these methods are reliable for any language except English.
- // Good for approximation, not great for accuracy.
- static int IsAlpha( unsigned char anyByte, TiXmlEncoding encoding );
- static int IsAlphaNum( unsigned char anyByte, TiXmlEncoding encoding );
- inline static int ToLower( int v, TiXmlEncoding encoding )
- {
- if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 )
- {
- if ( v < 128 ) return tolower( v );
- return v;
- }
- else
- {
- return tolower( v );
- }
- }
- static void ConvertUTF32ToUTF8( unsigned long input, char* output, int* length );
-
-private:
- TiXmlBase( const TiXmlBase& ); // not implemented.
- void operator=( const TiXmlBase& base ); // not allowed.
-
- struct Entity
- {
- const char* str;
- unsigned int strLength;
- char chr;
- };
- enum
- {
- NUM_ENTITY = 5,
- MAX_ENTITY_LENGTH = 6
-
- };
- static Entity entity[ NUM_ENTITY ];
- static bool condenseWhiteSpace;
-};
-
-
-/** The parent class for everything in the Document Object Model.
- (Except for attributes).
- Nodes have siblings, a parent, and children. A node can be
- in a document, or stand on its own. The type of a TiXmlNode
- can be queried, and it can be cast to its more defined type.
-*/
-class TiXmlNode : public TiXmlBase
-{
- friend class TiXmlDocument;
- friend class TiXmlElement;
-
-public:
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-
- /** An input stream operator, for every class. Tolerant of newlines and
- formatting, but doesn't expect them.
- */
- friend std::istream& operator >> (std::istream& in, TiXmlNode& base);
-
- /** An output stream operator, for every class. Note that this outputs
- without any newlines or formatting, as opposed to Print(), which
- includes tabs and new lines.
-
- The operator<< and operator>> are not completely symmetric. Writing
- a node to a stream is very well defined. You'll get a nice stream
- of output, without any extra whitespace or newlines.
-
- But reading is not as well defined. (As it always is.) If you create
- a TiXmlElement (for example) and read that from an input stream,
- the text needs to define an element or junk will result. This is
- true of all input streams, but it's worth keeping in mind.
-
- A TiXmlDocument will read nodes until it reads a root element, and
- all the children of that root element.
- */
- friend std::ostream& operator<< (std::ostream& out, const TiXmlNode& base);
-
- /// Appends the XML node or attribute to a std::string.
- friend std::string& operator<< (std::string& out, const TiXmlNode& base );
-
- #endif
-
- /** The types of XML nodes supported by TinyXml. (All the
- unsupported types are picked up by UNKNOWN.)
- */
- enum NodeType
- {
- TINYXML_DOCUMENT,
- TINYXML_ELEMENT,
- TINYXML_COMMENT,
- TINYXML_UNKNOWN,
- TINYXML_TEXT,
- TINYXML_DECLARATION,
- TINYXML_TYPECOUNT
- };
-
- virtual ~TiXmlNode();
-
- /** The meaning of 'value' changes for the specific type of
- TiXmlNode.
- @verbatim
- Document: filename of the xml file
- Element: name of the element
- Comment: the comment text
- Unknown: the tag contents
- Text: the text string
- @endverbatim
-
- The subclasses will wrap this function.
- */
- const char *Value() const { return value.c_str (); }
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- /** Return Value() as a std::string. If you only use STL,
- this is more efficient than calling Value().
- Only available in STL mode.
- */
- const std::string& ValueStr() const { return value; }
- #endif
-
- const TIXML_STRING& ValueTStr() const { return value; }
-
- /** Changes the value of the node. Defined as:
- @verbatim
- Document: filename of the xml file
- Element: name of the element
- Comment: the comment text
- Unknown: the tag contents
- Text: the text string
- @endverbatim
- */
- void SetValue(const char * _value) { value = _value;}
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- /// STL std::string form.
- void SetValue( const std::string& _value ) { value = _value; }
- #endif
-
- /// Delete all the children of this node. Does not affect 'this'.
- void Clear();
-
- /// One step up the DOM.
- TiXmlNode* Parent() { return parent; }
- const TiXmlNode* Parent() const { return parent; }
-
- const TiXmlNode* FirstChild() const { return firstChild; } ///< The first child of this node. Will be null if there are no children.
- TiXmlNode* FirstChild() { return firstChild; }
- const TiXmlNode* FirstChild( const char * value ) const; ///< The first child of this node with the matching 'value'. Will be null if none found.
- /// The first child of this node with the matching 'value'. Will be null if none found.
- TiXmlNode* FirstChild( const char * _value ) {
- // Call through to the const version - safe since nothing is changed. Exiting syntax: cast this to a const (always safe)
- // call the method, cast the return back to non-const.
- return const_cast< TiXmlNode* > ((const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->FirstChild( _value ));
- }
- const TiXmlNode* LastChild() const { return lastChild; } /// The last child of this node. Will be null if there are no children.
- TiXmlNode* LastChild() { return lastChild; }
-
- const TiXmlNode* LastChild( const char * value ) const; /// The last child of this node matching 'value'. Will be null if there are no children.
- TiXmlNode* LastChild( const char * _value ) {
- return const_cast< TiXmlNode* > ((const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->LastChild( _value ));
- }
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- const TiXmlNode* FirstChild( const std::string& _value ) const { return FirstChild (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form.
- TiXmlNode* FirstChild( const std::string& _value ) { return FirstChild (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form.
- const TiXmlNode* LastChild( const std::string& _value ) const { return LastChild (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form.
- TiXmlNode* LastChild( const std::string& _value ) { return LastChild (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form.
- #endif
-
- /** An alternate way to walk the children of a node.
- One way to iterate over nodes is:
- @verbatim
- for( child = parent->FirstChild(); child; child = child->NextSibling() )
- @endverbatim
-
- IterateChildren does the same thing with the syntax:
- @verbatim
- child = 0;
- while( child = parent->IterateChildren( child ) )
- @endverbatim
-
- IterateChildren takes the previous child as input and finds
- the next one. If the previous child is null, it returns the
- first. IterateChildren will return null when done.
- */
- const TiXmlNode* IterateChildren( const TiXmlNode* previous ) const;
- TiXmlNode* IterateChildren( const TiXmlNode* previous ) {
- return const_cast< TiXmlNode* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->IterateChildren( previous ) );
- }
-
- /// This flavor of IterateChildren searches for children with a particular 'value'
- const TiXmlNode* IterateChildren( const char * value, const TiXmlNode* previous ) const;
- TiXmlNode* IterateChildren( const char * _value, const TiXmlNode* previous ) {
- return const_cast< TiXmlNode* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->IterateChildren( _value, previous ) );
- }
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- const TiXmlNode* IterateChildren( const std::string& _value, const TiXmlNode* previous ) const { return IterateChildren (_value.c_str (), previous); } ///< STL std::string form.
- TiXmlNode* IterateChildren( const std::string& _value, const TiXmlNode* previous ) { return IterateChildren (_value.c_str (), previous); } ///< STL std::string form.
- #endif
-
- /** Add a new node related to this. Adds a child past the LastChild.
- Returns a pointer to the new object or NULL if an error occured.
- */
- TiXmlNode* InsertEndChild( const TiXmlNode& addThis );
-
-
- /** Add a new node related to this. Adds a child past the LastChild.
-
- NOTE: the node to be added is passed by pointer, and will be
- henceforth owned (and deleted) by tinyXml. This method is efficient
- and avoids an extra copy, but should be used with care as it
- uses a different memory model than the other insert functions.
-
- @sa InsertEndChild
- */
- TiXmlNode* LinkEndChild( TiXmlNode* addThis );
-
- /** Add a new node related to this. Adds a child before the specified child.
- Returns a pointer to the new object or NULL if an error occured.
- */
- TiXmlNode* InsertBeforeChild( TiXmlNode* beforeThis, const TiXmlNode& addThis );
-
- /** Add a new node related to this. Adds a child after the specified child.
- Returns a pointer to the new object or NULL if an error occured.
- */
- TiXmlNode* InsertAfterChild( TiXmlNode* afterThis, const TiXmlNode& addThis );
-
- /** Replace a child of this node.
- Returns a pointer to the new object or NULL if an error occured.
- */
- TiXmlNode* ReplaceChild( TiXmlNode* replaceThis, const TiXmlNode& withThis );
-
- /// Delete a child of this node.
- bool RemoveChild( TiXmlNode* removeThis );
-
- /// Navigate to a sibling node.
- const TiXmlNode* PreviousSibling() const { return prev; }
- TiXmlNode* PreviousSibling() { return prev; }
-
- /// Navigate to a sibling node.
- const TiXmlNode* PreviousSibling( const char * ) const;
- TiXmlNode* PreviousSibling( const char *_prev ) {
- return const_cast< TiXmlNode* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->PreviousSibling( _prev ) );
- }
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- const TiXmlNode* PreviousSibling( const std::string& _value ) const { return PreviousSibling (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form.
- TiXmlNode* PreviousSibling( const std::string& _value ) { return PreviousSibling (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form.
- const TiXmlNode* NextSibling( const std::string& _value) const { return NextSibling (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form.
- TiXmlNode* NextSibling( const std::string& _value) { return NextSibling (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form.
- #endif
-
- /// Navigate to a sibling node.
- const TiXmlNode* NextSibling() const { return next; }
- TiXmlNode* NextSibling() { return next; }
-
- /// Navigate to a sibling node with the given 'value'.
- const TiXmlNode* NextSibling( const char * ) const;
- TiXmlNode* NextSibling( const char* _next ) {
- return const_cast< TiXmlNode* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->NextSibling( _next ) );
- }
-
- /** Convenience function to get through elements.
- Calls NextSibling and ToElement. Will skip all non-Element
- nodes. Returns 0 if there is not another element.
- */
- const TiXmlElement* NextSiblingElement() const;
- TiXmlElement* NextSiblingElement() {
- return const_cast< TiXmlElement* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->NextSiblingElement() );
- }
-
- /** Convenience function to get through elements.
- Calls NextSibling and ToElement. Will skip all non-Element
- nodes. Returns 0 if there is not another element.
- */
- const TiXmlElement* NextSiblingElement( const char * ) const;
- TiXmlElement* NextSiblingElement( const char *_next ) {
- return const_cast< TiXmlElement* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->NextSiblingElement( _next ) );
- }
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- const TiXmlElement* NextSiblingElement( const std::string& _value) const { return NextSiblingElement (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form.
- TiXmlElement* NextSiblingElement( const std::string& _value) { return NextSiblingElement (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form.
- #endif
-
- /// Convenience function to get through elements.
- const TiXmlElement* FirstChildElement() const;
- TiXmlElement* FirstChildElement() {
- return const_cast< TiXmlElement* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->FirstChildElement() );
- }
-
- /// Convenience function to get through elements.
- const TiXmlElement* FirstChildElement( const char * _value ) const;
- TiXmlElement* FirstChildElement( const char * _value ) {
- return const_cast< TiXmlElement* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->FirstChildElement( _value ) );
- }
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- const TiXmlElement* FirstChildElement( const std::string& _value ) const { return FirstChildElement (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form.
- TiXmlElement* FirstChildElement( const std::string& _value ) { return FirstChildElement (_value.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form.
- #endif
-
- /** Query the type (as an enumerated value, above) of this node.
- The possible types are: TINYXML_DOCUMENT, TINYXML_ELEMENT, TINYXML_COMMENT,
- TINYXML_UNKNOWN, TINYXML_TEXT, and TINYXML_DECLARATION.
- */
- int Type() const { return type; }
-
- /** Return a pointer to the Document this node lives in.
- Returns null if not in a document.
- */
- const TiXmlDocument* GetDocument() const;
- TiXmlDocument* GetDocument() {
- return const_cast< TiXmlDocument* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlNode* >(this))->GetDocument() );
- }
-
- /// Returns true if this node has no children.
- bool NoChildren() const { return !firstChild; }
-
- virtual const TiXmlDocument* ToDocument() const { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type.
- virtual const TiXmlElement* ToElement() const { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type.
- virtual const TiXmlComment* ToComment() const { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type.
- virtual const TiXmlUnknown* ToUnknown() const { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type.
- virtual const TiXmlText* ToText() const { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type.
- virtual const TiXmlDeclaration* ToDeclaration() const { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type.
-
- virtual TiXmlDocument* ToDocument() { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type.
- virtual TiXmlElement* ToElement() { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type.
- virtual TiXmlComment* ToComment() { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type.
- virtual TiXmlUnknown* ToUnknown() { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type.
- virtual TiXmlText* ToText() { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type.
- virtual TiXmlDeclaration* ToDeclaration() { return 0; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null if not of the requested type.
-
- /** Create an exact duplicate of this node and return it. The memory must be deleted
- by the caller.
- */
- virtual TiXmlNode* Clone() const = 0;
-
- /** Accept a hierchical visit the nodes in the TinyXML DOM. Every node in the
- XML tree will be conditionally visited and the host will be called back
- via the TiXmlVisitor interface.
-
- This is essentially a SAX interface for TinyXML. (Note however it doesn't re-parse
- the XML for the callbacks, so the performance of TinyXML is unchanged by using this
- interface versus any other.)
-
- The interface has been based on ideas from:
-
- - http://www.saxproject.org/
- - http://c2.com/cgi/wiki?HierarchicalVisitorPattern
-
- Which are both good references for "visiting".
-
- An example of using Accept():
- @verbatim
- TiXmlPrinter printer;
- tinyxmlDoc.Accept( &printer );
- const char* xmlcstr = printer.CStr();
- @endverbatim
- */
- virtual bool Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const = 0;
-
-protected:
- TiXmlNode( NodeType _type );
-
- // Copy to the allocated object. Shared functionality between Clone, Copy constructor,
- // and the assignment operator.
- void CopyTo( TiXmlNode* target ) const;
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- // The real work of the input operator.
- virtual void StreamIn( std::istream* in, TIXML_STRING* tag ) = 0;
- #endif
-
- // Figure out what is at *p, and parse it. Returns null if it is not an xml node.
- TiXmlNode* Identify( const char* start, TiXmlEncoding encoding );
-
- TiXmlNode* parent;
- NodeType type;
-
- TiXmlNode* firstChild;
- TiXmlNode* lastChild;
-
- TIXML_STRING value;
-
- TiXmlNode* prev;
- TiXmlNode* next;
-
-private:
- TiXmlNode( const TiXmlNode& ); // not implemented.
- void operator=( const TiXmlNode& base ); // not allowed.
-};
-
-
-/** An attribute is a name-value pair. Elements have an arbitrary
- number of attributes, each with a unique name.
-
- @note The attributes are not TiXmlNodes, since they are not
- part of the tinyXML document object model. There are other
- suggested ways to look at this problem.
-*/
-class TiXmlAttribute : public TiXmlBase
-{
- friend class TiXmlAttributeSet;
-
-public:
- /// Construct an empty attribute.
- TiXmlAttribute() : TiXmlBase()
- {
- document = 0;
- prev = next = 0;
- }
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- /// std::string constructor.
- TiXmlAttribute( const std::string& _name, const std::string& _value )
- {
- name = _name;
- value = _value;
- document = 0;
- prev = next = 0;
- }
- #endif
-
- /// Construct an attribute with a name and value.
- TiXmlAttribute( const char * _name, const char * _value )
- {
- name = _name;
- value = _value;
- document = 0;
- prev = next = 0;
- }
-
- const char* Name() const { return name.c_str(); } ///< Return the name of this attribute.
- const char* Value() const { return value.c_str(); } ///< Return the value of this attribute.
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- const std::string& ValueStr() const { return value; } ///< Return the value of this attribute.
- #endif
- int IntValue() const; ///< Return the value of this attribute, converted to an integer.
- double DoubleValue() const; ///< Return the value of this attribute, converted to a double.
-
- // Get the tinyxml string representation
- const TIXML_STRING& NameTStr() const { return name; }
-
- /** QueryIntValue examines the value string. It is an alternative to the
- IntValue() method with richer error checking.
- If the value is an integer, it is stored in 'value' and
- the call returns TIXML_SUCCESS. If it is not
- an integer, it returns TIXML_WRONG_TYPE.
-
- A specialized but useful call. Note that for success it returns 0,
- which is the opposite of almost all other TinyXml calls.
- */
- int QueryIntValue( int* _value ) const;
- /// QueryDoubleValue examines the value string. See QueryIntValue().
- int QueryDoubleValue( double* _value ) const;
-
- void SetName( const char* _name ) { name = _name; } ///< Set the name of this attribute.
- void SetValue( const char* _value ) { value = _value; } ///< Set the value.
-
- void SetIntValue( int _value ); ///< Set the value from an integer.
- void SetDoubleValue( double _value ); ///< Set the value from a double.
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- /// STL std::string form.
- void SetName( const std::string& _name ) { name = _name; }
- /// STL std::string form.
- void SetValue( const std::string& _value ) { value = _value; }
- #endif
-
- /// Get the next sibling attribute in the DOM. Returns null at end.
- const TiXmlAttribute* Next() const;
- TiXmlAttribute* Next() {
- return const_cast< TiXmlAttribute* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlAttribute* >(this))->Next() );
- }
-
- /// Get the previous sibling attribute in the DOM. Returns null at beginning.
- const TiXmlAttribute* Previous() const;
- TiXmlAttribute* Previous() {
- return const_cast< TiXmlAttribute* >( (const_cast< const TiXmlAttribute* >(this))->Previous() );
- }
-
- bool operator==( const TiXmlAttribute& rhs ) const { return rhs.name == name; }
- bool operator<( const TiXmlAttribute& rhs ) const { return name < rhs.name; }
- bool operator>( const TiXmlAttribute& rhs ) const { return name > rhs.name; }
-
- /* Attribute parsing starts: first letter of the name
- returns: the next char after the value end quote
- */
- virtual const char* Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding );
-
- // Prints this Attribute to a FILE stream.
- virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const {
- Print( cfile, depth, 0 );
- }
- void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth, TIXML_STRING* str ) const;
-
- // [internal use]
- // Set the document pointer so the attribute can report errors.
- void SetDocument( TiXmlDocument* doc ) { document = doc; }
-
-private:
- TiXmlAttribute( const TiXmlAttribute& ); // not implemented.
- void operator=( const TiXmlAttribute& base ); // not allowed.
-
- TiXmlDocument* document; // A pointer back to a document, for error reporting.
- TIXML_STRING name;
- TIXML_STRING value;
- TiXmlAttribute* prev;
- TiXmlAttribute* next;
-};
-
-
-/* A class used to manage a group of attributes.
- It is only used internally, both by the ELEMENT and the DECLARATION.
-
- The set can be changed transparent to the Element and Declaration
- classes that use it, but NOT transparent to the Attribute
- which has to implement a next() and previous() method. Which makes
- it a bit problematic and prevents the use of STL.
-
- This version is implemented with circular lists because:
- - I like circular lists
- - it demonstrates some independence from the (typical) doubly linked list.
-*/
-class TiXmlAttributeSet
-{
-public:
- TiXmlAttributeSet();
- ~TiXmlAttributeSet();
-
- void Add( TiXmlAttribute* attribute );
- void Remove( TiXmlAttribute* attribute );
-
- const TiXmlAttribute* First() const { return ( sentinel.next == &sentinel ) ? 0 : sentinel.next; }
- TiXmlAttribute* First() { return ( sentinel.next == &sentinel ) ? 0 : sentinel.next; }
- const TiXmlAttribute* Last() const { return ( sentinel.prev == &sentinel ) ? 0 : sentinel.prev; }
- TiXmlAttribute* Last() { return ( sentinel.prev == &sentinel ) ? 0 : sentinel.prev; }
-
- TiXmlAttribute* Find( const char* _name ) const;
- TiXmlAttribute* FindOrCreate( const char* _name );
-
-# ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- TiXmlAttribute* Find( const std::string& _name ) const;
- TiXmlAttribute* FindOrCreate( const std::string& _name );
-# endif
-
-
-private:
- //*ME: Because of hidden/disabled copy-construktor in TiXmlAttribute (sentinel-element),
- //*ME: this class must be also use a hidden/disabled copy-constructor !!!
- TiXmlAttributeSet( const TiXmlAttributeSet& ); // not allowed
- void operator=( const TiXmlAttributeSet& ); // not allowed (as TiXmlAttribute)
-
- TiXmlAttribute sentinel;
-};
-
-
-/** The element is a container class. It has a value, the element name,
- and can contain other elements, text, comments, and unknowns.
- Elements also contain an arbitrary number of attributes.
-*/
-class TiXmlElement : public TiXmlNode
-{
-public:
- /// Construct an element.
- TiXmlElement (const char * in_value);
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- /// std::string constructor.
- TiXmlElement( const std::string& _value );
- #endif
-
- TiXmlElement( const TiXmlElement& );
-
- TiXmlElement& operator=( const TiXmlElement& base );
-
- virtual ~TiXmlElement();
-
- /** Given an attribute name, Attribute() returns the value
- for the attribute of that name, or null if none exists.
- */
- const char* Attribute( const char* name ) const;
-
- /** Given an attribute name, Attribute() returns the value
- for the attribute of that name, or null if none exists.
- If the attribute exists and can be converted to an integer,
- the integer value will be put in the return 'i', if 'i'
- is non-null.
- */
- const char* Attribute( const char* name, int* i ) const;
-
- /** Given an attribute name, Attribute() returns the value
- for the attribute of that name, or null if none exists.
- If the attribute exists and can be converted to an double,
- the double value will be put in the return 'd', if 'd'
- is non-null.
- */
- const char* Attribute( const char* name, double* d ) const;
-
- /** QueryIntAttribute examines the attribute - it is an alternative to the
- Attribute() method with richer error checking.
- If the attribute is an integer, it is stored in 'value' and
- the call returns TIXML_SUCCESS. If it is not
- an integer, it returns TIXML_WRONG_TYPE. If the attribute
- does not exist, then TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE is returned.
- */
- int QueryIntAttribute( const char* name, int* _value ) const;
- /// QueryUnsignedAttribute examines the attribute - see QueryIntAttribute().
- int QueryUnsignedAttribute( const char* name, unsigned* _value ) const;
- /** QueryBoolAttribute examines the attribute - see QueryIntAttribute().
- Note that '1', 'true', or 'yes' are considered true, while '0', 'false'
- and 'no' are considered false.
- */
- int QueryBoolAttribute( const char* name, bool* _value ) const;
- /// QueryDoubleAttribute examines the attribute - see QueryIntAttribute().
- int QueryDoubleAttribute( const char* name, double* _value ) const;
- /// QueryFloatAttribute examines the attribute - see QueryIntAttribute().
- int QueryFloatAttribute( const char* name, float* _value ) const {
- double d;
- int result = QueryDoubleAttribute( name, &d );
- if ( result == TIXML_SUCCESS ) {
- *_value = (float)d;
- }
- return result;
- }
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- /// QueryStringAttribute examines the attribute - see QueryIntAttribute().
- int QueryStringAttribute( const char* name, std::string* _value ) const {
- const char* cstr = Attribute( name );
- if ( cstr ) {
- *_value = std::string( cstr );
- return TIXML_SUCCESS;
- }
- return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE;
- }
-
- /** Template form of the attribute query which will try to read the
- attribute into the specified type. Very easy, very powerful, but
- be careful to make sure to call this with the correct type.
-
- NOTE: This method doesn't work correctly for 'string' types that contain spaces.
-
- @return TIXML_SUCCESS, TIXML_WRONG_TYPE, or TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE
- */
- template< typename T > int QueryValueAttribute( const std::string& name, T* outValue ) const
- {
- const TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.Find( name );
- if ( !node )
- return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE;
-
- std::stringstream sstream( node->ValueStr() );
- sstream >> *outValue;
- if ( !sstream.fail() )
- return TIXML_SUCCESS;
- return TIXML_WRONG_TYPE;
- }
-
- int QueryValueAttribute( const std::string& name, std::string* outValue ) const
- {
- const TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.Find( name );
- if ( !node )
- return TIXML_NO_ATTRIBUTE;
- *outValue = node->ValueStr();
- return TIXML_SUCCESS;
- }
- #endif
-
- /** Sets an attribute of name to a given value. The attribute
- will be created if it does not exist, or changed if it does.
- */
- void SetAttribute( const char* name, const char * _value );
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- const std::string* Attribute( const std::string& name ) const;
- const std::string* Attribute( const std::string& name, int* i ) const;
- const std::string* Attribute( const std::string& name, double* d ) const;
- int QueryIntAttribute( const std::string& name, int* _value ) const;
- int QueryDoubleAttribute( const std::string& name, double* _value ) const;
-
- /// STL std::string form.
- void SetAttribute( const std::string& name, const std::string& _value );
- ///< STL std::string form.
- void SetAttribute( const std::string& name, int _value );
- ///< STL std::string form.
- void SetDoubleAttribute( const std::string& name, double value );
- #endif
-
- /** Sets an attribute of name to a given value. The attribute
- will be created if it does not exist, or changed if it does.
- */
- void SetAttribute( const char * name, int value );
-
- /** Sets an attribute of name to a given value. The attribute
- will be created if it does not exist, or changed if it does.
- */
- void SetDoubleAttribute( const char * name, double value );
-
- /** Deletes an attribute with the given name.
- */
- void RemoveAttribute( const char * name );
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- void RemoveAttribute( const std::string& name ) { RemoveAttribute (name.c_str ()); } ///< STL std::string form.
- #endif
-
- const TiXmlAttribute* FirstAttribute() const { return attributeSet.First(); } ///< Access the first attribute in this element.
- TiXmlAttribute* FirstAttribute() { return attributeSet.First(); }
- const TiXmlAttribute* LastAttribute() const { return attributeSet.Last(); } ///< Access the last attribute in this element.
- TiXmlAttribute* LastAttribute() { return attributeSet.Last(); }
-
- /** Convenience function for easy access to the text inside an element. Although easy
- and concise, GetText() is limited compared to getting the TiXmlText child
- and accessing it directly.
-
- If the first child of 'this' is a TiXmlText, the GetText()
- returns the character string of the Text node, else null is returned.
-
- This is a convenient method for getting the text of simple contained text:
- @verbatim
- <foo>This is text</foo>
- const char* str = fooElement->GetText();
- @endverbatim
-
- 'str' will be a pointer to "This is text".
-
- Note that this function can be misleading. If the element foo was created from
- this XML:
- @verbatim
- <foo><b>This is text</b></foo>
- @endverbatim
-
- then the value of str would be null. The first child node isn't a text node, it is
- another element. From this XML:
- @verbatim
- <foo>This is <b>text</b></foo>
- @endverbatim
- GetText() will return "This is ".
-
- WARNING: GetText() accesses a child node - don't become confused with the
- similarly named TiXmlHandle::Text() and TiXmlNode::ToText() which are
- safe type casts on the referenced node.
- */
- const char* GetText() const;
-
- /// Creates a new Element and returns it - the returned element is a copy.
- virtual TiXmlNode* Clone() const;
- // Print the Element to a FILE stream.
- virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const;
-
- /* Attribtue parsing starts: next char past '<'
- returns: next char past '>'
- */
- virtual const char* Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding );
-
- virtual const TiXmlElement* ToElement() const { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type.
- virtual TiXmlElement* ToElement() { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type.
-
- /** Walk the XML tree visiting this node and all of its children.
- */
- virtual bool Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const;
-
-protected:
-
- void CopyTo( TiXmlElement* target ) const;
- void ClearThis(); // like clear, but initializes 'this' object as well
-
- // Used to be public [internal use]
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- virtual void StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag );
- #endif
- /* [internal use]
- Reads the "value" of the element -- another element, or text.
- This should terminate with the current end tag.
- */
- const char* ReadValue( const char* in, TiXmlParsingData* prevData, TiXmlEncoding encoding );
-
-private:
- TiXmlAttributeSet attributeSet;
-};
-
-
-/** An XML comment.
-*/
-class TiXmlComment : public TiXmlNode
-{
-public:
- /// Constructs an empty comment.
- TiXmlComment() : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_COMMENT ) {}
- /// Construct a comment from text.
- TiXmlComment( const char* _value ) : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_COMMENT ) {
- SetValue( _value );
- }
- TiXmlComment( const TiXmlComment& );
- TiXmlComment& operator=( const TiXmlComment& base );
-
- virtual ~TiXmlComment() {}
-
- /// Returns a copy of this Comment.
- virtual TiXmlNode* Clone() const;
- // Write this Comment to a FILE stream.
- virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const;
-
- /* Attribtue parsing starts: at the ! of the !--
- returns: next char past '>'
- */
- virtual const char* Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding );
-
- virtual const TiXmlComment* ToComment() const { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type.
- virtual TiXmlComment* ToComment() { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type.
-
- /** Walk the XML tree visiting this node and all of its children.
- */
- virtual bool Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const;
-
-protected:
- void CopyTo( TiXmlComment* target ) const;
-
- // used to be public
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- virtual void StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag );
- #endif
-// virtual void StreamOut( TIXML_OSTREAM * out ) const;
-
-private:
-
-};
-
-
-/** XML text. A text node can have 2 ways to output the next. "normal" output
- and CDATA. It will default to the mode it was parsed from the XML file and
- you generally want to leave it alone, but you can change the output mode with
- SetCDATA() and query it with CDATA().
-*/
-class TiXmlText : public TiXmlNode
-{
- friend class TiXmlElement;
-public:
- /** Constructor for text element. By default, it is treated as
- normal, encoded text. If you want it be output as a CDATA text
- element, set the parameter _cdata to 'true'
- */
- TiXmlText (const char * initValue ) : TiXmlNode (TiXmlNode::TINYXML_TEXT)
- {
- SetValue( initValue );
- cdata = false;
- }
- virtual ~TiXmlText() {}
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- /// Constructor.
- TiXmlText( const std::string& initValue ) : TiXmlNode (TiXmlNode::TINYXML_TEXT)
- {
- SetValue( initValue );
- cdata = false;
- }
- #endif
-
- TiXmlText( const TiXmlText& copy ) : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_TEXT ) { copy.CopyTo( this ); }
- TiXmlText& operator=( const TiXmlText& base ) { base.CopyTo( this ); return *this; }
-
- // Write this text object to a FILE stream.
- virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const;
-
- /// Queries whether this represents text using a CDATA section.
- bool CDATA() const { return cdata; }
- /// Turns on or off a CDATA representation of text.
- void SetCDATA( bool _cdata ) { cdata = _cdata; }
-
- virtual const char* Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding );
-
- virtual const TiXmlText* ToText() const { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type.
- virtual TiXmlText* ToText() { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type.
-
- /** Walk the XML tree visiting this node and all of its children.
- */
- virtual bool Accept( TiXmlVisitor* content ) const;
-
-protected :
- /// [internal use] Creates a new Element and returns it.
- virtual TiXmlNode* Clone() const;
- void CopyTo( TiXmlText* target ) const;
-
- bool Blank() const; // returns true if all white space and new lines
- // [internal use]
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- virtual void StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag );
- #endif
-
-private:
- bool cdata; // true if this should be input and output as a CDATA style text element
-};
-
-
-/** In correct XML the declaration is the first entry in the file.
- @verbatim
- <?xml version="1.0" standalone="yes"?>
- @endverbatim
-
- TinyXml will happily read or write files without a declaration,
- however. There are 3 possible attributes to the declaration:
- version, encoding, and standalone.
-
- Note: In this version of the code, the attributes are
- handled as special cases, not generic attributes, simply
- because there can only be at most 3 and they are always the same.
-*/
-class TiXmlDeclaration : public TiXmlNode
-{
-public:
- /// Construct an empty declaration.
- TiXmlDeclaration() : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_DECLARATION ) {}
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- /// Constructor.
- TiXmlDeclaration( const std::string& _version,
- const std::string& _encoding,
- const std::string& _standalone );
-#endif
-
- /// Construct.
- TiXmlDeclaration( const char* _version,
- const char* _encoding,
- const char* _standalone );
-
- TiXmlDeclaration( const TiXmlDeclaration& copy );
- TiXmlDeclaration& operator=( const TiXmlDeclaration& copy );
-
- virtual ~TiXmlDeclaration() {}
-
- /// Version. Will return an empty string if none was found.
- const char *Version() const { return version.c_str (); }
- /// Encoding. Will return an empty string if none was found.
- const char *Encoding() const { return encoding.c_str (); }
- /// Is this a standalone document?
- const char *Standalone() const { return standalone.c_str (); }
-
- /// Creates a copy of this Declaration and returns it.
- virtual TiXmlNode* Clone() const;
- // Print this declaration to a FILE stream.
- virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth, TIXML_STRING* str ) const;
- virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const {
- Print( cfile, depth, 0 );
- }
-
- virtual const char* Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding );
-
- virtual const TiXmlDeclaration* ToDeclaration() const { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type.
- virtual TiXmlDeclaration* ToDeclaration() { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type.
-
- /** Walk the XML tree visiting this node and all of its children.
- */
- virtual bool Accept( TiXmlVisitor* visitor ) const;
-
-protected:
- void CopyTo( TiXmlDeclaration* target ) const;
- // used to be public
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- virtual void StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag );
- #endif
-
-private:
-
- TIXML_STRING version;
- TIXML_STRING encoding;
- TIXML_STRING standalone;
-};
-
-
-/** Any tag that tinyXml doesn't recognize is saved as an
- unknown. It is a tag of text, but should not be modified.
- It will be written back to the XML, unchanged, when the file
- is saved.
-
- DTD tags get thrown into TiXmlUnknowns.
-*/
-class TiXmlUnknown : public TiXmlNode
-{
-public:
- TiXmlUnknown() : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_UNKNOWN ) {}
- virtual ~TiXmlUnknown() {}
-
- TiXmlUnknown( const TiXmlUnknown& copy ) : TiXmlNode( TiXmlNode::TINYXML_UNKNOWN ) { copy.CopyTo( this ); }
- TiXmlUnknown& operator=( const TiXmlUnknown& copy ) { copy.CopyTo( this ); return *this; }
-
- /// Creates a copy of this Unknown and returns it.
- virtual TiXmlNode* Clone() const;
- // Print this Unknown to a FILE stream.
- virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth ) const;
-
- virtual const char* Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding );
-
- virtual const TiXmlUnknown* ToUnknown() const { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type.
- virtual TiXmlUnknown* ToUnknown() { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type.
-
- /** Walk the XML tree visiting this node and all of its children.
- */
- virtual bool Accept( TiXmlVisitor* content ) const;
-
-protected:
- void CopyTo( TiXmlUnknown* target ) const;
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- virtual void StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag );
- #endif
-
-private:
-
-};
-
-
-/** Always the top level node. A document binds together all the
- XML pieces. It can be saved, loaded, and printed to the screen.
- The 'value' of a document node is the xml file name.
-*/
-class TiXmlDocument : public TiXmlNode
-{
-public:
- /// Create an empty document, that has no name.
- TiXmlDocument();
- /// Create a document with a name. The name of the document is also the filename of the xml.
- TiXmlDocument( const char * documentName );
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- /// Constructor.
- TiXmlDocument( const std::string& documentName );
- #endif
-
- TiXmlDocument( const TiXmlDocument& copy );
- TiXmlDocument& operator=( const TiXmlDocument& copy );
-
- virtual ~TiXmlDocument() {}
-
- /** Load a file using the current document value.
- Returns true if successful. Will delete any existing
- document data before loading.
- */
- bool LoadFile( TiXmlEncoding encoding = TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING );
- /// Save a file using the current document value. Returns true if successful.
- bool SaveFile() const;
- /// Load a file using the given filename. Returns true if successful.
- bool LoadFile( const char * filename, TiXmlEncoding encoding = TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING );
- /// Save a file using the given filename. Returns true if successful.
- bool SaveFile( const char * filename ) const;
- /** Load a file using the given FILE*. Returns true if successful. Note that this method
- doesn't stream - the entire object pointed at by the FILE*
- will be interpreted as an XML file. TinyXML doesn't stream in XML from the current
- file location. Streaming may be added in the future.
- */
- bool LoadFile( FILE*, TiXmlEncoding encoding = TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING );
- /// Save a file using the given FILE*. Returns true if successful.
- bool SaveFile( FILE* ) const;
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- bool LoadFile( const std::string& filename, TiXmlEncoding encoding = TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING ) ///< STL std::string version.
- {
- return LoadFile( filename.c_str(), encoding );
- }
- bool SaveFile( const std::string& filename ) const ///< STL std::string version.
- {
- return SaveFile( filename.c_str() );
- }
- #endif
-
- /** Parse the given null terminated block of xml data. Passing in an encoding to this
- method (either TIXML_ENCODING_LEGACY or TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 will force TinyXml
- to use that encoding, regardless of what TinyXml might otherwise try to detect.
- */
- virtual const char* Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data = 0, TiXmlEncoding encoding = TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING );
-
- /** Get the root element -- the only top level element -- of the document.
- In well formed XML, there should only be one. TinyXml is tolerant of
- multiple elements at the document level.
- */
- const TiXmlElement* RootElement() const { return FirstChildElement(); }
- TiXmlElement* RootElement() { return FirstChildElement(); }
-
- /** If an error occurs, Error will be set to true. Also,
- - The ErrorId() will contain the integer identifier of the error (not generally useful)
- - The ErrorDesc() method will return the name of the error. (very useful)
- - The ErrorRow() and ErrorCol() will return the location of the error (if known)
- */
- bool Error() const { return error; }
-
- /// Contains a textual (english) description of the error if one occurs.
- const char * ErrorDesc() const { return errorDesc.c_str (); }
-
- /** Generally, you probably want the error string ( ErrorDesc() ). But if you
- prefer the ErrorId, this function will fetch it.
- */
- int ErrorId() const { return errorId; }
-
- /** Returns the location (if known) of the error. The first column is column 1,
- and the first row is row 1. A value of 0 means the row and column wasn't applicable
- (memory errors, for example, have no row/column) or the parser lost the error. (An
- error in the error reporting, in that case.)
-
- @sa SetTabSize, Row, Column
- */
- int ErrorRow() const { return errorLocation.row+1; }
- int ErrorCol() const { return errorLocation.col+1; } ///< The column where the error occured. See ErrorRow()
-
- /** SetTabSize() allows the error reporting functions (ErrorRow() and ErrorCol())
- to report the correct values for row and column. It does not change the output
- or input in any way.
-
- By calling this method, with a tab size
- greater than 0, the row and column of each node and attribute is stored
- when the file is loaded. Very useful for tracking the DOM back in to
- the source file.
-
- The tab size is required for calculating the location of nodes. If not
- set, the default of 4 is used. The tabsize is set per document. Setting
- the tabsize to 0 disables row/column tracking.
-
- Note that row and column tracking is not supported when using operator>>.
-
- The tab size needs to be enabled before the parse or load. Correct usage:
- @verbatim
- TiXmlDocument doc;
- doc.SetTabSize( 8 );
- doc.Load( "myfile.xml" );
- @endverbatim
-
- @sa Row, Column
- */
- void SetTabSize( int _tabsize ) { tabsize = _tabsize; }
-
- int TabSize() const { return tabsize; }
-
- /** If you have handled the error, it can be reset with this call. The error
- state is automatically cleared if you Parse a new XML block.
- */
- void ClearError() { error = false;
- errorId = 0;
- errorDesc = "";
- errorLocation.row = errorLocation.col = 0;
- //errorLocation.last = 0;
- }
-
- /** Write the document to standard out using formatted printing ("pretty print"). */
- void Print() const { Print( stdout, 0 ); }
-
- /* Write the document to a string using formatted printing ("pretty print"). This
- will allocate a character array (new char[]) and return it as a pointer. The
- calling code pust call delete[] on the return char* to avoid a memory leak.
- */
- //char* PrintToMemory() const;
-
- /// Print this Document to a FILE stream.
- virtual void Print( FILE* cfile, int depth = 0 ) const;
- // [internal use]
- void SetError( int err, const char* errorLocation, TiXmlParsingData* prevData, TiXmlEncoding encoding );
-
- virtual const TiXmlDocument* ToDocument() const { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type.
- virtual TiXmlDocument* ToDocument() { return this; } ///< Cast to a more defined type. Will return null not of the requested type.
-
- /** Walk the XML tree visiting this node and all of its children.
- */
- virtual bool Accept( TiXmlVisitor* content ) const;
-
-protected :
- // [internal use]
- virtual TiXmlNode* Clone() const;
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- virtual void StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag );
- #endif
-
-private:
- void CopyTo( TiXmlDocument* target ) const;
-
- bool error;
- int errorId;
- TIXML_STRING errorDesc;
- int tabsize;
- TiXmlCursor errorLocation;
- bool useMicrosoftBOM; // the UTF-8 BOM were found when read. Note this, and try to write.
-};
-
-
-/**
- A TiXmlHandle is a class that wraps a node pointer with null checks; this is
- an incredibly useful thing. Note that TiXmlHandle is not part of the TinyXml
- DOM structure. It is a separate utility class.
-
- Take an example:
- @verbatim
- <Document>
- <Element attributeA = "valueA">
- <Child attributeB = "value1" />
- <Child attributeB = "value2" />
- </Element>
- <Document>
- @endverbatim
-
- Assuming you want the value of "attributeB" in the 2nd "Child" element, it's very
- easy to write a *lot* of code that looks like:
-
- @verbatim
- TiXmlElement* root = document.FirstChildElement( "Document" );
- if ( root )
- {
- TiXmlElement* element = root->FirstChildElement( "Element" );
- if ( element )
- {
- TiXmlElement* child = element->FirstChildElement( "Child" );
- if ( child )
- {
- TiXmlElement* child2 = child->NextSiblingElement( "Child" );
- if ( child2 )
- {
- // Finally do something useful.
- @endverbatim
-
- And that doesn't even cover "else" cases. TiXmlHandle addresses the verbosity
- of such code. A TiXmlHandle checks for null pointers so it is perfectly safe
- and correct to use:
-
- @verbatim
- TiXmlHandle docHandle( &document );
- TiXmlElement* child2 = docHandle.FirstChild( "Document" ).FirstChild( "Element" ).Child( "Child", 1 ).ToElement();
- if ( child2 )
- {
- // do something useful
- @endverbatim
-
- Which is MUCH more concise and useful.
-
- It is also safe to copy handles - internally they are nothing more than node pointers.
- @verbatim
- TiXmlHandle handleCopy = handle;
- @endverbatim
-
- What they should not be used for is iteration:
-
- @verbatim
- int i=0;
- while ( true )
- {
- TiXmlElement* child = docHandle.FirstChild( "Document" ).FirstChild( "Element" ).Child( "Child", i ).ToElement();
- if ( !child )
- break;
- // do something
- ++i;
- }
- @endverbatim
-
- It seems reasonable, but it is in fact two embedded while loops. The Child method is
- a linear walk to find the element, so this code would iterate much more than it needs
- to. Instead, prefer:
-
- @verbatim
- TiXmlElement* child = docHandle.FirstChild( "Document" ).FirstChild( "Element" ).FirstChild( "Child" ).ToElement();
-
- for( child; child; child=child->NextSiblingElement() )
- {
- // do something
- }
- @endverbatim
-*/
-class TiXmlHandle
-{
-public:
- /// Create a handle from any node (at any depth of the tree.) This can be a null pointer.
- TiXmlHandle( TiXmlNode* _node ) { this->node = _node; }
- /// Copy constructor
- TiXmlHandle( const TiXmlHandle& ref ) { this->node = ref.node; }
- TiXmlHandle operator=( const TiXmlHandle& ref ) { if ( &ref != this ) this->node = ref.node; return *this; }
-
- /// Return a handle to the first child node.
- TiXmlHandle FirstChild() const;
- /// Return a handle to the first child node with the given name.
- TiXmlHandle FirstChild( const char * value ) const;
- /// Return a handle to the first child element.
- TiXmlHandle FirstChildElement() const;
- /// Return a handle to the first child element with the given name.
- TiXmlHandle FirstChildElement( const char * value ) const;
-
- /** Return a handle to the "index" child with the given name.
- The first child is 0, the second 1, etc.
- */
- TiXmlHandle Child( const char* value, int index ) const;
- /** Return a handle to the "index" child.
- The first child is 0, the second 1, etc.
- */
- TiXmlHandle Child( int index ) const;
- /** Return a handle to the "index" child element with the given name.
- The first child element is 0, the second 1, etc. Note that only TiXmlElements
- are indexed: other types are not counted.
- */
- TiXmlHandle ChildElement( const char* value, int index ) const;
- /** Return a handle to the "index" child element.
- The first child element is 0, the second 1, etc. Note that only TiXmlElements
- are indexed: other types are not counted.
- */
- TiXmlHandle ChildElement( int index ) const;
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- TiXmlHandle FirstChild( const std::string& _value ) const { return FirstChild( _value.c_str() ); }
- TiXmlHandle FirstChildElement( const std::string& _value ) const { return FirstChildElement( _value.c_str() ); }
-
- TiXmlHandle Child( const std::string& _value, int index ) const { return Child( _value.c_str(), index ); }
- TiXmlHandle ChildElement( const std::string& _value, int index ) const { return ChildElement( _value.c_str(), index ); }
- #endif
-
- /** Return the handle as a TiXmlNode. This may return null.
- */
- TiXmlNode* ToNode() const { return node; }
- /** Return the handle as a TiXmlElement. This may return null.
- */
- TiXmlElement* ToElement() const { return ( ( node && node->ToElement() ) ? node->ToElement() : 0 ); }
- /** Return the handle as a TiXmlText. This may return null.
- */
- TiXmlText* ToText() const { return ( ( node && node->ToText() ) ? node->ToText() : 0 ); }
- /** Return the handle as a TiXmlUnknown. This may return null.
- */
- TiXmlUnknown* ToUnknown() const { return ( ( node && node->ToUnknown() ) ? node->ToUnknown() : 0 ); }
-
- /** @deprecated use ToNode.
- Return the handle as a TiXmlNode. This may return null.
- */
- TiXmlNode* Node() const { return ToNode(); }
- /** @deprecated use ToElement.
- Return the handle as a TiXmlElement. This may return null.
- */
- TiXmlElement* Element() const { return ToElement(); }
- /** @deprecated use ToText()
- Return the handle as a TiXmlText. This may return null.
- */
- TiXmlText* Text() const { return ToText(); }
- /** @deprecated use ToUnknown()
- Return the handle as a TiXmlUnknown. This may return null.
- */
- TiXmlUnknown* Unknown() const { return ToUnknown(); }
-
-private:
- TiXmlNode* node;
-};
-
-
-/** Print to memory functionality. The TiXmlPrinter is useful when you need to:
-
- -# Print to memory (especially in non-STL mode)
- -# Control formatting (line endings, etc.)
-
- When constructed, the TiXmlPrinter is in its default "pretty printing" mode.
- Before calling Accept() you can call methods to control the printing
- of the XML document. After TiXmlNode::Accept() is called, the printed document can
- be accessed via the CStr(), Str(), and Size() methods.
-
- TiXmlPrinter uses the Visitor API.
- @verbatim
- TiXmlPrinter printer;
- printer.SetIndent( "\t" );
-
- doc.Accept( &printer );
- fprintf( stdout, "%s", printer.CStr() );
- @endverbatim
-*/
-class TiXmlPrinter : public TiXmlVisitor
-{
-public:
- TiXmlPrinter() : depth( 0 ), simpleTextPrint( false ),
- buffer(), indent( " " ), lineBreak( "\n" ) {}
-
- virtual bool VisitEnter( const TiXmlDocument& doc );
- virtual bool VisitExit( const TiXmlDocument& doc );
-
- virtual bool VisitEnter( const TiXmlElement& element, const TiXmlAttribute* firstAttribute );
- virtual bool VisitExit( const TiXmlElement& element );
-
- virtual bool Visit( const TiXmlDeclaration& declaration );
- virtual bool Visit( const TiXmlText& text );
- virtual bool Visit( const TiXmlComment& comment );
- virtual bool Visit( const TiXmlUnknown& unknown );
-
- /** Set the indent characters for printing. By default 4 spaces
- but tab (\t) is also useful, or null/empty string for no indentation.
- */
- void SetIndent( const char* _indent ) { indent = _indent ? _indent : "" ; }
- /// Query the indention string.
- const char* Indent() { return indent.c_str(); }
- /** Set the line breaking string. By default set to newline (\n).
- Some operating systems prefer other characters, or can be
- set to the null/empty string for no indenation.
- */
- void SetLineBreak( const char* _lineBreak ) { lineBreak = _lineBreak ? _lineBreak : ""; }
- /// Query the current line breaking string.
- const char* LineBreak() { return lineBreak.c_str(); }
-
- /** Switch over to "stream printing" which is the most dense formatting without
- linebreaks. Common when the XML is needed for network transmission.
- */
- void SetStreamPrinting() { indent = "";
- lineBreak = "";
- }
- /// Return the result.
- const char* CStr() { return buffer.c_str(); }
- /// Return the length of the result string.
- size_t Size() { return buffer.size(); }
-
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- /// Return the result.
- const std::string& Str() { return buffer; }
- #endif
-
-private:
- void DoIndent() {
- for( int i=0; i<depth; ++i )
- buffer += indent;
- }
- void DoLineBreak() {
- buffer += lineBreak;
- }
-
- int depth;
- bool simpleTextPrint;
- TIXML_STRING buffer;
- TIXML_STRING indent;
- TIXML_STRING lineBreak;
-};
-
-
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning( pop )
-#endif
-
-#endif
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxmlerror.cpp b/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxmlerror.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 538c21d0..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxmlerror.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-/*
-www.sourceforge.net/projects/tinyxml
-Original code (2.0 and earlier )copyright (c) 2000-2006 Lee Thomason (www.grinninglizard.com)
-
-This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
-damages arising from the use of this software.
-
-Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
-purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
-redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must
-not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this
-software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation
-would be appreciated but is not required.
-
-2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
-must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
-
-3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
-distribution.
-*/
-
-#include "tinyxml.h"
-
-// The goal of the seperate error file is to make the first
-// step towards localization. tinyxml (currently) only supports
-// english error messages, but the could now be translated.
-//
-// It also cleans up the code a bit.
-//
-
-const char* TiXmlBase::errorString[ TiXmlBase::TIXML_ERROR_STRING_COUNT ] =
-{
- "No error",
- "Error",
- "Failed to open file",
- "Error parsing Element.",
- "Failed to read Element name",
- "Error reading Element value.",
- "Error reading Attributes.",
- "Error: empty tag.",
- "Error reading end tag.",
- "Error parsing Unknown.",
- "Error parsing Comment.",
- "Error parsing Declaration.",
- "Error document empty.",
- "Error null (0) or unexpected EOF found in input stream.",
- "Error parsing CDATA.",
- "Error when TiXmlDocument added to document, because TiXmlDocument can only be at the root.",
-};
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxmlparser.cpp b/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxmlparser.cpp
deleted file mode 100644
index 81b7eae9..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/tinyxml/tinyxmlparser.cpp
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1638 +0,0 @@
-/*
-www.sourceforge.net/projects/tinyxml
-Original code by Lee Thomason (www.grinninglizard.com)
-
-This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
-warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any
-damages arising from the use of this software.
-
-Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
-purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
-redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
-
-1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must
-not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this
-software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation
-would be appreciated but is not required.
-
-2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
-must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
-
-3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
-distribution.
-*/
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-#include "tinyxml.h"
-
-//#define DEBUG_PARSER
-#if defined( DEBUG_PARSER )
-# if defined( DEBUG ) && defined( _MSC_VER )
-# include <windows.h>
-# define TIXML_LOG OutputDebugString
-# else
-# define TIXML_LOG printf
-# endif
-#endif
-
-// Note tha "PutString" hardcodes the same list. This
-// is less flexible than it appears. Changing the entries
-// or order will break putstring.
-TiXmlBase::Entity TiXmlBase::entity[ TiXmlBase::NUM_ENTITY ] =
-{
- { "&amp;", 5, '&' },
- { "&lt;", 4, '<' },
- { "&gt;", 4, '>' },
- { "&quot;", 6, '\"' },
- { "&apos;", 6, '\'' }
-};
-
-// Bunch of unicode info at:
-// http://www.unicode.org/faq/utf_bom.html
-// Including the basic of this table, which determines the #bytes in the
-// sequence from the lead byte. 1 placed for invalid sequences --
-// although the result will be junk, pass it through as much as possible.
-// Beware of the non-characters in UTF-8:
-// ef bb bf (Microsoft "lead bytes")
-// ef bf be
-// ef bf bf
-
-const unsigned char TIXML_UTF_LEAD_0 = 0xefU;
-const unsigned char TIXML_UTF_LEAD_1 = 0xbbU;
-const unsigned char TIXML_UTF_LEAD_2 = 0xbfU;
-
-const int TiXmlBase::utf8ByteTable[256] =
-{
- // 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 a b c d e f
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x00
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x10
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x20
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x30
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x40
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x50
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x60
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x70 End of ASCII range
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x80 0x80 to 0xc1 invalid
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0x90
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0xa0
- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, // 0xb0
- 1, 1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, // 0xc0 0xc2 to 0xdf 2 byte
- 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, // 0xd0
- 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, // 0xe0 0xe0 to 0xef 3 byte
- 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 // 0xf0 0xf0 to 0xf4 4 byte, 0xf5 and higher invalid
-};
-
-
-void TiXmlBase::ConvertUTF32ToUTF8( unsigned long input, char* output, int* length )
-{
- const unsigned long BYTE_MASK = 0xBF;
- const unsigned long BYTE_MARK = 0x80;
- const unsigned long FIRST_BYTE_MARK[7] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xC0, 0xE0, 0xF0, 0xF8, 0xFC };
-
- if (input < 0x80)
- *length = 1;
- else if ( input < 0x800 )
- *length = 2;
- else if ( input < 0x10000 )
- *length = 3;
- else if ( input < 0x200000 )
- *length = 4;
- else
- { *length = 0; return; } // This code won't covert this correctly anyway.
-
- output += *length;
-
- // Scary scary fall throughs.
- switch (*length)
- {
- case 4:
- --output;
- *output = (char)((input | BYTE_MARK) & BYTE_MASK);
- input >>= 6;
- case 3:
- --output;
- *output = (char)((input | BYTE_MARK) & BYTE_MASK);
- input >>= 6;
- case 2:
- --output;
- *output = (char)((input | BYTE_MARK) & BYTE_MASK);
- input >>= 6;
- case 1:
- --output;
- *output = (char)(input | FIRST_BYTE_MARK[*length]);
- }
-}
-
-
-/*static*/ int TiXmlBase::IsAlpha( unsigned char anyByte, TiXmlEncoding /*encoding*/ )
-{
- // This will only work for low-ascii, everything else is assumed to be a valid
- // letter. I'm not sure this is the best approach, but it is quite tricky trying
- // to figure out alhabetical vs. not across encoding. So take a very
- // conservative approach.
-
-// if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 )
-// {
- if ( anyByte < 127 )
- return isalpha( anyByte );
- else
- return 1; // What else to do? The unicode set is huge...get the english ones right.
-// }
-// else
-// {
-// return isalpha( anyByte );
-// }
-}
-
-
-/*static*/ int TiXmlBase::IsAlphaNum( unsigned char anyByte, TiXmlEncoding /*encoding*/ )
-{
- // This will only work for low-ascii, everything else is assumed to be a valid
- // letter. I'm not sure this is the best approach, but it is quite tricky trying
- // to figure out alhabetical vs. not across encoding. So take a very
- // conservative approach.
-
-// if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 )
-// {
- if ( anyByte < 127 )
- return isalnum( anyByte );
- else
- return 1; // What else to do? The unicode set is huge...get the english ones right.
-// }
-// else
-// {
-// return isalnum( anyByte );
-// }
-}
-
-
-class TiXmlParsingData
-{
- friend class TiXmlDocument;
- public:
- void Stamp( const char* now, TiXmlEncoding encoding );
-
- const TiXmlCursor& Cursor() const { return cursor; }
-
- private:
- // Only used by the document!
- TiXmlParsingData( const char* start, int _tabsize, int row, int col )
- {
- assert( start );
- stamp = start;
- tabsize = _tabsize;
- cursor.row = row;
- cursor.col = col;
- }
-
- TiXmlCursor cursor;
- const char* stamp;
- int tabsize;
-};
-
-
-void TiXmlParsingData::Stamp( const char* now, TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- assert( now );
-
- // Do nothing if the tabsize is 0.
- if ( tabsize < 1 )
- {
- return;
- }
-
- // Get the current row, column.
- int row = cursor.row;
- int col = cursor.col;
- const char* p = stamp;
- assert( p );
-
- while ( p < now )
- {
- // Treat p as unsigned, so we have a happy compiler.
- const unsigned char* pU = (const unsigned char*)p;
-
- // Code contributed by Fletcher Dunn: (modified by lee)
- switch (*pU) {
- case 0:
- // We *should* never get here, but in case we do, don't
- // advance past the terminating null character, ever
- return;
-
- case '\r':
- // bump down to the next line
- ++row;
- col = 0;
- // Eat the character
- ++p;
-
- // Check for \r\n sequence, and treat this as a single character
- if (*p == '\n') {
- ++p;
- }
- break;
-
- case '\n':
- // bump down to the next line
- ++row;
- col = 0;
-
- // Eat the character
- ++p;
-
- // Check for \n\r sequence, and treat this as a single
- // character. (Yes, this bizarre thing does occur still
- // on some arcane platforms...)
- if (*p == '\r') {
- ++p;
- }
- break;
-
- case '\t':
- // Eat the character
- ++p;
-
- // Skip to next tab stop
- col = (col / tabsize + 1) * tabsize;
- break;
-
- case TIXML_UTF_LEAD_0:
- if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 )
- {
- if ( *(p+1) && *(p+2) )
- {
- // In these cases, don't advance the column. These are
- // 0-width spaces.
- if ( *(pU+1)==TIXML_UTF_LEAD_1 && *(pU+2)==TIXML_UTF_LEAD_2 )
- p += 3;
- else if ( *(pU+1)==0xbfU && *(pU+2)==0xbeU )
- p += 3;
- else if ( *(pU+1)==0xbfU && *(pU+2)==0xbfU )
- p += 3;
- else
- { p +=3; ++col; } // A normal character.
- }
- }
- else
- {
- ++p;
- ++col;
- }
- break;
-
- default:
- if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 )
- {
- // Eat the 1 to 4 byte utf8 character.
- int step = TiXmlBase::utf8ByteTable[*((const unsigned char*)p)];
- if ( step == 0 )
- step = 1; // Error case from bad encoding, but handle gracefully.
- p += step;
-
- // Just advance one column, of course.
- ++col;
- }
- else
- {
- ++p;
- ++col;
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- cursor.row = row;
- cursor.col = col;
- assert( cursor.row >= -1 );
- assert( cursor.col >= -1 );
- stamp = p;
- assert( stamp );
-}
-
-
-const char* TiXmlBase::SkipWhiteSpace( const char* p, TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- if ( !p || !*p )
- {
- return 0;
- }
- if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 )
- {
- while ( *p )
- {
- const unsigned char* pU = (const unsigned char*)p;
-
- // Skip the stupid Microsoft UTF-8 Byte order marks
- if ( *(pU+0)==TIXML_UTF_LEAD_0
- && *(pU+1)==TIXML_UTF_LEAD_1
- && *(pU+2)==TIXML_UTF_LEAD_2 )
- {
- p += 3;
- continue;
- }
- else if(*(pU+0)==TIXML_UTF_LEAD_0
- && *(pU+1)==0xbfU
- && *(pU+2)==0xbeU )
- {
- p += 3;
- continue;
- }
- else if(*(pU+0)==TIXML_UTF_LEAD_0
- && *(pU+1)==0xbfU
- && *(pU+2)==0xbfU )
- {
- p += 3;
- continue;
- }
-
- if ( IsWhiteSpace( *p ) ) // Still using old rules for white space.
- ++p;
- else
- break;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- while ( *p && IsWhiteSpace( *p ) )
- ++p;
- }
-
- return p;
-}
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-/*static*/ bool TiXmlBase::StreamWhiteSpace( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag )
-{
- for( ;; )
- {
- if ( !in->good() ) return false;
-
- int c = in->peek();
- // At this scope, we can't get to a document. So fail silently.
- if ( !IsWhiteSpace( c ) || c <= 0 )
- return true;
-
- *tag += (char) in->get();
- }
-}
-
-/*static*/ bool TiXmlBase::StreamTo( std::istream * in, int character, TIXML_STRING * tag )
-{
- //assert( character > 0 && character < 128 ); // else it won't work in utf-8
- while ( in->good() )
- {
- int c = in->peek();
- if ( c == character )
- return true;
- if ( c <= 0 ) // Silent failure: can't get document at this scope
- return false;
-
- in->get();
- *tag += (char) c;
- }
- return false;
-}
-#endif
-
-// One of TinyXML's more performance demanding functions. Try to keep the memory overhead down. The
-// "assign" optimization removes over 10% of the execution time.
-//
-const char* TiXmlBase::ReadName( const char* p, TIXML_STRING * name, TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- // Oddly, not supported on some comilers,
- //name->clear();
- // So use this:
- *name = "";
- assert( p );
-
- // Names start with letters or underscores.
- // Of course, in unicode, tinyxml has no idea what a letter *is*. The
- // algorithm is generous.
- //
- // After that, they can be letters, underscores, numbers,
- // hyphens, or colons. (Colons are valid ony for namespaces,
- // but tinyxml can't tell namespaces from names.)
- if ( p && *p
- && ( IsAlpha( (unsigned char) *p, encoding ) || *p == '_' ) )
- {
- const char* start = p;
- while( p && *p
- && ( IsAlphaNum( (unsigned char ) *p, encoding )
- || *p == '_'
- || *p == '-'
- || *p == '.'
- || *p == ':' ) )
- {
- //(*name) += *p; // expensive
- ++p;
- }
- if ( p-start > 0 ) {
- name->assign( start, p-start );
- }
- return p;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-const char* TiXmlBase::GetEntity( const char* p, char* value, int* length, TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- // Presume an entity, and pull it out.
- TIXML_STRING ent;
- int i;
- *length = 0;
-
- if ( *(p+1) && *(p+1) == '#' && *(p+2) )
- {
- unsigned long ucs = 0;
- ptrdiff_t delta = 0;
- unsigned mult = 1;
-
- if ( *(p+2) == 'x' )
- {
- // Hexadecimal.
- if ( !*(p+3) ) return 0;
-
- const char* q = p+3;
- q = strchr( q, ';' );
-
- if ( !q || !*q ) return 0;
-
- delta = q-p;
- --q;
-
- while ( *q != 'x' )
- {
- if ( *q >= '0' && *q <= '9' )
- ucs += mult * (*q - '0');
- else if ( *q >= 'a' && *q <= 'f' )
- ucs += mult * (*q - 'a' + 10);
- else if ( *q >= 'A' && *q <= 'F' )
- ucs += mult * (*q - 'A' + 10 );
- else
- return 0;
- mult *= 16;
- --q;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // Decimal.
- if ( !*(p+2) ) return 0;
-
- const char* q = p+2;
- q = strchr( q, ';' );
-
- if ( !q || !*q ) return 0;
-
- delta = q-p;
- --q;
-
- while ( *q != '#' )
- {
- if ( *q >= '0' && *q <= '9' )
- ucs += mult * (*q - '0');
- else
- return 0;
- mult *= 10;
- --q;
- }
- }
- if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8 )
- {
- // convert the UCS to UTF-8
- ConvertUTF32ToUTF8( ucs, value, length );
- }
- else
- {
- *value = (char)ucs;
- *length = 1;
- }
- return p + delta + 1;
- }
-
- // Now try to match it.
- for( i=0; i<NUM_ENTITY; ++i )
- {
- if ( strncmp( entity[i].str, p, entity[i].strLength ) == 0 )
- {
- assert( strlen( entity[i].str ) == entity[i].strLength );
- *value = entity[i].chr;
- *length = 1;
- return ( p + entity[i].strLength );
- }
- }
-
- // So it wasn't an entity, its unrecognized, or something like that.
- *value = *p; // Don't put back the last one, since we return it!
- //*length = 1; // Leave unrecognized entities - this doesn't really work.
- // Just writes strange XML.
- return p+1;
-}
-
-
-bool TiXmlBase::StringEqual( const char* p,
- const char* tag,
- bool ignoreCase,
- TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- assert( p );
- assert( tag );
- if ( !p || !*p )
- {
- assert( 0 );
- return false;
- }
-
- const char* q = p;
-
- if ( ignoreCase )
- {
- while ( *q && *tag && ToLower( *q, encoding ) == ToLower( *tag, encoding ) )
- {
- ++q;
- ++tag;
- }
-
- if ( *tag == 0 )
- return true;
- }
- else
- {
- while ( *q && *tag && *q == *tag )
- {
- ++q;
- ++tag;
- }
-
- if ( *tag == 0 ) // Have we found the end of the tag, and everything equal?
- return true;
- }
- return false;
-}
-
-const char* TiXmlBase::ReadText( const char* p,
- TIXML_STRING * text,
- bool trimWhiteSpace,
- const char* endTag,
- bool caseInsensitive,
- TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- *text = "";
- if ( !trimWhiteSpace // certain tags always keep whitespace
- || !condenseWhiteSpace ) // if true, whitespace is always kept
- {
- // Keep all the white space.
- while ( p && *p
- && !StringEqual( p, endTag, caseInsensitive, encoding )
- )
- {
- int len;
- char cArr[4] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
- p = GetChar( p, cArr, &len, encoding );
- text->append( cArr, len );
- }
- }
- else
- {
- bool whitespace = false;
-
- // Remove leading white space:
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding );
- while ( p && *p
- && !StringEqual( p, endTag, caseInsensitive, encoding ) )
- {
- if ( *p == '\r' || *p == '\n' )
- {
- whitespace = true;
- ++p;
- }
- else if ( IsWhiteSpace( *p ) )
- {
- whitespace = true;
- ++p;
- }
- else
- {
- // If we've found whitespace, add it before the
- // new character. Any whitespace just becomes a space.
- if ( whitespace )
- {
- (*text) += ' ';
- whitespace = false;
- }
- int len;
- char cArr[4] = { 0, 0, 0, 0 };
- p = GetChar( p, cArr, &len, encoding );
- if ( len == 1 )
- (*text) += cArr[0]; // more efficient
- else
- text->append( cArr, len );
- }
- }
- }
- if ( p && *p )
- p += strlen( endTag );
- return ( p && *p ) ? p : 0;
-}
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-
-void TiXmlDocument::StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag )
-{
- // The basic issue with a document is that we don't know what we're
- // streaming. Read something presumed to be a tag (and hope), then
- // identify it, and call the appropriate stream method on the tag.
- //
- // This "pre-streaming" will never read the closing ">" so the
- // sub-tag can orient itself.
-
- if ( !StreamTo( in, '<', tag ) )
- {
- SetError( TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_EMPTY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return;
- }
-
- while ( in->good() )
- {
- int tagIndex = (int) tag->length();
- while ( in->good() && in->peek() != '>' )
- {
- int c = in->get();
- if ( c <= 0 )
- {
- SetError( TIXML_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NULL, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- break;
- }
- (*tag) += (char) c;
- }
-
- if ( in->good() )
- {
- // We now have something we presume to be a node of
- // some sort. Identify it, and call the node to
- // continue streaming.
- TiXmlNode* node = Identify( tag->c_str() + tagIndex, TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING );
-
- if ( node )
- {
- node->StreamIn( in, tag );
- bool isElement = node->ToElement() != 0;
- delete node;
- node = 0;
-
- // If this is the root element, we're done. Parsing will be
- // done by the >> operator.
- if ( isElement )
- {
- return;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- SetError( TIXML_ERROR, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return;
- }
- }
- }
- // We should have returned sooner.
- SetError( TIXML_ERROR, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
-}
-
-#endif
-
-const char* TiXmlDocument::Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* prevData, TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- ClearError();
-
- // Parse away, at the document level. Since a document
- // contains nothing but other tags, most of what happens
- // here is skipping white space.
- if ( !p || !*p )
- {
- SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_EMPTY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return 0;
- }
-
- // Note that, for a document, this needs to come
- // before the while space skip, so that parsing
- // starts from the pointer we are given.
- location.Clear();
- if ( prevData )
- {
- location.row = prevData->cursor.row;
- location.col = prevData->cursor.col;
- }
- else
- {
- location.row = 0;
- location.col = 0;
- }
- TiXmlParsingData data( p, TabSize(), location.row, location.col );
- location = data.Cursor();
-
- if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN )
- {
- // Check for the Microsoft UTF-8 lead bytes.
- const unsigned char* pU = (const unsigned char*)p;
- if ( *(pU+0) && *(pU+0) == TIXML_UTF_LEAD_0
- && *(pU+1) && *(pU+1) == TIXML_UTF_LEAD_1
- && *(pU+2) && *(pU+2) == TIXML_UTF_LEAD_2 )
- {
- encoding = TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8;
- useMicrosoftBOM = true;
- }
- }
-
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding );
- if ( !p )
- {
- SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_EMPTY, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return 0;
- }
-
- while ( p && *p )
- {
- TiXmlNode* node = Identify( p, encoding );
- if ( node )
- {
- p = node->Parse( p, &data, encoding );
- LinkEndChild( node );
- }
- else
- {
- break;
- }
-
- // Did we get encoding info?
- if ( encoding == TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN
- && node->ToDeclaration() )
- {
- TiXmlDeclaration* dec = node->ToDeclaration();
- const char* enc = dec->Encoding();
- assert( enc );
-
- if ( *enc == 0 )
- encoding = TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8;
- else if ( StringEqual( enc, "UTF-8", true, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ) )
- encoding = TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8;
- else if ( StringEqual( enc, "UTF8", true, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN ) )
- encoding = TIXML_ENCODING_UTF8; // incorrect, but be nice
- else
- encoding = TIXML_ENCODING_LEGACY;
- }
-
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding );
- }
-
- // Was this empty?
- if ( !firstChild ) {
- SetError( TIXML_ERROR_DOCUMENT_EMPTY, 0, 0, encoding );
- return 0;
- }
-
- // All is well.
- return p;
-}
-
-void TiXmlDocument::SetError( int err, const char* pError, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- // The first error in a chain is more accurate - don't set again!
- if ( error )
- return;
-
- assert( err > 0 && err < TIXML_ERROR_STRING_COUNT );
- error = true;
- errorId = err;
- errorDesc = errorString[ errorId ];
-
- errorLocation.Clear();
- if ( pError && data )
- {
- data->Stamp( pError, encoding );
- errorLocation = data->Cursor();
- }
-}
-
-
-TiXmlNode* TiXmlNode::Identify( const char* p, TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- TiXmlNode* returnNode = 0;
-
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding );
- if( !p || !*p || *p != '<' )
- {
- return 0;
- }
-
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding );
-
- if ( !p || !*p )
- {
- return 0;
- }
-
- // What is this thing?
- // - Elements start with a letter or underscore, but xml is reserved.
- // - Comments: <!--
- // - Decleration: <?xml
- // - Everthing else is unknown to tinyxml.
- //
-
- const char* xmlHeader = { "<?xml" };
- const char* commentHeader = { "<!--" };
- const char* dtdHeader = { "<!" };
- const char* cdataHeader = { "<![CDATA[" };
-
- if ( StringEqual( p, xmlHeader, true, encoding ) )
- {
- #ifdef DEBUG_PARSER
- TIXML_LOG( "XML parsing Declaration\n" );
- #endif
- returnNode = new TiXmlDeclaration();
- }
- else if ( StringEqual( p, commentHeader, false, encoding ) )
- {
- #ifdef DEBUG_PARSER
- TIXML_LOG( "XML parsing Comment\n" );
- #endif
- returnNode = new TiXmlComment();
- }
- else if ( StringEqual( p, cdataHeader, false, encoding ) )
- {
- #ifdef DEBUG_PARSER
- TIXML_LOG( "XML parsing CDATA\n" );
- #endif
- TiXmlText* text = new TiXmlText( "" );
- text->SetCDATA( true );
- returnNode = text;
- }
- else if ( StringEqual( p, dtdHeader, false, encoding ) )
- {
- #ifdef DEBUG_PARSER
- TIXML_LOG( "XML parsing Unknown(1)\n" );
- #endif
- returnNode = new TiXmlUnknown();
- }
- else if ( IsAlpha( *(p+1), encoding )
- || *(p+1) == '_' )
- {
- #ifdef DEBUG_PARSER
- TIXML_LOG( "XML parsing Element\n" );
- #endif
- returnNode = new TiXmlElement( "" );
- }
- else
- {
- #ifdef DEBUG_PARSER
- TIXML_LOG( "XML parsing Unknown(2)\n" );
- #endif
- returnNode = new TiXmlUnknown();
- }
-
- if ( returnNode )
- {
- // Set the parent, so it can report errors
- returnNode->parent = this;
- }
- return returnNode;
-}
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-
-void TiXmlElement::StreamIn (std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag)
-{
- // We're called with some amount of pre-parsing. That is, some of "this"
- // element is in "tag". Go ahead and stream to the closing ">"
- while( in->good() )
- {
- int c = in->get();
- if ( c <= 0 )
- {
- TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument();
- if ( document )
- document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NULL, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return;
- }
- (*tag) += (char) c ;
-
- if ( c == '>' )
- break;
- }
-
- if ( tag->length() < 3 ) return;
-
- // Okay...if we are a "/>" tag, then we're done. We've read a complete tag.
- // If not, identify and stream.
-
- if ( tag->at( tag->length() - 1 ) == '>'
- && tag->at( tag->length() - 2 ) == '/' )
- {
- // All good!
- return;
- }
- else if ( tag->at( tag->length() - 1 ) == '>' )
- {
- // There is more. Could be:
- // text
- // cdata text (which looks like another node)
- // closing tag
- // another node.
- for ( ;; )
- {
- StreamWhiteSpace( in, tag );
-
- // Do we have text?
- if ( in->good() && in->peek() != '<' )
- {
- // Yep, text.
- TiXmlText text( "" );
- text.StreamIn( in, tag );
-
- // What follows text is a closing tag or another node.
- // Go around again and figure it out.
- continue;
- }
-
- // We now have either a closing tag...or another node.
- // We should be at a "<", regardless.
- if ( !in->good() ) return;
- assert( in->peek() == '<' );
- int tagIndex = (int) tag->length();
-
- bool closingTag = false;
- bool firstCharFound = false;
-
- for( ;; )
- {
- if ( !in->good() )
- return;
-
- int c = in->peek();
- if ( c <= 0 )
- {
- TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument();
- if ( document )
- document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NULL, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return;
- }
-
- if ( c == '>' )
- break;
-
- *tag += (char) c;
- in->get();
-
- // Early out if we find the CDATA id.
- if ( c == '[' && tag->size() >= 9 )
- {
- size_t len = tag->size();
- const char* start = tag->c_str() + len - 9;
- if ( strcmp( start, "<![CDATA[" ) == 0 ) {
- assert( !closingTag );
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if ( !firstCharFound && c != '<' && !IsWhiteSpace( c ) )
- {
- firstCharFound = true;
- if ( c == '/' )
- closingTag = true;
- }
- }
- // If it was a closing tag, then read in the closing '>' to clean up the input stream.
- // If it was not, the streaming will be done by the tag.
- if ( closingTag )
- {
- if ( !in->good() )
- return;
-
- int c = in->get();
- if ( c <= 0 )
- {
- TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument();
- if ( document )
- document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NULL, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return;
- }
- assert( c == '>' );
- *tag += (char) c;
-
- // We are done, once we've found our closing tag.
- return;
- }
- else
- {
- // If not a closing tag, id it, and stream.
- const char* tagloc = tag->c_str() + tagIndex;
- TiXmlNode* node = Identify( tagloc, TIXML_DEFAULT_ENCODING );
- if ( !node )
- return;
- node->StreamIn( in, tag );
- delete node;
- node = 0;
-
- // No return: go around from the beginning: text, closing tag, or node.
- }
- }
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-const char* TiXmlElement::Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding );
- TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument();
-
- if ( !p || !*p )
- {
- if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_ELEMENT, 0, 0, encoding );
- return 0;
- }
-
- if ( data )
- {
- data->Stamp( p, encoding );
- location = data->Cursor();
- }
-
- if ( *p != '<' )
- {
- if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_ELEMENT, p, data, encoding );
- return 0;
- }
-
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p+1, encoding );
-
- // Read the name.
- const char* pErr = p;
-
- p = ReadName( p, &value, encoding );
- if ( !p || !*p )
- {
- if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_FAILED_TO_READ_ELEMENT_NAME, pErr, data, encoding );
- return 0;
- }
-
- TIXML_STRING endTag ("</");
- endTag += value;
-
- // Check for and read attributes. Also look for an empty
- // tag or an end tag.
- while ( p && *p )
- {
- pErr = p;
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding );
- if ( !p || !*p )
- {
- if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_READING_ATTRIBUTES, pErr, data, encoding );
- return 0;
- }
- if ( *p == '/' )
- {
- ++p;
- // Empty tag.
- if ( *p != '>' )
- {
- if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_EMPTY, p, data, encoding );
- return 0;
- }
- return (p+1);
- }
- else if ( *p == '>' )
- {
- // Done with attributes (if there were any.)
- // Read the value -- which can include other
- // elements -- read the end tag, and return.
- ++p;
- p = ReadValue( p, data, encoding ); // Note this is an Element method, and will set the error if one happens.
- if ( !p || !*p ) {
- // We were looking for the end tag, but found nothing.
- // Fix for [ 1663758 ] Failure to report error on bad XML
- if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_READING_END_TAG, p, data, encoding );
- return 0;
- }
-
- // We should find the end tag now
- // note that:
- // </foo > and
- // </foo>
- // are both valid end tags.
- if ( StringEqual( p, endTag.c_str(), false, encoding ) )
- {
- p += endTag.length();
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding );
- if ( p && *p && *p == '>' ) {
- ++p;
- return p;
- }
- if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_READING_END_TAG, p, data, encoding );
- return 0;
- }
- else
- {
- if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_READING_END_TAG, p, data, encoding );
- return 0;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // Try to read an attribute:
- TiXmlAttribute* attrib = new TiXmlAttribute();
- if ( !attrib )
- {
- return 0;
- }
-
- attrib->SetDocument( document );
- pErr = p;
- p = attrib->Parse( p, data, encoding );
-
- if ( !p || !*p )
- {
- if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_ELEMENT, pErr, data, encoding );
- delete attrib;
- return 0;
- }
-
- // Handle the strange case of double attributes:
- #ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
- TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.Find( attrib->NameTStr() );
- #else
- TiXmlAttribute* node = attributeSet.Find( attrib->Name() );
- #endif
- if ( node )
- {
- if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_ELEMENT, pErr, data, encoding );
- delete attrib;
- return 0;
- }
-
- attributeSet.Add( attrib );
- }
- }
- return p;
-}
-
-
-const char* TiXmlElement::ReadValue( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument();
-
- // Read in text and elements in any order.
- const char* pWithWhiteSpace = p;
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding );
-
- while ( p && *p )
- {
- if ( *p != '<' )
- {
- // Take what we have, make a text element.
- TiXmlText* textNode = new TiXmlText( "" );
-
- if ( !textNode )
- {
- return 0;
- }
-
- if ( TiXmlBase::IsWhiteSpaceCondensed() )
- {
- p = textNode->Parse( p, data, encoding );
- }
- else
- {
- // Special case: we want to keep the white space
- // so that leading spaces aren't removed.
- p = textNode->Parse( pWithWhiteSpace, data, encoding );
- }
-
- if ( !textNode->Blank() )
- LinkEndChild( textNode );
- else
- delete textNode;
- }
- else
- {
- // We hit a '<'
- // Have we hit a new element or an end tag? This could also be
- // a TiXmlText in the "CDATA" style.
- if ( StringEqual( p, "</", false, encoding ) )
- {
- return p;
- }
- else
- {
- TiXmlNode* node = Identify( p, encoding );
- if ( node )
- {
- p = node->Parse( p, data, encoding );
- LinkEndChild( node );
- }
- else
- {
- return 0;
- }
- }
- }
- pWithWhiteSpace = p;
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding );
- }
-
- if ( !p )
- {
- if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_READING_ELEMENT_VALUE, 0, 0, encoding );
- }
- return p;
-}
-
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-void TiXmlUnknown::StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag )
-{
- while ( in->good() )
- {
- int c = in->get();
- if ( c <= 0 )
- {
- TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument();
- if ( document )
- document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NULL, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return;
- }
- (*tag) += (char) c;
-
- if ( c == '>' )
- {
- // All is well.
- return;
- }
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-const char* TiXmlUnknown::Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument();
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding );
-
- if ( data )
- {
- data->Stamp( p, encoding );
- location = data->Cursor();
- }
- if ( !p || !*p || *p != '<' )
- {
- if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_UNKNOWN, p, data, encoding );
- return 0;
- }
- ++p;
- value = "";
-
- while ( p && *p && *p != '>' )
- {
- value += *p;
- ++p;
- }
-
- if ( !p )
- {
- if ( document )
- document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_UNKNOWN, 0, 0, encoding );
- }
- if ( p && *p == '>' )
- return p+1;
- return p;
-}
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-void TiXmlComment::StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag )
-{
- while ( in->good() )
- {
- int c = in->get();
- if ( c <= 0 )
- {
- TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument();
- if ( document )
- document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NULL, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return;
- }
-
- (*tag) += (char) c;
-
- if ( c == '>'
- && tag->at( tag->length() - 2 ) == '-'
- && tag->at( tag->length() - 3 ) == '-' )
- {
- // All is well.
- return;
- }
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-
-const char* TiXmlComment::Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument();
- value = "";
-
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding );
-
- if ( data )
- {
- data->Stamp( p, encoding );
- location = data->Cursor();
- }
- const char* startTag = "<!--";
- const char* endTag = "-->";
-
- if ( !StringEqual( p, startTag, false, encoding ) )
- {
- if ( document )
- document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_COMMENT, p, data, encoding );
- return 0;
- }
- p += strlen( startTag );
-
- // [ 1475201 ] TinyXML parses entities in comments
- // Oops - ReadText doesn't work, because we don't want to parse the entities.
- // p = ReadText( p, &value, false, endTag, false, encoding );
- //
- // from the XML spec:
- /*
- [Definition: Comments may appear anywhere in a document outside other markup; in addition,
- they may appear within the document type declaration at places allowed by the grammar.
- They are not part of the document's character data; an XML processor MAY, but need not,
- make it possible for an application to retrieve the text of comments. For compatibility,
- the string "--" (double-hyphen) MUST NOT occur within comments.] Parameter entity
- references MUST NOT be recognized within comments.
-
- An example of a comment:
-
- <!-- declarations for <head> & <body> -->
- */
-
- value = "";
- // Keep all the white space.
- while ( p && *p && !StringEqual( p, endTag, false, encoding ) )
- {
- value.append( p, 1 );
- ++p;
- }
- if ( p && *p )
- p += strlen( endTag );
-
- return p;
-}
-
-
-const char* TiXmlAttribute::Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding );
- if ( !p || !*p ) return 0;
-
- if ( data )
- {
- data->Stamp( p, encoding );
- location = data->Cursor();
- }
- // Read the name, the '=' and the value.
- const char* pErr = p;
- p = ReadName( p, &name, encoding );
- if ( !p || !*p )
- {
- if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_READING_ATTRIBUTES, pErr, data, encoding );
- return 0;
- }
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding );
- if ( !p || !*p || *p != '=' )
- {
- if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_READING_ATTRIBUTES, p, data, encoding );
- return 0;
- }
-
- ++p; // skip '='
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, encoding );
- if ( !p || !*p )
- {
- if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_READING_ATTRIBUTES, p, data, encoding );
- return 0;
- }
-
- const char* end;
- const char SINGLE_QUOTE = '\'';
- const char DOUBLE_QUOTE = '\"';
-
- if ( *p == SINGLE_QUOTE )
- {
- ++p;
- end = "\'"; // single quote in string
- p = ReadText( p, &value, false, end, false, encoding );
- }
- else if ( *p == DOUBLE_QUOTE )
- {
- ++p;
- end = "\""; // double quote in string
- p = ReadText( p, &value, false, end, false, encoding );
- }
- else
- {
- // All attribute values should be in single or double quotes.
- // But this is such a common error that the parser will try
- // its best, even without them.
- value = "";
- while ( p && *p // existence
- && !IsWhiteSpace( *p ) // whitespace
- && *p != '/' && *p != '>' ) // tag end
- {
- if ( *p == SINGLE_QUOTE || *p == DOUBLE_QUOTE ) {
- // [ 1451649 ] Attribute values with trailing quotes not handled correctly
- // We did not have an opening quote but seem to have a
- // closing one. Give up and throw an error.
- if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_READING_ATTRIBUTES, p, data, encoding );
- return 0;
- }
- value += *p;
- ++p;
- }
- }
- return p;
-}
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-void TiXmlText::StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag )
-{
- while ( in->good() )
- {
- int c = in->peek();
- if ( !cdata && (c == '<' ) )
- {
- return;
- }
- if ( c <= 0 )
- {
- TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument();
- if ( document )
- document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NULL, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return;
- }
-
- (*tag) += (char) c;
- in->get(); // "commits" the peek made above
-
- if ( cdata && c == '>' && tag->size() >= 3 ) {
- size_t len = tag->size();
- if ( (*tag)[len-2] == ']' && (*tag)[len-3] == ']' ) {
- // terminator of cdata.
- return;
- }
- }
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-const char* TiXmlText::Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding encoding )
-{
- value = "";
- TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument();
-
- if ( data )
- {
- data->Stamp( p, encoding );
- location = data->Cursor();
- }
-
- const char* const startTag = "<![CDATA[";
- const char* const endTag = "]]>";
-
- if ( cdata || StringEqual( p, startTag, false, encoding ) )
- {
- cdata = true;
-
- if ( !StringEqual( p, startTag, false, encoding ) )
- {
- if ( document )
- document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_CDATA, p, data, encoding );
- return 0;
- }
- p += strlen( startTag );
-
- // Keep all the white space, ignore the encoding, etc.
- while ( p && *p
- && !StringEqual( p, endTag, false, encoding )
- )
- {
- value += *p;
- ++p;
- }
-
- TIXML_STRING dummy;
- p = ReadText( p, &dummy, false, endTag, false, encoding );
- return p;
- }
- else
- {
- bool ignoreWhite = true;
-
- const char* end = "<";
- p = ReadText( p, &value, ignoreWhite, end, false, encoding );
- if ( p && *p )
- return p-1; // don't truncate the '<'
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-#ifdef TIXML_USE_STL
-void TiXmlDeclaration::StreamIn( std::istream * in, TIXML_STRING * tag )
-{
- while ( in->good() )
- {
- int c = in->get();
- if ( c <= 0 )
- {
- TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument();
- if ( document )
- document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_EMBEDDED_NULL, 0, 0, TIXML_ENCODING_UNKNOWN );
- return;
- }
- (*tag) += (char) c;
-
- if ( c == '>' )
- {
- // All is well.
- return;
- }
- }
-}
-#endif
-
-const char* TiXmlDeclaration::Parse( const char* p, TiXmlParsingData* data, TiXmlEncoding _encoding )
-{
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, _encoding );
- // Find the beginning, find the end, and look for
- // the stuff in-between.
- TiXmlDocument* document = GetDocument();
- if ( !p || !*p || !StringEqual( p, "<?xml", true, _encoding ) )
- {
- if ( document ) document->SetError( TIXML_ERROR_PARSING_DECLARATION, 0, 0, _encoding );
- return 0;
- }
- if ( data )
- {
- data->Stamp( p, _encoding );
- location = data->Cursor();
- }
- p += 5;
-
- version = "";
- encoding = "";
- standalone = "";
-
- while ( p && *p )
- {
- if ( *p == '>' )
- {
- ++p;
- return p;
- }
-
- p = SkipWhiteSpace( p, _encoding );
- if ( StringEqual( p, "version", true, _encoding ) )
- {
- TiXmlAttribute attrib;
- p = attrib.Parse( p, data, _encoding );
- version = attrib.Value();
- }
- else if ( StringEqual( p, "encoding", true, _encoding ) )
- {
- TiXmlAttribute attrib;
- p = attrib.Parse( p, data, _encoding );
- encoding = attrib.Value();
- }
- else if ( StringEqual( p, "standalone", true, _encoding ) )
- {
- TiXmlAttribute attrib;
- p = attrib.Parse( p, data, _encoding );
- standalone = attrib.Value();
- }
- else
- {
- // Read over whatever it is.
- while( p && *p && *p != '>' && !IsWhiteSpace( *p ) )
- ++p;
- }
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-bool TiXmlText::Blank() const
-{
- for ( unsigned i=0; i<value.length(); i++ )
- if ( !IsWhiteSpace( value[i] ) )
- return false;
- return true;
-}
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/controls.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/controls.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a15c8b5f..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/controls.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1074 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// controls.h
-// Declaration of the following classes:
-// CAnimation, CComboBox, CComboBoxEx, CProgressBar,
-// CScrollBar, CSlider, CSpinButton
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_CONTROLS_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_CONTROLS_H_
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
- class CAnimation : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CAnimation() {}
- virtual ~CAnimation() {}
-
- BOOL Close() const;
- BOOL Open(LPTSTR lpszName) const;
- BOOL Play(UINT wFrom, UINT wTo, UINT cRepeat) const;
- BOOL Seek(UINT wFrame) const;
- BOOL Stop() const;
-
- protected:
- // Overridables
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) { wc.lpszClassName = ANIMATE_CLASS; }
- };
-
-
- class CComboBox : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CComboBox() {}
- virtual ~CComboBox() {}
-
- int AddString(LPCTSTR lpszString) const;
- void Clear() const;
- void Copy() const;
- void Cut() const;
- int DeleteString(int nIndex) const;
- int Dir(UINT attr, LPCTSTR lpszWildCard ) const;
- int FindString(int nIndexStart, LPCTSTR lpszString) const;
- int FindStringExact(int nIndexStart, LPCTSTR lpszString) const;
- int GetCount() const;
- int GetCurSel() const;
- CRect GetDroppedControlRect() const;
- BOOL GetDroppedState() const;
- int GetDroppedWidth() const;
- DWORD GetEditSel() const;
- BOOL GetExtendedUI() const;
- int GetHorizontalExtent() const;
- DWORD GetItemData(int nIndex) const;
- int GetItemHeight(int nIndex) const;
- int GetLBText(int nIndex, LPTSTR lpszText) const;
- int GetLBTextLen(int nIndex) const;
- LCID GetLocale() const;
- int GetTopIndex() const;
- int InitStorage(int nItems, int nBytes) const;
- int InsertString(int nIndex, LPCTSTR lpszString) const;
- void LimitText(int nMaxChars) const;
- void Paste() const;
- void ResetContent() const;
- int SelectString(int nStartAfter, LPCTSTR lpszString) const;
- int SetCurSel(int nIndex) const;
- int SetDroppedWidth(int nWidth) const;
- BOOL SetEditSel(int nStartChar, int nEndChar) const;
- int SetExtendedUI(BOOL bExtended = TRUE) const;
- void SetHorizontalExtent(UINT nExtent ) const;
- int SetItemData(int nIndex, DWORD dwItemData) const;
- int SetItemHeight(int nIndex, UINT cyItemHeight) const;
- LCID SetLocale( LCID NewLocale ) const;
- int SetTopIndex(int nIndex) const;
- void ShowDropDown(BOOL bShow = TRUE) const;
-
- protected:
- // Overridables
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) { wc.lpszClassName = _T("ComboBox"); }
- };
-
-
- class CComboBoxEx : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CComboBoxEx() {}
- virtual ~CComboBoxEx() {}
-
- int DeleteItem(int nIndex ) const;
- CWnd* GetComboBoxCtrl() const;
- CWnd* GetEditCtrl() const;
- DWORD GetExtendedStyle() const;
- HIMAGELIST GetImageList() const;
- BOOL GetItem(COMBOBOXEXITEM* pCBItem) const;
- BOOL HasEditChanged () const;
- int InsertItem(COMBOBOXEXITEM* lpcCBItem) const;
- DWORD SetExtendedStyle(DWORD dwExMask, DWORD dwExStyles ) const;
- HIMAGELIST SetImageList(HIMAGELIST himl) const;
- BOOL SetItem(PCOMBOBOXEXITEM lpcCBItem) const;
-
- protected:
- // Overridables
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) { wc.lpszClassName = WC_COMBOBOXEX; }
- };
-
-
- class CProgressBar : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CProgressBar() {}
- virtual ~CProgressBar() {}
-
- int GetPos() const;
- int GetRange(BOOL fWhichLimit, PPBRANGE ppBRange) const;
- int OffsetPos(int nIncrement) const;
- int SetPos(int nNewPos) const;
- int SetRange(short nMinRange, short nMaxRange) const;
- int SetStep(int nStepInc) const;
- int StepIt() const;
-
- protected:
- // Overridables
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) { wc.lpszClassName = PROGRESS_CLASS; }
- };
-
-
- class CScrollBar : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CScrollBar() {}
- virtual ~CScrollBar() {}
-
- BOOL EnableScrollBar( UINT nArrowFlags = ESB_ENABLE_BOTH ) const;
- BOOL GetScrollInfo(LPSCROLLINFO lpsi) const;
- int GetScrollPos() const;
- BOOL GetScrollRange(LPINT lpMinPos, LPINT lpMaxPos ) const;
- BOOL SetScrollInfo(LPSCROLLINFO lpsi, BOOL bRedraw = TRUE ) const;
- int SetScrollPos(int nPos, BOOL bRedraw) const;
- BOOL SetScrollRange( int nMinPos, int nMaxPos, BOOL bRedraw = TRUE ) const;
- BOOL ShowScrollBar(BOOL bShow) const;
-
- protected:
- // Overridables
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) { wc.lpszClassName = _T("SCROLLBAR"); ; }
- };
-
-
- class CSlider : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CSlider() {}
- virtual ~CSlider() {}
-
- void ClearSel() const;
- void ClearTics(BOOL bRedraw = FALSE ) const;
- CWnd* GetBuddy(BOOL fLocation = TRUE ) const;
- CRect GetChannelRect() const;
- int GetLineSize() const;
- int GetNumTics() const;
- int GetPageSize() const;
- int GetPos() const;
- int GetRangeMax() const;
- int GetRangeMin() const;
- int GetSelEnd() const;
- int GetSelStart() const;
- int GetThumbLength() const;
- CRect GetThumbRect() const;
- int GetTic(int nTic ) const;
- int GetTicPos(int nTic) const;
- CWnd* GetToolTips() const;
- CWnd* SetBuddy(CWnd* pBuddy, BOOL fLocation = TRUE ) const;
- int SetLineSize(int nSize) const;
- int SetPageSize(int nSize) const;
- void SetPos(int nPos, BOOL bRedraw = FALSE) const;
- void SetRangeMax(int nMax, BOOL bRedraw = FALSE) const;
- void SetRangeMin(int nMax, BOOL bRedraw = FALSE) const;
- void SetSelection(int nMin, int nMax, BOOL bRedraw = FALSE) const;
- BOOL SetTic(int nTic) const;
- void SetTicFreq(int nFreq) const;
- int SetTipSide(int nLocation) const;
- void SetToolTips(CWnd* pToolTip) const;
-
- protected:
- // Overridables
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc) { wc.lpszClassName = TRACKBAR_CLASS; }
- };
-
-
- // Also known as an Up/Down control
- class CSpinButton : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CSpinButton() {}
- virtual ~CSpinButton() {}
-
- int GetAccel(int cAccels, LPUDACCEL paAccels) const;
- int GetBase() const;
- CWnd* GetBuddy() const;
- int GetPos() const;
- DWORD GetRange() const;
- BOOL SetAccel(int cAccels, LPUDACCEL paAccels) const;
- int SetBase(int nBase) const;
- CWnd* SetBuddy(CWnd* hwndBuddy) const;
- int SetPos(int nPos) const;
- void SetRange(int nLower, int nUpper) const;
-
- protected:
- // Overridables
- virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs);
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc);
- };
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CAnimation class
- //
- inline BOOL CAnimation::Close() const
- // Closes an AVI clip.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return Animate_Close(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CAnimation::Open(LPTSTR lpszName) const
- // Opens an AVI clip and displays its first frame in an animation control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return Animate_Open(m_hWnd, lpszName);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CAnimation::Play(UINT wFrom, UINT wTo, UINT cRepeat) const
- // Plays an AVI clip in an animation control. The control plays the clip
- // in the background while the thread continues executing.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return Animate_Play(m_hWnd, wFrom, wTo, cRepeat);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CAnimation::Seek(UINT wFrame) const
- // Directs an animation control to display a particular frame of an AVI clip.
- // The control displays the clip in the background while the thread continues executing.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return Animate_Seek(m_hWnd, wFrame);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CAnimation::Stop() const
- // Stops playing an AVI clip in an animation control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return Animate_Stop(m_hWnd);
- }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CComboBox class
- //
- inline int CComboBox::AddString(LPCTSTR lpszString) const
- // Adds a string to the list box of a combo box. If the combo box does not
- // have the CBS_SORT style, the string is added to the end of the list.
- // Otherwise, the string is inserted into the list, and the list is sorted.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_ADDSTRING, 0, (LPARAM)lpszString);
- }
-
- inline void CComboBox::Clear() const
- // Deletes the current selection, if any, from the combo box's edit control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- SendMessage(WM_CLEAR, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CComboBox::Copy() const
- // Copies the current selection to the clipboard in CF_TEXT format.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- SendMessage(WM_COPY, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CComboBox::Cut() const
- // Deletes the current selection, if any, in the edit control and copies
- // the deleted text to the clipboard in CF_TEXT format.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- SendMessage(WM_CUT, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::DeleteString(int nIndex) const
- // Deletes a string in the list box of a combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_DELETESTRING, (WPARAM)nIndex, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::Dir(UINT attr, LPCTSTR lpszWildCard ) const
- // Adds the names of directories and files that match a specified string
- // and set of file attributes.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_DIR, (WPARAM)attr, (LPARAM)lpszWildCard);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::FindString(int nIndexStart, LPCTSTR lpszString) const
- // Search the list box of a combo box for an item beginning with the
- // characters in a specified string.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_FINDSTRING, (WPARAM)nIndexStart, (LPARAM)lpszString);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::FindStringExact(int nIndexStart, LPCTSTR lpszString) const
- // Find the first list box string in a combo box that matches the string specified in lpszString.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_FINDSTRINGEXACT, (WPARAM)nIndexStart, (LPARAM)lpszString);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::GetCount() const
- // Retrieves the number of items in the list box of the combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_GETCOUNT, 0,0);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::GetCurSel() const
- // Retrieves the index of the currently selected item, if any, in the list box of the combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_GETCURSEL, 0,0);
- }
-
- inline CRect CComboBox::GetDroppedControlRect() const
- // Retrieves the screen coordinates of the combo box in its dropped-down state.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- CRect rc;
- SendMessage(CB_GETDROPPEDCONTROLRECT, 0, (LPARAM)&rc);
- return rc;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CComboBox::GetDroppedState() const
- // Determines whether the list box of the combo box is dropped down.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(CB_GETDROPPEDSTATE, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::GetDroppedWidth() const
- // Retrieves the minimum allowable width, in pixels, of the list box of the combo box
- // with the CBS_DROPDOWN or CBS_DROPDOWNLIST style.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_GETDROPPEDWIDTH, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline DWORD CComboBox::GetEditSel() const
- // Gets the starting and ending character positions of the current selection
- // in the edit control of the combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_GETEDITSEL, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CComboBox::GetExtendedUI() const
- // Determines whether the combo box has the default user interface or the extended user interface.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(CB_GETEXTENDEDUI, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::GetHorizontalExtent() const
- // Retrieve from the combo box the width, in pixels, by which the list box can
- // be scrolled horizontally (the scrollable width).
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_GETHORIZONTALEXTENT, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline DWORD CComboBox::GetItemData(int nIndex) const
- // Retrieves the application-supplied value associated with the specified item in the combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (DWORD)SendMessage(CB_GETITEMDATA, (WPARAM)nIndex, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::GetItemHeight(int nIndex) const
- // Determines the height of list items or the selection field in the combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_GETITEMHEIGHT, (WPARAM)nIndex, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::GetLBText(int nIndex, LPTSTR lpszText) const
- // Retrieves a string from the list of the combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_GETLBTEXT, (WPARAM)nIndex, (LPARAM)lpszText);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::GetLBTextLen(int nIndex) const
- // Retrieves the length, in characters, of a string in the list of the combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_GETLBTEXTLEN, (WPARAM)nIndex, 0);
- }
-
- inline LCID CComboBox::GetLocale() const
- // Retrieves the current locale of the combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (LCID)SendMessage(CB_GETLOCALE, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::GetTopIndex() const
- // Retrieves the zero-based index of the first visible item in the list box portion of the combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_GETTOPINDEX, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::InitStorage(int nItems, int nBytes) const
- // Allocates memory for storing list box items. Use this before adding a
- // large number of items to the list box portion of a combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_INITSTORAGE, (WPARAM)nItems, (LPARAM)nBytes);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::InsertString(int nIndex, LPCTSTR lpszString) const
- // Inserts a string into the list box of the combo box. Unlike the AddString,
- // a list with the CBS_SORT style is not sorted.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_INSERTSTRING, (WPARAM)nIndex, (LPARAM)lpszString);
- }
-
- inline void CComboBox::Paste() const
- // Copies the current content of the clipboard to the combo box's edit control at the current caret position.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- SendMessage(WM_PASTE, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CComboBox::LimitText(int nMaxChars) const
- // Limits the length of the text the user may type into the edit control of the combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- SendMessage(CB_LIMITTEXT, (WPARAM)nMaxChars, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CComboBox::ResetContent() const
- // Removes all items from the list box and edit control of the combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- SendMessage(CB_RESETCONTENT, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::SelectString(int nStartAfter, LPCTSTR lpszString) const
- // Searches the list of a combo box for an item that begins with the characters in a
- // specified string. If a matching item is found, it is selected and copied to the edit control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_SELECTSTRING, (WPARAM)nStartAfter, (LPARAM)lpszString);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::SetCurSel(int nIndex) const
- // Selects a string in the list of the combo box. If necessary, the list scrolls the string into view.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_SETCURSEL, (WPARAM)nIndex, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::SetDroppedWidth(int nWidth) const
- // Sets the maximum allowable width, in pixels, of the list box of the combo box with
- // the CBS_DROPDOWN or CBS_DROPDOWNLIST style.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_SETDROPPEDWIDTH, (WPARAM)nWidth, 0);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CComboBox::SetEditSel(int nStartChar, int nEndChar) const
- // Selects characters in the edit control of the combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(CB_SETEDITSEL, 0, (LPARAM)MAKELONG(nStartChar,nEndChar));
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::SetExtendedUI(BOOL bExtended) const
- // Selects either the default user interface or the extended user interface for the combo box that
- // has the CBS_DROPDOWN or CBS_DROPDOWNLIST style.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_SETEXTENDEDUI, (WPARAM)bExtended, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CComboBox::SetHorizontalExtent(UINT nExtent ) const
- // Sets the width, in pixels, by which the list box can be scrolled horizontally (the scrollable width).
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- SendMessage(CB_SETHORIZONTALEXTENT, (WPARAM)nExtent, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::SetItemData(int nIndex, DWORD dwItemData) const
- // Sets the value associated with the specified item in the combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_SETITEMDATA, (WPARAM)nIndex, (LPARAM)dwItemData);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::SetItemHeight(int nIndex, UINT cyItemHeight) const
- // Sets the height of list items or the selection field in the combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_SETITEMHEIGHT, (WPARAM)nIndex, (LPARAM)cyItemHeight);
- }
-
- inline LCID CComboBox::SetLocale( LCID NewLocale ) const
- // Sets the current locale of the combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (LCID)SendMessage(CB_SETLOCALE, (WPARAM)NewLocale, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBox::SetTopIndex(int nIndex) const
- // Ensure that a particular item is visible in the list box of the combo box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CB_SETTOPINDEX, (WPARAM)nIndex, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CComboBox::ShowDropDown(BOOL bShow) const
- // Shows or hides the list box of the combo box that has the CBS_DROPDOWN or CBS_DROPDOWNLIST style.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- SendMessage(CB_SHOWDROPDOWN, (WPARAM)bShow, 0);
- }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CComboBoxEx class
- //
- inline int CComboBoxEx::DeleteItem(int nIndex ) const
- // Removes an item from the ComboBoxEx control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CBEM_DELETEITEM, (WPARAM)nIndex, 0);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CComboBoxEx::GetComboBoxCtrl() const
- // Retrieves the handle to the child combo box control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return FromHandle((HWND)SendMessage(CBEM_GETCOMBOCONTROL, 0, 0));
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CComboBoxEx::GetEditCtrl() const
- // Retrieves the handle to the edit control portion of the ComboBoxEx control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return FromHandle((HWND)SendMessage(CBEM_GETEDITCONTROL, 0, 0));
- }
-
- inline DWORD CComboBoxEx::GetExtendedStyle() const
- // Retrieves the extended styles that are in use for the ComboBoxEx control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (DWORD)SendMessage(CBEM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline HIMAGELIST CComboBoxEx::GetImageList() const
- // Retrieves the handle to an image list assigned to the ComboBoxEx control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(CBEM_GETIMAGELIST, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CComboBoxEx::GetItem(COMBOBOXEXITEM* pCBItem) const
- // Retrieves item information for the given ComboBoxEx item.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(CBEM_GETITEM, 0, (LPARAM)pCBItem);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CComboBoxEx::HasEditChanged () const
- // Determines whether or not the user has changed the text of the ComboBoxEx edit control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(CBEM_HASEDITCHANGED, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CComboBoxEx::InsertItem(COMBOBOXEXITEM* lpcCBItem) const
- // Inserts a new item in the ComboBoxEx control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(CBEM_INSERTITEM, 0, (LPARAM)lpcCBItem);
- }
-
- inline DWORD CComboBoxEx::SetExtendedStyle(DWORD dwExMask, DWORD dwExStyles ) const
- // Sets extended styles within the ComboBoxEx control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (DWORD)SendMessage(CBEM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE, (WPARAM)dwExMask, (LPARAM)dwExStyles);
- }
-
- inline HIMAGELIST CComboBoxEx::SetImageList(HIMAGELIST himl) const
- // Sets an image list for the ComboBoxEx control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(CBEM_SETIMAGELIST, 0, (LPARAM)himl);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CComboBoxEx::SetItem(PCOMBOBOXEXITEM lpcCBItem) const
- // Sets the attributes for an item in the ComboBoxEx control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(CBEM_SETITEM, 0, (LPARAM)lpcCBItem);
- }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CProgressBar class
- //
- inline int CProgressBar::GetPos() const
- // Retrieves the current position of the progress bar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(PBM_GETPOS, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CProgressBar::GetRange(BOOL fWhichLimit, PPBRANGE ppBRange) const
- // Retrieves information about the current high and low limits of the progress bar control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(PBM_GETRANGE, (WPARAM)fWhichLimit, (LPARAM) (PPBRANGE) ppBRange);
- }
-
- inline int CProgressBar::OffsetPos(int nIncrement) const
- // Advances the current position of the progress bar by a specified increment and redraws
- // the bar to reflect the new position.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(PBM_DELTAPOS, (WPARAM)nIncrement, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CProgressBar::SetPos(int nNewPos) const
- // Sets the current position for the progress bar and redraws the bar to reflect the new position.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(PBM_SETPOS, (WPARAM)nNewPos, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CProgressBar::SetRange(short nMinRange, short nMaxRange) const
- // Sets the minimum and maximum values for the progress bar and redraws the bar to reflect the new range.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(PBM_SETRANGE, 0, (LPARAM) MAKELPARAM (nMinRange, nMaxRange));
- }
-
- inline int CProgressBar::SetStep(int nStepInc) const
- // Specifies the step increment for the progress bar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(PBM_SETSTEP, (WPARAM)nStepInc, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CProgressBar::StepIt() const
- // Advances the current position for a progress bar by the step increment and
- // redraws the bar to reflect the new position.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(PBM_STEPIT, 0, 0);
- }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CScrollBar class
- //
- inline BOOL CScrollBar::EnableScrollBar( UINT nArrowFlags ) const
- // Enables or disables the scroll bar arrows.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return ::EnableScrollBar(m_hWnd, SB_CTL, nArrowFlags);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CScrollBar::GetScrollInfo(LPSCROLLINFO lpsi) const
- // Retrieves the parameters of a scroll bar, including the minimum and maximum
- // scrolling positions, the page size, and the position of the scroll box (thumb).
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return ::GetScrollInfo(m_hWnd, SB_CTL, lpsi);
- }
-
- inline int CScrollBar::GetScrollPos() const
- // Retrieves the current position of the scroll box (thumb) in the scroll bar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return ::GetScrollPos(m_hWnd, SB_CTL);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CScrollBar::GetScrollRange(LPINT lpMinPos, LPINT lpMaxPos ) const
- // Retrieves the current minimum and maximum scroll box (thumb) positions for the scroll bar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return ::GetScrollRange(m_hWnd, SB_CTL, lpMinPos, lpMaxPos);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CScrollBar::SetScrollInfo(LPSCROLLINFO lpsi, BOOL bRedraw ) const
- // Sets the parameters of the scroll bar, including the minimum and maximum scrolling positions,
- // the page size, and the position of the scroll box (thumb).
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return ::SetScrollInfo(m_hWnd, SB_CTL, lpsi, bRedraw);
- }
-
- inline int CScrollBar::SetScrollPos(int nPos, BOOL bRedraw) const
- // Sets the position of the scroll box (thumb) in the scroll bar and, if requested,
- // redraws the scroll bar to reflect the new position of the scroll box.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return ::SetScrollPos(m_hWnd, SB_CTL, nPos, bRedraw);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CScrollBar::SetScrollRange( int nMinPos, int nMaxPos, BOOL bRedraw ) const
- // Sets the minimum and maximum scroll box positions for the scroll bar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return ::SetScrollRange(m_hWnd, SB_CTL, nMinPos, nMaxPos, bRedraw);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CScrollBar::ShowScrollBar(BOOL bShow) const
- // Shows or hides the scroll bar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return ::ShowScrollBar(m_hWnd, SB_CTL, bShow);
- }
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CSlider class
- //
- inline void CSlider::ClearSel() const
- // Clears the current selection range in the trackbar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- SendMessage(TBM_CLEARSEL, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CSlider::ClearTics(BOOL bRedraw) const
- // Removes the current tick marks from the trackbar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- SendMessage(TBM_CLEARTICS, (WPARAM)bRedraw, 0);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CSlider::GetBuddy(BOOL fLocation) const
- // Retrieves the handle to the trackbar control buddy window at a given location.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return FromHandle((HWND)SendMessage(TBM_GETBUDDY, (WPARAM)fLocation, 0));
- }
-
- inline CRect CSlider::GetChannelRect() const
- // Retrieves the size and position of the bounding rectangle for the trackbar's channel.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- CRect rc;
- SendMessage(TBM_GETCHANNELRECT, 0, (LPARAM)&rc);
- return rc;
- }
-
- inline int CSlider::GetLineSize() const
- // Retrieves the number of logical positions the trackbar's slider moves in response
- // to keyboard input from the arrow keys.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(TBM_GETLINESIZE, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CSlider::GetNumTics() const
- // Retrieves the number of tick marks in the trackbar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(TBM_GETNUMTICS, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CSlider::GetPageSize() const
- // Retrieves the number of logical positions the trackbar's slider moves in response to
- // keyboard input, or mouse input, such as clicks in the trackbar's channel.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(TBM_GETPAGESIZE, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CSlider::GetPos() const
- // Retrieves the current logical position of the slider in the trackbar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(TBM_GETPOS, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CSlider::GetRangeMax() const
- // Retrieves the maximum position for the slider in the trackbar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(TBM_GETRANGEMAX, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CSlider::GetRangeMin() const
- // Retrieves the minimum position for the slider in the trackbar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(TBM_GETRANGEMIN, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CSlider::GetSelEnd() const
- // Retrieves the ending position of the current selection range in the trackbar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(TBM_GETSELEND, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CSlider::GetSelStart() const
- // Retrieves the starting position of the current selection range in the trackbar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(TBM_GETSELSTART, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CSlider::GetThumbLength() const
- // Retrieves the length of the slider in the trackbar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(TBM_GETTHUMBLENGTH, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline CRect CSlider::GetThumbRect() const
- // Retrieves the size and position of the bounding rectangle for the slider in the trackbar.
- {
- CRect rc;
- SendMessage(TBM_GETTHUMBRECT, 0, (LPARAM)&rc);
- return rc;
- }
-
- inline int CSlider::GetTic(int nTic ) const
- // Retrieves the logical position of a tick mark in the trackbar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(TBM_GETTIC, (WPARAM)nTic, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CSlider::GetTicPos(int nTic) const
- // Retrieves the current physical position of a tick mark in the trackbar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(TBM_GETTICPOS, (WPARAM)nTic, 0);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CSlider::GetToolTips() const
- // Retrieves the handle to the ToolTip control assigned to the trackbar, if any.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return FromHandle((HWND)SendMessage(TBM_GETTOOLTIPS, 0, 0));
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CSlider::SetBuddy(CWnd* pBuddy, BOOL fLocation /*= TRUE*/ ) const
- // Assigns a window as the buddy window for the trackbar control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return FromHandle((HWND)SendMessage(TBM_SETBUDDY, (WPARAM)fLocation, (LPARAM)pBuddy->GetHwnd()));
- }
-
- inline int CSlider::SetLineSize(int nSize) const
- // Sets the number of logical positions the trackbar's slider moves in response to
- // keyboard input from the arrow keys.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return(int)SendMessage(TBM_SETLINESIZE, 0, (LPARAM)nSize);
- }
-
- inline int CSlider::SetPageSize(int nSize) const
- // Sets the number of logical positions the trackbar's slider moves in response to
- // keyboard input, or mouse input such as clicks in the trackbar's channel.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return(int)SendMessage(TBM_SETPAGESIZE, 0, (LPARAM)nSize);
- }
-
- inline void CSlider::SetPos(int nPos, BOOL bRedraw) const
- // Sets the current logical position of the slider in the trackbar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- SendMessage(TBM_SETPOS, (WPARAM)bRedraw, (LPARAM)nPos);
- }
-
- inline void CSlider::SetRangeMax(int nMax, BOOL bRedraw) const
- // Sets the maximum logical position for the slider in the trackbar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- SendMessage(TBM_SETRANGEMAX, (WPARAM)bRedraw, (LPARAM)nMax);
- }
-
- inline void CSlider::SetRangeMin(int nMax, BOOL bRedraw) const
- // Sets the minimum logical position for the slider in the trackbar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- SendMessage(TBM_SETRANGEMIN, (WPARAM)bRedraw, (LPARAM)nMax);
- }
-
- inline void CSlider::SetSelection(int nMin, int nMax, BOOL bRedraw) const
- // Sets the starting and ending positions for the available selection range in the trackbar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- SendMessage(TBM_SETSEL, (WPARAM)bRedraw, (LPARAM)MAKELONG(nMax, nMin));
- }
-
- inline BOOL CSlider::SetTic(int nTic) const
- // Sets a tick mark in the trackbar at the specified logical position.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TBM_SETTIC, 0, nTic);
- }
-
- inline void CSlider::SetTicFreq(int nFreq) const
- // Sets the interval frequency for tick marks in the trackbar.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- SendMessage(TBM_SETTICFREQ, (WPARAM)nFreq, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CSlider::SetTipSide(int nLocation) const
- // Positions a ToolTip control used by the trackbar control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(TBM_SETTIPSIDE, (WPARAM)nLocation, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CSlider::SetToolTips(CWnd* pToolTip) const
- // Assigns a ToolTip control to the trackbar control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- SendMessage(TBM_SETTOOLTIPS, (WPARAM)pToolTip->GetHwnd(), 0);
- }
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CSpinButton class
- //
- inline int CSpinButton::GetAccel(int cAccels, LPUDACCEL paAccels) const
- // Retrieves acceleration information for the up-down control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(UDM_GETACCEL, (WPARAM)cAccels, (LPARAM)paAccels);
- }
-
- inline int CSpinButton::GetBase() const
- // Retrieves the current radix base (that is, either base 10 or 16) for the up-down control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(UDM_GETBASE, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CSpinButton::GetBuddy() const
- // Retrieves the handle to the current buddy window.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return FromHandle((HWND)SendMessage(UDM_GETBUDDY, 0, 0));
- }
-
- inline int CSpinButton::GetPos() const
- // Retrieves the current position of the up-down control with 16-bit precision.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(UDM_GETPOS, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline DWORD CSpinButton::GetRange() const
- // Retrieves the minimum and maximum positions (range) for the up-down control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (DWORD)SendMessage(UDM_GETRANGE, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CSpinButton::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs)
- {
- cs.style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_BORDER | WS_VISIBLE |UDS_SETBUDDYINT;
- }
-
- inline void CSpinButton::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc)
- {
- wc.lpszClassName = UPDOWN_CLASS;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CSpinButton::SetAccel(int cAccels, LPUDACCEL paAccels) const
- // Sets the acceleration for the up-down control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(UDM_SETACCEL, (WPARAM)cAccels, (LPARAM)paAccels);
- }
-
- inline int CSpinButton::SetBase(int nBase) const
- // Sets the radix base for the up-down control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(UDM_SETBASE, (WPARAM)nBase, 0);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CSpinButton::SetBuddy(CWnd* pBuddy) const
- // Sets the buddy window for the up-down control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return FromHandle((HWND)SendMessage(UDM_SETBUDDY, (WPARAM)pBuddy->GetHwnd(), 0));
- }
-
- inline int CSpinButton::SetPos(int nPos) const
- // Sets the current position for the up-down control with 16-bit precision.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- return (int)SendMessage(UDM_SETPOS, 0, (LPARAM)MAKELONG ((short) nPos, 0));
- }
-
- inline void CSpinButton::SetRange(int nLower, int nUpper) const
- // Sets the minimum and maximum positions (range) for the up-down control.
- {
- assert(IsWindow());
- SendMessage(UDM_SETRANGE, 0, (LPARAM)MAKELONG(nUpper, nLower));
- }
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-#endif // define _WIN32XX_CONTROLS_H_
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/copyright.txt b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/copyright.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index d2222fa7..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/copyright.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-Win32++ Version 7.2
-Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-
- David Nash
- email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
- url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-
-
-Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-
-Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-following conditions:
-
-The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-of the Software.
-
-THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/cstring.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/cstring.h
deleted file mode 100644
index faf574d5..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/cstring.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,905 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-// Acknowledgements:
-// Thanks to Adam Szulc for his initial CString code.
-
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// cstring.h
-// Declaration of the cstring.h
-
-// This class is intended to provide a simple alternative to the MFC/ATL
-// CString class that ships with Microsoft compilers. The CString class
-// specified here is compatible with other compilers such as Borland 5.5
-// and MinGW.
-
-// Differences between this class and the MFC/ATL CString class
-// ------------------------------------------------------------
-// 1) The constructors for this class accepts only TCHARs. The various text conversion
-// functions can be used to convert from other character types to TCHARs.
-//
-// 2) This class is not reference counted, so these CStrings should be passed as
-// references or const references when used as function arguments. As a result there
-// is no need for functions like LockBuffer and UnLockBuffer.
-//
-// 3) The Format functions only accepts POD (Plain Old Data) arguments. It does not
-// accept arguments which are class or struct objects. In particular it does not
-// accept CString objects, unless these are cast to LPCTSTR.
-// This is demonstrates valid and invalid usage:
-// CString string1(_T("Hello World"));
-// CString string2;
-//
-// // This is invalid, and produces undefined behaviour.
-// string2.Format(_T("String1 is: %s"), string1); // No! you can't do this
-//
-// // This is ok
-// string2.Format(_T("String1 is: %s"), (LPCTSTR)string1); // Yes, this is correct
-//
-// Note: The MFC/ATL CString class uses a non portable hack to make its CString class
-// behave like a POD. Other compilers (such as the MinGW compiler) specifically
-// prohibit the use of non POD types for functions with variable argument lists.
-//
-// 4) This class provides a few additional functions:
-// b_str Returns a BSTR string. This an an alternative for casting to BSTR.
-// c_str Returns a const TCHAR string. This is an alternative for casting to LPCTSTR.
-// GetErrorString Assigns CString to the error string for the specified System Error Code
-// (from ::GetLastErrror() for example).
-// GetString Returns a reference to the underlying std::basic_string<TCHAR>. This
-// reference can be used to modify the string directly.
-
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_CSTRING_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_CSTRING_H_
-
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- class CString
- {
- // friend functions allow the left hand side to be something other than CString
- friend CString operator + (const CString& string1, const CString& string2);
- friend CString operator + (const CString& string, LPCTSTR pszText);
- friend CString operator + (const CString& string, TCHAR ch);
- friend CString operator + (LPCTSTR pszText, const CString& string);
- friend CString operator + (TCHAR ch, const CString& string);
-
- public:
- CString();
- ~CString();
- CString(const CString& str);
- CString(LPCTSTR pszText);
- CString(TCHAR ch, int nLength = 1);
- CString(LPCTSTR pszText, int nLength);
-
- CString& operator = (const CString& str);
- CString& operator = (const TCHAR ch);
- CString& operator = (LPCTSTR pszText);
- BOOL operator == (LPCTSTR pszText);
- BOOL operator != (LPCTSTR pszText);
- BOOL operator < (LPCTSTR pszText);
- BOOL operator > (LPCTSTR pszText);
- BOOL operator <= (LPCTSTR pszText);
- BOOL operator >= (LPCTSTR pszText);
- operator LPCTSTR() const;
- operator BSTR() const;
- TCHAR& operator [] (int nIndex);
- CString& operator += (const CString& str);
-
- // Attributes
- BSTR b_str() const { return T2W(m_str.c_str()); } // alternative for casting to BSTR
- LPCTSTR c_str() const { return m_str.c_str(); } // alternative for casting to LPCTSTR
- tString& GetString() { return m_str; } // returns a reference to the underlying std::basic_string<TCHAR>
- int GetLength() const { return (int)m_str.length(); } // returns the length in characters
-
- // Operations
- BSTR AllocSysString() const;
- void AppendFormat(LPCTSTR pszFormat,...);
- void AppendFormat(UINT nFormatID, ...);
- int Compare(LPCTSTR pszText) const;
- int CompareNoCase(LPCTSTR pszText) const;
- int Delete(int nIndex, int nCount = 1);
- int Find(TCHAR ch, int nIndex = 0 ) const;
- int Find(LPCTSTR pszText, int nStart = 0) const;
- int FindOneOf(LPCTSTR pszText) const;
- void Format(UINT nID, ...);
- void Format(LPCTSTR pszFormat,...);
- void FormatV(LPCTSTR pszFormat, va_list args);
- void FormatMessage(LPCTSTR pszFormat,...);
- void FormatMessageV(LPCTSTR pszFormat, va_list args);
- TCHAR GetAt(int nIndex) const;
- LPTSTR GetBuffer(int nMinBufLength);
- void GetErrorString(DWORD dwError);
- void Empty();
- int Insert(int nIndex, TCHAR ch);
- int Insert(int nIndex, const CString& str);
- BOOL IsEmpty() const;
- CString Left(int nCount) const;
- BOOL LoadString(UINT nID);
- void MakeLower();
- void MakeReverse();
- void MakeUpper();
- CString Mid(int nFirst) const;
- CString Mid(int nFirst, int nCount) const;
- void ReleaseBuffer( int nNewLength = -1 );
- int Remove(LPCTSTR pszText);
- int Replace(TCHAR chOld, TCHAR chNew);
- int Replace(const LPCTSTR pszOld, LPCTSTR pszNew);
- int ReverseFind(LPCTSTR pszText, int nStart = -1) const;
- CString Right(int nCount) const;
- void SetAt(int nIndex, TCHAR ch);
- BSTR SetSysString(BSTR* pBstr) const;
- CString SpanExcluding(LPCTSTR pszText) const;
- CString SpanIncluding(LPCTSTR pszText) const;
- CString Tokenize(LPCTSTR pszTokens, int& iStart) const;
- void Trim();
- void TrimLeft();
- void TrimLeft(TCHAR chTarget);
- void TrimLeft(LPCTSTR pszTargets);
- void TrimRight();
- void TrimRight(TCHAR chTarget);
- void TrimRight(LPCTSTR pszTargets);
- void Truncate(int nNewLength);
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- int Collate(LPCTSTR pszText) const;
- int CollateNoCase(LPCTSTR pszText) const;
- BOOL GetEnvironmentVariable(LPCTSTR pszVar);
-#endif
-
- private:
- tString m_str;
- std::vector<TCHAR> m_buf;
- };
-
- inline CString::CString()
- {
- }
-
- inline CString::~CString()
- {
- }
-
- inline CString::CString(const CString& str)
- {
- m_str.assign(str);
- }
-
- inline CString::CString(LPCTSTR pszText)
- {
- m_str.assign(pszText);
- }
-
- inline CString::CString(TCHAR ch, int nLength)
- {
- m_str.assign(nLength, ch);
- }
-
- inline CString::CString(LPCTSTR pszText, int nLength)
- {
- m_str.assign(pszText, nLength);
- }
-
- inline CString& CString::operator = (const CString& str)
- {
- m_str.assign(str);
- return *this;
- }
-
- inline CString& CString::operator = (const TCHAR ch)
- {
- m_str.assign(1, ch);
- return *this;
- }
-
- inline CString& CString::operator = (LPCTSTR pszText)
- {
- m_str.assign(pszText);
- return *this;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CString::operator == (LPCTSTR pszText)
- // Returns TRUE if the strings have the same content
- {
- assert(pszText);
- return (0 == Compare(pszText));
- }
-
- inline BOOL CString::operator != (LPCTSTR pszText)
- // Returns TRUE if the strings have a different content
- {
- assert(pszText);
- return Compare(pszText) != 0;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CString::operator < (LPCTSTR pszText)
- {
- assert(pszText);
- return Compare(pszText) < 0;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CString::operator > (LPCTSTR pszText)
- {
- assert(pszText);
- return Compare(pszText) > 0;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CString::operator <= (LPCTSTR pszText)
- {
- assert(pszText);
- return Compare(pszText) <= 0;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CString::operator >= (LPCTSTR pszText)
- {
- assert(pszText);
- return Compare(pszText) >= 0;
- }
-
- inline CString::operator LPCTSTR() const
- {
- return m_str.c_str();
- }
-
- inline TCHAR& CString::operator [] (int nIndex)
- {
- assert(nIndex >= 0);
- assert(nIndex < GetLength());
- return m_str[nIndex];
- }
-
- inline CString& CString::operator += (const CString& str)
- {
- m_str.append(str);
- return *this;
- }
-
- inline BSTR CString::AllocSysString() const
- // Allocates a BSTR from the CString content.
- {
- return ::SysAllocStringLen(T2W(m_str.c_str()), (UINT)m_str.size());
- }
-
- inline void CString::AppendFormat(LPCTSTR pszFormat,...)
- // Appends formatted data to an the CString content.
- {
- CString str;
- str.Format(pszFormat);
- m_str.append(str);
- }
-
- inline void CString::AppendFormat(UINT nFormatID, ...)
- // Appends formatted data to an the CString content.
- {
- CString str1;
- CString str2;
- if (str1.LoadString(nFormatID))
- {
- str2.Format(str1);
- m_str.append(str2);
- }
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline int CString::Collate(LPCTSTR pszText) const
- // Performs a case sensitive comparison of the two strings using locale-specific information.
- {
- assert(pszText);
- return _tcscoll(m_str.c_str(), pszText);
- }
-
- inline int CString::CollateNoCase(LPCTSTR pszText) const
- // Performs a case insensitive comparison of the two strings using locale-specific information.
- {
- assert(pszText);
- return _tcsicoll(m_str.c_str(), pszText);
- }
-#endif // _WIN32_WCE
-
- inline int CString::Compare(LPCTSTR pszText) const
- // Performs a case sensitive comparison of the two strings.
- {
- assert(pszText);
- return m_str.compare(pszText);
- }
-
- inline int CString::CompareNoCase(LPCTSTR pszText) const
- // Performs a case insensitive comparison of the two strings.
- {
- assert(pszText);
- return _tcsicmp(m_str.data(), pszText);
- }
-
- inline int CString::Delete(int nIndex, int nCount /* = 1 */)
- // Deletes a character or characters from the string.
- {
- assert(nIndex >= 0);
- assert(nCount >= 0);
-
- m_str.erase(nIndex, nCount);
- return (int)m_str.size();
- }
-
- inline void CString::Empty()
- // Erases the contents of the string.
- {
- m_str.erase();
- }
-
- inline int CString::Find(TCHAR ch, int nIndex /* = 0 */) const
- // Finds a character in the string.
- {
- assert(nIndex >= 0);
- return (int)m_str.find(ch, nIndex);
- }
-
- inline int CString::Find(LPCTSTR pszText, int nIndex /* = 0 */) const
- // Finds a substring within the string.
- {
- assert(pszText);
- assert(nIndex >= 0);
- return (int)m_str.find(pszText, nIndex);
- }
-
- inline int CString::FindOneOf(LPCTSTR pszText) const
- // Finds the first matching character from a set.
- {
- assert(pszText);
- return (int)m_str.find_first_of(pszText);
- }
-
- inline void CString::Format(LPCTSTR pszFormat,...)
- // Formats the string as sprintf does.
- {
- va_list args;
- va_start(args, pszFormat);
- FormatV(pszFormat, args);
- va_end(args);
- }
-
- inline void CString::Format(UINT nID, ...)
- // Formats the string as sprintf does.
- {
- Empty();
- CString str;
- if (str.LoadString(nID))
- Format(str);
- }
-
- inline void CString::FormatV(LPCTSTR pszFormat, va_list args)
- // Formats the string using a variable list of arguments.
- {
- if (pszFormat)
- {
- int nResult = -1, nLength = 256;
-
- // A vector is used to store the TCHAR array
- std::vector<TCHAR> vBuffer;( nLength+1, _T('\0') );
-
- while (-1 == nResult)
- {
- vBuffer.assign( nLength+1, _T('\0') );
- nResult = _vsntprintf(&vBuffer[0], nLength, pszFormat, args);
- nLength *= 2;
- }
- m_str.assign(&vBuffer[0]);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CString::FormatMessage(LPCTSTR pszFormat,...)
- // Formats a message string.
- {
- va_list args;
- va_start(args, pszFormat);
- FormatMessageV(pszFormat, args);
- va_end(args);
- }
-
- inline void CString::FormatMessageV(LPCTSTR pszFormat, va_list args)
- // Formats a message string using a variable argument list.
- {
- LPTSTR pszTemp = 0;
- if (pszFormat)
- {
- DWORD dwResult = ::FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_STRING|FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER, pszFormat, 0, 0, pszTemp, 0, &args);
-
- if (0 == dwResult || 0 == pszTemp )
- throw std::bad_alloc();
-
- m_str = pszTemp;
- LocalFree(pszTemp);
- }
- }
-
- inline TCHAR CString::GetAt(int nIndex) const
- // Returns the character at the specified location within the string.
- {
- assert(nIndex >= 0);
- assert(nIndex < GetLength());
- return m_str[nIndex];
- }
-
- inline LPTSTR CString::GetBuffer(int nMinBufLength)
- // Creates a buffer of nMinBufLength charaters (+1 extra for NULL termination) and returns
- // a pointer to this buffer. This buffer can be used by any function which accepts a LPTSTR.
- // Care must be taken not to exceed the length of the buffer. Use ReleaseBuffer to safely
- // copy this buffer back to the CString object.
- //
- // Note: The buffer uses a vector. Vectors are required to be contiguous in memory under
- // the current standard, whereas std::strings do not have this requirement.
- {
- assert (nMinBufLength >= 0);
-
- m_buf.assign(nMinBufLength + 1, _T('\0'));
- tString::iterator it_end;
-
- if (m_str.length() >= (size_t)nMinBufLength)
- {
- it_end = m_str.begin();
- std::advance(it_end, nMinBufLength);
- }
- else
- it_end = m_str.end();
-
- std::copy(m_str.begin(), it_end, m_buf.begin());
-
- return &m_buf[0];
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline BOOL CString::GetEnvironmentVariable(LPCTSTR pszVar)
- // Sets the string to the value of the specified environment variable.
- {
- assert(pszVar);
- Empty();
-
- int nLength = ::GetEnvironmentVariable(pszVar, NULL, 0);
- if (nLength > 0)
- {
- std::vector<TCHAR> vBuffer( nLength+1, _T('\0') );
- ::GetEnvironmentVariable(pszVar, &vBuffer[0], nLength);
- m_str = &vBuffer[0];
- }
-
- return (BOOL)nLength;
- }
-#endif // _WIN32_WCE
-
- inline void CString::GetErrorString(DWORD dwError)
- // Returns the error string for the specified System Error Code (e.g from GetLastErrror).
- {
- m_str.erase();
-
- if (dwError != 0)
- {
- TCHAR* pTemp = 0;
- DWORD dwFlags = FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS;
- ::FormatMessage(dwFlags, NULL, dwError, MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT), (LPTSTR)&pTemp, 1, NULL);
- m_str.assign(pTemp);
- ::LocalFree(pTemp);
- }
- }
-
- inline int CString::Insert(int nIndex, TCHAR ch)
- // Inserts a single character or a substring at the given index within the string.
- {
- assert(nIndex >= 0);
- assert(ch);
-
- m_str.insert(nIndex, &ch, 1);
- return (int)m_str.size();
- }
-
- inline int CString::Insert(int nIndex, const CString& str)
- // Inserts a single character or a substring at the given index within the string.
- {
- assert(nIndex >= 0);
-
- m_str.insert(nIndex, str);
- return (int)m_str.size();
- }
-
- inline BOOL CString::IsEmpty() const
- // Returns TRUE if the string is empty
- {
- return m_str.empty();
- }
-
- inline CString CString::Left(int nCount) const
- // Extracts the left part of a string.
- {
- assert(nCount >= 0);
-
- CString str;
- str.m_str.assign(c_str(), 0, nCount);
- return str;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CString::LoadString(UINT nID)
- // Loads the string from a Windows resource.
- {
- assert (GetApp());
-
- int nSize = 64;
- TCHAR* pTCharArray = 0;
- std::vector<TCHAR> vString;
- int nTChars = nSize;
-
- Empty();
-
- // Increase the size of our array in a loop until we load the entire string
- // The ANSI and _UNICODE versions of LoadString behave differently. This technique works for both.
- while ( nSize-1 <= nTChars )
- {
- nSize = nSize * 4;
- vString.assign(nSize+1, _T('\0'));
- pTCharArray = &vString[0];
- nTChars = ::LoadString (GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), nID, pTCharArray, nSize);
- }
-
- if (nTChars > 0)
- m_str.assign(pTCharArray);
-
- return (nTChars != 0);
- }
-
- inline void CString::MakeLower()
- // Converts all the characters in this string to lowercase characters.
- {
- std::transform(m_str.begin(), m_str.end(), m_str.begin(), &::tolower);
- }
-
- inline void CString::MakeReverse()
- // Reverses the string.
- {
- std::reverse(m_str.begin(), m_str.end());
- }
-
- inline void CString::MakeUpper()
- // Converts all the characters in this string to uppercase characters.
- {
- std::transform(m_str.begin(), m_str.end(), m_str.begin(), &::toupper);
- }
-
- inline CString CString::Mid(int nFirst) const
- // Extracts the middle part of a string.
- {
- return Mid(nFirst, GetLength());
- }
-
- inline CString CString::Mid(int nFirst, int nCount) const
- // Extracts the middle part of a string.
- {
- assert(nFirst >= 0);
- assert(nCount >= 0);
-
- CString str;
- str.m_str.assign(c_str(), nFirst, nFirst + nCount);
- return str;
- }
-
- inline int CString::ReverseFind(LPCTSTR pszText, int nIndex /* = -1 */) const
- // Search for a substring within the string, starting from the end.
- {
- assert(pszText);
- return (int)m_str.rfind(pszText, nIndex);
- }
-
- inline void CString::SetAt(int nIndex, TCHAR ch)
- // Sets the character at the specificed position to the specified value.
- {
- assert(nIndex >= 0);
- assert(nIndex < GetLength());
- m_str[nIndex] = ch;
- }
-
- inline void CString::ReleaseBuffer( int nNewLength /*= -1*/ )
- // This copies the contents of the buffer (acquired by GetBuffer) to this CString,
- // and releases the contents of the buffer. The default length of -1 copies from the
- // buffer until a null terminator is reached. If the buffer doesn't contain a null
- // terminator, you must specify the buffer's length.
- {
- assert (nNewLength > 0 || -1 == nNewLength);
- assert (nNewLength < (int)m_buf.size());
-
- if (-1 == nNewLength)
- nNewLength = lstrlen(&m_buf[0]);
- m_str.assign(nNewLength+1, _T('\0'));
-
- std::vector<TCHAR>::iterator it_end = m_buf.begin();
- std::advance(it_end, nNewLength);
-
- std::copy(m_buf.begin(), it_end, m_str.begin());
- m_buf.clear();
- }
-
- inline int CString::Remove(LPCTSTR pszText)
- // Removes each occurrence of the specified substring from the string.
- {
- assert(pszText);
-
- int nCount = 0;
- size_t pos = 0;
- while ((pos = m_str.find(pszText, pos)) != std::string::npos)
- {
- m_str.erase(pos, lstrlen(pszText));
- ++nCount;
- }
- return nCount;
- }
-
- inline int CString::Replace(TCHAR chOld, TCHAR chNew)
- // Replaces each occurance of the old character with the new character.
- {
- int nCount = 0;
- tString::iterator it = m_str.begin();
- while (it != m_str.end())
- {
- if (*it == chOld)
- {
- *it = chNew;
- ++nCount;
- }
- ++it;
- }
- return nCount;
- }
-
- inline int CString::Replace(LPCTSTR pszOld, LPCTSTR pszNew)
- // Replaces each occurance of the old substring with the new substring.
- {
- assert(pszOld);
- assert(pszNew);
-
- int nCount = 0;
- size_t pos = 0;
- while ((pos = m_str.find(pszOld, pos)) != std::string::npos)
- {
- m_str.replace(pos, lstrlen(pszOld), pszNew);
- pos += lstrlen(pszNew);
- ++nCount;
- }
- return nCount;
- }
-
- inline CString CString::Right(int nCount) const
- // Extracts the right part of a string.
- {
- assert(nCount >= 0);
-
- CString str;
- str.m_str.assign(c_str(), m_str.size() - nCount, nCount);
- return str;
- }
-
- inline BSTR CString::SetSysString(BSTR* pBstr) const
- // Sets an existing BSTR object to the string.
- {
- assert(pBstr);
-
- if ( !::SysReAllocStringLen(pBstr, T2W(m_str.c_str()), (UINT)m_str.length()) )
- throw std::bad_alloc();
-
- return *pBstr;
- }
-
- inline CString CString::SpanExcluding(LPCTSTR pszText) const
- // Extracts characters from the string, starting with the first character,
- // that are not in the set of characters identified by pszCharSet.
- {
- assert (pszText);
-
- CString str;
- size_t pos = 0;
-
- while ((pos = m_str.find_first_not_of(pszText, pos)) != std::string::npos)
- {
- str.m_str.append(1, m_str[pos++]);
- }
-
- return str;
- }
-
- inline CString CString::SpanIncluding(LPCTSTR pszText) const
- // Extracts a substring that contains only the characters in a set.
- {
- assert (pszText);
-
- CString str;
- size_t pos = 0;
-
- while ((pos = m_str.find_first_of(pszText, pos)) != std::string::npos)
- {
- str.m_str.append(1, m_str[pos++]);
- }
-
- return str;
- }
-
- inline CString CString::Tokenize(LPCTSTR pszTokens, int& iStart) const
- // Extracts specified tokens in a target string.
- {
- assert(pszTokens);
- assert(iStart >= 0);
-
- CString str;
- size_t pos1 = m_str.find_first_not_of(pszTokens, iStart);
- size_t pos2 = m_str.find_first_of(pszTokens, pos1);
-
- iStart = (int)pos2 + 1;
- if (pos2 == m_str.npos)
- iStart = -1;
-
- if (pos1 != m_str.npos)
- str.m_str = m_str.substr(pos1, pos2-pos1);
-
- return str;
- }
-
- inline void CString::Trim()
- // Trims all leading and trailing whitespace characters from the string.
- {
- TrimLeft();
- TrimRight();
- }
-
- inline void CString::TrimLeft()
- // Trims leading whitespace characters from the string.
- {
- // This method is supported by the Borland 5.5 compiler
- tString::iterator iter;
- for (iter = m_str.begin(); iter < m_str.end(); ++iter)
- {
- if (!isspace(*iter))
- break;
- }
-
- m_str.erase(m_str.begin(), iter);
- }
-
- inline void CString::TrimLeft(TCHAR chTarget)
- // Trims the specified character from the beginning of the string.
- {
- m_str.erase(0, m_str.find_first_not_of(chTarget));
- }
-
- inline void CString::TrimLeft(LPCTSTR pszTargets)
- // Trims the specified set of characters from the beginning of the string.
- {
- assert(pszTargets);
- m_str.erase(0, m_str.find_first_not_of(pszTargets));
- }
-
- inline void CString::TrimRight()
- // Trims trailing whitespace characters from the string.
- {
- // This method is supported by the Borland 5.5 compiler
- tString::reverse_iterator riter;
- for (riter = m_str.rbegin(); riter < m_str.rend(); ++riter)
- {
- if (!isspace(*riter))
- break;
- }
-
- m_str.erase(riter.base(), m_str.end());
- }
-
- inline void CString::TrimRight(TCHAR chTarget)
- // Trims the specified character from the end of the string.
- {
- size_t pos = m_str.find_last_not_of(chTarget);
- if (pos != std::string::npos)
- m_str.erase(++pos);
- }
-
- inline void CString::TrimRight(LPCTSTR pszTargets)
- // Trims the specified set of characters from the end of the string.
- {
- assert(pszTargets);
-
- size_t pos = m_str.find_last_not_of(pszTargets);
- if (pos != std::string::npos)
- m_str.erase(++pos);
- }
-
- inline void CString::Truncate(int nNewLength)
- // Reduces the length of the string to the specified amount.
- {
- if (nNewLength < GetLength())
- {
- assert(nNewLength >= 0);
- m_str.erase(nNewLength);
- }
- }
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////
- // Global Functions
- //
-
- // friend functions of CString
- inline CString operator + (const CString& string1, const CString& string2)
- {
- CString str(string1);
- str.m_str.append(string2.m_str);
- return str;
- }
-
- inline CString operator + (const CString& string, LPCTSTR pszText)
- {
- CString str(string);
- str.m_str.append(pszText);
- return str;
- }
-
- inline CString operator + (const CString& string, TCHAR ch)
- {
- CString str(string);
- str.m_str.append(1, ch);
- return str;
- }
-
- inline CString operator + (LPCTSTR pszText, const CString& string)
- {
- CString str(pszText);
- str.m_str.append(string);
- return str;
- }
-
- inline CString operator + (TCHAR ch, const CString& string)
- {
- CString str(ch);
- str.m_str.append(string);
- return str;
- }
-
- // Global LoadString
- inline CString LoadString(UINT nID)
- {
- CString str;
- str.LoadString(nID);
- return str;
- }
-
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-#endif//_WIN32XX_CSTRING_H_
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b616a183..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@
-// This file contains the resource ID definitions for Win32++.
-
-
-// The resource ID for MENU, ICON, ToolBar Bitmap, Accelerator,
-// and Window Caption
-#define IDW_MAIN 51
-
-// Resource ID for the About dialog
-#define IDW_ABOUT 52
-
-// Resource IDs for menu items
-#define IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR 53
-#define IDW_VIEW_STATUSBAR 54
-
-// Resource IDs for the Command Bands
-#define IDW_CMD_BANDS 55
-#define IDW_MENUBAR 56
-#define IDW_TOOLBAR 57
-
-// Resource ID for the Accelerator key
-#define IDW_QUIT 58
-
-// Resource IDs for MDI menu items
-#define IDW_MDI_CASCADE 60
-#define IDW_MDI_TILE 61
-#define IDW_MDI_ARRANGE 62
-#define IDW_MDI_CLOSEALL 63
-#define IDW_FIRSTCHILD 64
-#define IDW_CHILD2 65
-#define IDW_CHILD3 66
-#define IDW_CHILD4 67
-#define IDW_CHILD5 68
-#define IDW_CHILD6 69
-#define IDW_CHILD7 70
-#define IDW_CHILD8 71
-#define IDW_CHILD9 72
-#define IDW_CHILD10 73
-
-#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE1 75
-#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE2 76
-#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE3 77
-#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE4 78
-#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE5 79
-#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE6 80
-#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE7 81
-#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE8 82
-#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE9 83
-#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE10 84
-#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE11 85
-#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE12 86
-#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE13 87
-#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE14 88
-#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE15 89
-#define IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE16 90
-
-// Cursor Resources
-#define IDW_SPLITH 91
-#define IDW_SPLITV 92
-#define IDW_TRACK4WAY 93
-
-// Docking Bitmap Resources
-#define IDW_SDBOTTOM 94
-#define IDW_SDCENTER 95
-#define IDW_SDLEFT 96
-#define IDW_SDMIDDLE 97
-#define IDW_SDRIGHT 98
-#define IDW_SDTOP 99
-
-
-// A generic ID for any static control
-#ifndef IDC_STATIC
- #define IDC_STATIC -1
-#endif
-
-
-
-// Notes about Resource IDs
-// * In general, resource IDs can have values from 1 to 65535. Programs with
-// resource IDs higher than 65535 aren't supported on Windows 95
-//
-// * CMenuBar uses resource IDs beginning from 0 for the top level menu items.
-// Win32++ leaves resource IDs below 51 unallocated for top level menu items.
-//
-// * Windows uses the icon with the lowest resource ID as the application's
-// icon. The application's icon is IDW_MAIN, which is the first resource ID
-// defined by Win32++.
-//
-// * When more than one static control is used in a dialog, the controls should
-// have a unique ID, unless a resource ID of -1 is used.
-//
-// * Users of Win32++ are advised to begin their resource IDs from 120 to
-// allow for possible expansion of Win32++.
-
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.rc b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.rc
deleted file mode 100644
index d53479f5..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/default_resource.rc
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
-// An example of a resource file
-//
-
-#include "resource.h"
-#include "windows.h"
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-// RT_MANIFEST
-//
-
-1 24 DISCARDABLE "res/Win32++.manifest"
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-// Menu
-//
-
-
-IDW_MAIN MENU
-BEGIN
- POPUP "&File"
- BEGIN
- MENUITEM "New &View", IDM_FILE_NEWVIEW
- MENUITEM SEPARATOR
- MENUITEM "Recent Files", IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE1, GRAYED
- MENUITEM SEPARATOR
- MENUITEM "E&xit", IDM_FILE_EXIT
- END
- POPUP "&Edit"
- BEGIN
- MENUITEM "Undo\tCtrl+Z", IDM_EDIT_UNDO
- MENUITEM "Redo\tShift+Ctrl+Z", IDM_EDIT_REDO
- MENUITEM SEPARATOR
- MENUITEM "Cut\tCtrl+X", IDM_EDIT_CUT
- MENUITEM "Copy\tCtrl+C", IDM_EDIT_COPY
- MENUITEM "Paste\tCtrl+V", IDM_EDIT_PASTE
- MENUITEM "Delete\tDel", IDM_EDIT_DELETE
- END
- POPUP "&View"
- BEGIN
- MENUITEM "&Tool Bar", IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR, CHECKED
- MENUITEM "&Status Bar", IDW_VIEW_STATUSBAR, CHECKED
- END
- POPUP "&Help"
- BEGIN
- MENUITEM "&About", IDM_HELP_ABOUT
- END
-END
-
-MDIMENUVIEW MENU
-BEGIN
- POPUP "&File"
- BEGIN
- MENUITEM "New &View", IDM_FILE_NEWVIEW
- MENUITEM "&Close", IDM_FILE_CLOSE
- MENUITEM SEPARATOR
- MENUITEM "E&xit", IDM_FILE_EXIT
- END
- POPUP "&Edit"
- BEGIN
- MENUITEM "Undo", IDM_EDIT_UNDO
- MENUITEM "Redo", IDM_EDIT_REDO
- MENUITEM SEPARATOR
- MENUITEM "Cu&t", IDM_EDIT_CUT
- MENUITEM "&Copy", IDM_EDIT_COPY
- MENUITEM "&Paste", IDM_EDIT_PASTE
- MENUITEM "De&lete", IDM_EDIT_DELETE
- END
- POPUP "&View"
- BEGIN
- MENUITEM "Tool Bar", IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR, CHECKED
- MENUITEM "Status Bar", IDW_VIEW_STATUSBAR, CHECKED
- END
- POPUP "&Color"
- BEGIN
- MENUITEM "&Black", IDM_COLOR_BLACK
- MENUITEM "&Red", IDM_COLOR_RED
- MENUITEM "&Green", IDM_COLOR_GREEN
- MENUITEM "B&lue", IDM_COLOR_BLUE
- MENUITEM "&White", IDM_COLOR_WHITE
- END
- POPUP "&Window"
- BEGIN
- MENUITEM "&Cascade\tShift+F5", IDW_WINDOW_CASCADE
- MENUITEM "&Tile\tShift+F4", IDW_WINDOW_TILE
- MENUITEM "Arrange &Icons", IDW_WINDOW_ARRANGE
- MENUITEM "Close &All", IDW_WINDOW_CLOSEALL
- END
- POPUP "&Help"
- BEGIN
- MENUITEM "About", IDM_HELP_ABOUT
- END
-END
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-// Icon
-//
-
-// Icon with lowest ID value placed first to ensure application icon
-// remains consistent on all systems.
-IDW_MAIN ICON "res/mdi.ico"
-IDI_VIEW ICON "res/view.ico"
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-// Bitmap
-//
-
-IDW_MAIN BITMAP "res/toolbar.bmp"
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-// Dialog
-//
-
-IDW_ABOUT DIALOGEX 0, 0, 186, 90
-STYLE DS_SETFONT | DS_MODALFRAME | DS_FIXEDSYS | WS_POPUP | WS_CAPTION |
- WS_SYSMENU
-CAPTION "About"
-FONT 8, "MS Shell Dlg", 400, 0
-BEGIN
- DEFPUSHBUTTON "OK",IDOK,68,49,50,14
- CTEXT "MDI Frame",IDC_STATIC,60,22,64,11
- ICON IDW_MAIN,0,4,4,20,20
-END
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-// Accelerator
-//
-
-IDW_MAIN ACCELERATORS
-BEGIN
- "N", IDM_FILE_NEW, VIRTKEY, CONTROL, NOINVERT
- "O", IDM_FILE_OPEN, VIRTKEY, CONTROL, NOINVERT
- "P", IDM_FILE_PRINT, VIRTKEY, CONTROL, NOINVERT
- "S", IDM_FILE_SAVE, VIRTKEY, CONTROL, NOINVERT
- "C", IDM_EDIT_COPY, VIRTKEY, CONTROL, NOINVERT
- "X", IDM_EDIT_CUT, VIRTKEY, CONTROL, NOINVERT
- "V", IDM_EDIT_PASTE, VIRTKEY, CONTROL, NOINVERT
- "Z", IDM_EDIT_UNDO, VIRTKEY, CONTROL, NOINVERT
- "Y", IDM_EDIT_REDO, VIRTKEY, SHIFT, CONTROL, NOINVERT
- VK_DELETE, IDM_EDIT_DELETE, VIRTKEY, NOINVERT
-END
-
-
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-// String Table
-//
-
-STRINGTABLE
-BEGIN
- IDW_MAIN "MDI Frame"
-END
-
-STRINGTABLE
-BEGIN
- IDM_FILE_NEW "Create a New Document"
- IDM_FILE_OPEN "Open Existing Document"
- IDM_FILE_SAVE "Save the Document"
- IDM_FILE_SAVEAS "Save the Document with a new name"
- IDM_FILE_PRINT "Print the Document"
- IDM_FILE_EXIT "End the Program"
-END
-
-STRINGTABLE
-BEGIN
- IDM_EDIT_UNDO "Undo the last action"
- IDM_EDIT_REDO "Redo the previously undone action"
- IDM_EDIT_CUT "Cut the Selected Contents to the Clipboard"
- IDM_EDIT_COPY "Copy the Selected Contents to the Clipboard"
- IDM_EDIT_PASTE "Paste the Clipboard Contents to the Document"
- IDM_EDIT_DELETE "Erase the selected Contents"
- IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR "Show or hide the tool bar"
- IDW_VIEW_STATUSBAR "Show or hide the status bar"
-END
-
-STRINGTABLE
-BEGIN
- IDM_HELP_ABOUT "Display Information about this program"
-END
-
-STRINGTABLE
-BEGIN
- IDW_FIRSTCHILD "Activate this window"
- IDW_CHILD2 "Activate this window"
- IDW_CHILD3 "Activate this window"
- IDW_CHILD4 "Activate this window"
- IDW_CHILD5 "Activate this window"
- IDW_CHILD6 "Activate this window"
- IDW_CHILD7 "Activate this window"
- IDW_CHILD8 "Activate this window"
- IDW_CHILD9 "Activate this window"
- IDW_CHILD10 "Select a window"
-END
-
-STRINGTABLE
-BEGIN
- IDM_FILE_NEWVIEW "Create View MDI Child"
- IDM_FILE_CLOSE "Close MDI Window"
- IDM_COLOR_BLACK "Use Black Printing"
- IDM_COLOR_RED "Use Red Printing"
- IDM_COLOR_GREEN "Use Green Printing"
- IDM_COLOR_BLUE "Use Blue Printing"
- IDM_COLOR_WHITE "Use White Printing"
- IDW_WINDOW_CASCADE "Cascade MDI Windows"
- IDW_WINDOW_TILE "Tile MDI Windows"
- IDW_WINDOW_ARRANGE "Arrange Icons"
- IDW_WINDOW_CLOSEALL "Close All MDI Windows"
-END
-
-STRINGTABLE
-BEGIN
- SC_CLOSE "Close the Window"
- SC_MAXIMIZE "Maximize the Window"
- SC_MINIMIZE "Minimize the WIndow"
- SC_MOVE "Move the Window"
- SC_NEXTWINDOW "Select Next Window"
- SC_PREVWINDOW "Select Previous Window"
- SC_RESTORE "Restore the Window"
- SC_SIZE "Resize the Window"
-END
-
-STRINGTABLE
-BEGIN
- IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE1 "Open this document"
- IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE2 "Open this document"
- IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE3 "Open this document"
- IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE4 "Open this document"
- IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE5 "Open this document"
- IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE6 "Open this document"
- IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE7 "Open this document"
- IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE8 "Open this document"
- IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE9 "Open this document"
- IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE10 "Open this document"
- IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE11 "Open this document"
- IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE12 "Open this document"
- IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE13 "Open this document"
- IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE14 "Open this document"
- IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE15 "Open this document"
- IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE16 "Open this document"
-END
-
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/dialog.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/dialog.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e5123304..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/dialog.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,876 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// dialog.h
-// Declaration of the CDialog class
-
-// CDialog adds support for dialogs to Win32++. Dialogs are specialised
-// windows which are a parent window for common controls. Common controls
-// are special window types such as buttons, edit controls, tree views,
-// list views, static text etc.
-
-// The layout of a dialog is typically defined in a resource script file
-// (often Resource.rc). While this script file can be constructed manually,
-// it is often created using a resource editor. If your compiler doesn't
-// include a resource editor, you might find ResEdit useful. It is a free
-// resource editor available for download at:
-// http://www.resedit.net/
-
-// CDialog supports modal and modeless dialogs. It also supports the creation
-// of dialogs defined in a resource script file, as well as those defined in
-// a dialog template.
-
-// Use the Dialog generic program as the starting point for your own dialog
-// applications.
-// The DlgSubclass sample demonstrates how to use subclassing to customise
-// the behaviour of common controls in a dialog.
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_DIALOG_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_DIALOG_H_
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-
-#ifndef SWP_NOCOPYBITS
- #define SWP_NOCOPYBITS 0x0100
-#endif
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- class CDialog : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CDialog(UINT nResID, CWnd* pParent = NULL);
- CDialog(LPCTSTR lpszResName, CWnd* pParent = NULL);
- CDialog(LPCDLGTEMPLATE lpTemplate, CWnd* pParent = NULL);
- virtual ~CDialog();
-
- // You probably won't need to override these functions
- virtual void AttachItem(int nID, CWnd& Wnd);
- virtual HWND Create(CWnd* pParent = NULL);
- virtual INT_PTR DoModal();
- virtual HWND DoModeless();
- virtual void SetDlgParent(CWnd* pParent);
- BOOL IsModal() const { return m_IsModal; }
- BOOL IsIndirect() const { return (NULL != m_lpTemplate); }
-
- protected:
- // These are the functions you might wish to override
- virtual INT_PTR DialogProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual INT_PTR DialogProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void EndDialog(INT_PTR nResult);
- virtual void OnCancel();
- virtual BOOL OnInitDialog();
- virtual void OnOK();
- virtual BOOL PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg);
-
- // Can't override these functions
- static INT_PTR CALLBACK StaticDialogProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- #ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- static LRESULT CALLBACK StaticMsgHook(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- #endif
-
- private:
- CDialog(const CDialog&); // Disable copy construction
- CDialog& operator = (const CDialog&); // Disable assignment operator
-
- BOOL m_IsModal; // a flag for modal dialogs
- LPCTSTR m_lpszResName; // the resource name for the dialog
- LPCDLGTEMPLATE m_lpTemplate; // the dialog template for indirect dialogs
- HWND m_hParent; // handle to the dialogs's parent window
- };
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
-
- //////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CResizer class
- //
- // The CResizer class can be used to rearrange a dialog's child
- // windows when the dialog is resized.
-
- // To use CResizer, follow the following steps:
- // 1) Use Initialize to specify the dialog's CWnd, and min and max size.
- // 3) Use AddChild for each child window
- // 4) Call HandleMessage from within DialogProc.
- //
-
- // Resize Dialog Styles
-#define RD_STRETCH_WIDTH 0x0001 // The item has a variable width
-#define RD_STRETCH_HEIGHT 0x0002 // The item has a variable height
-
- // Resize Dialog alignments
- enum Alignment { topleft, topright, bottomleft, bottomright };
-
- class CResizer
- {
- public:
- CResizer() : m_pParent(0), m_xScrollPos(0), m_yScrollPos(0) {}
- virtual ~CResizer() {}
-
- virtual void AddChild(CWnd* pWnd, Alignment corner, DWORD dwStyle);
- virtual void AddChild(HWND hWnd, Alignment corner, DWORD dwStyle);
- virtual void HandleMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void Initialize(CWnd* pParent, RECT rcMin, RECT rcMax = CRect(0,0,0,0));
- virtual void OnHScroll(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnVScroll(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void RecalcLayout();
- CRect GetMinRect() const { return m_rcMin; }
- CRect GetMaxRect() const { return m_rcMax; }
-
- struct ResizeData
- {
- CRect rcInit;
- CRect rcOld;
- Alignment corner;
- BOOL bFixedWidth;
- BOOL bFixedHeight;
- HWND hWnd;
- };
-
- private:
- CWnd* m_pParent;
- std::vector<ResizeData> m_vResizeData;
-
- CRect m_rcInit;
- CRect m_rcMin;
- CRect m_rcMax;
-
- int m_xScrollPos;
- int m_yScrollPos;
- };
-
-#endif
-
-}
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
- ////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CDialog class
- //
- inline CDialog::CDialog(LPCTSTR lpszResName, CWnd* pParent/* = NULL*/)
- : m_IsModal(TRUE), m_lpszResName(lpszResName), m_lpTemplate(NULL)
- {
- m_hParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : NULL;
- ::InitCommonControls();
- }
-
- inline CDialog::CDialog(UINT nResID, CWnd* pParent/* = NULL*/)
- : m_IsModal(TRUE), m_lpszResName(MAKEINTRESOURCE (nResID)), m_lpTemplate(NULL)
- {
- m_hParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : NULL;
- ::InitCommonControls();
- }
-
- //For indirect dialogs - created from a dialog box template in memory.
- inline CDialog::CDialog(LPCDLGTEMPLATE lpTemplate, CWnd* pParent/* = NULL*/)
- : m_IsModal(TRUE), m_lpszResName(NULL), m_lpTemplate(lpTemplate)
- {
- m_hParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : NULL;
- ::InitCommonControls();
- }
-
- inline CDialog::~CDialog()
- {
- if (m_hWnd != NULL)
- {
- if (IsModal())
- ::EndDialog(m_hWnd, 0);
- else
- Destroy();
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDialog::AttachItem(int nID, CWnd& Wnd)
- // Attach a dialog item to a CWnd
- {
- Wnd.AttachDlgItem(nID, this);
- }
-
- inline HWND CDialog::Create(CWnd* pParent /* = NULL */)
- {
- // Allow a dialog to be used as a child window
-
- assert(GetApp());
- SetDlgParent(pParent);
- return DoModeless();
- }
-
- inline INT_PTR CDialog::DialogProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- // Override this function in your class derrived from CDialog if you wish to handle messages
- // A typical function might look like this:
-
- // switch (uMsg)
- // {
- // case MESSAGE1: // Some Windows API message
- // OnMessage1(); // A user defined function
- // break; // Also do default processing
- // case MESSAGE2:
- // OnMessage2();
- // return x; // Don't do default processing, but instead return
- // // a value recommended by the Windows API documentation
- // }
-
- // Always pass unhandled messages on to DialogProcDefault
- return DialogProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline INT_PTR CDialog::DialogProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- // All DialogProc functions should pass unhandled messages to this function
- {
- LRESULT lr = 0;
-
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case UWM_CLEANUPTEMPS:
- {
- TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex());
- pTLSData->vTmpWnds.clear();
- }
- break;
- case WM_INITDIALOG:
- {
- // Center the dialog
- CenterWindow();
- }
- return OnInitDialog();
- case WM_COMMAND:
- switch (LOWORD (wParam))
- {
- case IDOK:
- OnOK();
- return TRUE;
- case IDCANCEL:
- OnCancel();
- return TRUE;
- default:
- {
- // Refelect this message if it's from a control
- CWnd* pWnd = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap((HWND)lParam);
- if (pWnd != NULL)
- lr = pWnd->OnCommand(wParam, lParam);
-
- // Handle user commands
- if (!lr)
- lr = OnCommand(wParam, lParam);
-
- if (lr) return 0L;
- }
- break; // Some commands require default processing
- }
- break;
-
- case WM_NOTIFY:
- {
- // Do Notification reflection if it came from a CWnd object
- HWND hwndFrom = ((LPNMHDR)lParam)->hwndFrom;
- CWnd* pWndFrom = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hwndFrom);
-
- if (pWndFrom != NULL)
- lr = pWndFrom->OnNotifyReflect(wParam, lParam);
- else
- {
- // Some controls (eg ListView) have child windows.
- // Reflect those notifications too.
- CWnd* pWndFromParent = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(::GetParent(hwndFrom));
- if (pWndFromParent != NULL)
- lr = pWndFromParent->OnNotifyReflect(wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- // Handle user notifications
- if (!lr) lr = OnNotify(wParam, lParam);
-
- // Set the return code for notifications
- if (IsWindow())
- SetWindowLongPtr(DWLP_MSGRESULT, (LONG_PTR)lr);
-
- return (BOOL)lr;
- }
-
- case WM_PAINT:
- {
- if (::GetUpdateRect(m_hWnd, NULL, FALSE))
- {
- CPaintDC dc(this);
- OnDraw(&dc);
- }
- else
- // RedrawWindow can require repainting without an update rect
- {
- CClientDC dc(this);
- OnDraw(&dc);
- }
-
- break;
- }
-
- case WM_ERASEBKGND:
- {
- CDC dc((HDC)wParam);
- BOOL bResult = OnEraseBkgnd(&dc);
- dc.Detach();
- if (bResult) return TRUE;
- }
- break;
-
- // A set of messages to be reflected back to the control that generated them
- case WM_CTLCOLORBTN:
- case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT:
- case WM_CTLCOLORDLG:
- case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX:
- case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR:
- case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC:
- case WM_DRAWITEM:
- case WM_MEASUREITEM:
- case WM_DELETEITEM:
- case WM_COMPAREITEM:
- case WM_CHARTOITEM:
- case WM_VKEYTOITEM:
- case WM_HSCROLL:
- case WM_VSCROLL:
- case WM_PARENTNOTIFY:
- return MessageReflect(m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
-
- } // switch(uMsg)
- return FALSE;
-
- } // INT_PTR CALLBACK CDialog::DialogProc(...)
-
- inline INT_PTR CDialog::DoModal()
- {
- // Create a modal dialog
- // A modal dialog box must be closed by the user before the application continues
-
- assert( GetApp() ); // Test if Win32++ has been started
- assert(!::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); // Only one window per CWnd instance allowed
-
- INT_PTR nResult = 0;
-
- try
- {
- m_IsModal=TRUE;
-
- // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set
- TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex();
-
- #ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- BOOL IsHookedHere = FALSE;
- if (NULL == pTLSData->hHook )
- {
- pTLSData->hHook = ::SetWindowsHookEx(WH_MSGFILTER, (HOOKPROC)StaticMsgHook, NULL, ::GetCurrentThreadId());
- IsHookedHere = TRUE;
- }
- #endif
-
- HINSTANCE hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle();
- pTLSData->pCWnd = this;
-
- // Create a modal dialog
- if (IsIndirect())
- nResult = ::DialogBoxIndirect(hInstance, m_lpTemplate, m_hParent, (DLGPROC)CDialog::StaticDialogProc);
- else
- {
- if (::FindResource(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), m_lpszResName, RT_DIALOG))
- hInstance = GetApp()->GetResourceHandle();
- nResult = ::DialogBox(hInstance, m_lpszResName, m_hParent, (DLGPROC)CDialog::StaticDialogProc);
- }
-
- // Tidy up
- m_hWnd = NULL;
- pTLSData->pCWnd = NULL;
- GetApp()->CleanupTemps();
-
- #ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- if (IsHookedHere)
- {
- ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(pTLSData->hHook);
- pTLSData->hHook = NULL;
- }
- #endif
-
- if (nResult == -1)
- throw CWinException(_T("Failed to create modal dialog box"));
-
- }
-
- catch (const CWinException &e)
- {
- TRACE(_T("\n*** Failed to create dialog ***\n"));
- e.what(); // Display the last error message.
-
- // eat the exception (don't rethrow)
- }
-
- return nResult;
- }
-
- inline HWND CDialog::DoModeless()
- {
- assert( GetApp() ); // Test if Win32++ has been started
- assert(!::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); // Only one window per CWnd instance allowed
-
- try
- {
- m_IsModal=FALSE;
-
- // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set
- TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex();
-
- // Store the CWnd pointer in Thread Local Storage
- pTLSData->pCWnd = this;
-
- HINSTANCE hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle();
-
- // Create a modeless dialog
- if (IsIndirect())
- m_hWnd = ::CreateDialogIndirect(hInstance, m_lpTemplate, m_hParent, (DLGPROC)CDialog::StaticDialogProc);
- else
- {
- if (::FindResource(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), m_lpszResName, RT_DIALOG))
- hInstance = GetApp()->GetResourceHandle();
-
- m_hWnd = ::CreateDialog(hInstance, m_lpszResName, m_hParent, (DLGPROC)CDialog::StaticDialogProc);
- }
-
- // Tidy up
- pTLSData->pCWnd = NULL;
-
- // Now handle dialog creation failure
- if (!m_hWnd)
- throw CWinException(_T("Failed to create dialog"));
- }
-
- catch (const CWinException &e)
- {
- TRACE(_T("\n*** Failed to create dialog ***\n"));
- e.what(); // Display the last error message.
-
- // eat the exception (don't rethrow)
- }
-
- return m_hWnd;
- }
-
- inline void CDialog::EndDialog(INT_PTR nResult)
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- if (IsModal())
- ::EndDialog(m_hWnd, nResult);
- else
- Destroy();
-
- m_hWnd = NULL;
- }
-
- inline void CDialog::OnCancel()
- {
- // Override to customize OnCancel behaviour
- EndDialog(IDCANCEL);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDialog::OnInitDialog()
- {
- // Called when the dialog is initialized
- // Override it in your derived class to automatically perform tasks
- // The return value is used by WM_INITDIALOG
-
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- inline void CDialog::OnOK()
- {
- // Override to customize OnOK behaviour
- EndDialog(IDOK);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDialog::PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg)
- {
- // allow the dialog to translate keyboard input
- if ((pMsg->message >= WM_KEYFIRST) && (pMsg->message <= WM_KEYLAST))
- {
- // Process dialog keystrokes for modeless dialogs
- if (!IsModal())
- {
- TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex());
- if (NULL == pTLSData->hHook)
- {
- if (IsDialogMessage(pMsg))
- return TRUE;
- }
- else
- {
- // A modal message loop is running so we can't do IsDialogMessage.
- // Avoid having modal dialogs create other windows, because those
- // windows will then use the modal dialog's special message loop.
- }
- }
- }
-
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- inline void CDialog::SetDlgParent(CWnd* pParent)
- // Allows the parent of the dialog to be set before the dialog is created
- {
- m_hParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : NULL;
- }
-
- inline INT_PTR CALLBACK CDialog::StaticDialogProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- // Find the CWnd pointer mapped to this HWND
- CDialog* w = (CDialog*)GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hWnd);
- if (0 == w)
- {
- // The HWND wasn't in the map, so add it now
- TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex());
- assert(pTLSData);
-
- // Retrieve pointer to CWnd object from Thread Local Storage TLS
- w = (CDialog*)pTLSData->pCWnd;
- assert(w);
- pTLSData->pCWnd = NULL;
-
- // Store the Window pointer into the HWND map
- w->m_hWnd = hWnd;
- w->AddToMap();
- }
-
- return w->DialogProc(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
-
- } // INT_PTR CALLBACK CDialog::StaticDialogProc(...)
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline LRESULT CALLBACK CDialog::StaticMsgHook(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- // Used by Modal Dialogs to PreTranslate Messages
- TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex());
-
- if (nCode == MSGF_DIALOGBOX)
- {
- MSG* lpMsg = (MSG*) lParam;
-
- // only pre-translate keyboard events
- if ((lpMsg->message >= WM_KEYFIRST && lpMsg->message <= WM_KEYLAST))
- {
- for (HWND hWnd = lpMsg->hwnd; hWnd != NULL; hWnd = ::GetParent(hWnd))
- {
- CDialog* pDialog = (CDialog*)GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hWnd);
- if (pDialog && (lstrcmp(pDialog->GetClassName(), _T("#32770")) == 0)) // only for dialogs
- {
- pDialog->PreTranslateMessage(lpMsg);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- return ::CallNextHookEx(pTLSData->hHook, nCode, wParam, lParam);
- }
-#endif
-
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
-
- /////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CResizer class
- //
-
- void inline CResizer::AddChild(CWnd* pWnd, Alignment corner, DWORD dwStyle)
- // Adds a child window (usually a dialog control) to the set of windows managed by
- // the Resizer.
- //
- // The alignment corner should be set to the closest corner of the dialog. Allowed
- // values are topleft, topright, bottomleft, and bottomright.
- // Set bFixedWidth to TRUE if the width should be fixed instead of variable.
- // Set bFixedHeight to TRUE if the height should be fixed instead of variable.
- {
- ResizeData rd;
- rd.corner = corner;
- rd.bFixedWidth = !(dwStyle & RD_STRETCH_WIDTH);
- rd.bFixedHeight = !(dwStyle & RD_STRETCH_HEIGHT);
- CRect rcInit = pWnd->GetWindowRect();
- m_pParent->ScreenToClient(rcInit);
- rd.rcInit = rcInit;
- rd.hWnd = pWnd->GetHwnd();
-
- m_vResizeData.insert(m_vResizeData.begin(), rd);
- }
-
- void inline CResizer::AddChild(HWND hWnd, Alignment corner, DWORD dwStyle)
- // Adds a child window (usually a dialog control) to the set of windows managed by
- // the Resizer.
- {
- AddChild(FromHandle(hWnd), corner, dwStyle);
- }
-
- inline void CResizer::HandleMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case WM_SIZE:
- RecalcLayout();
- break;
-
- case WM_HSCROLL:
- if (0 == lParam)
- OnHScroll(wParam, lParam);
- break;
-
- case WM_VSCROLL:
- if (0 == lParam)
- OnVScroll(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- }
- }
-
- void inline CResizer::Initialize(CWnd* pParent, RECT rcMin, RECT rcMax)
- // Sets up the Resizer by specifying the parent window (usually a dialog),
- // and the minimum and maximum allowed rectangle sizes.
- {
- assert (NULL != pParent);
-
- m_pParent = pParent;
- m_rcInit = pParent->GetClientRect();
- m_rcMin = rcMin;
- m_rcMax = rcMax;
-
- // Add scroll bar support to the parent window
- DWORD dwStyle = (DWORD)m_pParent->GetClassLongPtr(GCL_STYLE);
- dwStyle |= WS_HSCROLL | WS_VSCROLL;
- m_pParent->SetClassLongPtr(GCL_STYLE, dwStyle);
- }
-
- void inline CResizer::OnHScroll(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM /*lParam*/)
- {
- int xNewPos;
-
- switch (LOWORD(wParam))
- {
- case SB_PAGEUP: // User clicked the scroll bar shaft left of the scroll box.
- xNewPos = m_xScrollPos - 50;
- break;
-
- case SB_PAGEDOWN: // User clicked the scroll bar shaft right of the scroll box.
- xNewPos = m_xScrollPos + 50;
- break;
-
- case SB_LINEUP: // User clicked the left arrow.
- xNewPos = m_xScrollPos - 5;
- break;
-
- case SB_LINEDOWN: // User clicked the right arrow.
- xNewPos = m_xScrollPos + 5;
- break;
-
- case SB_THUMBPOSITION: // User dragged the scroll box.
- xNewPos = HIWORD(wParam);
- break;
-
- case SB_THUMBTRACK: // User dragging the scroll box.
- xNewPos = HIWORD(wParam);
- break;
-
- default:
- xNewPos = m_xScrollPos;
- }
-
- // Scroll the window.
- xNewPos = MAX(0, xNewPos);
- xNewPos = MIN( xNewPos, GetMinRect().Width() - m_pParent->GetClientRect().Width() );
- int xDelta = xNewPos - m_xScrollPos;
- m_xScrollPos = xNewPos;
- m_pParent->ScrollWindow(-xDelta, 0, NULL, NULL);
-
- // Reset the scroll bar.
- SCROLLINFO si = {0};
- si.cbSize = sizeof(si);
- si.fMask = SIF_POS;
- si.nPos = m_xScrollPos;
- m_pParent->SetScrollInfo(SB_HORZ, si, TRUE);
- }
-
- void inline CResizer::OnVScroll(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM /*lParam*/)
- {
- int yNewPos;
-
- switch (LOWORD(wParam))
- {
- case SB_PAGEUP: // User clicked the scroll bar shaft above the scroll box.
- yNewPos = m_yScrollPos - 50;
- break;
-
- case SB_PAGEDOWN: // User clicked the scroll bar shaft below the scroll box.
- yNewPos = m_yScrollPos + 50;
- break;
-
- case SB_LINEUP: // User clicked the top arrow.
- yNewPos = m_yScrollPos - 5;
- break;
-
- case SB_LINEDOWN: // User clicked the bottom arrow.
- yNewPos = m_yScrollPos + 5;
- break;
-
- case SB_THUMBPOSITION: // User dragged the scroll box.
- yNewPos = HIWORD(wParam);
- break;
-
- case SB_THUMBTRACK: // User dragging the scroll box.
- yNewPos = HIWORD(wParam);
- break;
-
- default:
- yNewPos = m_yScrollPos;
- }
-
- // Scroll the window.
- yNewPos = MAX(0, yNewPos);
- yNewPos = MIN( yNewPos, GetMinRect().Height() - m_pParent->GetClientRect().Height() );
- int yDelta = yNewPos - m_yScrollPos;
- m_yScrollPos = yNewPos;
- m_pParent->ScrollWindow(0, -yDelta, NULL, NULL);
-
- // Reset the scroll bar.
- SCROLLINFO si = {0};
- si.cbSize = sizeof(si);
- si.fMask = SIF_POS;
- si.nPos = m_yScrollPos;
- m_pParent->SetScrollInfo(SB_VERT, si, TRUE);
- }
-
- void inline CResizer::RecalcLayout()
- // Repositions the child windows. Call this function when handling
- // the WM_SIZE message in the parent window.
- {
- assert (m_rcInit.Width() > 0 && m_rcInit.Height() > 0);
- assert (NULL != m_pParent);
-
- CRect rcCurrent = m_pParent->GetClientRect();
-
- // Adjust the scrolling if required
- m_xScrollPos = MIN(m_xScrollPos, MAX(0, m_rcMin.Width() - rcCurrent.Width() ) );
- m_yScrollPos = MIN(m_yScrollPos, MAX(0, m_rcMin.Height() - rcCurrent.Height()) );
- SCROLLINFO si = {0};
- si.cbSize = sizeof(si);
- si.fMask = SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
- si.nMax = m_rcMin.Width();
- si.nPage = rcCurrent.Width();
- si.nPos = m_xScrollPos;
- m_pParent->SetScrollInfo(SB_HORZ, si, TRUE);
- si.nMax = m_rcMin.Height();
- si.nPage = rcCurrent.Height();
- si.nPos = m_yScrollPos;
- m_pParent->SetScrollInfo(SB_VERT, si, TRUE);
-
- rcCurrent.right = MAX( rcCurrent.Width(), m_rcMin.Width() );
- rcCurrent.bottom = MAX( rcCurrent.Height(), m_rcMin.Height() );
- if (!m_rcMax.IsRectEmpty())
- {
- rcCurrent.right = MIN( rcCurrent.Width(), m_rcMax.Width() );
- rcCurrent.bottom = MIN( rcCurrent.Height(), m_rcMax.Height() );
- }
-
- // Declare an iterator to step through the vector
- std::vector<ResizeData>::iterator iter;
-
- for (iter = m_vResizeData.begin(); iter < m_vResizeData.end(); ++iter)
- {
- int left = 0;
- int top = 0;
- int width = 0;
- int height = 0;
-
- // Calculate the new size and position of the child window
- switch( (*iter).corner )
- {
- case topleft:
- width = (*iter).bFixedWidth? (*iter).rcInit.Width() : (*iter).rcInit.Width() - m_rcInit.Width() + rcCurrent.Width();
- height = (*iter).bFixedHeight? (*iter).rcInit.Height() : (*iter).rcInit.Height() - m_rcInit.Height() + rcCurrent.Height();
- left = (*iter).rcInit.left;
- top = (*iter).rcInit.top;
- break;
- case topright:
- width = (*iter).bFixedWidth? (*iter).rcInit.Width() : (*iter).rcInit.Width() - m_rcInit.Width() + rcCurrent.Width();
- height = (*iter).bFixedHeight? (*iter).rcInit.Height() : (*iter).rcInit.Height() - m_rcInit.Height() + rcCurrent.Height();
- left = (*iter).rcInit.right - width - m_rcInit.Width() + rcCurrent.Width();
- top = (*iter).rcInit.top;
- break;
- case bottomleft:
- width = (*iter).bFixedWidth? (*iter).rcInit.Width() : (*iter).rcInit.Width() - m_rcInit.Width() + rcCurrent.Width();
- height = (*iter).bFixedHeight? (*iter).rcInit.Height() : (*iter).rcInit.Height() - m_rcInit.Height() + rcCurrent.Height();
- left = (*iter).rcInit.left;
- top = (*iter).rcInit.bottom - height - m_rcInit.Height() + rcCurrent.Height();
- break;
- case bottomright:
- width = (*iter).bFixedWidth? (*iter).rcInit.Width() : (*iter).rcInit.Width() - m_rcInit.Width() + rcCurrent.Width();
- height = (*iter).bFixedHeight? (*iter).rcInit.Height() : (*iter).rcInit.Height() - m_rcInit.Height() + rcCurrent.Height();
- left = (*iter).rcInit.right - width - m_rcInit.Width() + rcCurrent.Width();
- top = (*iter).rcInit.bottom - height - m_rcInit.Height() + rcCurrent.Height();
- break;
- }
-
- // Position the child window.
- CRect rc(left - m_xScrollPos, top - m_yScrollPos, left + width - m_xScrollPos, top + height - m_yScrollPos);
- if ( rc != (*iter).rcOld)
- {
- CWnd* pWnd = FromHandle((*iter).hWnd);
- CWnd *pWndPrev = pWnd->GetWindow(GW_HWNDPREV); // Trick to maintain the original tab order.
- HWND hWnd = pWndPrev ? pWndPrev->GetHwnd():NULL;
- pWnd->SetWindowPos(hWnd, rc, SWP_NOCOPYBITS);
- (*iter).rcOld = rc;
- }
- }
- }
-
-#endif // #ifndef _WIN32_WCE
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-
-
-#endif // _WIN32XX_DIALOG_H_
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/docking.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/docking.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e7c4486..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/docking.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4214 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// docking.h
-// Declaration of the CDocker class
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_DOCKING_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_DOCKING_H_
-
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-#include "gdi.h"
-#include "toolbar.h"
-#include "tab.h"
-#include "frame.h"
-#include "default_resource.h"
-
-
-// Docking Styles
-#define DS_DOCKED_LEFT 0x0001 // Dock the child left
-#define DS_DOCKED_RIGHT 0x0002 // Dock the child right
-#define DS_DOCKED_TOP 0x0004 // Dock the child top
-#define DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM 0x0008 // Dock the child bottom
-#define DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_LEFT 0x0010 // Prevent a child docking left
-#define DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_RIGHT 0x0020 // Prevent a child docking right
-#define DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_TOP 0x0040 // Prevent a child docking at the top
-#define DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_BOTTOM 0x0080 // Prevent a child docking at the bottom
-#define DS_NO_RESIZE 0x0100 // Prevent resizing
-#define DS_NO_CAPTION 0x0200 // Prevent display of caption when docked
-#define DS_NO_CLOSE 0x0400 // Prevent closing of a docker while docked
-#define DS_NO_UNDOCK 0x0800 // Prevent undocking and dock closing
-#define DS_CLIENTEDGE 0x1000 // Has a 3D border when docked
-#define DS_FIXED_RESIZE 0x2000 // Perfomed a fixed resize instead of a proportional resize on dock children
-#define DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER 0x4000 // Dock a container within a container
-#define DS_DOCKED_LEFTMOST 0x10000 // Leftmost outer docking
-#define DS_DOCKED_RIGHTMOST 0x20000 // Rightmost outer docking
-#define DS_DOCKED_TOPMOST 0x40000 // Topmost outer docking
-#define DS_DOCKED_BOTTOMMOST 0x80000 // Bottommost outer docking
-
-// Required for Dev-C++
-#ifndef TME_NONCLIENT
- #define TME_NONCLIENT 0x00000010
-#endif
-#ifndef TME_LEAVE
- #define TME_LEAVE 0x000000002
-#endif
-#ifndef WM_NCMOUSELEAVE
- #define WM_NCMOUSELEAVE 0x000002A2
-#endif
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
- // Class declarations
- class CDockContainer;
- class CDocker;
-
- typedef Shared_Ptr<CDocker> DockPtr;
-
- struct ContainerInfo
- {
- TCHAR szTitle[MAX_MENU_STRING];
- int iImage;
- CDockContainer* pContainer;
- };
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CDockContainer class
- // A CDockContainer is a CTab window. A CTab has a view window, and optionally a toolbar control.
- // A top level CDockContainer can contain other CDockContainers. The view for each container
- // (including the top level container) along with possibly its toolbar, is displayed
- // within the container parent's view page.
- class CDockContainer : public CTab
- {
- public:
-
- // Nested class. This is the Wnd for the window displayed over the client area
- // of the tab control. The toolbar and view window are child windows of the
- // viewpage window. Only the ViewPage of the parent CDockContainer is displayed. It's
- // contents are updated with the view window of the relevant container whenever
- // a different tab is selected.
- class CViewPage : public CWnd
- {
-
- public:
- CViewPage() : m_pView(NULL), m_pTab(NULL) {}
- virtual ~CViewPage() {}
- virtual CToolBar& GetToolBar() const {return (CToolBar&)m_ToolBar;}
- virtual CWnd* GetView() const {return m_pView;}
- virtual BOOL OnCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnCreate();
- virtual LRESULT OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc);
- virtual void RecalcLayout();
- virtual void SetView(CWnd& wndView);
- virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- CWnd* GetTabCtrl() const { return m_pTab;}
-
- private:
- CToolBar m_ToolBar;
- tString m_tsTooltip;
- CWnd* m_pView;
- CWnd* m_pTab;
- };
-
- public:
- CDockContainer();
- virtual ~CDockContainer();
- virtual void AddContainer(CDockContainer* pContainer);
- virtual void AddToolBarButton(UINT nID, BOOL bEnabled = TRUE);
- virtual CDockContainer* GetContainerFromIndex(UINT nPage);
- virtual CDockContainer* GetContainerFromView(CWnd* pView) const;
- virtual int GetContainerIndex(CDockContainer* pContainer);
- virtual SIZE GetMaxTabTextSize();
- virtual CViewPage& GetViewPage() const { return (CViewPage&)m_ViewPage; }
- virtual void RecalcLayout();
- virtual void RemoveContainer(CDockContainer* pWnd);
- virtual void SelectPage(int nPage);
- virtual void SetTabSize();
- virtual void SetupToolBar();
-
- // Attributes
- CDockContainer* GetActiveContainer() const {return GetContainerFromView(GetActiveView());}
- CWnd* GetActiveView() const;
- std::vector<ContainerInfo>& GetAllContainers() const {return m_pContainerParent->m_vContainerInfo;}
- CDockContainer* GetContainerParent() const { return m_pContainerParent; }
- CString& GetDockCaption() const { return (CString&)m_csCaption; }
- HICON GetTabIcon() const { return m_hTabIcon; }
- LPCTSTR GetTabText() const { return m_tsTabText.c_str(); }
- virtual CToolBar& GetToolBar() const { return GetViewPage().GetToolBar(); }
- CWnd* GetView() const { return GetViewPage().GetView(); }
- void SetActiveContainer(CDockContainer* pContainer);
- void SetDockCaption(LPCTSTR szCaption) { m_csCaption = szCaption; }
- void SetTabIcon(HICON hTabIcon) { m_hTabIcon = hTabIcon; }
- void SetTabIcon(UINT nID_Icon);
- void SetTabIcon(int i, HICON hIcon) { CTab::SetTabIcon(i, hIcon); }
- void SetTabText(LPCTSTR szText) { m_tsTabText = szText; }
- void SetTabText(UINT nTab, LPCTSTR szText);
- void SetView(CWnd& Wnd);
-
- protected:
- virtual void OnCreate();
- virtual void OnLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnLButtonUp(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnMouseLeave(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs);
- virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- private:
- std::vector<ContainerInfo> m_vContainerInfo;
- tString m_tsTabText;
- CString m_csCaption;
- CViewPage m_ViewPage;
- int m_iCurrentPage;
- CDockContainer* m_pContainerParent;
- HICON m_hTabIcon;
- int m_nTabPressed;
-
- };
-
- typedef struct DRAGPOS
- {
- NMHDR hdr;
- POINT ptPos;
- UINT DockZone;
- } *LPDRAGPOS;
-
-
- /////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CDocker class
- // A CDocker window allows other CDocker windows to be "docked" inside it.
- // A CDocker can dock on the top, left, right or bottom side of a parent CDocker.
- // There is no theoretical limit to the number of CDockers within CDockers.
- class CDocker : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- // A nested class for the splitter bar that seperates the docked panes.
- class CDockBar : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CDockBar();
- virtual ~CDockBar();
- virtual void OnDraw(CDC* pDC);
- virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs);
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS& wc);
- virtual void SendNotify(UINT nMessageID);
- virtual void SetColor(COLORREF color);
- virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- CDocker* GetDock() {return m_pDock;}
- int GetWidth() {return m_DockBarWidth;}
- void SetDock(CDocker* pDock) {m_pDock = pDock;}
- void SetWidth(int nWidth) {m_DockBarWidth = nWidth;}
-
- private:
- CDockBar(const CDockBar&); // Disable copy construction
- CDockBar& operator = (const CDockBar&); // Disable assignment operator
-
- CDocker* m_pDock;
- DRAGPOS m_DragPos;
- CBrush m_brBackground;
- int m_DockBarWidth;
- };
-
- // A nested class for the window inside a CDocker which includes all of this docked client.
- // It's the remaining part of the CDocker that doesn't belong to the CDocker's children.
- // The Docker's view window is a child window of CDockClient.
- class CDockClient : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CDockClient();
- virtual ~CDockClient() {}
- virtual void Draw3DBorder(RECT& Rect);
- virtual void DrawCaption(WPARAM wParam);
- virtual void DrawCloseButton(CDC& DrawDC, BOOL bFocus);
- virtual CRect GetCloseRect();
- virtual void SendNotify(UINT nMessageID);
-
- CString& GetCaption() const { return (CString&)m_csCaption; }
- CWnd* GetView() const { return m_pView; }
- void SetDock(CDocker* pDock) { m_pDock = pDock;}
- void SetCaption(LPCTSTR szCaption) { m_csCaption = szCaption; }
- void SetCaptionColors(COLORREF Foregnd1, COLORREF Backgnd1, COLORREF ForeGnd2, COLORREF BackGnd2);
- void SetClosePressed() { m_IsClosePressed = TRUE; }
- void SetView(CWnd& Wnd) { m_pView = &Wnd; }
-
- protected:
- virtual void OnLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnLButtonUp(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnMouseActivate(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnMouseMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnNCCalcSize(WPARAM& wParam, LPARAM& lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnNCHitTest(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnNCLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnNCMouseLeave(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnNCMouseMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnNCPaint(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnWindowPosChanged(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS& wc);
- virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs);
- virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- private:
- CDockClient(const CDockClient&); // Disable copy construction
- CDockClient& operator = (const CDockClient&); // Disable assignment operator
-
- CString m_csCaption;
- CPoint m_Oldpt;
- CDocker* m_pDock;
- CWnd* m_pView;
- BOOL m_IsClosePressed;
- BOOL m_bOldFocus;
- BOOL m_bCaptionPressed;
- BOOL m_IsTracking;
- COLORREF m_Foregnd1;
- COLORREF m_Backgnd1;
- COLORREF m_Foregnd2;
- COLORREF m_Backgnd2;
- };
-
- // This nested class is used to indicate where a window could dock by
- // displaying a blue tinted window.
- class CDockHint : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CDockHint();
- virtual ~CDockHint();
- virtual RECT CalcHintRectContainer(CDocker* pDockTarget);
- virtual RECT CalcHintRectInner(CDocker* pDockTarget, CDocker* pDockDrag, UINT uDockSide);
- virtual RECT CalcHintRectOuter(CDocker* pDockDrag, UINT uDockSide);
- virtual void DisplayHint(CDocker* pDockTarget, CDocker* pDockDrag, UINT uDockSide);
- virtual void OnDraw(CDC* pDC);
- virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs);
- virtual void ShowHintWindow(CDocker* pDockTarget, CRect rcHint);
-
- private:
- CDockHint(const CDockHint&); // Disable copy construction
- CDockHint& operator = (const CDockHint&); // Disable assignment operator
-
- CBitmap m_bmBlueTint;
- UINT m_uDockSideOld;
- };
-
- class CTarget : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CTarget() {}
- virtual ~CTarget();
- virtual void OnDraw(CDC* pDC);
- virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs);
-
- protected:
- CBitmap m_bmImage;
-
- private:
- CTarget(const CTarget&); // Disable copy construction
- CTarget& operator = (const CTarget&); // Disable assignment operator
- };
-
- class CTargetCentre : public CTarget
- {
- public:
- CTargetCentre();
- virtual ~CTargetCentre();
- virtual void OnDraw(CDC* pDC);
- virtual void OnCreate();
- virtual BOOL CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos);
- BOOL IsOverContainer() { return m_bIsOverContainer; }
-
- private:
- CTargetCentre(const CTargetCentre&); // Disable copy construction
- CTargetCentre& operator = (const CTargetCentre&); // Disable assignment operator
-
- BOOL m_bIsOverContainer;
- CDocker* m_pOldDockTarget;
- };
-
- class CTargetLeft : public CTarget
- {
- public:
- CTargetLeft() {m_bmImage.LoadImage(IDW_SDLEFT,0,0,0);}
- virtual BOOL CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos);
-
- private:
- CTargetLeft(const CTargetLeft&); // Disable copy construction
- CTargetLeft& operator = (const CTargetLeft&); // Disable assignment operator
- };
-
- class CTargetTop : public CTarget
- {
- public:
- CTargetTop() {m_bmImage.LoadImage(IDW_SDTOP,0,0,0);}
- virtual BOOL CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos);
- private:
- CTargetTop(const CTargetTop&); // Disable copy construction
- CTargetTop& operator = (const CTargetTop&); // Disable assignment operator
- };
-
- class CTargetRight : public CTarget
- {
- public:
- CTargetRight() {m_bmImage.LoadImage(IDW_SDRIGHT,0,0,0);}
- virtual BOOL CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos);
-
- private:
- CTargetRight(const CTargetRight&); // Disable copy construction
- CTargetRight& operator = (const CTargetRight&); // Disable assignment operator
- };
-
- class CTargetBottom : public CTarget
- {
- public:
- CTargetBottom() {m_bmImage.LoadImage(IDW_SDBOTTOM,0,0,0);}
- virtual BOOL CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos);
- };
-
- friend class CTargetCentre;
- friend class CTargetLeft;
- friend class CTargetTop;
- friend class CTargetRight;
- friend class CTargetBottom;
- friend class CDockClient;
- friend class CDockContainer;
-
- public:
- // Operations
- CDocker();
- virtual ~CDocker();
- virtual CDocker* AddDockedChild(CDocker* pDocker, DWORD dwDockStyle, int DockSize, int nDockID = 0);
- virtual CDocker* AddUndockedChild(CDocker* pDocker, DWORD dwDockStyle, int DockSize, RECT rc, int nDockID = 0);
- virtual void Close();
- virtual void CloseAllDockers();
- virtual void Dock(CDocker* pDocker, UINT uDockSide);
- virtual void DockInContainer(CDocker* pDock, DWORD dwDockStyle);
- virtual CDockContainer* GetContainer() const;
- virtual CDocker* GetActiveDocker() const;
- virtual CDocker* GetDockAncestor() const;
- virtual CDocker* GetDockFromID(int n_DockID) const;
- virtual CDocker* GetDockFromPoint(POINT pt) const;
- virtual CDocker* GetDockFromView(CWnd* pView) const;
- virtual CDocker* GetTopmostDocker() const;
- virtual int GetDockSize() const;
- virtual CTabbedMDI* GetTabbedMDI() const;
- virtual int GetTextHeight();
- virtual void Hide();
- virtual BOOL LoadRegistrySettings(tString tsRegistryKeyName);
- virtual void RecalcDockLayout();
- virtual BOOL SaveRegistrySettings(tString tsRegistryKeyName);
- virtual void Undock(CPoint pt, BOOL bShowUndocked = TRUE);
- virtual void UndockContainer(CDockContainer* pContainer, CPoint pt, BOOL bShowUndocked);
- virtual BOOL VerifyDockers();
-
- // Attributes
- virtual CDockBar& GetDockBar() const {return (CDockBar&)m_DockBar;}
- virtual CDockClient& GetDockClient() const {return (CDockClient&)m_DockClient;}
- virtual CDockHint& GetDockHint() const {return m_pDockAncestor->m_DockHint;}
-
-
- std::vector <DockPtr> & GetAllDockers() const {return GetDockAncestor()->m_vAllDockers;}
- int GetBarWidth() const {return GetDockBar().GetWidth();}
- CString& GetCaption() const {return GetDockClient().GetCaption();}
- std::vector <CDocker*> & GetDockChildren() const {return (std::vector <CDocker*> &)m_vDockChildren;}
- int GetDockID() const {return m_nDockID;}
- CDocker* GetDockParent() const {return m_pDockParent;}
- DWORD GetDockStyle() const {return m_DockStyle;}
- CWnd* GetView() const {return GetDockClient().GetView();}
- BOOL IsChildOfDocker(CWnd* pWnd) const;
- BOOL IsDocked() const;
- BOOL IsDragAutoResize();
- BOOL IsRelated(CWnd* pWnd) const;
- BOOL IsUndocked() const;
- void SetBarColor(COLORREF color) {GetDockBar().SetColor(color);}
- void SetBarWidth(int nWidth) {GetDockBar().SetWidth(nWidth);}
- void SetCaption(LPCTSTR szCaption);
- void SetCaptionColors(COLORREF Foregnd1, COLORREF Backgnd1, COLORREF ForeGnd2, COLORREF BackGnd2);
- void SetCaptionHeight(int nHeight);
- void SetDockStyle(DWORD dwDockStyle);
- void SetDockSize(int DockSize);
- void SetDragAutoResize(BOOL bAutoResize);
- void SetView(CWnd& wndView);
-
- protected:
- virtual CDocker* NewDockerFromID(int idDock);
- virtual void OnActivate(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnCaptionTimer(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnCreate();
- virtual void OnDestroy(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnDockDestroyed(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnExitSizeMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnSetFocus(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnSysColorChange(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnSysCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnWindowPosChanging(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnWindowPosChanged(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs);
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc);
- virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- private:
- CDocker(const CDocker&); // Disable copy construction
- CDocker& operator = (const CDocker&); // Disable assignment operator
- void CheckAllTargets(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos);
- void CloseAllTargets();
- void DockOuter(CDocker* pDocker, DWORD dwDockStyle);
- void DrawAllCaptions();
- void DrawHashBar(HWND hBar, POINT Pos);
- void ConvertToChild(HWND hWndParent);
- void ConvertToPopup(RECT rc);
- void MoveDockChildren(CDocker* pDockTarget);
- void PromoteFirstChild();
- void RecalcDockChildLayout(CRect rc);
- void ResizeDockers(LPDRAGPOS pdp);
- CDocker* SeparateFromDock();
- void SendNotify(UINT nMessageID);
- void SetUndockPosition(CPoint pt);
- std::vector<CDocker*> SortDockers();
-
- CDockBar m_DockBar;
- CDockHint m_DockHint;
- CDockClient m_DockClient;
- CTargetCentre m_TargetCentre;
- CTargetLeft m_TargetLeft;
- CTargetTop m_TargetTop;
- CTargetRight m_TargetRight;
- CPoint m_OldPoint;
- CTargetBottom m_TargetBottom;
- CDocker* m_pDockParent;
- CDocker* m_pDockAncestor;
- CDocker* m_pDockActive;
-
- std::vector <CDocker*> m_vDockChildren;
- std::vector <DockPtr> m_vAllDockers; // Only used in DockAncestor
-
- CRect m_rcBar;
- CRect m_rcChild;
-
- BOOL m_BlockMove;
- BOOL m_Undocking;
- BOOL m_bIsClosing;
- BOOL m_bIsDragging;
- BOOL m_bDragAutoResize;
- int m_DockStartSize;
- int m_nDockID;
- int m_nTimerCount;
- int m_NCHeight;
- DWORD m_dwDockZone;
- double m_DockSizeRatio;
- DWORD m_DockStyle;
- HWND m_hOldFocus;
-
- }; // class CDocker
-
- struct DockInfo
- {
- DWORD DockStyle;
- int DockSize;
- int DockID;
- int DockParentID;
- RECT Rect;
- };
-
-}
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CDockBar class nested within CDocker
- //
- inline CDocker::CDockBar::CDockBar() : m_pDock(NULL), m_DockBarWidth(4)
- {
- m_brBackground.CreateSolidBrush(RGB(192,192,192));
- }
-
- inline CDocker::CDockBar::~CDockBar()
- {
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockBar::OnDraw(CDC* pDC)
- {
- CRect rcClient = GetClientRect();
- pDC->SelectObject(&m_brBackground);
- pDC->PatBlt(0, 0, rcClient.Width(), rcClient.Height(), PATCOPY);
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockBar::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs)
- {
- // Create a child window, initially hidden
- cs.style = WS_CHILD;
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockBar::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS& wc)
- {
- wc.lpszClassName = _T("Win32++ Bar");
- wc.hbrBackground = m_brBackground;
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockBar::SendNotify(UINT nMessageID)
- {
- // Send a splitter bar notification to the parent
- m_DragPos.hdr.code = nMessageID;
- m_DragPos.hdr.hwndFrom = m_hWnd;
- m_DragPos.ptPos = GetCursorPos();
- m_DragPos.ptPos.x += 1;
- GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, 0L, (LPARAM)&m_DragPos);
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockBar::SetColor(COLORREF color)
- {
- // Useful colors:
- // GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE) // Default Grey
- // RGB(196, 215, 250) // Default Blue
-
- m_brBackground.CreateSolidBrush(color);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CDocker::CDockBar::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- {
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case WM_SETCURSOR:
- {
- if (!(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_RESIZE))
- {
- HCURSOR hCursor;
- DWORD dwSide = GetDock()->GetDockStyle() & 0xF;
- if ((dwSide == DS_DOCKED_LEFT) || (dwSide == DS_DOCKED_RIGHT))
- hCursor = LoadCursor(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SPLITH));
- else
- hCursor = LoadCursor(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SPLITV));
-
- if (hCursor) SetCursor(hCursor);
- else TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Missing cursor resource for slider bar\n"));
-
- return TRUE;
- }
- else
- SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW));
- }
- break;
-
- case WM_ERASEBKGND:
- return 0;
-
- case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
- {
- if (!(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_RESIZE))
- {
- SendNotify(UWM_BAR_START);
- SetCapture();
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case WM_LBUTTONUP:
- if (!(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_RESIZE) && (GetCapture() == this))
- {
- SendNotify(UWM_BAR_END);
- ReleaseCapture();
- }
- break;
-
- case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
- if (!(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_RESIZE) && (GetCapture() == this))
- {
- SendNotify(UWM_BAR_MOVE);
- }
- break;
- }
- }
-
- // pass unhandled messages on for default processing
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CDockClient class nested within CDocker
- //
- inline CDocker::CDockClient::CDockClient() : m_pView(0), m_IsClosePressed(FALSE),
- m_bOldFocus(FALSE), m_bCaptionPressed(FALSE), m_IsTracking(FALSE)
- {
- m_Foregnd1 = RGB(32,32,32);
- m_Backgnd1 = RGB(190,207,227);
- m_Foregnd2 = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNTEXT);
- m_Backgnd2 = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE);
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockClient::Draw3DBorder(RECT& Rect)
- {
- // Imitates the drawing of the WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE extended style
- // This draws a 2 pixel border around the specified Rect
- CWindowDC dc(this);
- CRect rcw = Rect;
- dc.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, GetSysColor(COLOR_3DSHADOW));
- dc.MoveTo(0, rcw.Height());
- dc.LineTo(0, 0);
- dc.LineTo(rcw.Width(), 0);
- dc.CreatePen(PS_SOLID,1, GetSysColor(COLOR_3DDKSHADOW));
- dc.MoveTo(1, rcw.Height()-2);
- dc.LineTo(1, 1);
- dc.LineTo(rcw.Width()-2, 1);
- dc.CreatePen(PS_SOLID,1, GetSysColor(COLOR_3DHILIGHT));
- dc.MoveTo(rcw.Width()-1, 0);
- dc.LineTo(rcw.Width()-1, rcw.Height()-1);
- dc.LineTo(0, rcw.Height()-1);
- dc.CreatePen(PS_SOLID,1, GetSysColor(COLOR_3DLIGHT));
- dc.MoveTo(rcw.Width()-2, 1);
- dc.LineTo(rcw.Width()-2, rcw.Height()-2);
- dc.LineTo(1, rcw.Height()-2);
- }
-
- inline CRect CDocker::CDockClient::GetCloseRect()
- {
- // Calculate the close rect position in screen co-ordinates
- CRect rcClose;
-
- int gap = 4;
- CRect rc = GetWindowRect();
- int cx = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSMICON);
- int cy = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSMICON);
-
- rcClose.top = 2 + rc.top + m_pDock->m_NCHeight/2 - cy/2;
- rcClose.bottom = 2 + rc.top + m_pDock->m_NCHeight/2 + cy/2;
- rcClose.right = rc.right - gap;
- rcClose.left = rcClose.right - cx;
-
-#if defined(WINVER) && defined (WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL) && (WINVER >= 0x0500)
- if (GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL)
- {
- rcClose.left = rc.left + gap;
- rcClose.right = rcClose.left + cx;
- }
-#endif
-
-
- return rcClose;
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockClient::DrawCaption(WPARAM wParam)
- {
- if (IsWindow() && m_pDock->IsDocked() && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CAPTION))
- {
- BOOL bFocus = m_pDock->IsChildOfDocker(GetFocus());
- m_bOldFocus = FALSE;
-
- // Acquire the DC for our NonClient painting
- CDC* pDC;
- if ((wParam != 1) && (bFocus == m_bOldFocus))
- pDC = GetDCEx((HRGN)wParam, DCX_WINDOW|DCX_INTERSECTRGN|DCX_PARENTCLIP);
- else
- pDC = GetWindowDC();
-
- // Create and set up our memory DC
- CRect rc = GetWindowRect();
- CMemDC dcMem(pDC);
- int rcAdjust = (GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE)? 2 : 0;
- int Width = MAX(rc.Width() -rcAdjust, 0);
- int Height = m_pDock->m_NCHeight + rcAdjust;
- dcMem.CreateCompatibleBitmap(pDC, Width, Height);
- m_bOldFocus = bFocus;
-
- // Set the font for the title
- NONCLIENTMETRICS info = {0};
- info.cbSize = GetSizeofNonClientMetrics();
- SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, sizeof(info), &info, 0);
- dcMem.CreateFontIndirect(&info.lfStatusFont);
-
- // Set the Colours
- if (bFocus)
- {
- dcMem.SetTextColor(m_Foregnd1);
- dcMem.CreateSolidBrush(m_Backgnd1);
- dcMem.SetBkColor(m_Backgnd1);
- }
- else
- {
- dcMem.SetTextColor(m_Foregnd2);
- dcMem.CreateSolidBrush(m_Backgnd2);
- dcMem.SetBkColor(m_Backgnd2);
- }
-
- // Draw the rectangle
- dcMem.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(160, 150, 140));
- dcMem.Rectangle(rcAdjust, rcAdjust, rc.Width() -rcAdjust, m_pDock->m_NCHeight +rcAdjust);
-
- // Display the caption
- int cx = (m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CLOSE)? 0 : GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSMICON);
- CRect rcText(4 +rcAdjust, rcAdjust, rc.Width() -4 - cx -rcAdjust, m_pDock->m_NCHeight +rcAdjust);
- dcMem.DrawText(m_csCaption, m_csCaption.GetLength(), rcText, DT_LEFT|DT_VCENTER|DT_SINGLELINE|DT_END_ELLIPSIS);
-
- // Draw the close button
- if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CLOSE))
- DrawCloseButton(dcMem, bFocus);
-
- // Draw the 3D border
- if (GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE)
- Draw3DBorder(rc);
-
- // Copy the Memory DC to the window's DC
- pDC->BitBlt(rcAdjust, rcAdjust, Width, Height, &dcMem, rcAdjust, rcAdjust, SRCCOPY);
-
- // Required for Win98/WinME
- pDC->Destroy();
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockClient::DrawCloseButton(CDC& DrawDC, BOOL bFocus)
- {
- // The close button isn't displayed on Win95
- if (GetWinVersion() == 1400) return;
-
- if (m_pDock->IsDocked() && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CAPTION))
- {
- // Determine the close button's drawing position relative to the window
- CRect rcClose = GetCloseRect();
- UINT uState = GetCloseRect().PtInRect(GetCursorPos())? m_IsClosePressed && IsLeftButtonDown()? 2 : 1 : 0;
- ScreenToClient(rcClose);
-
- if (GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE)
- {
- rcClose.OffsetRect(2, m_pDock->m_NCHeight+2);
- if (GetWindowRect().Height() < (m_pDock->m_NCHeight+4))
- rcClose.OffsetRect(-2, -2);
- }
- else
- rcClose.OffsetRect(0, m_pDock->m_NCHeight-2);
-
- // Draw the outer highlight for the close button
- if (!IsRectEmpty(&rcClose))
- {
- switch (uState)
- {
- case 0:
- {
- // Normal button
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(232, 228, 220));
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.top);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.top);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom);
- break;
- }
-
- case 1:
- {
- // Popped up button
- // Draw outline, white at top, black on bottom
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0));
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.top);
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255, 255, 255));
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.top);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom);
- }
-
- break;
- case 2:
- {
- // Pressed button
- // Draw outline, black on top, white on bottom
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255, 255, 255));
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.top);
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0));
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.top);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom);
- }
- break;
- }
-
- // Manually Draw Close Button
- if (bFocus)
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, m_Foregnd1);
- else
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, m_Foregnd2);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left + 3, rcClose.top +3);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right - 2, rcClose.bottom -2);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left + 4, rcClose.top +3);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right - 2, rcClose.bottom -3);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left + 3, rcClose.top +4);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right - 3, rcClose.bottom -2);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.right -3, rcClose.top +3);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left + 2, rcClose.bottom -2);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.right -3, rcClose.top +4);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left + 3, rcClose.bottom -2);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.right -4, rcClose.top +3);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left + 2, rcClose.bottom -3);
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockClient::OnNCCalcSize(WPARAM& wParam, LPARAM& lParam)
- {
- // Sets the non-client area (and hence sets the client area)
- // This function modifies lParam
-
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
-
- if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CAPTION))
- {
- if (m_pDock->IsDocked())
- {
- LPRECT rc = (LPRECT)lParam;
- rc->top += m_pDock->m_NCHeight;
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CDocker::CDockClient::OnNCHitTest(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- // Identify which part of the non-client area the cursor is over
- if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CAPTION))
- {
- if (m_pDock->IsDocked())
- {
- CPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
-
- // Indicate if the point is in the close button (except for Win95)
- if ((GetWinVersion() > 1400) && (GetCloseRect().PtInRect(pt)))
- return HTCLOSE;
-
- ScreenToClient(pt);
-
- // Indicate if the point is in the caption
- if (pt.y < 0)
- return HTCAPTION;
- }
- }
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_NCHITTEST, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CDocker::CDockClient::OnNCLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CAPTION))
- {
- if ((HTCLOSE == wParam) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CLOSE))
- {
- m_IsClosePressed = TRUE;
- SetCapture();
- }
-
- m_bCaptionPressed = TRUE;
- m_Oldpt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam);
- m_Oldpt.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
- if (m_pDock->IsDocked())
- {
- CPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
- ScreenToClient(pt);
- m_pView->SetFocus();
-
- // Update the close button
- if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CLOSE))
- {
- CWindowDC dc(this);
- DrawCloseButton(dc, m_bOldFocus);
- }
-
- return 0L;
- }
- }
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockClient::OnLButtonUp(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & (DS_NO_CAPTION|DS_NO_CLOSE)))
- {
- m_bCaptionPressed = FALSE;
- if (m_IsClosePressed && GetCloseRect().PtInRect(GetCursorPos()))
- {
- // Destroy the docker
- if (dynamic_cast<CDockContainer*>(m_pDock->GetView()))
- {
- CDockContainer* pContainer = ((CDockContainer*)m_pDock->GetView())->GetActiveContainer();
- CDocker* pDock = m_pDock->GetDockFromView(pContainer);
- pDock->GetDockClient().SetClosePressed();
- m_pDock->UndockContainer(pContainer, GetCursorPos(), FALSE);
- pDock->Destroy();
- }
- else
- {
- m_pDock->Hide();
- m_pDock->Destroy();
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockClient::OnLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- m_IsClosePressed = FALSE;
- ReleaseCapture();
- CWindowDC dc(this);
- DrawCloseButton(dc, m_bOldFocus);
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockClient::OnMouseActivate(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- // Focus changed, so redraw the captions
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CAPTION))
- {
- m_pDock->GetDockAncestor()->PostMessage(UWM_DOCK_ACTIVATED, 0, 0);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockClient::OnMouseMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- OnNCMouseMove(wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockClient::OnNCMouseLeave(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- m_IsTracking = FALSE;
- CWindowDC dc(this);
- if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & (DS_NO_CAPTION|DS_NO_CLOSE)) && m_pDock->IsDocked())
- DrawCloseButton(dc, m_bOldFocus);
-
- m_IsTracking = FALSE;
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CDocker::CDockClient::OnNCMouseMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- if (!m_IsTracking)
- {
- TRACKMOUSEEVENT TrackMouseEventStruct = {0};
- TrackMouseEventStruct.cbSize = sizeof(TrackMouseEventStruct);
- TrackMouseEventStruct.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE|TME_NONCLIENT;
- TrackMouseEventStruct.hwndTrack = m_hWnd;
- _TrackMouseEvent(&TrackMouseEventStruct);
- m_IsTracking = TRUE;
- }
-
- if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CAPTION))
- {
- if (m_pDock->IsDocked())
- {
- // Discard phantom mouse move messages
- if ( (m_Oldpt.x == GET_X_LPARAM(lParam) ) && (m_Oldpt.y == GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam)))
- return 0L;
-
- if (IsLeftButtonDown() && (wParam == HTCAPTION) && (m_bCaptionPressed))
- {
- CDocker* pDock = (CDocker*)GetParent();
- if (pDock)
- pDock->Undock(GetCursorPos());
- }
-
- // Update the close button
- if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CLOSE))
- {
- CWindowDC dc(this);
- DrawCloseButton(dc, m_bOldFocus);
- }
- }
-
- m_bCaptionPressed = FALSE;
- }
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_MOUSEMOVE, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CDocker::CDockClient::OnNCPaint(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CAPTION))
- {
- if (m_pDock->IsDocked())
- {
- DefWindowProc(WM_NCPAINT, wParam, lParam);
- DrawCaption(wParam);
- return 0;
- }
- }
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_NCPAINT, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockClient::OnWindowPosChanged(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- // Reposition the View window to cover the DockClient's client area
- CRect rc = GetClientRect();
- m_pView->SetWindowPos(NULL, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockClient::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS& wc)
- {
- wc.lpszClassName = _T("Win32++ DockClient");
- wc.hCursor = ::LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockClient::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs)
- {
- DWORD dwStyle = m_pDock->GetDockStyle();
- if (dwStyle & DS_CLIENTEDGE)
- cs.dwExStyle = WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE;
-
-#if defined(WINVER) && defined (WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL) && (WINVER >= 0x0500)
- if (m_pDock->GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL)
- cs.dwExStyle |= WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL;
-#endif
-
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockClient::SendNotify(UINT nMessageID)
- {
- // Fill the DragPos structure with data
- DRAGPOS DragPos;
- DragPos.hdr.code = nMessageID;
- DragPos.hdr.hwndFrom = m_hWnd;
- DragPos.ptPos = GetCursorPos();
-
- // Send a DragPos notification to the docker
- GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, 0L, (LPARAM)&DragPos);
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockClient::SetCaptionColors(COLORREF Foregnd1, COLORREF Backgnd1, COLORREF Foregnd2, COLORREF Backgnd2)
- {
- // Set the colors used when drawing the caption
- // m_Foregnd1 Foreground colour (focused). m_Backgnd1 Background colour (focused)
- // m_Foregnd2 Foreground colour (not focused). m_Backgnd2 Foreground colour (not focused)
- m_Foregnd1 = Foregnd1;
- m_Backgnd1 = Backgnd1;
- m_Foregnd2 = Foregnd2;
- m_Backgnd2 = Backgnd2;
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CDocker::CDockClient::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case WM_LBUTTONUP:
- {
- ReleaseCapture();
- if ((0 != m_pDock) && !(m_pDock->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_CLOSE))
- {
- CWindowDC dc(this);
- DrawCloseButton(dc, m_bOldFocus);
- OnLButtonUp(wParam, lParam);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE:
- OnMouseActivate(wParam, lParam);
- break;
-
- case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
- OnMouseMove(wParam, lParam);
- break;
-
- case WM_NCCALCSIZE:
- OnNCCalcSize(wParam, lParam);
- break;
-
- case WM_NCHITTEST:
- return OnNCHitTest(wParam, lParam);
-
- case WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN:
- return OnNCLButtonDown(wParam, lParam);
-
- case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE:
- return OnNCMouseMove(wParam, lParam);
-
- case WM_NCPAINT:
- return OnNCPaint(wParam, lParam);
-
- case WM_NCMOUSELEAVE:
- OnNCMouseLeave(wParam, lParam);
- break;
-
- case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
- OnWindowPosChanged(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- }
-
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
-
- //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CDockHint class nested within CDocker
- //
- inline CDocker::CDockHint::CDockHint() : m_uDockSideOld(0)
- {
- }
-
- inline CDocker::CDockHint::~CDockHint()
- {
- }
-
- inline RECT CDocker::CDockHint::CalcHintRectContainer(CDocker* pDockTarget)
- {
- // Calculate the hint window's position for container docking
- CRect rcHint = pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetWindowRect();
- if (pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE)
- rcHint.InflateRect(-2, -2);
- pDockTarget->ScreenToClient(rcHint);
-
- return rcHint;
- }
-
- inline RECT CDocker::CDockHint::CalcHintRectInner(CDocker* pDockTarget, CDocker* pDockDrag, UINT uDockSide)
- {
- // Calculate the hint window's position for inner docking
- CRect rcHint = pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetWindowRect();
- if (pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE)
- rcHint.InflateRect(-2, -2);
- pDockTarget->ScreenToClient(rcHint);
-
- int Width;
- CRect rcDockDrag = pDockDrag->GetWindowRect();
- CRect rcDockTarget = pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetWindowRect();
- if ((uDockSide == DS_DOCKED_LEFT) || (uDockSide == DS_DOCKED_RIGHT))
- {
- Width = rcDockDrag.Width();
- if (Width >= (rcDockTarget.Width() - pDockDrag->GetBarWidth()))
- Width = MAX(rcDockTarget.Width()/2 - pDockDrag->GetBarWidth(), pDockDrag->GetBarWidth());
- }
- else
- {
- Width = rcDockDrag.Height();
- if (Width >= (rcDockTarget.Height() - pDockDrag->GetBarWidth()))
- Width = MAX(rcDockTarget.Height()/2 - pDockDrag->GetBarWidth(), pDockDrag->GetBarWidth());
- }
- switch (uDockSide)
- {
- case DS_DOCKED_LEFT:
- rcHint.right = rcHint.left + Width;
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_RIGHT:
- rcHint.left = rcHint.right - Width;
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_TOP:
- rcHint.bottom = rcHint.top + Width;
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM:
- rcHint.top = rcHint.bottom - Width;
- break;
- }
-
- return rcHint;
- }
-
- inline RECT CDocker::CDockHint::CalcHintRectOuter(CDocker* pDockDrag, UINT uDockSide)
- {
- // Calculate the hint window's position for outer docking
- CDocker* pDockTarget = pDockDrag->GetDockAncestor();
- CRect rcHint = pDockTarget->GetClientRect();
- if (pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE)
- rcHint.InflateRect(-2, -2);
-
- int Width;
- CRect rcDockDrag = pDockDrag->GetWindowRect();
- CRect rcDockTarget = pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetWindowRect();
-
- // Limit the docked size to half the parent's size if it won't fit inside parent
- if ((uDockSide == DS_DOCKED_LEFTMOST) || (uDockSide == DS_DOCKED_RIGHTMOST))
- {
- Width = rcDockDrag.Width();
- int BarWidth = pDockDrag->GetBarWidth();
- if (Width >= pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetClientRect().Width() - pDockDrag->GetBarWidth())
- Width = MAX(pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetClientRect().Width()/2 - BarWidth, BarWidth);
- }
- else
- {
- Width = rcDockDrag.Height();
- int BarWidth = pDockDrag->GetBarWidth();
- if (Width >= pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetClientRect().Height() - pDockDrag->GetBarWidth())
- Width = MAX(pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetClientRect().Height()/2 - BarWidth, BarWidth);
- }
- switch (uDockSide)
- {
- case DS_DOCKED_LEFTMOST:
- rcHint.right = rcHint.left + Width;
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_RIGHTMOST:
- rcHint.left = rcHint.right - Width;
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_TOPMOST:
- rcHint.bottom = rcHint.top + Width;
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_BOTTOMMOST:
- rcHint.top = rcHint.bottom - Width;
- break;
- }
-
- return rcHint;
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockHint::DisplayHint(CDocker* pDockTarget, CDocker* pDockDrag, UINT uDockSide)
- {
- // Ensure a new hint window is created if dock side changes
- if (uDockSide != m_uDockSideOld)
- {
- Destroy();
- pDockTarget->RedrawWindow( NULL, NULL, RDW_NOERASE | RDW_UPDATENOW );
- pDockDrag->RedrawWindow();
- }
- m_uDockSideOld = uDockSide;
-
- if (!IsWindow())
- {
- CRect rcHint;
-
- if (uDockSide & 0xF)
- rcHint = CalcHintRectInner(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, uDockSide);
- else if (uDockSide & 0xF0000)
- rcHint = CalcHintRectOuter(pDockDrag, uDockSide);
- else if (uDockSide & DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER)
- rcHint = CalcHintRectContainer(pDockTarget);
- else
- return;
-
- ShowHintWindow(pDockTarget, rcHint);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockHint::OnDraw(CDC* pDC)
- {
- // Display the blue tinted bitmap
- CRect rc = GetClientRect();
- CMemDC MemDC(pDC);
- MemDC.SelectObject(&m_bmBlueTint);
- pDC->BitBlt(0, 0, rc.Width(), rc.Height(), &MemDC, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockHint::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs)
- {
- cs.style = WS_POPUP;
-
- // WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW prevents the window being displayed on the taskbar
- cs.dwExStyle = WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW;
-
- cs.lpszClass = _T("Win32++ DockHint");
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CDockHint::ShowHintWindow(CDocker* pDockTarget, CRect rcHint)
- {
- // Save the Dock window's blue tinted bitmap
- CClientDC dcDesktop(NULL);
- CMemDC dcMem(&dcDesktop);
- CRect rcBitmap = rcHint;
- CRect rcTarget = rcHint;
- pDockTarget->ClientToScreen(rcTarget);
-
- m_bmBlueTint.CreateCompatibleBitmap(&dcDesktop, rcBitmap.Width(), rcBitmap.Height());
- CBitmap* pOldBitmap = dcMem.SelectObject(&m_bmBlueTint);
- dcMem.BitBlt(0, 0, rcBitmap.Width(), rcBitmap.Height(), &dcDesktop, rcTarget.left, rcTarget.top, SRCCOPY);
- dcMem.SelectObject(pOldBitmap);
- TintBitmap(&m_bmBlueTint, -64, -24, +128);
-
- // Create the Hint window
- if (!IsWindow())
- {
- Create(pDockTarget);
- }
-
- pDockTarget->ClientToScreen(rcHint);
- SetWindowPos(NULL, rcHint, SWP_SHOWWINDOW|SWP_NOZORDER|SWP_NOACTIVATE);
- }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CTargetCentre class nested within CDocker
- //
- inline CDocker::CTargetCentre::CTargetCentre() : m_bIsOverContainer(FALSE), m_pOldDockTarget(0)
- {
- }
-
- inline CDocker::CTargetCentre::~CTargetCentre()
- {
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CTargetCentre::OnDraw(CDC* pDC)
- {
- CBitmap bmCentre(IDW_SDCENTER);
- CBitmap bmLeft(IDW_SDLEFT);
- CBitmap bmRight(IDW_SDRIGHT);
- CBitmap bmTop(IDW_SDTOP);
- CBitmap bmBottom(IDW_SDBOTTOM);
-
- if (bmCentre.GetHandle()) pDC->DrawBitmap(0, 0, 88, 88, bmCentre, RGB(255,0,255));
- else TRACE(_T("Missing docking resource: Target Centre\n"));
-
- if (bmLeft.GetHandle()) pDC->DrawBitmap(0, 29, 31, 29, bmLeft, RGB(255,0,255));
- else TRACE(_T("Missing docking resource: Target Left\n"));
-
- if (bmTop.GetHandle()) pDC->DrawBitmap(29, 0, 29, 31, bmTop, RGB(255,0,255));
- else TRACE(_T("Missing docking resource: Target Top\n"));
-
- if (bmRight.GetHandle()) pDC->DrawBitmap(55, 29, 31, 29, bmRight, RGB(255,0,255));
- else TRACE(_T("Missing docking resource: Target Right\n"));
-
- if (bmBottom.GetHandle()) pDC->DrawBitmap(29, 55, 29, 31, bmBottom, RGB(255,0,255));
- else TRACE(_T("Missing docking resource: Target Bottom\n"));
-
- if (IsOverContainer())
- {
- CBitmap bmMiddle(IDW_SDMIDDLE);
- pDC->DrawBitmap(31, 31, 25, 26, bmMiddle, RGB(255,0,255));
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CTargetCentre::OnCreate()
- {
- // Use a region to create an irregularly shapped window
- POINT ptArray[16] = { {0,29}, {22, 29}, {29, 22}, {29, 0},
- {58, 0}, {58, 22}, {64, 29}, {87, 29},
- {87, 58}, {64, 58}, {58, 64}, {58, 87},
- {29, 87}, {29, 64}, {23, 58}, {0, 58} };
-
- CRgn rgnPoly;
- rgnPoly.CreatePolygonRgn(ptArray, 16, WINDING);
- SetWindowRgn(&rgnPoly, FALSE);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDocker::CTargetCentre::CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos)
- {
- CDocker* pDockDrag = (CDocker*)FromHandle(pDragPos->hdr.hwndFrom);
- if (NULL == pDockDrag) return FALSE;
-
- CDocker* pDockTarget = pDockDrag->GetDockFromPoint(pDragPos->ptPos);
- if (NULL == pDockTarget) return FALSE;
-
- if (!IsWindow()) Create();
- m_bIsOverContainer = (dynamic_cast<CDockContainer*>(pDockTarget->GetView()) != NULL);
-
- // Redraw the target if the dock target changes
- if (m_pOldDockTarget != pDockTarget) Invalidate();
- m_pOldDockTarget = pDockTarget;
-
- int cxImage = 88;
- int cyImage = 88;
-
- CRect rcTarget = pDockTarget->GetDockClient().GetWindowRect();
- int xMid = rcTarget.left + (rcTarget.Width() - cxImage)/2;
- int yMid = rcTarget.top + (rcTarget.Height() - cyImage)/2;
- SetWindowPos(HWND_TOPMOST, xMid, yMid, cxImage, cyImage, SWP_NOACTIVATE|SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
-
- // Create the docking zone rectangles
- CPoint pt = pDragPos->ptPos;
- ScreenToClient(pt);
- CRect rcLeft(0, 29, 31, 58);
- CRect rcTop(29, 0, 58, 31);
- CRect rcRight(55, 29, 87, 58);
- CRect rcBottom(29, 55, 58, 87);
- CRect rcMiddle(31, 31, 56, 57);
-
- // Test if our cursor is in one of the docking zones
- if ((rcLeft.PtInRect(pt)) && !(pDockTarget->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_LEFT))
- {
- pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE;
- pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_LEFT);
- pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_LEFT;
- return TRUE;
- }
- else if ((rcTop.PtInRect(pt)) && !(pDockTarget->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_TOP))
- {
- pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE;
- pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_TOP);
- pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_TOP;
- return TRUE;
- }
- else if ((rcRight.PtInRect(pt)) && !(pDockTarget->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_RIGHT))
- {
- pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE;
- pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_RIGHT);
- pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_RIGHT;
- return TRUE;
- }
- else if ((rcBottom.PtInRect(pt)) && !(pDockTarget->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_BOTTOM))
- {
- pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE;
- pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM);
- pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM;
- return TRUE;
- }
- else if ((rcMiddle.PtInRect(pt)) && (IsOverContainer()))
- {
- pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE;
- pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER);
- pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER;
- return TRUE;
- }
- else
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CTarget class nested within CDocker
- // CTarget is the base class for a number of CTargetXXX classes
- inline CDocker::CTarget::~CTarget()
- {
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CTarget::OnDraw(CDC* pDC)
- {
- BITMAP bm = m_bmImage.GetBitmapData();
- int cxImage = bm.bmWidth;
- int cyImage = bm.bmHeight;
-
- if (m_bmImage)
- pDC->DrawBitmap(0, 0, cxImage, cyImage, m_bmImage, RGB(255,0,255));
- else
- TRACE(_T("Missing docking resource\n"));
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CTarget::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs)
- {
- cs.style = WS_POPUP;
- cs.dwExStyle = WS_EX_TOPMOST|WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW;
- cs.lpszClass = _T("Win32++ DockTargeting");
- }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CTargetLeft class nested within CDocker
- //
- inline BOOL CDocker::CTargetLeft::CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos)
- {
- CDocker* pDockDrag = (CDocker*)FromHandle(pDragPos->hdr.hwndFrom);
- if (NULL == pDockDrag) return FALSE;
-
- CPoint pt = pDragPos->ptPos;
- CDocker* pDockTarget = pDockDrag->GetDockFromPoint(pt)->GetTopmostDocker();
- if (pDockTarget != pDockDrag->GetDockAncestor())
- {
- Destroy();
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- BITMAP bm = m_bmImage.GetBitmapData();
- int cxImage = bm.bmWidth;
- int cyImage = bm.bmHeight;
-
- if (!IsWindow())
- {
- Create();
- CRect rc = pDockTarget->GetWindowRect();
- int yMid = rc.top + (rc.Height() - cyImage)/2;
- SetWindowPos(HWND_TOPMOST, rc.left + 10, yMid, cxImage, cyImage, SWP_NOACTIVATE|SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
- }
-
- CRect rcLeft(0, 0, cxImage, cyImage);
- ScreenToClient(pt);
-
- // Test if our cursor is in one of the docking zones
- if ((rcLeft.PtInRect(pt)) && !(pDockTarget->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_LEFT))
- {
- pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE;
- pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_LEFTMOST);
- pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_LEFTMOST;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
- }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CTargetTop class nested within CDocker
- //
- inline BOOL CDocker::CTargetTop::CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos)
- {
- CDocker* pDockDrag = (CDocker*)FromHandle(pDragPos->hdr.hwndFrom);
- if (NULL == pDockDrag) return FALSE;
-
- CPoint pt = pDragPos->ptPos;
- CDocker* pDockTarget = pDockDrag->GetDockFromPoint(pt)->GetTopmostDocker();
- if (pDockTarget != pDockDrag->GetDockAncestor())
- {
- Destroy();
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- BITMAP bm = m_bmImage.GetBitmapData();
- int cxImage = bm.bmWidth;
- int cyImage = bm.bmHeight;
-
- if (!IsWindow())
- {
- Create();
- CRect rc = pDockTarget->GetWindowRect();
- int xMid = rc.left + (rc.Width() - cxImage)/2;
- SetWindowPos(HWND_TOPMOST, xMid, rc.top + 10, cxImage, cyImage, SWP_NOACTIVATE|SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
- }
-
- CRect rcTop(0, 0, cxImage, cyImage);
- ScreenToClient(pt);
-
- // Test if our cursor is in one of the docking zones
- if ((rcTop.PtInRect(pt)) && !(pDockTarget->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_TOP))
- {
- pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE;
- pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_TOPMOST);
- pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_TOPMOST;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
- }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CTargetRight class nested within CDocker
- //
- inline BOOL CDocker::CTargetRight::CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos)
- {
- CDocker* pDockDrag = (CDocker*)FromHandle(pDragPos->hdr.hwndFrom);
- if (NULL == pDockDrag) return FALSE;
-
- CPoint pt = pDragPos->ptPos;
- CDocker* pDockTarget = pDockDrag->GetDockFromPoint(pt)->GetTopmostDocker();
- if (pDockTarget != pDockDrag->GetDockAncestor())
- {
- Destroy();
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- BITMAP bm = m_bmImage.GetBitmapData();
- int cxImage = bm.bmWidth;
- int cyImage = bm.bmHeight;
-
- if (!IsWindow())
- {
- Create();
- CRect rc = pDockTarget->GetWindowRect();
- int yMid = rc.top + (rc.Height() - cyImage)/2;
- SetWindowPos(HWND_TOPMOST, rc.right - 10 - cxImage, yMid, cxImage, cyImage, SWP_NOACTIVATE|SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
- }
-
- CRect rcRight(0, 0, cxImage, cyImage);
- ScreenToClient(pt);
-
- // Test if our cursor is in one of the docking zones
- if ((rcRight.PtInRect(pt)) && !(pDockTarget->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_RIGHT))
- {
- pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE;
- pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_RIGHTMOST);
- pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_RIGHTMOST;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
- }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CTargetBottom class nested within CDocker
- //
- inline BOOL CDocker::CTargetBottom::CheckTarget(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos)
- {
- CDocker* pDockDrag = (CDocker*)FromHandle(pDragPos->hdr.hwndFrom);
- if (NULL == pDockDrag) return FALSE;
-
- CPoint pt = pDragPos->ptPos;
- CDocker* pDockTarget = pDockDrag->GetDockFromPoint(pt)->GetTopmostDocker();
- if (pDockTarget != pDockDrag->GetDockAncestor())
- {
- Destroy();
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- BITMAP bm = m_bmImage.GetBitmapData();
- int cxImage = bm.bmWidth;
- int cyImage = bm.bmHeight;
-
- if (!IsWindow())
- {
- Create();
- CRect rc = pDockTarget->GetWindowRect();
- int xMid = rc.left + (rc.Width() - cxImage)/2;
- SetWindowPos(HWND_TOPMOST, xMid, rc.bottom - 10 - cyImage, cxImage, cyImage, SWP_NOACTIVATE|SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
- }
- CRect rcBottom(0, 0, cxImage, cyImage);
- ScreenToClient(pt);
-
- // Test if our cursor is in one of the docking zones
- if ((rcBottom.PtInRect(pt)) && !(pDockTarget->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_DOCKCHILD_BOTTOM))
- {
- pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = TRUE;
- pDockTarget->GetDockHint().DisplayHint(pDockTarget, pDockDrag, DS_DOCKED_BOTTOMMOST);
- pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = DS_DOCKED_BOTTOMMOST;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
- }
-
-
- /////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CDocker class
- //
- inline CDocker::CDocker() : m_pDockParent(NULL), m_pDockActive(NULL), m_BlockMove(FALSE), m_Undocking(FALSE),
- m_bIsClosing(FALSE), m_bIsDragging(FALSE), m_bDragAutoResize(TRUE), m_DockStartSize(0), m_nDockID(0),
- m_nTimerCount(0), m_NCHeight(0), m_dwDockZone(0), m_DockSizeRatio(1.0), m_DockStyle(0), m_hOldFocus(0)
- {
- // Assume this docker is the DockAncestor for now.
- m_pDockAncestor = this;
- }
-
- inline CDocker::~CDocker()
- {
- GetDockBar().Destroy();
-
- std::vector <DockPtr>::iterator iter;
- if (GetDockAncestor() == this)
- {
- // Destroy all dock descendants of this dock ancestor
- for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter < GetAllDockers().end(); ++iter)
- {
- (*iter)->Destroy();
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline CDocker* CDocker::AddDockedChild(CDocker* pDocker, DWORD dwDockStyle, int DockSize, int nDockID /* = 0*/)
- // This function creates the docker, and adds it to the docker heirachy as docked
- {
- // Create the docker window as a child of the frame window.
- // This pernamently sets the frame window as the docker window's owner,
- // even when its parent is subsequently changed.
-
- assert(pDocker);
-
- // Store the Docker's pointer in the DockAncestor's vector for later deletion
- GetDockAncestor()->m_vAllDockers.push_back(DockPtr(pDocker));
-
- pDocker->SetDockStyle(dwDockStyle);
- pDocker->m_nDockID = nDockID;
- pDocker->m_pDockAncestor = GetDockAncestor();
- pDocker->m_pDockParent = this;
- pDocker->SetDockSize(DockSize);
- CWnd* pFrame = GetDockAncestor()->GetAncestor();
- pDocker->Create(pFrame);
- pDocker->SetParent(this);
-
- // Dock the docker window
- if (dwDockStyle & DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER)
- DockInContainer(pDocker, dwDockStyle);
- else
- Dock(pDocker, dwDockStyle);
-
- // Issue TRACE warnings for any missing resources
- HMODULE hMod= GetApp()->GetResourceHandle();
-
- if (!(dwDockStyle & DS_NO_RESIZE))
- {
- if (!FindResource(hMod, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SPLITH), RT_GROUP_CURSOR))
- TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Horizontal cursor resource missing\n"));
- if (!FindResource(hMod, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SPLITV), RT_GROUP_CURSOR))
- TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Vertical cursor resource missing\n"));
- }
-
- if (!(dwDockStyle & DS_NO_UNDOCK))
- {
- if (!FindResource(hMod, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SDCENTER), RT_BITMAP))
- TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Docking center bitmap resource missing\n"));
- if (!FindResource(hMod, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SDLEFT), RT_BITMAP))
- TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Docking left bitmap resource missing\n"));
- if (!FindResource(hMod, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SDRIGHT), RT_BITMAP))
- TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Docking right bitmap resource missing\n"));
- if (!FindResource(hMod, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SDTOP), RT_BITMAP))
- TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Docking top bitmap resource missing\n"));
- if (!FindResource(hMod, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SDBOTTOM), RT_BITMAP))
- TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Docking center bottom resource missing\n"));
- }
-
- if (dwDockStyle & DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER)
- {
- if (!FindResource(hMod, MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_SDMIDDLE), RT_BITMAP))
- TRACE(_T("**WARNING** Docking container bitmap resource missing\n"));
- }
-
- return pDocker;
- }
-
- inline CDocker* CDocker::AddUndockedChild(CDocker* pDocker, DWORD dwDockStyle, int DockSize, RECT rc, int nDockID /* = 0*/)
- // This function creates the docker, and adds it to the docker heirachy as undocked
- {
- assert(pDocker);
-
- // Store the Docker's pointer in the DockAncestor's vector for later deletion
- GetDockAncestor()->m_vAllDockers.push_back(DockPtr(pDocker));
-
- pDocker->SetDockSize(DockSize);
- pDocker->SetDockStyle(dwDockStyle & 0XFFFFFF0);
- pDocker->m_nDockID = nDockID;
- pDocker->m_pDockAncestor = GetDockAncestor();
-
- // Initially create the as a child window of the frame
- // This makes the frame window the owner of our docker
- CWnd* pFrame = GetDockAncestor()->GetAncestor();
- pDocker->Create(pFrame);
- pDocker->SetParent(this);
-
- // Change the Docker to a POPUP window
- DWORD dwStyle = WS_POPUP| WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU | WS_THICKFRAME | WS_VISIBLE;
- pDocker->SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle);
- pDocker->SetRedraw(FALSE);
- pDocker->SetParent(0);
- pDocker->SetWindowPos(HWND_TOP, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW|SWP_FRAMECHANGED);
- pDocker->SetRedraw(TRUE);
- pDocker->RedrawWindow(0, 0, RDW_INVALIDATE|RDW_UPDATENOW|RDW_ERASE|RDW_ALLCHILDREN);
- pDocker->SetWindowText(pDocker->GetCaption().c_str());
-
- return pDocker;
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CheckAllTargets(LPDRAGPOS pDragPos)
- // Calls CheckTarget for each possible target zone
- {
- if (!GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetCentre.CheckTarget(pDragPos))
- {
- if (!GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetLeft.CheckTarget(pDragPos))
- {
- if(!GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetTop.CheckTarget(pDragPos))
- {
- if(!GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetRight.CheckTarget(pDragPos))
- {
- if(!GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetBottom.CheckTarget(pDragPos))
- {
- // Not in a docking zone, so clean up
- NMHDR nmhdr = pDragPos->hdr;
- CDocker* pDockDrag = (CDocker*)FromHandle(nmhdr.hwndFrom);
- if (pDockDrag)
- {
- if (pDockDrag->m_BlockMove)
- pDockDrag->RedrawWindow(0, 0, RDW_FRAME|RDW_INVALIDATE);
-
- GetDockHint().Destroy();
- pDockDrag->m_dwDockZone = 0;
- pDockDrag->m_BlockMove = FALSE;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDocker::VerifyDockers()
- // A diagnostic routine which verifies the integrity of the docking layout
- {
- BOOL bResult = TRUE;
-
- // Check dock ancestor
- std::vector<DockPtr>::iterator iter;
-
- for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter != GetAllDockers().end(); ++iter)
- {
- if (GetDockAncestor() != (*iter)->m_pDockAncestor)
- {
- TRACE(_T("Invalid Dock Ancestor\n"));
- bResult = FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- // Check presence of dock parent
- for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter != GetAllDockers().end(); ++iter)
- {
- if ((*iter)->IsUndocked() && (*iter)->m_pDockParent != 0)
- {
- TRACE(_T("Error: Undocked dockers should not have a dock parent\n"));
- bResult = FALSE;
- }
-
- if ((*iter)->IsDocked() && (*iter)->m_pDockParent == 0)
- {
- TRACE(_T("Error: Docked dockers should have a dock parent\n"));
- bResult = FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- // Check dock parent/child relationship
- for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter != GetAllDockers().end(); ++iter)
- {
- std::vector<CDocker*>::iterator iterChild;
- for (iterChild = (*iter)->GetDockChildren().begin(); iterChild != (*iter)->GetDockChildren().end(); ++iterChild)
- {
- if ((*iterChild)->m_pDockParent != (*iter).get())
- {
- TRACE(_T("Error: Docking parent/Child information mismatch\n"));
- bResult = FALSE;
- }
- if ((*iterChild)->GetParent() != (*iter).get())
- {
- TRACE(_T("Error: Incorrect windows child parent relationship\n"));
- bResult = FALSE;
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Check dock parent chain
- for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter != GetAllDockers().end(); ++iter)
- {
- CDocker* pDockTopLevel = (*iter)->GetTopmostDocker();
- if (pDockTopLevel->IsDocked())
- TRACE(_T("Error: Top level parent should be undocked\n"));
- }
-
- return bResult;
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::Close()
- {
- // Destroy the docker
- Hide();
- Destroy();
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CloseAllDockers()
- {
- assert(this == GetDockAncestor()); // Must call CloseAllDockers from the DockAncestor
-
- std::vector <DockPtr>::iterator v;
-
- SetRedraw(FALSE);
- std::vector<DockPtr> AllDockers = GetAllDockers();
- for (v = AllDockers.begin(); v != AllDockers.end(); ++v)
- {
- // The CDocker is destroyed when the window is destroyed
- (*v)->m_bIsClosing = TRUE;
- (*v)->Destroy(); // Destroy the window
- }
-
- GetDockChildren().clear();
- SetRedraw(TRUE);
- RecalcDockLayout();
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::CloseAllTargets()
- {
- GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetCentre.Destroy();
- GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetLeft.Destroy();
- GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetTop.Destroy();
- GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetRight.Destroy();
- GetDockAncestor()->m_TargetBottom.Destroy();
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::Dock(CDocker* pDocker, UINT DockStyle)
- // Docks the specified docker inside this docker
- {
- assert(pDocker);
-
- pDocker->m_pDockParent = this;
- pDocker->m_BlockMove = FALSE;
- pDocker->SetDockStyle(DockStyle);
- m_vDockChildren.push_back(pDocker);
- pDocker->ConvertToChild(m_hWnd);
-
- // Limit the docked size to half the parent's size if it won't fit inside parent
- if (((DockStyle & 0xF) == DS_DOCKED_LEFT) || ((DockStyle &0xF) == DS_DOCKED_RIGHT))
- {
- int Width = GetDockClient().GetWindowRect().Width();
- int BarWidth = pDocker->GetBarWidth();
- if (pDocker->m_DockStartSize >= (Width - BarWidth))
- pDocker->SetDockSize(MAX(Width/2 - BarWidth, BarWidth));
-
- pDocker->m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)pDocker->m_DockStartSize) / (double)GetWindowRect().Width();
- }
- else
- {
- int Height = GetDockClient().GetWindowRect().Height();
- int BarWidth = pDocker->GetBarWidth();
- if (pDocker->m_DockStartSize >= (Height - BarWidth))
- pDocker->SetDockSize(MAX(Height/2 - BarWidth, BarWidth));
-
- pDocker->m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)pDocker->m_DockStartSize) / (double)GetWindowRect().Height();
- }
-
- // Redraw the docked windows
- GetAncestor()->SetForegroundWindow();
- GetTopmostDocker()->m_hOldFocus = pDocker->GetView()->GetHwnd();
- pDocker->GetView()->SetFocus();
-
- GetTopmostDocker()->SetRedraw(FALSE);
- RecalcDockLayout();
- GetTopmostDocker()->SetRedraw(TRUE);
- GetTopmostDocker()->RedrawWindow();
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::DockInContainer(CDocker* pDock, DWORD dwDockStyle)
- // Add a container to an existing container
- {
- if ((dwDockStyle & DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER) && (dynamic_cast<CDockContainer*>(pDock->GetView())))
- {
- // Transfer any dock children to this docker
- pDock->MoveDockChildren(this);
-
- // Transfer container children to the target container
- CDockContainer* pContainer = (CDockContainer*)GetView();
- CDockContainer* pContainerSource = (CDockContainer*)pDock->GetView();
-
- if (pContainerSource->GetAllContainers().size() > 1)
- {
- // The container we're about to add has children, so transfer those first
- std::vector<ContainerInfo>::reverse_iterator riter;
- std::vector<ContainerInfo> AllContainers = pContainerSource->GetAllContainers();
- for ( riter = AllContainers.rbegin() ; riter < AllContainers.rend() -1; ++riter )
- {
- // Remove child container from pContainerSource
- CDockContainer* pContainerChild = (*riter).pContainer;
- pContainerChild->ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
- pContainerSource->RemoveContainer(pContainerChild);
-
- // Add child container to this container
- pContainer->AddContainer(pContainerChild);
-
- CDocker* pDockChild = GetDockFromView(pContainerChild);
- pDockChild->SetParent(this);
- pDockChild->m_pDockParent = this;
- }
- }
-
- pContainer->AddContainer((CDockContainer*)pDock->GetView());
- pDock->m_pDockParent = this;
- pDock->m_BlockMove = FALSE;
- pDock->ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
- pDock->SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, WS_CHILD);
- pDock->SetDockStyle(dwDockStyle);
- pDock->SetParent(this);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::DockOuter(CDocker* pDocker, DWORD dwDockStyle)
- // Docks the specified docker inside the dock ancestor
- {
- assert(pDocker);
-
- pDocker->m_pDockParent = GetDockAncestor();
-
- DWORD OuterDocking = dwDockStyle & 0xF0000;
- DWORD DockSide = OuterDocking / 0x10000;
- dwDockStyle &= 0xFFF0FFFF;
- dwDockStyle |= DockSide;
-
- // Set the dock styles
- DWORD dwStyle = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE;
- pDocker->m_BlockMove = FALSE;
- pDocker->SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle);
- pDocker->ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
- pDocker->SetDockStyle(dwDockStyle);
-
- // Set the docking relationships
- std::vector<CDocker*>::iterator iter = GetDockAncestor()->m_vDockChildren.begin();
- GetDockAncestor()->m_vDockChildren.insert(iter, pDocker);
- pDocker->SetParent(GetDockAncestor());
- pDocker->GetDockBar().SetParent(GetDockAncestor());
-
- // Limit the docked size to half the parent's size if it won't fit inside parent
- if (((dwDockStyle & 0xF) == DS_DOCKED_LEFT) || ((dwDockStyle &0xF) == DS_DOCKED_RIGHT))
- {
- int Width = GetDockAncestor()->GetDockClient().GetWindowRect().Width();
- int BarWidth = pDocker->GetBarWidth();
- if (pDocker->m_DockStartSize >= (Width - BarWidth))
- pDocker->SetDockSize(MAX(Width/2 - BarWidth, BarWidth));
-
- pDocker->m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)pDocker->m_DockStartSize) / (double)GetDockAncestor()->GetWindowRect().Width();
- }
- else
- {
- int Height = GetDockAncestor()->GetDockClient().GetWindowRect().Height();
- int BarWidth = pDocker->GetBarWidth();
- if (pDocker->m_DockStartSize >= (Height - BarWidth))
- pDocker->SetDockSize(MAX(Height/2 - BarWidth, BarWidth));
-
- pDocker->m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)pDocker->m_DockStartSize) / (double)GetDockAncestor()->GetWindowRect().Height();
- }
-
- // Redraw the docked windows
- GetAncestor()->SetFocus();
- pDocker->GetView()->SetFocus();
- RecalcDockLayout();
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::DrawAllCaptions()
- {
- std::vector<DockPtr>::iterator iter;
- for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter != GetAllDockers().end(); iter++)
- {
- if ((*iter)->IsDocked())
- (*iter)->GetDockClient().DrawCaption((WPARAM)1);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::DrawHashBar(HWND hBar, POINT Pos)
- // Draws a hashed bar while the splitter bar is being dragged
- {
- CDocker* pDock = ((CDockBar*)FromHandle(hBar))->GetDock();
- if (NULL == pDock) return;
-
- BOOL bVertical = ((pDock->GetDockStyle() & 0xF) == DS_DOCKED_LEFT) || ((pDock->GetDockStyle() & 0xF) == DS_DOCKED_RIGHT);
-
- CClientDC dcBar(this);
-
- WORD HashPattern[] = {0x55,0xAA,0x55,0xAA,0x55,0xAA,0x55,0xAA};
- CBitmap bmHash;
- CBrush brDithered;
- bmHash.CreateBitmap(8, 8, 1, 1, HashPattern);
- brDithered.CreatePatternBrush(&bmHash);
- dcBar.SelectObject(&brDithered);
-
- CRect rc = FromHandle(hBar)->GetWindowRect();
- ScreenToClient(rc);
- int cx = rc.Width();
- int cy = rc.Height();
- int BarWidth = pDock->GetDockBar().GetWidth();
-
- if (bVertical)
- dcBar.PatBlt(Pos.x - BarWidth/2, rc.top, BarWidth, cy, PATINVERT);
- else
- dcBar.PatBlt(rc.left, Pos.y - BarWidth/2, cx, BarWidth, PATINVERT);
- }
-
- inline CDockContainer* CDocker::GetContainer() const
- {
- CDockContainer* pContainer = NULL;
- if (dynamic_cast<CDockContainer*>(GetView()))
- pContainer = (CDockContainer*)GetView();
-
- return pContainer;
- }
-
- inline CDocker* CDocker::GetActiveDocker() const
- // Returns the docker whose child window has focus
- {
- CWnd* pWnd = GetFocus();
- CDocker* pDock= NULL;
- while (pWnd && (pDock == NULL))
- {
- if (IsRelated(pWnd))
- pDock = (CDocker*)pWnd;
-
- pWnd = pWnd->GetParent();
- }
-
- return pDock;
- }
-
- inline CDocker* CDocker::GetDockAncestor() const
- // The GetDockAncestor function retrieves the pointer to the
- // ancestor (root docker parent) of the Docker.
- {
- return m_pDockAncestor;
- }
-
- inline CDocker* CDocker::GetDockFromPoint(POINT pt) const
- // Retrieves the Docker whose view window contains the specified point
- {
- // Step 1: Find the top level Docker the point is over
- CDocker* pDockTop = NULL;
- CWnd* pAncestor = GetDockAncestor()->GetAncestor();
-
- // Iterate through all top level windows
- CWnd* pWnd = GetWindow(GW_HWNDFIRST);
- while(pWnd)
- {
- if (IsRelated(pWnd) || pWnd == pAncestor)
- {
- CDocker* pDockTest;
- if (pWnd == pAncestor)
- pDockTest = GetDockAncestor();
- else
- pDockTest = (CDocker*)pWnd;
-
- CRect rc = pDockTest->GetClientRect();
- pDockTest->ClientToScreen(rc);
- if ((this != pDockTest) && rc.PtInRect(pt))
- {
- pDockTop = pDockTest;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- pWnd = pWnd->GetWindow(GW_HWNDNEXT);
- }
-
- // Step 2: Find the docker child whose view window has the point
- CDocker* pDockTarget = NULL;
- if (pDockTop)
- {
- CDocker* pDockParent = pDockTop;
- CDocker* pDockTest = pDockParent;
-
- while (IsRelated(pDockTest))
- {
- pDockParent = pDockTest;
- CPoint ptLocal = pt;
- pDockParent->ScreenToClient(ptLocal);
- pDockTest = (CDocker*)pDockParent->ChildWindowFromPoint(ptLocal);
- assert (pDockTest != pDockParent);
- }
-
- CRect rc = pDockParent->GetDockClient().GetWindowRect();
- if (rc.PtInRect(pt)) pDockTarget = pDockParent;
- }
-
- return pDockTarget;
- }
-
- inline CDocker* CDocker::GetDockFromID(int n_DockID) const
- {
- std::vector <DockPtr>::iterator v;
-
- if (GetDockAncestor())
- {
- for (v = GetDockAncestor()->m_vAllDockers.begin(); v != GetDockAncestor()->m_vAllDockers.end(); v++)
- {
- if (n_DockID == (*v)->GetDockID())
- return (*v).get();
- }
- }
-
- return 0;
- }
-
- inline CDocker* CDocker::GetDockFromView(CWnd* pView) const
- {
- CDocker* pDock = 0;
- std::vector<DockPtr>::iterator iter;
- std::vector<DockPtr> AllDockers = GetAllDockers();
- for (iter = AllDockers.begin(); iter != AllDockers.end(); ++iter)
- {
- if ((*iter)->GetView() == pView)
- pDock = (*iter).get();
- }
-
- return pDock;
- }
-
- inline int CDocker::GetDockSize() const
- {
- // Returns the size of the docker to be used if it is redocked
- // Note: This function returns 0 if the docker has the DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER style
-
- CRect rcParent;
- if (GetDockParent())
- rcParent = GetDockParent()->GetWindowRect();
- else
- rcParent = GetDockAncestor()->GetWindowRect();
-
- double DockSize = 0;
- if ((GetDockStyle() & DS_DOCKED_LEFT) || (GetDockStyle() & DS_DOCKED_RIGHT))
- DockSize = (double)(rcParent.Width()*m_DockSizeRatio);
- else if ((GetDockStyle() & DS_DOCKED_TOP) || (GetDockStyle() & DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM))
- DockSize = (double)(rcParent.Height()*m_DockSizeRatio);
- else if ((GetDockStyle() & DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER))
- DockSize = 0;
-
- return (int)DockSize;
- }
-
- inline CDocker* CDocker::GetTopmostDocker() const
- // Returns the docker's parent at the top of the Z order.
- // Could be the dock ancestor or an undocked docker.
- {
- CDocker* pDockTopLevel = (CDocker* const)this;
-
- while(pDockTopLevel->GetDockParent())
- {
- assert (pDockTopLevel != pDockTopLevel->GetDockParent());
- pDockTopLevel = pDockTopLevel->GetDockParent();
- }
-
- return pDockTopLevel;
- }
-
- inline CTabbedMDI* CDocker::GetTabbedMDI() const
- {
- CTabbedMDI* pTabbedMDI = NULL;
- if (dynamic_cast<CTabbedMDI*>(GetView()))
- pTabbedMDI = (CTabbedMDI*)GetView();
-
- return pTabbedMDI;
- }
-
- inline int CDocker::GetTextHeight()
- {
- NONCLIENTMETRICS nm = {0};
- nm.cbSize = GetSizeofNonClientMetrics();
- SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, 0, &nm, 0);
- LOGFONT lf = nm.lfStatusFont;
-
- CClientDC dc(this);
- dc.CreateFontIndirect(&lf);
- CSize szText = dc.GetTextExtentPoint32(_T("Text"), lstrlen(_T("Text")));
- return szText.cy;
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::Hide()
- {
- // Undocks a docker (if needed) and hides it.
- // Do unhide the docker, dock it.
-
- if (IsDocked())
- {
- if (dynamic_cast<CDockContainer*>(GetView()))
- {
- CDockContainer* pContainer = GetContainer();
- CDocker* pDock = GetDockFromView(pContainer->GetContainerParent());
- pDock->UndockContainer(pContainer, GetCursorPos(), FALSE);
- }
- else
- {
- CDocker* pDockUndockedFrom = SeparateFromDock();
- pDockUndockedFrom->RecalcDockLayout();
- }
- }
-
- ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDocker::IsChildOfDocker(CWnd* pWnd) const
- // returns true if the specified window is a child of this docker
- {
- while ((pWnd != NULL) && (pWnd != GetDockAncestor()))
- {
- if (pWnd == (CWnd*)this) return TRUE;
- if (IsRelated(pWnd)) break;
- pWnd = pWnd->GetParent();
- }
-
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDocker::IsDocked() const
- {
- return (((m_DockStyle&0xF) || (m_DockStyle & DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER)) && !m_Undocking); // Boolean expression
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDocker::IsDragAutoResize()
- {
- return m_bDragAutoResize;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDocker::IsRelated(CWnd* pWnd) const
- // Returns TRUE if the hWnd is a docker within this dock family
- {
- if (GetDockAncestor() == pWnd) return TRUE;
-
- std::vector<DockPtr>::iterator iter;
- for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter < GetAllDockers().end(); ++iter)
- {
- if ((*iter).get() == pWnd) return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDocker::IsUndocked() const
- {
- return (!((m_DockStyle&0xF)|| (m_DockStyle & DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER)) && !m_Undocking); // Boolean expression
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDocker::LoadRegistrySettings(tString tsRegistryKeyName)
- // Recreates the docker layout based on information stored in the registry.
- // Assumes the DockAncestor window is already created.
- {
- BOOL bResult = FALSE;
-
- if (0 != tsRegistryKeyName.size())
- {
- std::vector<DockInfo> vDockList;
- std::vector<int> vActiveContainers;
- tString tsKey = _T("Software\\") + tsRegistryKeyName + _T("\\Dock Windows");
- HKEY hKey = 0;
- RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, tsKey.c_str(), 0, KEY_READ, &hKey);
- if (hKey)
- {
- DWORD dwType = REG_BINARY;
- DWORD BufferSize = sizeof(DockInfo);
- DockInfo di;
- int i = 0;
- TCHAR szNumber[20];
- tString tsSubKey = _T("DockChild");
- tsSubKey += _itot(i, szNumber, 10);
-
- // Fill the DockList vector from the registry
- while (0 == RegQueryValueEx(hKey, tsSubKey.c_str(), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&di, &BufferSize))
- {
- vDockList.push_back(di);
- i++;
- tsSubKey = _T("DockChild");
- tsSubKey += _itot(i, szNumber, 10);
- }
-
- dwType = REG_DWORD;
- BufferSize = sizeof(int);
- int nID;
- i = 0;
- tsSubKey = _T("ActiveContainer");
- tsSubKey += _itot(i, szNumber, 10);
- // Fill the DockList vector from the registry
- while (0 == RegQueryValueEx(hKey, tsSubKey.c_str(), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&nID, &BufferSize))
- {
- vActiveContainers.push_back(nID);
- i++;
- tsSubKey = _T("ActiveContainer");
- tsSubKey += _itot(i, szNumber, 10);
- }
-
- RegCloseKey(hKey);
- if (vDockList.size() > 0) bResult = TRUE;
- }
-
- // Add dockers without parents first
- std::vector<DockInfo>::iterator iter;
- for (iter = vDockList.begin(); iter < vDockList.end() ; ++iter)
- {
- DockInfo di = (*iter);
- if (di.DockParentID == 0)
- {
- CDocker* pDocker = NewDockerFromID(di.DockID);
- if (pDocker)
- {
- if (di.DockStyle & 0xF)
- AddDockedChild(pDocker, di.DockStyle, di.DockSize, di.DockID);
- else
- AddUndockedChild(pDocker, di.DockStyle, di.DockSize, di.Rect, di.DockID);
- }
- else
- {
- TRACE(_T("Failed to add dockers without parents from registry"));
- bResult = FALSE;
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Remove dockers without parents from vDockList
- for (UINT n = (UINT)vDockList.size(); n > 0; --n)
- {
- iter = vDockList.begin() + n-1;
- if ((*iter).DockParentID == 0)
- vDockList.erase(iter);
- }
-
- // Add remaining dockers
- while (vDockList.size() > 0)
- {
- bool bFound = false;
- std::vector<DockInfo>::iterator iter;
- for (iter = vDockList.begin(); iter < vDockList.end(); ++iter)
- {
- DockInfo di = *iter;
- CDocker* pDockParent = GetDockFromID(di.DockParentID);
-
- if (pDockParent != 0)
- {
- CDocker* pDock = NewDockerFromID(di.DockID);
- if(pDock)
- {
- pDockParent->AddDockedChild(pDock, di.DockStyle, di.DockSize, di.DockID);
- bFound = true;
- }
- else
- {
- TRACE(_T("Failed to add dockers with parents from registry"));
- bResult = FALSE;
- }
-
- vDockList.erase(iter);
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (!bFound)
- {
- TRACE(_T("Orphaned dockers stored in registry "));
- bResult = FALSE;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- std::vector<int>::iterator iterID;
- for (iterID = vActiveContainers.begin(); iterID < vActiveContainers.end(); ++iterID)
- {
- CDocker* pDocker = GetDockFromID(*iterID);
- if (pDocker)
- {
- CDockContainer* pContainer = pDocker->GetContainer();
- if (pContainer)
- {
- int nPage = pContainer->GetContainerIndex(pContainer);
- if (nPage >= 0)
- pContainer->SelectPage(nPage);
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (!bResult) CloseAllDockers();
- return bResult;
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::MoveDockChildren(CDocker* pDockTarget)
- // Used internally by Dock and Undock
- {
- assert(pDockTarget);
-
- // Transfer any dock children from the current docker to the target docker
- std::vector<CDocker*>::iterator iter;
- for (iter = GetDockChildren().begin(); iter < GetDockChildren().end(); ++iter)
- {
- pDockTarget->GetDockChildren().push_back(*iter);
- (*iter)->m_pDockParent = pDockTarget;
- (*iter)->SetParent(pDockTarget);
- (*iter)->GetDockBar().SetParent(pDockTarget);
- }
- GetDockChildren().clear();
- }
-
- inline CDocker* CDocker::NewDockerFromID(int nID)
- // Used in LoadRegistrySettings. Creates a new Docker from the specified ID
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(nID);
-
- // Override this function to create the Docker objects as shown below
-
- CDocker* pDock = NULL;
- /* switch(nID)
- {
- case ID_CLASSES:
- pDock = new CDockClasses;
- break;
- case ID_FILES:
- pDock = new CDockFiles;
- break;
- default:
- TRACE(_T("Unknown Dock ID\n"));
- break;
- } */
-
- return pDock;
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::OnActivate(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- // Only top level undocked dockers get this message
- if (LOWORD(wParam) == WA_INACTIVE)
- {
- GetTopmostDocker()->m_hOldFocus = ::GetFocus();
-
- // Send a notification of focus lost
- int idCtrl = ::GetDlgCtrlID(m_hOldFocus);
- NMHDR nhdr={0};
- nhdr.hwndFrom = m_hOldFocus;
- nhdr.idFrom = idCtrl;
- nhdr.code = UWM_FRAMELOSTFOCUS;
- SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, (WPARAM)idCtrl, (LPARAM)&nhdr);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::OnCaptionTimer(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- if (this == GetDockAncestor())
- {
- if (wParam == 1)
- {
- DrawAllCaptions();
- m_nTimerCount++;
- if (m_nTimerCount == 10)
- {
- KillTimer(wParam);
- m_nTimerCount = 0;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::OnCreate()
- {
-
-#if defined(WINVER) && defined (WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL) && (WINVER >= 0x0500)
- if (GetParent()->GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE) & WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL)
- {
- DWORD dwExStyle = GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE);
- SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE, dwExStyle | WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL);
- }
-#endif
-
- // Create the various child windows
- GetDockClient().SetDock(this);
- GetDockClient().Create(this);
-
- assert(GetView()); // Use SetView in CMainFrame's constructor to set the view window
- GetView()->Create(&GetDockClient());
-
- // Create the slider bar belonging to this docker
- GetDockBar().SetDock(this);
- if (GetDockAncestor() != this)
- GetDockBar().Create(GetParent());
-
- // Now remove the WS_POPUP style. It was required to allow this window
- // to be owned by the frame window.
- SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, WS_CHILD);
- SetParent(GetParent()); // Reinstate the window's parent
-
- // Set the default colour for the splitter bar
- COLORREF rgbColour = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE);
- CWnd* pFrame = GetDockAncestor()->GetAncestor();
- ReBarTheme* pTheme = (ReBarTheme*)pFrame->SendMessage(UWM_GETREBARTHEME, 0, 0);
-
- if (pTheme && pTheme->UseThemes && pTheme->clrBkgnd2 != 0)
- rgbColour =pTheme->clrBkgnd2;
-
- SetBarColor(rgbColour);
-
- // Set the caption height based on text height
- m_NCHeight = MAX(20, GetTextHeight() + 5);
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::OnDestroy(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- // Destroy any dock children first
- std::vector<CDocker*>::iterator iter;
- for (iter = GetDockChildren().begin(); iter < GetDockChildren().end(); ++iter)
- {
- (*iter)->Destroy();
- }
-
- if (dynamic_cast<CDockContainer*>(GetView()) && IsUndocked())
- {
- CDockContainer* pContainer = (CDockContainer*)GetView();
- if (pContainer->GetAllContainers().size() > 1)
- {
- // This container has children, so destroy them now
- std::vector<ContainerInfo> AllContainers = pContainer->GetAllContainers();
- std::vector<ContainerInfo>::iterator iter;
- for (iter = AllContainers.begin(); iter < AllContainers.end(); ++iter)
- {
- if ((*iter).pContainer != pContainer)
- {
- // Reset container parent before destroying the dock window
- CDocker* pDock = GetDockFromView((*iter).pContainer);
- if (pContainer->IsWindow())
- pContainer->SetParent(&pDock->GetDockClient());
-
- pDock->Destroy();
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- GetDockBar().Destroy();
-
- // Post a destroy docker message
- if ( GetDockAncestor()->IsWindow() )
- GetDockAncestor()->PostMessage(UWM_DOCK_DESTROYED, (WPARAM)this, 0L);
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::OnDockDestroyed(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- CDocker* pDock = (CDocker*)wParam;
-
- assert( this == GetDockAncestor() );
- std::vector<DockPtr>::iterator iter;
- for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter < GetAllDockers().end(); ++iter)
- {
- if ((*iter).get() == pDock)
- {
- GetAllDockers().erase(iter);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::OnExitSizeMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- m_BlockMove = FALSE;
- m_bIsDragging = FALSE;
- SendNotify(UWM_DOCK_END);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CDocker::OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
- LPDRAGPOS pdp = (LPDRAGPOS)lParam;
-
- switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code)
- {
- case UWM_DOCK_START:
- {
- if (IsDocked())
- {
- Undock(GetCursorPos());
- SendMessage(WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN, HTCAPTION, MAKELPARAM(pdp->ptPos.x, pdp->ptPos.y));
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case UWM_DOCK_MOVE:
- {
- CheckAllTargets((LPDRAGPOS)lParam);
- }
- break;
-
- case UWM_DOCK_END:
- {
- CDocker* pDock = (CDocker*)FromHandle(pdp->hdr.hwndFrom);
- if (NULL == pDock) break;
-
- UINT DockZone = pdp->DockZone;
- CRect rc = pDock->GetWindowRect();
-
- switch(DockZone)
- {
- case DS_DOCKED_LEFT:
- case DS_DOCKED_RIGHT:
- pDock->SetDockSize(rc.Width());
- Dock(pDock, pDock->GetDockStyle() | DockZone);
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_TOP:
- case DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM:
- pDock->SetDockSize(rc.Height());
- Dock(pDock, pDock->GetDockStyle() | DockZone);
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER:
- {
- DockInContainer(pDock, pDock->GetDockStyle() | DockZone);
- CDockContainer* pContainer = (CDockContainer*)GetView();
- int nPage = pContainer->GetContainerIndex((CDockContainer*)pDock->GetView());
- pContainer->SelectPage(nPage);
- }
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_LEFTMOST:
- case DS_DOCKED_RIGHTMOST:
- pDock->SetDockSize(rc.Width());
- DockOuter(pDock, pDock->GetDockStyle() | DockZone);
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_TOPMOST:
- case DS_DOCKED_BOTTOMMOST:
- pDock->SetDockSize(rc.Height());
- DockOuter(pDock, pDock->GetDockStyle() | DockZone);
- break;
- }
-
- GetDockHint().Destroy();
- CloseAllTargets();
- }
- break;
-
- case UWM_BAR_START:
- {
- CPoint pt = pdp->ptPos;
- ScreenToClient(pt);
- if (!IsDragAutoResize())
- DrawHashBar(pdp->hdr.hwndFrom, pt);
- m_OldPoint = pt;
- }
- break;
-
- case UWM_BAR_MOVE:
- {
- CPoint pt = pdp->ptPos;
- ScreenToClient(pt);
-
- if (pt != m_OldPoint)
- {
- if (IsDragAutoResize())
- ResizeDockers(pdp);
- else
- {
- DrawHashBar(pdp->hdr.hwndFrom, m_OldPoint);
- DrawHashBar(pdp->hdr.hwndFrom, pt);
- }
-
- m_OldPoint = pt;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case UWM_BAR_END:
- {
- POINT pt = pdp->ptPos;
- ScreenToClient(pt);
-
- if (!IsDragAutoResize())
- DrawHashBar(pdp->hdr.hwndFrom, pt);
-
- ResizeDockers(pdp);
- }
- break;
- case NM_SETFOCUS:
- if (GetDockAncestor()->IsWindow())
- GetDockAncestor()->PostMessage(UWM_DOCK_ACTIVATED, 0, 0);
- break;
- case UWM_FRAMEGOTFOCUS:
- if (GetDockAncestor()->IsWindow())
- GetDockAncestor()->PostMessage(UWM_DOCK_ACTIVATED, 0, 0);
- if (GetView()->IsWindow())
- GetView()->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, wParam, lParam);
- break;
- case UWM_FRAMELOSTFOCUS:
- if (GetDockAncestor()->IsWindow())
- GetDockAncestor()->PostMessage(UWM_DOCK_ACTIVATED, 0, 0);
- if (GetView()->IsWindow())
- GetView()->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, wParam, lParam);
- break;
- }
- return 0L;
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::ResizeDockers(LPDRAGPOS pdp)
- // Called when the docker's splitter bar is dragged
- {
- assert(pdp);
-
- POINT pt = pdp->ptPos;
- ScreenToClient(pt);
-
- CDocker* pDock = ((CDockBar*)FromHandle(pdp->hdr.hwndFrom))->GetDock();
- if (NULL == pDock) return;
-
- RECT rcDock = pDock->GetWindowRect();
- ScreenToClient(rcDock);
-
- double dBarWidth = pDock->GetDockBar().GetWidth();
- int iBarWidth = pDock->GetDockBar().GetWidth();
- int DockSize;
-
- switch (pDock->GetDockStyle() & 0xF)
- {
- case DS_DOCKED_LEFT:
- DockSize = MAX(pt.x, iBarWidth/2) - rcDock.left - (int)(.5* dBarWidth);
- DockSize = MAX(-iBarWidth, DockSize);
- pDock->SetDockSize(DockSize);
- pDock->m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)pDock->m_DockStartSize)/((double)pDock->m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Width());
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_RIGHT:
- DockSize = rcDock.right - MAX(pt.x, iBarWidth/2) - (int)(.5* dBarWidth);
- DockSize = MAX(-iBarWidth, DockSize);
- pDock->SetDockSize(DockSize);
- pDock->m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)pDock->m_DockStartSize)/((double)pDock->m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Width());
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_TOP:
- DockSize = MAX(pt.y, iBarWidth/2) - rcDock.top - (int)(.5* dBarWidth);
- DockSize = MAX(-iBarWidth, DockSize);
- pDock->SetDockSize(DockSize);
- pDock->m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)pDock->m_DockStartSize)/((double)pDock->m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Height());
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM:
- DockSize = rcDock.bottom - MAX(pt.y, iBarWidth/2) - (int)(.5* dBarWidth);
- DockSize = MAX(-iBarWidth, DockSize);
- pDock->SetDockSize(DockSize);
- pDock->m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)pDock->m_DockStartSize)/((double)pDock->m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Height());
- break;
- }
-
- RecalcDockLayout();
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::OnSetFocus(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- if (IsUndocked() && m_hOldFocus)
- ::SetFocus(m_hOldFocus);
- else
- // Pass focus on the the view window
- GetView()->SetFocus();
-
- if ((this == GetTopmostDocker()) && (this != GetDockAncestor()))
- {
- // Send a notification to top level window
- int idCtrl = ::GetDlgCtrlID(m_hOldFocus);
- NMHDR nhdr={0};
- nhdr.hwndFrom = m_hOldFocus;
- nhdr.idFrom = idCtrl;
- nhdr.code = NM_SETFOCUS;
- SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, (WPARAM)idCtrl, (LPARAM)&nhdr);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::OnSysColorChange(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- if (this == GetDockAncestor())
- {
- COLORREF rgbColour = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE);
- CWnd* pFrame = GetDockAncestor()->GetAncestor();
- ReBarTheme* pTheme = (ReBarTheme*)pFrame->SendMessage(UWM_GETREBARTHEME, 0, 0);
-
- if (pTheme && pTheme->UseThemes && pTheme->clrBand2 != 0)
- rgbColour = pTheme->clrBkgnd2;
- else
- rgbColour = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE);
-
- // Set the splitter bar colour for each docker decendant
- std::vector<DockPtr>::iterator iter;
- for (iter = GetAllDockers().begin(); iter < GetAllDockers().end(); ++iter)
- (*iter)->SetBarColor(rgbColour);
-
- // Set the splitter bar colour for the docker ancestor
- SetBarColor(rgbColour);
- }
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CDocker::OnSysCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch(wParam&0xFFF0)
- {
- case SC_MOVE:
- // An undocked docker is being moved
- {
- BOOL bResult = FALSE;
- m_bIsDragging = TRUE;
- SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW));
-
- if (SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETDRAGFULLWINDOWS, 0, &bResult, 0))
- {
- // Turn on DragFullWindows for this move
- SystemParametersInfo(SPI_SETDRAGFULLWINDOWS, TRUE, 0, 0);
-
- // Process this message
- DefWindowProc(WM_SYSCOMMAND, wParam, lParam);
-
- // Return DragFullWindows to its previous state
- SystemParametersInfo(SPI_SETDRAGFULLWINDOWS, bResult, 0, 0);
- return 0L;
- }
- }
- break;
- case SC_CLOSE:
- // The close button is pressed on an undocked docker
- m_bIsClosing = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_SYSCOMMAND, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CDocker::OnWindowPosChanging(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- // Suspend dock drag moving while over dock zone
- if (m_BlockMove)
- {
- LPWINDOWPOS pWndPos = (LPWINDOWPOS)lParam;
- pWndPos->flags |= SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_FRAMECHANGED;
- return 0;
- }
-
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::OnWindowPosChanged(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
-
- if (m_bIsDragging)
- {
- // Send a Move notification to the parent
- if ( IsLeftButtonDown() )
- {
- LPWINDOWPOS wPos = (LPWINDOWPOS)lParam;
- if ((!(wPos->flags & SWP_NOMOVE)) || m_BlockMove)
- SendNotify(UWM_DOCK_MOVE);
- }
- else
- {
- CloseAllTargets();
- m_BlockMove = FALSE;
- }
- }
- else if (this == GetTopmostDocker())
- {
- // Reposition the dock children
- if (IsUndocked() && IsWindowVisible() && !m_bIsClosing) RecalcDockLayout();
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs)
- {
- // Specify the WS_POPUP style to have this window owned
- if (this != GetDockAncestor())
- cs.style = WS_POPUP;
-
- cs.dwExStyle = WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW;
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc)
- {
- wc.lpszClassName = _T("Win32++ Docker");
- wc.hCursor = ::LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::RecalcDockChildLayout(CRect rc)
- {
- // This function positions the Docker's dock children, the Dockers client area
- // and draws the dockbar bars.
-
- // Notes:
- // 1) This function is called recursively.
- // 2) The client area and child dockers are positioned simultaneously with
- // DeferWindowPos to avoid drawing errors in complex docker arrangements.
- // 3) The docker's client area contains the docker's caption (if any) and the docker's view window.
-
- // Note: All top level dockers are undocked, including the dock ancestor.
- if (IsDocked())
- {
- rc.OffsetRect(-rc.left, -rc.top);
- }
-
- HDWP hdwp = BeginDeferWindowPos((int)m_vDockChildren.size() +2);
-
- // Step 1: Calculate the position of each Docker child, DockBar, and Client window.
- // The Client area = the docker rect minus the area of dock children and the dock bar (splitter bar).
- for (UINT u = 0; u < m_vDockChildren.size(); ++u)
- {
- CRect rcChild = rc;
- double DockSize = m_vDockChildren[u]->m_DockStartSize;;
-
- // Calculate the size of the Docker children
- switch (m_vDockChildren[u]->GetDockStyle() & 0xF)
- {
- case DS_DOCKED_LEFT:
- if (!(GetDockStyle() & DS_FIXED_RESIZE))
- DockSize = MIN(m_vDockChildren[u]->m_DockSizeRatio*(GetWindowRect().Width()), rcChild.Width());
- rcChild.right = rcChild.left + (int)DockSize;
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_RIGHT:
- if (!(GetDockStyle() & DS_FIXED_RESIZE))
- DockSize = MIN(m_vDockChildren[u]->m_DockSizeRatio*(GetWindowRect().Width()), rcChild.Width());
- rcChild.left = rcChild.right - (int)DockSize;
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_TOP:
- if (!(GetDockStyle() & DS_FIXED_RESIZE))
- DockSize = MIN(m_vDockChildren[u]->m_DockSizeRatio*(GetWindowRect().Height()), rcChild.Height());
- rcChild.bottom = rcChild.top + (int)DockSize;
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM:
- if (!(GetDockStyle() & DS_FIXED_RESIZE))
- DockSize = MIN(m_vDockChildren[u]->m_DockSizeRatio*(GetWindowRect().Height()), rcChild.Height());
- rcChild.top = rcChild.bottom - (int)DockSize;
- break;
- }
-
- if (m_vDockChildren[u]->IsDocked())
- {
- // Position this docker's children
- hdwp = m_vDockChildren[u]->DeferWindowPos(hdwp, NULL, rcChild, SWP_SHOWWINDOW|SWP_FRAMECHANGED);
- m_vDockChildren[u]->m_rcChild = rcChild;
-
- rc.SubtractRect(rc, rcChild);
-
- // Calculate the dimensions of the splitter bar
- CRect rcBar = rc;
- DWORD DockSide = m_vDockChildren[u]->GetDockStyle() & 0xF;
-
- if (DS_DOCKED_LEFT == DockSide) rcBar.right = rcBar.left + m_vDockChildren[u]->GetBarWidth();
- if (DS_DOCKED_RIGHT == DockSide) rcBar.left = rcBar.right - m_vDockChildren[u]->GetBarWidth();
- if (DS_DOCKED_TOP == DockSide) rcBar.bottom = rcBar.top + m_vDockChildren[u]->GetBarWidth();
- if (DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM == DockSide) rcBar.top = rcBar.bottom - m_vDockChildren[u]->GetBarWidth();
-
- // Save the splitter bar position. We will reposition it later.
- m_vDockChildren[u]->m_rcBar = rcBar;
- rc.SubtractRect(rc, rcBar);
- }
- }
-
- // Step 2: Position the Dock client and dock bar
- hdwp = GetDockClient().DeferWindowPos(hdwp, NULL, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW |SWP_FRAMECHANGED);
- EndDeferWindowPos(hdwp);
-
- // Position the dockbar. Only docked dockers have a dock bar.
- if (IsDocked())
- {
- // The SWP_NOCOPYBITS forces a redraw of the dock bar.
- GetDockBar().SetWindowPos(NULL, m_rcBar, SWP_SHOWWINDOW|SWP_FRAMECHANGED|SWP_NOCOPYBITS );
- }
-
- // Step 3: Now recurse through the docker's children. They might have children of their own.
- for (UINT v = 0; v < m_vDockChildren.size(); ++v)
- {
- m_vDockChildren[v]->RecalcDockChildLayout(m_vDockChildren[v]->m_rcChild);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::RecalcDockLayout()
- // Repositions the dock children of a top level docker
- {
- if (GetDockAncestor()->IsWindow())
- {
- CRect rc = GetTopmostDocker()->GetClientRect();
- GetTopmostDocker()->RecalcDockChildLayout(rc);
- GetTopmostDocker()->UpdateWindow();
- }
- }
-
- inline std::vector<CDocker*> CDocker::SortDockers()
- // Returns a vector of sorted dockers, used by SaveRegistrySettings.
- {
- std::vector<CDocker*> vSorted;
- std::vector<CDocker*>::iterator itSort;
- std::vector<DockPtr>::iterator itAll;
-
- // Add undocked top level dockers
- for (itAll = GetAllDockers().begin(); itAll < GetAllDockers().end(); ++itAll)
- {
- if (!(*itAll)->GetDockParent())
- vSorted.push_back((*itAll).get());
- }
-
- // Add dock ancestor's children
- vSorted.insert(vSorted.end(), GetDockAncestor()->GetDockChildren().begin(), GetDockAncestor()->GetDockChildren().end());
-
- // Add other dock children
- int index = 0;
- itSort = vSorted.begin();
- while (itSort < vSorted.end())
- {
- vSorted.insert(vSorted.end(), (*itSort)->GetDockChildren().begin(), (*itSort)->GetDockChildren().end());
- itSort = vSorted.begin() + (++index);
- }
-
- // Add dockers docked in containers
- std::vector<CDocker*> vDockContainers;
- for (itSort = vSorted.begin(); itSort< vSorted.end(); ++itSort)
- {
- if ((*itSort)->GetContainer())
- vDockContainers.push_back(*itSort);
- }
-
- for (itSort = vDockContainers.begin(); itSort < vDockContainers.end(); ++itSort)
- {
- CDockContainer* pContainer = (*itSort)->GetContainer();
-
- for (UINT i = 1; i < pContainer->GetAllContainers().size(); ++i)
- {
- CDockContainer* pChild = pContainer->GetContainerFromIndex(i);
- CDocker* pDock = GetDockFromView(pChild);
- vSorted.push_back(pDock);
- }
- }
-
- return vSorted;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDocker::SaveRegistrySettings(tString tsRegistryKeyName)
- // Stores the docking configuration in the registry
- // NOTE: This function assumes that each docker has a unique DockID
- {
- assert(VerifyDockers());
-
- std::vector<CDocker*> vSorted = SortDockers();
- std::vector<CDocker*>::iterator iter;
- std::vector<DockInfo> vDockInfo;
-
- if (0 != tsRegistryKeyName.size())
- {
- // Fill the DockInfo vector with the docking information
- for (iter = vSorted.begin(); iter < vSorted.end(); ++iter)
- {
- DockInfo di = {0};
- di.DockID = (*iter)->GetDockID();
- di.DockStyle = (*iter)->GetDockStyle();
- di.DockSize = (*iter)->GetDockSize();
- di.Rect = (*iter)->GetWindowRect();
- if ((*iter)->GetDockParent())
- di.DockParentID = (*iter)->GetDockParent()->GetDockID();
-
- vDockInfo.push_back(di);
- }
-
- tString tsKeyName = _T("Software\\") + tsRegistryKeyName;
- HKEY hKey = NULL;
- HKEY hKeyDock = NULL;
-
- try
- {
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, tsKeyName.c_str(), 0, NULL, REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE, KEY_ALL_ACCESS, NULL, &hKey, NULL))
- throw (CWinException(_T("RegCreateKeyEx Failed")));
-
- RegDeleteKey(hKey, _T("Dock Windows"));
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegCreateKeyEx(hKey, _T("Dock Windows"), 0, NULL, REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE, KEY_ALL_ACCESS, NULL, &hKeyDock, NULL))
- throw (CWinException(_T("RegCreateKeyEx Failed")));
-
- // Add the Dock windows information to the registry
- for (UINT u = 0; u < vDockInfo.size(); ++u)
- {
- DockInfo di = vDockInfo[u];
- TCHAR szNumber[16];
- tString tsSubKey = _T("DockChild");
- tsSubKey += _itot((int)u, szNumber, 10);
- if(ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKeyDock, tsSubKey.c_str(), 0, REG_BINARY, (LPBYTE)&di, sizeof(DockInfo)))
- throw (CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed")));
- }
-
- // Add Active Container to the registry
- int i = 0;
- for (iter = vSorted.begin(); iter < vSorted.end(); ++iter)
- {
- CDockContainer* pContainer = (*iter)->GetContainer();
-
- if (pContainer && (pContainer == pContainer->GetActiveContainer()))
- {
- TCHAR szNumber[20];
- tString tsSubKey = _T("ActiveContainer");
- tsSubKey += _itot(i++, szNumber, 10);
- int nID = GetDockFromView(pContainer)->GetDockID();
- if(ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKeyDock, tsSubKey.c_str(), 0, REG_DWORD, (LPBYTE)&nID, sizeof(int)))
- throw (CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed")));
- }
- }
-
- RegCloseKey(hKeyDock);
- RegCloseKey(hKey);
- }
-
- catch (const CWinException& e)
- {
- // Roll back the registry changes by deleting the subkeys
- if (hKey)
- {
- if (hKeyDock)
- {
- RegDeleteKey(hKeyDock, _T("Dock Windows"));
- RegCloseKey(hKeyDock);
- }
-
- RegDeleteKey(HKEY_CURRENT_USER ,tsKeyName.c_str());
- RegCloseKey(hKey);
- }
-
- e.what();
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::SendNotify(UINT nMessageID)
- // Sends a docking notification to the docker below the cursor
- {
- DRAGPOS DragPos;
- DragPos.hdr.code = nMessageID;
- DragPos.hdr.hwndFrom = m_hWnd;
- DragPos.ptPos = GetCursorPos();
- DragPos.DockZone = m_dwDockZone;
- m_dwDockZone = 0;
-
- CDocker* pDock = GetDockFromPoint(DragPos.ptPos);
-
- if (pDock)
- pDock->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, 0L, (LPARAM)&DragPos);
- else
- {
- if (GetDockHint().IsWindow()) GetDockHint().Destroy();
- CloseAllTargets();
- m_BlockMove = FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::SetDockStyle(DWORD dwDockStyle)
- {
- if (IsWindow())
- {
- if ((dwDockStyle & DS_CLIENTEDGE) != (m_DockStyle & DS_CLIENTEDGE))
- {
- if (dwDockStyle & DS_CLIENTEDGE)
- {
- DWORD dwExStyle = (DWORD)GetDockClient().GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE)|WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE;
- GetDockClient().SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE, dwExStyle);
- GetDockClient().RedrawWindow(0, 0, RDW_INVALIDATE|RDW_UPDATENOW|RDW_ERASE|RDW_FRAME);
- }
- else
- {
- DWORD dwExStyle = (DWORD)GetDockClient().GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE);
- dwExStyle &= ~WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE;
- GetDockClient().SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE, dwExStyle);
- GetDockClient().RedrawWindow(0, 0, RDW_INVALIDATE|RDW_UPDATENOW|RDW_ERASE|RDW_FRAME);
- }
- }
-
- RecalcDockLayout();
- }
-
- m_DockStyle = dwDockStyle;
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::SetCaption(LPCTSTR szCaption)
- // Sets the caption text
- {
- GetDockClient().SetCaption(szCaption);
-
- if (IsWindow())
- SetWindowText(szCaption);
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::SetCaptionColors(COLORREF Foregnd1, COLORREF Backgnd1, COLORREF ForeGnd2, COLORREF BackGnd2)
- {
- GetDockClient().SetCaptionColors(Foregnd1, Backgnd1, ForeGnd2, BackGnd2);
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::SetCaptionHeight(int nHeight)
- // Sets the height of the caption
- {
- m_NCHeight = nHeight;
- RedrawWindow();
- RecalcDockLayout();
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::SetDockSize(int DockSize)
- // Sets the size of a docked docker
- {
- if (IsDocked())
- {
- assert (m_pDockParent);
- switch (GetDockStyle() & 0xF)
- {
- case DS_DOCKED_LEFT:
- m_DockStartSize = MIN(DockSize,m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Width());
- m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)m_DockStartSize)/((double)m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Width());
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_RIGHT:
- m_DockStartSize = MIN(DockSize,m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Width());
- m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)m_DockStartSize)/((double)m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Width());
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_TOP:
- m_DockStartSize = MIN(DockSize,m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Height());
- m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)m_DockStartSize)/((double)m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Height());
- break;
- case DS_DOCKED_BOTTOM:
- m_DockStartSize = MIN(DockSize,m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Height());
- m_DockSizeRatio = ((double)m_DockStartSize)/((double)m_pDockParent->GetWindowRect().Height());
- break;
- }
-
- RecalcDockLayout();
- }
- else
- {
- m_DockStartSize = DockSize;
- m_DockSizeRatio = 1.0;
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::SetDragAutoResize(BOOL bAutoResize)
- {
- m_bDragAutoResize = bAutoResize;
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::SetView(CWnd& wndView)
- // Assigns the view window to the docker
- {
- CWnd* pWnd = &wndView;
- GetDockClient().SetView(wndView);
- if (dynamic_cast<CDockContainer*>(pWnd))
- {
- CDockContainer* pContainer = (CDockContainer*)&wndView;
- SetCaption(pContainer->GetDockCaption().c_str());
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::PromoteFirstChild()
- // One of the steps required for undocking
- {
- // Promote our first child to replace ourself
- if (m_pDockParent)
- {
- for (UINT u = 0 ; u < m_pDockParent->m_vDockChildren.size(); ++u)
- {
- if (m_pDockParent->m_vDockChildren[u] == this)
- {
- if (m_vDockChildren.size() > 0)
- // swap our first child for ourself as a child of the parent
- m_pDockParent->m_vDockChildren[u] = m_vDockChildren[0];
- else
- // remove ourself as a child of the parent
- m_pDockParent->m_vDockChildren.erase(m_pDockParent->m_vDockChildren.begin() + u);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Transfer styles and data and children to the child docker
- CDocker* pDockFirstChild = NULL;
- if (m_vDockChildren.size() > 0)
- {
- pDockFirstChild = m_vDockChildren[0];
- pDockFirstChild->m_DockStyle = (pDockFirstChild->m_DockStyle & 0xFFFFFFF0 ) | (m_DockStyle & 0xF);
- pDockFirstChild->m_DockStartSize = m_DockStartSize;
- pDockFirstChild->m_DockSizeRatio = m_DockSizeRatio;
-
- if (m_pDockParent)
- {
- pDockFirstChild->m_pDockParent = m_pDockParent;
- pDockFirstChild->SetParent(m_pDockParent);
- pDockFirstChild->GetDockBar().SetParent(m_pDockParent);
- }
- else
- {
- std::vector<CDocker*>::iterator iter;
- for (iter = GetDockChildren().begin() + 1; iter < GetDockChildren().end(); ++iter)
- (*iter)->ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
-
- pDockFirstChild->ConvertToPopup(GetWindowRect());
- pDockFirstChild->GetDockBar().ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
- }
-
- m_vDockChildren.erase(m_vDockChildren.begin());
- MoveDockChildren(pDockFirstChild);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::ConvertToChild(HWND hWndParent)
- {
- DWORD dwStyle = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE;
- SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle);
- SetParent(FromHandle(hWndParent));
- GetDockBar().SetParent(FromHandle(hWndParent));
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::ConvertToPopup(RECT rc)
- {
- // Change the window to an "undocked" style
- ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
- DWORD dwStyle = WS_POPUP| WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU | WS_THICKFRAME;
- SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle);
-
- // Change the window's parent and reposition it
- GetDockBar().ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
- SetWindowPos(0, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOSENDCHANGING|SWP_HIDEWINDOW|SWP_NOREDRAW);
- m_pDockParent = 0;
- SetParent(0);
- SetWindowPos(NULL, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW|SWP_FRAMECHANGED|SWP_NOOWNERZORDER);
- GetDockClient().SetWindowPos(NULL, GetClientRect(), SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
-
- SetWindowText(GetCaption().c_str());
- }
-
- inline CDocker* CDocker::SeparateFromDock()
- {
- // This performs some of the tasks required for undocking.
- // It is also used when a docker is hidden.
- CDocker* pDockUndockedFrom = GetDockParent();
- if (!pDockUndockedFrom && (GetDockChildren().size() > 0))
- pDockUndockedFrom = GetDockChildren()[0];
-
- GetTopmostDocker()->m_hOldFocus = 0;
- PromoteFirstChild();
- m_pDockParent = 0;
-
- GetDockBar().ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
- m_DockStyle = m_DockStyle & 0xFFFFFFF0;
- m_DockStyle &= ~DS_DOCKED_CONTAINER;
-
- return pDockUndockedFrom;
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::SetUndockPosition(CPoint pt)
- {
- m_Undocking = TRUE;
- CRect rc;
- rc = GetDockClient().GetWindowRect();
- CRect rcTest = rc;
- rcTest.bottom = MIN(rcTest.bottom, rcTest.top + m_NCHeight);
- if ( !rcTest.PtInRect(pt))
- rc.SetRect(pt.x - rc.Width()/2, pt.y - m_NCHeight/2, pt.x + rc.Width()/2, pt.y - m_NCHeight/2 + rc.Height());
-
- ConvertToPopup(rc);
- m_Undocking = FALSE;
-
- // Send the undock notification to the frame
- NMHDR nmhdr = {0};
- nmhdr.hwndFrom = m_hWnd;
- nmhdr.code = UWM_UNDOCKED;
- nmhdr.idFrom = m_nDockID;
- CWnd* pFrame = GetDockAncestor()->GetAncestor();
- pFrame->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, m_nDockID, (LPARAM)&nmhdr);
-
- // Initiate the window move
- SetCursorPos(pt.x, pt.y);
- ScreenToClient(pt);
- PostMessage(WM_SYSCOMMAND, (WPARAM)(SC_MOVE|0x0002), MAKELPARAM(pt.x, pt.y));
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::Undock(CPoint pt, BOOL bShowUndocked)
- {
- // Return if we shouldn't undock
- if (GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_UNDOCK) return;
-
- // Undocking isn't supported on Win95
- if (1400 == GetWinVersion()) return;
-
- CDocker* pDockUndockedFrom = SeparateFromDock();
-
- // Position and draw the undocked window, unless it is about to be closed
- if (bShowUndocked)
- {
- SetUndockPosition(pt);
- }
-
- RecalcDockLayout();
- if ((pDockUndockedFrom) && (pDockUndockedFrom->GetTopmostDocker() != GetTopmostDocker()))
- pDockUndockedFrom->RecalcDockLayout();
- }
-
- inline void CDocker::UndockContainer(CDockContainer* pContainer, CPoint pt, BOOL bShowUndocked)
- {
- assert(pContainer);
- assert(this == GetDockFromView(pContainer->GetContainerParent()));
-
- // Return if we shouldn't undock
- if (GetDockFromView(pContainer)->GetDockStyle() & DS_NO_UNDOCK) return;
-
- // Undocking isn't supported on Win95
- if (1400 == GetWinVersion()) return;
-
- GetTopmostDocker()->m_hOldFocus = 0;
- CDocker* pDockUndockedFrom = GetDockFromView(pContainer->GetContainerParent());
- pDockUndockedFrom->ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
- if (GetView() == pContainer)
- {
- // The parent container is being undocked, so we need
- // to transfer our child containers to a different docker
-
- // Choose a new docker from among the dockers for child containers
- CDocker* pDockNew = 0;
- CDocker* pDockOld = GetDockFromView(pContainer);
- std::vector<ContainerInfo> AllContainers = pContainer->GetAllContainers();
- std::vector<ContainerInfo>::iterator iter = AllContainers.begin();
- while ((0 == pDockNew) && (iter < AllContainers.end()))
- {
- if ((*iter).pContainer != pContainer)
- pDockNew = (CDocker*)FromHandle(::GetParent((*iter).pContainer->GetParent()->GetHwnd()));
-
- ++iter;
- }
-
- if (pDockNew)
- {
- // Move containers from the old docker to the new docker
- CDockContainer* pContainerNew = (CDockContainer*)pDockNew->GetView();
- for (iter = AllContainers.begin(); iter != AllContainers.end(); ++iter)
- {
- if ((*iter).pContainer != pContainer)
- {
- CDockContainer* pChildContainer = (CDockContainer*)(*iter).pContainer;
- pContainer->RemoveContainer(pChildContainer);
- if (pContainerNew != pChildContainer)
- {
- pContainerNew->AddContainer(pChildContainer);
- CDocker* pDock = GetDockFromView(pChildContainer);
- pDock->SetParent(pDockNew);
- pDock->m_pDockParent = pDockNew;
- }
- }
- }
-
- // Now transfer the old docker's settings to the new one.
- pDockUndockedFrom = pDockNew;
- pDockNew->m_DockStyle = pDockOld->m_DockStyle;
- pDockNew->m_DockStartSize = pDockOld->m_DockStartSize;
- pDockNew->m_DockSizeRatio = pDockOld->m_DockSizeRatio;
- if (pDockOld->IsDocked())
- {
- pDockNew->m_pDockParent = pDockOld->m_pDockParent;
- pDockNew->SetParent(pDockOld->GetParent());
- }
- else
- {
- CRect rc = pDockOld->GetWindowRect();
- pDockNew->ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
- DWORD dwStyle = WS_POPUP| WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU | WS_THICKFRAME | WS_VISIBLE;
- pDockNew->SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle);
- pDockNew->m_pDockParent = 0;
- pDockNew->SetParent(0);
- pDockNew->SetWindowPos(NULL, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW|SWP_FRAMECHANGED| SWP_NOOWNERZORDER);
- }
- pDockNew->GetDockBar().SetParent(pDockOld->GetParent());
- pDockNew->GetView()->SetFocus();
-
- // Transfer the Dock children to the new docker
- pDockOld->MoveDockChildren(pDockNew);
-
- // insert pDockNew into its DockParent's DockChildren vector
- if (pDockNew->m_pDockParent)
- {
- std::vector<CDocker*>::iterator p;
- for (p = pDockNew->m_pDockParent->m_vDockChildren.begin(); p != pDockNew->m_pDockParent->m_vDockChildren.end(); ++p)
- {
- if (*p == this)
- {
- pDockNew->m_pDockParent->m_vDockChildren.insert(p, pDockNew);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // This is a child container, so simply remove it from the parent
- CDockContainer* pContainerParent = (CDockContainer*)GetView();
- pContainerParent->RemoveContainer(pContainer);
- pContainerParent->SetTabSize();
- pContainerParent->SetFocus();
- pContainerParent->GetViewPage().SetParent(pContainerParent);
- }
-
- // Finally do the actual undocking
- CDocker* pDock = GetDockFromView(pContainer);
- CRect rc = GetDockClient().GetWindowRect();
- ScreenToClient(rc);
- pDock->GetDockClient().SetWindowPos(NULL, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
- pDock->Undock(pt, bShowUndocked);
- pDockUndockedFrom->ShowWindow();
- pDockUndockedFrom->RecalcDockLayout();
- pDock->BringWindowToTop();
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CDocker::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case WM_ACTIVATE:
- OnActivate(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
- return OnSysCommand(wParam, lParam);
-
- case WM_EXITSIZEMOVE:
- OnExitSizeMove(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING:
- return OnWindowPosChanging(wParam, lParam);
-
- case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
- OnWindowPosChanged(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- case WM_DESTROY:
- OnDestroy(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- case WM_SETFOCUS:
- OnSetFocus(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- case WM_TIMER:
- OnCaptionTimer(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- case UWM_DOCK_DESTROYED:
- OnDockDestroyed(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- case UWM_DOCK_ACTIVATED:
- DrawAllCaptions();
- SetTimer(1, 100, NULL);
- break;
- case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
- OnSysColorChange(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- case WM_NCLBUTTONDBLCLK :
- m_bIsDragging = FALSE;
- break;
- }
-
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
-
- //////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CDockContainer class
- inline CDockContainer::CDockContainer() : m_iCurrentPage(0), m_hTabIcon(0), m_nTabPressed(-1)
- {
- m_pContainerParent = this;
- }
-
- inline CDockContainer::~CDockContainer()
- {
- if (m_hTabIcon)
- DestroyIcon(m_hTabIcon);
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::AddContainer(CDockContainer* pContainer)
- {
- assert(pContainer);
-
- if (this == m_pContainerParent)
- {
- ContainerInfo ci = {0};
- ci.pContainer = pContainer;
- lstrcpy(ci.szTitle, pContainer->GetTabText());
- ci.iImage = ImageList_AddIcon(GetImageList(), pContainer->GetTabIcon());
- int iNewPage = (int)m_vContainerInfo.size();
- m_vContainerInfo.push_back(ci);
-
- if (m_hWnd)
- {
- TCITEM tie = {0};
- tie.mask = TCIF_TEXT | TCIF_IMAGE;
- tie.iImage = ci.iImage;
- tie.pszText = m_vContainerInfo[iNewPage].szTitle;
- TabCtrl_InsertItem(m_hWnd, iNewPage, &tie);
-
- SetTabSize();
- }
-
- pContainer->m_pContainerParent = this;
- if (pContainer->IsWindow())
- {
- // Set the parent container relationships
- pContainer->GetViewPage().SetParent(this);
- pContainer->GetViewPage().ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::AddToolBarButton(UINT nID, BOOL bEnabled /* = TRUE */)
- // Adds Resource IDs to toolbar buttons.
- // A resource ID of 0 is a separator
- {
- GetToolBar().AddButton(nID, bEnabled);
- }
-
- inline CDockContainer* CDockContainer::GetContainerFromIndex(UINT nPage)
- {
- CDockContainer* pContainer = NULL;
- if (nPage < m_vContainerInfo.size())
- pContainer = (CDockContainer*)m_vContainerInfo[nPage].pContainer;
-
- return pContainer;
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CDockContainer::GetActiveView() const
- // Returns a pointer to the active view window, or NULL if there is no active veiw.
- {
- CWnd* pWnd = NULL;
- if (m_pContainerParent->m_vContainerInfo.size() > 0)
- {
- CDockContainer* pActiveContainer = m_pContainerParent->m_vContainerInfo[m_pContainerParent->m_iCurrentPage].pContainer;
- if (pActiveContainer->GetViewPage().GetView()->IsWindow())
- pWnd = pActiveContainer->GetViewPage().GetView();
- }
-
- return pWnd;
- }
-
- inline CDockContainer* CDockContainer::GetContainerFromView(CWnd* pView) const
- {
- assert(pView);
-
- std::vector<ContainerInfo>::iterator iter;
- CDockContainer* pViewContainer = 0;
- for (iter = GetAllContainers().begin(); iter != GetAllContainers().end(); ++iter)
- {
- CDockContainer* pContainer = (*iter).pContainer;
- if (pContainer->GetView() == pView)
- pViewContainer = pContainer;
- }
-
- return pViewContainer;
- }
-
- inline int CDockContainer::GetContainerIndex(CDockContainer* pContainer)
- {
- assert(pContainer);
- int iReturn = -1;
-
- for (int i = 0; i < (int)m_pContainerParent->m_vContainerInfo.size(); ++i)
- {
- if (m_pContainerParent->m_vContainerInfo[i].pContainer == pContainer)
- iReturn = i;
- }
-
- return iReturn;
- }
-
- inline SIZE CDockContainer::GetMaxTabTextSize()
- {
- CSize Size;
-
- // Allocate an iterator for the ContainerInfo vector
- std::vector<ContainerInfo>::iterator iter;
-
- for (iter = m_vContainerInfo.begin(); iter != m_vContainerInfo.end(); ++iter)
- {
- CSize TempSize;
- CClientDC dc(this);
- NONCLIENTMETRICS info = {0};
- info.cbSize = GetSizeofNonClientMetrics();
- SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, sizeof(info), &info, 0);
- dc.CreateFontIndirect(&info.lfStatusFont);
- TempSize = dc.GetTextExtentPoint32(iter->szTitle, lstrlen(iter->szTitle));
- if (TempSize.cx > Size.cx)
- Size = TempSize;
- }
-
- return Size;
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::SetupToolBar()
- {
- // Use this function to set the Resource IDs for the toolbar(s).
-
-/* // Set the Resource IDs for the toolbar buttons
- AddToolBarButton( IDM_FILE_NEW );
- AddToolBarButton( IDM_FILE_OPEN );
- AddToolBarButton( IDM_FILE_SAVE );
- AddToolBarButton( 0 ); // Separator
- AddToolBarButton( IDM_EDIT_CUT );
- AddToolBarButton( IDM_EDIT_COPY );
- AddToolBarButton( IDM_EDIT_PASTE );
- AddToolBarButton( 0 ); // Separator
- AddToolBarButton( IDM_FILE_PRINT );
- AddToolBarButton( 0 ); // Separator
- AddToolBarButton( IDM_HELP_ABOUT );
-*/
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::OnCreate()
- {
- assert(GetView()); // Use SetView in CMainFrame's constructor to set the view window
-
- ContainerInfo ci = {0};
- ci.pContainer = this;
- lstrcpy(ci.szTitle, GetTabText());
- ci.iImage = ImageList_AddIcon(GetImageList(), GetTabIcon());
- m_vContainerInfo.push_back(ci);
-
- // Create the page window
- GetViewPage().Create(this);
-
- // Create the toolbar
- GetToolBar().Create(&GetViewPage());
- DWORD style = (DWORD)GetToolBar().GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE);
- style |= CCS_NODIVIDER ;
- GetToolBar().SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, style);
- SetupToolBar();
- if (GetToolBar().GetToolBarData().size() > 0)
- {
- // Set the toolbar images
- // A mask of 192,192,192 is compatible with AddBitmap (for Win95)
- if (!GetToolBar().SendMessage(TB_GETIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L))
- GetToolBar().SetImages(RGB(192,192,192), IDW_MAIN, 0, 0);
-
- GetToolBar().SendMessage(TB_AUTOSIZE, 0L, 0L);
- }
- else
- GetToolBar().Destroy();
-
- SetFixedWidth(TRUE);
- SetOwnerDraw(TRUE);
-
- // Add tabs for each container.
- for (int i = 0; i < (int)m_vContainerInfo.size(); ++i)
- {
- // Add tabs for each view.
- TCITEM tie = {0};
- tie.mask = TCIF_TEXT | TCIF_IMAGE;
- tie.iImage = i;
- tie.pszText = m_vContainerInfo[i].szTitle;
- TabCtrl_InsertItem(m_hWnd, i, &tie);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::OnLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- // Overrides CTab::OnLButtonDown
-
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
-
- CPoint pt((DWORD)lParam);
- TCHITTESTINFO info = {0};
- info.pt = pt;
- m_nTabPressed = HitTest(info);
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::OnLButtonUp(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- // Overrides CTab::OnLButtonUp and takes no action
-
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::OnMouseLeave(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- // Overrides CTab::OnMouseLeave
-
- if (IsLeftButtonDown() && (m_nTabPressed >= 0))
- {
- CDocker* pDock = (CDocker*)FromHandle(::GetParent(GetParent()->GetHwnd()));
- if (dynamic_cast<CDocker*>(pDock))
- {
- CDockContainer* pContainer = GetContainerFromIndex(m_iCurrentPage);
- pDock->UndockContainer(pContainer, GetCursorPos(), TRUE);
- }
- }
-
- m_nTabPressed = -1;
- CTab::OnMouseLeave(wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CDockContainer::OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
-
- switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code)
- {
- case TCN_SELCHANGE:
- {
- // Display the newly selected tab page
- int nPage = GetCurSel();
- SelectPage(nPage);
- }
- break;
- }
-
- return 0L;
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs)
- {
- // For Tabs on the bottom, add the TCS_BOTTOM style
- CTab::PreCreate(cs);
- cs.style |= TCS_BOTTOM;
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::RecalcLayout()
- {
- if (GetContainerParent() == this)
- {
- // Set the tab sizes
- SetTabSize();
-
- // Position the View over the tab control's display area
- CRect rc = GetClientRect();
- AdjustRect(FALSE, &rc);
- CDockContainer* pContainer = m_vContainerInfo[m_iCurrentPage].pContainer;
- pContainer->GetViewPage().SetWindowPos(HWND_TOP, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::RemoveContainer(CDockContainer* pWnd)
- {
- assert(pWnd);
-
- // Remove the tab
- int iTab = GetContainerIndex(pWnd);
- if (iTab > 0)
- {
- // DeleteItem(iTab);
- TabCtrl_DeleteItem(m_hWnd, iTab);
- }
-
- // Remove the ContainerInfo entry
- std::vector<ContainerInfo>::iterator iter;
- int iImage = -1;
- for (iter = m_vContainerInfo.begin(); iter != m_vContainerInfo.end(); ++iter)
- {
- if (iter->pContainer == pWnd)
- {
- iImage = (*iter).iImage;
- if (iImage >= 0)
- TabCtrl_RemoveImage(m_hWnd, iImage);
-
- m_vContainerInfo.erase(iter);
- break;
- }
- }
-
- // Set the parent container relationships
- pWnd->GetViewPage().SetParent(pWnd);
- pWnd->m_pContainerParent = pWnd;
-
- // Display the first page
- m_iCurrentPage = 0;
- if (IsWindow())
- SelectPage(0);
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::SelectPage(int nPage)
- {
- if (this != m_pContainerParent)
- m_pContainerParent->SelectPage(nPage);
- else
- {
- if ((nPage >= 0) && (nPage < (int)m_vContainerInfo.size() ))
- {
- if (GetCurSel() != nPage)
- SetCurSel(nPage);
-
- // Create the new container window if required
- if (!m_vContainerInfo[nPage].pContainer->IsWindow())
- {
- CDockContainer* pContainer = m_vContainerInfo[nPage].pContainer;
- pContainer->Create(GetParent());
- pContainer->GetViewPage().SetParent(this);
- }
-
- // Determine the size of the tab page's view area
- CRect rc = GetClientRect();
- AdjustRect(FALSE, &rc);
-
- // Swap the pages over
- CDockContainer* pOldContainer = m_vContainerInfo[m_iCurrentPage].pContainer;
- CDockContainer* pNewContainer = m_vContainerInfo[nPage].pContainer;
- pOldContainer->GetViewPage().ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
- pNewContainer->GetViewPage().SetWindowPos(HWND_TOP, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
- pNewContainer->GetViewPage().GetView()->SetFocus();
-
- // Adjust the docking caption
- CDocker* pDock = (CDocker*)FromHandle(::GetParent(::GetParent(m_hWnd)));
- if (dynamic_cast<CDocker*>(pDock))
- {
- pDock->SetCaption(pNewContainer->GetDockCaption().c_str());
- pDock->RedrawWindow();
- }
-
- m_iCurrentPage = nPage;
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::SetActiveContainer(CDockContainer* pContainer)
- {
- int nPage = GetContainerIndex(pContainer);
- assert (0 <= nPage);
- SelectPage(nPage);
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::SetTabIcon(UINT nID_Icon)
- {
- HICON hIcon = (HICON)LoadImage(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(nID_Icon), IMAGE_ICON, 0, 0, LR_SHARED);
- SetTabIcon(hIcon);
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::SetTabSize()
- {
- CRect rc = GetClientRect();
- AdjustRect(FALSE, &rc);
- if (rc.Width() < 0 )
- rc.SetRectEmpty();
-
- int nItemWidth = MIN(25 + GetMaxTabTextSize().cx, (rc.Width()-2)/(int)m_vContainerInfo.size());
- int nItemHeight = MAX(20, GetTextHeight() + 5);
- SendMessage(TCM_SETITEMSIZE, 0L, MAKELPARAM(nItemWidth, nItemHeight));
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::SetTabText(UINT nTab, LPCTSTR szText)
- {
- CDockContainer* pContainer = GetContainerParent()->GetContainerFromIndex(nTab);
- pContainer->SetTabText(szText);
-
- CTab::SetTabText(nTab, szText);
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::SetView(CWnd& Wnd)
- {
- GetViewPage().SetView(Wnd);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CDockContainer::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case WM_SIZE:
- RecalcLayout();
- return 0;
-
- // The following are called in CTab::WndProcDefault
- // case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
- // OnLButtonDown(wParam, lParam);
- // break;
- // case WM_LBUTTONUP:
- // OnLButtonUp(wParam, lParam);
- // break;
- // case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
- // OnMouseLeave(wParam, lParam);
- // break;
-
- case WM_SETFOCUS:
- {
- // Pass focus on to the current view
- GetActiveView()->SetFocus();
- }
- break;
- }
-
- // pass unhandled messages on to CTab for processing
- return CTab::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the nested CViewPage class
- inline BOOL CDockContainer::CViewPage::OnCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- CDockContainer* pContainer = (CDockContainer*)GetParent();
- BOOL bResult = FALSE;
- if (pContainer && pContainer->GetActiveContainer())
- bResult = (BOOL)pContainer->GetActiveContainer()->SendMessage(WM_COMMAND, wParam, lParam);
-
- return bResult;
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::CViewPage::OnCreate()
- {
- if (m_pView)
- m_pView->Create(this);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CDockContainer::CViewPage::OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
-
- switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code)
- {
-
- // Display tooltips for the toolbar
- case TTN_GETDISPINFO:
- {
- int iIndex = GetToolBar().HitTest();
- LPNMTTDISPINFO lpDispInfo = (LPNMTTDISPINFO)lParam;
- if (iIndex >= 0)
- {
- int nID = GetToolBar().GetCommandID(iIndex);
- if (nID > 0)
- {
- m_tsTooltip = LoadString(nID);
- lpDispInfo->lpszText = (LPTSTR)m_tsTooltip.c_str();
- }
- else
- m_tsTooltip = _T("");
- }
- }
- break;
- } // switch LPNMHDR
-
- return 0L;
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::CViewPage::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc)
- {
- wc.lpszClassName = _T("Win32++ TabPage");
- wc.hCursor = ::LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::CViewPage::RecalcLayout()
- {
- CRect rc = GetClientRect();
- if (GetToolBar().IsWindow())
- {
- GetToolBar().SendMessage(TB_AUTOSIZE, 0L, 0L);
- CRect rcToolBar = m_ToolBar.GetClientRect();
- rc.top += rcToolBar.Height();
- }
-
- GetView()->SetWindowPos(NULL, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
- }
-
- inline void CDockContainer::CViewPage::SetView(CWnd& wndView)
- // Sets or changes the View window displayed within the frame
- {
- // Assign the view window
- m_pView = &wndView;
-
- if (m_hWnd)
- {
- if (!m_pView->IsWindow())
- {
- // The container is already created, so create and position the new view too
- GetView()->Create(this);
- }
-
- RecalcLayout();
- }
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CDockContainer::CViewPage::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case WM_SIZE:
- RecalcLayout();
- break;
- case WM_NOTIFY:
- switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code)
- {
- // Send the focus change notifications to the grandparent
- case NM_KILLFOCUS:
- case NM_SETFOCUS:
- case UWM_FRAMELOSTFOCUS:
- ::SendMessage(::GetParent(::GetParent(m_hWnd)), WM_NOTIFY, wParam, lParam);
- break;
- }
-
- break;
- }
-
- // pass unhandled messages on for default processing
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-#endif // _WIN32XX_DOCKING_H_
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/file.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/file.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4316dc94..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/file.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,392 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_FILE_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_FILE_H_
-
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- class CFile
- {
- public:
- CFile();
- CFile(HANDLE hFile);
- CFile(LPCTSTR pszFileName, UINT nOpenFlags);
- ~CFile();
- operator HANDLE() const;
-
- BOOL Close();
- BOOL Flush();
- HANDLE GetHandle() const;
- ULONGLONG GetLength() const;
- const CString& GetFileName() const;
- const CString& GetFilePath() const;
- const CString& GetFileTitle() const;
- ULONGLONG GetPosition() const;
- BOOL LockRange(ULONGLONG Pos, ULONGLONG Count);
- BOOL Open(LPCTSTR pszFileName, UINT nOpenFlags);
- CString OpenFileDialog(LPCTSTR pszFilePathName = NULL,
- DWORD dwFlags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_OVERWRITEPROMPT, LPCTSTR pszFilter = NULL,
- CWnd* pOwnerWnd = NULL);
- UINT Read(void* pBuf, UINT nCount);
- static BOOL Remove(LPCTSTR pszFileName);
- static BOOL Rename(LPCTSTR pszOldName, LPCTSTR pszNewName);
- CString SaveFileDialog(LPCTSTR pszFilePathName = NULL,
- DWORD dwFlags = OFN_HIDEREADONLY | OFN_OVERWRITEPROMPT, LPCTSTR pszFilter = NULL,
- LPCTSTR pszDefExt = NULL, CWnd* pOwnerWnd = NULL);
- ULONGLONG Seek(LONGLONG lOff, UINT nFrom);
- void SeekToBegin();
- ULONGLONG SeekToEnd();
- void SetFilePath(LPCTSTR pszNewName);
- BOOL SetLength(ULONGLONG NewLen);
- BOOL UnlockRange(ULONGLONG Pos, ULONGLONG Count);
- BOOL Write(const void* pBuf, UINT nCount);
-
- private:
- CFile(const CFile&); // Disable copy construction
- CFile& operator = (const CFile&); // Disable assignment operator
- CString m_FileName;
- CString m_FilePath;
- CString m_FileTitle;
- HANDLE m_hFile;
- };
-
-}
-
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
- inline CFile::CFile() : m_hFile(0)
- {
- }
-
- inline CFile::CFile(HANDLE hFile) : m_hFile(hFile)
- {
- }
-
- inline CFile::CFile(LPCTSTR pszFileName, UINT nOpenFlags) : m_hFile(0)
- {
- assert(pszFileName);
- Open(pszFileName, nOpenFlags);
- assert(m_hFile);
- }
-
- inline CFile::~CFile()
- {
- Close();
- }
-
- inline CFile::operator HANDLE() const
- {
- return m_hFile;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CFile::Close()
- // Closes the file associated with this object. Closed file can no longer be read or written to.
- {
- BOOL bResult = TRUE;
- if (m_hFile)
- bResult = CloseHandle(m_hFile);
-
- m_hFile = 0;
- return bResult;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CFile::Flush()
- // Causes any remaining data in the file buffer to be written to the file.
- {
- assert(m_hFile);
- return FlushFileBuffers(m_hFile);
- }
-
- inline HANDLE CFile::GetHandle() const
- {
- return m_hFile;
- }
-
- inline ULONGLONG CFile::GetLength( ) const
- // Returns the length of the file in bytes.
- {
- assert(m_hFile);
-
- LONG High = 0;
- DWORD LowPos = SetFilePointer(m_hFile, 0, &High, FILE_END);
-
- ULONGLONG Result = ((ULONGLONG)High << 32) + LowPos;
- return Result;
- }
-
- inline const CString& CFile::GetFileName() const
- // Returns the filename of the file associated with this object.
- {
- return (const CString&)m_FileName;
- }
-
- inline const CString& CFile::GetFilePath() const
- // Returns the full filename including the directory of the file associated with this object.
- {
- return (const CString&)m_FilePath;
- }
-
- inline const CString& CFile::GetFileTitle() const
- // Returns the filename of the file associated with this object, excluding the path and the file extension
- {
- return (const CString&)m_FileTitle;
- }
-
- inline ULONGLONG CFile::GetPosition() const
- // Returns the current value of the file pointer, which can be used in subsequent calls to Seek.
- {
- assert(m_hFile);
- LONG High = 0;
- DWORD LowPos = SetFilePointer(m_hFile, 0, &High, FILE_CURRENT);
-
- ULONGLONG Result = ((ULONGLONG)High << 32) + LowPos;
- return Result;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CFile::LockRange(ULONGLONG Pos, ULONGLONG Count)
- // Locks a range of bytes in and open file.
- {
- assert(m_hFile);
-
- DWORD dwPosHigh = (DWORD)(Pos >> 32);
- DWORD dwPosLow = (DWORD)(Pos & 0xFFFFFFFF);
- DWORD dwCountHigh = (DWORD)(Count >> 32);
- DWORD dwCountLow = (DWORD)(Count & 0xFFFFFFFF);
-
- return ::LockFile(m_hFile, dwPosLow, dwPosHigh, dwCountLow, dwCountHigh);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CFile::Open(LPCTSTR pszFileName, UINT nOpenFlags)
- // Prepares a file to be written to or read from.
- {
- if (m_hFile) Close();
-
- m_hFile = ::CreateFile(pszFileName, GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, 0, NULL, nOpenFlags, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, NULL);
-
- if (INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE == m_hFile)
- {
- TRACE(_T("Failed\n"));
- m_hFile = 0;
- }
-
- if (m_hFile)
- {
- SetFilePath(pszFileName);
- }
-
- return (m_hFile != 0);
- }
-
- inline CString CFile::OpenFileDialog(LPCTSTR pszFilePathName, DWORD dwFlags, LPCTSTR pszFilter, CWnd* pOwnerWnd)
- // Displays the file open dialog.
- // Returns a CString containing either the selected file name or an empty CString.
- {
- CString str;
- if (pszFilePathName)
- str = pszFilePathName;
-
- OPENFILENAME ofn = {0};
- ofn.lStructSize = sizeof(OPENFILENAME);
-
-#if defined OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400
- if (GetWinVersion() < 2500)
- ofn.lStructSize = OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400;
-#endif
-
- ofn.hwndOwner = pOwnerWnd? pOwnerWnd->GetHwnd() : NULL;
- ofn.hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle();
- ofn.lpstrFilter = pszFilter;
- ofn.lpstrTitle = _T("Open File");
- ofn.Flags = dwFlags;
- ofn.nMaxFile = _MAX_PATH;
-
- ofn.lpstrFile = (LPTSTR)str.GetBuffer(_MAX_PATH);
- ::GetOpenFileName(&ofn);
- str.ReleaseBuffer();
-
- return str;
- }
-
- inline UINT CFile::Read(void* pBuf, UINT nCount)
- // Reads from the file, storing the contents in the specified buffer.
- {
- assert(m_hFile);
- DWORD dwRead = 0;
-
- if (!::ReadFile(m_hFile, pBuf, nCount, &dwRead, NULL))
- dwRead = 0;
-
- return dwRead;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CFile::Rename(LPCTSTR pszOldName, LPCTSTR pszNewName)
- // Renames the specified file.
- {
- return ::MoveFile(pszOldName, pszNewName);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CFile::Remove(LPCTSTR pszFileName)
- // Deletes the specified file.
- {
- return ::DeleteFile(pszFileName);
- }
-
- inline CString CFile::SaveFileDialog(LPCTSTR pszFilePathName, DWORD dwFlags, LPCTSTR pszFilter, LPCTSTR pszDefExt, CWnd* pOwnerWnd)
- // Displays the SaveFileDialog.
- // Returns a CString containing either the selected file name or an empty CString
- {
- CString str;
- if (pszFilePathName)
- str = pszFilePathName;
-
- OPENFILENAME ofn = {0};
- ofn.lStructSize = sizeof(OPENFILENAME);
-
-#if defined OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400
- if (GetWinVersion() < 2500)
- ofn.lStructSize = OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400;
-#endif
-
- ofn.hwndOwner = pOwnerWnd? pOwnerWnd->GetHwnd() : NULL;
- ofn.hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle();
- ofn.lpstrFilter = pszFilter;
- ofn.lpstrFile = (LPTSTR)pszFilePathName;
- ofn.lpstrFileTitle = (LPTSTR)pszFilePathName;
- ofn.lpstrDefExt = pszDefExt;
- ofn.nMaxFile = lstrlen(pszFilePathName);
- ofn.lpstrTitle = _T("Save File");
- ofn.Flags = dwFlags;
- ofn.nMaxFile = _MAX_PATH;
- ofn.lpstrFile = (LPTSTR)str.GetBuffer(_MAX_PATH);
- ::GetSaveFileName(&ofn);
- str.ReleaseBuffer();
-
- return str;
- }
-
- inline ULONGLONG CFile::Seek(LONGLONG lOff, UINT nFrom)
- // Positions the current file pointer.
- // Permitted values for nFrom are: FILE_BEGIN, FILE_CURRENT, or FILE_END.
- {
- assert(m_hFile);
- assert(nFrom == FILE_BEGIN || nFrom == FILE_CURRENT || nFrom == FILE_END);
-
- LONG High = LONG(lOff >> 32);
- LONG Low = (LONG)(lOff & 0xFFFFFFFF);
-
- DWORD LowPos = SetFilePointer(m_hFile, Low, &High, nFrom);
-
- ULONGLONG Result = ((ULONGLONG)High << 32) + LowPos;
- return Result;
- }
-
- inline void CFile::SeekToBegin()
- // Sets the current file pointer to the beginning of the file.
- {
- assert(m_hFile);
- Seek(0, FILE_BEGIN);
- }
-
- inline ULONGLONG CFile::SeekToEnd()
- // Sets the current file pointer to the end of the file.
- {
- assert(m_hFile);
- return Seek(0, FILE_END);
- }
-
- inline void CFile::SetFilePath(LPCTSTR pszFileName)
- // Specifies the full file name, including its path
- {
- TCHAR* pFileName = NULL;
- int nBuffSize = ::GetFullPathName(pszFileName, 0, 0, 0);
- if (nBuffSize > 0)
- {
- TCHAR* pBuff = m_FilePath.GetBuffer(nBuffSize);
- ::GetFullPathName(pszFileName, nBuffSize, pBuff, &pFileName);
- m_FilePath.ReleaseBuffer();
- m_FileName = pFileName;
- int nPos = m_FileName.ReverseFind(_T("."));
- if (nPos >= 0)
- m_FileTitle = m_FileName.Left(nPos);
- }
- }
-
- inline BOOL CFile::SetLength(ULONGLONG NewLen)
- // Changes the length of the file to the specified value.
- {
- assert(m_hFile);
-
- Seek(NewLen, FILE_BEGIN);
- return ::SetEndOfFile(m_hFile);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CFile::UnlockRange(ULONGLONG Pos, ULONGLONG Count)
- // Unlocks a range of bytes in an open file.
- {
- assert(m_hFile);
-
- DWORD dwPosHigh = (DWORD)(Pos >> 32);
- DWORD dwPosLow = (DWORD)(Pos & 0xFFFFFFFF);
- DWORD dwCountHigh = (DWORD)(Count >> 32);
- DWORD dwCountLow = (DWORD)(Count & 0xFFFFFFFF);
-
- return ::UnlockFile(m_hFile, dwPosLow, dwPosHigh, dwCountLow, dwCountHigh);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CFile::Write(const void* pBuf, UINT nCount)
- // Writes the specified buffer to the file.
- {
- assert(m_hFile);
- DWORD dwWritten = 0;
- BOOL bResult = ::WriteFile(m_hFile, pBuf, nCount, &dwWritten, NULL);
- if (dwWritten != nCount)
- bResult = FALSE;
-
- return bResult;
- }
-
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-#endif
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/frame.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/frame.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1f439fd7..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/frame.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3303 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// frame.h
-// Declaration of the CFrame and CMenuBar classes
-
-// The classes declared in this file support SDI (Single Document Interface)
-// frames on Win32/Win64 operating systems (not Windows CE). For Windows CE,
-// use wceframe.h instead. SDI frames are a simple frame which supports a
-// single view window. Refer to mdi.h for frames that support several
-// child windows.
-
-// CFrame also includes each of the following classes as members:
-// * CReBar for managing the frame's rebar control.
-// * CMenuBar for managing the menu inside the rebar.
-// * CToolBar for managing the frame's toolbar.
-// * CStatusBar for managing the frame's status bar.
-// In each case these members are exposed by a GetXXX function, allowing
-// them to be accessed or sent messages.
-
-// CFrame is responsible for creating a "frame" window. This window has a
-// menu and and several child windows, including a toolbar (usualy hosted
-// within a rebar), a status bar, and a view positioned over the frame
-// window's non-client area. The "view" window is a seperate CWnd object
-// assigned to the frame with the SetView function.
-
-// When compiling an application with these classes, it will need to be linked
-// with Comctl32.lib.
-
-// To create a SDI frame application, inherit a CMainFrame class from CFrame.
-// Use the Frame sample application as the starting point for your own frame
-// applications.
-// Refer to the Notepad and Scribble samples for examples on how to use these
-// classes to create a frame application.
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_FRAME_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_FRAME_H_
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-#include "dialog.h"
-#include "gdi.h"
-#include "statusbar.h"
-#include "toolbar.h"
-#include "rebar.h"
-#include "default_resource.h"
-
-#ifndef RBN_MINMAX
- #define RBN_MINMAX (RBN_FIRST - 21)
-#endif
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declarations for structures for themes
- //
- struct MenuTheme
- {
- BOOL UseThemes; // TRUE if themes are used
- COLORREF clrHot1; // Colour 1 for top menu. Color of selected menu item
- COLORREF clrHot2; // Colour 2 for top menu. Color of checkbox
- COLORREF clrPressed1; // Colour 1 for pressed top menu and side bar
- COLORREF clrPressed2; // Colour 2 for pressed top menu and side bar
- COLORREF clrOutline; // Colour for border outline
- };
-
-
- // Forward declaration of CFrame. Its defined later.
- class CFrame;
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CMenuBar class
- //
- class CMenuBar : public CToolBar
- {
- friend class CFrame;
-
- public:
- CMenuBar();
- virtual ~CMenuBar();
- virtual void SetMenu(HMENU hMenu);
- virtual void SetMenuBarTheme(MenuTheme& Theme);
-
- HMENU GetMenu() const {return m_hTopMenu;}
- MenuTheme& GetMenuBarTheme() {return m_ThemeMenu;}
-
- protected:
- //Overridables
- virtual void OnCreate();
- virtual LRESULT OnCustomDraw(NMHDR* pNMHDR);
- virtual void OnKeyDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnLButtonUp(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnMenuChar(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual BOOL OnMenuInput(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnMouseLeave();
- virtual void OnMouseMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnSysCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnWindowPosChanged();
- virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs);
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc);
- virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- private:
- CMenuBar(const CMenuBar&); // Disable copy construction
- CMenuBar& operator = (const CMenuBar&); // Disable assignment operator
- void DoAltKey(WORD KeyCode);
- void DoPopupMenu();
- void DrawAllMDIButtons(CDC& DrawDC);
- void DrawMDIButton(CDC& DrawDC, int iButton, UINT uState);
- void ExitMenu();
- HWND GetActiveMDIChild();
- void GrabFocus();
- BOOL IsMDIChildMaxed() const;
- BOOL IsMDIFrame() const;
- void ReleaseFocus();
- void SetHotItem(int nHot);
- static LRESULT CALLBACK StaticMsgHook(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- enum MDIButtonType
- {
- MDI_MIN = 0,
- MDI_RESTORE = 1,
- MDI_CLOSE = 2,
- };
-
- BOOL m_bExitAfter; // Exit after Popup menu ends
- BOOL m_bKeyMode; // keyboard navigation mode
- BOOL m_bMenuActive; // popup menu active
- BOOL m_bSelPopup; // a popup (cascade) menu is selected
- HMENU m_hPopupMenu; // handle to the popup menu
- HMENU m_hSelMenu; // handle to the casceded popup menu
- HMENU m_hTopMenu; // handle to the top level menu
- HWND m_hPrevFocus; // handle to window which had focus
- CRect m_MDIRect[3]; // array of CRect for MDI buttons
- int m_nHotItem; // hot item
- int m_nMDIButton; // the MDI button (MDIButtonType) pressed
- CPoint m_OldMousePos; // old Mouse position
- MenuTheme m_ThemeMenu; // Theme structure
- CFrame* m_pFrame; // Pointer to the frame
-
- }; // class CMenuBar
-
-
-
- //////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CFrame class
- //
- class CFrame : public CWnd
- {
- friend class CMenuBar;
-
- struct ItemData
- // Each Dropdown menu item has this data
- {
- HMENU hMenu;
- UINT nPos;
- UINT fType;
- std::vector<TCHAR> vItemText;
- HMENU hSubMenu;
-
- ItemData() : hMenu(0), nPos(0), fType(0), hSubMenu(0) { vItemText.assign(MAX_MENU_STRING, _T('\0')); }
- LPTSTR GetItemText() {return &vItemText[0];}
- };
-
- typedef Shared_Ptr<ItemData> ItemDataPtr;
-
- public:
- CFrame();
- virtual ~CFrame();
-
- // Override these functions as required
- virtual void AdjustFrameRect(RECT rcView) const;
- virtual CRect GetViewRect() const;
- virtual BOOL IsMDIFrame() const { return FALSE; }
- virtual void SetStatusIndicators();
- virtual void SetStatusText();
- virtual void RecalcLayout();
- virtual MenuTheme& GetMenuTheme() const { return (MenuTheme&) m_ThemeMenu; }
- virtual ReBarTheme& GetReBarTheme() const { return (ReBarTheme&)GetReBar().GetReBarTheme(); }
- virtual ToolBarTheme& GetToolBarTheme() const { return (ToolBarTheme&)GetToolBar().GetToolBarTheme(); }
-
- // Virtual Attributes
- // If you need to modify the default behaviour of the menubar, rebar,
- // statusbar or toolbar, inherit from those classes, and override
- // the following attribute functions.
- virtual CMenuBar& GetMenuBar() const { return (CMenuBar&)m_MenuBar; }
- virtual CReBar& GetReBar() const { return (CReBar&)m_ReBar; }
- virtual CStatusBar& GetStatusBar() const { return (CStatusBar&)m_StatusBar; }
- virtual CToolBar& GetToolBar() const { return (CToolBar&)m_ToolBar; }
-
- // These functions aren't virtual, and shouldn't be overridden
- HACCEL GetFrameAccel() const { return m_hAccel; }
- CMenu& GetFrameMenu() const { return (CMenu&)m_Menu; }
- std::vector<tString> GetMRUEntries() const { return m_vMRUEntries; }
- tString GetRegistryKeyName() const { return m_tsKeyName; }
- CWnd* GetView() const { return m_pView; }
- tString GetMRUEntry(UINT nIndex);
- void SetFrameMenu(INT ID_MENU);
- void SetFrameMenu(HMENU hMenu);
- void SetMenuTheme(MenuTheme& Theme);
- void SetView(CWnd& wndView);
- BOOL IsMenuBarUsed() const { return (GetMenuBar() != 0); }
- BOOL IsReBarSupported() const { return (GetComCtlVersion() >= 470); }
- BOOL IsReBarUsed() const { return (GetReBar() != 0); }
-
- protected:
- // Override these functions as required
- virtual BOOL AddMenuIcon(int nID_MenuItem, HICON hIcon, int cx = 16, int cy = 16);
- virtual UINT AddMenuIcons(const std::vector<UINT>& MenuData, COLORREF crMask, UINT ToolBarID, UINT ToolBarDisabledID);
- virtual void AddMenuBarBand();
- virtual void AddMRUEntry(LPCTSTR szMRUEntry);
- virtual void AddToolBarBand(CToolBar& TB, DWORD dwStyle, UINT nID);
- virtual void AddToolBarButton(UINT nID, BOOL bEnabled = TRUE, LPCTSTR szText = 0);
- virtual void CreateToolBar();
- virtual void DrawCheckmark(LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT pdis, CDC& DrawDC);
- virtual void DrawMenuIcon(LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT pdis, CDC& DrawDC, BOOL bDisabled);
- virtual void DrawMenuText(CDC& DrawDC, LPCTSTR ItemText, CRect& rc, COLORREF colorText);
- virtual int GetMenuItemPos(HMENU hMenu, LPCTSTR szItem);
- virtual BOOL LoadRegistrySettings(LPCTSTR szKeyName);
- virtual BOOL LoadRegistryMRUSettings(UINT nMaxMRU = 0);
- virtual void OnActivate(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnClose();
- virtual void OnCreate();
- virtual void OnDestroy();
- virtual LRESULT OnDrawItem(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnExitMenuLoop();
- virtual void OnHelp();
- virtual void OnInitMenuPopup(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnMeasureItem(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnMenuChar(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnMenuSelect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnSetFocus();
- virtual void OnSysColorChange();
- virtual LRESULT OnSysCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnTimer(WPARAM wParam);
- virtual void OnViewStatusBar();
- virtual void OnViewToolBar();
- virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs);
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc);
- virtual void RemoveMRUEntry(LPCTSTR szMRUEntry);
- virtual BOOL SaveRegistrySettings();
- virtual void SetMenuBarBandSize();
- virtual UINT SetMenuIcons(const std::vector<UINT>& MenuData, COLORREF crMask, UINT ToolBarID, UINT ToolBarDisabledID);
- virtual void SetupToolBar();
- virtual void SetTheme();
- virtual void SetToolBarImages(COLORREF crMask, UINT ToolBarID, UINT ToolBarHotID, UINT ToolBarDisabledID);
- virtual void ShowMenu(BOOL bShow);
- virtual void ShowStatusBar(BOOL bShow);
- virtual void ShowToolBar(BOOL bShow);
- virtual void UpdateMRUMenu();
- virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- enum Constants
- {
- ID_STATUS_TIMER = 1,
- POST_TEXT_GAP = 16, // for owner draw menu item
- };
-
- tString m_tsStatusText; // TCHAR std::string for status text
- BOOL m_bShowIndicatorStatus; // set to TRUE to see indicators in status bar
- BOOL m_bShowMenuStatus; // set to TRUE to see menu and toolbar updates in status bar
- BOOL m_bUseReBar; // set to TRUE if ReBars are to be used
- BOOL m_bUseThemes; // set to TRUE if themes are to be used
- BOOL m_bUpdateTheme; // set to TRUE to run SetThemes when theme changes
- BOOL m_bUseToolBar; // set to TRUE if the toolbar is used
- BOOL m_bUseCustomDraw; // set to TRUE to perform custom drawing on menu items
- BOOL m_bShowStatusBar; // A flag to indicate if the StatusBar should be displayed
- BOOL m_bShowToolBar; // A flag to indicate if the ToolBar should be displayed
- MenuTheme m_ThemeMenu; // Theme structure for popup menus
- HIMAGELIST m_himlMenu; // Imagelist of menu icons
- HIMAGELIST m_himlMenuDis; // Imagelist of disabled menu icons
-
- private:
- CFrame(const CFrame&); // Disable copy construction
- CFrame& operator = (const CFrame&); // Disable assignment operator
- void LoadCommonControls();
-
- std::vector<ItemDataPtr> m_vMenuItemData;// vector of ItemData pointers
- std::vector<UINT> m_vMenuIcons; // vector of menu icon resource IDs
- std::vector<tString> m_vMRUEntries; // Vector of tStrings for MRU entires
- CDialog m_AboutDialog; // Help about dialog
- CMenuBar m_MenuBar; // CMenuBar object
- CReBar m_ReBar; // CReBar object
- CStatusBar m_StatusBar; // CStatusBar object
- CToolBar m_ToolBar; // CToolBar object
- CMenu m_Menu; // handle to the frame menu
- HACCEL m_hAccel; // handle to the frame's accelerator table
- CWnd* m_pView; // pointer to the View CWnd object
- LPCTSTR m_OldStatus[3]; // Array of TCHAR pointers;
- tString m_tsKeyName; // TCHAR std::string for Registry key name
- tString m_tsTooltip; // TCHAR std::string for tool tips
- UINT m_nMaxMRU; // maximum number of MRU entries
- CRect m_rcPosition; // CRect of the starting window position
- HWND m_hOldFocus; // The window which had focus prior to the app'a deactivation
- int m_nOldID; // The previous ToolBar ID displayed in the statusbar
-
- }; // class CFrame
-
-}
-
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- /////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CMenuBar class
- //
- inline CMenuBar::CMenuBar()
- {
- m_bExitAfter = FALSE;
- m_hTopMenu = NULL;
- m_nHotItem = -1;
- m_bSelPopup = FALSE;
- m_hSelMenu = NULL;
- m_bMenuActive = FALSE;
- m_bKeyMode = FALSE;
- m_hPrevFocus = NULL;
- m_nMDIButton = 0;
- m_hPopupMenu = 0;
-
- ZeroMemory(&m_ThemeMenu, sizeof(MenuTheme));
- }
-
- inline CMenuBar::~CMenuBar()
- {
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::DoAltKey(WORD KeyCode)
- {
- //Handle key pressed with Alt held down
- UINT ID;
- if (SendMessage(TB_MAPACCELERATOR, KeyCode, (LPARAM) &ID))
- {
- GrabFocus();
- m_bKeyMode = TRUE;
- SetHotItem(ID);
- m_bMenuActive = TRUE;
- PostMessage(UWM_POPUPMENU, 0L, 0L);
- }
- else
- ::MessageBeep(MB_OK);
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::DoPopupMenu()
- {
- if (m_bKeyMode)
- // Simulate a down arrow key press
- PostMessage(WM_KEYDOWN, VK_DOWN, 0L);
-
- m_bKeyMode = FALSE;
- m_bExitAfter = FALSE;
- m_OldMousePos = GetCursorPos();
-
- HWND hMaxMDIChild = NULL;
- if (IsMDIChildMaxed())
- hMaxMDIChild = GetActiveMDIChild();
-
- // Load the submenu
- int nMaxedOffset = IsMDIChildMaxed()? 1:0;
- m_hPopupMenu = ::GetSubMenu(m_hTopMenu, m_nHotItem - nMaxedOffset);
- if (IsMDIChildMaxed() && (0 == m_nHotItem) )
- m_hPopupMenu = ::GetSystemMenu(hMaxMDIChild, FALSE);
-
- // Retrieve the bounding rectangle for the toolbar button
- CRect rc = GetItemRect(m_nHotItem);
-
- // convert rectangle to desktop coordinates
- ClientToScreen(rc);
-
- // Position popup above toolbar if it won't fit below
- TPMPARAMS tpm;
- tpm.cbSize = sizeof(TPMPARAMS);
- tpm.rcExclude = rc;
-
- // Set the hot button
- SendMessage(TB_SETHOTITEM, m_nHotItem, 0L);
- SendMessage(TB_PRESSBUTTON, m_nHotItem, MAKELONG(TRUE, 0));
-
- m_bSelPopup = FALSE;
- m_hSelMenu = NULL;
- m_bMenuActive = TRUE;
-
- // We hook mouse input to process mouse and keyboard input during
- // the popup menu. Messages are sent to StaticMsgHook.
-
- // Remove any remaining hook first
- TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)::TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex());
- pTLSData->pMenuBar = this;
- if (pTLSData->hHook != NULL)
- ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(pTLSData->hHook);
-
- // Hook messages about to be processed by the shortcut menu
- pTLSData->hHook = ::SetWindowsHookEx(WH_MSGFILTER, (HOOKPROC)StaticMsgHook, NULL, ::GetCurrentThreadId());
-
- // Display the shortcut menu
- BOOL bRightToLeft = FALSE;
-
-#if defined(WINVER) && defined (WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL) && (WINVER >= 0x0500)
- bRightToLeft = ((GetAncestor()->GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE)) & WS_EX_LAYOUTRTL);
-#endif
-
- int xPos = bRightToLeft? rc.right : rc.left;
- UINT nID = ::TrackPopupMenuEx(m_hPopupMenu, TPM_LEFTALIGN | TPM_LEFTBUTTON | TPM_VERTICAL,
- xPos, rc.bottom, m_hWnd, &tpm);
-
- // We get here once the TrackPopupMenuEx has ended
- m_bMenuActive = FALSE;
-
- // Remove the message hook
- ::UnhookWindowsHookEx(pTLSData->hHook);
- pTLSData->hHook = NULL;
-
- // Process MDI Child system menu
- if (IsMDIChildMaxed())
- {
- if (::GetSystemMenu(hMaxMDIChild, FALSE) == m_hPopupMenu )
- {
- if (nID)
- ::SendMessage(hMaxMDIChild, WM_SYSCOMMAND, nID, 0L);
- }
- }
-
- // Resestablish Focus
- if (m_bKeyMode)
- GrabFocus();
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::DrawAllMDIButtons(CDC& DrawDC)
- {
- if (!IsMDIFrame())
- return;
-
- if (IsMDIChildMaxed())
- {
- int cx = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSMICON);
- int cy = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSMICON);
- CRect rc = GetClientRect();
- int gap = 4;
- rc.right -= gap;
-
- // Assign values to each element of the CRect array
- for (int i = 0 ; i < 3 ; ++i)
- {
- int left = rc.right - (i+1)*cx - gap*(i+1);
- int top = rc.bottom/2 - cy/2;
- int right = rc.right - i*cx - gap*(i+1);
- int bottom = rc.bottom/2 + cy/2;
- ::SetRect(&m_MDIRect[2 - i], left, top, right, bottom);
- }
-
- // Hide the MDI button if it won't fit
- for (int k = 0 ; k <= 2 ; ++k)
- {
-
- if (m_MDIRect[k].left < GetMaxSize().cx)
- {
- ::SetRectEmpty(&m_MDIRect[k]);
- }
- }
-
- DrawMDIButton(DrawDC, MDI_MIN, 0);
- DrawMDIButton(DrawDC, MDI_RESTORE, 0);
- DrawMDIButton(DrawDC, MDI_CLOSE, 0);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::DrawMDIButton(CDC& DrawDC, int iButton, UINT uState)
- {
- if (!IsRectEmpty(&m_MDIRect[iButton]))
- {
- switch (uState)
- {
- case 0:
- {
- // Draw a grey outline
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE));
- DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].right, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].right, m_MDIRect[iButton].top);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].top);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom);
- }
- break;
- case 1:
- {
- // Draw outline, white at top, black on bottom
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0));
- DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].right, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].right, m_MDIRect[iButton].top);
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255, 255, 255));
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].top);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom);
- }
-
- break;
- case 2:
- {
- // Draw outline, black on top, white on bottom
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255, 255, 255));
- DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].right, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].right, m_MDIRect[iButton].top);
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0));
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].top);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[iButton].left, m_MDIRect[iButton].bottom);
- }
- break;
- }
-
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0));
-
- switch (iButton)
- {
- case MDI_MIN:
- // Manually Draw Minimise button
- DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[0].left + 4, m_MDIRect[0].bottom -4);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[0].right - 4, m_MDIRect[0].bottom - 4);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[0].left + 4, m_MDIRect[0].bottom -5);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[0].right - 4, m_MDIRect[0].bottom - 5);
- break;
- case MDI_RESTORE:
- // Manually Draw Restore Button
- DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[1].left + 3, m_MDIRect[1].top + 7);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].left + 3, m_MDIRect[1].bottom -4);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].right - 6, m_MDIRect[1].bottom -4);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].right - 6, m_MDIRect[1].top + 7);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].left + 3, m_MDIRect[1].top + 7);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[1].left + 3, m_MDIRect[1].top + 8);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].right - 6, m_MDIRect[1].top + 8);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[1].left + 5, m_MDIRect[1].top + 7);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].left + 5, m_MDIRect[1].top + 4);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].right - 4, m_MDIRect[1].top + 4);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].right - 4, m_MDIRect[1].bottom -6);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].right - 6, m_MDIRect[1].bottom -6);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[1].left + 5, m_MDIRect[1].top + 5);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[1].right - 4, m_MDIRect[1].top + 5);
- break;
- case MDI_CLOSE:
- // Manually Draw Close Button
- DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[2].left + 4, m_MDIRect[2].top +5);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[2].right - 4, m_MDIRect[2].bottom -3);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[2].left + 5, m_MDIRect[2].top +5);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[2].right - 4, m_MDIRect[2].bottom -4);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[2].left + 4, m_MDIRect[2].top +6);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[2].right - 5, m_MDIRect[2].bottom -3);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[2].right -5, m_MDIRect[2].top +5);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[2].left + 3, m_MDIRect[2].bottom -3);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[2].right -5, m_MDIRect[2].top +6);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[2].left + 4, m_MDIRect[2].bottom -3);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(m_MDIRect[2].right -6, m_MDIRect[2].top +5);
- DrawDC.LineTo(m_MDIRect[2].left + 3, m_MDIRect[2].bottom -4);
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::ExitMenu()
- {
- ReleaseFocus();
- m_bKeyMode = FALSE;
- m_bMenuActive = FALSE;
- SendMessage(TB_PRESSBUTTON, m_nHotItem, (LPARAM) MAKELONG (FALSE, 0));
- SetHotItem(-1);
-
- CPoint pt = GetCursorPos();
- ScreenToClient(pt);
-
- // Update mouse mouse position for hot tracking
- SendMessage(WM_MOUSEMOVE, 0L, MAKELONG(pt.x, pt.y));
- }
-
- inline HWND CMenuBar::GetActiveMDIChild()
- {
- HWND hwndMDIChild = NULL;
- if (IsMDIFrame())
- {
- hwndMDIChild = (HWND)::SendMessage(m_pFrame->GetView()->GetHwnd(), WM_MDIGETACTIVE, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- return hwndMDIChild;
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::GrabFocus()
- {
- if (::GetFocus() != m_hWnd)
- m_hPrevFocus = ::SetFocus(m_hWnd);
- ::SetCapture(m_hWnd);
- ::SetCursor(::LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW));
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenuBar::IsMDIChildMaxed() const
- {
- BOOL bMaxed = FALSE;
-
- if (IsMDIFrame() && m_pFrame->GetView()->IsWindow())
- {
- m_pFrame->GetView()->SendMessage(WM_MDIGETACTIVE, 0L, (LPARAM)&bMaxed);
- }
-
- return bMaxed;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenuBar::IsMDIFrame() const
- {
- return (m_pFrame->IsMDIFrame());
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::OnMenuChar(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- if (!m_bMenuActive)
- DoAltKey(LOWORD(wParam));
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::OnCreate()
- {
- // We must send this message before sending the TB_ADDBITMAP or TB_ADDBUTTONS message
- SendMessage(TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE, (WPARAM)sizeof(TBBUTTON), 0L);
-
- m_pFrame = (CFrame*)GetAncestor();
- assert(m_pFrame);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CMenuBar::OnCustomDraw(NMHDR* pNMHDR)
- // CustomDraw is used to render the MenuBar's toolbar buttons
- {
- if (m_ThemeMenu.UseThemes)
- {
- LPNMTBCUSTOMDRAW lpNMCustomDraw = (LPNMTBCUSTOMDRAW)pNMHDR;
-
- switch (lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.dwDrawStage)
- {
- // Begin paint cycle
- case CDDS_PREPAINT:
- // Send NM_CUSTOMDRAW item draw, and post-paint notification messages.
- return CDRF_NOTIFYITEMDRAW | CDRF_NOTIFYPOSTPAINT ;
-
- // An item is about to be drawn
- case CDDS_ITEMPREPAINT:
- {
- CDC* pDrawDC = FromHandle(lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.hdc);
- CRect rcRect = lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.rc;
- int nState = lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.uItemState;
- DWORD dwItem = (DWORD)lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.dwItemSpec;
-
- // Leave a pixel gap above and below the drawn rectangle
- if (IsAeroThemed())
- rcRect.InflateRect(0, -2);
- else
- rcRect.InflateRect(0, -1);
-
- if (IsMDIChildMaxed() && (0 == dwItem))
- // Draw over MDI Max button
- {
- HICON hIcon = (HICON)::SendMessage(GetActiveMDIChild(), WM_GETICON, ICON_SMALL, 0L);
- if (NULL == hIcon)
- hIcon = ::LoadIcon(NULL, IDI_APPLICATION);
-
- int cx = ::GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXSMICON);
- int cy = ::GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYSMICON);
- int y = 1 + (GetWindowRect().Height() - cy)/2;
- int x = (rcRect.Width() - cx)/2;
- pDrawDC->DrawIconEx(x, y, hIcon, cx, cy, 0, NULL, DI_NORMAL);
-
- pDrawDC->Detach(); // Optional, deletes GDI objects sooner
- return CDRF_SKIPDEFAULT; // No further drawing
- }
-
- else if (nState & (CDIS_HOT | CDIS_SELECTED))
- {
- if ((nState & CDIS_SELECTED) || (GetButtonState(dwItem) & TBSTATE_PRESSED))
- {
- pDrawDC->GradientFill(m_ThemeMenu.clrPressed1, m_ThemeMenu.clrPressed2, rcRect, FALSE);
- }
- else if (nState & CDIS_HOT)
- {
- pDrawDC->GradientFill(m_ThemeMenu.clrHot1, m_ThemeMenu.clrHot2, rcRect, FALSE);
- }
-
- // Draw border
- pDrawDC->CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, m_ThemeMenu.clrOutline);
- pDrawDC->MoveTo(rcRect.left, rcRect.bottom);
- pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.left, rcRect.top);
- pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.right-1, rcRect.top);
- pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.right-1, rcRect.bottom);
- pDrawDC->MoveTo(rcRect.right-1, rcRect.bottom);
- pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.left, rcRect.bottom);
-
- TCHAR str[80] = _T("");
- int nLength = (int)SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTONTEXT, lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.dwItemSpec, 0L);
- if ((nLength > 0) && (nLength < 80))
- SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTONTEXT, lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.dwItemSpec, (LPARAM)str);
-
- // Draw highlight text
- pDrawDC->SelectObject(GetFont());
- rcRect.bottom += 1;
- int iMode = pDrawDC->SetBkMode(TRANSPARENT);
- pDrawDC->DrawText(str, lstrlen(str), rcRect, DT_VCENTER | DT_CENTER | DT_SINGLELINE);
-
- pDrawDC->SetBkMode(iMode);
- pDrawDC->Detach(); // Optional, deletes GDI objects sooner
- return CDRF_SKIPDEFAULT; // No further drawing
- }
- }
- return CDRF_DODEFAULT ; // Do default drawing
-
- // Painting cycle has completed
- case CDDS_POSTPAINT:
- // Draw MDI Minimise, Restore and Close buttons
- {
- CDC* pDrawDC = FromHandle(lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.hdc);
- DrawAllMDIButtons(*pDrawDC);
- pDrawDC->Detach(); // Optional, deletes GDI objects sooner
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- return 0L;
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::OnKeyDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- switch (wParam)
- {
- case VK_ESCAPE:
- ExitMenu();
- break;
-
- case VK_SPACE:
- ExitMenu();
- // Bring up the system menu
- GetAncestor()->PostMessage(WM_SYSCOMMAND, SC_KEYMENU, VK_SPACE);
- break;
-
- // Handle VK_DOWN,VK_UP and VK_RETURN together
- case VK_DOWN:
- case VK_UP:
- case VK_RETURN:
- // Always use PostMessage for USER_POPUPMENU (not SendMessage)
- PostMessage(UWM_POPUPMENU, 0L, 0L);
- break;
-
- case VK_LEFT:
- // Move left to next topmenu item
- (m_nHotItem > 0)? SetHotItem(m_nHotItem -1) : SetHotItem(GetButtonCount()-1);
- break;
-
- case VK_RIGHT:
- // Move right to next topmenu item
- (m_nHotItem < GetButtonCount() -1)? SetHotItem(m_nHotItem +1) : SetHotItem(0);
- break;
-
- default:
- // Handle Accelerator keys with Alt toggled down
- if (m_bKeyMode)
- {
- UINT ID;
- if (SendMessage(TB_MAPACCELERATOR, wParam, (LPARAM) &ID))
- {
- m_nHotItem = ID;
- PostMessage(UWM_POPUPMENU, 0L, 0L);
- }
- else
- ::MessageBeep(MB_OK);
- }
- break;
- } // switch (wParam)
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::OnLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
-
- GrabFocus();
- m_nMDIButton = 0;
- CPoint pt;
-
- pt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam);
- pt.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
-
- if (IsMDIFrame())
- {
- if (IsMDIChildMaxed())
- {
- CClientDC MenuBarDC(this);
- m_nMDIButton = -1;
-
- if (m_MDIRect[0].PtInRect(pt)) m_nMDIButton = 0;
- if (m_MDIRect[1].PtInRect(pt)) m_nMDIButton = 1;
- if (m_MDIRect[2].PtInRect(pt)) m_nMDIButton = 2;
-
- if (m_nMDIButton >= 0)
- {
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_MIN, (0 == m_nMDIButton)? 2 : 0);
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_RESTORE, (1 == m_nMDIButton)? 2 : 0);
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_CLOSE, (2 == m_nMDIButton)? 2 : 0);
- }
-
- // Bring up the MDI Child window's system menu when the icon is pressed
- if (0 == HitTest())
- {
- m_nHotItem = 0;
- PostMessage(UWM_POPUPMENU, 0L, 0L);
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::OnLButtonUp(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
- CPoint pt;
- pt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam);
- pt.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
-
- if (IsMDIFrame())
- {
- HWND MDIClient = m_pFrame->GetView()->GetHwnd();
- HWND MDIChild = GetActiveMDIChild();
-
- if (IsMDIChildMaxed())
- {
- CPoint pt = GetCursorPos();
- ScreenToClient(pt);
-
- // Process the MDI button action when the left mouse button is up
- if (m_MDIRect[0].PtInRect(pt))
- {
- if (MDI_MIN == m_nMDIButton)
- ::ShowWindow(MDIChild, SW_MINIMIZE);
- }
-
- if (m_MDIRect[1].PtInRect(pt))
- {
- if (MDI_RESTORE == m_nMDIButton)
- ::PostMessage(MDIClient, WM_MDIRESTORE, (WPARAM)MDIChild, 0L);
- }
-
- if (m_MDIRect[2].PtInRect(pt))
- {
- if (MDI_CLOSE == m_nMDIButton)
- ::PostMessage(MDIChild, WM_CLOSE, 0L, 0L);
- }
- }
- }
- m_nMDIButton = 0;
- ExitMenu();
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenuBar::OnMenuInput(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- // When a popup menu is active, StaticMsgHook directs all menu messages here
- {
- switch(uMsg)
- {
- case WM_KEYDOWN:
- m_bExitAfter = FALSE;
- {
- switch (wParam)
- {
- case VK_ESCAPE:
- // Use default processing if inside a Sub Menu
- if ((m_hSelMenu) &&(m_hSelMenu != m_hPopupMenu))
- return FALSE;
-
- m_bMenuActive = FALSE;
- m_bKeyMode = TRUE;
- SendMessage(WM_CANCELMODE, 0L, 0L);
- SendMessage(TB_PRESSBUTTON, m_nHotItem, MAKELONG(FALSE, 0));
- SendMessage(TB_SETHOTITEM, m_nHotItem, 0L);
- break;
-
- case VK_LEFT:
- // Use default processing if inside a Sub Menu
- if ((m_hSelMenu) &&(m_hSelMenu != m_hPopupMenu))
- return FALSE;
-
- SendMessage(TB_PRESSBUTTON, m_nHotItem, MAKELONG(FALSE, 0));
-
- // Move left to next topmenu item
- (m_nHotItem > 0)? --m_nHotItem : m_nHotItem = GetButtonCount()-1;
- SendMessage(WM_CANCELMODE, 0L, 0L);
-
- // Always use PostMessage for USER_POPUPMENU (not SendMessage)
- PostMessage(UWM_POPUPMENU, 0L, 0L);
- PostMessage(WM_KEYDOWN, VK_DOWN, 0L);
- break;
-
- case VK_RIGHT:
- // Use default processing to open Sub Menu
- if (m_bSelPopup)
- return FALSE;
-
- SendMessage(TB_PRESSBUTTON, m_nHotItem, MAKELONG(FALSE, 0));
-
- // Move right to next topmenu item
- (m_nHotItem < GetButtonCount()-1)? ++m_nHotItem : m_nHotItem = 0;
- SendMessage(WM_CANCELMODE, 0L, 0L);
-
- // Always use PostMessage for USER_POPUPMENU (not SendMessage)
- PostMessage(UWM_POPUPMENU, 0L, 0L);
- PostMessage(WM_KEYDOWN, VK_DOWN, 0L);
- break;
-
- case VK_RETURN:
- m_bExitAfter = TRUE;
- break;
-
- } // switch (wParam)
-
- } // case WM_KEYDOWN
-
- return FALSE;
-
- case WM_CHAR:
- m_bExitAfter = TRUE;
- return FALSE;
-
- case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
- {
- m_bExitAfter = TRUE;
- if (HitTest() >= 0)
- {
- // Cancel popup when we hit a button a second time
- SendMessage(WM_CANCELMODE, 0L, 0L);
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
- return FALSE;
-
- case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
- // Perform default action for DblClick on MDI Maxed icon
- if (IsMDIChildMaxed() && (0 == HitTest()))
- {
- CWnd* pMDIChild = FromHandle(GetActiveMDIChild());
- CMenu* pChildMenu = pMDIChild->GetSystemMenu(FALSE);
-
- UINT nID = pChildMenu->GetDefaultItem(FALSE, 0);
- if (nID)
- pMDIChild->PostMessage(WM_SYSCOMMAND, nID, 0L);
- }
-
- m_bExitAfter = TRUE;
- return FALSE;
-
- case WM_MENUSELECT:
- {
- // store info about selected item
- m_hSelMenu = (HMENU)lParam;
- m_bSelPopup = ((HIWORD(wParam) & MF_POPUP) != 0);
-
- // Reflect message back to the frame window
- GetAncestor()->SendMessage(WM_MENUSELECT, wParam, lParam);
- }
- return TRUE;
-
- case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
- {
- CPoint pt;
- pt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam);
- pt.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
-
- // Skip if mouse hasn't moved
- if ((pt.x == m_OldMousePos.x) && (pt.y == m_OldMousePos.y))
- return FALSE;
-
- m_OldMousePos.x = pt.x;
- m_OldMousePos.y = pt.y;
- ScreenToClient(pt);
-
- // Reflect messages back to the MenuBar for hot tracking
- SendMessage(WM_MOUSEMOVE, 0L, MAKELPARAM(pt.x, pt.y));
- }
- break;
-
- }
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::OnMouseLeave()
- {
- if (IsMDIFrame())
- {
- if (IsMDIChildMaxed())
- {
- CClientDC MenuBarDC(this);
-
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_MIN, 0);
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_RESTORE, 0);
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_CLOSE, 0);
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::OnMouseMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- CPoint pt;
- pt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam);
- pt.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
-
- if (IsMDIFrame())
- {
- if (IsMDIChildMaxed())
- {
- CClientDC MenuBarDC(this);
- int MDIButton = -1;
- if (m_MDIRect[0].PtInRect(pt)) MDIButton = 0;
- if (m_MDIRect[1].PtInRect(pt)) MDIButton = 1;
- if (m_MDIRect[2].PtInRect(pt)) MDIButton = 2;
-
- if (MK_LBUTTON == wParam) // mouse moved with left mouse button is held down
- {
- // toggle the MDI button image pressed/unpressed as required
- if (MDIButton >= 0)
- {
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_MIN, ((0 == MDIButton) && (0 == m_nMDIButton))? 2 : 0);
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_RESTORE, ((1 == MDIButton) && (1 == m_nMDIButton))? 2 : 0);
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_CLOSE, ((2 == MDIButton) && (2 == m_nMDIButton))? 2 : 0);
- }
- else
- {
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_MIN, 0);
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_RESTORE, 0);
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_CLOSE, 0);
- }
- }
- else // mouse moved without left mouse button held down
- {
- if (MDIButton >= 0)
- {
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_MIN, (0 == MDIButton)? 1 : 0);
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_RESTORE, (1 == MDIButton)? 1 : 0);
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_CLOSE, (2 == MDIButton)? 1 : 0);
- }
- else
- {
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_MIN, 0);
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_RESTORE, 0);
- DrawMDIButton(MenuBarDC, MDI_CLOSE, 0);
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CMenuBar::OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
-
- switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code)
- {
- case NM_CUSTOMDRAW:
- {
- return OnCustomDraw((LPNMHDR) lParam);
- }
-
- case TBN_DROPDOWN:
- // Always use PostMessage for USER_POPUPMENU (not SendMessage)
- PostMessage(UWM_POPUPMENU, 0L, 0L);
- break;
-
- case TBN_HOTITEMCHANGE:
- // This is the notification that a hot item change is about to occur
- // This is used to bring up a new popup menu when required
- {
- CPoint pt = GetCursorPos();
- if (this == WindowFromPoint(pt)) // MenuBar window must be on top
- {
- DWORD flag = ((LPNMTBHOTITEM)lParam)->dwFlags;
- if ((flag & HICF_MOUSE) && !(flag & HICF_LEAVING))
- {
- int nButton = HitTest();
- if ((m_bMenuActive) && (nButton != m_nHotItem))
- {
- SendMessage(TB_PRESSBUTTON, m_nHotItem, MAKELONG(FALSE, 0));
- m_nHotItem = nButton;
- SendMessage(WM_CANCELMODE, 0L, 0L);
-
- //Always use PostMessage for USER_POPUPMENU (not SendMessage)
- PostMessage(UWM_POPUPMENU, 0L, 0L);
- }
- m_nHotItem = nButton;
- }
-
- // Handle escape from popup menu
- if ((flag & HICF_LEAVING) && m_bKeyMode)
- {
- m_nHotItem = ((LPNMTBHOTITEM)lParam)->idOld;
- PostMessage(TB_SETHOTITEM, m_nHotItem, 0L);
- }
-
- }
- break;
- } //case TBN_HOTITEMCHANGE:
-
- } // switch(((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code)
- return 0L;
- } // CMenuBar::OnNotify(...)
-
- inline void CMenuBar::OnWindowPosChanged()
- {
- InvalidateRect(&m_MDIRect[0], TRUE);
- InvalidateRect(&m_MDIRect[1], TRUE);
- InvalidateRect(&m_MDIRect[2], TRUE);
- {
- CClientDC MenuBarDC(this);
- DrawAllMDIButtons(MenuBarDC);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs)
- {
- cs.style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | TBSTYLE_TOOLTIPS | TBSTYLE_LIST | TBSTYLE_FLAT | CCS_NODIVIDER | CCS_NORESIZE;
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc)
- {
- // Set the Window Class
- wc.lpszClassName = TOOLBARCLASSNAME;
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::ReleaseFocus()
- {
- if (m_hPrevFocus)
- ::SetFocus(m_hPrevFocus);
-
- m_hPrevFocus = NULL;
- ::ReleaseCapture();
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::SetHotItem(int nHot)
- {
- m_nHotItem = nHot;
- SendMessage(TB_SETHOTITEM, m_nHotItem, 0L);
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::SetMenu(HMENU hMenu)
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- m_hTopMenu = hMenu;
- int nMaxedOffset = (IsMDIChildMaxed()? 1:0);
-
- // Remove any existing buttons
- while (SendMessage(TB_BUTTONCOUNT, 0L, 0L) > 0)
- {
- if(!SendMessage(TB_DELETEBUTTON, 0L, 0L))
- break;
- }
-
- // Set the Bitmap size to zero
- SendMessage(TB_SETBITMAPSIZE, 0L, MAKELPARAM(0, 0));
-
- if (IsMDIChildMaxed())
- {
- // Create an extra button for the MDI child system menu
- // Later we will custom draw the window icon over this button
- TBBUTTON tbb = {0};
- tbb.fsState = TBSTATE_ENABLED;
- tbb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_BUTTON | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE ;
- tbb.iString = (INT_PTR)_T(" ");
- SendMessage(TB_ADDBUTTONS, 1, (WPARAM)&tbb);
- SetButtonText(0, _T(" "));
- }
-
- for (int i = 0 ; i < ::GetMenuItemCount(hMenu); ++i)
- {
- // Assign the ToolBar Button struct
- TBBUTTON tbb = {0};
- tbb.idCommand = i + nMaxedOffset; // Each button needs a unique ID
- tbb.fsState = TBSTATE_ENABLED;
- tbb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_BUTTON | TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE | TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN;
- tbb.iString = (INT_PTR)_T(" ");
- SendMessage(TB_ADDBUTTONS, 1, (WPARAM)&tbb);
-
- // Add the menu title to the string table
- std::vector<TCHAR> vMenuName( MAX_MENU_STRING+1, _T('\0') );
- TCHAR* szMenuName = &vMenuName[0];
- GetMenuString(hMenu, i, szMenuName, MAX_MENU_STRING, MF_BYPOSITION);
- SetButtonText(i + nMaxedOffset, szMenuName);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::SetMenuBarTheme(MenuTheme& Theme)
- {
- m_ThemeMenu.UseThemes = Theme.UseThemes;
- m_ThemeMenu.clrHot1 = Theme.clrHot1;
- m_ThemeMenu.clrHot2 = Theme.clrHot2;
- m_ThemeMenu.clrPressed1 = Theme.clrPressed1;
- m_ThemeMenu.clrPressed2 = Theme.clrPressed2;
- m_ThemeMenu.clrOutline = Theme.clrOutline;
-
- if (IsWindow())
- Invalidate();
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CALLBACK CMenuBar::StaticMsgHook(int nCode, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- assert(GetApp());
- MSG* pMsg = (MSG*)lParam;
- TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex());
- assert(pTLSData);
- CMenuBar* pMenuBar = (CMenuBar*)pTLSData->pMenuBar;
-
- if (pMenuBar && (MSGF_MENU == nCode))
- {
- // process menu message
- if (pMenuBar->OnMenuInput(pMsg->message, pMsg->wParam, pMsg->lParam))
- {
- return TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- return CallNextHookEx(pTLSData->hHook, nCode, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline void CMenuBar::OnSysCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- if (SC_KEYMENU == wParam)
- {
- if (0 == lParam)
- {
- // Alt/F10 key toggled
- GrabFocus();
- m_bKeyMode = TRUE;
- int nMaxedOffset = (IsMDIChildMaxed()? 1:0);
- SetHotItem(nMaxedOffset);
- }
- else
- // Handle key pressed with Alt held down
- DoAltKey((WORD)lParam);
- }
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CMenuBar::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case WM_CHAR:
- return 0L; // Discard these messages
- case WM_DRAWITEM:
- m_pFrame->OnDrawItem(wParam, lParam);
- return TRUE; // handled
- case WM_EXITMENULOOP:
- if (m_bExitAfter)
- ExitMenu();
- m_pFrame->OnExitMenuLoop();
- break;
- case WM_INITMENUPOPUP:
- m_pFrame->OnInitMenuPopup(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- case WM_KEYDOWN:
- OnKeyDown(wParam, lParam);
- return 0L; // Discard these messages
- case WM_KILLFOCUS:
- ExitMenu();
- return 0L;
- case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
- // Do default processing first
- CallWindowProc(GetPrevWindowProc(), uMsg, wParam, lParam);
-
- OnLButtonDown(wParam, lParam);
- return 0L;
- case WM_LBUTTONUP:
- OnLButtonUp(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- case WM_MEASUREITEM:
- m_pFrame->OnMeasureItem(wParam, lParam);
- return TRUE; // handled
- case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
- OnMouseLeave();
- break;
- case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
- OnMouseMove(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- case UWM_POPUPMENU:
- DoPopupMenu();
- return 0L;
- case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
- if ((VK_MENU == wParam) || (VK_F10 == wParam))
- return 0L;
- break;
- case WM_SYSKEYUP:
- if ((VK_MENU == wParam) || (VK_F10 == wParam))
- {
- ExitMenu();
- return 0L;
- }
- break;
- case UWM_GETMENUTHEME:
- {
- MenuTheme& tm = GetMenuBarTheme();
- return (LRESULT)&tm;
- }
- case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
- OnWindowPosChanged();
- break;
- case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING:
- // Bypass CToolBar::WndProcDefault for this message
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
-
- } // switch (uMsg)
-
- return CToolBar::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- } // LRESULT CMenuBar::WndProcDefault(...)
-
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CFrame class
- //
- inline CFrame::CFrame() : m_tsStatusText(_T("Ready")), m_bShowIndicatorStatus(TRUE), m_bShowMenuStatus(TRUE),
- m_bUseReBar(FALSE), m_bUseThemes(TRUE), m_bUpdateTheme(FALSE), m_bUseToolBar(TRUE), m_bUseCustomDraw(TRUE),
- m_bShowStatusBar(TRUE), m_bShowToolBar(TRUE), m_himlMenu(NULL), m_himlMenuDis(NULL),
- m_AboutDialog(IDW_ABOUT), m_pView(NULL), m_nMaxMRU(0), m_hOldFocus(0), m_nOldID(-1)
- {
- ZeroMemory(&m_ThemeMenu, sizeof(m_ThemeMenu));
-
- // Do either InitCommonControls or InitCommonControlsEx
- LoadCommonControls();
-
- // By default, we use the rebar if we can
- if (GetComCtlVersion() >= 470)
- m_bUseReBar = TRUE;
-
- for (int i = 0 ; i < 3 ; ++i)
- m_OldStatus[i] = _T('\0');
- }
-
- inline CFrame::~CFrame()
- {
- if (m_himlMenu) ImageList_Destroy(m_himlMenu);
- if (m_himlMenuDis) ImageList_Destroy(m_himlMenuDis);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CFrame::AddMenuIcon(int nID_MenuItem, HICON hIcon, int cx /*= 16*/, int cy /*= 16*/)
- {
- // Get ImageList image size
- int cxOld = 0;
- int cyOld = 0;
- ImageList_GetIconSize(m_himlMenu, &cxOld, &cyOld );
-
- // Create a new ImageList if required
- if ((cx != cxOld) || (cy != cyOld) || (NULL == m_himlMenu))
- {
- if (m_himlMenu) ImageList_Destroy(m_himlMenu);
- m_himlMenu = ImageList_Create(cx, cy, ILC_COLOR32 | ILC_MASK, 1, 0);
- m_vMenuIcons.clear();
- }
-
- if (ImageList_AddIcon(m_himlMenu, hIcon) != -1)
- {
- m_vMenuIcons.push_back(nID_MenuItem);
-
- // Recreate the Disabled imagelist
- if (m_himlMenuDis) ImageList_Destroy(m_himlMenuDis);
- m_himlMenuDis = NULL;
- m_himlMenuDis = CreateDisabledImageList(m_himlMenu);
-
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- inline UINT CFrame::AddMenuIcons(const std::vector<UINT>& MenuData, COLORREF crMask, UINT ToolBarID, UINT ToolBarDisabledID)
- // Adds the icons from a bitmap resouce to an internal ImageList for use with popup menu items.
- // Note: If existing are a different size to the new ones, the old ones will be removed!
- // The ToolBarDisabledID is ignored unless ToolBarID and ToolBarDisabledID bitmaps are the same size.
- {
- // Count the MenuData entries excluding seperators
- int iImages = 0;
- for (UINT i = 0 ; i < MenuData.size(); ++i)
- {
- if (MenuData[i] != 0) // Don't count seperators
- {
- ++iImages;
- }
- }
-
- // Load the button images from Resouce ID
- CBitmap Bitmap(ToolBarID);
-
- if ((0 == iImages) || (!Bitmap))
- return (UINT)m_vMenuIcons.size(); // No valid images, so nothing to do!
-
- BITMAP bm = Bitmap.GetBitmapData();
- int iImageWidth = bm.bmWidth / iImages;
- int iImageHeight = bm.bmHeight;
-
- // Create the ImageList if required
- if (NULL == m_himlMenu)
- {
- m_himlMenu = ImageList_Create(iImageWidth, iImageHeight, ILC_COLOR32 | ILC_MASK, iImages, 0);
- m_vMenuIcons.clear();
- }
- else
- {
- int Oldcx;
- int Oldcy;
-
- ImageList_GetIconSize(m_himlMenu, &Oldcx, &Oldcy);
- if (iImageHeight != Oldcy)
- {
- TRACE(_T("Unable to add icons. The new icons are a different size to the old ones\n"));
- return (UINT)m_vMenuIcons.size();
- }
- }
-
- // Add the resource IDs to the m_vMenuIcons vector
- for (UINT j = 0 ; j < MenuData.size(); ++j)
- {
- if (MenuData[j] != 0)
- {
- m_vMenuIcons.push_back(MenuData[j]);
- }
- }
-
- // Add the images to the ImageList
- ImageList_AddMasked(m_himlMenu, Bitmap, crMask);
-
- // Create the Disabled imagelist
- if (ToolBarDisabledID)
- {
- if (0 != m_himlMenuDis)
- m_himlMenuDis = ImageList_Create(iImageWidth, iImageHeight, ILC_COLOR32 | ILC_MASK, iImages, 0);
-
- CBitmap BitmapDisabled(ToolBarDisabledID);
- BITMAP bmDis = BitmapDisabled.GetBitmapData();
-
- int iImageWidthDis = bmDis.bmWidth / iImages;
- int iImageHeightDis = bmDis.bmHeight;
-
- // Normal and Disabled icons must be the same size
- if ((iImageWidthDis == iImageWidth) && (iImageHeightDis == iImageHeight))
- {
- ImageList_AddMasked(m_himlMenu, BitmapDisabled, crMask);
- }
- else
- {
- ImageList_Destroy(m_himlMenuDis);
- m_himlMenuDis = CreateDisabledImageList(m_himlMenu);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- if (m_himlMenuDis) ImageList_Destroy(m_himlMenuDis);
- m_himlMenuDis = CreateDisabledImageList(m_himlMenu);
- }
-
- // return the number of menu icons
- return (UINT)m_vMenuIcons.size();
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::AddMenuBarBand()
- {
- // Adds a MenuBar to the rebar control
- REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0};
- CSize sz = GetMenuBar().GetMaxSize();
-
- // Calculate the MenuBar height from the menu font
- CSize csMenuBar;
- CClientDC dcMenuBar(&GetMenuBar());
- dcMenuBar.SelectObject(GetMenuBar().GetFont());
- csMenuBar = dcMenuBar.GetTextExtentPoint32(_T("\tSomeText"), lstrlen(_T("\tSomeText")));
- int MenuBar_Height = csMenuBar.cy + 6;
-
- rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_CHILDSIZE | RBBIM_STYLE | RBBIM_CHILD | RBBIM_SIZE | RBBIM_ID;
- rbbi.cxMinChild = sz.cx;
- rbbi.cx = sz.cx;
- rbbi.cyMinChild = MenuBar_Height;
- rbbi.cyMaxChild = MenuBar_Height;
- rbbi.fStyle = RBBS_BREAK | RBBS_VARIABLEHEIGHT | RBBS_GRIPPERALWAYS ;
- rbbi.hwndChild = GetMenuBar();
- rbbi.wID = IDW_MENUBAR;
-
- // Note: rbbi.cbSize is set inside the InsertBand function
- GetReBar().InsertBand(-1, rbbi);
- SetMenuBarBandSize();
- GetReBar().SetMenuBar(GetMenuBar());
-
- if (GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().LockMenuBand)
- GetReBar().ShowGripper(GetReBar().GetBand(GetMenuBar()), FALSE);
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::AddMRUEntry(LPCTSTR szMRUEntry)
- {
- // Erase possible duplicate entries from vector
- RemoveMRUEntry(szMRUEntry);
-
- // Insert the entry at the beginning of the vector
- m_vMRUEntries.insert(m_vMRUEntries.begin(), szMRUEntry);
-
- // Delete excessive MRU entries
- if (m_vMRUEntries.size() > m_nMaxMRU)
- m_vMRUEntries.erase(m_vMRUEntries.begin() + m_nMaxMRU, m_vMRUEntries.end());
-
- UpdateMRUMenu();
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::AddToolBarBand(CToolBar& TB, DWORD dwStyle, UINT nID)
- {
- // Adds a ToolBar to the rebar control
-
- // Create the ToolBar Window
- TB.Create(&GetReBar());
-
- // Fill the REBARBAND structure
- REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0};
- CSize sz = TB.GetMaxSize();
-
- rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_CHILDSIZE | RBBIM_STYLE | RBBIM_CHILD | RBBIM_SIZE | RBBIM_ID;
- rbbi.cyMinChild = sz.cy;
- rbbi.cyMaxChild = sz.cy;
- rbbi.cx = sz.cx +2;
- rbbi.cxMinChild = sz.cx +2;
-
- rbbi.fStyle = dwStyle;
- rbbi.hwndChild = TB;
- rbbi.wID = nID;
-
- // Note: rbbi.cbSize is set inside the InsertBand function
- GetReBar().InsertBand(-1, rbbi);
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::AddToolBarButton(UINT nID, BOOL bEnabled /* = TRUE*/, LPCTSTR szText)
- // Adds Resource IDs to toolbar buttons.
- // A resource ID of 0 is a separator
- {
- GetToolBar().AddButton(nID, bEnabled);
-
- if(0 != szText)
- GetToolBar().SetButtonText(nID, szText);
-
- if (!IsWindow()) TRACE(_T("Warning ... Resource IDs for toolbars should be added in SetupToolBar\n"));
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::AdjustFrameRect(RECT rcView) const
- // Adjust the size of the frame to accommodate the View window's dimensions
- {
- // Adjust for the view styles
- CRect rc = rcView;
- DWORD dwStyle = (DWORD)GetView()->GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE);
- DWORD dwExStyle = (DWORD)GetView()->GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE);
- AdjustWindowRectEx(&rc, dwStyle, FALSE, dwExStyle);
-
- // Calculate the new frame height
- CRect rcFrameBefore = GetWindowRect();
- CRect rcViewBefore = GetViewRect();
- int Height = rc.Height() + rcFrameBefore.Height() - rcViewBefore.Height();
-
- // Adjust for the frame styles
- dwStyle = (DWORD)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE);
- dwExStyle = (DWORD)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_EXSTYLE);
- AdjustWindowRectEx(&rc, dwStyle, FALSE, dwExStyle);
-
- // Calculate final rect size, and reposition frame
- SetWindowPos(NULL, 0, 0, rc.Width(), Height, SWP_NOMOVE);
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::CreateToolBar()
- {
- if (IsReBarSupported() && m_bUseReBar)
- AddToolBarBand(GetToolBar(), RBBS_BREAK, IDW_TOOLBAR); // Create the toolbar inside rebar
- else
- GetToolBar().Create(this); // Create the toolbar without a rebar
-
- SetupToolBar();
-
- if (IsReBarSupported() && m_bUseReBar)
- {
- if (GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().UseThemes && GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().LockMenuBand)
- {
- // Hide gripper for single toolbar
- if (GetReBar().GetBandCount() <= 2)
- GetReBar().ShowGripper(GetReBar().GetBand(GetToolBar()), FALSE);
- }
- }
-
- if (GetToolBar().GetToolBarData().size() > 0)
- {
- // Set the toolbar images (if not already set in SetupToolBar)
- // A mask of 192,192,192 is compatible with AddBitmap (for Win95)
- if (!GetToolBar().SendMessage(TB_GETIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L))
- SetToolBarImages(RGB(192,192,192), IDW_MAIN, 0, 0);
-
- // Add the icons for popup menu
- AddMenuIcons(GetToolBar().GetToolBarData(), RGB(192, 192, 192), IDW_MAIN, 0);
- }
- else
- {
- TRACE(_T("Warning ... No resource IDs assigned to the toolbar\n"));
- }
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::DrawCheckmark(LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT pdis, CDC& DrawDC)
- // Draws the checkmark or radiocheck transparently
- {
- CRect rc = pdis->rcItem;
- UINT fType = ((ItemData*)pdis->itemData)->fType;
- MenuTheme tm = GetMenuTheme();
- CRect rcBk;
-
- // Draw the checkmark's background rectangle first
- int Iconx = 16, Icony = 16;
- if (m_himlMenu) ImageList_GetIconSize(m_himlMenu, &Iconx, &Icony);
- int BarWidth = Iconx + 8;
- int left = (BarWidth - Iconx)/2;
- int top = rc.top + (rc.Height() - Icony)/2;
- rcBk.SetRect(left, top, left + Iconx, top + Icony);
-
- if (tm.UseThemes)
- {
- DrawDC.CreateSolidBrush(tm.clrHot2);
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, tm.clrOutline);
-
- // Draw the checkmark's background rectangle
- DrawDC.Rectangle(rcBk.left, rcBk.top, rcBk.right, rcBk.bottom);
- }
-
- CMemDC MemDC(FromHandle(pdis->hDC));
- int cxCheck = ::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXMENUCHECK);
- int cyCheck = ::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYMENUCHECK);
- MemDC.CreateBitmap(cxCheck, cyCheck, 1, 1, NULL);
- CRect rcCheck( 0, 0, cxCheck, cyCheck);
-
- // Copy the check mark bitmap to hdcMem
- if (MFT_RADIOCHECK == fType)
- MemDC.DrawFrameControl(rcCheck, DFC_MENU, DFCS_MENUBULLET);
- else
- MemDC.DrawFrameControl(rcCheck, DFC_MENU, DFCS_MENUCHECK);
-
- int xoffset = (rcBk.Width() - rcCheck.Width()-1)/2;
- int yoffset = (rcBk.Height() - rcCheck.Height()-1)/2;
-
- if (tm.UseThemes)
- xoffset += 2;
-
- // Draw a white or black check mark as required
- // Unfortunately MaskBlt isn't supported on Win95, 98 or ME, so we do it the hard way
- CMemDC MaskDC(FromHandle(pdis->hDC));
- MaskDC.CreateCompatibleBitmap(FromHandle(pdis->hDC), cxCheck, cyCheck);
- MaskDC.BitBlt(0, 0, cxCheck, cyCheck, &MaskDC, 0, 0, WHITENESS);
-
- if ((pdis->itemState & ODS_SELECTED) && (!tm.UseThemes))
- {
- // Draw a white checkmark
- MemDC.BitBlt(0, 0, cxCheck, cyCheck, &MemDC, 0, 0, DSTINVERT);
- MaskDC.BitBlt(0, 0, cxCheck, cyCheck, &MemDC, 0, 0, SRCAND);
- DrawDC.BitBlt(rcBk.left + xoffset, rcBk.top + yoffset, cxCheck, cyCheck, &MaskDC, 0, 0, SRCPAINT);
- }
- else
- {
- // Draw a black checkmark
- int BullitOffset = ((MFT_RADIOCHECK == fType) && tm.UseThemes)? 1 : 0;
- MaskDC.BitBlt( -BullitOffset, BullitOffset, cxCheck, cyCheck, &MemDC, 0, 0, SRCAND);
- DrawDC.BitBlt(rcBk.left + xoffset, rcBk.top + yoffset, cxCheck, cyCheck, &MaskDC, 0, 0, SRCAND);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::DrawMenuIcon(LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT pdis, CDC& DrawDC, BOOL bDisabled)
- {
- if (!m_himlMenu)
- return;
- // Get icon size
- int Iconx;
- int Icony;
- ImageList_GetIconSize(m_himlMenu, &Iconx, &Icony);
- int BarWidth = Iconx + 8;
-
- // get the drawing rectangle
- CRect rc = pdis->rcItem;
- int left = (BarWidth - Iconx)/2;
- int top = rc.top + (rc.Height() - Icony)/2;
- rc.SetRect(left, top, left + Iconx, top + Icony);
-
- // get the icon's location in the imagelist
- int iImage = -1;
- for (int i = 0 ; i < (int)m_vMenuIcons.size(); ++i)
- {
- if (pdis->itemID == m_vMenuIcons[i])
- iImage = i;
- }
-
- // draw the image
- if (iImage >= 0 )
- {
- if ((bDisabled) && (m_himlMenuDis))
- ImageList_Draw(m_himlMenuDis, iImage, DrawDC, rc.left, rc.top, ILD_TRANSPARENT);
- else
- ImageList_Draw(m_himlMenu, iImage, DrawDC, rc.left, rc.top, ILD_TRANSPARENT);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::DrawMenuText(CDC& DrawDC, LPCTSTR ItemText, CRect& rc, COLORREF colorText)
- {
- // find the position of tab character
- int nTab = -1;
- for(int i = 0; i < lstrlen(ItemText); ++i)
- {
- if(_T('\t') == ItemText[i])
- {
- nTab = i;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- // Draw the item text
- DrawDC.SetTextColor(colorText);
- DrawDC.DrawText(ItemText, nTab, rc, DT_SINGLELINE | DT_LEFT | DT_VCENTER);
-
- // Draw text after tab, right aligned
- if(nTab != -1)
- DrawDC.DrawText( &ItemText[nTab + 1], -1, rc, DT_SINGLELINE | DT_RIGHT | DT_VCENTER);
- }
-
- inline int CFrame::GetMenuItemPos(HMENU hMenu, LPCTSTR szItem)
- // Returns the position of the menu item, given it's name
- {
- int nMenuItemCount = GetMenuItemCount(hMenu);
- MENUITEMINFO mii = {0};
- mii.cbSize = GetSizeofMenuItemInfo();
-
- for (int nItem = 0 ; nItem < nMenuItemCount; ++nItem)
- {
- std::vector<TCHAR> vTChar( MAX_MENU_STRING+1, _T('\0') );
- TCHAR* szStr = &vTChar[0];
-
- std::vector<TCHAR> vStripped( MAX_MENU_STRING+1, _T('\0') );
- TCHAR* szStripped = &vStripped[0];
-
- mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE;
- mii.fType = MFT_STRING;
- mii.dwTypeData = szStr;
- mii.cch = MAX_MENU_STRING;
-
- // Fill the contents of szStr from the menu item
- if (::GetMenuItemInfo(hMenu, nItem, TRUE, &mii) && (lstrlen(szStr) <= MAX_MENU_STRING))
- {
- // Strip out any & characters
- int j = 0;
- for (int i = 0; i < lstrlen(szStr); ++i)
- {
- if (szStr[i] != _T('&'))
- szStripped[j++] = szStr[i];
- }
- szStripped[j] = _T('\0'); // Append null tchar
-
- // Compare the strings
- if (0 == lstrcmp(szStripped, szItem))
- return nItem;
- }
- }
-
- return -1;
- }
-
- inline tString CFrame::GetMRUEntry(UINT nIndex)
- {
- tString tsPathName;
- if (nIndex < m_vMRUEntries.size())
- {
- tsPathName = m_vMRUEntries[nIndex];
-
- // Now put the selected entry at Index 0
- AddMRUEntry(tsPathName.c_str());
- }
- return tsPathName;
- }
-
- inline CRect CFrame::GetViewRect() const
- {
- // Get the frame's client area
- CRect rcFrame = GetClientRect();
-
- // Get the statusbar's window area
- CRect rcStatus;
- if (GetStatusBar().IsWindowVisible() || !IsWindowVisible())
- rcStatus = GetStatusBar().GetWindowRect();
-
- // Get the top rebar or toolbar's window area
- CRect rcTop;
- if (IsReBarSupported() && m_bUseReBar)
- rcTop = GetReBar().GetWindowRect();
- else
- if (GetToolBar().IsWindow() && GetToolBar().IsWindowVisible())
- rcTop = GetToolBar().GetWindowRect();
-
- // Return client size less the rebar and status windows
- int top = rcFrame.top + rcTop.Height();
- int left = rcFrame.left;
- int right = rcFrame.right;
- int bottom = rcFrame.Height() - (rcStatus.Height());
- if ((bottom <= top) ||( right <= left))
- top = left = right = bottom = 0;
-
- CRect rcView(left, top, right, bottom);
- return rcView;
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::LoadCommonControls()
- {
- HMODULE hComCtl;
-
- try
- {
- // Load the Common Controls DLL
- hComCtl = ::LoadLibrary(_T("COMCTL32.DLL"));
- if (!hComCtl)
- throw CWinException(_T("Failed to load COMCTL32.DLL"));
-
- if (GetComCtlVersion() > 470)
- {
- // Declare a pointer to the InItCommonControlsEx function
- typedef BOOL WINAPI INIT_EX(INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX*);
- INIT_EX* pfnInit = (INIT_EX*)::GetProcAddress(hComCtl, "InitCommonControlsEx");
-
- // Load the full set of common controls
- INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX InitStruct = {0};
- InitStruct.dwSize = sizeof(INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX);
- InitStruct.dwICC = ICC_COOL_CLASSES|ICC_DATE_CLASSES|ICC_INTERNET_CLASSES|ICC_NATIVEFNTCTL_CLASS|
- ICC_PAGESCROLLER_CLASS|ICC_USEREX_CLASSES|ICC_WIN95_CLASSES;
-
- // Call InitCommonControlsEx
- if(!((*pfnInit)(&InitStruct)))
- throw CWinException(_T("InitCommonControlsEx failed"));
- }
- else
- {
- ::InitCommonControls();
- }
-
- ::FreeLibrary(hComCtl);
- }
-
- catch (const CWinException &e)
- {
- e.what();
- if (hComCtl)
- ::FreeLibrary(hComCtl);
-
- throw;
- }
- }
-
- inline BOOL CFrame::LoadRegistryMRUSettings(UINT nMaxMRU /*= 0*/)
- {
- // Load the MRU list from the registry
-
- assert(!m_tsKeyName.empty()); // KeyName must be set before calling LoadRegistryMRUSettings
- HKEY hKey = NULL;
- BOOL bRet = FALSE;
-
- try
- {
- m_nMaxMRU = MIN(nMaxMRU, 16);
- std::vector<tString> vMRUEntries;
- tString tsKey = _T("Software\\") + m_tsKeyName + _T("\\Recent Files");
-
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS == RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, tsKey.c_str(), 0, KEY_READ, &hKey))
- {
- for (UINT i = 0; i < m_nMaxMRU; ++i)
- {
- DWORD dwType = REG_SZ;
- DWORD dwBufferSize = 0;
- TCHAR szSubKey[10] = _T("");
- wsprintf(szSubKey, _T("File %d\0"), i+1);
-
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegQueryValueEx(hKey, szSubKey, NULL, &dwType, NULL, &dwBufferSize))
- throw CWinException(_T("RegQueryValueEx failed\n"));
-
- std::vector<TCHAR> PathName( dwBufferSize, _T('\0') );
- TCHAR* pTCharArray = &PathName[0];
-
- // load the entry from the registry
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegQueryValueEx(hKey, szSubKey, NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)pTCharArray, &dwBufferSize))
- throw CWinException(_T("RegQueryValueEx failed\n"));
-
- if ( lstrlen( pTCharArray ) )
- vMRUEntries.push_back( pTCharArray );
- }
-
- // successfully loaded all MRU values, so store them
- m_vMRUEntries = vMRUEntries;
- RegCloseKey(hKey);
- bRet = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- catch(const CWinException& e)
- {
- TRACE(_T("Failed to load MRU values from registry\n"));
- e.what();
-
- if (hKey)
- RegCloseKey(hKey);
- }
-
- return bRet;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CFrame::LoadRegistrySettings(LPCTSTR szKeyName)
- {
- assert (NULL != szKeyName);
- m_tsKeyName = szKeyName;
-
- tString tsKey = _T("Software\\") + m_tsKeyName + _T("\\Frame Settings");
- HKEY hKey = 0;
- BOOL bRet = FALSE;
-
- try
- {
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS == RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, tsKey.c_str(), 0, KEY_READ, &hKey))
- {
- DWORD dwType = REG_BINARY;
- DWORD BufferSize = sizeof(DWORD);
- DWORD dwTop, dwLeft, dwWidth, dwHeight, dwStatusBar, dwToolBar;
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegQueryValueEx(hKey, _T("Top"), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&dwTop, &BufferSize))
- throw CWinException(_T("RegQueryValueEx Failed"));
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegQueryValueEx(hKey, _T("Left"), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&dwLeft, &BufferSize))
- throw CWinException(_T("RegQueryValueEx Failed"));
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegQueryValueEx(hKey, _T("Width"), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&dwWidth, &BufferSize))
- throw CWinException(_T("RegQueryValueEx Failed"));
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegQueryValueEx(hKey, _T("Height"), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&dwHeight, &BufferSize))
- throw CWinException(_T("RegQueryValueEx Failed"));
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegQueryValueEx(hKey, _T("StatusBar"), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&dwStatusBar, &BufferSize))
- throw CWinException(_T("RegQueryValueEx Failed"));
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegQueryValueEx(hKey, _T("ToolBar"), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&dwToolBar, &BufferSize))
- throw CWinException(_T("RegQueryValueEx Failed"));
-
- m_rcPosition.top = dwTop;
- m_rcPosition.left = dwLeft;
- m_rcPosition.bottom = m_rcPosition.top + dwHeight;
- m_rcPosition.right = m_rcPosition.left + dwWidth;
- m_bShowStatusBar = dwStatusBar & 1;
- m_bShowToolBar = dwToolBar & 1;
-
- RegCloseKey(hKey);
- bRet = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- catch (const CWinException& e)
- {
- TRACE(_T("Failed to load values from registry, using defaults!\n"));
- e.what();
-
- if (hKey)
- RegCloseKey(hKey);
- }
-
- return bRet;
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::OnActivate(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- // Do default processing first
- DefWindowProc(WM_ACTIVATE, wParam, lParam);
-
- if (LOWORD(wParam) == WA_INACTIVE)
- {
- // Save the hwnd of the window which currently has focus
- // (this must be CFrame window itself or a child window
- if (!IsIconic()) m_hOldFocus = ::GetFocus();
-
- // Send a notification to the view window
- int idCtrl = ::GetDlgCtrlID(m_hOldFocus);
- NMHDR nhdr={0};
- nhdr.hwndFrom = m_hOldFocus;
- nhdr.idFrom = idCtrl;
- nhdr.code = UWM_FRAMELOSTFOCUS;
- if (GetView()->IsWindow())
- GetView()->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, (WPARAM)idCtrl, (LPARAM)&nhdr);
- }
- else
- {
- // Now set the focus to the appropriate child window
- if (m_hOldFocus) ::SetFocus(m_hOldFocus);
-
- // Send a notification to the view window
- int idCtrl = ::GetDlgCtrlID(m_hOldFocus);
- NMHDR nhdr={0};
- nhdr.hwndFrom = m_hOldFocus;
- nhdr.idFrom = idCtrl;
- nhdr.code = UWM_FRAMEGOTFOCUS;
- if (GetView()->IsWindow())
- GetView()->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, (WPARAM)idCtrl, (LPARAM)&nhdr);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::OnClose()
- {
- // Called in response to a WM_CLOSE message for the frame.
- ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
- SaveRegistrySettings();
-
- GetMenuBar().Destroy();
- GetToolBar().Destroy();
- GetReBar().Destroy();
- GetStatusBar().Destroy();
- GetView()->Destroy();
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::OnCreate()
- {
- // This is called when the frame window is being created.
- // Override this in CMainFrame if you wish to modify what happens here
-
- // Set the icon
- SetIconLarge(IDW_MAIN);
- SetIconSmall(IDW_MAIN);
-
- // Set the keyboard accelerators
- m_hAccel = LoadAccelerators(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_MAIN));
- GetApp()->SetAccelerators(m_hAccel, this);
-
- // Set the Caption
- SetWindowText(LoadString(IDW_MAIN));
-
- // Set the theme for the frame elements
- SetTheme();
-
- // Create the rebar and menubar
- if (IsReBarSupported() && m_bUseReBar)
- {
- // Create the rebar
- GetReBar().Create(this);
-
- // Create the menu inside rebar
- GetMenuBar().Create(&GetReBar());
- AddMenuBarBand();
- }
-
- // Setup the menu
- SetFrameMenu(IDW_MAIN);
- UpdateMRUMenu();
-
- // Create the ToolBar
- if (m_bUseToolBar)
- {
- CreateToolBar();
- ShowToolBar(m_bShowToolBar);
- }
- else
- {
- ::CheckMenuItem(GetFrameMenu(), IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR, MF_UNCHECKED);
- ::EnableMenuItem(GetFrameMenu(), IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR, MF_GRAYED);
- }
-
- // Create the status bar
- GetStatusBar().Create(this);
- ShowStatusBar(m_bShowStatusBar);
-
- // Create the view window
- assert(GetView()); // Use SetView in CMainFrame's constructor to set the view window
- GetView()->Create(this);
-
- // Disable XP themes for the menubar
- if ( m_bUseThemes || (GetWinVersion() < 2600) ) // themes or WinVersion < Vista
- GetMenuBar().SetWindowTheme(L" ", L" ");
-
- // Start timer for Status updates
- if (m_bShowIndicatorStatus || m_bShowMenuStatus)
- SetTimer(ID_STATUS_TIMER, 200, NULL);
-
- // Reposition the child windows
- RecalcLayout();
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::OnDestroy()
- {
- SetMenu(NULL);
- KillTimer(ID_STATUS_TIMER);
- ::PostQuitMessage(0); // Terminates the application
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CFrame::OnDrawItem(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- // OwnerDraw is used to render the popup menu items
- {
- LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT pdis = (LPDRAWITEMSTRUCT) lParam;
- if (pdis->CtlType != ODT_MENU)
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_DRAWITEM, wParam, lParam);
-
- CRect rc = pdis->rcItem;
- ItemData* pmd = (ItemData*)pdis->itemData;
- CDC* pDrawDC = FromHandle(pdis->hDC);
- MenuTheme tm = GetMenuTheme();
-
- int Iconx = 16;
- int Icony = 16;
- if (m_himlMenu) ImageList_GetIconSize(m_himlMenu, &Iconx, &Icony);
- int BarWidth = tm.UseThemes? Iconx + 8 : 0;
-
- // Draw the side bar
- if (tm.UseThemes)
- {
- CRect rcBar = rc;
- rcBar.right = BarWidth;
- pDrawDC->GradientFill(tm.clrPressed1, tm.clrPressed2, rcBar, TRUE);
- }
-
- if (pmd->fType & MFT_SEPARATOR)
- {
- // draw separator
- CRect rcSep = rc;
- rcSep.left = BarWidth;
- if (tm.UseThemes)
- pDrawDC->SolidFill(RGB(255,255,255), rcSep);
- else
- pDrawDC->SolidFill(GetSysColor(COLOR_MENU), rcSep);
- rcSep.top += (rc.bottom - rc.top)/2;
- rcSep.left = BarWidth + 2;
- pDrawDC->DrawEdge(rcSep, EDGE_ETCHED, BF_TOP);
- }
- else
- {
- // draw menu item
- BOOL bDisabled = pdis->itemState & ODS_GRAYED;
- BOOL bSelected = pdis->itemState & ODS_SELECTED;
- BOOL bChecked = pdis->itemState & ODS_CHECKED;
- CRect rcDraw = rc;
-
- if ((bSelected) && (!bDisabled))
- {
- // draw selected item background
- if (tm.UseThemes)
- {
- pDrawDC->CreateSolidBrush(tm.clrHot1);
- pDrawDC->CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, tm.clrOutline);
- pDrawDC->Rectangle(rcDraw.left, rcDraw.top, rcDraw.right, rcDraw.bottom);
- }
- else
- pDrawDC->SolidFill(GetSysColor(COLOR_HIGHLIGHT), rcDraw);
- }
- else
- {
- // draw non-selected item background
- rcDraw.left = BarWidth;
- if (tm.UseThemes)
- pDrawDC->SolidFill(RGB(255,255,255), rcDraw);
- else
- pDrawDC->SolidFill(GetSysColor(COLOR_MENU), rcDraw);
- }
-
- if (bChecked)
- DrawCheckmark(pdis, *pDrawDC);
- else
- DrawMenuIcon(pdis, *pDrawDC, bDisabled);
-
- // Calculate the text rect size
- rc.left = rc.bottom - rc.top + 2;
- if (_tcschr(pmd->GetItemText(), _T('\t')))
- rc.right -= POST_TEXT_GAP; // Add POST_TEXT_GAP if the text includes a tab
-
- // Draw the text
- int iMode = pDrawDC->SetBkMode(TRANSPARENT);
- COLORREF colorText;
- if (tm.UseThemes)
- {
- rc.left += 8;
- colorText = GetSysColor(bDisabled ? COLOR_GRAYTEXT : COLOR_MENUTEXT);
- }
- else
- colorText = GetSysColor(bDisabled ? COLOR_GRAYTEXT : bSelected ? COLOR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT : COLOR_MENUTEXT);
-
- DrawMenuText(*pDrawDC, pmd->GetItemText(), rc, colorText);
- pDrawDC->SetBkMode(iMode);
- }
-
- pDrawDC->Detach(); // Optional, deletes GDI objects sooner
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::OnExitMenuLoop()
- {
- if (m_bUseCustomDraw)
- {
- for (UINT nItem = 0; nItem < m_vMenuItemData.size(); ++nItem)
- {
- // Undo OwnerDraw and put the text back
- MENUITEMINFO mii = {0};
- mii.cbSize = GetSizeofMenuItemInfo();
-
- mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_DATA;
- mii.fType = m_vMenuItemData[nItem]->fType;
- mii.dwTypeData = m_vMenuItemData[nItem]->GetItemText();
- mii.cch = lstrlen(m_vMenuItemData[nItem]->GetItemText());
- mii.dwItemData = 0;
- ::SetMenuItemInfo(m_vMenuItemData[nItem]->hMenu, m_vMenuItemData[nItem]->nPos, TRUE, &mii);
- }
-
- m_vMenuItemData.clear();
- }
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::OnHelp()
- {
- // Ensure only one dialog displayed even for multiple hits of the F1 button
- if (!m_AboutDialog.IsWindow())
- {
- // Store the window handle that currently has keyboard focus
- HWND hPrevFocus = ::GetFocus();
- if (hPrevFocus == GetMenuBar())
- hPrevFocus = m_hWnd;
-
- m_AboutDialog.SetDlgParent(this);
- m_AboutDialog.DoModal();
-
- ::SetFocus(hPrevFocus);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::OnInitMenuPopup(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- // The system menu shouldn't be owner drawn
- if (HIWORD(lParam)) return;
-
- if (m_bUseCustomDraw)
- {
- CMenu* pMenu = FromHandle((HMENU)wParam);
-
- for (UINT i = 0; i < pMenu->GetMenuItemCount(); ++i)
- {
- MENUITEMINFO mii = {0};
- mii.cbSize = GetSizeofMenuItemInfo();
-
- TCHAR szMenuItem[MAX_MENU_STRING] = _T("");
-
- // Use old fashioned MIIM_TYPE instead of MIIM_FTYPE for MS VC6 compatibility
- mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_DATA | MIIM_SUBMENU;
- mii.dwTypeData = szMenuItem;
- mii.cch = MAX_MENU_STRING -1;
-
- // Send message for menu updates
- UINT menuItem = pMenu->GetMenuItemID(i);
- SendMessage(UWM_UPDATE_COMMAND, (WPARAM)menuItem, 0);
-
- // Specify owner-draw for the menu item type
- if (pMenu->GetMenuItemInfo(i, &mii, TRUE))
- {
- if (0 == mii.dwItemData)
- {
- ItemData* pItem = new ItemData; // deleted in OnExitMenuLoop
- pItem->hMenu = *pMenu;
- pItem->nPos = i;
- pItem->fType = mii.fType;
- pItem->hSubMenu = mii.hSubMenu;
- mii.fType |= MFT_OWNERDRAW;
- lstrcpyn(pItem->GetItemText(), szMenuItem, MAX_MENU_STRING);
- mii.dwItemData = (DWORD_PTR)pItem;
-
- m_vMenuItemData.push_back(ItemDataPtr(pItem)); // Store pItem in m_vMenuItemData
- pMenu->SetMenuItemInfo(i, &mii, TRUE); // Store pItem in mii
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CFrame::OnMeasureItem(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- // Called before the Popup menu is displayed, so that the MEASUREITEMSTRUCT
- // values can be assigned with the menu item's dimensions.
- {
- LPMEASUREITEMSTRUCT pmis = (LPMEASUREITEMSTRUCT) lParam;
- if (pmis->CtlType != ODT_MENU)
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_MEASUREITEM, wParam, lParam);
-
- ItemData* pmd = (ItemData *) pmis->itemData;
- assert(::IsMenu(pmd->hMenu)); // Does itemData contain a valid ItemData struct?
- MenuTheme tm = GetMenuTheme();
-
- if (pmd->fType & MFT_SEPARATOR)
- {
- pmis->itemHeight = 7;
- pmis->itemWidth = 0;
- }
-
- else
- {
- CClientDC DesktopDC(NULL);
-
- // Get the font used in menu items
- NONCLIENTMETRICS nm = {0};
- nm.cbSize = GetSizeofNonClientMetrics();
- SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, sizeof(nm), &nm, 0);
- // Default menu items are bold, so take this into account
- if ((int)::GetMenuDefaultItem(pmd->hMenu, TRUE, GMDI_USEDISABLED) != -1)
- nm.lfMenuFont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
-
- TCHAR* pItemText = &(pmd->vItemText[0]);
- DesktopDC.CreateFontIndirect(&nm.lfMenuFont);
-
- // Calculate the size of the text
- CSize size = DesktopDC.GetTextExtentPoint32(pItemText, lstrlen(pItemText));
-
- // Calculate the size of the icon
- int Iconx = 16;
- int Icony = 16;
- if (m_himlMenu) ImageList_GetIconSize(m_himlMenu, &Iconx, &Icony);
-
- pmis->itemHeight = 2+ MAX(MAX(size.cy, GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYMENU)-2), Icony+2);
- pmis->itemWidth = size.cx + MAX(::GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXMENUSIZE), Iconx+2);
-
- // Allow extra width if the text includes a tab
- if (_tcschr(pItemText, _T('\t')))
- pmis->itemWidth += POST_TEXT_GAP;
-
- // Allow extra width if the menu item has a sub menu
- if (pmd->hSubMenu)
- pmis->itemWidth += 10;
-
- // Allow extra width for themed menu
- if (tm.UseThemes)
- pmis->itemWidth += 8;
- }
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CFrame::OnMenuChar(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- if ((IsMenuBarUsed()) && (LOWORD(wParam)!= VK_SPACE))
- {
- // Activate MenuBar for key pressed with Alt key held down
- GetMenuBar().OnMenuChar(wParam, lParam);
- return -1L;
- }
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_MENUCHAR, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::OnMenuSelect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- // Set the StatusBar text when we hover over a menu
- // Only popup submenus have status strings
- if (m_bShowMenuStatus)
- {
- int nID = LOWORD (wParam);
- CMenu* pMenu = FromHandle((HMENU) lParam);
-
- if ((pMenu != GetMenu()) && (nID != 0) && !(HIWORD(wParam) & MF_POPUP))
- m_tsStatusText = LoadString(nID);
- else
- m_tsStatusText = _T("Ready");
-
- SetStatusText();
- }
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CFrame::OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
-
- switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code)
- {
- case UWM_UNDOCKED:
- m_hOldFocus = 0;
- break;
- case RBN_HEIGHTCHANGE:
- RecalcLayout();
- Invalidate();
- break;
- // case RBN_LAYOUTCHANGED:
- // if (GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().UseThemes && GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().BandsLeft)
- // GetReBar().MoveBandsLeft();
- // break;
- case RBN_MINMAX:
- if (GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().UseThemes && GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().ShortBands)
- return 1L; // Supress maximise or minimise rebar band
- break;
-
- // Display tooltips for the toolbar
- case TTN_GETDISPINFO:
- if (GetToolBar().IsWindow())
- {
- CToolBar* pToolBar = 0;
- if (IsReBarUsed())
- {
- // Get the ToolBar's CWnd
- CWnd* pWnd = FromHandle(GetReBar().HitTest(GetCursorPos()));
- if (pWnd && (lstrcmp(pWnd->GetClassName(), _T("ToolbarWindow32")) == 0))
- {
- pToolBar = (CToolBar*)pWnd;
- }
- }
-
- if (pToolBar)
- {
- LPNMTTDISPINFO lpDispInfo = (LPNMTTDISPINFO)lParam;
- int iIndex = pToolBar->HitTest();
- if (iIndex >= 0)
- {
- int nID = pToolBar->GetCommandID(iIndex);
- if (nID > 0)
- {
- m_tsTooltip = LoadString(nID);
- lpDispInfo->lpszText = (LPTSTR)m_tsTooltip.c_str();
- }
- else
- m_tsTooltip = _T("");
- }
- }
- }
- break;
- } // switch LPNMHDR
-
- return 0L;
-
- } // CFrame::Onotify(...)
-
- inline void CFrame::OnSetFocus()
- {
- SetStatusText();
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::OnSysColorChange()
- {
- // Honour theme color changes
- for (int nBand = 0; nBand <= GetReBar().GetBandCount(); ++nBand)
- {
- GetReBar().SetBandColor(nBand, GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNTEXT), GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE));
- }
-
- // Update the status bar font and text
- NONCLIENTMETRICS nm = {0};
- nm.cbSize = GetSizeofNonClientMetrics();
- SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, 0, &nm, 0);
- LOGFONT lf = nm.lfStatusFont;
- CFont* pFont = FromHandle(CreateFontIndirect(&lf));
- GetStatusBar().SetFont(pFont, FALSE);
- SetStatusText();
-
- if ((m_bUpdateTheme) && (m_bUseThemes)) SetTheme();
-
- // Reposition and redraw everything
- RecalcLayout();
- RedrawWindow(NULL, NULL, RDW_ERASE | RDW_FRAME | RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN);
-
- // Forward the message to the view window
- m_pView->PostMessage(WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CFrame::OnSysCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- if ((SC_KEYMENU == wParam) && (VK_SPACE != lParam) && IsMenuBarUsed())
- {
- GetMenuBar().OnSysCommand(wParam, lParam);
- return 0L;
- }
-
- if (SC_MINIMIZE == wParam)
- m_hOldFocus = ::GetFocus();
-
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_SYSCOMMAND, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::OnTimer(WPARAM wParam)
- {
- if (ID_STATUS_TIMER == wParam)
- {
- if (m_bShowMenuStatus)
- {
- // Get the toolbar the point is over
- CToolBar* pToolBar = 0;
- if (IsReBarUsed())
- {
- // Get the ToolBar's CWnd
- CWnd* pWnd = FromHandle(GetReBar().HitTest(GetCursorPos()));
- if (pWnd && (dynamic_cast<CToolBar*>(pWnd)) && !(dynamic_cast<CMenuBar*>(pWnd)))
- pToolBar = (CToolBar*)pWnd;
- }
- else
- {
- CPoint pt = GetCursorPos();
- CWnd* pWnd = WindowFromPoint(GetCursorPos());
- if (pWnd && (dynamic_cast<CToolBar*>(pWnd)))
- pToolBar = (CToolBar*)pWnd;
- }
-
- if ((pToolBar) && (WindowFromPoint(GetCursorPos()) == pToolBar))
- {
- // Which toolbar button is the mouse cursor hovering over?
- int nButton = pToolBar->HitTest();
- if (nButton >= 0)
- {
- int nID = pToolBar->GetCommandID(nButton);
- // Only update the statusbar if things have changed
- if (nID != m_nOldID)
- {
- if (nID != 0)
- m_tsStatusText = LoadString(nID);
- else
- m_tsStatusText = _T("Ready");
-
- if (GetStatusBar().IsWindow())
- SetStatusText();
- }
- m_nOldID = nID;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- if (m_nOldID != -1)
- {
- m_tsStatusText = _T("Ready");
- SetStatusText();
- }
- m_nOldID = -1;
- }
- }
-
- if (m_bShowIndicatorStatus)
- SetStatusIndicators();
- }
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::OnViewStatusBar()
- {
- m_bShowStatusBar = !m_bShowStatusBar;
- ShowStatusBar(m_bShowStatusBar);
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::OnViewToolBar()
- {
- m_bShowToolBar = !m_bShowToolBar;
- ShowToolBar(m_bShowToolBar);
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs)
- {
- // Set the frame window styles
- cs.style = WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW | WS_VISIBLE;
-
- // Set the original window position
- cs.x = m_rcPosition.left;
- cs.y = m_rcPosition.top;
- cs.cx = m_rcPosition.Width();
- cs.cy = m_rcPosition.Height();
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc)
- {
- // Set the Window Class
- wc.lpszClassName = _T("Win32++ Frame");
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::RecalcLayout()
- {
- CWnd* pView = GetView();
- if ((!pView) || (!pView->GetHwnd()))
- return;
-
- // Resize the status bar
- if (GetStatusBar().IsWindow() && m_bShowStatusBar)
- {
- GetStatusBar().SetWindowPos(NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
- GetStatusBar().Invalidate();
- SetStatusText();
- }
-
- // Resize the rebar or toolbar
- if (IsReBarUsed())
- {
- GetReBar().SendMessage(WM_SIZE, 0L, 0L);
- GetReBar().Invalidate();
- }
- else if (m_bUseToolBar && m_bShowToolBar)
- GetToolBar().SendMessage(TB_AUTOSIZE, 0L, 0L);
-
- // Resize the View window
- CRect rClient = GetViewRect();
- if ((rClient.bottom - rClient.top) >= 0)
- {
- int x = rClient.left;
- int y = rClient.top;
- int cx = rClient.Width();
- int cy = rClient.Height();
-
- pView->SetWindowPos( NULL, x, y, cx, cy, SWP_SHOWWINDOW|SWP_ASYNCWINDOWPOS );
- }
-
- // Adjust rebar bands
- if (IsReBarUsed())
- {
- if (GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().UseThemes && GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().BandsLeft)
- GetReBar().MoveBandsLeft();
-
- if (IsMenuBarUsed())
- SetMenuBarBandSize();
- }
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::RemoveMRUEntry(LPCTSTR szMRUEntry)
- {
- std::vector<tString>::iterator it;
- for (it = m_vMRUEntries.begin(); it != m_vMRUEntries.end(); ++it)
- {
- if ((*it) == szMRUEntry)
- {
- m_vMRUEntries.erase(it);
- break;
- }
- }
-
- UpdateMRUMenu();
- }
-
- inline BOOL CFrame::SaveRegistrySettings()
- {
- // Store the window position in the registry
- if (!m_tsKeyName.empty())
- {
- tString tsKeyName = _T("Software\\") + m_tsKeyName + _T("\\Frame Settings");
- HKEY hKey = NULL;
-
- try
- {
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, tsKeyName.c_str(), 0, NULL, REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE, KEY_ALL_ACCESS, NULL, &hKey, NULL))
- throw CWinException(_T("RegCreateKeyEx failed"));
-
- WINDOWPLACEMENT Wndpl = {0};
- Wndpl.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT);
-
- if (GetWindowPlacement(Wndpl))
- {
- // Get the Frame's window position
- CRect rc = Wndpl.rcNormalPosition;
- DWORD dwTop = MAX(rc.top, 0);
- DWORD dwLeft = MAX(rc.left, 0);
- DWORD dwWidth = MAX(rc.Width(), 100);
- DWORD dwHeight = MAX(rc.Height(), 50);
-
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKey, _T("Top"), 0, REG_DWORD, (LPBYTE)&dwTop, sizeof(DWORD)))
- throw CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed"));
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKey, _T("Left"), 0, REG_DWORD, (LPBYTE)&dwLeft, sizeof(DWORD)))
- throw CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed"));
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKey, _T("Width"), 0, REG_DWORD, (LPBYTE)&dwWidth, sizeof(DWORD)))
- throw CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed"));
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKey, _T("Height"), 0, REG_DWORD, (LPBYTE)&dwHeight, sizeof(DWORD)))
- throw CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed"));
- }
-
- // Store the ToolBar and statusbar states
- DWORD dwShowToolBar = m_bShowToolBar;
- DWORD dwShowStatusBar = m_bShowStatusBar;
-
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKey, _T("ToolBar"), 0, REG_DWORD, (LPBYTE)&dwShowToolBar, sizeof(DWORD)))
- throw CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed"));
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKey, _T("StatusBar"), 0, REG_DWORD, (LPBYTE)&dwShowStatusBar, sizeof(DWORD)))
- throw CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed"));
-
- RegCloseKey(hKey);
- }
-
- catch (const CWinException& e)
- {
- TRACE(_T("Failed to save registry settings\n"));
-
- if (hKey)
- {
- // Roll back the registry changes by deleting this subkey
- RegDeleteKey(HKEY_CURRENT_USER ,tsKeyName.c_str());
- RegCloseKey(hKey);
- }
-
- e.what();
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- // Store the MRU entries in the registry
- if (m_nMaxMRU > 0)
- {
- tString tsKeyName = _T("Software\\") + m_tsKeyName + _T("\\Recent Files");
- HKEY hKey = NULL;
-
- try
- {
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, tsKeyName.c_str(), 0, NULL, REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE, KEY_ALL_ACCESS, NULL, &hKey, NULL))
- throw CWinException(_T("RegCreateKeyEx failed"));
-
- for (UINT i = 0; i < m_nMaxMRU; ++i)
- {
- TCHAR szSubKey[10];
- wsprintf(szSubKey, _T("File %d\0"), i+1);
- tString tsPathName;
- if (i < m_vMRUEntries.size())
- tsPathName = m_vMRUEntries[i];
-
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKey, szSubKey, 0, REG_SZ, (LPBYTE)tsPathName.c_str(), (1 + lstrlen(tsPathName.c_str()))*sizeof(TCHAR)))
- throw CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed"));
- }
-
- RegCloseKey(hKey);
- }
-
- catch (const CWinException& e)
- {
- TRACE(_T("Failed to save registry MRU settings\n"));
-
- if (hKey)
- {
- // Roll back the registry changes by deleting this subkey
- RegDeleteKey(HKEY_CURRENT_USER ,tsKeyName.c_str());
- RegCloseKey(hKey);
- }
-
- e.what();
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
- }
-
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::SetFrameMenu(INT ID_MENU)
- {
- // Sets the frame's menu from a Resouce ID.
- // A resource ID of 0 removes the menu from the frame.
- HMENU hMenu = 0;
- if (ID_MENU != 0)
- {
- // Sets the frame's menu from a resource ID.
- hMenu = ::LoadMenu(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(ID_MENU));
- assert (hMenu);
- }
-
- SetFrameMenu(hMenu);
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::SetFrameMenu(HMENU hMenu)
- {
- // Sets the frame's menu from a HMENU.
- m_Menu.Attach(hMenu);
-
- if (IsMenuBarUsed())
- {
- GetMenuBar().SetMenu(GetFrameMenu());
- BOOL bShow = (hMenu != NULL); // boolean expression
- ShowMenu(bShow);
- }
- else
- SetMenu(&m_Menu);
- }
-
- inline UINT CFrame::SetMenuIcons(const std::vector<UINT>& MenuData, COLORREF crMask, UINT ToolBarID, UINT ToolBarDisabledID)
- {
- // Remove any existing menu icons
- if (m_himlMenu) ImageList_Destroy(m_himlMenu);
- if (m_himlMenuDis) ImageList_Destroy(m_himlMenuDis);
- m_himlMenu = NULL;
- m_himlMenuDis = NULL;
- m_vMenuIcons.clear();
-
- // Exit if no ToolBarID is specified
- if (ToolBarID == 0) return 0;
-
- // Add the menu icons from the bitmap IDs
- return AddMenuIcons(MenuData, crMask, ToolBarID, ToolBarDisabledID);
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::SetMenuBarBandSize()
- {
- // Sets the minimum width of the MenuBar band to the width of the rebar
- // This prevents other bands from moving to this MenuBar's row.
-
- CRect rcClient = GetClientRect();
- CReBar& RB = GetReBar();
- int nBand = RB.GetBand(GetMenuBar());
- CRect rcBorder = RB.GetBandBorders(nBand);
-
- REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0};
- rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_CHILDSIZE | RBBIM_SIZE;
- RB.GetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi);
-
- int Width;
- if ((GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().UseThemes) && (GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().LockMenuBand))
- Width = rcClient.Width() - rcBorder.Width() - 2;
- else
- Width = GetMenuBar().GetMaxSize().cx;
-
- rbbi.cxMinChild = Width;
- rbbi.cx = Width;
-
- RB.SetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi);
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::SetMenuTheme(MenuTheme& Theme)
- {
- m_ThemeMenu.UseThemes = Theme.UseThemes;
- m_ThemeMenu.clrHot1 = Theme.clrHot1;
- m_ThemeMenu.clrHot2 = Theme.clrHot2;
- m_ThemeMenu.clrPressed1 = Theme.clrPressed1;
- m_ThemeMenu.clrPressed2 = Theme.clrPressed2;
- m_ThemeMenu.clrOutline = Theme.clrOutline;
-
- GetMenuBar().SetMenuBarTheme(Theme); // Sets the theme for MenuBar buttons
- Invalidate();
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::SetStatusIndicators()
- {
- if (::IsWindow(GetStatusBar()))
- {
- LPCTSTR Status1 = (::GetKeyState(VK_CAPITAL) & 0x0001)? _T("\tCAP") : _T("");
- LPCTSTR Status2 = (::GetKeyState(VK_NUMLOCK) & 0x0001)? _T("\tNUM") : _T("");
- LPCTSTR Status3 = (::GetKeyState(VK_SCROLL) & 0x0001)? _T("\tSCRL"): _T("");
-
- // Only update indictors if the text has changed
- if (Status1 != m_OldStatus[0]) GetStatusBar().SetPartText(1, (Status1));
- if (Status2 != m_OldStatus[1]) GetStatusBar().SetPartText(2, (Status2));
- if (Status3 != m_OldStatus[2]) GetStatusBar().SetPartText(3, (Status3));
-
- m_OldStatus[0] = Status1;
- m_OldStatus[1] = Status2;
- m_OldStatus[2] = Status3;
- }
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::SetStatusText()
- {
- if (::IsWindow(GetStatusBar()))
- {
- // Calculate the width of the text indicators
- CClientDC dcStatus(&GetStatusBar());
- CSize csCAP = dcStatus.GetTextExtentPoint32(_T("\tCAP"), lstrlen(_T("\tCAP")));
- CSize csNUM = dcStatus.GetTextExtentPoint32(_T("\tNUM"), lstrlen(_T("\tNUM")));
- CSize csSCRL = dcStatus.GetTextExtentPoint32(_T("\tSCRL "), lstrlen(_T("\tSCRL ")));
-
- // Get the coordinates of the parent window's client area.
- CRect rcClient = GetClientRect();
- int width = MAX(300, rcClient.right);
-
- if (m_bShowIndicatorStatus)
- {
- // Create 4 panes
- GetStatusBar().SetPartWidth(0, width - (csCAP.cx+csNUM.cx+csSCRL.cx+20));
- GetStatusBar().SetPartWidth(1, csCAP.cx);
- GetStatusBar().SetPartWidth(2, csNUM.cx);
- GetStatusBar().SetPartWidth(3, csSCRL.cx);
-
- SetStatusIndicators();
- }
-
- // Place text in the 1st pane
- GetStatusBar().SetPartText(0, m_tsStatusText.c_str());
- }
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::SetTheme()
- {
- // Note: To modify theme colors, override this function in CMainframe,
- // and make any modifications there.
-
- // Avoid themes if using less than 16 bit colors
- CClientDC DesktopDC(NULL);
- if (DesktopDC.GetDeviceCaps(BITSPIXEL) < 16)
- m_bUseThemes = FALSE;
-
- BOOL T = TRUE;
- BOOL F = FALSE;
-
- if (m_bUseThemes)
- {
- // Set a flag redo SetTheme when the theme changes
- m_bUpdateTheme = TRUE;
-
- // Detect the XP theme name
- WCHAR Name[30] = L"";
- HMODULE hMod = ::LoadLibrary(_T("uxtheme.dll"));
- if(hMod)
- {
- typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNGETCURRENTTHEMENAME)(LPWSTR pszThemeFileName, int cchMaxNameChars,
- LPWSTR pszColorBuff, int cchMaxColorChars, LPWSTR pszSizeBuff, int cchMaxSizeChars);
-
- PFNGETCURRENTTHEMENAME pfn = (PFNGETCURRENTTHEMENAME)GetProcAddress(hMod, "GetCurrentThemeName");
-
- (*pfn)(0, 0, Name, 30, 0, 0);
-
- ::FreeLibrary(hMod);
- }
-
- enum Themetype{ Modern, Grey, Blue, Silver, Olive };
-
- int Theme = Grey;
- if (GetWinVersion() < 2600) // Not for Vista and above
- {
- if (0 == wcscmp(L"NormalColor", Name)) Theme = Blue;
- if (0 == wcscmp(L"Metallic", Name)) Theme = Silver;
- if (0 == wcscmp(L"HomeStead", Name)) Theme = Olive;
- }
- else
- Theme = Modern;
-
- switch (Theme)
- {
- case Modern:
- {
- ToolBarTheme tt = {T, RGB(180, 250, 255), RGB(140, 190, 255), RGB(150, 220, 255), RGB(80, 100, 255), RGB(127, 127, 255)};
- ReBarTheme tr = {T, RGB(220, 225, 250), RGB(240, 242, 250), RGB(240, 240, 250), RGB(180, 200, 230), F, T, T, T, T, F};
- MenuTheme tm = {T, RGB(180, 250, 255), RGB(140, 190, 255), RGB(240, 250, 255), RGB(120, 170, 220), RGB(127, 127, 255)};
-
- GetToolBar().SetToolBarTheme(tt);
- SetMenuTheme(tm); // Sets the theme for popup menus and MenuBar
-
- GetReBar().SetReBarTheme(tr);
- }
- break;
-
- case Grey: // A color scheme suitable for 16 bit colors. Suitable for Windows older than XP.
- {
- ToolBarTheme tt = {T, RGB(182, 189, 210), RGB(182, 189, 210), RGB(133, 146, 181), RGB(133, 146, 181), RGB(10, 36, 106)};
- ReBarTheme tr = {T, RGB(212, 208, 200), RGB(212, 208, 200), RGB(230, 226, 222), RGB(220, 218, 208), F, T, T, T, T, F};
- MenuTheme tm = {T, RGB(182, 189, 210), RGB( 182, 189, 210), RGB(200, 196, 190), RGB(200, 196, 190), RGB(100, 100, 100)};
-
- GetToolBar().SetToolBarTheme(tt);
- SetMenuTheme(tm); // Sets the theme for popup menus and MenuBar
-
- GetReBar().SetReBarTheme(tr);
- }
- break;
- case Blue:
- {
- // Used for XP default (blue) color scheme
- ToolBarTheme tt = {T, RGB(255, 230, 190), RGB(255, 190, 100), RGB(255, 140, 40), RGB(255, 180, 80), RGB(192, 128, 255)};
- ReBarTheme tr = {T, RGB(150,190,245), RGB(196,215,250), RGB(220,230,250), RGB( 70,130,220), F, T, T, T, T, F};
- MenuTheme tm = {T, RGB(255, 230, 190), RGB(255, 190, 100), RGB(220,230,250), RGB(150,190,245), RGB(128, 128, 200)};
-
- GetToolBar().SetToolBarTheme(tt);
- SetMenuTheme(tm); // Sets the theme for popup menus and MenuBar
-
- GetReBar().SetReBarTheme(tr);
- }
- break;
-
- case Silver:
- {
- // Used for XP Silver color scheme
- ToolBarTheme tt = {T, RGB(192, 210, 238), RGB(192, 210, 238), RGB(152, 181, 226), RGB(152, 181, 226), RGB(49, 106, 197)};
- ReBarTheme tr = {T, RGB(225, 220, 240), RGB(240, 240, 245), RGB(245, 240, 255), RGB(160, 155, 180), F, T, T, T, T, F};
- MenuTheme tm = {T, RGB(196, 215, 250), RGB( 120, 180, 220), RGB(240, 240, 245), RGB(170, 165, 185), RGB(128, 128, 150)};
-
- GetToolBar().SetToolBarTheme(tt);
- SetMenuTheme(tm); // Sets the theme for popup menus and MenuBar
-
- GetReBar().SetReBarTheme(tr);
- }
- break;
-
- case Olive:
- {
- // Used for XP Olive color scheme
- ReBarTheme tr = {T, RGB(215, 216, 182), RGB(242, 242, 230), RGB(249, 255, 227), RGB(178, 191, 145), F, T, T, T, T, F};
- ToolBarTheme tt = {T, RGB(255, 230, 190), RGB(255, 190, 100), RGB(255, 140, 40), RGB(255, 180, 80), RGB(200, 128, 128)};
- MenuTheme tm = {T, RGB(255, 230, 190), RGB(255, 190, 100), RGB(249, 255, 227), RGB(178, 191, 145), RGB(128, 128, 128)};
-
- GetToolBar().SetToolBarTheme(tt);
- SetMenuTheme(tm); // Sets the theme for popup menus and MenuBar
-
- GetReBar().SetReBarTheme(tr);
- }
- break;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- // Use a classic style by default
- ReBarTheme tr = {T, 0, 0, 0, 0, F, T, T, F, F, F};
- GetReBar().SetReBarTheme(tr);
- }
-
- RecalcLayout();
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::SetToolBarImages(COLORREF crMask, UINT ToolBarID, UINT ToolBarHotID, UINT ToolBarDisabledID)
- // Either sets the imagelist or adds/replaces bitmap depending on ComCtl32.dll version
- // Assumes the width of the button image = bitmap_size / buttons
- // Assumes buttons have been already been added via AdddToolBarButton
- // The colour mask is ignored for 32bit bitmaps, but is required for 24bit bitmaps
- // The colour mask is often grey RGB(192,192,192) or magenta (255,0,255)
- // The color mask is ignored for 32bit bitmap resources
- // The Hot and disabled bitmap resources can be 0
- {
- GetToolBar().SetImages(crMask, ToolBarID, ToolBarHotID, ToolBarDisabledID);
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::SetupToolBar()
- {
- // Use this function to set the Resource IDs for the toolbar(s).
-
-/* // Set the Resource IDs for the toolbar buttons
- AddToolBarButton( IDM_FILE_NEW );
- AddToolBarButton( IDM_FILE_OPEN );
- AddToolBarButton( IDM_FILE_SAVE );
- AddToolBarButton( 0 ); // Separator
- AddToolBarButton( IDM_EDIT_CUT );
- AddToolBarButton( IDM_EDIT_COPY );
- AddToolBarButton( IDM_EDIT_PASTE );
- AddToolBarButton( 0 ); // Separator
- AddToolBarButton( IDM_FILE_PRINT );
- AddToolBarButton( 0 ); // Separator
- AddToolBarButton( IDM_HELP_ABOUT );
-*/
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::SetView(CWnd& wndView)
- // Sets or changes the View window displayed within the frame
- {
- if (m_pView != &wndView)
- {
- // Destroy the existing view window (if any)
- if (m_pView) m_pView->Destroy();
-
- // Assign the view window
- m_pView = &wndView;
-
- if (m_hWnd)
- {
- // The frame is already created, so create and position the new view too
- assert(GetView()); // Use SetView in CMainFrame's constructor to set the view window
- GetView()->Create(this);
- RecalcLayout();
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::ShowMenu(BOOL bShow)
- {
- if (bShow)
- {
- if (IsReBarUsed())
- GetReBar().SendMessage(RB_SHOWBAND, GetReBar().GetBand(GetMenuBar()), TRUE);
- else
- SetMenu(&m_Menu);
- }
- else
- {
- if (IsReBarUsed())
- GetReBar().SendMessage(RB_SHOWBAND, GetReBar().GetBand(GetMenuBar()), FALSE);
- else
- SetMenu(NULL);
- }
-
- if (GetReBar().IsWindow())
- {
- if (GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().UseThemes && GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().BandsLeft)
- GetReBar().MoveBandsLeft();
- }
-
- // Reposition the Windows
- RecalcLayout();
- }
-
-
-
- inline void CFrame::ShowStatusBar(BOOL bShow)
- {
- if (bShow)
- {
- m_Menu.CheckMenuItem(IDW_VIEW_STATUSBAR, MF_CHECKED);
- GetStatusBar().ShowWindow(SW_SHOW);
- }
- else
- {
- m_Menu.CheckMenuItem(IDW_VIEW_STATUSBAR, MF_UNCHECKED);
- GetStatusBar().ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
- }
-
- // Reposition the Windows
- RecalcLayout();
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::ShowToolBar(BOOL bShow)
- {
- if (bShow)
- {
- m_Menu.CheckMenuItem(IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR, MF_CHECKED);
- if (IsReBarUsed())
- GetReBar().SendMessage(RB_SHOWBAND, GetReBar().GetBand(GetToolBar()), TRUE);
- else
- GetToolBar().ShowWindow(SW_SHOW);
- }
- else
- {
- m_Menu.CheckMenuItem(IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR, MF_UNCHECKED);
- if (IsReBarUsed())
- GetReBar().SendMessage(RB_SHOWBAND, GetReBar().GetBand(GetToolBar()), FALSE);
- else
- GetToolBar().ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
- }
-
- if (GetReBar().IsWindow())
- {
- if (GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().UseThemes && GetReBar().GetReBarTheme().BandsLeft)
- GetReBar().MoveBandsLeft();
- }
-
- // Reposition the Windows
- RecalcLayout();
- }
-
- inline void CFrame::UpdateMRUMenu()
- {
- if (0 >= m_nMaxMRU) return;
-
- // Set the text for the MRU Menu
- tString tsMRUArray[16];
- UINT MaxMRUArrayIndex = 0;
- if (m_vMRUEntries.size() > 0)
- {
- for (UINT n = 0; ((n < m_vMRUEntries.size()) && (n <= m_nMaxMRU)); ++n)
- {
- tsMRUArray[n] = m_vMRUEntries[n];
- if (tsMRUArray[n].length() > MAX_MENU_STRING - 10)
- {
- // Truncate the string if its too long
- tsMRUArray[n].erase(0, tsMRUArray[n].length() - MAX_MENU_STRING +10);
- tsMRUArray[n] = _T("... ") + tsMRUArray[n];
- }
-
- // Prefix the string with its number
- TCHAR tVal[5];
- wsprintf(tVal, _T("%d "), n+1);
- tsMRUArray[n] = tVal + tsMRUArray[n];
- MaxMRUArrayIndex = n;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- tsMRUArray[0] = _T("Recent Files");
- }
-
- // Set MRU menu items
- MENUITEMINFO mii = {0};
- mii.cbSize = GetSizeofMenuItemInfo();
-
- int nFileItem = 0; // We place the MRU items under the left most menu item
- CMenu* pFileMenu = GetFrameMenu().GetSubMenu(nFileItem);
-
- if (pFileMenu)
- {
- // Remove all but the first MRU Menu entry
- for (UINT u = IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE2; u <= IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE1 +16; ++u)
- {
- pFileMenu->DeleteMenu(u, MF_BYCOMMAND);
- }
-
- int MaxMRUIndex = (int)MIN(MaxMRUArrayIndex, m_nMaxMRU);
-
- for (int index = MaxMRUIndex; index >= 0; --index)
- {
- mii.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_ID | MIIM_STATE;
- mii.fState = (0 == m_vMRUEntries.size())? MFS_GRAYED : 0;
- mii.fType = MFT_STRING;
- mii.wID = IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE1 + index;
- mii.dwTypeData = (LPTSTR)tsMRUArray[index].c_str();
-
- BOOL bResult;
- if (index == MaxMRUIndex)
- // Replace the last MRU entry first
- bResult = pFileMenu->SetMenuItemInfo(IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE1, &mii, FALSE);
- else
- // Insert the other MRU entries next
- bResult = pFileMenu->InsertMenuItem(IDW_FILE_MRU_FILE1 + index + 1, &mii, FALSE);
-
- if (!bResult)
- {
- TRACE(_T("Failed to set MRU menu item\n"));
- break;
- }
- }
- }
-
- DrawMenuBar();
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CFrame::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case WM_ACTIVATE:
- OnActivate(wParam, lParam);
- return 0L;
- case WM_CLOSE:
- OnClose();
- break;
- case WM_DESTROY:
- OnDestroy();
- return 0L;
- case WM_ERASEBKGND:
- return 0L;
- case WM_HELP:
- OnHelp();
- return 0L;
- case WM_MENUCHAR:
- return OnMenuChar(wParam, lParam);
- case WM_MENUSELECT:
- OnMenuSelect(wParam, lParam);
- return 0L;
- case WM_SETFOCUS:
- OnSetFocus();
- break;
- case WM_SIZE:
- RecalcLayout();
- return 0L;
- case WM_SYSCOLORCHANGE:
- // Changing themes trigger this
- OnSysColorChange();
- return 0L;
- case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
- return OnSysCommand(wParam, lParam);
- case WM_TIMER:
- OnTimer(wParam);
- return 0L;
- case WM_DRAWITEM:
- // Owner draw menu items
- return OnDrawItem(wParam, lParam);
- case WM_INITMENUPOPUP:
- OnInitMenuPopup(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- case WM_MEASUREITEM:
- return OnMeasureItem(wParam, lParam);
- case WM_EXITMENULOOP:
- OnExitMenuLoop();
- break;
- case UWM_GETMENUTHEME:
- {
- MenuTheme& tm = GetMenuTheme();
- return (LRESULT)&tm;
- }
- case UWM_GETREBARTHEME:
- {
- ReBarTheme& rm = GetReBarTheme();
- return (LRESULT)&rm;
- }
- case UWM_GETTOOLBARTHEME:
- {
- ToolBarTheme& tt = GetToolBarTheme();
- return (LRESULT)&tt;
- }
- } // switch uMsg
-
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- } // LRESULT CFrame::WndProcDefault(...)
-
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-#endif // _WIN32XX_FRAME_H_
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/gdi.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/gdi.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 45141f7b..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/gdi.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3944 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// gdi.h
-// Declaration of the CDC class, and CBitmapInfoPtr class
-
-// The CDC class provides a device context, along with the various associated
-// objects such as Bitmaps, Brushes, Bitmaps, Fonts and Pens. This class
-// handles the creation, selection, de-selection and deletion of these objects
-// automatically. It also automatically deletes or releases the device context
-// itself as appropriate. Any failure to create the new GDI object throws an
-// exception.
-//
-// The CDC class is sufficient for most GDI programming needs. Sometimes
-// however we need to have the GDI object seperated from the device context.
-// Wrapper classes for GDI objects are provided for this purpose. The classes
-// are CBitmap, CBrush, CFont, CPalette, CPen and CRgn. These classes
-// automatically delete the GDI resouce assigned to them when their destructor
-// is called. These wrapper class objects can be attached to the CDC as
-// shown below.
-//
-// Coding Exampe without CDC ...
-// void DrawLine()
-// {
-// HDC hdcClient = ::GetDC(m_hWnd);
-// HDC hdcMem = ::CreateCompatibleDC(hdcClient);
-// HBITMAP hBitmap = ::CreateCompatibleBitmap(hdcClient, cx, cy);
-// HBITMAP hOldBitmap = (HBITMAP)::SelectObject(hdcMem, hBitmap);
-// HPEN hPen = ::CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255,0,0);
-// HPEN hOldPen = (HPEN)::SelectObject(hdcMem, hPen);
-// ::MoveToEx(hdcMem, 0, 0, NULL);
-// ::LineTo(hdcMem, 50, 50);
-// ::BitBlt(hdcClient, 0, 0, cx, cy, hdcMem, 0, 0);
-// ::SelectObject(hdcMem, hOldPen);
-// ::DeleteObject(hPen);
-// ::SelectObject(hdcMem, hOldBitmap);
-// ::DeleteObject(hBitmap);
-// ::DeleteDC(hdcMem);
-// ::ReleaseDC(m_hWnd, hdcClient);
-// }
-//
-// Coding Example with CDC classes ...
-// void DrawLine()
-// {
-// CClientDC dcClient(this)
-// CMemDC dcMem(&dcClient);
-// CBitmap* pOldBitmap = dcMem.CreateCompatibleBitmap(&dcClient, cx, cy);
-// CPen* pOldPen = CMemDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255,0,0);
-// CMemDC.MoveTo(0, 0);
-// CMemDC.LineTo(50, 50);
-// dcClient.BitBlt(0, 0, cx, cy, &CMemDC, 0, 0);
-// }
-//
-// Coding Example with CDC classes and CPen ...
-// void DrawLine()
-// {
-// CClientDC dcClient(this)
-// CMemDC CMemDC(&dcClient);
-// CBitmap* pOldBitmap = dcMem.CreateCompatibleBitmap(&dcClient, cx, cy);
-// CPen MyPen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255,0,0));
-// CPen* pOldPen = CMemDC.SelectObject(&MyPen);
-// CMemDC.MoveTo(0, 0);
-// CMemDC.LineTo(50, 50);
-// dcClient.BitBlt(0, 0, cx, cy, &CMemDC, 0, 0);
-// }
-
-// Notes:
-// * When the CDC object drops out of scope, it's destructor is called, releasing
-// or deleting the device context as appropriate.
-// * When the destructor for CBitmap, CBrush, CPalette, CPen and CRgn are called,
-// the destructor is called deleting their GDI object.
-// * When the CDC object' destructor is called, any GDI objects created by one of
-// the CDC member functions (CDC::CreatePen for example) will be deleted.
-// * Bitmaps can only be selected into one device context at a time.
-// * Palettes use SelectPalatte to select them into device the context.
-// * Regions use SelectClipRgn to select them into the device context.
-// * The FromHandle function can be used to convert a GDI handle (HDC, HPEN,
-// HBITMAP etc) to a pointer of the appropriate GDI class (CDC, CPen CBitmap etc).
-// The FromHandle function creates a temporary object unless the HANDLE is already
-// assigned to a GDI class. Temporary objects don't delete their GDI object when
-// their destructor is called.
-// * All the GDI classes are reference counted. This allows functions to safely
-// pass these objects by value, as well as by pointer or by reference.
-
-// The CBitmapInfoPtr class is a convienient wrapper for the BITMAPINFO structure.
-// The size of the BITMAPINFO structure is dependant on the type of HBITMAP, and its
-// space needs to be allocated dynamically. CBitmapInfoPtr automatically allocates
-// and deallocates the memory for the structure. A CBitmapInfoPtr object can be
-// used anywhere in place of a LPBITMAPINFO. LPBITMAPINFO is used in functions like
-// GetDIBits and SetDIBits.
-//
-// Coding example ...
-// CDC MemDC = CreateCompatibleDC(NULL);
-// CBitmapInfoPtr pbmi(hBitmap);
-// MemDC.GetDIBits(hBitmap, 0, pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight, NULL, pbmi, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_GDI_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_GDI_H_
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-
-// Disable macros from Windowsx.h
-#undef CopyRgn
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declarations for some global functions in the Win32xx namespace
- //
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- void GrayScaleBitmap(CBitmap* pbmSource);
- void TintBitmap(CBitmap* pbmSource, int cRed, int cGreen, int cBlue);
- HIMAGELIST CreateDisabledImageList(HIMAGELIST himlNormal);
-#endif
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declarations for the CGDIObject class
- //
- class CGDIObject
- {
- friend CBitmap* FromHandle(HBITMAP hBitmap);
- friend CBrush* FromHandle(HBRUSH hBrush);
- friend CDC* FromHandle(HDC hDC);
- friend CFont* FromHandle(HFONT hFont);
- friend CPalette* FromHandle(HPALETTE hPalette);
- friend CPen* FromHandle(HPEN hPen);
- friend CRgn* FromHandle(HRGN hRgn);
-
- public:
- struct DataMembers // A structure that contains the data members for CGDIObject
- {
- HGDIOBJ hGDIObject;
- long Count;
- BOOL bRemoveObject;
- };
- CGDIObject();
- CGDIObject(const CGDIObject& rhs);
- virtual ~CGDIObject();
- CGDIObject& operator = ( const CGDIObject& rhs );
- void operator = (HGDIOBJ hObject);
-
- void Attach(HGDIOBJ hObject);
- HGDIOBJ Detach();
- HGDIOBJ GetHandle() const;
- int GetObject(int nCount, LPVOID pObject) const;
-
- protected:
- DataMembers* m_pData;
-
- private:
- void AddToMap();
- BOOL RemoveFromMap();
- void Release();
- };
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declarations for the CBitmap class
- //
- class CBitmap : public CGDIObject
- {
- public:
- CBitmap();
- CBitmap(HBITMAP hBitmap);
- CBitmap(LPCTSTR lpstr);
- CBitmap(int nID);
- operator HBITMAP() const;
- ~CBitmap();
-
- // Create and load methods
- BOOL LoadBitmap(LPCTSTR lpszName);
- BOOL LoadBitmap(int nID);
- BOOL LoadImage(LPCTSTR lpszName, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, UINT fuLoad);
- BOOL LoadImage(UINT nID, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, UINT fuLoad);
- BOOL LoadOEMBitmap(UINT nIDBitmap);
- HBITMAP CreateBitmap(int nWidth, int nHeight, UINT nPlanes, UINT nBitsPerPixel, LPCVOID lpBits);
- HBITMAP CreateCompatibleBitmap(CDC* pDC, int nWidth, int nHeight);
- HBITMAP CreateDIBSection(CDC* pDC, CONST BITMAPINFO* lpbmi, UINT uColorUse, LPVOID* ppvBits, HANDLE hSection, DWORD dwOffset);
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- HBITMAP CreateDIBitmap(CDC* pDC, CONST BITMAPINFOHEADER* lpbmih, DWORD dwInit, LPCVOID lpbInit, CONST BITMAPINFO* lpbmi, UINT uColorUse);
- HBITMAP CreateMappedBitmap(UINT nIDBitmap, UINT nFlags = 0, LPCOLORMAP lpColorMap = NULL, int nMapSize = 0);
- HBITMAP CreateBitmapIndirect(LPBITMAP lpBitmap);
- int GetDIBits(CDC* pDC, UINT uStartScan, UINT cScanLines, LPVOID lpvBits, LPBITMAPINFO lpbmi, UINT uColorUse) const;
- int SetDIBits(CDC* pDC, UINT uStartScan, UINT cScanLines, CONST VOID* lpvBits, CONST BITMAPINFO* lpbmi, UINT uColorUse);
- CSize GetBitmapDimensionEx() const;
- CSize SetBitmapDimensionEx(int nWidth, int nHeight);
-#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
-
- // Attributes
- BITMAP GetBitmapData() const;
- };
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declarations for the CBrush class
- //
- class CBrush : public CGDIObject
- {
- public:
- CBrush();
- CBrush(HBRUSH hBrush);
- CBrush(COLORREF crColor);
- operator HBRUSH() const;
- ~CBrush();
-
- HBRUSH CreateSolidBrush(COLORREF crColor);
- HBRUSH CreatePatternBrush(CBitmap* pBitmap);
- LOGBRUSH GetLogBrush() const;
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- HBRUSH CreateHatchBrush(int nIndex, COLORREF crColor);
- HBRUSH CreateBrushIndirect(LPLOGBRUSH lpLogBrush);
- HBRUSH CreateDIBPatternBrush(HGLOBAL hglbDIBPacked, UINT fuColorSpec);
- HBRUSH CreateDIBPatternBrushPt(LPCVOID lpPackedDIB, UINT nUsage);
-#endif // !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
-
- };
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declarations for the CFont class
- //
- class CFont : public CGDIObject
- {
- public:
- CFont();
- CFont(HFONT hFont);
- CFont(const LOGFONT* lpLogFont);
- operator HFONT() const;
- ~CFont();
-
- // Create methods
- HFONT CreateFontIndirect(const LOGFONT* lpLogFont);
- HFONT CreatePointFont(int nPointSize, LPCTSTR lpszFaceName, CDC* pDC = NULL, BOOL bBold = FALSE, BOOL bItalic = FALSE);
- HFONT CreatePointFontIndirect(const LOGFONT* lpLogFont, CDC* pDC = NULL);
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- HFONT CreateFont(int nHeight, int nWidth, int nEscapement,
- int nOrientation, int nWeight, DWORD dwItalic, DWORD dwUnderline,
- DWORD dwStrikeOut, DWORD dwCharSet, DWORD dwOutPrecision,
- DWORD dwClipPrecision, DWORD dwQuality, DWORD dwPitchAndFamily,
- LPCTSTR lpszFacename);
-#endif // #ifndef _WIN32_WCE
-
- // Attributes
- LOGFONT GetLogFont() const;
- };
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declarations for the CPalette class
- //
- class CPalette : public CGDIObject
- {
- public:
- CPalette();
- CPalette(HPALETTE hPalette);
- operator HPALETTE() const;
- ~CPalette();
-
- // Create methods
- HPALETTE CreatePalette(LPLOGPALETTE lpLogPalette);
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- HPALETTE CreateHalftonePalette(CDC* pDC);
-#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
-
- // Attributes
- int GetEntryCount() const;
- UINT GetPaletteEntries(UINT nStartIndex, UINT nNumEntries, LPPALETTEENTRY lpPaletteColors) const;
- UINT SetPaletteEntries(UINT nStartIndex, UINT nNumEntries, LPPALETTEENTRY lpPaletteColors);
-
- // Operations
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- BOOL ResizePalette(UINT nNumEntries);
- void AnimatePalette(UINT nStartIndex, UINT nNumEntries, LPPALETTEENTRY lpPaletteColors);
-#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
-
- UINT GetNearestPaletteIndex (COLORREF crColor) const;
-
- };
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declarations for the CPen class
- //
- class CPen : public CGDIObject
- {
- public:
- CPen();
- CPen(HPEN hPen);
- CPen(int nPenStyle, int nWidth, COLORREF crColor);
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- CPen(int nPenStyle, int nWidth, const LOGBRUSH* pLogBrush, int nStyleCount = 0, const DWORD* lpStyle = NULL);
-#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
- operator HPEN() const;
- ~CPen();
-
- HPEN CreatePen(int nPenStyle, int nWidth, COLORREF crColor);
- HPEN CreatePenIndirect(LPLOGPEN lpLogPen);
- LOGPEN GetLogPen() const;
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- HPEN ExtCreatePen(int nPenStyle, int nWidth, const LOGBRUSH* pLogBrush, int nStyleCount = 0, const DWORD* lpStyle = NULL);
- EXTLOGPEN GetExtLogPen() const;
-#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
-
- };
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declarations for the CRgn class
- //
- class CRgn : public CGDIObject
- {
- public:
- CRgn();
- CRgn(HRGN hRgn);
- operator HRGN() const;
- ~CRgn ();
-
- // Create methods
- HRGN CreateRectRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
- HRGN CreateRectRgnIndirect(const RECT& rc);
- HRGN CreateFromData(const XFORM* lpXForm, int nCount, const RGNDATA* pRgnData);
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- HRGN CreateEllipticRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
- HRGN CreateEllipticRgnIndirect(const RECT& rc);
- HRGN CreatePolygonRgn(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount, int nMode);
- HRGN CreatePolyPolygonRgn(LPPOINT lpPoints, LPINT lpPolyCounts, int nCount, int nPolyFillMode);
- HRGN CreateRoundRectRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3);
- HRGN CreateFromPath(HDC hDC);
-#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
-
- // Operations
- void SetRectRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2);
- void SetRectRgn(const RECT& rc);
- int CombineRgn(CRgn* pRgnSrc1, CRgn* pRgnSrc2, int nCombineMode);
- int CombineRgn(CRgn* pRgnSrc, int nCombineMode);
- int CopyRgn(CRgn* pRgnSrc);
- BOOL EqualRgn(CRgn* pRgn) const;
- int OffsetRgn(int x, int y);
- int OffsetRgn(POINT& pt);
- int GetRgnBox(RECT& rc) const;
- BOOL PtInRegion(int x, int y) const;
- BOOL PtInRegion(POINT& pt) const;
- BOOL RectInRegion(const RECT& rc) const;
- int GetRegionData(LPRGNDATA lpRgnData, int nDataSize) const;
- };
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declarations for the CDC class
- //
- class CDC
- {
- friend class CWinApp;
- friend class CWnd;
- friend CDC* FromHandle(HDC hDC);
-
- public:
- struct DataMembers // A structure that contains the data members for CDC
- {
- std::vector<GDIPtr> m_vGDIObjects; // Smart pointers to internally created Bitmaps, Brushes, Fonts, Bitmaps and Regions
- HDC hDC; // The HDC belonging to this CDC
- long Count; // Reference count
- BOOL bRemoveHDC; // Delete/Release the HDC on destruction
- HWND hWnd; // The HWND of a Window or Client window DC
- int nSavedDCState; // The save state of the HDC.
- };
-
- CDC(); // Constructs a new CDC without assigning a HDC
- CDC(HDC hDC, HWND hWnd = 0); // Assigns a HDC to a new CDC
- CDC(const CDC& rhs); // Constructs a new copy of the CDC
- virtual ~CDC();
- operator HDC() const { return m_pData->hDC; } // Converts a CDC to a HDC
- CDC& operator = (const CDC& rhs); // Assigns a CDC to an existing CDC
-
- void Attach(HDC hDC, HWND hWnd = 0);
- void Destroy();
- HDC Detach();
- HDC GetHDC() const { return m_pData->hDC; }
- CPalette* SelectPalette(const CPalette* pPalette, BOOL bForceBkgnd);
- CBitmap* SelectObject(const CBitmap* pBitmap);
- CBrush* SelectObject(const CBrush* pBrush);
- CFont* SelectObject(const CFont* pFont);
- CPalette* SelectObject(const CPalette* pPalette);
- CPen* SelectObject(const CPen* pPen);
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- void operator = (const HDC hDC);
-#endif
-
- // Initialization
- BOOL CreateCompatibleDC(CDC* pDC);
- BOOL CreateDC(LPCTSTR lpszDriver, LPCTSTR lpszDevice, LPCTSTR lpszOutput, const DEVMODE* pInitData);
- int GetDeviceCaps(int nIndex) const;
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- BOOL CreateIC(LPCTSTR lpszDriver, LPCTSTR lpszDevice, LPCTSTR lpszOutput, const DEVMODE* pInitData);
-#endif
-
- // Create and Select Bitmaps
- CBitmap* CreateBitmap(int cx, int cy, UINT Planes, UINT BitsPerPixel, LPCVOID pvColors);
- CBitmap* CreateCompatibleBitmap(CDC* pDC, int cx, int cy);
- CBitmap* CreateDIBSection(CDC* pDC, const BITMAPINFO& bmi, UINT iUsage, LPVOID *ppvBits,
- HANDLE hSection, DWORD dwOffset);
- BITMAP GetBitmapData() const;
- CBitmap* LoadBitmap(UINT nID);
- CBitmap* LoadBitmap(LPCTSTR lpszName);
- CBitmap* LoadImage(UINT nID, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, UINT fuLoad);
- CBitmap* LoadImage(LPCTSTR lpszName, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, UINT fuLoad);
- CBitmap* LoadOEMBitmap(UINT nIDBitmap); // for OBM_/OCR_/OIC
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- CBitmap* CreateBitmapIndirect(LPBITMAP pBitmap);
- CBitmap* CreateDIBitmap(CDC* pDC, const BITMAPINFOHEADER& bmih, DWORD fdwInit, LPCVOID lpbInit,
- BITMAPINFO& bmi, UINT fuUsage);
- CBitmap* CreateMappedBitmap(UINT nIDBitmap, UINT nFlags /*= 0*/, LPCOLORMAP lpColorMap /*= NULL*/, int nMapSize /*= 0*/);
-#endif
-
- // Create and Select Brushes
- CBrush* CreatePatternBrush(CBitmap* pBitmap);
- CBrush* CreateSolidBrush(COLORREF rbg);
- LOGBRUSH GetLogBrush() const;
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- CBrush* CreateBrushIndirect(LPLOGBRUSH pLogBrush);
- CBrush* CreateHatchBrush(int fnStyle, COLORREF rgb);
- CBrush* CreateDIBPatternBrush(HGLOBAL hglbDIBPacked, UINT fuColorSpec);
- CBrush* CreateDIBPatternBrushPt(LPCVOID lpPackedDIB, UINT iUsage);
-#endif
-
- // Create and Select Fonts
- CFont* CreateFontIndirect(LPLOGFONT plf);
- LOGFONT GetLogFont() const;
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- CFont* CreateFont(int nHeight, int nWidth, int nEscapement, int nOrientation, int fnWeight,
- DWORD fdwItalic, DWORD fdwUnderline, DWORD fdwStrikeOut, DWORD fdwCharSet,
- DWORD fdwOutputPrecision, DWORD fdwClipPrecision, DWORD fdwQuality,
- DWORD fdwPitchAndFamily, LPCTSTR lpszFace);
-#endif
-
- // Create and Select Pens
- CPen* CreatePen(int nStyle, int nWidth, COLORREF rgb);
- CPen* CreatePenIndirect(LPLOGPEN pLogPen);
- LOGPEN GetLogPen() const;
-
- // Create Select Regions
- int CreateRectRgn(int left, int top, int right, int bottom);
- int CreateRectRgnIndirect(const RECT& rc);
- int CreateFromData(const XFORM* Xform, DWORD nCount, const RGNDATA *pRgnData);
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- int CreateEllipticRgn(int left, int top, int right, int bottom);
- int CreateEllipticRgnIndirect(const RECT& rc);
- int CreatePolygonRgn(LPPOINT ppt, int cPoints, int fnPolyFillMode);
- int CreatePolyPolygonRgn(LPPOINT ppt, LPINT pPolyCounts, int nCount, int fnPolyFillMode);
-#endif
-
- // Wrappers for WinAPI functions
-
- // Point and Line Drawing Functions
- CPoint GetCurrentPosition() const;
- CPoint MoveTo(int x, int y) const;
- CPoint MoveTo(POINT pt) const;
- BOOL LineTo(int x, int y) const;
- BOOL LineTo(POINT pt) const;
- COLORREF GetPixel(int x, int y) const;
- COLORREF GetPixel(POINT pt) const;
- COLORREF SetPixel(int x, int y, COLORREF crColor) const;
- COLORREF SetPixel(POINT pt, COLORREF crColor) const;
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- BOOL Arc(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) const;
- BOOL Arc(RECT& rc, POINT ptStart, POINT ptEnd) const;
- BOOL ArcTo(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) const;
- BOOL ArcTo(RECT& rc, POINT ptStart, POINT ptEnd) const;
- BOOL AngleArc(int x, int y, int nRadius, float fStartAngle, float fSweepAngle) const;
- int GetArcDirection() const;
- int SetArcDirection(int nArcDirection) const;
- BOOL PolyDraw(const POINT* lpPoints, const BYTE* lpTypes, int nCount) const;
- BOOL Polyline(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount) const;
- BOOL PolyPolyline(const POINT* lpPoints, const DWORD* lpPolyPoints, int nCount) const;
- BOOL PolylineTo(const POINT* lpPoints, int nCount) const;
- BOOL PolyBezier(const POINT* lpPoints, int nCount) const;
- BOOL PolyBezierTo(const POINT* lpPoints, int nCount) const;
- BOOL SetPixelV(int x, int y, COLORREF crColor) const;
- BOOL SetPixelV(POINT pt, COLORREF crColor) const;
-#endif
-
- // Shape Drawing Functions
- void DrawFocusRect(const RECT& rc) const;
- BOOL Ellipse(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) const;
- BOOL Ellipse(const RECT& rc) const;
- BOOL Polygon(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount) const;
- BOOL Rectangle(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) const;
- BOOL Rectangle(const RECT& rc) const;
- BOOL RoundRect(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int nWidth, int nHeight) const;
- BOOL RoundRect(const RECT& rc, int nWidth, int nHeight) const;
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- BOOL Chord(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) const;
- BOOL Chord(const RECT& rc, POINT ptStart, POINT ptEnd) const;
- BOOL Pie(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) const;
- BOOL Pie(const RECT& rc, POINT ptStart, POINT ptEnd) const;
- BOOL PolyPolygon(LPPOINT lpPoints, LPINT lpPolyCounts, int nCount) const;
-#endif
-
- // Fill and Image Drawing functions
- BOOL FillRect(const RECT& rc, CBrush* pBrushr) const;
- BOOL InvertRect(const RECT& rc) const;
- BOOL DrawIconEx(int xLeft, int yTop, HICON hIcon, int cxWidth, int cyWidth, UINT istepIfAniCur, CBrush* pFlickerFreeDraw, UINT diFlags) const;
- BOOL DrawEdge(const RECT& rc, UINT nEdge, UINT nFlags) const;
- BOOL DrawFrameControl(const RECT& rc, UINT nType, UINT nState) const;
- BOOL FillRgn(CRgn* pRgn, CBrush* pBrush) const;
- void GradientFill(COLORREF Color1, COLORREF Color2, const RECT& rc, BOOL bVertical);
- void SolidFill(COLORREF Color, const RECT& rc);
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- BOOL DrawIcon(int x, int y, HICON hIcon) const;
- BOOL DrawIcon(POINT point, HICON hIcon) const;
- BOOL FrameRect(const RECT& rc, CBrush* pBrush) const;
- BOOL PaintRgn(CRgn* pRgn) const;
-#endif
-
- // Bitmap Functions
- void DrawBitmap(int x, int y, int cx, int cy, CBitmap& Bitmap, COLORREF clrMask);
- int StretchDIBits(int XDest, int YDest, int nDestWidth, int nDestHeight, int XSrc, int YSrc, int nSrcWidth,
- int nSrcHeight, CONST VOID *lpBits, BITMAPINFO& bi, UINT iUsage, DWORD dwRop) const;
- BOOL PatBlt(int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, DWORD dwRop) const;
- BOOL BitBlt(int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, CDC* pSrcDC, int xSrc, int ySrc, DWORD dwRop) const;
- BOOL StretchBlt(int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, CDC* pSrcDC, int xSrc, int ySrc, int nSrcWidth, int nSrcHeight, DWORD dwRop) const;
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- int GetDIBits(CBitmap* pBitmap, UINT uStartScan, UINT cScanLines, LPVOID lpvBits, LPBITMAPINFO lpbi, UINT uUsage) const;
- int SetDIBits(CBitmap* pBitmap, UINT uStartScan, UINT cScanLines, CONST VOID *lpvBits, LPBITMAPINFO lpbi, UINT fuColorUse) const;
- int GetStretchBltMode() const;
- int SetStretchBltMode(int iStretchMode) const;
- BOOL FloodFill(int x, int y, COLORREF crColor) const;
- BOOL ExtFloodFill(int x, int y, COLORREF crColor, UINT nFillType) const;
-#endif
-
- // Brush Functions
-#ifdef GetDCBrushColor
- COLORREF GetDCBrushColor() const;
- COLORREF SetDCBrushColor(COLORREF crColor) const;
-#endif
-
- // Clipping Functions
- int ExcludeClipRect(int Left, int Top, int Right, int BottomRect);
- int ExcludeClipRect(const RECT& rc);
- int GetClipBox(RECT& rc);
- int GetClipRgn(HRGN hrgn);
- int IntersectClipRect(int Left, int Top, int Right, int Bottom);
- int IntersectClipRect(const RECT& rc);
- BOOL RectVisible(const RECT& rc);
- int SelectClipRgn(CRgn* pRgn);
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- int ExtSelectClipRgn(CRgn* pRgn, int fnMode);
- int OffsetClipRgn(int nXOffset, int nYOffset);
- BOOL PtVisible(int X, int Y);
-#endif
-
- // Co-ordinate Functions
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- BOOL DPtoLP(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount) const;
- BOOL DPtoLP(RECT& rc) const;
- BOOL LPtoDP(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount) const;
- BOOL LPtoDP(RECT& rc) const;
-#endif
-
- // Layout Functions
- DWORD GetLayout() const;
- DWORD SetLayout(DWORD dwLayout) const;
-
- // Mapping functions
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- int GetMapMode() const;
- int SetMapMode(int nMapMode) const;
- BOOL GetViewportOrgEx(LPPOINT lpPoint) const;
- BOOL SetViewportOrgEx(int x, int y, LPPOINT lpPoint = NULL) const;
- BOOL SetViewportOrgEx(POINT point, LPPOINT lpPointRet = NULL) const;
- BOOL OffsetViewportOrgEx(int nWidth, int nHeight, LPPOINT lpPoint = NULL) const;
- BOOL GetViewportExtEx(LPSIZE lpSize) const;
- BOOL SetViewportExtEx(int x, int y, LPSIZE lpSize) const;
- BOOL SetViewportExtEx(SIZE size, LPSIZE lpSizeRet) const;
- BOOL ScaleViewportExtEx(int xNum, int xDenom, int yNum, int yDenom, LPSIZE lpSize) const;
- BOOL OffsetWindowOrg(int nWidth, int nHeight, LPPOINT lpPoint) const;
- BOOL GetWindowExtEx(LPSIZE lpSize) const;
- BOOL SetWindowExtEx(int x, int y, LPSIZE lpSize) const;
- BOOL SetWindowExtEx(SIZE size, LPSIZE lpSizeRet) const;
- BOOL ScaleWindowExtEx(int xNum, int xDenom, int yNum, int yDenom, LPSIZE lpSize) const;
- BOOL GetWindowOrgEx(LPPOINT lpPoint) const;
- BOOL SetWindowOrgEx(int x, int y, LPPOINT lpPoint) const;
- BOOL SetWindowOrgEx(POINT point, LPPOINT lpPointRet) const;
- BOOL OffsetWindowOrgEx(int nWidth, int nHeight, LPPOINT lpPoint) const;
-#endif
-
- // Printer Functions
- int StartDoc(LPDOCINFO lpDocInfo) const;
- int EndDoc() const;
- int StartPage() const;
- int EndPage() const;
- int AbortDoc() const;
- int SetAbortProc(BOOL (CALLBACK* lpfn)(HDC, int)) const;
-
- // Text Functions
- int DrawText(LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount, LPRECT lprc, UINT nFormat) const;
- BOOL ExtTextOut(int x, int y, UINT nOptions, LPCRECT lprc, LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount = -1, LPINT lpDxWidths = NULL) const;
- COLORREF GetBkColor() const;
- int GetBkMode() const;
- UINT GetTextAlign() const;
- int GetTextFace(int nCount, LPTSTR lpszFacename) const;
- COLORREF GetTextColor() const;
- BOOL GetTextMetrics(TEXTMETRIC& Metrics) const;
- COLORREF SetBkColor(COLORREF crColor) const;
- int SetBkMode(int iBkMode) const;
- UINT SetTextAlign(UINT nFlags) const;
- COLORREF SetTextColor(COLORREF crColor) const;
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- int DrawTextEx(LPTSTR lpszString, int nCount, LPRECT lprc, UINT nFormat, LPDRAWTEXTPARAMS lpDTParams) const;
- CSize GetTabbedTextExtent(LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount, int nTabPositions, LPINT lpnTabStopPositions) const;
- int GetTextCharacterExtra() const;
- CSize GetTextExtentPoint32(LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount) const;
- BOOL GrayString(CBrush* pBrush, GRAYSTRINGPROC lpOutputFunc, LPARAM lpData, int nCount, int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight) const;
- int SetTextCharacterExtra(int nCharExtra) const;
- int SetTextJustification(int nBreakExtra, int nBreakCount) const;
- CSize TabbedTextOut(int x, int y, LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount, int nTabPositions, LPINT lpnTabStopPositions, int nTabOrigin) const;
- BOOL TextOut(int x, int y, LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount = -1) const;
-#endif
-
- private:
- void AddToMap();
- static CDC* AddTempHDC(HDC hDC, HWND hWnd);
- void Release();
- BOOL RemoveFromMap();
-
- DataMembers* m_pData; // pointer to the class's data members
- };
-
- class CClientDC : public CDC
- {
- public:
- CClientDC(const CWnd* pWnd)
- {
- if (pWnd) assert(pWnd->IsWindow());
- HWND hWnd = pWnd? pWnd->GetHwnd() : GetDesktopWindow();
- Attach(::GetDC(hWnd), hWnd);
- }
- virtual ~CClientDC() {}
- };
-
- class CMemDC : public CDC
- {
- public:
- CMemDC(const CDC* pDC)
- {
- if (pDC) assert(pDC->GetHDC());
- HDC hDC = pDC? pDC->GetHDC() : NULL;
- Attach(::CreateCompatibleDC(hDC));
- }
- virtual ~CMemDC() {}
- };
-
- class CPaintDC : public CDC
- {
- public:
- CPaintDC(const CWnd* pWnd)
- {
- assert(pWnd->IsWindow());
- m_hWnd = pWnd->GetHwnd();
- Attach(::BeginPaint(pWnd->GetHwnd(), &m_ps), m_hWnd);
- }
-
- virtual ~CPaintDC() { ::EndPaint(m_hWnd, &m_ps); }
-
- private:
- HWND m_hWnd;
- PAINTSTRUCT m_ps;
- };
-
- class CWindowDC : public CDC
- {
- public:
- CWindowDC(const CWnd* pWnd)
- {
- if (pWnd) assert(pWnd->IsWindow());
- HWND hWnd = pWnd? pWnd->GetHwnd() : GetDesktopWindow();
- Attach(::GetWindowDC(hWnd), hWnd);
- }
- virtual ~CWindowDC() {}
- };
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- class CMetaFileDC : public CDC
- {
- public:
- CMetaFileDC() : m_hMF(0), m_hEMF(0) {}
- virtual ~CMetaFileDC()
- {
- if (m_hMF)
- {
- ::CloseMetaFile(GetHDC());
- ::DeleteMetaFile(m_hMF);
- }
- if (m_hEMF)
- {
- ::CloseEnhMetaFile(GetHDC());
- ::DeleteEnhMetaFile(m_hEMF);
- }
- }
- void Create(LPCTSTR lpszFilename = NULL) { Attach(::CreateMetaFile(lpszFilename)); }
- void CreateEnhanced(CDC* pDCRef, LPCTSTR lpszFileName, LPCRECT lpBounds, LPCTSTR lpszDescription)
- {
- HDC hDC = pDCRef? pDCRef->GetHDC() : NULL;
- ::CreateEnhMetaFile(hDC, lpszFileName, lpBounds, lpszDescription);
- assert(GetHDC());
- }
- HMETAFILE Close() { return ::CloseMetaFile(GetHDC()); }
- HENHMETAFILE CloseEnhanced() { return ::CloseEnhMetaFile(GetHDC()); }
-
- private:
- HMETAFILE m_hMF;
- HENHMETAFILE m_hEMF;
- };
-#endif
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declarations for the CBitmapInfoPtr class
- // The CBitmapInfoPtr class is a convienient wrapper for the BITMAPINFO structure.
- class CBitmapInfoPtr
- {
- public:
- CBitmapInfoPtr(CBitmap* pBitmap)
- {
- BITMAP bmSource = pBitmap->GetBitmapData();
-
- // Convert the color format to a count of bits.
- WORD cClrBits = (WORD)(bmSource.bmPlanes * bmSource.bmBitsPixel);
- if (cClrBits == 1) cClrBits = 1;
- else if (cClrBits <= 4) cClrBits = 4;
- else if (cClrBits <= 8) cClrBits = 8;
- else if (cClrBits <= 16) cClrBits = 16;
- else if (cClrBits <= 24) cClrBits = 24;
- else cClrBits = 32;
-
- // Allocate memory for the BITMAPINFO structure.
- UINT uQuadSize = (cClrBits == 24)? 0 : sizeof(RGBQUAD) * (int)(1 << cClrBits);
- m_bmi.assign(sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER) + uQuadSize, 0);
- m_pbmiArray = (LPBITMAPINFO) &m_bmi[0];
-
- m_pbmiArray->bmiHeader.biSize = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER);
- m_pbmiArray->bmiHeader.biHeight = bmSource.bmHeight;
- m_pbmiArray->bmiHeader.biWidth = bmSource.bmWidth;
- m_pbmiArray->bmiHeader.biPlanes = bmSource.bmPlanes;
- m_pbmiArray->bmiHeader.biBitCount = bmSource.bmBitsPixel;
- m_pbmiArray->bmiHeader.biCompression = BI_RGB;
- if (cClrBits < 24)
- m_pbmiArray->bmiHeader.biClrUsed = (1<<cClrBits);
- }
- LPBITMAPINFO get() const { return m_pbmiArray; }
- operator LPBITMAPINFO() const { return m_pbmiArray; }
- LPBITMAPINFO operator->() const { return m_pbmiArray; }
-
- private:
- CBitmapInfoPtr(const CBitmapInfoPtr&); // Disable copy construction
- CBitmapInfoPtr& operator = (const CBitmapInfoPtr&); // Disable assignment operator
- LPBITMAPINFO m_pbmiArray;
- std::vector<byte> m_bmi;
- };
-
-
- CBitmap* FromHandle(HBITMAP hBitmap);
- CBrush* FromHandle(HBRUSH hBrush);
- CFont* FromHandle(HFONT hFont);
- CPalette* FromHandle(HPALETTE hPalette);
- CPen* FromHandle(HPEN hPen);
- CRgn* FromHandle(HRGN hRgn);
-
-}
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declarations for the CGDIObject class
- //
-
- inline CGDIObject::CGDIObject()
- // Constructs the CGDIObject
- {
- m_pData = new DataMembers;
- m_pData->hGDIObject = 0;
- m_pData->Count = 1L;
- m_pData->bRemoveObject = TRUE;
- }
-
- inline CGDIObject::CGDIObject(const CGDIObject& rhs)
- // Note: A copy of a CGDIObject is a clone of the original.
- // Both objects manipulate the one HGDIOBJ.
- {
- m_pData = rhs.m_pData;
- InterlockedIncrement(&m_pData->Count);
- }
-
- inline CGDIObject::~CGDIObject()
- // Deconstructs the CGDIObject
- {
- Release();
- }
-
- inline CGDIObject& CGDIObject::operator = ( const CGDIObject& rhs )
- // Note: A copy of a CGDIObject is a clone of the original.
- // Both objects manipulate the one HGDIOBJ.
- {
- if (this != &rhs)
- {
- InterlockedIncrement(&rhs.m_pData->Count);
- Release();
- m_pData = rhs.m_pData;
- }
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- inline void CGDIObject::operator = (HGDIOBJ hObject)
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert (m_pData->hGDIObject == NULL);
- m_pData->hGDIObject = hObject;
- }
-
- inline void CGDIObject::AddToMap()
- // Store the HDC and CDC pointer in the HDC map
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Lock();
-
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject);
- assert(!GetApp()->GetCGDIObjectFromMap(m_pData->hGDIObject));
-
- GetApp()->m_mapGDI.insert(std::make_pair(m_pData->hGDIObject, this));
- GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Release();
- }
-
- inline void CGDIObject::Attach(HGDIOBJ hObject)
- // Attaches a GDI HANDLE to the CGDIObject.
- // The HGDIOBJ will be automatically deleted when the destructor is called unless it is detached.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
-
- if (m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL && m_pData->hGDIObject != hObject)
- {
- ::DeleteObject(Detach());
- }
-
- CGDIObject* pObject = GetApp()->GetCGDIObjectFromMap(hObject);
- if (pObject)
- {
- delete m_pData;
- m_pData = pObject->m_pData;
- InterlockedIncrement(&m_pData->Count);
- }
- else
- {
- m_pData->hGDIObject = hObject;
- AddToMap();
- }
- }
-
- inline HGDIOBJ CGDIObject::Detach()
- // Detaches the HGDIOBJ from this object.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject);
-
- GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Lock();
- RemoveFromMap();
- HGDIOBJ hObject = m_pData->hGDIObject;
- m_pData->hGDIObject = 0;
-
- if (m_pData->Count)
- {
- if (InterlockedDecrement(&m_pData->Count) == 0)
- {
- delete m_pData;
- }
- }
-
- GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Release();
-
- // Assign values to our data members
- m_pData = new DataMembers;
- m_pData->hGDIObject = 0;
- m_pData->Count = 1L;
- m_pData->bRemoveObject = TRUE;
-
- return hObject;
- }
-
- inline HGDIOBJ CGDIObject::GetHandle() const
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- return m_pData->hGDIObject;
- }
-
- inline int CGDIObject::GetObject(int nCount, LPVOID pObject) const
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- return ::GetObject(m_pData->hGDIObject, nCount, pObject);
- }
-
- inline void CGDIObject::Release()
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- BOOL bSucceeded = TRUE;
-
- if (InterlockedDecrement(&m_pData->Count) == 0)
- {
- if (m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL)
- {
- if (m_pData->bRemoveObject)
- bSucceeded = ::DeleteObject(m_pData->hGDIObject);
- else
- bSucceeded = TRUE;
- }
-
- RemoveFromMap();
- delete m_pData;
- m_pData = 0;
- }
-
- assert(bSucceeded);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CGDIObject::RemoveFromMap()
- {
- BOOL Success = FALSE;
-
- if( GetApp() )
- {
- // Allocate an iterator for our HDC map
- std::map<HGDIOBJ, CGDIObject*, CompareGDI>::iterator m;
-
- CWinApp* pApp = GetApp();
- if (pApp)
- {
- // Erase the CGDIObject pointer entry from the map
- pApp->m_csMapLock.Lock();
- m = pApp->m_mapGDI.find(m_pData->hGDIObject);
- if (m != pApp->m_mapGDI.end())
- {
- pApp->m_mapGDI.erase(m);
- Success = TRUE;
- }
-
- pApp->m_csMapLock.Release();
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
- }
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declarations for the CBitmap class
- //
- inline CBitmap::CBitmap()
- {
- }
-
- inline CBitmap::CBitmap(HBITMAP hBitmap)
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- Attach(hBitmap);
- }
-
- inline CBitmap::CBitmap(LPCTSTR lpszName)
- {
- LoadBitmap(lpszName);
- }
-
- inline CBitmap::CBitmap(int nID)
- {
- LoadBitmap(nID);
- }
-
- inline CBitmap::operator HBITMAP() const
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- return (HBITMAP)m_pData->hGDIObject;
- }
-
- inline CBitmap::~CBitmap()
- {
- }
-
- inline BOOL CBitmap::LoadBitmap(int nID)
- // Loads a bitmap from a resource using the resource ID.
- {
- return LoadBitmap(MAKEINTRESOURCE(nID));
- }
-
- inline BOOL CBitmap::LoadBitmap(LPCTSTR lpszName)
- // Loads a bitmap from a resource using the resource string.
- {
- assert(GetApp());
- assert(m_pData);
-
- HBITMAP hBitmap = (HBITMAP)::LoadImage(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), lpszName, IMAGE_BITMAP, 0, 0, LR_DEFAULTCOLOR);
- if (hBitmap)
- {
- Attach(hBitmap);
- }
- return (0 != hBitmap); // boolean expression
- }
-
- inline BOOL CBitmap::LoadImage(UINT nID, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, UINT fuLoad)
- // Loads a bitmap from a resource using the resource ID.
- {
- return LoadImage(MAKEINTRESOURCE(nID), cxDesired, cyDesired, fuLoad);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CBitmap::LoadImage(LPCTSTR lpszName, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, UINT fuLoad)
- // Loads a bitmap from a resource using the resource string.
- {
- assert(GetApp());
- assert(m_pData);
-
- HBITMAP hBitmap = (HBITMAP)::LoadImage(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), lpszName, IMAGE_BITMAP, cxDesired, cyDesired, fuLoad);
- if (hBitmap)
- {
- Attach(hBitmap);
- }
- return (0 != hBitmap); // boolean expression
- }
-
- inline BOOL CBitmap::LoadOEMBitmap(UINT nIDBitmap) // for OBM_/OCR_/OIC_
- // Loads a predefined bitmap
- // Predefined bitmaps include: OBM_BTNCORNERS, OBM_BTSIZE, OBM_CHECK, OBM_CHECKBOXES, OBM_CLOSE, OBM_COMBO
- // OBM_DNARROW, OBM_DNARROWD, OBM_DNARROWI, OBM_LFARROW, OBM_LFARROWD, OBM_LFARROWI, OBM_MNARROW,OBM_OLD_CLOSE
- // OBM_OLD_DNARROW, OBM_OLD_LFARROW, OBM_OLD_REDUCE, OBM_OLD_RESTORE, OBM_OLD_RGARROW, OBM_OLD_UPARROW
- // OBM_OLD_ZOOM, OBM_REDUCE, OBM_REDUCED, OBM_RESTORE, OBM_RESTORED, OBM_RGARROW, OBM_RGARROWD, OBM_RGARROWI
- // OBM_SIZE, OBM_UPARROW, OBM_UPARROWD, OBM_UPARROWI, OBM_ZOOM, OBM_ZOOMD
- {
- assert(m_pData);
-
- HBITMAP hBitmap = ::LoadBitmap(NULL, MAKEINTRESOURCE(nIDBitmap));
- if (hBitmap)
- {
- Attach( ::LoadBitmap(NULL, MAKEINTRESOURCE(nIDBitmap)) );
- }
- return (0 != hBitmap); // boolean expression
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline HBITMAP CBitmap::CreateMappedBitmap(UINT nIDBitmap, UINT nFlags /*= 0*/, LPCOLORMAP lpColorMap /*= NULL*/, int nMapSize /*= 0*/)
- // Creates a new bitmap using the bitmap data and colors specified by the bitmap resource and the color mapping information.
- {
- assert(GetApp());
- assert(m_pData);
- HBITMAP hBitmap = ::CreateMappedBitmap(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), nIDBitmap, (WORD)nFlags, lpColorMap, nMapSize);
- Attach(hBitmap);
- return hBitmap;
- }
-#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
-
- inline HBITMAP CBitmap::CreateBitmap(int nWidth, int nHeight, UINT nPlanes, UINT nBitsPerPixel, LPCVOID lpBits)
- // Creates a bitmap with the specified width, height, and color format (color planes and bits-per-pixel).
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HBITMAP hBitmap = ::CreateBitmap(nWidth, nHeight, nPlanes, nBitsPerPixel, lpBits);
- Attach(hBitmap);
- return hBitmap;
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline HBITMAP CBitmap::CreateBitmapIndirect(LPBITMAP lpBitmap)
- // Creates a bitmap with the width, height, and color format specified in the BITMAP structure.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HBITMAP hBitmap = ::CreateBitmapIndirect(lpBitmap);
- Attach(hBitmap);
- return hBitmap;
- }
-#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
-
- inline HBITMAP CBitmap::CreateCompatibleBitmap(CDC* pDC, int nWidth, int nHeight)
- // Creates a bitmap compatible with the device that is associated with the specified device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(pDC);
- HBITMAP hBitmap = ::CreateCompatibleBitmap(pDC->GetHDC(), nWidth, nHeight);
- Attach(hBitmap);
- return hBitmap;
- }
-
- // Attributes
- inline BITMAP CBitmap::GetBitmapData() const
- // Retrieves the BITMAP structure
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- BITMAP bmp = {0};
- ::GetObject(m_pData->hGDIObject, sizeof(BITMAP), &bmp);
- return bmp;
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline CSize CBitmap::GetBitmapDimensionEx() const
- // Retrieves the dimensions of a compatible bitmap.
- // The retrieved dimensions must have been set by the SetBitmapDimensionEx function.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- CSize Size;
- ::GetBitmapDimensionEx((HBITMAP)m_pData->hGDIObject, &Size);
- return Size;
- }
-
- inline CSize CBitmap::SetBitmapDimensionEx(int nWidth, int nHeight)
- // The SetBitmapDimensionEx function assigns preferred dimensions to a bitmap.
- // These dimensions can be used by applications; however, they are not used by the system.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- CSize Size;
- ::SetBitmapDimensionEx((HBITMAP)m_pData->hGDIObject, nWidth, nHeight, Size);
- return Size;
- }
-
- // DIB support
- inline HBITMAP CBitmap::CreateDIBitmap(CDC* pDC, CONST BITMAPINFOHEADER* lpbmih, DWORD dwInit, CONST VOID* lpbInit, CONST BITMAPINFO* lpbmi, UINT uColorUse)
- // Creates a compatible bitmap (DDB) from a DIB and, optionally, sets the bitmap bits.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(pDC);
- HBITMAP hBitmap = ::CreateDIBitmap(pDC->GetHDC(), lpbmih, dwInit, lpbInit, lpbmi, uColorUse);
- Attach(hBitmap);
- return hBitmap;
- }
-#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
-
- inline HBITMAP CBitmap::CreateDIBSection(CDC* pDC, CONST BITMAPINFO* lpbmi, UINT uColorUse, VOID** ppvBits, HANDLE hSection, DWORD dwOffset)
- // Creates a DIB that applications can write to directly. The function gives you a pointer to the location of the bitmap bit values.
- // You can supply a handle to a file-mapping object that the function will use to create the bitmap, or you can let the system allocate the memory for the bitmap.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(pDC);
- HBITMAP hBitmap = ::CreateDIBSection(pDC->GetHDC(), lpbmi, uColorUse, ppvBits, hSection, dwOffset);
- Attach(hBitmap);
- return hBitmap;
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline int CBitmap::GetDIBits(CDC* pDC, UINT uStartScan, UINT cScanLines, LPVOID lpvBits, LPBITMAPINFO lpbmi, UINT uColorUse) const
- // Retrieves the bits of the specified compatible bitmap and copies them into a buffer as a DIB using the specified format.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(pDC);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- return ::GetDIBits(pDC->GetHDC(), (HBITMAP)m_pData->hGDIObject, uStartScan, cScanLines, lpvBits, lpbmi, uColorUse);
- }
-
- inline int CBitmap::SetDIBits(CDC* pDC, UINT uStartScan, UINT cScanLines, CONST VOID* lpvBits, CONST BITMAPINFO* lpbmi, UINT uColorUse)
- // Sets the pixels in a compatible bitmap (DDB) using the color data found in the specified DIB.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(pDC);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- return ::SetDIBits(pDC->GetHDC(), (HBITMAP)m_pData->hGDIObject, uStartScan, cScanLines, lpvBits, lpbmi, uColorUse);
- }
-#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions of the CBrush class
- //
- inline CBrush::CBrush()
- {
- }
-
- inline CBrush::CBrush(HBRUSH hBrush)
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- Attach(hBrush);
- }
-
- inline CBrush::CBrush(COLORREF crColor)
- {
- Attach( ::CreateSolidBrush(crColor) );
- assert (m_pData->hGDIObject);
- }
-
- inline CBrush::operator HBRUSH() const
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- return (HBRUSH)m_pData->hGDIObject;
- }
-
- inline CBrush::~CBrush()
- {
- }
-
- inline HBRUSH CBrush::CreateSolidBrush(COLORREF crColor)
- // Creates a logical brush that has the specified solid color.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreateSolidBrush(crColor);
- Attach(hBrush);
- return hBrush;
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline HBRUSH CBrush::CreateHatchBrush(int nIndex, COLORREF crColor)
- // Creates a logical brush that has the specified hatch pattern and color.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreateHatchBrush(nIndex, crColor);
- Attach(hBrush);
- return hBrush;
- }
-
- inline HBRUSH CBrush::CreateBrushIndirect(LPLOGBRUSH lpLogBrush)
- // Creates a logical brush from style, color, and pattern specified in the LOGPRUSH struct.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreateBrushIndirect(lpLogBrush);
- Attach(hBrush);
- return hBrush;
- }
-
- inline HBRUSH CBrush::CreateDIBPatternBrush(HGLOBAL hglbDIBPacked, UINT fuColorSpec)
- // Creates a logical brush that has the pattern specified by the specified device-independent bitmap (DIB).
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreateDIBPatternBrush(hglbDIBPacked, fuColorSpec);
- Attach(hBrush);
- return hBrush;
- }
-
- inline HBRUSH CBrush::CreateDIBPatternBrushPt(LPCVOID lpPackedDIB, UINT nUsage)
- // Creates a logical brush that has the pattern specified by the device-independent bitmap (DIB).
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreateDIBPatternBrushPt(lpPackedDIB, nUsage);
- Attach(hBrush);
- return hBrush;
- }
-
-#endif // !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
-
- inline HBRUSH CBrush::CreatePatternBrush(CBitmap* pBitmap)
- // Creates a logical brush with the specified bitmap pattern. The bitmap can be a DIB section bitmap,
- // which is created by the CreateDIBSection function, or it can be a device-dependent bitmap.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(pBitmap);
- HBRUSH hBrush = ::CreatePatternBrush(*pBitmap);
- Attach(hBrush);
- return hBrush;
- }
-
- inline LOGBRUSH CBrush::GetLogBrush() const
- // Retrieves the LOGBRUSH structure that defines the style, color, and pattern of a physical brush.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- LOGBRUSH LogBrush = {0};
- ::GetObject (m_pData->hGDIObject, sizeof(LOGBRUSH), &LogBrush);
- return LogBrush;
- }
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions of the CFont class
- //
- inline CFont::CFont()
- {
- }
-
- inline CFont::CFont(HFONT hFont)
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- Attach(hFont);
- }
-
- inline CFont::CFont(const LOGFONT* lpLogFont)
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- Attach( ::CreateFontIndirect(lpLogFont) );
- }
-
- inline CFont::operator HFONT() const
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- return (HFONT)m_pData->hGDIObject;
- }
-
- inline CFont::~CFont()
- {
- }
-
- inline HFONT CFont::CreateFontIndirect(const LOGFONT* lpLogFont)
- // Creates a logical font that has the specified characteristics.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HFONT hFont = ::CreateFontIndirect(lpLogFont);
- Attach(hFont);
- return hFont;
- }
-
- inline HFONT CFont::CreatePointFont(int nPointSize, LPCTSTR lpszFaceName, CDC* pDC /*= NULL*/, BOOL bBold /*= FALSE*/, BOOL bItalic /*= FALSE*/)
- // Creates a font of a specified typeface and point size.
- {
- LOGFONT logFont = { 0 };
- logFont.lfCharSet = DEFAULT_CHARSET;
- logFont.lfHeight = nPointSize;
-
- lstrcpy(logFont.lfFaceName, lpszFaceName);
-
- if (bBold)
- logFont.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
- if (bItalic)
- logFont.lfItalic = (BYTE)TRUE;
-
- return CreatePointFontIndirect(&logFont, pDC);
- }
-
- inline HFONT CFont::CreatePointFontIndirect(const LOGFONT* lpLogFont, CDC* pDC /* = NULL*/)
- // Creates a font of a specified typeface and point size.
- // This function automatically converts the height in lfHeight to logical units using the specified device context.
- {
- HDC hDC = pDC? pDC->GetHDC() : NULL;
- HDC hDC1 = (hDC != NULL) ? hDC : ::GetDC(HWND_DESKTOP);
-
- // convert nPointSize to logical units based on hDC
- LOGFONT logFont = *lpLogFont;
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- POINT pt = { 0, 0 };
- pt.y = ::MulDiv(::GetDeviceCaps(hDC1, LOGPIXELSY), logFont.lfHeight, 720); // 72 points/inch, 10 decipoints/point
- ::DPtoLP(hDC1, &pt, 1);
-
- POINT ptOrg = { 0, 0 };
- ::DPtoLP(hDC1, &ptOrg, 1);
-
- logFont.lfHeight = -abs(pt.y - ptOrg.y);
-#else // CE specific
- // DP and LP are always the same on CE
- logFont.lfHeight = -abs(((::GetDeviceCaps(hDC1, LOGPIXELSY)* logFont.lfHeight)/ 720));
-#endif // _WIN32_WCE
-
- if (hDC == NULL)
- ::ReleaseDC (NULL, hDC1);
-
- return CreateFontIndirect (&logFont);
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
-
- inline HFONT CFont::CreateFont(int nHeight, int nWidth, int nEscapement,
- int nOrientation, int nWeight, DWORD dwItalic, DWORD dwUnderline,
- DWORD dwStrikeOut, DWORD dwCharSet, DWORD dwOutPrecision,
- DWORD dwClipPrecision, DWORD dwQuality, DWORD dwPitchAndFamily,
- LPCTSTR lpszFacename)
- // Creates a logical font with the specified characteristics.
- {
- HFONT hFont = ::CreateFont(nHeight, nWidth, nEscapement,
- nOrientation, nWeight, dwItalic, dwUnderline, dwStrikeOut,
- dwCharSet, dwOutPrecision, dwClipPrecision, dwQuality,
- dwPitchAndFamily, lpszFacename);
-
- Attach(hFont);
- return hFont;
- }
-#endif // #ifndef _WIN32_WCE
-
- inline LOGFONT CFont::GetLogFont() const
- // Retrieves the Logfont structure that contains font attributes.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- LOGFONT LogFont = {0};
- ::GetObject(m_pData->hGDIObject, sizeof(LOGFONT), &LogFont);
- return LogFont;
- }
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions of the CPalette class
- //
- inline CPalette::CPalette()
- {
- }
-
- inline CPalette::CPalette(HPALETTE hPalette)
- {
- Attach(hPalette);
- }
-
- inline CPalette::operator HPALETTE() const
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- return (HPALETTE)m_pData->hGDIObject;
- }
-
- inline CPalette::~CPalette ()
- {
- }
-
- inline HPALETTE CPalette::CreatePalette(LPLOGPALETTE lpLogPalette)
- // Creates a logical palette from the information in the specified LOGPALETTE structure.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HPALETTE hPalette = ::CreatePalette (lpLogPalette);
- Attach(hPalette);
- return hPalette;
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline HPALETTE CPalette::CreateHalftonePalette(CDC* pDC)
- // Creates a halftone palette for the specified device context (DC).
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(pDC);
- HPALETTE hPalette = ::CreateHalftonePalette(pDC->GetHDC());
- Attach(hPalette);
- return hPalette;
- }
-#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
-
- inline int CPalette::GetEntryCount() const
- // Retrieve the number of entries in the palette.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- WORD nEntries = 0;
- ::GetObject(m_pData->hGDIObject, sizeof(WORD), &nEntries);
- return (int)nEntries;
- }
-
- inline UINT CPalette::GetPaletteEntries(UINT nStartIndex, UINT nNumEntries, LPPALETTEENTRY lpPaletteColors) const
- // Retrieves a specified range of palette entries from the palette.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- return ::GetPaletteEntries((HPALETTE)m_pData->hGDIObject, nStartIndex, nNumEntries, lpPaletteColors);
- }
-
- inline UINT CPalette::SetPaletteEntries(UINT nStartIndex, UINT nNumEntries, LPPALETTEENTRY lpPaletteColors)
- // Sets RGB (red, green, blue) color values and flags in a range of entries in the palette.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- return ::SetPaletteEntries((HPALETTE)m_pData->hGDIObject, nStartIndex, nNumEntries, lpPaletteColors);
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline void CPalette::AnimatePalette(UINT nStartIndex, UINT nNumEntries, LPPALETTEENTRY lpPaletteColors)
- // Replaces entries in the palette.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- ::AnimatePalette((HPALETTE)m_pData->hGDIObject, nStartIndex, nNumEntries, lpPaletteColors);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CPalette::ResizePalette(UINT nNumEntries)
- // Increases or decreases the size of the palette based on the specified value.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- return ::ResizePalette((HPALETTE)m_pData->hGDIObject, nNumEntries);
- }
-#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
-
- inline UINT CPalette::GetNearestPaletteIndex(COLORREF crColor) const
- // Retrieves the index for the entry in the palette most closely matching a specified color value.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- return ::GetNearestPaletteIndex((HPALETTE)m_pData->hGDIObject, crColor);
- }
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declarations for the CPen class
- //
- inline CPen::CPen()
- {
- }
-
- inline CPen::CPen(HPEN hPen)
- {
- Attach(hPen);
- }
-
- inline CPen::CPen(int nPenStyle, int nWidth, COLORREF crColor)
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- Attach( ::CreatePen(nPenStyle, nWidth, crColor) );
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline CPen::CPen(int nPenStyle, int nWidth, const LOGBRUSH* pLogBrush, int nStyleCount /*= 0*/, const DWORD* lpStyle /*= NULL*/)
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- Attach( ::ExtCreatePen(nPenStyle, nWidth, pLogBrush, nStyleCount, lpStyle) );
- }
-#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
-
- inline CPen::operator HPEN () const
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- return (HPEN)m_pData->hGDIObject;
- }
-
- inline CPen::~CPen()
- {
- }
-
- inline HPEN CPen::CreatePen(int nPenStyle, int nWidth, COLORREF crColor)
- // Creates a logical pen that has the specified style, width, and color.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HPEN hPen = ::CreatePen(nPenStyle, nWidth, crColor);
- Attach(hPen);
- return hPen;
- }
-
- inline HPEN CPen::CreatePenIndirect(LPLOGPEN lpLogPen)
- // Creates a logical cosmetic pen that has the style, width, and color specified in a structure.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HPEN hPen = ::CreatePenIndirect(lpLogPen);
- Attach(hPen);
- return hPen;
- }
-
- inline LOGPEN CPen::GetLogPen() const
- {
- // Retrieves the LOGPEN struct that specifies the pen's style, width, and color.
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
-
- LOGPEN LogPen = {0};
- ::GetObject(m_pData->hGDIObject, sizeof(LOGPEN), &LogPen);
- return LogPen;
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline HPEN CPen::ExtCreatePen(int nPenStyle, int nWidth, const LOGBRUSH* pLogBrush, int nStyleCount /* = 0*/, const DWORD* lpStyle /*= NULL*/)
- // Creates a logical cosmetic or geometric pen that has the specified style, width, and brush attributes.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HPEN hPen = ::ExtCreatePen(nPenStyle, nWidth, pLogBrush, nStyleCount, lpStyle);
- Attach(hPen);
- return hPen;
- }
-
- inline EXTLOGPEN CPen::GetExtLogPen() const
- // Retrieves the EXTLOGPEN struct that specifies the pen's style, width, color and brush attributes.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
-
- EXTLOGPEN ExLogPen = {0};
- ::GetObject(m_pData->hGDIObject, sizeof(EXTLOGPEN), &ExLogPen);
- return ExLogPen;
- }
-#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions of the CRgn class
- //
- inline CRgn::CRgn()
- {
- }
-
- inline CRgn::CRgn(HRGN hRgn)
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- Attach(hRgn);
- }
-
- inline CRgn::operator HRGN() const
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- return (HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject;
- }
-
- inline CRgn::~CRgn()
- {
- }
-
- inline HRGN CRgn::CreateRectRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2)
- // Creates a rectangular region.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HRGN hRgn = ::CreateRectRgn(x1, y1, x2, y2);
- Attach(hRgn);
- return hRgn;
- }
-
- inline HRGN CRgn::CreateRectRgnIndirect(const RECT& rc)
- // Creates a rectangular region.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HRGN hRgn = ::CreateRectRgnIndirect(&rc);
- Attach(hRgn);
- return hRgn;
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline HRGN CRgn::CreateEllipticRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2)
- // Creates an elliptical region.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HRGN hRgn = ::CreateEllipticRgn(x1, y1, x2, y2);
- Attach(hRgn);
- return hRgn;
- }
-
- inline HRGN CRgn::CreateEllipticRgnIndirect(const RECT& rc)
- // Creates an elliptical region.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HRGN hRgn = ::CreateEllipticRgnIndirect(&rc);
- Attach(hRgn);
- return hRgn;
- }
-
- inline HRGN CRgn::CreatePolygonRgn(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount, int nMode)
- // Creates a polygonal region.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HRGN hRgn = ::CreatePolygonRgn(lpPoints, nCount, nMode);
- Attach(hRgn);
- return hRgn;
- }
-
- inline HRGN CRgn::CreatePolyPolygonRgn(LPPOINT lpPoints, LPINT lpPolyCounts, int nCount, int nPolyFillMode)
- // Creates a region consisting of a series of polygons. The polygons can overlap.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HRGN hRgn = ::CreatePolyPolygonRgn(lpPoints, lpPolyCounts, nCount, nPolyFillMode);
- Attach(hRgn);
- return hRgn;
- }
-
- inline HRGN CRgn::CreateRoundRectRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3)
- // Creates a rectangular region with rounded corners.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HRGN hRgn = ::CreateRoundRectRgn(x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3);
- Attach(hRgn);
- return hRgn;
- }
-
- inline HRGN CRgn::CreateFromPath(HDC hDC)
- // Creates a region from the path that is selected into the specified device context.
- // The resulting region uses device coordinates.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(hDC != NULL);
- HRGN hRgn = ::PathToRegion(hDC);
- Attach(hRgn);
- return hRgn;
- }
-
-#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
-
- inline HRGN CRgn::CreateFromData(const XFORM* lpXForm, int nCount, const RGNDATA* pRgnData)
- // Creates a region from the specified region and transformation data.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- HRGN hRgn = ::ExtCreateRegion(lpXForm, nCount, pRgnData);
- Attach(hRgn);
- return hRgn;
- }
-
- inline void CRgn::SetRectRgn(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2)
- // converts the region into a rectangular region with the specified coordinates.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- ::SetRectRgn((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, x1, y1, x2, y2);
- }
-
- inline void CRgn::SetRectRgn(const RECT& rc)
- // converts the region into a rectangular region with the specified coordinates.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- ::SetRectRgn((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom);
- }
-
- inline int CRgn::CombineRgn(CRgn* pRgnSrc1, CRgn* pRgnSrc2, int nCombineMode)
- // Combines two sepcified regions and stores the result.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- assert(pRgnSrc1);
- assert(pRgnSrc2);
- return ::CombineRgn((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, *pRgnSrc1, *pRgnSrc2, nCombineMode);
- }
-
- inline int CRgn::CombineRgn(CRgn* pRgnSrc, int nCombineMode)
- // Combines the sepcified region with the current region.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- assert(pRgnSrc);
- return ::CombineRgn((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, (HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, *pRgnSrc, nCombineMode);
- }
-
- inline int CRgn::CopyRgn(CRgn* pRgnSrc)
- // Assigns the specified region to the current region.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject == NULL);
- assert(pRgnSrc);
- return ::CombineRgn((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, *pRgnSrc, NULL, RGN_COPY);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CRgn::EqualRgn(CRgn* pRgn) const
- // Checks the two specified regions to determine whether they are identical.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- assert(pRgn);
- return ::EqualRgn((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, *pRgn);
- }
-
- inline int CRgn::OffsetRgn(int x, int y)
- // Moves a region by the specified offsets.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- return ::OffsetRgn((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, x, y);
- }
-
- inline int CRgn::OffsetRgn(POINT& pt)
- // Moves a region by the specified offsets.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- return ::OffsetRgn((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, pt.x, pt.y);
- }
-
- inline int CRgn::GetRgnBox(RECT& rc) const
- // Retrieves the bounding rectangle of the region, and stores it in the specified RECT.
- // The return value indicates the region's complexity: NULLREGION;SIMPLEREGION; or COMPLEXREGION.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- return ::GetRgnBox((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, &rc);
- }
-
- inline int CRgn::GetRegionData(LPRGNDATA lpRgnData, int nDataSize) const
- // Fills the specified buffer with data describing a region.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- return (int)::GetRegionData((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, nDataSize, lpRgnData);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CRgn::PtInRegion(int x, int y) const
- // Determines whether the specified point is inside the specified region.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- return ::PtInRegion((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, x, y);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CRgn::PtInRegion(POINT& pt) const
- // Determines whether the specified point is inside the specified region.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- return ::PtInRegion((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, pt.x, pt.y);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CRgn::RectInRegion(const RECT& rc) const
- // Determines whether the specified rect is inside the specified region.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hGDIObject != NULL);
- return ::RectInRegion((HRGN)m_pData->hGDIObject, &rc);
- }
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions of the CDC class
- //
- inline CDC::CDC()
- {
- // Allocate memory for our data members
- m_pData = new DataMembers;
-
- // Assign values to our data members
- m_pData->hDC = 0;
- m_pData->Count = 1L;
- m_pData->bRemoveHDC = TRUE;
- m_pData->hWnd = 0;
- }
-
- inline CDC::CDC(HDC hDC, HWND hWnd /*= 0*/)
- // This constructor assigns an existing HDC to the CDC
- // The HDC WILL be released or deleted when the CDC object is destroyed
- // The hWnd paramter is only used in WindowsCE. It specifies the HWND of a Window or
- // Window Client DC
-
- // Note: this constructor permits a call like this:
- // CDC MyCDC = SomeHDC;
- // or
- // CDC MyCDC = ::CreateCompatibleDC(SomeHDC);
- // or
- // CDC MyCDC = ::GetDC(SomeHWND);
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(hWnd);
- assert(hDC);
-
- CDC* pDC = GetApp()->GetCDCFromMap(hDC);
- if (pDC)
- {
- m_pData = pDC->m_pData;
- InterlockedIncrement(&m_pData->Count);
- }
- else
- {
- // Allocate memory for our data members
- m_pData = new DataMembers;
-
- // Assign values to our data members
- m_pData->hDC = hDC;
- m_pData->Count = 1L;
- m_pData->bRemoveHDC = TRUE;
- m_pData->nSavedDCState = ::SaveDC(hDC);
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- m_pData->hWnd = ::WindowFromDC(hDC);
-#else
- m_pData->hWnd = hWnd;
-#endif
- if (m_pData->hWnd)
- AddToMap();
- }
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline void CDC::operator = (const HDC hDC)
- // Note: this assignment operater permits a call like this:
- // CDC MyCDC;
- // MyCDC = SomeHDC;
- {
- Attach(hDC);
- }
-#endif
-
- inline CDC::CDC(const CDC& rhs) // Copy constructor
- // The copy constructor is called when a temporary copy of the CDC needs to be created.
- // This can happen when a CDC is passed by value in a function call. Each CDC copy manages
- // the same Device Context and GDI objects.
- {
- m_pData = rhs.m_pData;
- InterlockedIncrement(&m_pData->Count);
- }
-
- inline CDC& CDC::operator = (const CDC& rhs)
- // Note: A copy of a CDC is a clone of the original.
- // Both objects manipulate the one HDC
- {
- if (this != &rhs)
- {
- InterlockedIncrement(&rhs.m_pData->Count);
- Release();
- m_pData = rhs.m_pData;
- }
-
- return *this;
- }
-
- inline CDC::~CDC ()
- {
- Release();
- }
-
- inline void CDC::AddToMap()
- // Store the HDC and CDC pointer in the HDC map
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Lock();
-
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(!GetApp()->GetCDCFromMap(m_pData->hDC));
-
- GetApp()->m_mapHDC.insert(std::make_pair(m_pData->hDC, this));
- GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Release();
- }
-
- inline void CDC::Attach(HDC hDC, HWND hWnd /* = 0*/)
- // Attaches a HDC to the CDC object.
- // The HDC will be automatically deleted or released when the destructor is called.
- // The hWnd parameter is only used on WindowsCE. It specifies the HWND of a Window or
- // Window Client DC
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(hWnd);
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(0 == m_pData->hDC);
- assert(hDC);
-
- CDC* pDC = GetApp()->GetCDCFromMap(hDC);
- if (pDC)
- {
- delete m_pData;
- m_pData = pDC->m_pData;
- InterlockedIncrement(&m_pData->Count);
- }
- else
- {
- m_pData->hDC = hDC;
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- m_pData->hWnd = ::WindowFromDC(hDC);
-#else
- m_pData->hWnd = hWnd;
-#endif
-
- if (m_pData->hWnd == 0)
- AddToMap();
- m_pData->nSavedDCState = ::SaveDC(hDC);
- }
- }
-
- inline HDC CDC::Detach()
- // Detaches the HDC from this object.
- {
- assert(m_pData);
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Lock();
- RemoveFromMap();
- HDC hDC = m_pData->hDC;
- m_pData->hDC = 0;
-
- if (m_pData->Count)
- {
- if (InterlockedDecrement(&m_pData->Count) == 0)
- {
- delete m_pData;
- }
- }
-
- GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Release();
-
- // Assign values to our data members
- m_pData = new DataMembers;
- m_pData->hDC = 0;
- m_pData->Count = 1L;
- m_pData->bRemoveHDC = TRUE;
- m_pData->hWnd = 0;
-
- return hDC;
- }
-
- // Initialization
- inline BOOL CDC::CreateCompatibleDC(CDC* pDC)
- // Returns a memory device context (DC) compatible with the specified device.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC == NULL);
- HDC hdcSource = (pDC == NULL)? NULL : pDC->GetHDC();
- HDC hDC = ::CreateCompatibleDC(hdcSource);
- if (hDC)
- {
- m_pData->hDC = hDC;
- AddToMap();
- }
- return (hDC != NULL); // boolean expression
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::CreateDC(LPCTSTR lpszDriver, LPCTSTR lpszDevice, LPCTSTR lpszOutput, const DEVMODE* pInitData)
- // Returns a device context (DC) for a device using the specified name.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC == NULL);
- HDC hDC = ::CreateDC(lpszDriver, lpszDevice, lpszOutput, pInitData);
- if (hDC)
- {
- m_pData->hDC = hDC;
- AddToMap();
- }
- return (hDC != NULL); // boolean expression
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline BOOL CDC::CreateIC(LPCTSTR lpszDriver, LPCTSTR lpszDevice, LPCTSTR lpszOutput, const DEVMODE* pInitData)
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC == NULL);
- HDC hDC = ::CreateIC(lpszDriver, lpszDevice, lpszOutput, pInitData);
- if (hDC)
- {
- m_pData->hDC = hDC;
- AddToMap();
- }
- return (hDC != NULL); // boolean expression
- }
-#endif
-
- inline void CDC::DrawBitmap(int x, int y, int cx, int cy, CBitmap& Bitmap, COLORREF clrMask)
- // Draws the specified bitmap to the specified DC using the mask colour provided as the transparent colour
- // Suitable for use with a Window DC or a memory DC
- {
- // Create the Image memory DC
- CMemDC dcImage(this);
- dcImage.SetBkColor(clrMask);
- dcImage.SelectObject(&Bitmap);
-
- // Create the Mask memory DC
- CMemDC dcMask(this);
- dcMask.CreateBitmap(cx, cy, 1, 1, NULL);
- dcMask.BitBlt(0, 0, cx, cy, &dcImage, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
-
- // Mask the image to 'this' DC
- BitBlt(x, y, cx, cy, &dcImage, 0, 0, SRCINVERT);
- BitBlt(x, y, cx, cy, &dcMask, 0, 0, SRCAND);
- BitBlt(x, y, cx, cy, &dcImage, 0, 0, SRCINVERT);
- }
-
- inline CDC* CDC::AddTempHDC(HDC hDC, HWND hWnd)
- // Returns the CDC object associated with the device context handle
- // The HDC is removed when the CDC is destroyed
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- CDC* pDC = new CDC;
- pDC->m_pData->hDC = hDC;
- GetApp()->AddTmpDC(pDC);
- pDC->m_pData->bRemoveHDC = TRUE;
- pDC->m_pData->hWnd = hWnd;
- return pDC;
- }
-
- inline void CDC::GradientFill(COLORREF Color1, COLORREF Color2, const RECT& rc, BOOL bVertical)
- // An efficient color gradient filler compatible with all Windows operating systems
- {
- int Width = rc.right - rc.left;
- int Height = rc.bottom - rc.top;
-
- int r1 = GetRValue(Color1);
- int g1 = GetGValue(Color1);
- int b1 = GetBValue(Color1);
-
- int r2 = GetRValue(Color2);
- int g2 = GetGValue(Color2);
- int b2 = GetBValue(Color2);
-
- COLORREF OldBkColor = GetBkColor();
-
- if (bVertical)
- {
- for(int i=0; i < Width; ++i)
- {
- int r = r1 + (i * (r2-r1) / Width);
- int g = g1 + (i * (g2-g1) / Width);
- int b = b1 + (i * (b2-b1) / Width);
- SetBkColor(RGB(r, g, b));
- CRect line( i + rc.left, rc.top, i + 1 + rc.left, rc.top+Height);
- ExtTextOut(0, 0, ETO_OPAQUE, line, NULL, 0, 0);
- }
- }
- else
- {
- for(int i=0; i < Height; ++i)
- {
- int r = r1 + (i * (r2-r1) / Height);
- int g = g1 + (i * (g2-g1) / Height);
- int b = b1 + (i * (b2-b1) / Height);
- SetBkColor(RGB(r, g, b));
- CRect line(rc.left, i + rc.top, rc.left+Width, i + 1 + rc.top);
- ExtTextOut(0, 0, ETO_OPAQUE, line, NULL, 0, 0);
- }
- }
-
- SetBkColor(OldBkColor);
- }
-
- inline void CDC::Release()
- {
- GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Lock();
-
- if (m_pData->Count)
- {
- if (InterlockedDecrement(&m_pData->Count) == 0)
- {
- Destroy();
- delete m_pData;
- m_pData = 0;
- }
- }
-
- GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Release();
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::RemoveFromMap()
- {
- BOOL Success = FALSE;
-
- if( GetApp() )
- {
- // Allocate an iterator for our HDC map
- std::map<HDC, CDC*, CompareHDC>::iterator m;
-
- CWinApp* pApp = GetApp();
- if (pApp)
- {
- // Erase the CDC pointer entry from the map
- pApp->m_csMapLock.Lock();
- m = pApp->m_mapHDC.find(m_pData->hDC);
- if (m != pApp->m_mapHDC.end())
- {
- pApp->m_mapHDC.erase(m);
- Success = TRUE;
- }
-
- pApp->m_csMapLock.Release();
- }
- }
- return Success;
- }
-
- inline void CDC::SolidFill(COLORREF Color, const RECT& rc)
- // Fills a rectangle with a solid color
- {
- COLORREF OldColor = SetBkColor(Color);
- ExtTextOut(0, 0, ETO_OPAQUE, &rc, NULL, 0, 0);
- SetBkColor(OldColor);
- }
-
- // Bitmap functions
- inline CBitmap* CDC::CreateCompatibleBitmap(CDC* pDC, int cx, int cy)
- // Creates a compatible bitmap and selects it into the device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pDC);
-
- CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap;
- pBitmap->CreateCompatibleBitmap(pDC, cx, cy);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap);
- return SelectObject(pBitmap);
- }
-
- inline CBitmap* CDC::CreateBitmap(int cx, int cy, UINT Planes, UINT BitsPerPixel, LPCVOID pvColors)
- // Creates a bitmap and selects it into the device context.
- // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap;
- pBitmap->CreateBitmap(cx, cy, Planes, BitsPerPixel, pvColors);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap);
- return SelectObject(pBitmap);
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline CBitmap* CDC::CreateBitmapIndirect (LPBITMAP lpBitmap)
- // Creates a bitmap and selects it into the device context.
- // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap;
- pBitmap->CreateBitmapIndirect(lpBitmap);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap);
- return SelectObject(pBitmap);
- }
-
- inline CBitmap* CDC::CreateDIBitmap(CDC* pDC, const BITMAPINFOHEADER& bmih, DWORD fdwInit, LPCVOID lpbInit,
- BITMAPINFO& bmi, UINT fuUsage)
- // Creates a bitmap and selects it into the device context.
- // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pDC);
-
- CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap;
- pBitmap->CreateDIBitmap(pDC, &bmih, fdwInit, lpbInit, &bmi, fuUsage);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap);
- return SelectObject(pBitmap);
- }
-#endif
-
- inline CBitmap* CDC::CreateDIBSection(CDC* pDC, const BITMAPINFO& bmi, UINT iUsage, LPVOID *ppvBits,
- HANDLE hSection, DWORD dwOffset)
- // Creates a bitmap and selects it into the device context.
- // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pDC);
-
- CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap;
- pBitmap->CreateDIBSection(pDC, &bmi, iUsage, ppvBits, hSection, dwOffset);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap);
- return SelectObject(pBitmap);
- }
-
- inline void CDC::Destroy()
- // Deletes or releases the device context and returns the CDC object to its
- // default state, ready for reuse.
- {
- if (m_pData->hDC)
- {
- RemoveFromMap();
- if (m_pData->bRemoveHDC)
- {
- // Return the DC back to its initial state
- ::RestoreDC(m_pData->hDC, m_pData->nSavedDCState);
-
- // We need to release a Window DC, and delete a memory DC
- if (m_pData->hWnd)
- ::ReleaseDC(m_pData->hWnd, m_pData->hDC);
- else
- if (!::DeleteDC(m_pData->hDC))
- ::ReleaseDC(NULL, m_pData->hDC);
-
- m_pData->hDC = 0;
- m_pData->hWnd = 0;
- m_pData->bRemoveHDC = TRUE;
- }
- }
-
- // RemoveFromMap();
- }
-
- inline BITMAP CDC::GetBitmapData() const
- // Retrieves the BITMAP information for the current HBITMAP.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- HBITMAP hbm = (HBITMAP)::GetCurrentObject(m_pData->hDC, OBJ_BITMAP);
- BITMAP bm = {0};
- ::GetObject(hbm, sizeof(bm), &bm);
- return bm;
- }
-
- inline CBitmap* CDC::LoadBitmap(UINT nID)
- // Loads a bitmap from the resource and selects it into the device context
- {
- return LoadBitmap(MAKEINTRESOURCE(nID));
- }
-
- inline CBitmap* CDC::LoadBitmap(LPCTSTR lpszName)
- // Loads a bitmap from the resource and selects it into the device context
- // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap;
- BOOL bResult = pBitmap->LoadBitmap(lpszName);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap);
-
- return bResult? SelectObject(pBitmap) : NULL;
- }
-
- inline CBitmap* CDC::LoadImage(UINT nID, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, UINT fuLoad)
- // Loads a bitmap from the resource and selects it into the device context
- // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context
- {
- return LoadImage(nID, cxDesired, cyDesired, fuLoad);
- }
-
- inline CBitmap* CDC::LoadImage(LPCTSTR lpszName, int cxDesired, int cyDesired, UINT fuLoad)
- // Loads a bitmap from the resource and selects it into the device context
- // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap;
- BOOL bResult = pBitmap->LoadImage(lpszName, cxDesired, cyDesired, fuLoad);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap);
- return bResult? SelectObject(pBitmap) : NULL;
- }
-
- inline CBitmap* CDC::LoadOEMBitmap(UINT nIDBitmap) // for OBM_/OCR_/OIC_
- // Loads a predefined system bitmap and selects it into the device context
- // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap;
- BOOL bResult = pBitmap->LoadOEMBitmap(nIDBitmap);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap);
- return bResult? SelectObject(pBitmap) : NULL;
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline CBitmap* CDC::CreateMappedBitmap(UINT nIDBitmap, UINT nFlags /*= 0*/, LPCOLORMAP lpColorMap /*= NULL*/, int nMapSize /*= 0*/)
- // creates and selects a new bitmap using the bitmap data and colors specified by the bitmap resource and the color mapping information.
- // Returns a pointer to the old bitmap selected out of the device context
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CBitmap* pBitmap = new CBitmap;
- pBitmap->CreateMappedBitmap(nIDBitmap, (WORD)nFlags, lpColorMap, nMapSize);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBitmap);
- return SelectObject(pBitmap);
- }
-#endif // !_WIN32_WCE
-
-
- // Brush functions
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline CBrush* CDC::CreateBrushIndirect(LPLOGBRUSH pLogBrush)
- // Creates the brush and selects it into the device context.
- // Returns a pointer to the old brush selected out of the device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CBrush* pBrush = new CBrush;
- pBrush->CreateBrushIndirect(pLogBrush);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBrush);
- return SelectObject(pBrush);
- }
-
- inline CBrush* CDC::CreateHatchBrush(int fnStyle, COLORREF rgb)
- // Creates a brush with the specified hatch pattern and color, and selects it into the device context.
- // Returns a pointer to the old brush selected out of the device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CBrush* pBrush = new CBrush;
- pBrush->CreateHatchBrush(fnStyle, rgb);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBrush);
- return SelectObject(pBrush);
- }
-
- inline CBrush* CDC::CreateDIBPatternBrush(HGLOBAL hglbDIBPacked, UINT fuColorSpec)
- // Creates a logical from the specified device-independent bitmap (DIB), and selects it into the device context.
- // Returns a pointer to the old brush selected out of the device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CBrush* pBrush = new CBrush;
- pBrush->CreateDIBPatternBrush(hglbDIBPacked, fuColorSpec);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBrush);
- return SelectObject(pBrush);
- }
-
- inline CBrush* CDC::CreateDIBPatternBrushPt(LPCVOID lpPackedDIB, UINT iUsage)
- // Creates a logical from the specified device-independent bitmap (DIB), and selects it into the device context.
- // Returns a pointer to the old brush selected out of the device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CBrush* pBrush = new CBrush;
- pBrush->CreateDIBPatternBrushPt(lpPackedDIB, iUsage);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBrush);
- return SelectObject(pBrush);
- }
-#endif
-
- inline CBrush* CDC::CreatePatternBrush(CBitmap* pBitmap)
- // Creates the brush with the specified pattern, and selects it into the device context.
- // Returns a pointer to the old brush selected out of the device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pBitmap);
-
- CBrush* pBrush = new CBrush;
- pBrush->CreatePatternBrush(pBitmap);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBrush);
- return SelectObject(pBrush);
- }
-
- inline CBrush* CDC::CreateSolidBrush(COLORREF rgb)
- // Creates the brush with the specified color, and selects it into the device context.
- // Returns a pointer to the old brush selected out of the device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CBrush* pBrush = new CBrush;
- pBrush->CreateSolidBrush(rgb);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pBrush);
- return SelectObject(pBrush);
- }
-
- inline LOGBRUSH CDC::GetLogBrush() const
- // Retrieves the current brush information
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- HBRUSH hBrush = (HBRUSH)::GetCurrentObject(m_pData->hDC, OBJ_BRUSH);
- LOGBRUSH lBrush = {0};
- ::GetObject(hBrush, sizeof(lBrush), &lBrush);
- return lBrush;
- }
-
-
- // Font functions
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline CFont* CDC::CreateFont (
- int nHeight, // height of font
- int nWidth, // average character width
- int nEscapement, // angle of escapement
- int nOrientation, // base-line orientation angle
- int fnWeight, // font weight
- DWORD fdwItalic, // italic attribute option
- DWORD fdwUnderline, // underline attribute option
- DWORD fdwStrikeOut, // strikeout attribute option
- DWORD fdwCharSet, // character set identifier
- DWORD fdwOutputPrecision, // output precision
- DWORD fdwClipPrecision, // clipping precision
- DWORD fdwQuality, // output quality
- DWORD fdwPitchAndFamily, // pitch and family
- LPCTSTR lpszFace // typeface name
- )
-
- // Creates a logical font with the specified characteristics.
- // Returns a pointer to the old font selected out of the device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CFont* pFont = new CFont;
- pFont->CreateFont (nHeight, nWidth, nEscapement, nOrientation, fnWeight,
- fdwItalic, fdwUnderline, fdwStrikeOut, fdwCharSet,
- fdwOutputPrecision, fdwClipPrecision, fdwQuality,
- fdwPitchAndFamily, lpszFace);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pFont);
- return SelectObject(pFont);
- }
-#endif
-
- inline CFont* CDC::CreateFontIndirect(LPLOGFONT plf)
- // Creates a logical font and selects it into the device context.
- // Returns a pointer to the old font selected out of the device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CFont* pFont = new CFont;
- pFont->CreateFontIndirect(plf);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pFont);
- return SelectObject(pFont);
- }
-
- inline LOGFONT CDC::GetLogFont() const
- // Retrieves the current font information.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- HFONT hFont = (HFONT)::GetCurrentObject(m_pData->hDC, OBJ_FONT);
- LOGFONT lFont = {0};
- ::GetObject(hFont, sizeof(lFont), &lFont);
- return lFont;
- }
-
- // Pen functions
- inline CPen* CDC::CreatePen (int nStyle, int nWidth, COLORREF rgb)
- // Creates the pen and selects it into the device context.
- // Returns a pointer to the old pen selected out of the device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CPen* pPen = new CPen;
- pPen->CreatePen(nStyle, nWidth, rgb);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pPen);
- return SelectObject(pPen);
- }
-
- inline CPen* CDC::CreatePenIndirect (LPLOGPEN pLogPen)
- // Creates the pen and selects it into the device context.
- // Returns a pointer to the old pen selected out of the device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CPen* pPen = new CPen;
- pPen->CreatePenIndirect(pLogPen);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pPen);
- return SelectObject(pPen);
- }
-
- inline LOGPEN CDC::GetLogPen() const
- // Retrieves the current pen information as a LOGPEN
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- HPEN hPen = (HPEN)::GetCurrentObject(m_pData->hDC, OBJ_PEN);
- LOGPEN lPen = {0};
- ::GetObject(hPen, sizeof(lPen), &lPen);
- return lPen;
- }
-
- // Region functions
- inline int CDC::CreateRectRgn(int left, int top, int right, int bottom)
- // Creates a rectangular region from the rectangle co-ordinates.
- // The return value specifies the region's complexity: NULLREGION;SIMPLEREGION;COMPLEXREGION;ERROR.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CRgn* pRgn = new CRgn;
- pRgn->CreateRectRgn(left, top, right, bottom);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pRgn);
- return SelectClipRgn(pRgn);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::CreateRectRgnIndirect(const RECT& rc)
- // Creates a rectangular region from the rectangle co-ordinates.
- // The return value specifies the region's complexity: NULLREGION;SIMPLEREGION;COMPLEXREGION;ERROR.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CRgn* pRgn = new CRgn;
- pRgn->CreateRectRgnIndirect(rc);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pRgn);
- return SelectClipRgn(pRgn);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::CreateFromData(const XFORM* Xform, DWORD nCount, const RGNDATA *pRgnData)
- // Creates a region from the specified region data and tranformation data.
- // The return value specifies the region's complexity: NULLREGION;SIMPLEREGION;COMPLEXREGION;ERROR.
- // Notes: GetRegionData can be used to get a region's data
- // If the XFROM pointer is NULL, the identity transformation is used.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CRgn* pRgn = new CRgn;
- pRgn->CreateFromData(Xform, nCount, pRgnData);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pRgn);
- return SelectClipRgn(pRgn);
- }
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline int CDC::CreateEllipticRgn(int left, int top, int right, int bottom)
- // Creates the ellyiptical region from the bounding rectangle co-ordinates
- // and selects it into the device context.
- // The return value specifies the region's complexity: NULLREGION;SIMPLEREGION;COMPLEXREGION;ERROR.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CRgn* pRgn = new CRgn;
- pRgn->CreateEllipticRgn(left, top, right, bottom);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pRgn);
- return SelectClipRgn(pRgn);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::CreateEllipticRgnIndirect(const RECT& rc)
- // Creates the ellyiptical region from the bounding rectangle co-ordinates
- // and selects it into the device context.
- // The return value specifies the region's complexity: NULLREGION;SIMPLEREGION;COMPLEXREGION;ERROR.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CRgn* pRgn = new CRgn;
- pRgn->CreateEllipticRgnIndirect(rc);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pRgn);
- return SelectClipRgn(pRgn);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::CreatePolygonRgn(LPPOINT ppt, int cPoints, int fnPolyFillMode)
- // Creates the polygon region from the array of points and selects it into
- // the device context. The polygon is presumed closed.
- // The return value specifies the region's complexity: NULLREGION;SIMPLEREGION;COMPLEXREGION;ERROR.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CRgn* pRgn = new CRgn;
- pRgn->CreatePolygonRgn(ppt, cPoints, fnPolyFillMode);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pRgn);
- return SelectClipRgn(pRgn);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::CreatePolyPolygonRgn(LPPOINT ppt, LPINT pPolyCounts, int nCount, int fnPolyFillMode)
- // Creates the polygon region from a series of polygons.The polygons can overlap.
- // The return value specifies the region's complexity: NULLREGION;SIMPLEREGION;COMPLEXREGION;ERROR.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- CRgn* pRgn = new CRgn;
- pRgn->CreatePolyPolygonRgn(ppt, pPolyCounts, nCount, fnPolyFillMode);
- m_pData->m_vGDIObjects.push_back(pRgn);
- return SelectClipRgn(pRgn);
- }
-#endif
-
-
- // Wrappers for WinAPI functions
-
- inline int CDC::GetDeviceCaps (int nIndex) const
- // Retrieves device-specific information for the specified device.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetDeviceCaps(m_pData->hDC, nIndex);
- }
-
- // Brush Functions
-#ifdef GetDCBrushColor
- inline COLORREF CDC::GetDCBrushColor() const
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetDCBrushColor(m_pData->hDC);
- }
-
- inline COLORREF CDC::SetDCBrushColor(COLORREF crColor) const
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetDCBrushColor(m_pData->hDC, crColor);
- }
-#endif
-
- // Clipping functions
- inline int CDC::ExcludeClipRect(int Left, int Top, int Right, int BottomRect)
- // Creates a new clipping region that consists of the existing clipping region minus the specified rectangle.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::ExcludeClipRect(m_pData->hDC, Left, Top, Right, BottomRect);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::ExcludeClipRect(const RECT& rc)
- // Creates a new clipping region that consists of the existing clipping region minus the specified rectangle.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::ExcludeClipRect(m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::GetClipBox (RECT& rc)
- // Retrieves the dimensions of the tightest bounding rectangle that can be drawn around the current visible area on the device.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetClipBox(m_pData->hDC, &rc);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::GetClipRgn(HRGN hrgn)
- // Retrieves a handle identifying the current application-defined clipping region for the specified device context.
- // hrgn: A handle to an existing region before the function is called.
- // After the function returns, this parameter is a handle to a copy of the current clipping region.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetClipRgn(m_pData->hDC, hrgn);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::IntersectClipRect(int Left, int Top, int Right, int Bottom)
- // Creates a new clipping region from the intersection of the current clipping region and the specified rectangle.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::IntersectClipRect(m_pData->hDC, Left, Top, Right, Bottom);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::IntersectClipRect(const RECT& rc)
- // Creates a new clipping region from the intersection of the current clipping region and the specified rectangle.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::IntersectClipRect(m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::RectVisible(const RECT& rc)
- // Determines whether any part of the specified rectangle lies within the clipping region of a device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::RectVisible (m_pData->hDC, &rc);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::SelectClipRgn(CRgn* pRgn)
- // Selects a region as the current clipping region for the specified device context.
- // Note: Only a copy of the selected region is used.
- // To remove a device-context's clipping region, specify a NULL region handle.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SelectClipRgn(m_pData->hDC, pRgn? (HRGN)pRgn->GetHandle() : 0);
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline int CDC::ExtSelectClipRgn(CRgn* pRgn, int fnMode)
- // Combines the specified region with the current clipping region using the specified mode.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pRgn);
- return ::ExtSelectClipRgn(m_pData->hDC, *pRgn, fnMode);
- }
-#endif
-
- inline CBitmap* CDC::SelectObject(const CBitmap* pBitmap)
- // Use this to attach an existing bitmap.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pBitmap);
-
- return FromHandle( (HBITMAP)::SelectObject(m_pData->hDC, *pBitmap) );
- }
-
- inline CBrush* CDC::SelectObject(const CBrush* pBrush)
- // Use this to attach an existing brush.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pBrush);
-
- return FromHandle( (HBRUSH)::SelectObject(m_pData->hDC, *pBrush) );
- }
-
- inline CFont* CDC::SelectObject(const CFont* pFont)
- // Use this to attach an existing font.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pFont);
-
- return FromHandle( (HFONT)::SelectObject(m_pData->hDC, *pFont) );
- }
-
- inline CPalette* CDC::SelectObject(const CPalette* pPalette)
- // Use this to attach an existing Palette.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pPalette);
-
- return FromHandle( (HPALETTE)::SelectObject(m_pData->hDC, *pPalette) );
- }
-
- inline CPen* CDC::SelectObject(const CPen* pPen)
- // Use this to attach an existing pen.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pPen);
-
- return FromHandle( (HPEN)::SelectObject(m_pData->hDC, *pPen) );
- }
-
- inline CPalette* CDC::SelectPalette(const CPalette* pPalette, BOOL bForceBkgnd)
- // Use this to attach an existing palette.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pPalette);
-
- return FromHandle( (HPALETTE)::SelectPalette(m_pData->hDC, *pPalette, bForceBkgnd) );
- }
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline BOOL CDC::PtVisible(int X, int Y)
- // Determines whether the specified point is within the clipping region of a device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::PtVisible (m_pData->hDC, X, Y);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::OffsetClipRgn(int nXOffset, int nYOffset)
- // Moves the clipping region of a device context by the specified offsets.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::OffsetClipRgn (m_pData->hDC, nXOffset, nYOffset);
- }
-#endif
-
- // Point and Line Drawing Functions
- inline CPoint CDC::GetCurrentPosition() const
- // Returns the current "MoveToEx" position.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- CPoint pt;
- ::MoveToEx(m_pData->hDC, 0, 0, &pt);
- ::MoveToEx(m_pData->hDC, pt.x, pt.y, NULL);
- return pt;
- }
-
- inline CPoint CDC::MoveTo(int x, int y) const
- // Updates the current position to the specified point.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::MoveToEx(m_pData->hDC, x, y, NULL);
- }
-
- inline CPoint CDC::MoveTo(POINT pt) const
- // Updates the current position to the specified point
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::MoveToEx(m_pData->hDC, pt.x, pt.y, NULL);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::LineTo(int x, int y) const
- // Draws a line from the current position up to, but not including, the specified point.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::LineTo(m_pData->hDC, x, y);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::LineTo(POINT pt) const
- // Draws a line from the current position up to, but not including, the specified point.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::LineTo(m_pData->hDC, pt.x, pt.y);
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline BOOL CDC::Arc(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) const
- // Draws an elliptical arc.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::Arc(m_pData->hDC, x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3, x4, y4);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::Arc(RECT& rc, POINT ptStart, POINT ptEnd) const
- // Draws an elliptical arc.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::Arc(m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom,
- ptStart.x, ptStart.y, ptEnd.x, ptEnd.y);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::ArcTo(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) const
- // Draws an elliptical arc.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::ArcTo(m_pData->hDC, x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3, x4, y4);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::ArcTo(RECT& rc, POINT ptStart, POINT ptEnd) const
- // Draws an elliptical arc.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::ArcTo (m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom,
- ptStart.x, ptStart.y, ptEnd.x, ptEnd.y);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::AngleArc(int x, int y, int nRadius, float fStartAngle, float fSweepAngle) const
- // Draws a line segment and an arc.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::AngleArc(m_pData->hDC, x, y, nRadius, fStartAngle, fSweepAngle);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::GetArcDirection() const
- // Retrieves the current arc direction ( AD_COUNTERCLOCKWISE or AD_CLOCKWISE ).
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetArcDirection(m_pData->hDC);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::SetArcDirection(int nArcDirection) const
- // Sets the current arc direction ( AD_COUNTERCLOCKWISE or AD_CLOCKWISE ).
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetArcDirection(m_pData->hDC, nArcDirection);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::PolyDraw(const POINT* lpPoints, const BYTE* lpTypes, int nCount) const
- // Draws a set of line segments and Bzier curves.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::PolyDraw(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, lpTypes, nCount);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::Polyline(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount) const
- // Draws a series of line segments by connecting the points in the specified array.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::Polyline(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, nCount);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::PolyPolyline(const POINT* lpPoints, const DWORD* lpPolyPoints, int nCount) const
- // Draws multiple series of connected line segments.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::PolyPolyline(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, lpPolyPoints, nCount);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::PolylineTo(const POINT* lpPoints, int nCount) const
- // Draws one or more straight lines.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::PolylineTo(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, nCount);
- }
- inline BOOL CDC::PolyBezier(const POINT* lpPoints, int nCount) const
- // Draws one or more Bzier curves.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::PolyBezier(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, nCount);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::PolyBezierTo(const POINT* lpPoints, int nCount) const
- // Draws one or more Bzier curves.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::PolyBezierTo(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, nCount );
- }
-
- inline COLORREF CDC::GetPixel(int x, int y) const
- // Retrieves the red, green, blue (RGB) color value of the pixel at the specified coordinates.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetPixel(m_pData->hDC, x, y);
- }
-
- inline COLORREF CDC::GetPixel(POINT pt) const
- // Retrieves the red, green, blue (RGB) color value of the pixel at the specified coordinates.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetPixel(m_pData->hDC, pt.x, pt.y);
- }
-
- inline COLORREF CDC::SetPixel (int x, int y, COLORREF crColor) const
- // Sets the pixel at the specified coordinates to the specified color.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetPixel(m_pData->hDC, x, y, crColor);
- }
-
- inline COLORREF CDC::SetPixel(POINT pt, COLORREF crColor) const
- // Sets the pixel at the specified coordinates to the specified color.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetPixel(m_pData->hDC, pt.x, pt.y, crColor);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::SetPixelV(int x, int y, COLORREF crColor) const
- // Sets the pixel at the specified coordinates to the closest approximation of the specified color.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetPixelV(m_pData->hDC, x, y, crColor);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::SetPixelV(POINT pt, COLORREF crColor) const
- // Sets the pixel at the specified coordinates to the closest approximation of the specified color.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetPixelV(m_pData->hDC, pt.x, pt.y, crColor);
- }
-#endif
-
- // Shape Drawing Functions
- inline void CDC::DrawFocusRect(const RECT& rc) const
- // Draws a rectangle in the style used to indicate that the rectangle has the focus.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- ::DrawFocusRect(m_pData->hDC, &rc);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::Ellipse(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) const
- // Draws an ellipse. The center of the ellipse is the center of the specified bounding rectangle.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::Ellipse(m_pData->hDC, x1, y1, x2, y2);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::Ellipse(const RECT& rc) const
- // Draws an ellipse. The center of the ellipse is the center of the specified bounding rectangle.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::Ellipse(m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::Polygon(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount) const
- // Draws a polygon consisting of two or more vertices connected by straight lines.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::Polygon(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, nCount);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::Rectangle(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) const
- // Draws a rectangle. The rectangle is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::Rectangle(m_pData->hDC, x1, y1, x2, y2);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::Rectangle(const RECT& rc) const
- // Draws a rectangle. The rectangle is outlined by using the current pen and filled by using the current brush.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::Rectangle(m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::RoundRect(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int nWidth, int nHeight) const
- // Draws a rectangle with rounded corners.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::RoundRect(m_pData->hDC, x1, y1, x2, y2, nWidth, nHeight);
- }
- inline BOOL CDC::RoundRect(const RECT& rc, int nWidth, int nHeight) const
- // Draws a rectangle with rounded corners.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::RoundRect(m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom, nWidth, nHeight );
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline BOOL CDC::Chord(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) const
- // Draws a chord (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant).
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::Chord(m_pData->hDC, x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3, x4, y4);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::Chord(const RECT& rc, POINT ptStart, POINT ptEnd) const
- // Draws a chord (a region bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and a line segment, called a secant).
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::Chord(m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom,
- ptStart.x, ptStart.y, ptEnd.x, ptEnd.y);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::Pie(int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2, int x3, int y3, int x4, int y4) const
- // Draws a pie-shaped wedge bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and two radials.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::Pie(m_pData->hDC, x1, y1, x2, y2, x3, y3, x4, y4);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::Pie(const RECT& rc, POINT ptStart, POINT ptEnd) const
- // Draws a pie-shaped wedge bounded by the intersection of an ellipse and two radials.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::Pie(m_pData->hDC, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right, rc.bottom,
- ptStart.x, ptStart.y, ptEnd.x, ptEnd.y);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::PolyPolygon(LPPOINT lpPoints, LPINT lpPolyCounts, int nCount) const
- // Draws a series of closed polygons.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::PolyPolygon(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, lpPolyCounts, nCount);
- }
-#endif
-
- // Fill and 3D Drawing functions
- inline BOOL CDC::FillRect(const RECT& rc, CBrush* pBrush) const
- // Fills a rectangle by using the specified brush.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pBrush);
- return (BOOL)::FillRect(m_pData->hDC, &rc, *pBrush);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::InvertRect(const RECT& rc) const
- // Inverts a rectangle in a window by performing a logical NOT operation on the color values for each pixel in the rectangle's interior.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::InvertRect( m_pData->hDC, &rc);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::DrawIconEx(int xLeft, int yTop, HICON hIcon, int cxWidth, int cyWidth, UINT istepIfAniCur, CBrush* pFlickerFreeDraw, UINT diFlags) const
- // draws an icon or cursor, performing the specified raster operations, and stretching or compressing the icon or cursor as specified.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- HBRUSH hFlickerFreeDraw = pFlickerFreeDraw? (HBRUSH)pFlickerFreeDraw->GetHandle() : NULL;
- return ::DrawIconEx(m_pData->hDC, xLeft, yTop, hIcon, cxWidth, cyWidth, istepIfAniCur, hFlickerFreeDraw, diFlags);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::DrawEdge(const RECT& rc, UINT nEdge, UINT nFlags) const
- // Draws one or more edges of rectangle.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::DrawEdge(m_pData->hDC, (LPRECT)&rc, nEdge, nFlags);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::DrawFrameControl(const RECT& rc, UINT nType, UINT nState) const
- // Draws a frame control of the specified type and style.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::DrawFrameControl(m_pData->hDC, (LPRECT)&rc, nType, nState);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::FillRgn(CRgn* pRgn, CBrush* pBrush) const
- // Fills a region by using the specified brush.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pRgn);
- assert(pBrush);
- return ::FillRgn(m_pData->hDC, *pRgn, *pBrush);
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline BOOL CDC::DrawIcon(int x, int y, HICON hIcon) const
- // Draws an icon or cursor.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::DrawIcon(m_pData->hDC, x, y, hIcon);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::DrawIcon(POINT pt, HICON hIcon) const
- // Draws an icon or cursor.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::DrawIcon(m_pData->hDC, pt.x, pt.y, hIcon);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::FrameRect(const RECT& rc, CBrush* pBrush) const
- // Draws a border around the specified rectangle by using the specified brush.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pBrush);
- return (BOOL)::FrameRect(m_pData->hDC, &rc, *pBrush);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::PaintRgn(CRgn* pRgn) const
- // Paints the specified region by using the brush currently selected into the device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pRgn);
- return ::PaintRgn(m_pData->hDC, *pRgn);
- }
-#endif
-
- // Bitmap Functions
- inline int CDC::StretchDIBits(int XDest, int YDest, int nDestWidth, int nDestHeight, int XSrc, int YSrc, int nSrcWidth,
- int nSrcHeight, CONST VOID *lpBits, BITMAPINFO& bi, UINT iUsage, DWORD dwRop) const
- // Copies the color data for a rectangle of pixels in a DIB to the specified destination rectangle.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::StretchDIBits(m_pData->hDC, XDest, YDest, nDestWidth, nDestHeight, XSrc, YSrc, nSrcWidth, nSrcHeight, lpBits, &bi, iUsage, dwRop);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::PatBlt(int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, DWORD dwRop) const
- // Paints the specified rectangle using the brush that is currently selected into the device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::PatBlt(m_pData->hDC, x, y, nWidth, nHeight, dwRop);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::BitBlt(int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, CDC* pSrcDC, int xSrc, int ySrc, DWORD dwRop) const
- // Performs a bit-block transfer of the color data corresponding to a rectangle of pixels from the specified source device context into a destination device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pSrcDC);
- return ::BitBlt(m_pData->hDC, x, y, nWidth, nHeight, pSrcDC->GetHDC(), xSrc, ySrc, dwRop);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::StretchBlt(int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, CDC* pSrcDC, int xSrc, int ySrc, int nSrcWidth, int nSrcHeight, DWORD dwRop) const
- // Copies a bitmap from a source rectangle into a destination rectangle, stretching or compressing the bitmap to fit the dimensions of the destination rectangle, if necessary.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pSrcDC);
- return ::StretchBlt(m_pData->hDC, x, y, nWidth, nHeight, pSrcDC->GetHDC(), xSrc, ySrc, nSrcWidth, nSrcHeight, dwRop);
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline int CDC::GetDIBits(CBitmap* pBitmap, UINT uStartScan, UINT cScanLines, LPVOID lpvBits, LPBITMAPINFO lpbi, UINT uUsage) const
- // Retrieves the bits of the specified compatible bitmap and copies them into a buffer as a DIB using the specified format.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pBitmap);
- return ::GetDIBits(m_pData->hDC, *pBitmap, uStartScan, cScanLines, lpvBits, lpbi, uUsage);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::SetDIBits(CBitmap* pBitmap, UINT uStartScan, UINT cScanLines, CONST VOID *lpvBits, LPBITMAPINFO lpbi, UINT fuColorUse) const
- // Sets the pixels in a compatible bitmap (DDB) using the color data found in the specified DIB.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetDIBits(m_pData->hDC, *pBitmap, uStartScan, cScanLines, lpvBits, lpbi, fuColorUse);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::GetStretchBltMode() const
- // Retrieves the current stretching mode.
- // Possible modes: BLACKONWHITE, COLORONCOLOR, HALFTONE, STRETCH_ANDSCANS, STRETCH_DELETESCANS, STRETCH_HALFTONE, STRETCH_ORSCANS, WHITEONBLACK
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetStretchBltMode(m_pData->hDC);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::SetStretchBltMode(int iStretchMode) const
- // Sets the stretching mode.
- // Possible modes: BLACKONWHITE, COLORONCOLOR, HALFTONE, STRETCH_ANDSCANS, STRETCH_DELETESCANS, STRETCH_HALFTONE, STRETCH_ORSCANS, WHITEONBLACK
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetStretchBltMode(m_pData->hDC, iStretchMode);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::FloodFill(int x, int y, COLORREF crColor) const
- // Fills an area of the display surface with the current brush.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::FloodFill(m_pData->hDC, x, y, crColor);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::ExtFloodFill(int x, int y, COLORREF crColor, UINT nFillType) const
- // Fills an area of the display surface with the current brush.
- // Fill type: FLOODFILLBORDER or FLOODFILLSURFACE
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::ExtFloodFill(m_pData->hDC, x, y, crColor, nFillType );
- }
-
- // co-ordinate functions
- inline BOOL CDC::DPtoLP(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount) const
- // Converts device coordinates into logical coordinates.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::DPtoLP(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, nCount);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::DPtoLP(RECT& rc) const
- // Converts device coordinates into logical coordinates.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::DPtoLP(m_pData->hDC, (LPPOINT)&rc, 2);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::LPtoDP(LPPOINT lpPoints, int nCount) const
- // Converts logical coordinates into device coordinates.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::LPtoDP(m_pData->hDC, lpPoints, nCount);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::LPtoDP(RECT& rc) const
- // Converts logical coordinates into device coordinates.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::LPtoDP(m_pData->hDC, (LPPOINT)&rc, 2);
- }
-
-#endif
-
- // Layout Functions
- inline DWORD CDC::GetLayout() const
- // Returns the layout of a device context (LAYOUT_RTL and LAYOUT_BITMAPORIENTATIONPRESERVED).
- {
-#if defined(WINVER) && defined(GetLayout) && (WINVER >= 0x0500)
- return ::GetLayout(m_pData->hDC);
-#else
- return 0;
-#endif
- }
-
- inline DWORD CDC::SetLayout(DWORD dwLayout) const
- // changes the layout of a device context (DC).
- // dwLayout values: LAYOUT_RTL or LAYOUT_BITMAPORIENTATIONPRESERVED
- {
-#if defined(WINVER) && defined (SetLayout) && (WINVER >= 0x0500)
- // Sets the layout of a device context
- return ::SetLayout(m_pData->hDC, dwLayout);
-#else
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwLayout); // no-op
- return 0;
-#endif
- }
-
- // Mapping Functions
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline int CDC::GetMapMode() const
- // Rretrieves the current mapping mode.
- // Possible modes: MM_ANISOTROPIC, MM_HIENGLISH, MM_HIMETRIC, MM_ISOTROPIC, MM_LOENGLISH, MM_LOMETRIC, MM_TEXT, and MM_TWIPS.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetMapMode(m_pData->hDC);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::GetViewportOrgEx(LPPOINT lpPoint) const
- // Retrieves the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the viewport origin for the device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetViewportOrgEx(m_pData->hDC, lpPoint);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::SetMapMode(int nMapMode) const
- // Sets the mapping mode of the specified device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetMapMode(m_pData->hDC, nMapMode);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::SetViewportOrgEx(int x, int y, LPPOINT lpPoint /* = NULL */) const
- // Specifies which device point maps to the window origin (0,0).
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetViewportOrgEx(m_pData->hDC, x, y, lpPoint);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::SetViewportOrgEx(POINT point, LPPOINT lpPointRet /* = NULL */) const
- // Specifies which device point maps to the window origin (0,0).
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return SetViewportOrgEx(point.x, point.y, lpPointRet);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::OffsetViewportOrgEx(int nWidth, int nHeight, LPPOINT lpPoint /* = NULL */) const
- // Modifies the viewport origin for the device context using the specified horizontal and vertical offsets.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::OffsetViewportOrgEx(m_pData->hDC, nWidth, nHeight, lpPoint);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::GetViewportExtEx(LPSIZE lpSize) const
- // Retrieves the x-extent and y-extent of the current viewport for the device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetViewportExtEx(m_pData->hDC, lpSize);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::SetViewportExtEx(int x, int y, LPSIZE lpSize ) const
- // Sets the horizontal and vertical extents of the viewport for the device context by using the specified values.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetViewportExtEx(m_pData->hDC, x, y, lpSize);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::SetViewportExtEx(SIZE size, LPSIZE lpSizeRet ) const
- // Sets the horizontal and vertical extents of the viewport for the device context by using the specified values.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return SetViewportExtEx(size.cx, size.cy, lpSizeRet);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::ScaleViewportExtEx(int xNum, int xDenom, int yNum, int yDenom, LPSIZE lpSize ) const
- // Modifies the viewport for the device context using the ratios formed by the specified multiplicands and divisors.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::ScaleViewportExtEx(m_pData->hDC, xNum, xDenom, yNum, yDenom, lpSize);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::GetWindowOrgEx(LPPOINT lpPoint) const
- // Retrieves the x-coordinates and y-coordinates of the window origin for the device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetWindowOrgEx(m_pData->hDC, lpPoint);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::SetWindowOrgEx(int x, int y, LPPOINT lpPoint ) const
- // Specifies which window point maps to the viewport origin (0,0).
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetWindowOrgEx(m_pData->hDC, x, y, lpPoint);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::SetWindowOrgEx(POINT point, LPPOINT lpPointRet ) const
- // Specifies which window point maps to the viewport origin (0,0).
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return SetWindowOrgEx(point.x, point.y, lpPointRet);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::OffsetWindowOrgEx(int nWidth, int nHeight, LPPOINT lpPoint ) const
- // Modifies the window origin for the device context using the specified horizontal and vertical offsets.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::OffsetWindowOrgEx(m_pData->hDC, nWidth, nHeight, lpPoint);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::GetWindowExtEx(LPSIZE lpSize) const
- // Retrieves the x-extent and y-extent of the window for the device context.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetWindowExtEx(m_pData->hDC, lpSize);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::SetWindowExtEx(int x, int y, LPSIZE lpSize ) const
- // Sets the horizontal and vertical extents of the window for the device context by using the specified values.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetWindowExtEx(m_pData->hDC, x, y, lpSize);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::SetWindowExtEx(SIZE size, LPSIZE lpSizeRet) const
- // Sets the horizontal and vertical extents of the window for the device context by using the specified values.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return SetWindowExtEx(size.cx, size.cy, lpSizeRet);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::ScaleWindowExtEx(int xNum, int xDenom, int yNum, int yDenom, LPSIZE lpSize) const
- // Modifies the window for the device context using the ratios formed by the specified multiplicands and divisors.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::ScaleWindowExtEx(m_pData->hDC, xNum, xDenom, yNum, yDenom, lpSize);
- }
-#endif
-
- // Printer Functions
- inline int CDC::StartDoc(LPDOCINFO lpDocInfo) const
- // Starts a print job.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::StartDoc(m_pData->hDC, lpDocInfo);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::EndDoc() const
- // Ends a print job.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::EndDoc(m_pData->hDC);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::StartPage() const
- // Prepares the printer driver to accept data.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::StartPage(m_pData->hDC);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::EndPage() const
- // Notifies the device that the application has finished writing to a page.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::EndPage(m_pData->hDC);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::AbortDoc() const
- // Stops the current print job and erases everything drawn since the last call to the StartDoc function.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::AbortDoc(m_pData->hDC);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::SetAbortProc(BOOL (CALLBACK* lpfn)(HDC, int)) const
- // Sets the application-defined abort function that allows a print job to be canceled during spooling.
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetAbortProc(m_pData->hDC, lpfn);
- }
-
- // Text Functions
- inline BOOL CDC::ExtTextOut(int x, int y, UINT nOptions, LPCRECT lprc, LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount /*= -1*/, LPINT lpDxWidths /*=NULL*/) const
- // Draws text using the currently selected font, background color, and text color
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
-
- if (nCount == -1)
- nCount = lstrlen (lpszString);
-
- return ::ExtTextOut(m_pData->hDC, x, y, nOptions, lprc, lpszString, nCount, lpDxWidths );
- }
-
- inline int CDC::DrawText(LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount, LPRECT lprc, UINT nFormat) const
- // Draws formatted text in the specified rectangle
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::DrawText(m_pData->hDC, lpszString, nCount, lprc, nFormat );
- }
-
- inline UINT CDC::GetTextAlign() const
- // Retrieves the text-alignment setting
- // Values: TA_BASELINE, TA_BOTTOM, TA_TOP, TA_CENTER, TA_LEFT, TA_RIGHT, TA_RTLREADING, TA_NOUPDATECP, TA_UPDATECP
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetTextAlign(m_pData->hDC);
- }
-
- inline UINT CDC::SetTextAlign(UINT nFlags) const
- // Sets the text-alignment setting
- // Values: TA_BASELINE, TA_BOTTOM, TA_TOP, TA_CENTER, TA_LEFT, TA_RIGHT, TA_RTLREADING, TA_NOUPDATECP, TA_UPDATECP
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetTextAlign(m_pData->hDC, nFlags);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::GetTextFace(int nCount, LPTSTR lpszFacename) const
- // Retrieves the typeface name of the font that is selected into the device context
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetTextFace(m_pData->hDC, nCount, lpszFacename);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::GetTextMetrics(TEXTMETRIC& Metrics) const
- // Fills the specified buffer with the metrics for the currently selected font
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetTextMetrics(m_pData->hDC, &Metrics);
- }
-
- inline COLORREF CDC::GetBkColor() const
- // Returns the current background color
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetBkColor(m_pData->hDC);
- }
-
- inline COLORREF CDC::SetBkColor(COLORREF crColor) const
- // Sets the current background color to the specified color value
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetBkColor(m_pData->hDC, crColor);
- }
-
- inline COLORREF CDC::GetTextColor() const
- // Retrieves the current text color
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetTextColor(m_pData->hDC);
- }
-
- inline COLORREF CDC::SetTextColor(COLORREF crColor) const
- // Sets the current text color
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetTextColor(m_pData->hDC, crColor);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::GetBkMode() const
- // returns the current background mix mode (OPAQUE or TRANSPARENT)
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetBkMode(m_pData->hDC);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::SetBkMode(int iBkMode) const
- // Sets the current background mix mode (OPAQUE or TRANSPARENT)
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetBkMode(m_pData->hDC, iBkMode);
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline int CDC::DrawTextEx(LPTSTR lpszString, int nCount, LPRECT lprc, UINT nFormat, LPDRAWTEXTPARAMS lpDTParams) const
- // Draws formatted text in the specified rectangle with more formatting options
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::DrawTextEx(m_pData->hDC, lpszString, nCount, lprc, nFormat, lpDTParams);
- }
-
- inline CSize CDC::GetTextExtentPoint32(LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount) const
- // Computes the width and height of the specified string of text
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- CSize sz;
- ::GetTextExtentPoint32(m_pData->hDC, lpszString, nCount, &sz);
- return sz;
- }
-
- inline CSize CDC::GetTabbedTextExtent(LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount, int nTabPositions, LPINT lpnTabStopPositions) const
- // Computes the width and height of a character string
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- DWORD dwSize = ::GetTabbedTextExtent(m_pData->hDC, lpszString, nCount, nTabPositions, lpnTabStopPositions );
- CSize sz(dwSize);
- return sz;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::GrayString(CBrush* pBrush, GRAYSTRINGPROC lpOutputFunc, LPARAM lpData, int nCount, int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight) const
- // Draws gray text at the specified location
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- assert(pBrush);
- return ::GrayString(m_pData->hDC, *pBrush, lpOutputFunc, lpData, nCount, x, y, nWidth, nHeight);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::SetTextJustification(int nBreakExtra, int nBreakCount) const
- // Specifies the amount of space the system should add to the break characters in a string of text
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetTextJustification(m_pData->hDC, nBreakExtra, nBreakCount);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::GetTextCharacterExtra() const
- // Retrieves the current intercharacter spacing for the device context
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::GetTextCharacterExtra(m_pData->hDC);
- }
-
- inline int CDC::SetTextCharacterExtra(int nCharExtra) const
- // Sets the intercharacter spacing
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- return ::SetTextCharacterExtra(m_pData->hDC, nCharExtra);
- }
-
- inline CSize CDC::TabbedTextOut(int x, int y, LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount, int nTabPositions, LPINT lpnTabStopPositions, int nTabOrigin) const
- // Writes a character string at a specified location, expanding tabs to the values specified in an array of tab-stop positions
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- DWORD dwSize = ::TabbedTextOut(m_pData->hDC, x, y, lpszString, nCount, nTabPositions, lpnTabStopPositions, nTabOrigin );
- CSize sz(dwSize);
- return sz;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CDC::TextOut(int x, int y, LPCTSTR lpszString, int nCount/* = -1*/) const
- // Writes a character string at the specified location
- {
- assert(m_pData->hDC);
- if (nCount == -1)
- nCount = lstrlen (lpszString);
-
- return ::TextOut(m_pData->hDC, x, y, lpszString, nCount);
- }
-
-#endif
-
-
-
- /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for some global functions in the Win32xx namespace
- //
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline void TintBitmap (CBitmap* pbmSource, int cRed, int cGreen, int cBlue)
- // Modifies the colour of the supplied Device Dependant Bitmap, by the colour
- // correction values specified. The correction values can range from -255 to +255.
- // This function gains its speed by accessing the bitmap colour information
- // directly, rather than using GetPixel/SetPixel.
- {
- // Create our LPBITMAPINFO object
- CBitmapInfoPtr pbmi(pbmSource);
- pbmi->bmiHeader.biBitCount = 24;
-
- // Create the reference DC for GetDIBits to use
- CMemDC MemDC(NULL);
-
- // Use GetDIBits to create a DIB from our DDB, and extract the colour data
- MemDC.GetDIBits(pbmSource, 0, pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight, NULL, pbmi, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
- std::vector<byte> vBits(pbmi->bmiHeader.biSizeImage, 0);
- byte* pByteArray = &vBits[0];
-
- MemDC.GetDIBits(pbmSource, 0, pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight, pByteArray, pbmi, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
- UINT nWidthBytes = pbmi->bmiHeader.biSizeImage/pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight;
-
- // Ensure sane colour correction values
- cBlue = MIN(cBlue, 255);
- cBlue = MAX(cBlue, -255);
- cRed = MIN(cRed, 255);
- cRed = MAX(cRed, -255);
- cGreen = MIN(cGreen, 255);
- cGreen = MAX(cGreen, -255);
-
- // Pre-calculate the RGB modification values
- int b1 = 256 - cBlue;
- int g1 = 256 - cGreen;
- int r1 = 256 - cRed;
-
- int b2 = 256 + cBlue;
- int g2 = 256 + cGreen;
- int r2 = 256 + cRed;
-
- // Modify the colour
- int yOffset = 0;
- int xOffset;
- int Index;
- for (int Row=0; Row < pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight; Row++)
- {
- xOffset = 0;
-
- for (int Column=0; Column < pbmi->bmiHeader.biWidth; Column++)
- {
- // Calculate Index
- Index = yOffset + xOffset;
-
- // Adjust the colour values
- if (cBlue > 0)
- pByteArray[Index] = (BYTE)(cBlue + (((pByteArray[Index] *b1)) >>8));
- else if (cBlue < 0)
- pByteArray[Index] = (BYTE)((pByteArray[Index] *b2) >>8);
-
- if (cGreen > 0)
- pByteArray[Index+1] = (BYTE)(cGreen + (((pByteArray[Index+1] *g1)) >>8));
- else if (cGreen < 0)
- pByteArray[Index+1] = (BYTE)((pByteArray[Index+1] *g2) >>8);
-
- if (cRed > 0)
- pByteArray[Index+2] = (BYTE)(cRed + (((pByteArray[Index+2] *r1)) >>8));
- else if (cRed < 0)
- pByteArray[Index+2] = (BYTE)((pByteArray[Index+2] *r2) >>8);
-
- // Increment the horizontal offset
- xOffset += pbmi->bmiHeader.biBitCount >> 3;
- }
-
- // Increment vertical offset
- yOffset += nWidthBytes;
- }
-
- // Save the modified colour back into our source DDB
- MemDC.SetDIBits(pbmSource, 0, pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight, pByteArray, pbmi, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
- }
-
- inline void GrayScaleBitmap(CBitmap* pbmSource)
- {
- // Create our LPBITMAPINFO object
- CBitmapInfoPtr pbmi(pbmSource);
-
- // Create the reference DC for GetDIBits to use
- CMemDC MemDC(NULL);
-
- // Use GetDIBits to create a DIB from our DDB, and extract the colour data
- MemDC.GetDIBits(pbmSource, 0, pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight, NULL, pbmi, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
- std::vector<byte> vBits(pbmi->bmiHeader.biSizeImage, 0);
- byte* pByteArray = &vBits[0];
-
- MemDC.GetDIBits(pbmSource, 0, pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight, pByteArray, pbmi, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
- UINT nWidthBytes = pbmi->bmiHeader.biSizeImage/pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight;
-
- int yOffset = 0;
- int xOffset;
- int Index;
-
- for (int Row=0; Row < pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight; Row++)
- {
- xOffset = 0;
-
- for (int Column=0; Column < pbmi->bmiHeader.biWidth; Column++)
- {
- // Calculate Index
- Index = yOffset + xOffset;
-
- BYTE byGray = (BYTE) ((pByteArray[Index] + pByteArray[Index+1]*6 + pByteArray[Index+2] *3)/10);
- pByteArray[Index] = byGray;
- pByteArray[Index+1] = byGray;
- pByteArray[Index+2] = byGray;
-
- // Increment the horizontal offset
- xOffset += pbmi->bmiHeader.biBitCount >> 3;
- }
-
- // Increment vertical offset
- yOffset += nWidthBytes;
- }
-
- // Save the modified colour back into our source DDB
- MemDC.SetDIBits(pbmSource, 0, pbmi->bmiHeader.biHeight, pByteArray, pbmi, DIB_RGB_COLORS);
- }
-
- inline HIMAGELIST CreateDisabledImageList(HIMAGELIST himlNormal)
- // Returns a greyed image list, created from hImageList
- {
- int cx, cy;
- int nCount = ImageList_GetImageCount(himlNormal);
- if (0 == nCount)
- return NULL;
-
- ImageList_GetIconSize(himlNormal, &cx, &cy);
-
- // Create the disabled ImageList
- HIMAGELIST himlDisabled = ImageList_Create(cx, cy, ILC_COLOR24 | ILC_MASK, nCount, 0);
-
- // Process each image in the ImageList
- for (int i = 0 ; i < nCount; ++i)
- {
- CClientDC DesktopDC(NULL);
- CMemDC MemDC(NULL);
- CBitmap* pOldBitmap = MemDC.CreateCompatibleBitmap(&DesktopDC, cx, cx);
- CRect rc;
- rc.SetRect(0, 0, cx, cx);
-
- // Set the mask color to grey for the new ImageList
- COLORREF crMask = RGB(200, 199, 200);
- if ( GetDeviceCaps(DesktopDC, BITSPIXEL) < 24)
- {
- HPALETTE hPal = (HPALETTE)GetCurrentObject(DesktopDC, OBJ_PAL);
- UINT Index = GetNearestPaletteIndex(hPal, crMask);
- if (Index != CLR_INVALID) crMask = PALETTEINDEX(Index);
- }
-
- MemDC.SolidFill(crMask, rc);
-
- // Draw the image on the memory DC
- ImageList_SetBkColor(himlNormal, crMask);
- ImageList_Draw(himlNormal, i, MemDC, 0, 0, ILD_NORMAL);
-
- // Convert colored pixels to gray
- for (int x = 0 ; x < cx; ++x)
- {
- for (int y = 0; y < cy; ++y)
- {
- COLORREF clr = ::GetPixel(MemDC, x, y);
-
- if (clr != crMask)
- {
- BYTE byGray = (BYTE) (95 + (GetRValue(clr) *3 + GetGValue(clr)*6 + GetBValue(clr))/20);
- MemDC.SetPixel(x, y, RGB(byGray, byGray, byGray));
- }
-
- }
- }
-
- // Detach the bitmap so we can use it.
- CBitmap* pBitmap = MemDC.SelectObject(pOldBitmap);
- ImageList_AddMasked(himlDisabled, *pBitmap, crMask);
- }
-
- return himlDisabled;
- }
-#endif
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Global Function Definitions
- //
-
- inline CDC* FromHandle(HDC hDC)
- // Returns the CDC object associated with the device context handle
- // If a CDC object doesn't already exist, a temporary CDC object is created.
- // The HDC belonging to a temporary CDC is not released or destroyed when the
- // temporary CDC is deconstructed.
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- CDC* pDC = GetApp()->GetCDCFromMap(hDC);
- if (hDC != 0 && pDC == 0)
- {
- pDC = new CDC;
- GetApp()->AddTmpDC(pDC);
- pDC->m_pData->hDC = hDC;
- pDC->m_pData->bRemoveHDC = FALSE;
- }
- return pDC;
- }
-
- inline CBitmap* FromHandle(HBITMAP hBitmap)
- // Returns the CBitmap associated with the Bitmap handle
- // If a CBitmap object doesn't already exist, a temporary CBitmap object is created.
- // The HBITMAP belonging to a temporary CBitmap is not released or destroyed
- // when the temporary CBitmap is deconstructed.
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- CBitmap* pBitmap = (CBitmap*)GetApp()->GetCGDIObjectFromMap(hBitmap);
- if (hBitmap != 0 && pBitmap == 0)
- {
- pBitmap = new CBitmap;
- GetApp()->AddTmpGDI(pBitmap);
- pBitmap->m_pData->hGDIObject = hBitmap;
- pBitmap->m_pData->bRemoveObject = FALSE;
- }
- return pBitmap;
- }
-
- inline CBrush* FromHandle(HBRUSH hBrush)
- // Returns the CBrush associated with the Brush handle
- // If a CBrush object doesn't already exist, a temporary CBrush object is created.
- // The HBRUSH belonging to a temporary CBrush is not released or destroyed
- // when the temporary CBrush is deconstructed.
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- CBrush* pBrush = (CBrush*)GetApp()->GetCGDIObjectFromMap(hBrush);
- if (hBrush != 0 && pBrush == 0)
- {
- pBrush = new CBrush;
- GetApp()->AddTmpGDI(pBrush);
- pBrush->m_pData->hGDIObject = hBrush;
- pBrush->m_pData->bRemoveObject = FALSE;
- }
- return pBrush;
- }
-
- inline CFont* FromHandle(HFONT hFont)
- // Returns the CFont associated with the Font handle
- // If a CFont object doesn't already exist, a temporary CFont object is created.
- // The HFONT belonging to a temporary CFont is not released or destroyed
- // when the temporary CFont is deconstructed.
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- CFont* pFont = (CFont*)GetApp()->GetCGDIObjectFromMap(hFont);
- if (hFont != 0 && pFont == 0)
- {
- pFont = new CFont;
- GetApp()->AddTmpGDI(pFont);
- pFont->m_pData->hGDIObject = hFont;
- pFont->m_pData->bRemoveObject = FALSE;
- }
- return pFont;
- }
-
- inline CPalette* FromHandle(HPALETTE hPalette)
- // Returns the CPalette associated with the palette handle
- // If a CPalette object doesn't already exist, a temporary CPalette object is created.
- // The HPALETTE belonging to a temporary CPalette is not released or destroyed
- // when the temporary CPalette is deconstructed.
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- CPalette* pPalette = (CPalette*)GetApp()->GetCGDIObjectFromMap(hPalette);
- if (hPalette != 0 && pPalette == 0)
- {
- pPalette = new CPalette;
- GetApp()->AddTmpGDI(pPalette);
- pPalette->m_pData->hGDIObject = hPalette;
- pPalette->m_pData->bRemoveObject = FALSE;
- }
- return pPalette;
- }
-
- inline CPen* FromHandle(HPEN hPen)
- // Returns the CPen associated with the HPEN.
- // If a CPen object doesn't already exist, a temporary CPen object is created.
- // The HPEN belonging to a temporary CPen is not released or destroyed
- // when the temporary CPen is deconstructed.
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- CPen* pPen = (CPen*)GetApp()->GetCGDIObjectFromMap(hPen);
- if (hPen != 0 && pPen == 0)
- {
- pPen = new CPen;
- GetApp()->AddTmpGDI(pPen);
- pPen->m_pData->hGDIObject = hPen;
- pPen->m_pData->bRemoveObject = FALSE;
- }
- return pPen;
- }
-
- inline CRgn* FromHandle(HRGN hRgn)
- // Returns the CRgn associated with the HRGN.
- // If a CRgn object doesn't already exist, a temporary CRgn object is created.
- // The HRGN belonging to a temporary CRgn is not released or destroyed
- // when the temporary CRgn is deconstructed.
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- CRgn* pRgn = (CRgn*)GetApp()->GetCGDIObjectFromMap(hRgn);
- if (hRgn != 0 && pRgn == 0)
- {
- pRgn = new CRgn;
- GetApp()->AddTmpGDI(pRgn);
- pRgn->m_pData->hGDIObject = hRgn;
- pRgn->m_pData->bRemoveObject = FALSE;
- }
- return pRgn;
- }
-
-
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-#endif // _WIN32XX_GDI_H_
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/info.txt b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/info.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a4dbda8e..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/info.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,205 +0,0 @@
-Generic Information about Win32++ Projects
-==========================================
-The various directories may contain the following types of files:
-
-Extension | Description
-----------+------------
-cbp | A project file used by CodeBlocks
-dsp | A project file used by Visual Studio 6
-dsw | A project file used by Visual Studio 6
-sln | A project file used by Visual Studio 2003, VS2005 or VS2008
-vcproj | A project file used by Visual Studio 2003, VS2005 or VS2008
-vcxproj | A project file used by Visual Studio 2010
-filters | A supplementary project file used by Visual Studio 2010
-bdsproj | A project file used by Borland Developer Studio 2006
-bpf | A project file used by Borland Developer Studio 2006
-vcp | A project file used by eMbedded Visual C++
-vcw | A project file used by eMbedded Visual C++
-dev | A project file used by Dev-C++
-cpp | A C++ source file
-h | A C++ header file
-rc | A C++ resouce script file
-jpg | A jpeg resource file
-ico | An icon resource file
-bmp | A bitmap resource file
-cur | A cursor resource file
-manifest | A manifest resource file
-txt | A text file
-xml | An Extensible Markup Language file (defines the ribbon UI)
-
-Supported Compilers and Integrated Development Environments (IDEs)
-==================================================================
-Win32++ supports the following:
-* Borland Compiler Version 5.5
-* Borland Developer Studio 2006
-* Borland Turbo C++ 2006
-* CodeBlocks
-* Dev-C++
-* MinGW GCC Compiler
-* Visual Studio 6
-* Visual Studio.net 2003
-* Visual C++ Toolkit 2003
-* Visual Studio.net 2005
-* Visual Studio.net 2005 Express
-* Visual Studio.net 2008
-* Visual Studio.net 2008 Express
-* Visual Studio.net 2010
-
-CodeBlocks is an IDE. The project files are configured for the following
-compilers:
-* Borland Compiler Version 5.5
-* MinGW GNU compiler
-* Visual C++ Toolkit 2003
-
-Dev-C++ is an IDE which supports the MinGW GNU compiler
-
-Supported Operating Systems
-===========================
-The programs compiled with Win32++ can run on the following operating systems:
-* Win95 (all versions, with or without Internet Explorer 4 installed)
-* Win98 (both versions)
-* WinME
-* Windows NT 4
-* Windows 2000
-* Windows XP
-* Windows XP x64
-* Windows Vista
-* Windows Vista x64
-* Windows 7
-* Windows 7 x64
-* Windows Server 2003
-* Windows Server 2003 x64
-* Windows Server 2008
-* Windows Server 2008 x64
-* Windows CE
-
-Note: Programs compiled with Visual Studio.net 2008 and Visual Studio.net 2008
-Express will not run on Win32 operating systems earlier than Windows 2000.
-
-Win32++ automatically detects if the operating system is capable of using
-rebars. If rebars are not supported by the OS, Win32++ produces a frame without
-rebars.
-
-Win32++ is Unicode compliant and can therefore be used to develop Unicode
-applications. Users are advised that older operating systems (namely Win95,
-Win98 and WinME) don't support Unicode applications.
-
-Win32++ supports 64bit compilers, and can be used to develop 64bit code.
-
-Directory Structure
-===================
-When extracting the files from the zip archive, be sure to preserve the
-directory structure. The directory structure will typically look like this:
-
-.\include
-.\new projects
-.\output
-.\samples
-.\tools
-.\tutorials
-.\WCE samples
-
-The files which form the Win32++ library are contained in the include
-subdirectory.
-
-Components of Win32++
-=====================
-
- Files | Classes | Operating Systems | Description
-==================+==================+===================+=====================
-controls.h | CAnimation | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for the
- | CComboBox | and WinCE | following controls:
- | CComboBoxEx | | Animation, ComboBox,
- | CProgressBar | | ComboBoxEx, Progress
- | CScrollBar | | bar, Scroll bar,
- | CSlider | | Slider, Spin button.
- | CSpinButton | |
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-dialog.h | CDialog | Win32, Win64 | Adds dialog support.
- | CResizer | WinCE for CDialog |
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-docking.h | CDocker | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for
- | CDockContainer | | docking windows and
- | | | splitter windows.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-frame.h | CMenubar | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for
- | CFrame | | frames. Frames use a
- | | | toolbar and menubar
- | | | inside a rebar, and
- | | | a statusbar.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-gdi.h | CDC | Win32, Win64 | A helper class for
- | CBitmap | and WinCE | GDI graphics.
- | CBrush | |
- | CFont | |
- | CPalette | |
- | CPen | |
- | CRgn | |
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-listView.h | CListView | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for a
- | | and WinCE | ListView control.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-mdi.h | CMDIFrame | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for MDI
- | CMDIChild | | frames.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-propertysheet.h | CPropertySheet | Win32, Win64 | Adds property sheet
- | CPropertyPage | and WinCE | support.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-rebar.h | CRebar | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for a
- | | and WinCE | Rebar control.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-ribbon.h | CRibbon | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for the
- | CRibbonFrame | | Windows 7 ribbon.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-shared_ptr.h | Shared_Ptr | Win32, Win64, | Add a smart pointer
- | | and WinCE | for use in vectors.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-socket.h | CSocket | Win32, Win64 | Adds network
- | | and WinCE | support.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-splitter.h | CSplitter | Win32, Win64 | Adds splitter support
- | | | (depreciated)
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+----------------------
-statusbar.h | CStatusbar | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for a
- | | and WinCE | Status bar control.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-stdcontrols.h | CButton | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for
- | CEdit | and WinCE | Button, Edit,
- | CListBox | | ListBox and Static
- | CStatic | | controls.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-tab.h | CTab | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for tab
- | CMDITab | | controls, and MDI
- | | | tab windows.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-taskdialog.h | CTaskDialog | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for tab
- | | | task dialogs.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-thread.h | CThread | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for
- | | and WinCE | threads.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-toolbar.h | CToolbar | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for a
- | | and WinCE | Toolbar control.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-treeview.h | CTreeView | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for a
- | | and WinCE | TreeView control.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-wceframe.h | CWceFrame | WinCE only | Adds support for
- | CCmdbar | | frames in WinCE.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-webbrowser.h | CAXWindow | Win32, Win64 | Adds support for a
- | CWebBrowser | and WinCE | ActiveX container and
- | | | a WebBrowser window.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-wincore.h | CCriticalSection | Win32, Win64, | The core set of
- | CWinApp | and WinCE | classes required for
- | CWinException | | all Win32++
- | CWnd | | applications.
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-winutils.h | CPoint | Win32, Win64, | Additional utility
- | CRect | and WinCE | classes.
- | CSize | |
-------------------+------------------+-------------------+---------------------
-
-Refer to the help documentation that ships with Win32++ for more information on
-using Win32++. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/listview.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/listview.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 810e7627..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/listview.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,867 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_LISTVIEW_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_LISTVIEW_H_
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-#include "commctrl.h"
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- class CListView : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CListView() {}
- virtual ~CListView() {}
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc);
-
- // Attributes
- CSize ApproximateViewRect(CSize sz = CSize(-1, -1), int iCount = -1) const;
- COLORREF GetBkColor( ) const;
- BOOL GetBkImage( LVBKIMAGE& lvbkImage ) const;
- UINT GetCallbackMask( ) const;
- BOOL GetCheckState( UINT nItem ) const;
- BOOL GetColumn( int iCol, LVCOLUMN& Column ) const;
- BOOL GetColumnOrderArray( LPINT piArray, int iCount = -1 );
- int GetColumnWidth( int iCol ) const;
- int GetCountPerPage( ) const;
- HWND GetEditControl( ) const;
- DWORD GetExtendedStyle( ) const;
- HWND GetHeader( ) const;
- HCURSOR GetHotCursor( );
- int GetHotItem( ) const;
- DWORD GetHoverTime( ) const;
- HIMAGELIST GetImageList( int nImageType ) const;
- BOOL GetItem( LVITEM& lvItem ) const;
- int GetItemCount( ) const;
- DWORD_PTR GetItemData( int iItem ) const;
- BOOL GetItemPosition( int iItem, CPoint& pt ) const;
- BOOL GetItemRect( int iItem, CRect& rc, UINT nCode ) const;
- UINT GetItemState( int iItem, UINT nMask ) const;
- tString GetItemText( int iItem, int iSubItem, UINT nTextMax = 260 ) const;
- int GetNextItem( int iItem, int iFlags ) const;
- UINT GetNumberOfWorkAreas( ) const;
- BOOL GetOrigin( CPoint& pt ) const;
- UINT GetSelectedCount( ) const;
- int GetSelectionMark( ) const;
- int GetStringWidth( LPCTSTR pszString ) const;
- BOOL GetSubItemRect( int iItem, int iSubItem, int iCode, CRect& rc ) const;
- COLORREF GetTextBkColor( ) const;
- COLORREF GetTextColor( ) const;
- HWND GetToolTips( ) const;
- int GetTopIndex( ) const;
- BOOL GetViewRect( CRect& rc ) const;
- void GetWorkAreas( int iWorkAreas, LPRECT pRectArray ) const;
- BOOL SetBkColor( COLORREF clrBk ) const;
- BOOL SetBkImage( LVBKIMAGE& plvbkImage ) const;
- BOOL SetCallbackMask( UINT nMask ) const;
- void SetCheckState( int iItem, BOOL fCheck = TRUE ) const;
- BOOL SetColumn( int iCol, const LVCOLUMN& pColumn ) const;
- BOOL SetColumnOrderArray( int iCount, LPINT piArray ) const;
- BOOL SetColumnWidth( int iCol, int cx ) const;
- DWORD SetExtendedStyle( DWORD dwNewStyle ) const;
- HCURSOR SetHotCursor( HCURSOR hCursor ) const;
- int SetHotItem( int nIndex ) const;
- DWORD SetHoverTime( DWORD dwHoverTime = (DWORD)-1 ) const;
- CSize SetIconSpacing( int cx, int cy ) const;
- CSize SetIconSpacing( CSize sz ) const;
- HIMAGELIST SetImageList( HIMAGELIST himl, int iImageListType ) const;
- BOOL SetItem( LVITEM& pItem ) const;
- BOOL SetItem( int iItem, int iSubItem, UINT nMask, LPCTSTR pszText, int iImage,
- UINT nState, UINT nStateMask, LPARAM lParam, int iIndent ) const;
- void SetItemCount( int iCount ) const;
- void SetItemCountEx( int iCount, DWORD dwFlags = LVSICF_NOINVALIDATEALL ) const;
- BOOL SetItemData( int iItem, DWORD_PTR dwData ) const;
- BOOL SetItemPosition( int iItem, CPoint& pt ) const;
- BOOL SetItemState( int iItem, LVITEM& Item ) const;
- void SetItemState( int iItem, UINT nState, UINT nMask ) const;
- void SetItemText( int iItem, int iSubItem, LPCTSTR pszText ) const;
- int SetSelectionMark( int iIndex ) const;
- BOOL SetTextBkColor( COLORREF clrBkText ) const;
- BOOL SetTextColor( COLORREF clrText ) const;
- HWND SetToolTips( HWND hWndToolTip ) const;
- void SetWorkAreas( int nWorkAreas, CRect& pRectArray ) const;
- int SubItemHitTest( LVHITTESTINFO& htInfo ) const;
-
- // Operations
- BOOL Arrange( UINT nCode ) const;
- HIMAGELIST CreateDragImage( int iItem, CPoint& pt ) const;
- BOOL DeleteAllItems( ) const;
- BOOL DeleteColumn( int iCol ) const;
- BOOL DeleteItem( int iItem ) const;
- HWND EditLabel( int iItem ) const;
- BOOL EnsureVisible( int iItem, BOOL fPartialOK ) const;
- int FindItem( LVFINDINFO& FindInfo, int iStart = -1 ) const;
- int HitTest( LVHITTESTINFO& HitTestInfo ) const;
- int HitTest( CPoint pt, UINT* pFlags = NULL ) const;
- int InsertColumn( int iCol, const LVCOLUMN& pColumn ) const;
- int InsertColumn( int iCol, LPCTSTR pszColumnHeading, int iFormat = LVCFMT_LEFT,
- int iWidth = -1, int iSubItem = -1 ) const;
- int InsertItem( const LVITEM& pItem ) const;
- int InsertItem( int iItem, LPCTSTR pszText ) const;
- int InsertItem( int iItem, LPCTSTR pszText, int iImage ) const;
- BOOL RedrawItems( int iFirst, int iLast ) const;
- BOOL Scroll( CSize sz ) const;
- BOOL SortItems( PFNLVCOMPARE pfnCompare, DWORD_PTR dwData ) const;
- BOOL Update( int iItem ) const;
-
- private:
- CListView(const CListView&); // Disable copy construction
- CListView& operator = (const CListView&); // Disable assignment operator
- };
-
-}
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- inline void CListView::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc)
- {
- // Set the Window Class
- wc.lpszClassName = WC_LISTVIEW;
- }
-
- inline CSize CListView::ApproximateViewRect(CSize sz /*= CSize(-1, -1)*/, int iCount /* = -1*/) const
- // Calculates the approximate width and height required to display a given number of items.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return CSize( ListView_ApproximateViewRect( m_hWnd, sz.cx, sz.cy, iCount ) );
- }
-
- inline COLORREF CListView::GetBkColor( ) const
- // Retrieves the background color of a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetBkColor( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::GetBkImage( LVBKIMAGE& lvbkImage ) const
- // Retrieves the background image in a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetBkImage( m_hWnd, &lvbkImage );
- }
-
- inline UINT CListView::GetCallbackMask( ) const
- // Retrieves the callback mask for a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetCallbackMask( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::GetCheckState( UINT nItem ) const
- // Determines if an item in a list-view control is selected.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetCheckState( m_hWnd, nItem );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::GetColumn( int iCol, LVCOLUMN& Column ) const
- // Retrieves the attributes of a list-view control's column.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetColumn( m_hWnd, iCol, &Column );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::GetColumnOrderArray( LPINT piArray, int iCount /*= -1*/ )
- // Retrieves the current left-to-right order of columns in a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetColumnOrderArray( m_hWnd, iCount, piArray );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::GetColumnWidth( int iCol ) const
- // Retrieves the width of a column in report or list view.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetColumnWidth( m_hWnd, iCol );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::GetCountPerPage( ) const
- // Calculates the number of items that can fit vertically in the visible area of a
- // list-view control when in list or report view. Only fully visible items are counted.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetCountPerPage( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline HWND CListView::GetEditControl( ) const
- // Retrieves the handle to the edit control being used to edit a list-view item's text.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetEditControl( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline DWORD CListView::GetExtendedStyle( ) const
- // Retrieves the extended styles that are currently in use for a given list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetExtendedListViewStyle( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline HWND CListView::GetHeader( ) const
- // Retrieves the handle to the header control used by a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetHeader( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline HCURSOR CListView::GetHotCursor( )
- // Retrieves the HCURSOR used when the pointer is over an item while hot tracking is enabled.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetHotCursor( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::GetHotItem( ) const
- // Retrieves the index of the hot item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetHotItem( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline DWORD CListView::GetHoverTime( ) const
- // Retrieves the amount of time that the mouse cursor must hover over an item before it is selected.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetHoverTime( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline HIMAGELIST CListView::GetImageList( int nImageType ) const
- // Retrieves the handle to an image list used for drawing list-view items.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetImageList( m_hWnd, nImageType );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::GetItem( LVITEM& Item ) const
- // Retrieves some or all of a list-view item's attributes.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetItem( m_hWnd, &Item );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::GetItemCount( ) const
- // Retrieves the number of items in a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetItemCount( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline DWORD_PTR CListView::GetItemData( int iItem ) const
- // Retrieves the value(lParam) specific to the item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- LVITEM lvi = {0};
- lvi.iItem = iItem;
- lvi.mask = LVIF_PARAM;
- ListView_GetItem(m_hWnd, &lvi);
- return lvi.lParam;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::GetItemPosition( int iItem, CPoint& pt ) const
- // Retrieves the position of a list-view item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetItemPosition( m_hWnd, iItem, &pt );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::GetItemRect( int iItem, CRect& rc, UINT nCode ) const
- // Retrieves the bounding rectangle for all or part of an item in the current view.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetItemRect( m_hWnd, iItem, &rc, nCode );
- }
-
- inline UINT CListView::GetItemState( int iItem, UINT nMask ) const
- // Retrieves the state of a list-view item.
-
- // Possible values of nMask:
- // LVIS_CUT The item is marked for a cut-and-paste operation.
- // LVIS_DROPHILITED The item is highlighted as a drag-and-drop target.
- // LVIS_FOCUSED The item has the focus, so it is surrounded by a standard focus rectangle.
- // LVIS_SELECTED The item is selected.
- // LVIS_OVERLAYMASK Use this mask to retrieve the item's overlay image index.
- // LVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK Use this mask to retrieve the item's state image index.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetItemState( m_hWnd, iItem, nMask );
- }
-
- inline tString CListView::GetItemText( int iItem, int iSubItem, UINT nTextMax /* = 260 */ ) const
- // Retrieves the text of a list-view item.
- // Note: Although the list-view control allows any length string to be stored
- // as item text, only the first 260 characters are displayed.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- tString t;
- if (nTextMax > 0)
- {
- std::vector<TCHAR> vTChar(nTextMax +1, _T('\0'));
- TCHAR* pszText = &vTChar.front();
- LVITEM lvi = {0};
- lvi.iItem = iItem;
- lvi.iSubItem = iSubItem;
- lvi.mask = LVIF_TEXT;
- lvi.cchTextMax = nTextMax;
- lvi.pszText = pszText;
- ListView_GetItem( m_hWnd, &lvi );
- t = lvi.pszText;
- }
- return t;
- }
-
- inline int CListView::GetNextItem( int iItem, int iFlags ) const
- // Searches for a list-view item that has the specified properties and
- // bears the specified relationship to a specified item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetNextItem( m_hWnd, iItem, iFlags );
- }
-
- inline UINT CListView::GetNumberOfWorkAreas( ) const
- // Retrieves the working areas from a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- UINT nWorkAreas = 0;
- ListView_GetWorkAreas( m_hWnd, nWorkAreas, NULL );
- return nWorkAreas;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::GetOrigin( CPoint& pt ) const
- // Retrieves the current view origin for a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetOrigin( m_hWnd, &pt );
- }
-
- inline UINT CListView::GetSelectedCount( ) const
- // Determines the number of selected items in a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (UINT)::SendMessage( m_hWnd, LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT, 0L, 0L );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::GetSelectionMark( ) const
- // Retrieves the selection mark from a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)::SendMessage( m_hWnd, LVM_GETSELECTIONMARK, 0L, 0L );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::GetStringWidth( LPCTSTR pszString ) const
- // Determines the width of a specified string using the specified list-view control's current font.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)::SendMessage( m_hWnd, LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTH, 0L, (LPARAM)pszString );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::GetSubItemRect( int iItem, int iSubItem, int iCode, CRect& rc ) const
- // Retrieves information about the rectangle that surrounds a subitem in a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetSubItemRect( m_hWnd, iItem, iSubItem, iCode, &rc );
- }
-
- inline COLORREF CListView::GetTextBkColor( ) const
- // Retrieves the text background color of a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetTextBkColor( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline COLORREF CListView::GetTextColor( ) const
- // Retrieves the text color of a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetTextColor( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline HWND CListView::GetToolTips( ) const
- // Retrieves the ToolTip control that the list-view control uses to display ToolTips.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetToolTips( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::GetTopIndex( ) const
- // Retrieves the index of the topmost visible item when in list or report view.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetTopIndex( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::GetViewRect( CRect& rc ) const
- // Retrieves the bounding rectangle of all items in the list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_GetViewRect( m_hWnd, &rc );
- }
-
- inline void CListView::GetWorkAreas( int iWorkAreas, LPRECT pRectArray ) const
- // Retrieves the working areas from a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- ListView_GetWorkAreas( m_hWnd, iWorkAreas, pRectArray );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::SetBkColor( COLORREF clrBk ) const
- // Sets the background color of a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SetBkColor( m_hWnd, clrBk );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::SetBkImage( LVBKIMAGE& lvbkImage ) const
- // Sets the background image in a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SetBkImage( m_hWnd, &lvbkImage );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::SetCallbackMask( UINT nMask ) const
- // Changes the callback mask for a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SetCallbackMask( m_hWnd, nMask );
- }
-
- inline void CListView::SetCheckState( int iItem, BOOL fCheck /*= TRUE*/ ) const
- // Used to select or deselect an item in a list-view control.
- // This macro should only be used for list-view controls with the LVS_EX_CHECKBOXES style.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- ListView_SetItemState(m_hWnd, iItem, INDEXTOSTATEIMAGEMASK((fCheck==TRUE)?2:1),LVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::SetColumn( int iCol, const LVCOLUMN& Column ) const
- // Sets the attributes of a list-view column.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SetColumn( m_hWnd, iCol, &Column );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::SetColumnOrderArray( int iCount, LPINT piArray ) const
- // Sets the left-to-right order of columns in a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SetColumnOrderArray( m_hWnd, iCount, piArray );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::SetColumnWidth( int iCol, int cx ) const
- // Used to change the width of a column in report view or the width of all columns in list-view mode.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SetColumnWidth( m_hWnd, iCol, cx );
- }
-
- inline DWORD CListView::SetExtendedStyle( DWORD dwNewStyle ) const
- // Sets extended styles for list-view controls.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SetExtendedListViewStyle( m_hWnd, dwNewStyle );
- }
-
- inline HCURSOR CListView::SetHotCursor( HCURSOR hCursor ) const
- // Sets the HCURSOR that the list-view control uses when the pointer is
- // over an item while hot tracking is enabled.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SetHotCursor( m_hWnd, hCursor );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::SetHotItem( int nIndex ) const
- // Sets the hot item in a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SetHotItem( m_hWnd, nIndex );
- }
-
- inline DWORD CListView::SetHoverTime( DWORD dwHoverTime /*= (DWORD)-1*/ ) const
- // Sets the amount of time that the mouse cursor must hover over an item before it is selected.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SetHoverTime( m_hWnd, dwHoverTime );
- }
-
- inline CSize CListView::SetIconSpacing( int cx, int cy ) const
- // Sets the spacing between icons in list-view controls set to the LVS_ICON style.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return CSize( ListView_SetIconSpacing( m_hWnd, cx, cy ) );
- }
-
- inline CSize CListView::SetIconSpacing( CSize sz ) const
- // Sets the spacing between icons in list-view controls set to the LVS_ICON style.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return CSize( ListView_SetIconSpacing( m_hWnd, sz.cx, sz.cy ) );
- }
-
- inline HIMAGELIST CListView::SetImageList( HIMAGELIST himl, int iImageListType ) const
- // Assigns an image list to a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SetImageList( m_hWnd, himl, iImageListType );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::SetItem( LVITEM& Item ) const
- // Sets some or all of a list-view item's attributes.
-
- // The declaration for TVITEM:
- // typedef struct _LVITEM {
- // UINT mask;
- // int iItem;
- // int iSubItem;
- // UINT state;
- // UINT stateMask;
- // LPTSTR pszText;
- // int cchTextMax;
- // int iImage;
- // LPARAM lParam;
- // } LVITEM, *LVITEM&;
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SetItem( m_hWnd, &Item );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::SetItem( int iItem, int iSubItem, UINT nMask, LPCTSTR pszText, int iImage,
- UINT nState, UINT nStateMask, LPARAM lParam, int iIndent ) const
- // Sets some or all of a list-view item's attributes.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- LVITEM lvi = {0};
- lvi.iItem = iItem;
- lvi.iSubItem = iSubItem;
- lvi.mask = nMask;
- lvi.pszText = (LPTSTR)pszText;
- lvi.iImage = iImage;
- lvi.state = nState;
- lvi.stateMask = nStateMask;
- lvi.lParam = lParam;
- lvi.iIndent = iIndent;
-
- return ListView_SetItem( m_hWnd, &lvi);
- }
-
- inline void CListView::SetItemCount( int iCount ) const
- // Causes the list-view control to allocate memory for the specified number of items.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- ListView_SetItemCount( m_hWnd, iCount );
- }
-
- inline void CListView::SetItemCountEx( int iCount, DWORD dwFlags /*= LVSICF_NOINVALIDATEALL*/ ) const
- // Sets the virtual number of items in a virtual list view.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- ListView_SetItemCountEx( m_hWnd, iCount, dwFlags );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::SetItemData( int iItem, DWORD_PTR dwData ) const
- // Sets the value(lParam) specific to the item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- LVITEM lvi = {0};
- lvi.iItem = iItem;
- lvi.lParam = dwData;
- lvi.mask = LVIF_PARAM;
- return ListView_SetItem(m_hWnd, &lvi);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::SetItemPosition( int iItem, CPoint& pt ) const
- // Moves an item to a specified position in a list-view control (in icon or small icon view).
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SetItemPosition( m_hWnd, iItem, pt.x, pt.y );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::SetItemState( int iItem, LVITEM& Item ) const
- // Changes the state of an item in a list-view control.
-
- // Possible values of nMask:
- // LVIS_CUT The item is marked for a cut-and-paste operation.
- // LVIS_DROPHILITED The item is highlighted as a drag-and-drop target.
- // LVIS_FOCUSED The item has the focus, so it is surrounded by a standard focus rectangle.
- // LVIS_SELECTED The item is selected.
- // LVIS_OVERLAYMASK Use this mask to retrieve the item's overlay image index.
- // LVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK Use this mask to retrieve the item's state image index.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, LVM_SETITEMSTATE, (WPARAM)iItem, (LPARAM)&Item);
- }
-
- inline void CListView::SetItemState( int iItem, UINT nState, UINT nMask ) const
- // Changes the state of an item in a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- ListView_SetItemState(m_hWnd, iItem, nState, nMask);
- }
-
- inline void CListView::SetItemText( int iItem, int iSubItem, LPCTSTR pszText ) const
- // Sets the text color of a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- ListView_SetItemText(m_hWnd, iItem, iSubItem, (LPTSTR)pszText );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::SetSelectionMark( int iIndex ) const
- // Sets the selection mark in a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SetSelectionMark( m_hWnd, iIndex );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::SetTextBkColor( COLORREF clrBkText ) const
- // Sets the background color of text in a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SetTextBkColor( m_hWnd, clrBkText );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::SetTextColor( COLORREF clrText ) const
- // Sets the text color of a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SetTextColor( m_hWnd, clrText );
- }
-
- inline HWND CListView::SetToolTips( HWND hWndToolTip ) const
- // Sets the ToolTip control that the list-view control will use to display ToolTips.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HWND)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, LVM_SETTOOLTIPS, (WPARAM)hWndToolTip, 0L);
- }
-
- inline void CListView::SetWorkAreas( int nWorkAreas, CRect& pRectArray ) const
- // Sets the working area within a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- ListView_SetWorkAreas( m_hWnd, nWorkAreas, pRectArray );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::SubItemHitTest( LVHITTESTINFO& htInfo ) const
- // Determines which list-view item or subitem is located at a given position.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SubItemHitTest( m_hWnd, &htInfo );
- }
-
- // Operations
-
- inline BOOL CListView::Arrange( UINT nCode ) const
- // Arranges items in icon view.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_Arrange( m_hWnd, nCode );
- }
-
- inline HIMAGELIST CListView::CreateDragImage( int iItem, CPoint& pt ) const
- // Creates a drag image list for the specified item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_CreateDragImage( m_hWnd, iItem, &pt );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::DeleteAllItems( ) const
- // ListView_DeleteAllItems
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_DeleteAllItems( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::DeleteColumn( int iCol ) const
- // Removes a column from a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_DeleteColumn( m_hWnd, iCol );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::DeleteItem( int iItem ) const
- // Removes an item from a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_DeleteItem( m_hWnd, iItem );
- }
-
- inline HWND CListView::EditLabel( int iItem ) const
- // Begins in-place editing of the specified list-view item's text.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_EditLabel( m_hWnd, iItem );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::EnsureVisible( int iItem, BOOL fPartialOK ) const
- // Ensures that a list-view item is either entirely or partially visible,
- // scrolling the list-view control if necessary.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE, (WPARAM)iItem, (LPARAM)fPartialOK );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::FindItem( LVFINDINFO& FindInfo, int iStart /*= -1*/ ) const
- // Searches for a list-view item with the specified characteristics.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_FindItem( m_hWnd, iStart, &FindInfo );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::HitTest( LVHITTESTINFO& HitTestInfo ) const
- // Determines which list-view item, if any, is at a specified position.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_HitTest( m_hWnd, &HitTestInfo );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::HitTest( CPoint pt, UINT* pFlags /*= NULL*/ ) const
- // Determines which list-view item, if any, is at a specified position.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- LVHITTESTINFO hti = {0};
- hti.flags = *pFlags;
- hti.pt = pt;
- return ListView_HitTest( m_hWnd, &hti );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::InsertColumn( int iCol, const LVCOLUMN& Column ) const
- // Inserts a new column in a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_InsertColumn( m_hWnd, iCol, &Column );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::InsertColumn( int iCol, LPCTSTR pszColumnHeading, int iFormat /*= LVCFMT_LEFT*/,
- int iWidth /*= -1*/, int iSubItem /*= -1*/ ) const
- // Inserts a new column in a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- LVCOLUMN lvc = {0};
- lvc.mask = LVCF_TEXT|LVCF_ORDER|LVCF_FMT;
- if (-1 != iWidth)
- {
- lvc.mask |= LVCF_WIDTH;
- lvc.cx = iWidth;
- }
- if (-1 != iSubItem)
- {
- lvc.mask |= LVCF_SUBITEM;
- lvc.iSubItem = iSubItem;
- }
-
- lvc.iOrder = iCol;
- lvc.pszText = (LPTSTR)pszColumnHeading;
- lvc.fmt = iFormat;
- lvc.iSubItem = iSubItem;
- return ListView_InsertColumn( m_hWnd, iCol, &lvc );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::InsertItem( const LVITEM& Item ) const
- // Inserts a new item in a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_InsertItem( m_hWnd, &Item );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::InsertItem( int iItem, LPCTSTR pszText ) const
- // Inserts a new item in a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- LVITEM lvi = {0};
- lvi.iItem = iItem;
- lvi.pszText = (LPTSTR)pszText;
- lvi.mask = LVIF_TEXT;
- return ListView_InsertItem( m_hWnd, &lvi );
- }
-
- inline int CListView::InsertItem( int iItem, LPCTSTR pszText, int iImage ) const
- // Inserts a new item in a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- LVITEM lvi = {0};
- lvi.iItem = iItem;
- lvi.pszText = (LPTSTR)pszText;
- lvi.iImage = iImage;
- lvi.mask = LVIF_TEXT | LVIF_IMAGE;
- return ListView_InsertItem( m_hWnd, &lvi );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::RedrawItems( int iFirst, int iLast ) const
- // Forces a list-view control to redraw a range of items.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_RedrawItems( m_hWnd, iFirst, iLast );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::Scroll( CSize sz ) const
- // Scrolls the content of a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_Scroll( m_hWnd, sz.cx, sz.cy );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::SortItems( PFNLVCOMPARE pfnCompare, DWORD_PTR dwData ) const
- // Uses an application-defined comparison function to sort the items of a list-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_SortItems( m_hWnd, pfnCompare, dwData );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListView::Update( int iItem ) const
- // Updates a list-view item. If the list-view control has the LVS_AUTOARRANGE style,
- // the list-view control is rearranged.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ListView_Update( m_hWnd, iItem );
- }
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-#endif // #ifndef _WIN32XX_LISTVIEW_H_
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/mdi.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/mdi.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0aa35ffc..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/mdi.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,783 +0,0 @@
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// mdi.h
-// Declaration of the CMDIChild and CMDIFrame classes
-
-// The classes defined here add MDI frames support to Win32++. MDI
-// (Multiple Document Interface) frames host one or more child windows. The
-// child windows hosted by a MDI frame can be different types. For example,
-// some MDI child windows could be used to edit text, while others could be
-// used to display a bitmap. Four classes are defined here to support MDI
-// frames:
-
-
-// 1) CMDIFrame. This class inherits from CFrame, and adds the functionality
-// required by MDI frames. It keeps track of the MDI children created and
-// destroyed, and adjusts the menu when a MDI child is activated. Use the
-// AddMDIChild function to add MDI child windows to the MDI frame. Inherit
-// from CMDIFrame to create your own MDI frame.
-//
-// 2) CMDIChild: All MDI child windows (ie. CWnd classes) should inherit from
-// this class. Each MDI child type can have a different frame menu.
-
-// Use the MDIFrame generic application as the starting point for your own MDI
-// frame applications.
-// Refer to the MDIDemo sample for an example on how to use these classes to
-// create a MDI frame application with different types of MDI child windows.
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_MDI_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_MDI_H_
-
-#include "frame.h"
-#include <vector>
-
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
- class CMDIChild;
- class CMDIFrame;
- typedef Shared_Ptr<CMDIChild> MDIChildPtr;
-
- /////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CMDIChild class
- //
- class CMDIChild : public CWnd
- {
- friend class CMDIFrame;
- public:
- CMDIChild();
- virtual ~CMDIChild();
-
- // These are the functions you might wish to override
- virtual HWND Create(CWnd* pParent = NULL);
- virtual void RecalcLayout();
-
- // These functions aren't virtual, and shouldn't be overridden
- void SetHandles(HMENU MenuName, HACCEL AccelName);
- CMDIFrame* GetMDIFrame() const;
- CWnd* GetView() const {return m_pView;}
- void SetView(CWnd& pwndView);
- void MDIActivate() const;
- void MDIDestroy() const;
- void MDIMaximize() const;
- void MDIRestore() const;
-
- protected:
- // Its unlikely you would need to override these functions
- virtual LRESULT FinalWindowProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnCreate();
- virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- private:
- CMDIChild(const CMDIChild&); // Disable copy construction
- CMDIChild& operator = (const CMDIChild&); // Disable assignment operator
-
- CWnd* m_pView; // pointer to the View CWnd object
- HMENU m_hChildMenu;
- HACCEL m_hChildAccel;
- };
-
-
- /////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CMDIFrame class
- //
- class CMDIFrame : public CFrame
- {
- friend class CMDIChild; // CMDIChild uses m_hOrigMenu
- typedef Shared_Ptr<CMDIChild> MDIChildPtr;
-
- public:
- class CMDIClient : public CWnd // a nested class within CMDIFrame
- {
- public:
- CMDIClient() {}
- virtual ~CMDIClient() {}
- virtual HWND Create(CWnd* pParent = NULL);
- virtual LRESULT WndProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- CMDIFrame* GetMDIFrame() const { return (CMDIFrame*)GetParent(); }
-
- private:
- CMDIClient(const CMDIClient&); // Disable copy construction
- CMDIClient& operator = (const CMDIClient&); // Disable assignment operator
- };
-
-
- CMDIFrame();
- virtual ~CMDIFrame() {}
-
- virtual CMDIChild* AddMDIChild(MDIChildPtr pMDIChild);
- virtual CMDIClient& GetMDIClient() const { return (CMDIClient&)m_MDIClient; }
- virtual BOOL IsMDIFrame() const { return TRUE; }
- virtual void RemoveMDIChild(HWND hWnd);
- virtual BOOL RemoveAllMDIChildren();
- virtual void UpdateCheckMarks();
-
- // These functions aren't virtual, so don't override them
- std::vector <MDIChildPtr>& GetAllMDIChildren() {return m_vMDIChild;}
- CMDIChild* GetActiveMDIChild() const;
- BOOL IsMDIChildMaxed() const;
- void MDICascade(int nType = 0) const;
- void MDIIconArrange() const;
- void MDIMaximize() const;
- void MDINext() const;
- void MDIPrev() const;
- void MDIRestore() const;
- void MDITile(int nType = 0) const;
- void SetActiveMDIChild(CMDIChild* pChild);
-
- protected:
- // These are the functions you might wish to override
- virtual void OnClose();
- virtual void OnViewStatusBar();
- virtual void OnViewToolBar();
- virtual void OnWindowPosChanged();
- virtual void RecalcLayout();
- virtual BOOL PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg);
- virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- private:
- CMDIFrame(const CMDIFrame&); // Disable copy construction
- CMDIFrame& operator = (const CMDIFrame&); // Disable assignment operator
- void AppendMDIMenu(HMENU hMenuWindow);
- LRESULT FinalWindowProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- void UpdateFrameMenu(HMENU hMenu);
-
- CMDIClient m_MDIClient;
- std::vector <MDIChildPtr> m_vMDIChild;
- HWND m_hActiveMDIChild;
- };
-
-}
-
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- /////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CMDIFrame class
- //
- inline CMDIFrame::CMDIFrame() : m_hActiveMDIChild(NULL)
- {
- SetView(GetMDIClient());
- }
-
- inline CMDIChild* CMDIFrame::AddMDIChild(MDIChildPtr pMDIChild)
- {
- assert(NULL != pMDIChild.get()); // Cannot add Null MDI Child
-
- m_vMDIChild.push_back(pMDIChild);
- pMDIChild->Create(GetView());
-
- return pMDIChild.get();
- }
-
- inline void CMDIFrame::AppendMDIMenu(HMENU hMenuWindow)
- {
- // Adds the additional menu items the the "Window" submenu when
- // MDI child windows are created
-
- if (!IsMenu(hMenuWindow))
- return;
-
- // Delete previously appended items
- int nItems = ::GetMenuItemCount(hMenuWindow);
- UINT uLastID = ::GetMenuItemID(hMenuWindow, --nItems);
- if ((uLastID >= IDW_FIRSTCHILD) && (uLastID < IDW_FIRSTCHILD + 10))
- {
- while ((uLastID >= IDW_FIRSTCHILD) && (uLastID < IDW_FIRSTCHILD + 10))
- {
- ::DeleteMenu(hMenuWindow, nItems, MF_BYPOSITION);
- uLastID = ::GetMenuItemID(hMenuWindow, --nItems);
- }
- //delete the separator too
- ::DeleteMenu(hMenuWindow, nItems, MF_BYPOSITION);
- }
-
- int nWindow = 0;
-
- // Allocate an iterator for our MDIChild vector
- std::vector <MDIChildPtr>::iterator v;
-
- for (v = GetAllMDIChildren().begin(); v < GetAllMDIChildren().end(); ++v)
- {
- if ((*v)->GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & WS_VISIBLE) // IsWindowVisible is unreliable here
- {
- // Add Separator
- if (0 == nWindow)
- ::AppendMenu(hMenuWindow, MF_SEPARATOR, 0, NULL);
-
- // Add a menu entry for each MDI child (up to 9)
- if (nWindow < 9)
- {
- tString tsMenuItem ( (*v)->GetWindowText() );
-
- if (tsMenuItem.length() > MAX_MENU_STRING -10)
- {
- // Truncate the string if its too long
- tsMenuItem.erase(tsMenuItem.length() - MAX_MENU_STRING +10);
- tsMenuItem += _T(" ...");
- }
-
- TCHAR szMenuString[MAX_MENU_STRING+1];
- wsprintf(szMenuString, _T("&%d %s"), nWindow+1, tsMenuItem.c_str());
-
- ::AppendMenu(hMenuWindow, MF_STRING, IDW_FIRSTCHILD + nWindow, szMenuString);
-
- if (GetActiveMDIChild() == (*v).get())
- ::CheckMenuItem(hMenuWindow, IDW_FIRSTCHILD+nWindow, MF_CHECKED);
-
- ++nWindow;
- }
- else if (9 == nWindow)
- // For the 10th MDI child, add this menu item and return
- {
- ::AppendMenu(hMenuWindow, MF_STRING, IDW_FIRSTCHILD + nWindow, _T("&Windows..."));
- return;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CMDIFrame::FinalWindowProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- return ::DefFrameProc(m_hWnd, GetMDIClient(), uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline CMDIChild* CMDIFrame::GetActiveMDIChild() const
- {
- return (CMDIChild*)FromHandle(m_hActiveMDIChild);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMDIFrame::IsMDIChildMaxed() const
- {
- BOOL bMaxed = FALSE;
- GetMDIClient().SendMessage(WM_MDIGETACTIVE, 0L, (LPARAM)&bMaxed);
- return bMaxed;
- }
-
- inline void CMDIFrame::MDICascade(int nType /* = 0*/) const
- {
- // Possible values for nType are:
- // MDITILE_SKIPDISABLED Prevents disabled MDI child windows from being cascaded.
-
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- GetView()->SendMessage(WM_MDICASCADE, (WPARAM)nType, 0L);
- }
-
- inline void CMDIFrame::MDIIconArrange() const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- GetView()->SendMessage(WM_MDIICONARRANGE, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline void CMDIFrame::MDIMaximize() const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- GetView()->SendMessage(WM_MDIMAXIMIZE, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline void CMDIFrame::MDINext() const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- HWND hMDIChild = GetActiveMDIChild()->GetHwnd();
- GetView()->SendMessage(WM_MDINEXT, (WPARAM)hMDIChild, FALSE);
- }
-
- inline void CMDIFrame::MDIPrev() const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- HWND hMDIChild = GetActiveMDIChild()->GetHwnd();
- GetView()->SendMessage(WM_MDINEXT, (WPARAM)hMDIChild, TRUE);
- }
-
- inline void CMDIFrame::MDIRestore() const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- GetView()->SendMessage(WM_MDIRESTORE, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline void CMDIFrame::MDITile(int nType /* = 0*/) const
- {
- // Possible values for nType are:
- // MDITILE_HORIZONTAL Tiles MDI child windows so that one window appears above another.
- // MDITILE_SKIPDISABLED Prevents disabled MDI child windows from being tiled.
- // MDITILE_VERTICAL Tiles MDI child windows so that one window appears beside another.
-
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- GetView()->SendMessage(WM_MDITILE, (WPARAM)nType, 0L);
- }
-
- inline void CMDIFrame::OnClose()
- {
- if (RemoveAllMDIChildren())
- {
- CFrame::OnClose();
- Destroy();
- }
- }
-
- inline void CMDIFrame::OnViewStatusBar()
- {
- CFrame::OnViewStatusBar();
- UpdateCheckMarks();
- GetView()->RedrawWindow(NULL, NULL, RDW_FRAME | RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ERASE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN);
- }
-
- inline void CMDIFrame::OnViewToolBar()
- {
- CFrame::OnViewToolBar();
- UpdateCheckMarks();
- GetView()->RedrawWindow(NULL, NULL, RDW_FRAME | RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ERASE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN);
- }
-
- inline void CMDIFrame::OnWindowPosChanged()
- {
- if (IsMenuBarUsed())
- {
- // Refresh MenuBar Window
- HMENU hMenu= GetMenuBar().GetMenu();
- GetMenuBar().SetMenu(hMenu);
- UpdateCheckMarks();
- }
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMDIFrame::PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg)
- {
- if (WM_KEYFIRST <= pMsg->message && pMsg->message <= WM_KEYLAST)
- {
- if (TranslateMDISysAccel(GetView()->GetHwnd(), pMsg))
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return CFrame::PreTranslateMessage(pMsg);
- }
-
- inline void CMDIFrame::RecalcLayout()
- {
- CFrame::RecalcLayout();
-
- if (GetView()->IsWindow())
- MDIIconArrange();
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMDIFrame::RemoveAllMDIChildren()
- {
- BOOL bResult = TRUE;
- int Children = (int)m_vMDIChild.size();
-
- // Remove the children in reverse order
- for (int i = Children-1; i >= 0; --i)
- {
- if (IDNO == m_vMDIChild[i]->SendMessage(WM_CLOSE, 0L, 0L)) // Also removes the MDI child
- bResult = FALSE;
- }
-
- return bResult;
- }
-
- inline void CMDIFrame::RemoveMDIChild(HWND hWnd)
- {
- // Allocate an iterator for our HWND map
- std::vector <MDIChildPtr>::iterator v;
-
- for (v = m_vMDIChild.begin(); v!= m_vMDIChild.end(); ++v)
- {
- if ((*v)->GetHwnd() == hWnd)
- {
- m_vMDIChild.erase(v);
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (GetActiveMDIChild())
- {
- if (GetActiveMDIChild()->m_hChildMenu)
- UpdateFrameMenu(GetActiveMDIChild()->m_hChildMenu);
- if (GetActiveMDIChild()->m_hChildAccel)
- GetApp()->SetAccelerators(GetActiveMDIChild()->m_hChildAccel, this);
- }
- else
- {
- if (IsMenuBarUsed())
- GetMenuBar().SetMenu(GetFrameMenu());
- else
- SetMenu(FromHandle(GetFrameMenu()));
-
- GetApp()->SetAccelerators(GetFrameAccel(), this);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CMDIFrame::SetActiveMDIChild(CMDIChild* pChild)
- {
- assert ( pChild->IsWindow() );
-
- GetMDIClient().SendMessage(WM_MDIACTIVATE, (WPARAM)pChild->GetHwnd(), 0L);
-
- // Verify
- assert ( m_hActiveMDIChild == pChild->GetHwnd() );
- }
-
- inline void CMDIFrame::UpdateCheckMarks()
- {
- if ((GetActiveMDIChild()) && GetActiveMDIChild()->m_hChildMenu)
- {
- HMENU hMenu = GetActiveMDIChild()->m_hChildMenu;
-
- UINT uCheck = GetToolBar().IsWindowVisible()? MF_CHECKED : MF_UNCHECKED;
- ::CheckMenuItem(hMenu, IDW_VIEW_TOOLBAR, uCheck);
-
- uCheck = GetStatusBar().IsWindowVisible()? MF_CHECKED : MF_UNCHECKED;
- ::CheckMenuItem (hMenu, IDW_VIEW_STATUSBAR, uCheck);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CMDIFrame::UpdateFrameMenu(HMENU hMenu)
- {
- int nMenuItems = GetMenuItemCount(hMenu);
- if (nMenuItems > 0)
- {
- // The Window menu is typically second from the right
- int nWindowItem = MAX (nMenuItems -2, 0);
- HMENU hMenuWindow = ::GetSubMenu (hMenu, nWindowItem);
-
- if (hMenuWindow)
- {
- if (IsMenuBarUsed())
- {
- AppendMDIMenu(hMenuWindow);
- GetMenuBar().SetMenu(hMenu);
- }
- else
- {
- GetView()->SendMessage (WM_MDISETMENU, (WPARAM) hMenu, (LPARAM)hMenuWindow);
- DrawMenuBar();
- }
- }
- }
- UpdateCheckMarks();
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CMDIFrame::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case WM_CLOSE:
- OnClose();
- return 0;
-
- case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
- // MDI Child or MDI frame has been resized
- OnWindowPosChanged();
- break; // Continue with default processing
-
- } // switch uMsg
- return CFrame::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline HWND CMDIFrame::CMDIClient::Create(CWnd* pParent)
- {
- assert(pParent != 0);
-
- CLIENTCREATESTRUCT clientcreate ;
- clientcreate.hWindowMenu = m_hWnd;
- clientcreate.idFirstChild = IDW_FIRSTCHILD ;
- DWORD dwStyle = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | MDIS_ALLCHILDSTYLES;
-
- // Create the view window
- CreateEx(WS_EX_CLIENTEDGE, _T("MDICLient"), TEXT(""), dwStyle, 0, 0, 0, 0, pParent, NULL, (PSTR) &clientcreate);
-
- return m_hWnd;
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CMDIFrame::CMDIClient::WndProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case WM_MDIDESTROY:
- {
- // Do default processing first
- CallWindowProc(GetPrevWindowProc(), uMsg, wParam, lParam);
-
- // Now remove MDI child
- GetMDIFrame()->RemoveMDIChild((HWND) wParam);
- }
- return 0; // Discard message
-
- case WM_MDISETMENU:
- {
- if (GetMDIFrame()->IsMenuBarUsed())
- {
- return 0L;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case WM_MDIACTIVATE:
- {
- // Suppress redraw to avoid flicker when activating maximised MDI children
- SendMessage(WM_SETREDRAW, FALSE, 0L);
- LRESULT lr = CallWindowProc(GetPrevWindowProc(), WM_MDIACTIVATE, wParam, lParam);
- SendMessage(WM_SETREDRAW, TRUE, 0L);
- RedrawWindow(0, 0, RDW_FRAME | RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN);
-
- return lr;
- }
- }
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
-
- /////////////////////////////////////
- //Definitions for the CMDIChild class
- //
- inline CMDIChild::CMDIChild() : m_pView(NULL), m_hChildMenu(NULL)
- {
- // Set the MDI Child's menu and accelerator in the constructor, like this ...
- // HMENU hChildMenu = LoadMenu(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), _T("MdiMenuView"));
- // HACCEL hChildAccel = LoadAccelerators(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), _T("MDIAccelView"));
- // SetHandles(hChildMenu, hChildAccel);
- }
-
- inline CMDIChild::~CMDIChild()
- {
- if (IsWindow())
- GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_MDIDESTROY, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, 0L);
-
- if (m_hChildMenu)
- ::DestroyMenu(m_hChildMenu);
- }
-
- inline HWND CMDIChild::Create(CWnd* pParent /*= NULL*/)
- // We create the MDI child window and then maximize if required.
- // This technique avoids unnecessary flicker when creating maximized MDI children.
- {
- //Call PreCreate in case its overloaded
- PreCreate(*m_pcs);
-
- //Determine if the window should be created maximized
- BOOL bMax = FALSE;
- pParent->SendMessage(WM_MDIGETACTIVE, 0L, (LPARAM)&bMax);
- bMax = bMax | (m_pcs->style & WS_MAXIMIZE);
-
- // Set the Window Class Name
- TCHAR szClassName[MAX_STRING_SIZE + 1] = _T("Win32++ MDI Child");
- if (m_pcs->lpszClass)
- lstrcpyn(szClassName, m_pcs->lpszClass, MAX_STRING_SIZE);
-
- // Set the window style
- DWORD dwStyle;
- dwStyle = m_pcs->style & ~WS_MAXIMIZE;
- dwStyle |= WS_VISIBLE | WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW ;
-
- // Set window size and position
- int x = CW_USEDEFAULT;
- int y = CW_USEDEFAULT;
- int cx = CW_USEDEFAULT;
- int cy = CW_USEDEFAULT;
- if(m_pcs->cx && m_pcs->cy)
- {
- x = m_pcs->x;
- y = m_pcs->y;
- cx = m_pcs->cx;
- cy = m_pcs->cy;
- }
-
- // Set the extended style
- DWORD dwExStyle = m_pcs->dwExStyle | WS_EX_MDICHILD;
-
- // Turn off redraw while creating the window
- pParent->SendMessage(WM_SETREDRAW, FALSE, 0L);
-
- // Create the window
- if (!CreateEx(dwExStyle, szClassName, m_pcs->lpszName, dwStyle, x, y,
- cx, cy, pParent, FromHandle(m_pcs->hMenu), m_pcs->lpCreateParams))
- throw CWinException(_T("CMDIChild::Create ... CreateEx failed"));
-
- if (bMax)
- ShowWindow(SW_MAXIMIZE);
-
- // Turn redraw back on
- pParent->SendMessage(WM_SETREDRAW, TRUE, 0L);
- pParent->RedrawWindow(NULL, NULL, RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN);
-
- // Ensure bits revealed by round corners (XP themes) are redrawn
- SetWindowPos(NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOMOVE|SWP_NOSIZE|SWP_FRAMECHANGED);
-
- if (m_hChildMenu)
- GetMDIFrame()->UpdateFrameMenu(m_hChildMenu);
- if (m_hChildAccel)
- GetApp()->SetAccelerators(m_hChildAccel, this);
-
- return m_hWnd;
- }
-
- inline CMDIFrame* CMDIChild::GetMDIFrame() const
- {
- CMDIFrame* pMDIFrame = (CMDIFrame*)GetParent()->GetParent();
- assert(dynamic_cast<CMDIFrame*>(pMDIFrame));
- return pMDIFrame;
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CMDIChild::FinalWindowProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- return ::DefMDIChildProc(m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline void CMDIChild::MDIActivate() const
- {
- GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_MDIACTIVATE, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, 0L);
- }
-
- inline void CMDIChild::MDIDestroy() const
- {
- GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_MDIDESTROY, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, 0L);
- }
-
- inline void CMDIChild::MDIMaximize() const
- {
- GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_MDIMAXIMIZE, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, 0L);
- }
-
- inline void CMDIChild::MDIRestore() const
- {
- GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_MDIRESTORE, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, 0L);
- }
-
- inline void CMDIChild::OnCreate()
- {
- // Create the view window
- assert(GetView()); // Use SetView in CMDIChild's constructor to set the view window
- GetView()->Create(this);
- RecalcLayout();
- }
-
- inline void CMDIChild::RecalcLayout()
- {
- // Resize the View window
- CRect rc = GetClientRect();
- m_pView->SetWindowPos( NULL, rc.left, rc.top, rc.Width(), rc.Height(), SWP_SHOWWINDOW );
- }
-
- inline void CMDIChild::SetHandles(HMENU hMenu, HACCEL hAccel)
- {
- m_hChildMenu = hMenu;
- m_hChildAccel = hAccel;
-
- // Note: It is valid to call SetChildMenu before the window is created
- if (IsWindow())
- {
- CWnd* pWnd = GetMDIFrame()->GetActiveMDIChild();
- if (pWnd == this)
- {
- if (m_hChildMenu)
- GetMDIFrame()->UpdateFrameMenu(m_hChildMenu);
-
- if (m_hChildAccel)
- GetApp()->SetAccelerators(m_hChildAccel, GetMDIFrame());
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline void CMDIChild::SetView(CWnd& wndView)
- // Sets or changes the View window displayed within the frame
- {
- if (m_pView != &wndView)
- {
- // Destroy the existing view window (if any)
- if (m_pView) m_pView->Destroy();
-
- // Assign the view window
- m_pView = &wndView;
-
- if (m_hWnd)
- {
- // The frame is already created, so create and position the new view too
- assert(GetView()); // Use SetView in CMDIChild's constructor to set the view window
- GetView()->Create(this);
- RecalcLayout();
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CMDIChild::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case WM_MDIACTIVATE:
- {
- // This child is being activated
- if (lParam == (LPARAM) m_hWnd)
- {
- GetMDIFrame()->m_hActiveMDIChild = m_hWnd;
- // Set the menu to child default menu
- if (m_hChildMenu)
- GetMDIFrame()->UpdateFrameMenu(m_hChildMenu);
- if (m_hChildAccel)
- GetApp()->SetAccelerators(m_hChildAccel, this);
- }
-
- // No child is being activated
- if (0 == lParam)
- {
- GetMDIFrame()->m_hActiveMDIChild = NULL;
- // Set the menu to frame's original menu
- GetMDIFrame()->UpdateFrameMenu(GetMDIFrame()->GetFrameMenu());
- GetApp()->SetAccelerators(GetMDIFrame()->GetFrameAccel(), this);
- }
- }
- return 0L ;
-
- case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
- {
- RecalcLayout();
- break;
- }
- }
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-#endif // _WIN32XX_MDI_H_
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/menu.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/menu.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 136bafa3..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/menu.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,600 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// menu.h
-// Declaration of the CMenu class
-
-// Notes
-// 1) Owner-drawn menus send the WM_MEASUREITEM and WM_DRAWITEM messages
-// to the window that owns the menu. To manage owner drawing for menus,
-// handle these two messages in the CWnd's WndProc function.
-//
-// 2) The CMenu pointer returned by FromHandle might be a temporary pointer. It
-// should be used immediately, not saved for later use.
-//
-// 3) The CMenu pointers returned by FromHandle or GetSubMenu do not need
-// to be deleted. They are automatically deleted by the Win32++.
-//
-// 4) CMenu pointers returned by GetSubMenu are deleted when the parent CMenu is
-// detached, destroyed or deconstructed.
-//
-// 5) The HMENU that is attached to a CMenu object (using the attach function) is
-// automatically deleted when the CMenu object goes out of scope. Detach the
-// HMENU to stop it being deleted when CMenu's destructor is called.
-//
-// 6) Pass CMenu objects by reference or by pointer when passing them as function
-// arguments.
-//
-// 7) In those functions that use a MENUITEMINFO structure, its cbSize member is
-// automatically set to the correct value.
-
-// Program sample
-// --------------
-// void CView::CreatePopup()
-// {
-// CPoint pt = GetCursorPos();
-//
-// // Create the menu
-// CMenu Popup;
-// Popup.CreatePopupMenu();
-//
-// // Add some menu items
-// Popup.AppendMenu(MF_STRING, 101, _T("Menu Item &1"));
-// Popup.AppendMenu(MF_STRING, 102, _T("Menu Item &2"));
-// Popup.AppendMenu(MF_STRING, 103, _T("Menu Item &3"));
-// Popup.AppendMenu(MF_SEPARATOR);
-// Popup.AppendMenu(MF_STRING, 104, _T("Menu Item &4"));
-//
-// // Set menu item states
-// Popup.CheckMenuRadioItem(101, 101, 101, MF_BYCOMMAND);
-// Popup.CheckMenuItem(102, MF_BYCOMMAND | MF_CHECKED);
-// Popup.EnableMenuItem(103, MF_BYCOMMAND | MF_GRAYED);
-// Popup.SetDefaultItem(104);
-//
-// // Display the popup menu
-// Popup.TrackPopupMenu(0, pt.x, pt.y, this);
-// }
-
-
-
-#if !defined(_WIN32XX_MENU_H_) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE)
-#define _WIN32XX_MENU_H_
-
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-#include "gdi.h"
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- // Forward declarations
- class CBitmap;
-
- class CMenu
- {
- friend class CWinApp;
-
- public:
- //Construction
- CMenu() : m_hMenu(0), m_IsTmpMenu(FALSE) {}
- CMenu(UINT nID) : m_IsTmpMenu(FALSE)
- {
- m_hMenu = ::LoadMenu(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(nID));
- }
- ~CMenu();
-
- //Initialization
- void Attach(HMENU hMenu);
- void CreateMenu();
- void CreatePopupMenu();
- void DestroyMenu();
- HMENU Detach();
- HMENU GetHandle() const;
- BOOL LoadMenu(LPCTSTR lpszResourceName);
- BOOL LoadMenu(UINT uIDResource);
- BOOL LoadMenuIndirect(const void* lpMenuTemplate);
-
- //Menu Operations
- BOOL TrackPopupMenu(UINT uFlags, int x, int y, CWnd* pWnd, LPCRECT lpRect = 0);
- BOOL TrackPopupMenuEx(UINT uFlags, int x, int y, CWnd* pWnd, LPTPMPARAMS lptpm);
-
- //Menu Item Operations
- BOOL AppendMenu(UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem = 0, LPCTSTR lpszNewItem = NULL);
- BOOL AppendMenu(UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem, const CBitmap* pBmp);
- UINT CheckMenuItem(UINT uIDCheckItem, UINT uCheck);
- BOOL CheckMenuRadioItem(UINT uIDFirst, UINT uIDLast, UINT uIDItem, UINT uFlags);
- BOOL DeleteMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags);
- UINT EnableMenuItem(UINT uIDEnableItem, UINT uEnable);
- UINT GetDefaultItem(UINT gmdiFlags, BOOL fByPos = FALSE);
- DWORD GetMenuContextHelpId() const;
-
-#if(WINVER >= 0x0500) // Minimum OS required is Win2000
- BOOL GetMenuInfo(LPMENUINFO lpcmi) const;
- BOOL SetMenuInfo(LPCMENUINFO lpcmi);
-#endif
-
- UINT GetMenuItemCount() const;
- UINT GetMenuItemID(int nPos) const;
- BOOL GetMenuItemInfo(UINT uItem, LPMENUITEMINFO lpMenuItemInfo, BOOL fByPos = FALSE);
- UINT GetMenuState(UINT uID, UINT uFlags) const;
- int GetMenuString(UINT uIDItem, LPTSTR lpString, int nMaxCount, UINT uFlags) const;
- int GetMenuString(UINT uIDItem, CString& rString, UINT uFlags) const;
- CMenu* GetSubMenu(int nPos);
- BOOL InsertMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem = 0, LPCTSTR lpszNewItem = NULL);
- BOOL InsertMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem, const CBitmap* pBmp);
- BOOL InsertMenuItem(UINT uItem, LPMENUITEMINFO lpMenuItemInfo, BOOL fByPos = FALSE);
- BOOL ModifyMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem = 0, LPCTSTR lpszNewItem = NULL);
- BOOL ModifyMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem, const CBitmap* pBmp);
- BOOL RemoveMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags);
- BOOL SetDefaultItem(UINT uItem, BOOL fByPos = FALSE);
- BOOL SetMenuContextHelpId(DWORD dwContextHelpId);
- BOOL SetMenuItemBitmaps(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, const CBitmap* pBmpUnchecked, const CBitmap* pBmpChecked);
- BOOL SetMenuItemInfo(UINT uItem, LPMENUITEMINFO lpMenuItemInfo, BOOL fByPos = FALSE);
-
- //Operators
- BOOL operator != (const CMenu& menu) const;
- BOOL operator == (const CMenu& menu) const;
- operator HMENU () const;
-
- private:
- CMenu(const CMenu&); // Disable copy construction
- CMenu& operator = (const CMenu&); // Disable assignment operator
- void AddToMap();
- BOOL RemoveFromMap();
- std::vector<MenuPtr> m_vSubMenus; // A vector of smart pointers to CMenu
- HMENU m_hMenu;
- BOOL m_IsTmpMenu;
- };
-
- inline CMenu::~CMenu()
- {
- if (m_hMenu)
- {
- if (!m_IsTmpMenu)
- {
- ::DestroyMenu(m_hMenu);
- }
-
- RemoveFromMap();
- }
-
- m_vSubMenus.clear();
- }
-
- inline void CMenu::AddToMap()
- // Store the HMENU and CMenu pointer in the HMENU map
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- assert(m_hMenu);
-
- GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Lock();
- GetApp()->m_mapHMENU.insert(std::make_pair(m_hMenu, this));
- GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Release();
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::RemoveFromMap()
- {
- BOOL Success = FALSE;
-
- if (GetApp())
- {
- // Allocate an iterator for our HDC map
- std::map<HMENU, CMenu*, CompareHMENU>::iterator m;
-
- CWinApp* pApp = GetApp();
- if (pApp)
- {
- // Erase the CDC pointer entry from the map
- pApp->m_csMapLock.Lock();
- for (m = pApp->m_mapHMENU.begin(); m != pApp->m_mapHMENU.end(); ++m)
- {
- if (this == m->second)
- {
- pApp->m_mapHMENU.erase(m);
- Success = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- pApp->m_csMapLock.Release();
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
- }
-
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::AppendMenu(UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem /*= 0*/, LPCTSTR lpszNewItem /*= NULL*/)
- // Appends a new item to the end of the specified menu bar, drop-down menu, submenu, or shortcut menu.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::AppendMenu(m_hMenu, uFlags, uIDNewItem, lpszNewItem);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::AppendMenu(UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem, const CBitmap* pBmp)
- // Appends a new item to the end of the specified menu bar, drop-down menu, submenu, or shortcut menu.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- assert(pBmp);
- return ::AppendMenu(m_hMenu, uFlags, uIDNewItem, (LPCTSTR)pBmp->GetHandle());
- }
-
- inline void CMenu::Attach(HMENU hMenu)
- // Attaches an existing menu to this CMenu
- {
- if (m_hMenu != NULL && m_hMenu != hMenu)
- {
- ::DestroyMenu(Detach());
- }
-
- if (hMenu)
- {
- m_hMenu = hMenu;
- AddToMap();
- }
- }
-
- inline UINT CMenu::CheckMenuItem(UINT uIDCheckItem, UINT uCheck)
- // Sets the state of the specified menu item's check-mark attribute to either selected or clear.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::CheckMenuItem(m_hMenu, uIDCheckItem, uCheck);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::CheckMenuRadioItem(UINT uIDFirst, UINT uIDLast, UINT uIDItem, UINT uFlags)
- // Checks a specified menu item and makes it a radio item. At the same time, the function clears
- // all other menu items in the associated group and clears the radio-item type flag for those items.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::CheckMenuRadioItem(m_hMenu, uIDFirst, uIDLast, uIDItem, uFlags);
- }
-
- inline void CMenu::CreateMenu()
- // Creates an empty menu.
- {
- assert(NULL == m_hMenu);
- m_hMenu = ::CreateMenu();
- AddToMap();
- }
-
- inline void CMenu::CreatePopupMenu()
- // Creates a drop-down menu, submenu, or shortcut menu. The menu is initially empty.
- {
- assert(NULL == m_hMenu);
- m_hMenu = ::CreatePopupMenu();
- AddToMap();
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::DeleteMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags)
- // Deletes an item from the specified menu.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::DeleteMenu(m_hMenu, uPosition, uFlags);
- }
-
- inline void CMenu::DestroyMenu()
- // Destroys the menu and frees any memory that the menu occupies.
- {
- if (::IsMenu(m_hMenu))
- ::DestroyMenu(m_hMenu);
-
- m_hMenu = 0;
- RemoveFromMap();
- m_vSubMenus.clear();
- }
-
- inline HMENU CMenu::Detach()
- // Detaches the HMENU from this CMenu. If the HMENU is not detached it will be
- // destroyed when this CMenu is deconstructed.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- HMENU hMenu = m_hMenu;
- m_hMenu = 0;
- RemoveFromMap();
- m_vSubMenus.clear();
- return hMenu;
- }
-
- inline HMENU CMenu::GetHandle() const
- // Returns the HMENU assigned to this CMenu
- {
- return m_hMenu;
- }
-
- inline UINT CMenu::EnableMenuItem(UINT uIDEnableItem, UINT uEnable)
- // Enables, disables, or grays the specified menu item.
- // The uEnable parameter must be a combination of either MF_BYCOMMAND or MF_BYPOSITION
- // and MF_ENABLED, MF_DISABLED, or MF_GRAYED.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::EnableMenuItem(m_hMenu, uIDEnableItem, uEnable);
- }
-
- inline UINT CMenu::GetDefaultItem(UINT gmdiFlags, BOOL fByPos /*= FALSE*/)
- // Determines the default menu item.
- // The gmdiFlags parameter specifies how the function searches for menu items.
- // This parameter can be zero or more of the following values: GMDI_GOINTOPOPUPS; GMDI_USEDISABLED.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::GetMenuDefaultItem(m_hMenu, fByPos, gmdiFlags);
- }
-
- inline DWORD CMenu::GetMenuContextHelpId() const
- // Retrieves the Help context identifier associated with the menu.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::GetMenuContextHelpId(m_hMenu);
- }
-
-#if(WINVER >= 0x0500)
-// minimum OS required : Win2000
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::GetMenuInfo(LPMENUINFO lpcmi) const
- // Retrieves the menu information.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::GetMenuInfo(m_hMenu, lpcmi);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::SetMenuInfo(LPCMENUINFO lpcmi)
- // Sets the menu information from the specified MENUINFO structure.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::SetMenuInfo(m_hMenu, lpcmi);
- }
-
-#endif
-
- inline UINT CMenu::GetMenuItemCount() const
- // Retrieves the number of menu items.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::GetMenuItemCount(m_hMenu);
- }
-
- inline UINT CMenu::GetMenuItemID(int nPos) const
- // Retrieves the menu item identifier of a menu item located at the specified position
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::GetMenuItemID(m_hMenu, nPos);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::GetMenuItemInfo(UINT uItem, LPMENUITEMINFO lpMenuItemInfo, BOOL fByPos /*= FALSE*/)
- // retrieves information about the specified menu item.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- assert(lpMenuItemInfo);
- lpMenuItemInfo->cbSize = GetSizeofMenuItemInfo();
- return ::GetMenuItemInfo(m_hMenu, uItem, fByPos, lpMenuItemInfo);
- }
-
- inline UINT CMenu::GetMenuState(UINT uID, UINT uFlags) const
- // Retrieves the menu flags associated with the specified menu item.
- // Possible values for uFlags are: MF_BYCOMMAND (default) or MF_BYPOSITION.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::GetMenuState(m_hMenu, uID, uFlags);
- }
-
- inline int CMenu::GetMenuString(UINT uIDItem, LPTSTR lpString, int nMaxCount, UINT uFlags) const
- // Copies the text string of the specified menu item into the specified buffer.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- assert(lpString);
- return ::GetMenuString(m_hMenu, uIDItem, lpString, nMaxCount, uFlags);
- }
-
- inline int CMenu::GetMenuString(UINT uIDItem, CString& rString, UINT uFlags) const
- // Copies the text string of the specified menu item into the specified buffer.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::GetMenuString(m_hMenu, uIDItem, (LPTSTR)rString.c_str(), rString.GetLength(), uFlags);
- }
-
- inline CMenu* CMenu::GetSubMenu(int nPos)
- // Retrieves the CMenu object of a pop-up menu.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- CMenu* pMenu = new CMenu;
- pMenu->m_hMenu = ::GetSubMenu(m_hMenu, nPos);
- pMenu->m_IsTmpMenu = TRUE;
- m_vSubMenus.push_back(pMenu);
- return pMenu;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::InsertMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem /*= 0*/, LPCTSTR lpszNewItem /*= NULL*/)
- // Inserts a new menu item into a menu, moving other items down the menu.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::InsertMenu(m_hMenu, uPosition, uFlags, uIDNewItem, lpszNewItem);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::InsertMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem, const CBitmap* pBmp)
- // Inserts a new menu item into a menu, moving other items down the menu.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::InsertMenu(m_hMenu, uPosition, uFlags, uIDNewItem, (LPCTSTR)pBmp->GetHandle());
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::InsertMenuItem(UINT uItem, LPMENUITEMINFO lpMenuItemInfo, BOOL fByPos /*= FALSE*/)
- // Inserts a new menu item at the specified position in a menu.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- assert(lpMenuItemInfo);
- lpMenuItemInfo->cbSize = GetSizeofMenuItemInfo();
- return ::InsertMenuItem(m_hMenu, uItem, fByPos, lpMenuItemInfo);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::LoadMenu(LPCTSTR lpszResourceName)
- // Loads the menu from the specified windows resource.
- {
- assert(NULL == m_hMenu);
- assert(lpszResourceName);
- m_hMenu = ::LoadMenu(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), lpszResourceName);
- if (m_hMenu) AddToMap();
- return NULL != m_hMenu;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::LoadMenu(UINT uIDResource)
- // Loads the menu from the specified windows resource.
- {
- assert(NULL == m_hMenu);
- m_hMenu = ::LoadMenu(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(uIDResource));
- if (m_hMenu) AddToMap();
- return NULL != m_hMenu;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::LoadMenuIndirect(const void* lpMenuTemplate)
- // Loads the specified menu template and assigns it to this CMenu.
- {
- assert(NULL == m_hMenu);
- assert(lpMenuTemplate);
- m_hMenu = ::LoadMenuIndirect(lpMenuTemplate);
- if (m_hMenu) AddToMap();
- return NULL != m_hMenu;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::ModifyMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem /*= 0*/, LPCTSTR lpszNewItem /*= NULL*/)
- // Changes an existing menu item. This function is used to specify the content, appearance, and behavior of the menu item.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::ModifyMenu(m_hMenu, uPosition, uFlags, uIDNewItem, lpszNewItem);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::ModifyMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, UINT_PTR uIDNewItem, const CBitmap* pBmp)
- // Changes an existing menu item. This function is used to specify the content, appearance, and behavior of the menu item.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- assert(pBmp);
- return ::ModifyMenu(m_hMenu, uPosition, uFlags, uIDNewItem, (LPCTSTR)pBmp->GetHandle());
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::RemoveMenu(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags)
- // Deletes a menu item or detaches a submenu from the menu.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::RemoveMenu(m_hMenu, uPosition, uFlags);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::SetDefaultItem(UINT uItem, BOOL fByPos /*= FALSE*/)
- // sets the default menu item for the menu.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::SetMenuDefaultItem(m_hMenu, uItem, fByPos);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::SetMenuContextHelpId(DWORD dwContextHelpId)
- // Associates a Help context identifier with the menu.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::SetMenuContextHelpId(m_hMenu, dwContextHelpId);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::SetMenuItemBitmaps(UINT uPosition, UINT uFlags, const CBitmap* pBmpUnchecked, const CBitmap* pBmpChecked)
- // Associates the specified bitmap with a menu item.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- return ::SetMenuItemBitmaps(m_hMenu, uPosition, uFlags, *pBmpUnchecked, *pBmpChecked);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::SetMenuItemInfo(UINT uItem, LPMENUITEMINFO lpMenuItemInfo, BOOL fByPos /*= FALSE*/)
- // Changes information about a menu item.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- assert(lpMenuItemInfo);
- lpMenuItemInfo->cbSize = GetSizeofMenuItemInfo();
- return ::SetMenuItemInfo(m_hMenu, uItem, fByPos, lpMenuItemInfo);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::TrackPopupMenu(UINT uFlags, int x, int y, CWnd* pWnd, LPCRECT lpRect /*= 0*/)
- // Displays a shortcut menu at the specified location and tracks the selection of items on the menu.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- HWND hWnd = pWnd? pWnd->GetHwnd() : 0;
- return ::TrackPopupMenu(m_hMenu, uFlags, x, y, 0, hWnd, lpRect);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::TrackPopupMenuEx(UINT uFlags, int x, int y, CWnd* pWnd, LPTPMPARAMS lptpm)
- // Displays a shortcut menu at the specified location and tracks the selection of items on the shortcut menu.
- {
- assert(IsMenu(m_hMenu));
- HWND hWnd = pWnd? pWnd->GetHwnd() : 0;
- return ::TrackPopupMenuEx(m_hMenu, uFlags, x, y, hWnd, lptpm);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::operator != (const CMenu& menu) const
- // Returns TRUE if the two menu objects are not equal.
- {
- return menu.m_hMenu != m_hMenu;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CMenu::operator == (const CMenu& menu) const
- // Returns TRUE of the two menu object are equal
- {
- return menu.m_hMenu == m_hMenu;
- }
-
- inline CMenu::operator HMENU () const
- // Retrieves the menu's handle.
- {
- return m_hMenu;
- }
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////
- // Global functions
- //
-
- inline CMenu* FromHandle(HMENU hMenu)
- // Returns the CMenu object associated with the menu handle (HMENU).
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- CMenu* pMenu = GetApp()->GetCMenuFromMap(hMenu);
- if (::IsMenu(hMenu) && pMenu == 0)
- {
- GetApp()->AddTmpMenu(hMenu);
- pMenu = GetApp()->GetCMenuFromMap(hMenu);
- }
- return pMenu;
- }
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-#endif // _WIN32XX_MENU_H_
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/propertysheet.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/propertysheet.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4048942c..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/propertysheet.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,960 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// propertysheet.h
-// Declaration of the following classes:
-// CPropertyPage and CPropertySheet
-
-// These classes add support for property sheets to Win32++. A property sheet
-// will have one or more property pages. These pages are much like dialogs
-// which are presented within a tabbed dialog or within a wizard. The data
-// on a property page can be validated before the next page is presented.
-// Property sheets have three modes of use: Modal, Modeless, and Wizard.
-//
-// Refer to the PropertySheet demo program for an example of how propert sheets
-// can be used.
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_PROPERTYSHEET_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_PROPERTYSHEET_H_
-
-#include "dialog.h"
-
-#define ID_APPLY_NOW 0x3021
-#define ID_WIZBACK 0x3023
-#define ID_WIZNEXT 0x3024
-#define ID_WIZFINISH 0x3025
-#define ID_HELP 0xE146
-
-#ifndef PROPSHEETHEADER_V1_SIZE
- #define PROPSHEETHEADER_V1_SIZE 40
-#endif
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
- class CPropertyPage;
- typedef Shared_Ptr<CPropertyPage> PropertyPagePtr;
-
- class CPropertyPage : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CPropertyPage (UINT nIDTemplate, LPCTSTR szTitle = NULL);
- virtual ~CPropertyPage() {}
-
- virtual INT_PTR DialogProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual INT_PTR DialogProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual int OnApply();
- virtual void OnCancel();
- virtual void OnHelp();
- virtual BOOL OnInitDialog();
- virtual BOOL OnKillActive();
- virtual LRESULT OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual int OnOK();
- virtual BOOL OnQueryCancel();
- virtual BOOL OnQuerySiblings(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual int OnSetActive();
- virtual int OnWizardBack();
- virtual INT_PTR OnWizardFinish();
- virtual int OnWizardNext();
- virtual BOOL PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg);
-
- static UINT CALLBACK StaticPropSheetPageProc(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, LPPROPSHEETPAGE ppsp);
- static INT_PTR CALLBACK StaticDialogProc(HWND hwndDlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- void CancelToClose() const;
- PROPSHEETPAGE GetPSP() const {return m_PSP;}
- BOOL IsButtonEnabled(int iButton) const;
- LRESULT QuerySiblings(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const;
- void SetModified(BOOL bChanged) const;
- void SetTitle(LPCTSTR szTitle);
- void SetWizardButtons(DWORD dwFlags) const;
-
- protected:
- PROPSHEETPAGE m_PSP;
-
- private:
- CPropertyPage(const CPropertyPage&); // Disable copy construction
- CPropertyPage& operator = (const CPropertyPage&); // Disable assignment operator
-
- tString m_Title;
- };
-
- class CPropertySheet : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CPropertySheet(UINT nIDCaption, CWnd* pParent = NULL);
- CPropertySheet(LPCTSTR pszCaption = NULL, CWnd* pParent = NULL);
- virtual ~CPropertySheet() {}
-
- // Operations
- virtual CPropertyPage* AddPage(CPropertyPage* pPage);
- virtual HWND Create(CWnd* pParent = 0);
- virtual INT_PTR CreatePropertySheet(LPCPROPSHEETHEADER ppsph);
- virtual void DestroyButton(int iButton);
- virtual void Destroy();
- virtual int DoModal();
- virtual void RemovePage(CPropertyPage* pPage);
-
- // State functions
- BOOL IsModeless() const;
- BOOL IsWizard() const;
-
- //Attributes
- CPropertyPage* GetActivePage() const;
- int GetPageCount() const;
- int GetPageIndex(CPropertyPage* pPage) const;
- HWND GetTabControl() const;
- virtual BOOL SetActivePage(int nPage);
- virtual BOOL SetActivePage(CPropertyPage* pPage);
- virtual void SetIcon(UINT idIcon);
- virtual void SetTitle(LPCTSTR szTitle);
- virtual void SetWizardMode(BOOL bWizard);
-
- protected:
- virtual BOOL PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg);
- virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- private:
- CPropertySheet(const CPropertySheet&); // Disable copy construction
- CPropertySheet& operator = (const CPropertySheet&); // Disable assignment operator
- void BuildPageArray();
- static void CALLBACK Callback(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, LPARAM lParam);
-
- tString m_Title;
- std::vector<PropertyPagePtr> m_vPages; // vector of CPropertyPage
- std::vector<PROPSHEETPAGE> m_vPSP; // vector of PROPSHEETPAGE
- BOOL m_bInitialUpdate;
- PROPSHEETHEADER m_PSH;
- };
-
-}
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~//
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- //////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CPropertyPage class
- //
- inline CPropertyPage::CPropertyPage(UINT nIDTemplate, LPCTSTR szTitle /* = NULL*/)
- {
- ZeroMemory(&m_PSP, sizeof(PROPSHEETPAGE));
- SetTitle(szTitle);
-
- m_PSP.dwSize = sizeof(PROPSHEETPAGE);
- m_PSP.dwFlags |= PSP_USECALLBACK;
- m_PSP.hInstance = GetApp()->GetResourceHandle();
- m_PSP.pszTemplate = MAKEINTRESOURCE(nIDTemplate);
- m_PSP.pszTitle = m_Title.c_str();
- m_PSP.pfnDlgProc = (DLGPROC)CPropertyPage::StaticDialogProc;
- m_PSP.lParam = (LPARAM)this;
- m_PSP.pfnCallback = CPropertyPage::StaticPropSheetPageProc;
- }
-
- inline void CPropertyPage::CancelToClose() const
- // Disables the Cancel button and changes the text of the OK button to "Close."
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(PSM_CANCELTOCLOSE, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
-
- inline INT_PTR CPropertyPage::DialogProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- // Override this function in your class derrived from CPropertyPage if you wish to handle messages
- // A typical function might look like this:
-
- // switch (uMsg)
- // {
- // case MESSAGE1: // Some Win32 API message
- // OnMessage1(); // A user defined function
- // break; // Also do default processing
- // case MESSAGE2:
- // OnMessage2();
- // return x; // Don't do default processing, but instead return
- // // a value recommended by the Win32 API documentation
- // }
-
- // Always pass unhandled messages on to DialogProcDefault
- return DialogProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline INT_PTR CPropertyPage::DialogProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- // All DialogProc functions should pass unhandled messages to this function
- {
- LRESULT lr = 0L;
-
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case UWM_CLEANUPTEMPS:
- {
- TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex());
- pTLSData->vTmpWnds.clear();
- }
- break;
-
- case WM_INITDIALOG:
- return OnInitDialog();
-
- case PSM_QUERYSIBLINGS:
- return (BOOL)OnQuerySiblings(wParam, lParam);
-
- case WM_COMMAND:
- {
- // Refelect this message if it's from a control
- CWnd* pWnd = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap((HWND)lParam);
- if (pWnd != NULL)
- lr = pWnd->OnCommand(wParam, lParam);
-
- // Handle user commands
- if (!lr)
- lr = OnCommand(wParam, lParam);
-
- if (lr) return 0L;
- }
- break;
-
- case WM_NOTIFY:
- {
- // Do Notification reflection if it came from a CWnd object
- HWND hwndFrom = ((LPNMHDR)lParam)->hwndFrom;
- CWnd* pWndFrom = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hwndFrom);
-
- if (pWndFrom != NULL)
- lr = pWndFrom->OnNotifyReflect(wParam, lParam);
- else
- {
- // Some controls (eg ListView) have child windows.
- // Reflect those notifications too.
- CWnd* pWndFromParent = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(::GetParent(hwndFrom));
- if (pWndFromParent != NULL)
- lr = pWndFromParent->OnNotifyReflect(wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- // Handle user notifications
- if (!lr) lr = OnNotify(wParam, lParam);
-
- // Set the return code for notifications
- if (IsWindow())
- SetWindowLongPtr(DWLP_MSGRESULT, (LONG_PTR)lr);
-
- return (BOOL)lr;
- }
-
- case WM_PAINT:
- {
- if (::GetUpdateRect(m_hWnd, NULL, FALSE))
- {
- CPaintDC dc(this);
- OnDraw(&dc);
- }
- else
- // RedrawWindow can require repainting without an update rect
- {
- CClientDC dc(this);
- OnDraw(&dc);
- }
-
- break;
- }
-
- case WM_ERASEBKGND:
- {
- CDC dc((HDC)wParam);
- BOOL bResult = OnEraseBkgnd(&dc);
- dc.Detach();
- if (bResult) return TRUE;
- }
- break;
-
- // A set of messages to be reflected back to the control that generated them
- case WM_CTLCOLORBTN:
- case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT:
- case WM_CTLCOLORDLG:
- case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX:
- case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR:
- case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC:
- case WM_DRAWITEM:
- case WM_MEASUREITEM:
- case WM_DELETEITEM:
- case WM_COMPAREITEM:
- case WM_CHARTOITEM:
- case WM_VKEYTOITEM:
- case WM_HSCROLL:
- case WM_VSCROLL:
- case WM_PARENTNOTIFY:
- return MessageReflect(m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
-
- } // switch(uMsg)
- return FALSE;
-
- } // INT_PTR CALLBACK CPropertyPage::DialogProc(...)
-
- inline BOOL CPropertyPage::IsButtonEnabled(int iButton) const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return GetParent()->GetDlgItem(iButton)->IsWindowEnabled();
- }
-
- inline int CPropertyPage::OnApply()
- {
- // This function is called for each page when the Apply button is pressed
- // Override this function in your derived class if required.
-
- // The possible return values are:
- // PSNRET_NOERROR. The changes made to this page are valid and have been applied
- // PSNRET_INVALID. The property sheet will not be destroyed, and focus will be returned to this page.
- // PSNRET_INVALID_NOCHANGEPAGE. The property sheet will not be destroyed, and focus will be returned;
-
- return PSNRET_NOERROR;
- }
-
- inline void CPropertyPage::OnCancel()
- {
- // This function is called for each page when the Cancel button is pressed
- // Override this function in your derived class if required.
- }
-
- inline void CPropertyPage::OnHelp()
- {
- // This function is called in response to the PSN_HELP notification.
- SendMessage(m_hWnd, WM_COMMAND, ID_HELP, 0L);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CPropertyPage::OnQueryCancel()
- {
- // Called when the cancel button is pressed, and before the cancel has taken place
- // Returns TRUE to prevent the cancel operation, or FALSE to allow it.
-
- return FALSE; // Allow cancel to proceed
- }
-
- inline BOOL CPropertyPage::OnQuerySiblings(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- // Responds to a query request from the Property Sheet.
- // The values for wParam and lParam are the ones set by
- // the CPropertySheet::QuerySiblings call
-
- // return FALSE to allow other siblings to be queried, or
- // return TRUE to stop query at this page.
-
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CPropertyPage::OnInitDialog()
- {
- // Called when the property page is created
- // Override this function in your derived class if required.
-
- return TRUE; // Pass Keyboard control to handle in WPARAM
- }
-
- inline BOOL CPropertyPage::OnKillActive()
- {
- // This is called in response to a PSN_KILLACTIVE notification, which
- // is sent whenever the OK or Apply button is pressed.
- // It provides an opportunity to validate the page contents before it's closed.
- // Return TRUE to prevent the page from losing the activation, or FALSE to allow it.
-
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- inline int CPropertyPage::OnOK()
- {
- // Called for each page when the OK button is pressed
- // Override this function in your derived class if required.
-
- // The possible return values are:
- // PSNRET_NOERROR. The changes made to this page are valid and have been applied
- // PSNRET_INVALID. The property sheet will not be destroyed, and focus will be returned to this page.
- // PSNRET_INVALID_NOCHANGEPAGE. The property sheet will not be destroyed, and focus will be returned;
-
- return PSNRET_NOERROR;
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CPropertyPage::OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
-
- LPPSHNOTIFY pNotify = (LPPSHNOTIFY)lParam;
- switch(pNotify->hdr.code)
- {
- case PSN_SETACTIVE:
- return OnSetActive();
- case PSN_KILLACTIVE:
- return OnKillActive();
- case PSN_APPLY:
- if (pNotify->lParam)
- return OnOK();
- else
- return OnApply();
- case PSN_RESET:
- OnCancel();
- return FALSE;
- case PSN_QUERYCANCEL:
- return OnQueryCancel();
- case PSN_WIZNEXT:
- return OnWizardNext();
- case PSN_WIZBACK:
- return OnWizardBack();
- case PSN_WIZFINISH:
- return OnWizardFinish();
- case PSN_HELP:
- OnHelp();
- return TRUE;
- }
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- inline int CPropertyPage::OnSetActive()
- {
- // Called when a page becomes active
- // Override this function in your derived class if required.
-
- // Returns zero to accept the activation, or -1 to activate the next or the previous page (depending
- // on whether the user clicked the Next or Back button). To set the activation to a particular page,
- // return the resource identifier of the page.
-
- return 0;
- }
-
- inline int CPropertyPage::OnWizardBack()
- {
- // This function is called when the Back button is pressed on a wizard page
- // Override this function in your derived class if required.
-
- // Returns 0 to allow the wizard to go to the previous page. Returns -1 to prevent the wizard
- // from changing pages. To display a particular page, return its dialog resource identifier.
-
- return 0;
- }
-
- inline INT_PTR CPropertyPage::OnWizardFinish()
- {
- // This function is called when the Finish button is pressed on a wizard page
- // Override this function in your derived class if required.
-
- // Return Value:
- // Return non-zero to prevent the wizard from finishing.
- // Version 5.80. and later. Return a window handle to prevent the wizard from finishing. The wizard will set the focus to that window. The window must be owned by the wizard page.
- // Return 0 to allow the wizard to finish.
-
- return 0; // Allow wizard to finish
- }
-
- inline int CPropertyPage::OnWizardNext()
- {
- // This function is called when the Next button is pressed on a wizard page
- // Override this function in your derived class if required.
-
- // Return 0 to allow the wizard to go to the next page. Return -1 to prevent the wizard from
- // changing pages. To display a particular page, return its dialog resource identifier.
-
- return 0;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CPropertyPage::PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg)
- {
- // allow the tab control to translate keyboard input
- if (pMsg->message == WM_KEYDOWN && GetAsyncKeyState(VK_CONTROL) < 0 &&
- (pMsg->wParam == VK_TAB || pMsg->wParam == VK_PRIOR || pMsg->wParam == VK_NEXT))
- {
- CWnd* pWndParent = GetParent();
- if (pWndParent->SendMessage(PSM_ISDIALOGMESSAGE, 0L, (LPARAM)pMsg))
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- // allow the dialog to translate keyboard input
- if ((pMsg->message >= WM_KEYFIRST) && (pMsg->message <= WM_KEYLAST))
- {
- if (IsDialogMessage(pMsg))
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- return CWnd::PreTranslateMessage(pMsg);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CPropertyPage::QuerySiblings(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const
- {
- // Sent to a property sheet, which then forwards the message to each of its pages.
- // Set wParam and lParam to values you want passed to the property pages.
- // Returns the nonzero value from a page in the property sheet, or zero if no page returns a nonzero value.
-
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return GetParent()->SendMessage(PSM_QUERYSIBLINGS, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline void CPropertyPage::SetModified(BOOL bChanged) const
- {
- // The property sheet will enable the Apply button if bChanged is TRUE.
-
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- if (bChanged)
- GetParent()->SendMessage(PSM_CHANGED, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, 0L);
- else
- GetParent()->SendMessage(PSM_UNCHANGED, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, 0L);
- }
-
- inline void CPropertyPage::SetTitle(LPCTSTR szTitle)
- {
- if (szTitle)
- {
- m_Title = szTitle;
- m_PSP.dwFlags |= PSP_USETITLE;
- }
- else
- {
- m_Title.erase();
- m_PSP.dwFlags &= ~PSP_USETITLE;
- }
-
- m_PSP.pszTitle = m_Title.c_str();
- }
-
- inline void CPropertyPage::SetWizardButtons(DWORD dwFlags) const
- {
- // dwFlags: A value that specifies which wizard buttons are enabled. You can combine one or more of the following flags.
- // PSWIZB_BACK Enable the Back button. If this flag is not set, the Back button is displayed as disabled.
- // PSWIZB_DISABLEDFINISH Display a disabled Finish button.
- // PSWIZB_FINISH Display an enabled Finish button.
- // PSWIZB_NEXT Enable the Next button. If this flag is not set, the Next button is displayed as disabled.
-
- assert (::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- PropSheet_SetWizButtons(::GetParent(m_hWnd), dwFlags);
- }
-
- inline UINT CALLBACK CPropertyPage::StaticPropSheetPageProc(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, LPPROPSHEETPAGE ppsp)
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(hwnd);
-
- // Note: the hwnd is always NULL
-
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case PSPCB_CREATE:
- {
- TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex());
- assert(pTLSData);
-
- // Store the CPropertyPage pointer in Thread Local Storage
- pTLSData->pCWnd = (CWnd*)ppsp->lParam;
- }
- break;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- inline INT_PTR CALLBACK CPropertyPage::StaticDialogProc(HWND hwndDlg, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
-
- // Find matching CWnd pointer for this HWND
- CPropertyPage* pPage = (CPropertyPage*)GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hwndDlg);
- if (0 == pPage)
- {
- // matching CWnd pointer not found, so add it to HWNDMap now
- TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex());
- pPage = (CPropertyPage*)pTLSData->pCWnd;
-
- // Set the hWnd members and call DialogProc for this message
- pPage->m_hWnd = hwndDlg;
- pPage->AddToMap();
- }
-
- return pPage->DialogProc(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CPropertySheet class
- //
- inline CPropertySheet::CPropertySheet(UINT nIDCaption, CWnd* pParent /* = NULL*/)
- {
- ZeroMemory(&m_PSH, sizeof (PROPSHEETHEADER));
- SetTitle(LoadString(nIDCaption));
- m_bInitialUpdate = FALSE;
-
-#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
- m_PSH.dwSize = sizeof(PROPSHEETHEADER);
-#else
- if (GetComCtlVersion() >= 471)
- m_PSH.dwSize = sizeof(PROPSHEETHEADER);
- else
- m_PSH.dwSize = PROPSHEETHEADER_V1_SIZE;
-#endif
-
- m_PSH.dwFlags = PSH_PROPSHEETPAGE | PSH_USECALLBACK;
- m_PSH.hwndParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : 0;
- m_PSH.hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle();
- m_PSH.pfnCallback = (PFNPROPSHEETCALLBACK)CPropertySheet::Callback;
- }
-
- inline CPropertySheet::CPropertySheet(LPCTSTR pszCaption /*= NULL*/, CWnd* pParent /* = NULL*/)
- {
- ZeroMemory(&m_PSH, sizeof (PROPSHEETHEADER));
- SetTitle(pszCaption);
- m_bInitialUpdate = FALSE;
-
-#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
- m_PSH.dwSize = PROPSHEETHEADER_V1_SIZE;
-#else
- if (GetComCtlVersion() >= 471)
- m_PSH.dwSize = sizeof(PROPSHEETHEADER);
- else
- m_PSH.dwSize = PROPSHEETHEADER_V1_SIZE;
-#endif
-
- m_PSH.dwFlags = PSH_PROPSHEETPAGE | PSH_USECALLBACK;
- m_PSH.hwndParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : 0;;
- m_PSH.hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle();
- m_PSH.pfnCallback = (PFNPROPSHEETCALLBACK)CPropertySheet::Callback;
- }
-
- inline CPropertyPage* CPropertySheet::AddPage(CPropertyPage* pPage)
- // Adds a Property Page to the Property Sheet
- {
- assert(NULL != pPage);
-
- m_vPages.push_back(PropertyPagePtr(pPage));
-
- if (m_hWnd)
- {
- // property sheet already exists, so add page to it
- PROPSHEETPAGE psp = pPage->GetPSP();
- HPROPSHEETPAGE hpsp = ::CreatePropertySheetPage(&psp);
- PropSheet_AddPage(m_hWnd, hpsp);
- }
-
- m_PSH.nPages = (int)m_vPages.size();
-
- return pPage;
- }
-
- inline void CPropertySheet::BuildPageArray()
- // Builds the PROPSHEETPAGE array
- {
- m_vPSP.clear();
- std::vector<PropertyPagePtr>::iterator iter;
- for (iter = m_vPages.begin(); iter < m_vPages.end(); ++iter)
- m_vPSP.push_back((*iter)->GetPSP());
-
- PROPSHEETPAGE* pPSPArray = &m_vPSP.front(); // Array of PROPSHEETPAGE
- m_PSH.ppsp = pPSPArray;
- }
-
- inline void CALLBACK CPropertySheet::Callback(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
-
- switch(uMsg)
- {
- //called before the dialog is created, hwnd = NULL, lParam points to dialog resource
- case PSCB_PRECREATE:
- {
- LPDLGTEMPLATE lpTemplate = (LPDLGTEMPLATE)lParam;
-
- if(!(lpTemplate->style & WS_SYSMENU))
- {
- lpTemplate->style |= WS_SYSMENU;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- //called after the dialog is created
- case PSCB_INITIALIZED:
- {
- // Retrieve pointer to CWnd object from Thread Local Storage
- TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex());
- assert(pTLSData);
-
- CPropertySheet* w = (CPropertySheet*)pTLSData->pCWnd;
- assert(w);
-
- w->Attach(hwnd);
- w->OnCreate();
- }
- break;
- }
- }
-
-
- inline HWND CPropertySheet::Create(CWnd* pParent /*= 0*/)
- // Creates a modeless Property Sheet
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
-
- if (pParent)
- {
- m_PSH.hwndParent = pParent->GetHwnd();
- }
-
- BuildPageArray();
- PROPSHEETPAGE* pPSPArray = &m_vPSP.front();
- m_PSH.ppsp = pPSPArray;
-
- // Create a modeless Property Sheet
- m_PSH.dwFlags &= ~PSH_WIZARD;
- m_PSH.dwFlags |= PSH_MODELESS;
- HWND hWnd = (HWND)CreatePropertySheet(&m_PSH);
-
- return hWnd;
- }
-
- inline INT_PTR CPropertySheet::CreatePropertySheet(LPCPROPSHEETHEADER ppsph)
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
-
- INT_PTR ipResult = 0;
-
- // Only one window per CWnd instance allowed
- assert(!::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set
- TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex();
-
- // Store the 'this' pointer in Thread Local Storage
- pTLSData->pCWnd = this;
-
- // Create the property sheet
- ipResult = PropertySheet(ppsph);
-
- return ipResult;
- }
-
- inline void CPropertySheet::DestroyButton(int IDButton)
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- HWND hwndButton = ::GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, IDButton);
- if (hwndButton != NULL)
- {
- // Hide and disable the button
- ::ShowWindow(hwndButton, SW_HIDE);
- ::EnableWindow(hwndButton, FALSE);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CPropertySheet::Destroy()
- {
- CWnd::Destroy();
- m_vPages.clear();
- }
-
- inline int CPropertySheet::DoModal()
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
-
- BuildPageArray();
- PROPSHEETPAGE* pPSPArray = &m_vPSP.front();
- m_PSH.ppsp = pPSPArray;
-
- // Create the Property Sheet
- int nResult = (int)CreatePropertySheet(&m_PSH);
-
- m_vPages.clear();
-
- return nResult;
- }
-
- inline CPropertyPage* CPropertySheet::GetActivePage() const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- CPropertyPage* pPage = NULL;
- if (m_hWnd != NULL)
- {
- HWND hPage = (HWND)SendMessage(PSM_GETCURRENTPAGEHWND, 0L, 0L);
- pPage = (CPropertyPage*)FromHandle(hPage);
- }
-
- return pPage;
- }
-
- inline int CPropertySheet::GetPageCount() const
- // Returns the number of Property Pages in this Property Sheet
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)m_vPages.size();
- }
-
- inline int CPropertySheet::GetPageIndex(CPropertyPage* pPage) const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- for (int i = 0; i < GetPageCount(); i++)
- {
- if (m_vPages[i].get() == pPage)
- return i;
- }
- return -1;
- }
-
- inline HWND CPropertySheet::GetTabControl() const
- // Returns the handle to the Property Sheet's tab control
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HWND)SendMessage(PSM_GETTABCONTROL, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CPropertySheet::IsModeless() const
- {
- return (m_PSH.dwFlags & PSH_MODELESS);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CPropertySheet::IsWizard() const
- {
- return (m_PSH.dwFlags & PSH_WIZARD);
- }
-
- inline void CPropertySheet::RemovePage(CPropertyPage* pPage)
- // Removes a Property Page from the Property Sheet
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- int nPage = GetPageIndex(pPage);
- if (m_hWnd != NULL)
- SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_REMOVEPAGE, nPage, 0L);
-
- m_vPages.erase(m_vPages.begin() + nPage, m_vPages.begin() + nPage+1);
- m_PSH.nPages = (int)m_vPages.size();
- }
-
- inline BOOL CPropertySheet::PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg)
- {
- // allow sheet to translate Ctrl+Tab, Shift+Ctrl+Tab, Ctrl+PageUp, and Ctrl+PageDown
- if (pMsg->message == WM_KEYDOWN && GetAsyncKeyState(VK_CONTROL) < 0 &&
- (pMsg->wParam == VK_TAB || pMsg->wParam == VK_PRIOR || pMsg->wParam == VK_NEXT))
- {
- if (SendMessage(PSM_ISDIALOGMESSAGE, 0L, (LPARAM)pMsg))
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- // allow the dialog to translate keyboard input
- if ((pMsg->message >= WM_KEYFIRST) && (pMsg->message <= WM_KEYLAST))
- {
- return GetActivePage()->PreTranslateMessage(pMsg);
- }
-
- return CWnd::PreTranslateMessage(pMsg);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CPropertySheet::SetActivePage(int nPage)
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(m_hWnd, PSM_SETCURSEL, nPage, 0L);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CPropertySheet::SetActivePage(CPropertyPage* pPage)
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- int nPage = GetPageIndex(pPage);
- if ((nPage >= 0))
- return SetActivePage(nPage);
-
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- inline void CPropertySheet::SetIcon(UINT idIcon)
- {
- m_PSH.pszIcon = MAKEINTRESOURCE(idIcon);
- m_PSH.dwFlags |= PSH_USEICONID;
- }
-
- inline void CPropertySheet::SetTitle(LPCTSTR szTitle)
- {
- if (szTitle)
- m_Title = szTitle;
- else
- m_Title.erase();
-
- m_PSH.pszCaption = m_Title.c_str();
- }
-
- inline void CPropertySheet::SetWizardMode(BOOL bWizard)
- {
- if (bWizard)
- m_PSH.dwFlags |= PSH_WIZARD;
- else
- m_PSH.dwFlags &= ~PSH_WIZARD;
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CPropertySheet::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch (uMsg)
- {
-
- case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
- {
- LPWINDOWPOS lpWinPos = (LPWINDOWPOS)lParam;
- if (lpWinPos->flags & SWP_SHOWWINDOW)
- {
- if (!m_bInitialUpdate)
- // The first window positioning with the window visible
- OnInitialUpdate();
- m_bInitialUpdate = TRUE;
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case WM_DESTROY:
- m_bInitialUpdate = FALSE;
- break;
-
- case WM_SYSCOMMAND:
- if ((SC_CLOSE == wParam) && (m_PSH.dwFlags & PSH_MODELESS))
- {
- Destroy();
- return 0L;
- }
- break;
- }
-
- // pass unhandled messages on for default processing
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
-}
-
-#endif // _WIN32XX_PROPERTYSHEET_H_
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/rebar.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/rebar.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a339dca..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/rebar.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,709 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_REBAR_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_REBAR_H_
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-#include "gdi.h"
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- struct ReBarTheme
- {
- BOOL UseThemes; // TRUE if themes are used
- COLORREF clrBkgnd1; // Colour 1 for rebar background
- COLORREF clrBkgnd2; // Colour 2 for rebar background
- COLORREF clrBand1; // Colour 1 for rebar band background. Use NULL if not required
- COLORREF clrBand2; // Colour 2 for rebar band background. Use NULL if not required
- BOOL FlatStyle; // Bands are rendered with flat rather than raised style
- BOOL BandsLeft; // Position bands left on rearrange
- BOOL LockMenuBand; // Lock MenuBar's band in dedicated top row, without gripper
- BOOL RoundBorders; // Use rounded band borders
- BOOL ShortBands; // Allows bands to be shorter than maximum available width
- BOOL UseLines; // Displays horizontal lines between bands
- };
-
- ////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CReBar class
- //
- class CReBar : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CReBar();
- virtual ~CReBar();
-
- // Operations
- BOOL DeleteBand(const int nBand) const;
- int HitTest(RBHITTESTINFO& rbht);
- HWND HitTest(POINT pt);
- int IDToIndex(UINT uBandID) const;
- BOOL InsertBand(const int nBand, REBARBANDINFO& rbbi) const;
- BOOL IsBandVisible(int nBand) const;
- void MaximizeBand(UINT uBand, BOOL fIdeal = FALSE);
- void MinimizeBand(UINT uBand);
- BOOL MoveBand(UINT uFrom, UINT uTo);
- void MoveBandsLeft();
- BOOL ResizeBand(const int nBand, const CSize& sz) const;
- BOOL ShowGripper(int nBand, BOOL fShow) const;
- BOOL ShowBand(int nBand, BOOL fShow) const;
- BOOL SizeToRect(CRect& rect) const;
-
- // Attributes
- int GetBand(const HWND hWnd) const;
- CRect GetBandBorders(int nBand) const;
- int GetBandCount() const;
- BOOL GetBandInfo(const int nBand, REBARBANDINFO& rbbi) const;
- CRect GetBandRect(int i) const;
- UINT GetBarHeight() const;
- BOOL GetBarInfo(REBARINFO& rbi) const;
- HWND GetMenuBar() {return m_hMenuBar;}
- ReBarTheme& GetReBarTheme() {return m_Theme;}
- UINT GetRowCount() const;
- int GetRowHeight(int nRow) const;
- UINT GetSizeofRBBI() const;
- HWND GetToolTips() const;
- BOOL SetBandBitmap(const int nBand, const CBitmap* pBackground) const;
- BOOL SetBandColor(const int nBand, const COLORREF clrFore, const COLORREF clrBack) const;
- BOOL SetBandInfo(const int nBand, REBARBANDINFO& rbbi) const;
- BOOL SetBarInfo(REBARINFO& rbi) const;
- void SetMenuBar(HWND hMenuBar) {m_hMenuBar = hMenuBar;}
- void SetReBarTheme(ReBarTheme& Theme);
-
- protected:
- //Overridables
- virtual BOOL OnEraseBkgnd(CDC* pDC);
- virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs);
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc);
- virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- private:
- CReBar(const CReBar&); // Disable copy construction
- CReBar& operator = (const CReBar&); // Disable assignment operator
-
- ReBarTheme m_Theme;
- BOOL m_bIsDragging;
- HWND m_hMenuBar;
- LPARAM m_Orig_lParam;
- };
-
-}
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- ///////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CReBar class
- //
- inline CReBar::CReBar() : m_bIsDragging(FALSE), m_hMenuBar(0), m_Orig_lParam(0L)
- {
- ZeroMemory(&m_Theme, sizeof(ReBarTheme));
- }
-
- inline CReBar::~CReBar()
- {
- }
-
- inline BOOL CReBar::DeleteBand(int nBand) const
- // Deletes a band from a rebar control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_DELETEBAND, nBand, 0L);
- }
-
- inline int CReBar::GetBand(HWND hWnd) const
- // Returns the zero based band number for this window handle
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- int nResult = -1;
- if (NULL == hWnd) return nResult;
-
- for (int nBand = 0; nBand < GetBandCount(); ++nBand)
- {
- REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0};
- rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI();
- rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_CHILD;
- GetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi);
- if (rbbi.hwndChild == hWnd)
- nResult = nBand;
- }
-
- return nResult;
- }
-
- inline CRect CReBar::GetBandBorders(int nBand) const
- // Retrieves the borders of a band.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- CRect rc;
- SendMessage(RB_GETBANDBORDERS, nBand, (LPARAM)&rc);
- return rc;
- }
-
- inline int CReBar::GetBandCount() const
- // Retrieves the count of bands currently in the rebar control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(RB_GETBANDCOUNT, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CReBar::GetBandInfo(int nBand, REBARBANDINFO& rbbi) const
- // Retrieves information about a specified band in a rebar control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- assert(nBand >= 0);
-
- // REBARBANDINFO describes individual BAND characteristics
- rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI();
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_GETBANDINFO, nBand, (LPARAM)&rbbi);
- }
-
- inline CRect CReBar::GetBandRect(int i) const
- // Retrieves the bounding rectangle for a given band in a rebar control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- CRect rc;
- SendMessage(RB_GETRECT, i, (LPARAM)&rc);
- return rc;
- }
-
- inline UINT CReBar::GetBarHeight() const
- // Retrieves the height of the rebar control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (UINT)SendMessage(RB_GETBARHEIGHT, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CReBar::GetBarInfo(REBARINFO& rbi) const
- // Retrieves information about the rebar control and the image list it uses.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- // REBARINFO describes overall rebar control characteristics
- rbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI();
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_GETBARINFO, 0L, (LPARAM)&rbi);
- }
-
- inline UINT CReBar::GetRowCount() const
- // Retrieves the number of rows of bands in a rebar control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (UINT)SendMessage(RB_GETROWCOUNT, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline int CReBar::GetRowHeight(int nRow) const
- // Retrieves the height of a specified row in a rebar control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(RB_GETROWHEIGHT, nRow, 0L);
- }
-
- inline UINT CReBar::GetSizeofRBBI() const
- // The size of the REBARBANDINFO struct changes according to _WIN32_WINNT
- // sizeof(REBARBANDINFO) can report an incorrect size for older Window versions,
- // or newer Window version without XP themes enabled.
- // Use this function to get a safe size for REBARBANDINFO.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- UINT uSizeof = sizeof(REBARBANDINFO);
-
- #if defined REBARBANDINFO_V6_SIZE // only defined for VS2008 or higher
- #if !defined (_WIN32_WINNT) || _WIN32_WINNT >= 0x0600
- if ((GetWinVersion() < 2600) || (GetComCtlVersion() < 610)) // Vista and Vista themes?
- uSizeof = REBARBANDINFO_V6_SIZE;
- #endif
- #endif
-
- return uSizeof;
- }
-
- inline HWND CReBar::GetToolTips() const
- // Retrieves the handle to any ToolTip control associated with the rebar control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HWND)SendMessage(RB_GETTOOLTIPS, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline int CReBar::HitTest(RBHITTESTINFO& rbht)
- // Determines which portion of a rebar band is at a given point on the screen,
- // if a rebar band exists at that point.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(RB_HITTEST, 0L, (LPARAM)&rbht);
- }
-
- inline HWND CReBar::HitTest(POINT pt)
- // Return the child HWND at the given point
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- // Convert the point to client co-ordinates
- ScreenToClient(pt);
-
- // Get the rebar band with the point
- RBHITTESTINFO rbhti = {0};
- rbhti.pt = pt;
- int iBand = HitTest(rbhti);
-
- if (iBand >= 0)
- {
- // Get the rebar band's hWnd
- REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0};
- rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI();
- rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_CHILD;
- GetBandInfo(iBand, rbbi);
-
- return rbbi.hwndChild;
- }
- else
- return NULL;
- }
-
- inline int CReBar::IDToIndex(UINT uBandID) const
- // Converts a band identifier to a band index in a rebar control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(RB_IDTOINDEX, (WPARAM)uBandID, 0L);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CReBar::InsertBand(int nBand, REBARBANDINFO& rbbi) const
- // Inserts a new band in a rebar control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI();
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_INSERTBAND, nBand, (LPARAM)&rbbi);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CReBar::IsBandVisible(int nBand) const
- // Returns true if the band is visible
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0};
- rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI();
- rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_STYLE;
- GetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi);
-
- return !(rbbi.fStyle & RBBS_HIDDEN);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CReBar::OnEraseBkgnd(CDC* pDC)
- {
- BOOL Erase = TRUE;
- if (!m_Theme.UseThemes)
- Erase = FALSE;
-
- if (!m_Theme.clrBkgnd1 && !m_Theme.clrBkgnd2 && !m_Theme.clrBand1 && !m_Theme.clrBand2)
- Erase = FALSE;
-
- if (Erase)
- {
- CRect rcReBar = GetClientRect();
- int BarWidth = rcReBar.Width();
- int BarHeight = rcReBar.Height();
-
- // Create and set up our memory DC
- CMemDC MemDC(pDC);
- MemDC.CreateCompatibleBitmap(pDC, BarWidth, BarHeight);
-
- // Draw to ReBar background to the memory DC
- rcReBar.right = 600;
- MemDC.GradientFill(m_Theme.clrBkgnd1, m_Theme.clrBkgnd2, rcReBar, TRUE);
- if (BarWidth >= 600)
- {
- rcReBar.left = 600;
- rcReBar.right = BarWidth;
- MemDC.SolidFill(m_Theme.clrBkgnd2, rcReBar);
- }
-
- if (m_Theme.clrBand1 || m_Theme.clrBand2)
- {
- // Draw the individual band backgrounds
- for (int nBand = 0 ; nBand < GetBandCount(); ++nBand)
- {
- if (IsBandVisible(nBand))
- {
- if (nBand != GetBand(m_hMenuBar))
- {
- // Determine the size of this band
- CRect rcBand = GetBandRect(nBand);
-
- // Determine the size of the child window
- REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0};
- rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI();
- rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_CHILD ;
- GetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi);
- CRect rcChild;
- ::GetWindowRect(rbbi.hwndChild, &rcChild);
- int ChildWidth = rcChild.right - rcChild.left;
-
- // Determine our drawing rectangle
- CRect rcDraw = rcBand;
- rcDraw.bottom = rcDraw.top + (rcBand.bottom - rcBand.top)/2;
- int xPad = IsXPThemed()? 2: 0;
- rcDraw.left -= xPad;
-
- // Fill the Source CDC with the band's background
- CMemDC SourceDC(pDC);
- SourceDC.CreateCompatibleBitmap(pDC, BarWidth, BarHeight);
- CRect rcBorder = GetBandBorders(nBand);
- rcDraw.right = rcBand.left + ChildWidth + rcBorder.left;
- SourceDC.SolidFill(m_Theme.clrBand1, rcDraw);
- rcDraw.top = rcDraw.bottom;
- rcDraw.bottom = rcBand.bottom;
- SourceDC.GradientFill(m_Theme.clrBand1, m_Theme.clrBand2, rcDraw, FALSE);
-
- // Set Curve amount for rounded edges
- int Curve = m_Theme.RoundBorders? 12 : 0;
-
- // Create our mask for rounded edges using RoundRect
- CMemDC MaskDC(pDC);
- MaskDC.CreateCompatibleBitmap(pDC, BarWidth, BarHeight);
-
- rcDraw.top = rcBand.top;
- if (!m_Theme.FlatStyle)
- ::InflateRect(&rcDraw, 1, 1);
-
- int left = rcDraw.left;
- int right = rcDraw.right;
- int top = rcDraw.top;
- int bottom = rcDraw.bottom;
- int cx = rcDraw.right - rcBand.left + xPad;
- int cy = rcDraw.bottom - rcBand.top;
-
- if (m_Theme.FlatStyle)
- {
- MaskDC.SolidFill(RGB(0,0,0), rcDraw);
- MaskDC.BitBlt(left, top, cx, cy, &MaskDC, left, top, PATINVERT);
- MaskDC.RoundRect(left, top, right, bottom, Curve, Curve);
- }
- else
- {
- MaskDC.SolidFill(RGB(0,0,0), rcDraw);
- MaskDC.RoundRect(left, top, right, bottom, Curve, Curve);
- MaskDC.BitBlt(left, top, cx, cy, &MaskDC, left, top, PATINVERT);
- }
-
- // Copy Source DC to Memory DC using the RoundRect mask
- MemDC.BitBlt(left, top, cx, cy, &SourceDC, left, top, SRCINVERT);
- MemDC.BitBlt(left, top, cx, cy, &MaskDC, left, top, SRCAND);
- MemDC.BitBlt(left, top, cx, cy, &SourceDC, left, top, SRCINVERT);
-
- // Extra drawing to prevent jagged edge while moving bands
- if (m_bIsDragging)
- {
- CClientDC ReBarDC(this);
- ReBarDC.BitBlt(rcDraw.right - ChildWidth, rcDraw.top, ChildWidth, cy, &MemDC, rcDraw.right - ChildWidth, rcDraw.top, SRCCOPY);
- }
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- if (m_Theme.UseLines)
- {
- // Draw lines between bands
- for (int j = 0; j < GetBandCount()-1; ++j)
- {
- rcReBar = GetBandRect(j);
- rcReBar.left = MAX(0, rcReBar.left - 4);
- rcReBar.bottom +=2;
- MemDC.DrawEdge(rcReBar, EDGE_ETCHED, BF_BOTTOM | BF_ADJUST);
- }
- }
-
- // Copy the Memory DC to the window's DC
- pDC->BitBlt(0, 0, BarWidth, BarHeight, &MemDC, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
- }
-
- return Erase;
- }
-
- inline void CReBar::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs)
- // Sets the CREATESTRUCT paramaters prior to window creation
- {
- cs.style = WS_VISIBLE | WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS |
- CCS_NODIVIDER | RBS_VARHEIGHT | RBS_BANDBORDERS ;
-
- cs.cy = 100;
- }
-
- inline void CReBar::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc)
- {
- // Set the Window Class
- wc.lpszClassName = REBARCLASSNAME;
- }
-
- inline void CReBar::MaximizeBand(UINT uBand, BOOL fIdeal /*= FALSE*/)
- // Resizes a band in a rebar control to either its ideal or largest size.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(RB_MAXIMIZEBAND, (WPARAM)uBand, (LPARAM)fIdeal);
- }
-
- inline void CReBar::MinimizeBand(UINT uBand)
- // Resizes a band in a rebar control to its smallest size.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(RB_MINIMIZEBAND, (WPARAM)uBand, 0L);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CReBar::MoveBand(UINT uFrom, UINT uTo)
- // Moves a band from one index to another.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_MOVEBAND, (WPARAM)uFrom, (LPARAM)uTo);
- }
-
- inline void CReBar::MoveBandsLeft()
- // Repositions the bands so they are left justified
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- int OldrcTop = -1;
- for (int nBand = GetBandCount() -1; nBand >= 0; --nBand)
- {
- CRect rc = GetBandRect(nBand);
- if (rc.top != OldrcTop)
- {
- // Maximize the last band on each row
- if (IsBandVisible(nBand))
- {
- ::SendMessage(GetHwnd(), RB_MAXIMIZEBAND, nBand, 0L);
- OldrcTop = rc.top;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline BOOL CReBar::ResizeBand(int nBand, const CSize& sz) const
- // Sets a band's size
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0};
- rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI();
- rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_CHILDSIZE | RBBIM_SIZE;
-
- GetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi);
- rbbi.cx = sz.cx + 2;
- rbbi.cxMinChild = sz.cx + 2;
- rbbi.cyMinChild = sz.cy;
- rbbi.cyMaxChild = sz.cy;
-
- return SetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CReBar::SetBandBitmap(int nBand, const CBitmap* pBackground) const
- // Sets the band's bitmaps
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- assert(pBackground);
-
- REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0};
- rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI();
- rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_STYLE;
- GetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi);
- rbbi.fMask |= RBBIM_BACKGROUND;
- rbbi.hbmBack = *pBackground;
-
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_SETBANDINFO, nBand, (LPARAM)&rbbi);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CReBar::SetBandColor(int nBand, COLORREF clrFore, COLORREF clrBack) const
- // Sets the band's color
- // Note: No effect with XP themes enabled
- // No effect if a bitmap has been set
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0};
- rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI();
- rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_COLORS;
- rbbi.clrFore = clrFore;
- rbbi.clrBack = clrBack;
-
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_SETBANDINFO, nBand, (LPARAM)&rbbi);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CReBar::SetBandInfo(int nBand, REBARBANDINFO& rbbi) const
- // Sets the characteristics of a rebar control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- assert(nBand >= 0);
-
- // REBARBANDINFO describes individual BAND characteristics0
- rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI();
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_SETBANDINFO, nBand, (LPARAM)&rbbi);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CReBar::SetBarInfo(REBARINFO& rbi) const
- // REBARINFO associates an image list with the rebar
- // A band will also need to set RBBIM_IMAGE
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- rbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI();
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_SETBARINFO, 0L, (LPARAM)&rbi);
- }
-
- inline void CReBar::SetReBarTheme(ReBarTheme& Theme)
- {
- m_Theme.UseThemes = Theme.UseThemes;
- m_Theme.clrBkgnd1 = Theme.clrBkgnd1;
- m_Theme.clrBkgnd2 = Theme.clrBkgnd2;
- m_Theme.clrBand1 = Theme.clrBand1;
- m_Theme.clrBand2 = Theme.clrBand2;
- m_Theme.BandsLeft = Theme.BandsLeft;
- m_Theme.LockMenuBand = Theme.LockMenuBand;
- m_Theme.ShortBands = Theme.ShortBands;
- m_Theme.UseLines = Theme.UseLines;
- m_Theme.FlatStyle = Theme.FlatStyle;
- m_Theme.RoundBorders = Theme.RoundBorders;
-
- if (IsWindow())
- {
- if (m_Theme.LockMenuBand)
- ShowGripper(GetBand(m_hMenuBar), FALSE);
- else
- ShowGripper(GetBand(m_hMenuBar), TRUE);
-
- Invalidate();
- }
- }
-
- inline BOOL CReBar::ShowBand(int nBand, BOOL fShow) const
- // Show or hide a band
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_SHOWBAND, (WPARAM)nBand, (LPARAM)fShow);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CReBar::ShowGripper(int nBand, BOOL fShow) const
- // Show or hide the band's gripper
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- REBARBANDINFO rbbi = {0};
- rbbi.cbSize = GetSizeofRBBI();
- rbbi.fMask = RBBIM_STYLE;
- GetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi);
- if (fShow)
- {
- rbbi.fStyle |= RBBS_GRIPPERALWAYS;
- rbbi.fStyle &= ~RBBS_NOGRIPPER;
- }
- else
- {
- rbbi.fStyle &= ~RBBS_GRIPPERALWAYS;
- rbbi.fStyle |= RBBS_NOGRIPPER;
- }
-
- return SetBandInfo(nBand, rbbi);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CReBar::SizeToRect(CRect& rect) const
- // Attempts to find the best layout of the bands for the given rectangle.
- // The rebar bands will be arranged and wrapped as necessary to fit the rectangle.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(RB_SIZETORECT, 0, (LPARAM) (LPRECT)rect);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CReBar::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
- if (m_Theme.UseThemes && m_Theme.LockMenuBand)
- {
- // We want to lock the first row in place, but allow other bands to move!
- // Use move messages to limit the resizing of bands
- int y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
-
- if (y <= GetRowHeight(0))
- return 0L; // throw this message away
- }
- break;
- case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
- m_Orig_lParam = lParam; // Store the x,y position
- m_bIsDragging = TRUE;
- break;
- case WM_LBUTTONUP:
- if (m_Theme.UseThemes && m_Theme.LockMenuBand)
- {
- // Use move messages to limit the resizing of bands
- int y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
-
- if (y <= GetRowHeight(0))
- {
- // Use x,y from WM_LBUTTONDOWN for WM_LBUTTONUP position
- lParam = m_Orig_lParam;
- }
- }
- m_bIsDragging = FALSE;
- break;
- case UWM_GETREBARTHEME:
- {
- ReBarTheme& rm = GetReBarTheme();
- return (LRESULT)&rm;
- }
- case UWM_TOOLBAR_RESIZE:
- {
- HWND hToolBar = (HWND)wParam;
- LPSIZE pToolBarSize = (LPSIZE)lParam;
- ResizeBand(GetBand(hToolBar), *pToolBarSize);
- }
- break;
- }
-
- // pass unhandled messages on for default processing
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-#endif // #ifndef _WIN32XX_REBAR_H_
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/release notes.txt b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/release notes.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index bc3114da..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/release notes.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-About Win32++
--------------
-Win32++ is simple and easy to understand framework for developing Win32
-applications using C++. It brings an object oriented approach to programming
-directly with the Win32 API. Each window created is a C++ class object capable
-of having its own window procedure for routing messages.
-
-Win32++ supports the following compilers and development environments:
-* Borland C++ Compiler 5.5
-* Borland Developer Studio 2006
-* Dev-C++
-* Microsoft Visual C++ Toolkit 2003
-* Microsoft Visual C++ 2005 Express Edition
-* Microsoft Visual C++ 2008 Express Edition
-* Microsoft Visual C++ 2010 Express Edition
-* Microsoft Visual Studio 6.0
-* Microsoft Visual Studio.net 2003
-* Microsoft Visual Studio.net 2005
-* Microsoft Visual Studio.net 2008
-* Microsoft Visual Studio.net 2010
-* MinGW compiler
-
-Win32++ supports the following operating systems
-* Windows 95
-* Windows 98
-* Windows ME
-* Windows NT 4
-* Windows 2000
-* Windows XP (32bit and 64bit)
-* Windows 2003 Server (32bit and 64bit)
-* Windows Vista (32bit and 64bit)
-* Windows 2008 Server (32bit and 64bit)
-* Windows 7 (32 bit and 64 bit)
-* Windows CE from WCE400 (Windows mobile 2003) to WCE600 (Windows mobile 6)
-
-
-Features
---------
-Win32++ code has the following features
- * Object Orientated
- * Subclassing support
- * Notification reflection and message reflection
- * Unicode compliant, with multilingual support
- * Multi-threaded support.
- * Tracing
- * 64 bit support
- * Windows 7 ribbon support
- * Themes support
- * Network support (including IP version 6)
- * Docking windows
- * Tabbed MDIs
-
-Frames produced by Win32++ include the following:
- * Rebar
- * Menubar
- * Toolbar
- * Status bar
- * Tool tips
-
-About the file downloads
-------------------------
-The file download from Sourceforge includes the following:
- * The Win32++ library itself
- * Help for the library
- * A set of tutorials
- * A collection of sample applications
-
-The sample applications include:
- * Browser - An Internet browser application with an event sink.
- * Dialog - An example of a simple dialog application.
- * DialogDemo - An interative dialog application demonstrating slider controls and progress bars.
- * DialogResizing - An example of a resizable dialog.
- * DialogTab - A dialog application with a tab control.
- * DirectX - A simple DirectX application.
- * DLL - Shows how to run Win32++ from within a DLL
- * Dock - An example of a simple docking application.
- * DockContainer - An example of a docking application which incorporates containers.
- * DockTabbedMDI - An example of a docking application with containers and a tabbed MDI.
- * Explorer - A Windows Explorer-like application.
- * FastGDI - An application which demonstrates direct manipulation of a bitmap's colour.
- * FormDemo - An example of a modeless dialog within a frame.
- * Frame - A simple frame application.
- * GDIPlus - Demonstrates how to use GDI+ with Win32++.
- * MDIFrame - A simple MDI frame application.
- * MDIFrameDemo - Demonstrates some additional features of MDI frames.
- * MDIFrameSplitter - Demonstrates how to implement splitter windows in MDI Child windows.
- * Networking - Demonstrates the use of networking.
- * Notepad - A simple text editor with printing.
- * Performance - Measures Win32++'s message handling speed.
- * Picture - A simple picture rendering application.
- * PropertySheets - A demonstration of property sheets.
- * RibbonFrame - Demonstrates how to use the Windows 7 ribbon with a frame.
- * RibbonSimple - Demonstrates how to use the Windwos 7 ribbon with a simple window.
- * Scribble - A simple drawing application.
- * Simple - Creates a simple window.
- * Splitter - Demonstrates how to use dockers to create splitter windows.
- * TabDemo - Demonstrates the use of a CTab control in a frame.
- * TaskDialog - Demonstrates the use of task dialogs (available on Vista and above).
- * Themes - Demonstrates how to customise the colours for rebar and toolbar controls.
- * Threads - Demonstrates multi-threaded Windows.
- * Tray - Demonstrates how to "minimise" an application to the system tray.
- * WinCE samples - A small collection of samples for Windows CE
-
-Getting Started
----------------
-Each file download includes the project files for Dev-C++, CodeBlocks and the
-various compilers from Microsoft. CodeBlocks is an IDE (Integrated Development
-Environment) that supports GNU GCC, Borland Developer Studio 2006 and Microsoft
-C++ Toolkit 2003.
-
-You can start with one of the sample programs, and add your code. Alternatively
-you can start with the projects and sample code provided in the "new projects"
-folder.
-
-For additional information on getting started, refer to the help included
-in the documentation. \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/ribbon.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/ribbon.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9f6dac5c..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/ribbon.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,527 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// ribbon.h
-// Declaration of the following classes:
-// CRibbon and CRibbonFrame
-//
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_RIBBON_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_RIBBON_H_
-
-
-// Notes: 1) The Windows 7 SDK must be installed and its directories added to the IDE
-// 2) The ribbon only works on OS Windows 7 and above
-
-//#include <strsafe.h>
-#include <UIRibbon.h> // Contained within the Windows 7 SDK
-#include <UIRibbonPropertyHelpers.h>
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
- // Defines the callback entry-point methods for the Ribbon framework.
- class CRibbon : public IUICommandHandler, public IUIApplication
- {
- public:
- CRibbon() : m_cRef(1), m_pRibbonFramework(NULL) {}
- ~CRibbon();
-
- // IUnknown methods.
- STDMETHOD_(ULONG, AddRef());
- STDMETHOD_(ULONG, Release());
- STDMETHOD(QueryInterface(REFIID iid, void** ppv));
-
- // IUIApplication methods
- STDMETHOD(OnCreateUICommand)(UINT nCmdID, __in UI_COMMANDTYPE typeID,
- __deref_out IUICommandHandler** ppCommandHandler);
-
- STDMETHOD(OnDestroyUICommand)(UINT32 commandId, __in UI_COMMANDTYPE typeID,
- __in_opt IUICommandHandler* commandHandler);
-
- STDMETHOD(OnViewChanged)(UINT viewId, __in UI_VIEWTYPE typeId, __in IUnknown* pView,
- UI_VIEWVERB verb, INT uReasonCode);
-
- // IUICommandHandle methods
- STDMETHODIMP Execute(UINT nCmdID, UI_EXECUTIONVERB verb, __in_opt const PROPERTYKEY* key, __in_opt const PROPVARIANT* ppropvarValue,
- __in_opt IUISimplePropertySet* pCommandExecutionProperties);
-
- STDMETHODIMP UpdateProperty(UINT nCmdID, __in REFPROPERTYKEY key, __in_opt const PROPVARIANT* ppropvarCurrentValue,
- __out PROPVARIANT* ppropvarNewValue);
-
- bool virtual CreateRibbon(CWnd* pWnd);
- void virtual DestroyRibbon();
- IUIFramework* GetRibbonFramework() { return m_pRibbonFramework; }
-
- private:
- IUIFramework* m_pRibbonFramework;
- LONG m_cRef; // Reference count.
-
- };
-
-
- class CRibbonFrame : public CFrame, public CRibbon
- {
- public:
- // A nested class for the MRU item properties
- class CRecentFiles : public IUISimplePropertySet
- {
- public:
- CRecentFiles(PWSTR wszFullPath);
- ~CRecentFiles() {}
-
- // IUnknown methods.
- STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef();
- STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release();
- STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID iid, void** ppv);
-
- // IUISimplePropertySet methods
- STDMETHODIMP GetValue(__in REFPROPERTYKEY key, __out PROPVARIANT *value);
-
- private:
- LONG m_cRef; // Reference count.
- WCHAR m_wszDisplayName[MAX_PATH];
- WCHAR m_wszFullPath[MAX_PATH];
- };
-
- typedef Shared_Ptr<CRecentFiles> RecentFilesPtr;
-
- CRibbonFrame() : m_uRibbonHeight(0) {}
- virtual ~CRibbonFrame() {}
- virtual CRect GetViewRect() const;
- virtual void OnCreate();
- virtual void OnDestroy();
- virtual STDMETHODIMP OnViewChanged(UINT32 viewId, UI_VIEWTYPE typeId, IUnknown* pView, UI_VIEWVERB verb, INT32 uReasonCode);
- virtual HRESULT PopulateRibbonRecentItems(__deref_out PROPVARIANT* pvarValue);
- virtual void UpdateMRUMenu();
-
- UINT GetRibbonHeight() const { return m_uRibbonHeight; }
-
- private:
- std::vector<RecentFilesPtr> m_vRecentFiles;
- void SetRibbonHeight(UINT uRibbonHeight) { m_uRibbonHeight = uRibbonHeight; }
- UINT m_uRibbonHeight;
- };
-
-}
-
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
- //////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CRibbon class
- //
-
- inline CRibbon::~CRibbon()
- {
- // Reference count must be 1 or we have a leak!
- assert(m_cRef == 1);
- }
-
- // IUnknown method implementations.
- inline STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CRibbon::AddRef()
- {
- return InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef);
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CRibbon::Release()
- {
- LONG cRef = InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef);
- return cRef;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbon::Execute(UINT nCmdID, UI_EXECUTIONVERB verb, __in_opt const PROPERTYKEY* key, __in_opt const PROPVARIANT* ppropvarValue,
- __in_opt IUISimplePropertySet* pCommandExecutionProperties)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER (nCmdID);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER (verb);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER (key);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER (ppropvarValue);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER (pCommandExecutionProperties);
-
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbon::QueryInterface(REFIID iid, void** ppv)
- {
- if (iid == __uuidof(IUnknown))
- {
- *ppv = static_cast<IUnknown*>(static_cast<IUIApplication*>(this));
- }
- else if (iid == __uuidof(IUICommandHandler))
- {
- *ppv = static_cast<IUICommandHandler*>(this);
- }
- else if (iid == __uuidof(IUIApplication))
- {
- *ppv = static_cast<IUIApplication*>(this);
- }
- else
- {
- *ppv = NULL;
- return E_NOINTERFACE;
- }
-
- AddRef();
- return S_OK;
- }
-
- // Called by the Ribbon framework for each command specified in markup, to bind the Command to an IUICommandHandler.
- inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbon::OnCreateUICommand(UINT nCmdID, __in UI_COMMANDTYPE typeID,
- __deref_out IUICommandHandler** ppCommandHandler)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(typeID);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(nCmdID);
-
- // By default we use the single command handler provided as part of CRibbon.
- // Override this function to account for multiple command handlers.
-
- return QueryInterface(IID_PPV_ARGS(ppCommandHandler));
- }
-
- // Called when the state of the Ribbon changes, for example, created, destroyed, or resized.
- inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbon::OnViewChanged(UINT viewId, __in UI_VIEWTYPE typeId, __in IUnknown* pView,
- UI_VIEWVERB verb, INT uReasonCode)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(viewId);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(typeId);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pView);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(verb);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(uReasonCode);
-
-
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- // Called by the Ribbon framework for each command at the time of ribbon destruction.
- inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbon::OnDestroyUICommand(UINT32 nCmdID, __in UI_COMMANDTYPE typeID,
- __in_opt IUICommandHandler* commandHandler)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(commandHandler);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(typeID);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(nCmdID);
-
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- // Called by the Ribbon framework when a command property (PKEY) needs to be updated.
- inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbon::UpdateProperty(UINT nCmdID, __in REFPROPERTYKEY key, __in_opt const PROPVARIANT* ppropvarCurrentValue,
- __out PROPVARIANT* ppropvarNewValue)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(nCmdID);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(key);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(ppropvarCurrentValue);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(ppropvarNewValue);
-
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline bool CRibbon::CreateRibbon(CWnd* pWnd)
- {
- ::CoInitialize(NULL);
-
- // Instantiate the Ribbon framework object.
- ::CoCreateInstance(CLSID_UIRibbonFramework, NULL, CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER, IID_PPV_ARGS(&m_pRibbonFramework));
-
- // Connect the host application to the Ribbon framework.
- HRESULT hr = m_pRibbonFramework->Initialize(pWnd->GetHwnd(), this);
- if (FAILED(hr))
- {
- return false;
- }
-
- // Load the binary markup. APPLICATION_RIBBON is the default name generated by uicc.
- hr = m_pRibbonFramework->LoadUI(GetModuleHandle(NULL), L"APPLICATION_RIBBON");
- if (FAILED(hr))
- {
- return false;
- }
-
- return true;
- }
-
- inline void CRibbon::DestroyRibbon()
- {
- if (m_pRibbonFramework)
- {
- m_pRibbonFramework->Destroy();
- m_pRibbonFramework->Release();
- m_pRibbonFramework = NULL;
- }
- }
-
-
- //////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CRibbonFrame class
- //
-
- inline CRect CRibbonFrame::GetViewRect() const
- {
- // Get the frame's client area
- CRect rcFrame = GetClientRect();
-
- // Get the statusbar's window area
- CRect rcStatus;
- if (GetStatusBar().IsWindowVisible() || !IsWindowVisible())
- rcStatus = GetStatusBar().GetWindowRect();
-
- // Get the top rebar or toolbar's window area
- CRect rcTop;
- if (IsReBarSupported() && m_bUseReBar)
- rcTop = GetReBar().GetWindowRect();
- else
- if (m_bUseToolBar && GetToolBar().IsWindowVisible())
- rcTop = GetToolBar().GetWindowRect();
-
- // Return client size less the rebar and status windows
- int top = rcFrame.top + rcTop.Height() + m_uRibbonHeight;
- int left = rcFrame.left;
- int right = rcFrame.right;
- int bottom = rcFrame.Height() - (rcStatus.Height());
- if ((bottom <= top) ||( right <= left))
- top = left = right = bottom = 0;
-
- CRect rcView(left, top, right, bottom);
- return rcView;
- }
-
- inline void CRibbonFrame::OnCreate()
- {
- // OnCreate is called automatically during window creation when a
- // WM_CREATE message received.
-
- // Tasks such as setting the icon, creating child windows, or anything
- // associated with creating windows are normally performed here.
-
- if (GetWinVersion() >= 2601) // WinVersion >= Windows 7
- {
- m_bUseReBar = FALSE; // Don't use rebars
- m_bUseToolBar = FALSE; // Don't use a toolbar
-
- CFrame::OnCreate();
-
- if (CreateRibbon(this))
- TRACE(_T("Ribbon Created Succesfully\n"));
- else
- throw CWinException(_T("Failed to create ribbon"));
- }
- else
- {
- CFrame::OnCreate();
- }
- }
-
- inline void CRibbonFrame::OnDestroy()
- {
- DestroyRibbon();
- CFrame::OnDestroy();
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbonFrame::OnViewChanged(UINT32 viewId, UI_VIEWTYPE typeId, IUnknown* pView, UI_VIEWVERB verb, INT32 uReasonCode)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(viewId);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(uReasonCode);
-
- HRESULT hr = E_NOTIMPL;
-
- // Checks to see if the view that was changed was a Ribbon view.
- if (UI_VIEWTYPE_RIBBON == typeId)
- {
- switch (verb)
- {
- // The view was newly created.
- case UI_VIEWVERB_CREATE:
- hr = S_OK;
- break;
-
- // The view has been resized. For the Ribbon view, the application should
- // call GetHeight to determine the height of the ribbon.
- case UI_VIEWVERB_SIZE:
- {
- IUIRibbon* pRibbon = NULL;
- UINT uRibbonHeight;
-
- hr = pView->QueryInterface(IID_PPV_ARGS(&pRibbon));
- if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
- {
- // Call to the framework to determine the desired height of the Ribbon.
- hr = pRibbon->GetHeight(&uRibbonHeight);
- SetRibbonHeight(uRibbonHeight);
- pRibbon->Release();
-
- RecalcLayout();
- // Use the ribbon height to position controls in the client area of the window.
- }
- }
- break;
- // The view was destroyed.
- case UI_VIEWVERB_DESTROY:
- hr = S_OK;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return hr;
- }
-
- inline HRESULT CRibbonFrame::PopulateRibbonRecentItems(__deref_out PROPVARIANT* pvarValue)
- {
- LONG iCurrentFile = 0;
- std::vector<tString> FileNames = GetMRUEntries();
- std::vector<tString>::iterator iter;
- int iFileCount = FileNames.size();
- HRESULT hr = E_FAIL;
- SAFEARRAY* psa = SafeArrayCreateVector(VT_UNKNOWN, 0, iFileCount);
- m_vRecentFiles.clear();
-
- if (psa != NULL)
- {
- for (iter = FileNames.begin(); iter < FileNames.end(); ++iter)
- {
- tString strCurrentFile = (*iter);
- WCHAR wszCurrentFile[MAX_PATH] = {0L};
- lstrcpynW(wszCurrentFile, T2W(strCurrentFile.c_str()), MAX_PATH);
-
- CRecentFiles* pRecentFiles = new CRecentFiles(wszCurrentFile);
- m_vRecentFiles.push_back(RecentFilesPtr(pRecentFiles));
- hr = SafeArrayPutElement(psa, &iCurrentFile, static_cast<void*>(pRecentFiles));
- ++iCurrentFile;
- }
-
- SAFEARRAYBOUND sab = {iCurrentFile,0};
- SafeArrayRedim(psa, &sab);
- hr = UIInitPropertyFromIUnknownArray(UI_PKEY_RecentItems, psa, pvarValue);
-
- SafeArrayDestroy(psa); // Calls release for each element in the array
- }
-
- return hr;
- }
-
- inline void CRibbonFrame::UpdateMRUMenu()
- {
- // Suppress UpdateMRUMenu when ribbon is used
- if (0 != GetRibbonFramework()) return;
-
- CFrame::UpdateMRUMenu();
- }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the nested CRecentFiles class
- //
- inline CRibbonFrame::CRecentFiles::CRecentFiles(PWSTR wszFullPath) : m_cRef(1)
- {
- SHFILEINFOW sfi;
- DWORD_PTR dwPtr = NULL;
- m_wszFullPath[0] = L'\0';
- m_wszDisplayName[0] = L'\0';
-
- if (NULL != lstrcpynW(m_wszFullPath, wszFullPath, MAX_PATH))
- {
- dwPtr = ::SHGetFileInfoW(wszFullPath, FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL, &sfi, sizeof(sfi), SHGFI_DISPLAYNAME | SHGFI_USEFILEATTRIBUTES);
-
- if (dwPtr != NULL)
- {
- lstrcpynW(m_wszDisplayName, sfi.szDisplayName, MAX_PATH);
- }
- else // Provide a reasonable fallback.
- {
- lstrcpynW(m_wszDisplayName, m_wszFullPath, MAX_PATH);
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CRibbonFrame::CRecentFiles::AddRef()
- {
- return InterlockedIncrement(&m_cRef);
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CRibbonFrame::CRecentFiles::Release()
- {
- return InterlockedDecrement(&m_cRef);
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbonFrame::CRecentFiles::QueryInterface(REFIID iid, void** ppv)
- {
- if (!ppv)
- {
- return E_POINTER;
- }
-
- if (iid == __uuidof(IUnknown))
- {
- *ppv = static_cast<IUnknown*>(this);
- }
- else if (iid == __uuidof(IUISimplePropertySet))
- {
- *ppv = static_cast<IUISimplePropertySet*>(this);
- }
- else
- {
- *ppv = NULL;
- return E_NOINTERFACE;
- }
-
- AddRef();
- return S_OK;
- }
-
- // IUISimplePropertySet methods.
- inline STDMETHODIMP CRibbonFrame::CRecentFiles::GetValue(__in REFPROPERTYKEY key, __out PROPVARIANT *ppropvar)
- {
- HRESULT hr = HRESULT_FROM_WIN32(ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED);
-
- if (key == UI_PKEY_Label)
- {
- hr = UIInitPropertyFromString(key, m_wszDisplayName, ppropvar);
- }
- else if (key == UI_PKEY_LabelDescription)
- {
- hr = UIInitPropertyFromString(key, m_wszDisplayName, ppropvar);
- }
-
- return hr;
- }
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-#endif // _WIN32XX_RIBBON_H_
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/shared_ptr.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/shared_ptr.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d2f8b0c..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/shared_ptr.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,199 +0,0 @@
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-// This software was developed from code available in the public domain
-// and has no copyright.
-
-
-// About Shared_Ptr:
-// Shared_Ptr wraps a reference-counted smart pointer around a dynamically
-// allocated object. Unlike auto_ptr, the Shared_Ptr can be used as a smart
-// pointer for objects stored in containers like std::vector. Do not use
-// Shared_Ptr (or shared_ptr or auto_ptr) for dynamically allocated arrays.
-// See below for advice on how to wrap dynamically allocated arrays in a
-// vector.
-//
-// The next standard of C++ will also contain a shared_ptr. Some modern
-// compilers already have a shared_ptr available as std::tr1::shared_ptr. If
-// your compiler already provides a shared_ptr, or if you have Boost, you
-// should use that smart pointer instead. This class has been provided for
-// those users who don't have easy access to an "official" shared_ptr.
-// Note that this class is "Shared_Ptr", a slightly different name to the
-// future "shared_ptr" to avoid naming conflicts.
-
-// Advantages of Shared_Ptr (or shared_ptr where available):
-// - Shared_Ptr can be safely copied. This makes then suitable for containers.
-// - Shared_Ptr automatically calls delete for the wrapped pointer when
-// its last copy goes out of scope.
-// - Shared_Ptr simplifies exception safety.
-//
-// Without smart pointers, it can be quite challenging to ensure that every
-// dynamically allocated pointer (i.e. use of new) is deleted in the event of
-// all possible exceptions. In addition to the exceptions we throw ourselves,
-// "new" itself will throw an exception it it fails, as does the STL (Standard
-// Template Library which includes vector and string). Without smart pointers
-// we often need to resort to additional try/catch blocks simply to avoid
-// memory leaks when exceptions occur.
-
-// Examples:
-// Shared_Ptr<CWnd> w1(new CWnd);
-// or
-// Shared_Ptr<CWnd> w1 = new CWnd;
-// or
-// typedef Shared_Ptr<CWnd> CWndPtr;
-// CWndPtr w1 = new CWnd;
-// or
-// typedef Shared_Ptr<CWnd> CWndPtr;
-// CWndPtr w1(new CWnd);
-//
-// And with a vector
-// typedef Shared_Ptr<CWnd> CWndPtr;
-// std::vector<CWndPtr> MyVector;
-// MyVector.push_back(new CWnd);
-// or
-// typedef Shared_Ptr<CWnd> CWndPtr;
-// CWnd* pWnd = new CWnd;
-// std::vector<CWndPtr> MyVector;
-// MyVector.push_back(pWnd);
-//
-
-// How to handle dynamically allocated arrays:
-// While we could create a smart pointer for arrays, we don't need to because
-// std::vector already handles this for us. Consider the following example:
-// int nLength = ::GetWindowTextLength(m_hWnd);
-// pTChar = new TCHAR[nLength+1];
-// memset(pTChar, 0, (nLength+1)*sizeof(TCHAR));
-// ::GetWindowText(m_hWnd, m_pTChar, nLength+1);
-// ....
-// delete[] pTChar;
-//
-// This can be improved by using a vector instead of an array
-// int nLength = ::GetWindowTextLength(m_hWnd);
-// std::vector<TCHAR> vTChar( nLength+1, _T('\0') );
-// TCHAR* pTCharArray = &vTChar.front();
-// ::GetWindowText(m_hWnd, pTCharArray, nLength+1);
-//
-// This works because the memory in a vector is always contiguous. Note that
-// this is NOT always true of std::string.
-
-
-// Summing up:
-// In my opinion, "naked" pointers for dynamically created objects should be
-// avoided in modern C++ code. That's to say that calls to "new" should be
-// wrapped in some sort of smart pointer wherever possible. This eliminates
-// the possibility of memory leaks (particularly in the event of exceptions).
-// It also elminiates the need for delete in user's code.
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_SHARED_PTR_
-#define _WIN32XX_SHARED_PTR_
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- template <class T1>
- class Shared_Ptr
- {
- public:
- Shared_Ptr() : m_ptr(NULL), m_count(NULL) { }
- Shared_Ptr(T1 * p) : m_ptr(p), m_count(NULL)
- {
- try
- {
- if (m_ptr) m_count = new long(0);
- inc_ref();
- }
- // catch the unlikely event of 'new long(0)' throwing an exception
- catch (const std::bad_alloc&)
- {
- delete m_ptr;
- throw;
- }
- }
- Shared_Ptr(const Shared_Ptr& rhs) : m_ptr(rhs.m_ptr), m_count(rhs.m_count) { inc_ref(); }
- ~Shared_Ptr()
- {
- if(m_count && 0 == dec_ref())
- {
- // Note: This code doesn't handle a pointer to an array.
- // We would need delete[] m_ptr to handle that.
- delete m_ptr;
- delete m_count;
- }
- }
-
- T1* get() const { return m_ptr; }
- long use_count() const { return m_count? *m_count : 0; }
- bool unique() const { return (m_count && (*m_count == 1)); }
-
- void swap(Shared_Ptr& rhs)
- {
- std::swap(m_ptr, rhs.m_ptr);
- std::swap(m_count, rhs.m_count);
- }
-
- Shared_Ptr& operator=(const Shared_Ptr& rhs)
- {
- Shared_Ptr tmp(rhs);
- this->swap(tmp);
- return *this;
- }
-
- T1* operator->() const
- {
- assert(m_ptr);
- return m_ptr;
- }
-
- T1& operator*() const
- {
- assert (m_ptr);
- return *m_ptr;
- }
-
- bool operator== (const Shared_Ptr& rhs) const
- {
- return ( *m_ptr == *rhs.m_ptr);
- }
-
- bool operator!= (const Shared_Ptr& rhs) const
- {
- return ( *m_ptr != *rhs.m_ptr);
- }
-
- bool operator< (const Shared_Ptr& rhs) const
- {
- return ( *m_ptr < *rhs.m_ptr );
- }
-
- bool operator> (const Shared_Ptr& rhs) const
- {
- return ( *m_ptr > *rhs.m_ptr );
- }
-
- private:
- void inc_ref()
- {
- if(m_count)
- InterlockedIncrement(m_count);
- }
-
- int dec_ref()
- {
- assert (m_count);
- return InterlockedDecrement(m_count);
- }
-
- T1* m_ptr;
- long* m_count;
- };
-
-}
-
-#endif // _WIN32XX_SHARED_PTR_
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/socket.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/socket.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 63a7770f..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/socket.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,778 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// socket.h
-// Declaration of the CSocket class
-//
-// The CSocket class represents a network socket. It encapsualtes many of
-// the Windows Socket SPI fuctions, providing an object-oriented approach
-// to network programming. After StartEvents is called, CSocket monitors
-// the socket and responds automatically to network events. This event
-// monitoring, for example, automatically calls OnReceive when there is
-// data on the socket to be read, and OnAccept when a server should accept
-// a connection from a client.
-
-// Users of this class should be aware that functions like OnReceive,
-// OnAccept, etc. are called on a different thread from the one CSocket is
-// instanciated on. The thread for these functions needs to respond quickly
-// to other network events, so it shouldn't be delayed. It also doesn't run
-// a message loop, so it can't be used to create windows. For these reasons
-// it might be best to use PostMessage in response to these functions in a
-// windows environment.
-
-// Refer to the network samples for an example of how to use this class to
-// create a TCP client & server, and a UDP client and server.
-
-// To compile programs with CSocket, link with ws3_32.lib for Win32,
-// and ws2.lib for Windows CE. Windows 95 systems will need to install the
-// "Windows Sockets 2.0 for Windows 95". It's available from:
-// http://support.microsoft.com/kb/182108/EN-US/
-
-// For a TCP server, inherit a class from CSocket and override OnAccept, OnDisconnect
-// and OnRecieve. Create one instance of this class and use it as a listening socket.
-// The purpose of the listening socket is to detect connections from clients and accept them.
-// For the listening socket, we do the following:
-// 1) Create the socket.
-// 2) Bind an IP address to the socket.
-// 3) Listen on the socket for incoming connection requests.
-// 4) Use StartNotifyRevents to receive notification of network events.
-// 5) Override OnAccept to accept requests on a newly created data CSocket object.
-// 6) Create a new data socket for each client connection accepted.
-// 7) The server socket uses the 'accept' function to accept an incoming connection
-// from this new data socket.
-
-// The purpose of the data socket is to send data to, and recieve data from the client.
-// There will be one data socket for each client accepted by the server.
-// To use it we do the following:
-// * To recieve data from the client, override OnReceive and use Receive.
-// * To send data to use Send.
-// * OnDisconnect can be used to detect when the client is disconnected.
-
-// For a TCP client, inherit from CSocket and override OnReceive and OnDisconnect.
-// Create an instance of this inherited class, and perform the following steps:
-// 1) Create the socket.
-// 2) Connect to the server.
-// 3) Use StartNotifyRevents to receive notification of network events.
-// We are now ready to send and recieve data from the server.
-// * Use Send to send data to the server.
-// * Override OnReceive and use Recieve to receive data from the server
-// * OnDisconnect can be used to detect when the client is disconnected from the server.
-
-// Notes regarding IPv6 support
-// * IPv6 is supported on Windows Vista and above. Windows XP with SP2 provides
-// "experimental" support, which can be enabled by entering "ipv6 install"
-// at a command prompt.
-// * IPv6 is not supported by all compilters and devlopment environments. In
-// particular, it is not supported by Dev-C++ or Borland 5.5. A modern
-// Platform SDK needs to be added to Visual Studio 6 for it to support IPv6.
-// * IsIPV6Supported returns false if either the operating system or the
-// development environment fails to support IPv6.
-//
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_SOCKET_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_SOCKET_H_
-
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-#include <winsock2.h>
-#include <ws2tcpip.h>
-#include <process.h>
-
-
-#define THREAD_TIMEOUT 100
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- typedef int WINAPI GETADDRINFO(LPCSTR, LPCSTR, const struct addrinfo*, struct addrinfo**);
- typedef void WINAPI FREEADDRINFO(struct addrinfo*);
-
- class CSocket
- {
- public:
- CSocket();
- virtual ~CSocket();
-
- // Operations
- virtual void Accept(CSocket& rClientSock, struct sockaddr* addr, int* addrlen);
- virtual int Bind(LPCTSTR addr, LPCTSTR port);
- virtual int Bind(const struct sockaddr* name, int namelen);
- virtual int Connect(LPCTSTR addr, LPCTSTR port);
- virtual int Connect(const struct sockaddr* name, int namelen);
- virtual BOOL Create( int family, int type, int protocol = IPPROTO_IP);
- virtual void Disconnect();
- virtual void FreeAddrInfo( struct addrinfo* ai );
- virtual int GetAddrInfo( LPCTSTR nodename, LPCTSTR servname, const struct addrinfo* hints, struct addrinfo** res);
- virtual LPCTSTR GetLastError();
- virtual int ioCtlSocket(long cmd, u_long* argp);
- virtual BOOL IsIPV6Supported();
- virtual int Listen(int backlog = SOMAXCONN);
- virtual int Receive(TCHAR* buf, int len, int flags);
- virtual int ReceiveFrom(TCHAR* buf, int len, int flags, struct sockaddr* from, int* fromlen);
- virtual int Send(LPCTSTR buf, int len, int flags);
- virtual int SendTo(LPCTSTR send, int len, int flags, LPCTSTR addr, LPCTSTR port);
- virtual int SendTo(LPCTSTR buf, int len, int flags, const struct sockaddr* to, int tolen);
-
- virtual void StartEvents();
- virtual void StopEvents();
-
- // Attributes
- virtual int GetPeerName(struct sockaddr* name, int* namelen);
- virtual int GetSockName(struct sockaddr* name, int* namelen);
- SOCKET& GetSocket() { return m_Socket; }
- virtual int GetSockOpt(int level, int optname, char* optval, int* optlen);
- virtual int SetSockOpt(int level, int optname, const char* optval, int optlen);
-
- // Override these functions to monitor events
- virtual void OnAccept() {}
- virtual void OnAddresListChange() {}
- virtual void OnDisconnect() {}
- virtual void OnConnect() {}
- virtual void OnOutOfBand() {}
- virtual void OnQualityOfService() {}
- virtual void OnReceive() {}
- virtual void OnRoutingChange() {}
- virtual void OnSend() {}
-
-
-
- // Allow CSocket to be used as a SOCKET
- operator SOCKET() const {return m_Socket;}
-
- private:
- CSocket(const CSocket&); // Disable copy construction
- CSocket& operator = (const CSocket&); // Disable assignment operator
- static UINT WINAPI EventThread(LPVOID thread_data);
-
- tString m_tsErrorMessage;
- SOCKET m_Socket;
- HMODULE m_hWS2_32;
- HANDLE m_hEventThread; // Handle to the thread
- HANDLE m_StopRequest; // An event to signal the event thread should stop
- HANDLE m_Stopped; // An event to signal the event thread is stopped
-
- GETADDRINFO* m_pfnGetAddrInfo; // pointer for the GetAddrInfo function
- FREEADDRINFO* m_pfnFreeAddrInfo; // pointer for the FreeAddrInfo function
- };
-}
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- inline CSocket::CSocket() : m_Socket(INVALID_SOCKET), m_hEventThread(0)
- {
- // Initialise the Windows Socket services
- WSADATA wsaData;
-
- if (0 != ::WSAStartup(MAKEWORD(2,2), &wsaData))
- throw CWinException(_T("WSAStartup failed"));
-
- m_hWS2_32 = ::LoadLibrary(_T("WS2_32.dll"));
- if (0 == m_hWS2_32)
- throw CWinException(_T("Failed to load WS2_2.dll"));
-
- m_pfnGetAddrInfo = (GETADDRINFO*) GetProcAddress(m_hWS2_32, "getaddrinfo");
- m_pfnFreeAddrInfo = (FREEADDRINFO*) GetProcAddress(m_hWS2_32, "freeaddrinfo");
-
- m_StopRequest = ::CreateEvent(0, TRUE, FALSE, 0);
- m_Stopped = ::CreateEvent(0, TRUE, FALSE, 0);
- }
-
- inline CSocket::~CSocket()
- {
- Disconnect();
-
- // Close handles
- ::CloseHandle(m_StopRequest);
- ::CloseHandle(m_Stopped);
-
- // Terminate the Windows Socket services
- ::WSACleanup();
-
- ::FreeLibrary(m_hWS2_32);
- }
-
- inline void CSocket::Accept(CSocket& rClientSock, struct sockaddr* addr, int* addrlen)
- {
- // The accept function permits an incoming connection attempt on the socket.
-
- rClientSock.m_Socket = ::accept(m_Socket, addr, addrlen);
- if (INVALID_SOCKET == rClientSock.GetSocket())
- TRACE(_T("Accept failed\n"));
- }
-
- inline int CSocket::Bind(LPCTSTR addr, LPCTSTR port)
- // The bind function associates a local address with the socket.
- {
- int RetVal = 0;
-
- if (IsIPV6Supported())
- {
-
-#ifdef GetAddrInfo // Skip the following code block for older development environments
-
- ADDRINFO Hints= {0};
- Hints.ai_flags = AI_NUMERICHOST | AI_PASSIVE;
- ADDRINFO *AddrInfo;
-
- RetVal = GetAddrInfo(addr, port, &Hints, &AddrInfo);
- if (RetVal != 0)
- {
- TRACE( _T("GetAddrInfo failed\n"));
- return RetVal;
- }
-
- // Bind the IP address to the listening socket
- RetVal = ::bind( m_Socket, AddrInfo->ai_addr, (int)AddrInfo->ai_addrlen );
- if ( RetVal == SOCKET_ERROR )
- {
- TRACE(_T("Bind failed\n"));
- return RetVal;
- }
-
- // Free the address information allocated by GetAddrInfo
- FreeAddrInfo(AddrInfo);
-
-#endif
-
- }
- else
- {
- sockaddr_in clientService;
- clientService.sin_family = AF_INET;
- clientService.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr( T2A(addr) );
- int nPort = -1;
- nPort = atoi( T2A(port) );
- if (-1 == nPort)
- {
- TRACE(_T("Invalid port number\n"));
- return SOCKET_ERROR;
- }
- clientService.sin_port = htons( (u_short)nPort );
-
- RetVal = ::bind( m_Socket, (SOCKADDR*) &clientService, sizeof(clientService) );
- if ( 0 != RetVal )
- TRACE(_T("Bind failed\n"));
- }
-
- return RetVal;
- }
-
- inline int CSocket::Bind(const struct sockaddr* name, int namelen)
- {
- // The bind function associates a local address with the socket.
-
- int Result = ::bind (m_Socket, name, namelen);
- if ( 0 != Result )
- TRACE(_T("Bind failed\n"));
- return Result;
- }
-
- inline int CSocket::Connect(LPCTSTR addr, LPCTSTR port)
- // The Connect function establishes a connection to the socket.
- {
- int RetVal = 0;
-
- if (IsIPV6Supported())
- {
-
-#ifdef GetAddrInfo // Skip the following code block for older development environments
-
- ADDRINFO Hints= {0};
- Hints.ai_flags = AI_NUMERICHOST | AI_PASSIVE;
- ADDRINFO *AddrInfo;
-
- RetVal = GetAddrInfo(addr, port, &Hints, &AddrInfo);
- if (RetVal != 0)
- {
- TRACE( _T("getaddrinfo failed\n"));
- return SOCKET_ERROR;
- }
-
- // Bind the IP address to the listening socket
- RetVal = Connect( AddrInfo->ai_addr, (int)AddrInfo->ai_addrlen );
- if ( RetVal == SOCKET_ERROR )
- {
- TRACE(_T("Connect failed\n"));
- return RetVal;
- }
-
- // Free the address information allocatied by GetAddrInfo
- FreeAddrInfo(AddrInfo);
-
-#endif
-
- }
- else
- {
- sockaddr_in clientService;
- clientService.sin_family = AF_INET;
- clientService.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr( T2A(addr) );
- int nPort = -1;
- nPort = atoi( T2A(port) );
- if (-1 == nPort)
- {
- TRACE(_T("Invalid port number\n"));
- return SOCKET_ERROR;
- }
- clientService.sin_port = htons( (u_short)nPort );
-
- RetVal = ::connect( m_Socket, (SOCKADDR*) &clientService, sizeof(clientService) );
- if ( 0 != RetVal )
- TRACE(_T("Connect failed\n"));
- }
-
- return RetVal;
- }
-
- inline int CSocket::Connect(const struct sockaddr* name, int namelen)
- {
- // The Connect function establishes a connection to the socket.
-
- int Result = ::connect( m_Socket, name, namelen );
- if ( 0 != Result )
- TRACE(_T("Connect failed\n"));
-
- return Result;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CSocket::Create( int family, int type, int protocol /*= IPPROTO_IP*/)
- {
- // Creates the socket
-
- // Valid values:
- // family: AF_INET or AF_INET6
- // type: SOCK_DGRAM, SOCK_SEQPACKET, SOCK_STREAM, SOCK_RAW
- // protocol: IPPROTO_IP, IPPROTO_TCP, IPPROTO_UDP, IPPROTO_RAW, IPPROTO_ICMP, IPPROTO_ICMPV6
-
- m_Socket = socket(family, type, protocol);
- if(m_Socket == INVALID_SOCKET)
- {
- TRACE(_T("Failed to create socket\n"));
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- inline void CSocket::Disconnect()
- {
- ::shutdown(m_Socket, SD_BOTH);
- StopEvents();
- ::closesocket(m_Socket);
- m_Socket = INVALID_SOCKET;
- }
-
- inline UINT WINAPI CSocket::EventThread(LPVOID thread_data)
- {
- // These are the possible network event notifications:
- // FD_READ Notification of readiness for reading.
- // FD_WRITE Motification of readiness for writing.
- // FD_OOB Notification of the arrival of Out Of Band data.
- // FD_ACCEPT Notification of incoming connections.
- // FD_CONNECT Notification of completed connection or multipoint join operation.
- // FD_CLOSE Notification of socket closure.
- // FD_QOS Notification of socket Quality Of Service changes
- // FD_ROUTING_INTERFACE_CHANGE Notification of routing interface changes for the specified destination.
- // FD_ADDRESS_LIST_CHANGE Notification of local address list changes for the address family of the socket.
-
- WSANETWORKEVENTS NetworkEvents;
- CSocket* pSocket = (CSocket*)thread_data;
- SOCKET sClient = pSocket->m_Socket;
-
- WSAEVENT AllEvents[2];
- AllEvents[0] = ::WSACreateEvent();
- AllEvents[1] = (WSAEVENT)pSocket->m_StopRequest;
- long Events = FD_READ | FD_WRITE | FD_OOB | FD_ACCEPT | FD_CONNECT | FD_CLOSE |
- FD_QOS | FD_ROUTING_INTERFACE_CHANGE | FD_ADDRESS_LIST_CHANGE;
-
- // Associate the network event object (hNetworkEvents) with the
- // specified network events (Events) on socket sClient.
- if( SOCKET_ERROR == WSAEventSelect(sClient, AllEvents[0], Events))
- {
- TRACE(_T("Error in Event Select\n"));
- ::SetEvent(pSocket->m_Stopped);
- ::WSACloseEvent(AllEvents[0]);
- return 0;
- }
-
- // loop until the stop event is set
- for (;;) // infinite loop
- {
- // Wait 100 ms for a network event
- DWORD dwResult = ::WSAWaitForMultipleEvents(2, AllEvents, FALSE, THREAD_TIMEOUT, FALSE);
-
- // Check event for stop thread
- if(::WaitForSingleObject(pSocket->m_StopRequest, 0) == WAIT_OBJECT_0)
- {
- ::WSACloseEvent(AllEvents[0]);
- ::SetEvent(pSocket->m_Stopped);
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (WSA_WAIT_FAILED == dwResult)
- {
- TRACE(_T("WSAWaitForMultipleEvents failed\n"));
- ::WSACloseEvent(AllEvents[0]);
- ::SetEvent(pSocket->m_Stopped);
- return 0;
- }
-
- // Proceed if a network event occurred
- if (WSA_WAIT_TIMEOUT != dwResult)
- {
-
- if ( SOCKET_ERROR == ::WSAEnumNetworkEvents(sClient, AllEvents[0], &NetworkEvents) )
- {
- TRACE(_T("WSAEnumNetworkEvents failed\n"));
- ::WSACloseEvent(AllEvents[0]);
- ::SetEvent(pSocket->m_Stopped);
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_ACCEPT)
- pSocket->OnAccept();
-
- if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_READ)
- pSocket->OnReceive();
-
- if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_WRITE)
- pSocket->OnSend();
-
- if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_OOB)
- pSocket->OnOutOfBand();
-
- if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_QOS)
- pSocket->OnQualityOfService();
-
- if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_CONNECT)
- pSocket->OnConnect();
-
- if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_ROUTING_INTERFACE_CHANGE)
- pSocket->OnRoutingChange();
-
- if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_ADDRESS_LIST_CHANGE)
- pSocket->OnAddresListChange();
-
- if (NetworkEvents.lNetworkEvents & FD_CLOSE)
- {
- ::shutdown(sClient, SD_BOTH);
- ::closesocket(sClient);
- pSocket->OnDisconnect();
- ::WSACloseEvent(AllEvents[0]);
- ::SetEvent(pSocket->m_Stopped);
- return 0;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline int CSocket::GetAddrInfo( LPCTSTR nodename, LPCTSTR servname, const struct addrinfo* hints, struct addrinfo** res)
- {
-
-#ifdef GetAddrInfo
-
- std::string sNodeName = T2A(nodename);
- std::string sServName = T2A(servname);
- return (*m_pfnGetAddrInfo)(sNodeName.c_str(), sServName.c_str(), hints, res);
-
-#else
-
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(nodename);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(servname);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(hints);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(res);
-
- throw CWinException(_T("getaddrinfo is not supported"));
-
-#endif
-
- }
-
- inline LPCTSTR CSocket::GetLastError()
- {
- // Retrieves the most recent network error.
-
- int ErrorCode = WSAGetLastError();
- LPTSTR Message = NULL;
- m_tsErrorMessage = _T("");
-
- FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS |
- FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_MAX_WIDTH_MASK,
- NULL, ErrorCode, MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT),
- (LPTSTR)&Message, 1024, NULL);
-
- if (Message)
- {
- m_tsErrorMessage = Message;
- ::LocalFree(Message);
- }
-
- return m_tsErrorMessage.c_str();
- }
-
- inline int CSocket::GetPeerName(struct sockaddr* name, int* namelen)
- {
- int Result = ::getpeername(m_Socket, name, namelen);
- if (0 != Result)
- TRACE(_T("GetPeerName failed\n"));
-
- return Result;
- }
-
- inline int CSocket::GetSockName(struct sockaddr* name, int* namelen)
- {
- int Result = ::getsockname(m_Socket, name, namelen);
- if (0 != Result)
- TRACE(_T("GetSockName Failed\n"));
-
- return Result;
- }
-
- inline int CSocket::GetSockOpt(int level, int optname, char* optval, int* optlen)
- {
- int Result = ::getsockopt(m_Socket, level, optname, optval, optlen);
- if (0 != Result)
- TRACE(_T("GetSockOpt Failed\n"));
-
- return Result;
- }
-
- inline void CSocket::FreeAddrInfo( struct addrinfo* ai )
- {
-
-#ifdef GetAddrInfo
-
- (*m_pfnFreeAddrInfo)(ai);
-
-#else
-
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(ai);
-
- throw CWinException(_T("getaddrinfo is not supported"));
-
-#endif
-
- }
-
- inline int CSocket::ioCtlSocket(long cmd, u_long* argp)
- {
- int Result = ::ioctlsocket(m_Socket, cmd, argp);
- if (0 != Result)
- TRACE(_T("ioCtlSocket Failed\n"));
-
- return Result;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CSocket::IsIPV6Supported()
- {
- BOOL IsIPV6Supported = FALSE;
-
-#ifdef GetAddrInfo
-
- if (m_pfnGetAddrInfo != 0 && m_pfnFreeAddrInfo != 0)
- IsIPV6Supported = TRUE;
-
-#endif
-
- return IsIPV6Supported;
- }
-
- inline int CSocket::Listen(int backlog /*= SOMAXCONN*/)
- {
- int Result = ::listen(m_Socket, backlog);
- if (0 != Result)
- TRACE(_T("Listen Failed\n"));
-
- return Result;
- }
-
- inline int CSocket::Receive(TCHAR* buf, int len, int flags)
- {
- std::vector<char> vChar(len+1, '\0');
- char* pCharArray = &vChar.front();
- int Result = ::recv(m_Socket, pCharArray, len, flags);
- if (SOCKET_ERROR == Result)
- TRACE(_T("Receive failed\n"));
-
- lstrcpyn(buf, A2T(pCharArray), len);
-
- return Result;
- }
-
- inline int CSocket::ReceiveFrom(TCHAR* buf, int len, int flags, struct sockaddr* from, int* fromlen)
- //The ReceiveFrom function receives a datagram and stores the source address.
- {
- std::vector<char> vChar(len+1, '\0');
- char* pCharArray = &vChar.front();
- int Result = ::recvfrom(m_Socket, pCharArray, len, flags, from, fromlen);
- if (SOCKET_ERROR == Result)
- TRACE(_T("ReceiveFrom failed\n"));
-
- lstrcpyn(buf, A2T(pCharArray), len);
-
- return Result;
- }
-
- inline int CSocket::Send(LPCTSTR buf, int len, int flags)
- {
- int Result = ::send(m_Socket, T2A(buf), len, flags);
- if (SOCKET_ERROR == Result)
- TRACE(_T("Send failed\n"));
-
- return Result;
- }
-
- inline int CSocket::SendTo(LPCTSTR send, int len, int flags, LPCTSTR addr, LPCTSTR port)
- // The sendto function sends data to a specific destination.
- {
- int RetVal = 0;
-
- if (IsIPV6Supported())
- {
-
-#ifdef GetAddrInfo // Skip the following code block for older development environments
-
- ADDRINFO Hints= {0};
- Hints.ai_flags = AI_NUMERICHOST | AI_PASSIVE;
- ADDRINFO *AddrInfo;
-
- RetVal = GetAddrInfo(addr, port, &Hints, &AddrInfo);
- if (RetVal != 0)
- {
- TRACE( _T("GetAddrInfo failed\n"));
- return SOCKET_ERROR;
- }
-
- RetVal = ::sendto(m_Socket, T2A(send), len, flags, AddrInfo->ai_addr, (int)AddrInfo->ai_addrlen );
- if ( RetVal == SOCKET_ERROR )
- {
- TRACE(_T("SendTo failed\n"));
- return RetVal;
- }
-
- // Free the address information allocatied by GetAddrInfo
- FreeAddrInfo(AddrInfo);
-
-#endif
-
- }
- else
- {
- sockaddr_in clientService;
- clientService.sin_family = AF_INET;
- clientService.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr( T2A(addr) );
- int nPort = -1;
- nPort = atoi( T2A(port));
- if (-1 == nPort)
- {
- TRACE(_T("Invalid port number\n"));
- return SOCKET_ERROR;
- }
- clientService.sin_port = htons( (u_short)nPort );
-
- RetVal = ::sendto( m_Socket, T2A(send), len, flags, (SOCKADDR*) &clientService, sizeof(clientService) );
- if ( SOCKET_ERROR != RetVal )
- TRACE(_T("SendTo failed\n"));
- }
-
- return RetVal;
- }
-
- inline int CSocket::SendTo(LPCTSTR buf, int len, int flags, const struct sockaddr* to, int tolen)
- // The sendto function sends data to a specific destination.
- {
- int Result = ::sendto(m_Socket, T2A(buf), len, flags, to, tolen);
- if (SOCKET_ERROR == Result)
- TRACE(_T("SendTo failed\n"));
-
- return Result;
- }
-
- inline int CSocket::SetSockOpt(int level, int optname, const char* optval, int optlen)
- {
- int Result = ::setsockopt(m_Socket, level, optname, optval, optlen);
- if (0 != Result)
- TRACE(_T("SetSockOpt failed\n"));
-
- return Result;
- }
-
- inline void CSocket::StartEvents()
- {
- // This function starts the thread which monitors the socket for events.
- StopEvents(); // Ensure the thread isn't already running
- UINT ThreadID; // a return variable required for Win95, Win98, WinME
- m_hEventThread = (HANDLE)::_beginthreadex(NULL, 0, CSocket::EventThread, (LPVOID) this, 0, &ThreadID);
- }
-
- inline void CSocket::StopEvents()
- {
- // Terminates the event thread gracefully (if possible)
- if (m_hEventThread)
- {
- ::SetThreadPriority(m_hEventThread, THREAD_PRIORITY_HIGHEST);
- ::SetEvent(m_StopRequest);
-
- for (;;) // infinite loop
- {
- // wait for the Thread stopping event to be set
- if ( WAIT_TIMEOUT == ::WaitForSingleObject(m_Stopped, THREAD_TIMEOUT * 10) )
- {
- // Note: An excessive delay in processing any of the notification functions
- // can cause us to get here. (Yes one second is an excessive delay. Its a bug!)
- TRACE(_T("*** Error: Event Thread won't die ***\n") );
- }
- else break;
- }
-
- ::CloseHandle(m_hEventThread);
- m_hEventThread = 0;
- }
-
- ::ResetEvent(m_StopRequest);
- ::ResetEvent(m_Stopped);
- }
-}
-
-
-#endif // #ifndef _WIN32XX_SOCKET_H_
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/statusbar.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/statusbar.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ad9a007b..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/statusbar.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,226 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_STATUSBAR_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_STATUSBAR_H_
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- //////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CStatusBar class
- //
- class CStatusBar : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CStatusBar();
- virtual ~CStatusBar() {}
-
- // Overridables
- virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs);
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc);
-
- // Attributes
- int GetParts();
- HICON GetPartIcon(int iPart);
- CRect GetPartRect(int iPart);
- tString GetPartText(int iPart) const;
- BOOL IsSimple();
- BOOL SetPartIcon(int iPart, HICON hIcon);
- BOOL SetPartText(int iPart, LPCTSTR szText, UINT Style = 0) const;
- BOOL SetPartWidth(int iPart, int iWidth) const;
-
- // Operations
- CStatusBar(const CStatusBar&); // Disable copy construction
- CStatusBar& operator = (const CStatusBar&); // Disable assignment operator
-
- BOOL CreateParts(int iParts, const int iPaneWidths[]) const;
- void SetSimple(BOOL fSimple = TRUE);
- };
-
-}
-
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- //////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CStatusBar class
- //
- inline CStatusBar::CStatusBar()
- {
- }
-
- inline BOOL CStatusBar::CreateParts(int iParts, const int iPaneWidths[]) const
- // Sets the number of parts in a status window and the coordinate of the right edge of each part.
- // If an element of iPaneWidths is -1, the right edge of the corresponding part extends
- // to the border of the window
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- assert(iParts <= 256);
-
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(SB_SETPARTS, iParts, (LPARAM)iPaneWidths);
- }
-
- inline int CStatusBar::GetParts()
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(SB_GETPARTS, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline HICON CStatusBar::GetPartIcon(int iPart)
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HICON)SendMessage(SB_GETICON, (WPARAM)iPart, 0L);
- }
-
- inline CRect CStatusBar::GetPartRect(int iPart)
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- CRect rc;
- SendMessage(SB_GETRECT, (WPARAM)iPart, (LPARAM)&rc);
- return rc;
- }
-
- inline tString CStatusBar::GetPartText(int iPart) const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- tString PaneText;
-
- // Get size of Text array
- int iChars = LOWORD (SendMessage(SB_GETTEXTLENGTH, iPart, 0L));
-
- std::vector<TCHAR> Text( iChars +1, _T('\0') );
- TCHAR* pTextArray = &Text[0];
-
- SendMessage(SB_GETTEXT, iPart, (LPARAM)pTextArray);
- PaneText = pTextArray;
- return PaneText;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CStatusBar::IsSimple()
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(SB_ISSIMPLE, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline void CStatusBar::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs)
- {
- cs.style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | CCS_BOTTOM | SBARS_SIZEGRIP;
- }
-
- inline void CStatusBar::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc)
- {
- // Set the Window Class
- wc.lpszClassName = STATUSCLASSNAME;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CStatusBar::SetPartText(int iPart, LPCTSTR szText, UINT Style) const
- // Available Styles: Combinations of ...
- //0 The text is drawn with a border to appear lower than the plane of the window.
- //SBT_NOBORDERS The text is drawn without borders.
- //SBT_OWNERDRAW The text is drawn by the parent window.
- //SBT_POPOUT The text is drawn with a border to appear higher than the plane of the window.
- //SBT_RTLREADING The text will be displayed in the opposite direction to the text in the parent window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- BOOL bResult = FALSE;
- if (SendMessage(SB_GETPARTS, 0L, 0L) >= iPart)
- bResult = (BOOL)SendMessage(SB_SETTEXT, iPart | Style, (LPARAM)szText);
-
- return bResult;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CStatusBar::SetPartIcon(int iPart, HICON hIcon)
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(SB_SETICON, (WPARAM)iPart, (LPARAM) hIcon);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CStatusBar::SetPartWidth(int iPart, int iWidth) const
- {
- // This changes the width of an existing pane, or creates a new pane
- // with the specified width.
- // A width of -1 for the last part sets the width to the border of the window.
-
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- assert(iPart >= 0 && iPart <= 255);
-
- // Fill the PartWidths vector with the current width of the statusbar parts
- int PartsCount = (int)SendMessage(SB_GETPARTS, 0L, 0L);
- std::vector<int> PartWidths(PartsCount, 0);
- int* pPartWidthArray = &PartWidths[0];
- SendMessage(SB_GETPARTS, PartsCount, (LPARAM)pPartWidthArray);
-
- // Fill the NewPartWidths vector with the new width of the statusbar parts
- int NewPartsCount = MAX(iPart+1, PartsCount);
- std::vector<int> NewPartWidths(NewPartsCount, 0);;
- NewPartWidths = PartWidths;
- int* pNewPartWidthArray = &NewPartWidths[0];
-
- if (0 == iPart)
- pNewPartWidthArray[iPart] = iWidth;
- else
- {
- if (iWidth >= 0)
- pNewPartWidthArray[iPart] = pNewPartWidthArray[iPart -1] + iWidth;
- else
- pNewPartWidthArray[iPart] = -1;
- }
-
- // Set the statusbar parts with our new parts count and part widths
- BOOL bResult = (BOOL)SendMessage(SB_SETPARTS, NewPartsCount, (LPARAM)pNewPartWidthArray);
-
- return bResult;
- }
-
- inline void CStatusBar::SetSimple(BOOL fSimple /* = TRUE*/)
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(SB_SIMPLE, (WPARAM)fSimple, 0L);
- }
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-#endif // #ifndef _WIN32XX_STATUSBAR_H_
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/stdcontrols.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/stdcontrols.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b362f07b..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/stdcontrols.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1000 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// stdcontrols.h
-// Declaration of the CButton, CEdit, CListBox and CStatic classes
-
-// The Button, Edit, ListBox and Static controls are often referred to
-// as "standard controls". These set of older controls were originally
-// developed for Win16 operating systems (Windows 3.1 and 3.11). They use an
-// older form of notification, and send their notifications via a WM_COMMAND
-// message. Newer controls send their notifications via a WM_NOTIFY message.
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_STDCONTROLS_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_STDCONTROLS_H_
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
- class CButton : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CButton() {}
- virtual ~CButton() {}
-
- // Attributes
- HBITMAP GetBitmap() const;
- UINT GetButtonStyle() const;
- int GetCheck() const;
- HCURSOR GetCursor() const;
- HICON GetIcon() const;
- UINT GetState() const;
- HBITMAP SetBitmap(HBITMAP hBitmap) const;
- void SetButtonStyle(DWORD dwStyle, BOOL bRedraw) const;
- void SetCheck(int nCheckState) const;
- HCURSOR SetCursor(HCURSOR hCursor) const;
- HICON SetIcon(HICON hIcon) const;
- void SetState(BOOL bHighlight) const;
-
- protected:
- // Overridables
- virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs);
- };
-
- class CEdit : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- // Construction
- CEdit() {}
- virtual ~CEdit() {}
-
- // Attributes
- BOOL CanUndo() const;
- int CharFromPos(CPoint pt) const;
- int GetFirstVisibleLine() const;
- HLOCAL GetHandle() const;
- UINT GetLimitText() const;
- int GetLine(int nIndex, LPTSTR lpszBuffer) const;
- int GetLine(int nIndex, LPTSTR lpszBuffer, int nMaxLength) const;
- int GetLineCount() const;
- DWORD GetMargins() const;
- BOOL GetModify() const;
- TCHAR GetPasswordChar() const;
- void GetRect(LPRECT lpRect) const;
- void GetSel(int& nStartChar, int& nEndChar) const;
- DWORD GetSel() const;
- CPoint PosFromChar(UINT nChar) const;
- void SetHandle(HLOCAL hBuffer) const;
- void SetLimitText(UINT nMax) const;
- void SetMargins(UINT nLeft, UINT nRight) const;
- void SetModify(BOOL bModified = TRUE) const;
-
- // Operations
- void EmptyUndoBuffer() const;
- BOOL FmtLines(BOOL bAddEOL) const;
- void LimitText(int nChars = 0) const;
- int LineFromChar(int nIndex = -1) const;
- int LineIndex(int nLine = -1) const;
- int LineLength(int nLine = -1) const;
- void LineScroll(int nLines, int nChars = 0) const;
- void ReplaceSel(LPCTSTR lpszNewText, BOOL bCanUndo) const;
- void SetPasswordChar(TCHAR ch) const;
- BOOL SetReadOnly(BOOL bReadOnly = TRUE) const;
- void SetRect(LPCRECT lpRect) const;
- void SetRectNP(LPCRECT lpRect) const;
- void SetSel(DWORD dwSelection, BOOL bNoScroll) const;
- void SetSel(int nStartChar, int nEndChar, BOOL bNoScroll) const;
- BOOL SetTabStops(int nTabStops, LPINT rgTabStops) const;
- BOOL SetTabStops() const;
- BOOL SetTabStops(const int& cxEachStop) const;
-
- //Clipboard Operations
- void Clear() const;
- void Copy() const;
- void Cut() const;
- void Paste() const;
- void Undo() const;
-
- protected:
- // Overridables
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc);
- };
-
- class CListBox : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CListBox() {}
- virtual ~CListBox() {}
-
- // General Operations
- int GetCount() const;
- int GetHorizontalExtent() const;
- DWORD GetItemData(int nIndex) const;
- void* GetItemDataPtr(int nIndex) const;
- int GetItemHeight(int nIndex) const;
- int GetItemRect(int nIndex, LPRECT lpRect) const;
- LCID GetLocale() const;
- int GetSel(int nIndex) const;
- int GetText(int nIndex, LPTSTR lpszBuffer) const;
- int GetTextLen(int nIndex) const;
- int GetTopIndex() const;
- UINT ItemFromPoint(CPoint pt, BOOL& bOutside ) const;
- void SetColumnWidth(int cxWidth) const;
- void SetHorizontalExtent(int cxExtent) const;
- int SetItemData(int nIndex, DWORD dwItemData) const;
- int SetItemDataPtr(int nIndex, void* pData) const;
- int SetItemHeight(int nIndex, UINT cyItemHeight) const;
- LCID SetLocale(LCID nNewLocale) const;
- BOOL SetTabStops(int nTabStops, LPINT rgTabStops) const;
- void SetTabStops() const;
- BOOL SetTabStops(const int& cxEachStop) const;
- int SetTopIndex(int nIndex) const;
-
- // Single-Selection Operations
- int GetCurSel() const;
- int SetCurSel(int nSelect) const;
-
- // Multiple-Selection Operations
- int GetAnchorIndex() const;
- int GetCaretIndex() const;
- int GetSelCount() const;
- int GetSelItems(int nMaxItems, LPINT rgIndex) const;
- int SelItemRange(BOOL bSelect, int nFirstItem, int nLastItem) const;
- void SetAnchorIndex(int nIndex) const;
- int SetCaretIndex(int nIndex, BOOL bScroll) const;
- int SetSel(int nIndex, BOOL bSelect) const;
-
- // String Operations
- int AddString(LPCTSTR lpszItem) const;
- int DeleteString(UINT nIndex) const;
- int Dir(UINT attr, LPCTSTR lpszWildCard) const;
- int FindString(int nStartAfter, LPCTSTR lpszItem) const;
- int FindStringExact(int nIndexStart, LPCTSTR lpszFind) const;
- int InsertString(int nIndex, LPCTSTR lpszItem) const;
- void ResetContent() const;
- int SelectString(int nStartAfter, LPCTSTR lpszItem) const;
-
- protected:
- // Overridables
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc);
- };
-
- class CStatic : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CStatic() {}
- virtual ~CStatic() {}
-
- // Operations
- HBITMAP GetBitmap() const;
- HCURSOR GetCursor() const;
- HENHMETAFILE GetEnhMetaFile() const;
- HICON GetIcon() const;
- HBITMAP SetBitmap(HBITMAP hBitmap) const;
- HCURSOR SetCursor(HCURSOR hCursor) const;
- HENHMETAFILE SetEnhMetaFile(HENHMETAFILE hMetaFile) const;
- HICON SetIcon(HICON hIcon) const;
-
- protected:
- // Overridables
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc);
-
- };
-
-}
-
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CButton class
- //
- inline HBITMAP CButton::GetBitmap() const
- // returns the handle to the bitmap associated with the button
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HBITMAP)SendMessage(BM_GETIMAGE, IMAGE_BITMAP, 0);
- }
-
- inline UINT CButton::GetButtonStyle() const
- // returns the style of the button
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (UINT)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & 0xff;
- }
-
- inline int CButton::GetCheck() const
- // returns the check state of the button
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(BM_GETCHECK, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline HCURSOR CButton::GetCursor() const
- // returns the handle to the cursor associated withe the button
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HCURSOR)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, BM_GETIMAGE, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0L);
- }
-
- inline HICON CButton::GetIcon() const
- // returns the handle to the icon associated withe the button
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HICON)SendMessage(BM_GETIMAGE, IMAGE_ICON, 0);
- }
-
- inline UINT CButton::GetState() const
- // returns the state of the button
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (UINT)SendMessage(BM_GETSTATE, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline HBITMAP CButton::SetBitmap(HBITMAP hBitmap) const
- // sets the bitmap associated with the button
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HBITMAP)SendMessage(BM_SETIMAGE, IMAGE_BITMAP, (LPARAM)hBitmap);
- }
-
- inline void CButton::SetButtonStyle(DWORD dwStyle, BOOL bRedraw) const
- // sets the button style
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(BM_SETSTYLE, dwStyle, bRedraw);
- }
-
- inline void CButton::SetCheck(int nCheckState) const
- // sets the button check state
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(BM_SETCHECK, nCheckState, 0);
- }
-
- inline HCURSOR CButton::SetCursor(HCURSOR hCursor) const
- // sets the cursor associated with the button
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HCURSOR)SendMessage(STM_SETIMAGE, IMAGE_CURSOR, (LPARAM)hCursor);
- }
-
- inline HICON CButton::SetIcon(HICON hIcon) const
- // sets the icon associated with the button
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HICON)SendMessage( BM_SETIMAGE, IMAGE_ICON, (LPARAM)hIcon);
- }
-
- inline void CButton::SetState(BOOL bHighlight) const
- // sets the button state
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(BM_SETSTATE, bHighlight, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CButton::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs)
- {
- cs.lpszClass = _T("Button");
- }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CEdit class
- //
- inline BOOL CEdit::CanUndo() const
- // Returns TRUE if the edit control operation can be undone.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(EM_CANUNDO, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CEdit::CharFromPos(CPoint pt) const
- // Returns the character index and line index of the character nearest the specified point.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(EM_CHARFROMPOS, 0, MAKELPARAM(pt.x, pt.y));
- }
-
- inline int CEdit::GetFirstVisibleLine() const
- // Returns the zero-based index of the first visible character in a single-line edit control
- // or the zero-based index of the uppermost visible line in a multiline edit control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(EM_GETFIRSTVISIBLELINE, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline HLOCAL CEdit::GetHandle() const
- // Returns a handle identifying the buffer containing the multiline edit control's text.
- // It is not processed by single-line edit controls.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HLOCAL)SendMessage(EM_GETHANDLE, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline UINT CEdit::GetLimitText() const
- // Returns the current text limit, in characters.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (UINT)SendMessage(EM_GETLIMITTEXT, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CEdit::GetLine(int nIndex, LPTSTR lpszBuffer) const
- // Copies characters to a buffer and returns the number of characters copied.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, EM_GETLINE, nIndex, (LPARAM)lpszBuffer);
- }
-
- inline int CEdit::GetLine(int nIndex, LPTSTR lpszBuffer, int nMaxLength) const
- // Copies characters to a buffer and returns the number of characters copied.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- *(LPWORD)lpszBuffer = (WORD)nMaxLength;
- return (int)SendMessage(EM_GETLINE, nIndex, (LPARAM)lpszBuffer);
- }
-
- inline int CEdit::GetLineCount() const
- // Returns the number of lines in the edit control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(EM_GETLINECOUNT, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline DWORD CEdit::GetMargins() const
- // Returns the widths of the left and right margins.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (DWORD)SendMessage(EM_GETMARGINS, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CEdit::GetModify() const
- // Returns a flag indicating whether the content of an edit control has been modified.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(EM_GETMODIFY, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline TCHAR CEdit::GetPasswordChar() const
- // Returns the character that edit controls use in conjunction with the ES_PASSWORD style.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (TCHAR)SendMessage(EM_GETPASSWORDCHAR, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::GetRect(LPRECT lpRect) const
- // Returns the coordinates of the formatting rectangle in an edit control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(EM_GETRECT, 0, (LPARAM)lpRect);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::GetSel(int& nStartChar, int& nEndChar) const
- // Returns the starting and ending character positions of the current selection in the edit control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(EM_GETSEL, (WPARAM)&nStartChar,(LPARAM)&nEndChar);
- }
-
- inline DWORD CEdit::GetSel() const
- // Returns the starting and ending character positions of the current selection in the edit control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (DWORD)SendMessage(EM_GETSEL, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline CPoint CEdit::PosFromChar(UINT nChar) const
- // Returns the client coordinates of the specified character.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return CPoint( (DWORD)SendMessage(EM_POSFROMCHAR, nChar, 0));
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::SetHandle(HLOCAL hBuffer) const
- // Sets a handle to the memory used as a text buffer, empties the undo buffer,
- // resets the scroll positions to zero, and redraws the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(EM_SETHANDLE, (WPARAM)hBuffer, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::SetLimitText(UINT nMax) const
- // Sets the maximum number of characters the user may enter in the edit control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(EM_SETLIMITTEXT, (WPARAM)nMax, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::SetMargins(UINT nLeft, UINT nRight) const
- // Sets the widths of the left and right margins, and redraws the edit control to reflect the new margins.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(EM_SETMARGINS, EC_LEFTMARGIN|EC_RIGHTMARGIN, MAKELONG(nLeft, nRight));
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::SetModify(BOOL bModified) const
- // Sets or clears the modification flag to indicate whether the edit control has been modified.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(EM_SETMODIFY, bModified, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::EmptyUndoBuffer() const
- // Empties the undo buffer and sets the undo flag retrieved by the EM_CANUNDO message to FALSE.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(EM_EMPTYUNDOBUFFER, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CEdit::FmtLines(BOOL bAddEOL) const
- // Adds or removes soft line-break characters (two carriage returns and a line feed) to the ends of wrapped lines
- // in a multiline edit control. It is not processed by single-line edit controls.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(EM_FMTLINES, bAddEOL, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::LimitText(int nChars) const
- // Sets the text limit of an edit control. The text limit is the maximum amount of text, in TCHARs,
- // that the user can type into the edit control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(EM_LIMITTEXT, nChars, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CEdit::LineFromChar(int nIndex) const
- // Returns the zero-based number of the line in a multiline edit control that contains a specified character index.
- // This message is the reverse of the EM_LINEINDEX message.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(EM_LINEFROMCHAR, (WPARAM)nIndex, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CEdit::LineIndex(int nLine) const
- // Returns the character of a line in a multiline edit control.
- // This message is the reverse of the EM_LINEFROMCHAR message
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(EM_LINEINDEX, (WPARAM)nLine, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CEdit::LineLength(int nLine) const
- // Returns the length, in characters, of a single-line edit control. In a multiline edit control,
- // returns the length, in characters, of a specified line.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(EM_LINELENGTH, (WPARAM)nLine, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::LineScroll(int nLines, int nChars) const
- // Scrolls the text vertically in a single-line edit control or horizontally in a multiline edit control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(EM_LINESCROLL, (WPARAM)nChars, (LPARAM)nLines);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::ReplaceSel(LPCTSTR lpszNewText, BOOL bCanUndo) const
- // Replaces the current selection with the text in an application-supplied buffer, sends the parent window
- // EN_UPDATE and EN_CHANGE messages, and updates the undo buffer.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(EM_REPLACESEL, (WPARAM) bCanUndo, (LPARAM)lpszNewText);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::SetPasswordChar(TCHAR ch) const
- // Defines the character that edit controls use in conjunction with the ES_PASSWORD style.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(EM_SETPASSWORDCHAR, ch, 0);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CEdit::SetReadOnly(BOOL bReadOnly) const
- // Sets or removes the read-only style (ES_READONLY) in an edit control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(EM_SETREADONLY, bReadOnly, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::SetRect(LPCRECT lpRect) const
- // Sets the formatting rectangle for the multiline edit control and redraws the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(EM_SETRECT, 0, (LPARAM)lpRect);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::SetRectNP(LPCRECT lpRect) const
- // Sets the formatting rectangle for the multiline edit control but does not redraw the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(EM_SETRECTNP, 0, (LPARAM)lpRect);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::SetSel(DWORD dwSelection, BOOL bNoScroll) const
- // Selects a range of characters in the edit control by setting the starting and ending positions to be selected.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(EM_SETSEL, LOWORD(dwSelection), HIWORD(dwSelection));
- if (!bNoScroll)
- SendMessage(EM_SCROLLCARET, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::SetSel(int nStartChar, int nEndChar, BOOL bNoScroll) const
- // Selects a range of characters in the edit control by setting the starting and ending positions to be selected.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(m_hWnd, EM_SETSEL, nStartChar, nEndChar);
- if (!bNoScroll)
- SendMessage(EM_SCROLLCARET, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CEdit::SetTabStops(int nTabStops, LPINT rgTabStops) const
- // Sets tab-stop positions in the multiline edit control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, EM_SETTABSTOPS, nTabStops, (LPARAM)rgTabStops);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CEdit::SetTabStops() const
- // Sets tab-stop positions in the multiline edit control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage( EM_SETTABSTOPS, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CEdit::SetTabStops(const int& cxEachStop) const
- // Sets tab-stop positions in the multiline edit control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(EM_SETTABSTOPS, 1, (LPARAM)(LPINT)&cxEachStop);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::Clear() const
- // Clears the current selection, if any, in an edit control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(WM_CLEAR, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::Copy() const
- // Copies text to the clipboard unless the style is ES_PASSWORD, in which case the message returns zero.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(WM_COPY, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::Cut() const
- // Cuts the selection to the clipboard, or deletes the character to the left of the cursor if there is no selection.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(WM_CUT, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::Paste() const
- // Pastes text from the clipboard into the edit control window at the caret position.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(WM_PASTE, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::Undo() const
- // Removes any text that was just inserted or inserts any deleted characters and sets the selection to the inserted text.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(EM_UNDO, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CEdit::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc)
- {
- // Set the Window Class
- wc.lpszClassName = _T("Edit");
- }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CListbox class
- //
- inline int CListBox::GetCount() const
- // Returns the number of items in the list box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETCOUNT, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::GetHorizontalExtent() const
- // Returns the scrollable width, in pixels, of a list box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETHORIZONTALEXTENT, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline DWORD CListBox::GetItemData(int nIndex) const
- // Returns the value associated with the specified item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (DWORD)SendMessage(LB_GETITEMDATA, nIndex, 0);
- }
-
- inline void* CListBox::GetItemDataPtr(int nIndex) const
- // Returns the value associated with the specified item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (LPVOID)SendMessage(LB_GETITEMDATA, nIndex, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::GetItemHeight(int nIndex) const
- // Returns the height, in pixels, of an item in a list box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETITEMHEIGHT, nIndex, 0L);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::GetItemRect(int nIndex, LPRECT lpRect) const
- // Retrieves the client coordinates of the specified list box item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETITEMRECT, nIndex, (LPARAM)lpRect);
- }
-
- inline LCID CListBox::GetLocale() const
- // Retrieves the locale of the list box. The high-order word contains the country/region code
- // and the low-order word contains the language identifier.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (LCID)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, LB_GETLOCALE, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::GetSel(int nIndex) const
- // Returns the selection state of a list box item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETSEL, nIndex, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::GetText(int nIndex, LPTSTR lpszBuffer) const
- // Retrieves the string associated with a specified item and the length of the string.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, LB_GETTEXT, nIndex, (LPARAM)lpszBuffer);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::GetTextLen(int nIndex) const
- // Returns the length, in characters, of the string associated with a specified item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage( LB_GETTEXTLEN, nIndex, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::GetTopIndex() const
- // Returns the index of the first visible item in a list box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETTOPINDEX, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline UINT CListBox::ItemFromPoint(CPoint pt, BOOL& bOutside) const
- // Retrieves the zero-based index of the item nearest the specified point in a list box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- DWORD dw = (DWORD)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, LB_ITEMFROMPOINT, 0, MAKELPARAM(pt.x, pt.y));
- bOutside = !!HIWORD(dw);
- return LOWORD(dw);
- }
-
- inline void CListBox::SetColumnWidth(int cxWidth) const
- // Sets the width, in pixels, of all columns in a list box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(LB_SETCOLUMNWIDTH, cxWidth, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CListBox::SetHorizontalExtent(int cxExtent) const
- // Sets the scrollable width, in pixels, of a list box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(LB_SETHORIZONTALEXTENT, cxExtent, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::SetItemData(int nIndex, DWORD dwItemData) const
- // Associates a value with a list box item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_SETITEMDATA, nIndex, (LPARAM)dwItemData);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::SetItemDataPtr(int nIndex, void* pData) const
- // Associates a value with a list box item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return SetItemData(nIndex, (DWORD)(DWORD_PTR)pData);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::SetItemHeight(int nIndex, UINT cyItemHeight) const
- // Sets the height, in pixels, of an item or items in a list box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_SETITEMHEIGHT, nIndex, MAKELONG(cyItemHeight, 0));
- }
-
- inline LCID CListBox::SetLocale(LCID nNewLocale) const
- // Sets the locale of a list box and returns the previous locale identifier.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (LCID)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, LB_SETLOCALE, (WPARAM)nNewLocale, 0);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListBox::SetTabStops(int nTabStops, LPINT rgTabStops) const
- // Sets the tab stops to those specified in a specified array.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(LB_SETTABSTOPS, nTabStops, (LPARAM)rgTabStops);
- }
-
- inline void CListBox::SetTabStops() const
- // Sets the tab stops to those specified in a specified array.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(LB_SETTABSTOPS, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CListBox::SetTabStops(const int& cxEachStop) const
- // Sets the tab stops to those specified in a specified array.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(LB_SETTABSTOPS, 1, (LPARAM)(LPINT)&cxEachStop);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::SetTopIndex(int nIndex) const
- // Scrolls the list box so the specified item is at the top of the visible range.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_SETTOPINDEX, nIndex, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::GetCurSel() const
- // Returns the index of the currently selected item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETCURSEL, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::SetCurSel(int nSelect) const
- // Selects a specified list box item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_SETCURSEL, nSelect, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::GetAnchorIndex() const
- // Returns the index of the item that the mouse last selected.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETANCHORINDEX, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::GetCaretIndex() const
- // Returns the index of the item that has the focus rectangle.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETCARETINDEX, 0, 0L);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::GetSelCount() const
- // Returns the number of selected items in a multiple-selection list box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETSELCOUNT, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::GetSelItems(int nMaxItems, LPINT rgIndex) const
- // Creates an array of the indexes of all selected items in a multiple-selection list box
- // and returns the total number of selected items.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_GETSELITEMS, nMaxItems, (LPARAM)rgIndex);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::SelItemRange(BOOL bSelect, int nFirstItem, int nLastItem) const
- // Selects a specified range of items in a list box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- if (bSelect)
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_SELITEMRANGEEX, nFirstItem, nLastItem);
- else
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_SELITEMRANGEEX, nLastItem, nFirstItem);
- }
-
- inline void CListBox::SetAnchorIndex(int nIndex) const
- // Sets the item that the mouse last selected to a specified item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(LB_SETANCHORINDEX, nIndex, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::SetCaretIndex(int nIndex, BOOL bScroll) const
- // Sets the focus rectangle to a specified list box item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_SETCARETINDEX, nIndex, MAKELONG(bScroll, 0));
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::SetSel(int nIndex, BOOL bSelect) const
- // Selects an item in a multiple-selection list box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_SETSEL, bSelect, nIndex);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::AddString(LPCTSTR lpszItem) const
- // Adds a string to a list box and returns its index.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_ADDSTRING, 0, (LPARAM)lpszItem);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::DeleteString(UINT nIndex) const
- // Removes a string from a list box and returns the number of strings remaining in the list.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_DELETESTRING, nIndex, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::Dir(UINT attr, LPCTSTR lpszWildCard) const
- // Adds a list of filenames to a list box and returns the index of the last filename added.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_DIR, attr, (LPARAM)lpszWildCard);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::FindString(int nStartAfter, LPCTSTR lpszItem) const
- // Returns the index of the first string in the list box that begins with a specified string.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_FINDSTRING, nStartAfter, (LPARAM)lpszItem);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::FindStringExact(int nIndexStart, LPCTSTR lpszFind) const
- // Returns the index of the string in the list box that is equal to a specified string.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_FINDSTRINGEXACT, nIndexStart, (LPARAM)lpszFind);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::InsertString(int nIndex, LPCTSTR lpszItem) const
- // Inserts a string at a specified index in a list box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(LB_INSERTSTRING, nIndex, (LPARAM)lpszItem);
- }
-
- inline void CListBox::ResetContent() const
- // Removes all items from a list box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(LB_RESETCONTENT, 0, 0);
- }
-
- inline int CListBox::SelectString(int nStartAfter, LPCTSTR lpszItem) const
- // Selects the first string it finds that matches a specified prefix.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, LB_SELECTSTRING, nStartAfter, (LPARAM)lpszItem);
- }
-
- inline void CListBox::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc)
- {
- // Set the Window Class
- wc.lpszClassName = _T("ListBox");
- }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CStatic class
- //
- inline HBITMAP CStatic::GetBitmap() const
- // Returns the handle to the bitmap for the static control
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HBITMAP)SendMessage(STM_GETIMAGE, IMAGE_BITMAP, 0);
- }
-
- inline HCURSOR CStatic::GetCursor() const
- // Returns the handle to the icon for the static control
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HCURSOR)SendMessage(STM_GETIMAGE, IMAGE_CURSOR, 0);
- }
-
- inline HENHMETAFILE CStatic::GetEnhMetaFile() const
- // Returns the handle to the enhanced metafile for the static control
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HENHMETAFILE)SendMessage(STM_GETIMAGE, IMAGE_ENHMETAFILE, 0);
- }
-
- inline HICON CStatic::GetIcon() const
- // Returns the handle to the icon for the static control
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HICON)SendMessage(STM_GETIMAGE, IMAGE_ICON, 0);
- }
-
- inline HBITMAP CStatic::SetBitmap(HBITMAP hBitmap) const
- // Sets the handle to the bitmap for the static control
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HBITMAP)SendMessage(STM_SETIMAGE, IMAGE_BITMAP, (LPARAM)hBitmap);
- }
-
- inline HCURSOR CStatic::SetCursor(HCURSOR hCursor) const
- // Sets the handle to the cursor for the static control
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HCURSOR)SendMessage(STM_SETIMAGE, IMAGE_CURSOR, (LPARAM)hCursor);
- }
-
- inline HENHMETAFILE CStatic::SetEnhMetaFile(HENHMETAFILE hMetaFile) const
- // Sets the handle to the enhanced metafile for the static control
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HENHMETAFILE)SendMessage(STM_SETIMAGE, IMAGE_ENHMETAFILE, (LPARAM)hMetaFile);
- }
-
- inline HICON CStatic::SetIcon(HICON hIcon) const
- // Sets the handle to the icon for the static control
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HICON)SendMessage(STM_SETIMAGE, IMAGE_ICON, (LPARAM)hIcon);
- }
-
- inline void CStatic::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc)
- {
- // Set the Window Class
- wc.lpszClassName = _T("Static");
- }
-
-}
-
-#endif // _WIN32XX_STDCONTROLS_H_
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/tab.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/tab.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 15699144..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/tab.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1658 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// tab.h
-// Declaration of the CTab and CMDITab classes
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_TAB_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_TAB_H_
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-#include "dialog.h"
-#include "gdi.h"
-#include "default_resource.h"
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- struct TabPageInfo
- {
- TCHAR szTabText[MAX_MENU_STRING];
- int iImage; // index of this tab's image
- int idTab; // identifier for this tab (optional)
- CWnd* pView; // pointer to the view window
- };
-
- class CTab : public CWnd
- {
- protected:
- // Declaration of the CSelectDialog class, a nested class of CTab
- // It creates the dialog to choose which tab to activate
- class CSelectDialog : public CDialog
- {
- public:
- CSelectDialog(LPCDLGTEMPLATE lpTemplate, CWnd* pParent = NULL);
- virtual ~CSelectDialog() {}
- virtual void AddItem(LPCTSTR szString);
- virtual BOOL IsTab() const { return FALSE; }
-
- protected:
- virtual BOOL OnInitDialog();
- virtual void OnOK();
- virtual void OnCancel() { EndDialog(-2); }
-
- private:
- CSelectDialog(const CSelectDialog&); // Disable copy construction
- CSelectDialog& operator = (const CSelectDialog&); // Disable assignment operator
-
- std::vector<tString> m_vItems;
- int IDC_LIST;
-
- };
- public:
- CTab();
- virtual ~CTab();
- virtual int AddTabPage(WndPtr pView, LPCTSTR szTabText, HICON hIcon, UINT idTab);
- virtual int AddTabPage(WndPtr pView, LPCTSTR szTabText, int nID_Icon, UINT idTab = 0);
- virtual int AddTabPage(WndPtr pView, LPCTSTR szTabText);
- virtual CRect GetCloseRect() const;
- virtual CRect GetListRect() const;
- virtual HMENU GetListMenu();
- virtual BOOL GetTabsAtTop() const;
- virtual int GetTabIndex(CWnd* pWnd) const;
- virtual TabPageInfo GetTabPageInfo(UINT nTab) const;
- virtual int GetTextHeight() const;
- virtual void RecalcLayout();
- virtual void RemoveTabPage(int nPage);
- virtual void SelectPage(int nPage);
- virtual void SetFixedWidth(BOOL bEnabled);
- virtual void SetOwnerDraw(BOOL bEnabled);
- virtual void SetShowButtons(BOOL bShow);
- virtual void SetTabIcon(int i, HICON hIcon);
- virtual void SetTabsAtTop(BOOL bTop);
- virtual void SetTabText(UINT nTab, LPCTSTR szText);
- virtual void SwapTabs(UINT nTab1, UINT nTab2);
-
- // Attributes
- std::vector <TabPageInfo>& GetAllTabs() const { return (std::vector <TabPageInfo>&) m_vTabPageInfo; }
- HIMAGELIST GetImageList() const { return m_himlTab; }
- BOOL GetShowButtons() const { return m_bShowButtons; }
- int GetTabHeight() const { return m_nTabHeight; }
- CWnd* GetActiveView() const { return m_pActiveView; }
- void SetTabHeight(int nTabHeight) { m_nTabHeight = nTabHeight; NotifyChanged();}
-
- // Wrappers for Win32 Macros
- void AdjustRect(BOOL fLarger, RECT *prc) const;
- int GetCurFocus() const;
- int GetCurSel() const;
- BOOL GetItem(int iItem, LPTCITEM pitem) const;
- int GetItemCount() const;
- int HitTest(TCHITTESTINFO& info) const;
- void SetCurFocus(int iItem) const;
- int SetCurSel(int iItem) const;
- DWORD SetItemSize(int cx, int cy) const;
- int SetMinTabWidth(int cx) const;
- void SetPadding(int cx, int cy) const;
-
- protected:
- virtual void DrawCloseButton(CDC& DrawDC);
- virtual void DrawListButton(CDC& DrawDC);
- virtual void DrawTabs(CDC& dcMem);
- virtual void DrawTabBorders(CDC& dcMem, CRect& rcTab);
- virtual void OnCreate();
- virtual void OnLButtonDown(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnLButtonUp(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnMouseLeave(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnMouseMove(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnNCHitTest(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void NotifyChanged();
- virtual void Paint();
- virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs);
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc);
- virtual void SetTabSize();
- virtual void ShowListDialog();
- virtual void ShowListMenu();
- virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- private:
- CTab(const CTab&); // Disable copy construction
- CTab& operator = (const CTab&); // Disable assignment operator
-
- SIZE GetMaxTabSize() const;
- void ShowActiveView(CWnd* pView);
-
- std::vector<TabPageInfo> m_vTabPageInfo;
- std::vector<WndPtr> m_vTabViews;
- CFont m_Font;
- HIMAGELIST m_himlTab;
- HMENU m_hListMenu;
- CWnd* m_pActiveView;
- BOOL m_bShowButtons; // Show or hide the close and list button
- BOOL m_IsTracking;
- BOOL m_IsClosePressed;
- BOOL m_IsListPressed;
- BOOL m_IsListMenuActive;
- int m_nTabHeight;
- };
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CTabbedMDI class
- class CTabbedMDI : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CTabbedMDI();
- virtual ~CTabbedMDI();
- virtual CWnd* AddMDIChild(CWnd* pView, LPCTSTR szTabText, int idMDIChild = 0);
- virtual void CloseActiveMDI();
- virtual void CloseAllMDIChildren();
- virtual void CloseMDIChild(int nTab);
- virtual CWnd* GetActiveMDIChild() const;
- virtual int GetActiveMDITab() const;
- virtual CWnd* GetMDIChild(int nTab) const;
- virtual int GetMDIChildCount() const;
- virtual int GetMDIChildID(int nTab) const;
- virtual LPCTSTR GetMDIChildTitle(int nTab) const;
- virtual HMENU GetListMenu() const { return GetTab().GetListMenu(); }
- virtual CTab& GetTab() const {return (CTab&)m_Tab;}
- virtual BOOL LoadRegistrySettings(tString tsRegistryKeyName);
- virtual void RecalcLayout();
- virtual BOOL SaveRegistrySettings(tString tsRegistryKeyName);
- virtual void SetActiveMDIChild(CWnd* pWnd);
- virtual void SetActiveMDITab(int nTab);
-
- protected:
- virtual HWND Create(CWnd* pParent);
- virtual CWnd* NewMDIChildFromID(int idMDIChild);
- virtual void OnCreate();
- virtual void OnDestroy(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnWindowPosChanged(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- private:
- CTabbedMDI(const CTabbedMDI&); // Disable copy construction
- CTabbedMDI& operator = (const CTabbedMDI&); // Disable assignment operator
-
- CTab m_Tab;
- };
-
-}
-
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CSelectDialog class nested within CTab
- //
- inline CTab::CSelectDialog::CSelectDialog(LPCDLGTEMPLATE lpTemplate, CWnd* pParent) :
- CDialog(lpTemplate, pParent), IDC_LIST(121)
- {
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTab::CSelectDialog::OnInitDialog()
- {
- for (UINT u = 0; u < m_vItems.size(); ++u)
- {
- SendDlgItemMessage(IDC_LIST, LB_ADDSTRING, 0, (LPARAM) m_vItems[u].c_str());
- }
-
- return true;
- }
-
- inline void CTab::CSelectDialog::AddItem(LPCTSTR szString)
- {
- m_vItems.push_back(szString);
- }
-
- inline void CTab::CSelectDialog::OnOK()
- {
- int iSelect = (int)SendDlgItemMessage(IDC_LIST, LB_GETCURSEL, 0, 0);
- if (iSelect != LB_ERR)
- EndDialog(iSelect);
- else
- EndDialog(-2);
- }
-
-
- //////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CTab class
- //
- inline CTab::CTab() : m_hListMenu(NULL), m_pActiveView(NULL), m_bShowButtons(FALSE), m_IsTracking(FALSE), m_IsClosePressed(FALSE),
- m_IsListPressed(FALSE), m_IsListMenuActive(FALSE), m_nTabHeight(0)
- {
- // Create and assign the image list
- m_himlTab = ImageList_Create(16, 16, ILC_MASK|ILC_COLOR32, 0, 0);
-
- // Set the tab control's font
- NONCLIENTMETRICS info = {0};
- info.cbSize = GetSizeofNonClientMetrics();
- SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS, sizeof(info), &info, 0);
- m_Font.CreateFontIndirect(&info.lfStatusFont);
- }
-
- inline CTab::~CTab()
- {
- ImageList_Destroy(m_himlTab);
-
- if (IsMenu(m_hListMenu)) ::DestroyMenu(m_hListMenu);
- }
-
- inline int CTab::AddTabPage(WndPtr pView, LPCTSTR szTabText, HICON hIcon, UINT idTab)
- {
- assert(pView.get());
- assert(lstrlen(szTabText) < MAX_MENU_STRING);
-
- m_vTabViews.push_back(pView);
-
- TabPageInfo tpi = {0};
- tpi.pView = pView.get();
- tpi.idTab = idTab;
- lstrcpyn(tpi.szTabText, szTabText, MAX_MENU_STRING);
- if (hIcon)
- tpi.iImage = ImageList_AddIcon(GetImageList(), hIcon);
- else
- tpi.iImage = -1;
-
- int iNewPage = (int)m_vTabPageInfo.size();
- m_vTabPageInfo.push_back(tpi);
-
- if (m_hWnd)
- {
- TCITEM tie = {0};
- tie.mask = TCIF_TEXT | TCIF_IMAGE;
- tie.iImage = tpi.iImage;
- tie.pszText = tpi.szTabText;
- TabCtrl_InsertItem(m_hWnd, iNewPage, &tie);
-
- SetTabSize();
- SelectPage(iNewPage);
- NotifyChanged();
- }
-
- return iNewPage;
- }
-
- inline int CTab::AddTabPage(WndPtr pView, LPCTSTR szTabText, int idIcon, UINT idTab /* = 0*/)
- {
- HICON hIcon = (HICON)LoadImage(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(idIcon), IMAGE_ICON, 0, 0, LR_SHARED);
- return AddTabPage(pView, szTabText, hIcon, idTab);
- }
-
- inline int CTab::AddTabPage(WndPtr pView, LPCTSTR szTabText)
- {
- return AddTabPage(pView, szTabText, (HICON)0, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CTab::DrawCloseButton(CDC& DrawDC)
- {
- // The close button isn't displayed on Win95
- if (GetWinVersion() == 1400) return;
-
- if (!m_bShowButtons) return;
- if (!GetActiveView()) return;
- if (!(GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_FIXEDWIDTH)) return;
- if (!(GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED)) return;
-
- // Determine the close button's drawing position relative to the window
- CRect rcClose = GetCloseRect();
-
- CPoint pt = GetCursorPos();
- ScreenToClient(pt);
- UINT uState = rcClose.PtInRect(pt)? m_IsClosePressed? 2: 1: 0;
-
- // Draw the outer highlight for the close button
- if (!IsRectEmpty(&rcClose))
- {
- switch (uState)
- {
- case 0:
- {
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(232, 228, 220));
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.top);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.top);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom);
- break;
- }
-
- case 1:
- {
- // Draw outline, white at top, black on bottom
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0));
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.top);
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255, 255, 255));
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.top);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom);
- }
-
- break;
- case 2:
- {
- // Draw outline, black on top, white on bottom
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255, 255, 255));
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right, rcClose.top);
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0));
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.top);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left, rcClose.bottom);
- }
- break;
- }
-
- // Manually draw close button
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(64, 64, 64));
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left + 3, rcClose.top +3);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right - 2, rcClose.bottom -2);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left + 4, rcClose.top +3);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right - 2, rcClose.bottom -3);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.left + 3, rcClose.top +4);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.right - 3, rcClose.bottom -2);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.right -3, rcClose.top +3);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left + 2, rcClose.bottom -2);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.right -3, rcClose.top +4);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left + 3, rcClose.bottom -2);
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcClose.right -4, rcClose.top +3);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcClose.left + 2, rcClose.bottom -3);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CTab::DrawListButton(CDC& DrawDC)
- {
- // The list button isn't displayed on Win95
- if (GetWinVersion() == 1400) return;
-
- if (!m_bShowButtons) return;
- if (!GetActiveView()) return;
- if (!(GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_FIXEDWIDTH)) return;
- if (!(GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED)) return;
-
- // Determine the list button's drawing position relative to the window
- CRect rcList = GetListRect();
-
- CPoint pt = GetCursorPos();
- ScreenToClient(pt);
- UINT uState = rcList.PtInRect(pt)? 1: 0;
- if (m_IsListMenuActive) uState = 2;
-
- // Draw the outer highlight for the list button
- if (!IsRectEmpty(&rcList))
- {
- switch (uState)
- {
- case 0:
- {
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(232, 228, 220));
-
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcList.left, rcList.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.right, rcList.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.right, rcList.top);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.left, rcList.top);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.left, rcList.bottom);
- break;
- }
-
- case 1:
- {
- // Draw outline, white at top, black on bottom
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0));
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcList.left, rcList.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.right, rcList.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.right, rcList.top);
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255, 255, 255));
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.left, rcList.top);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.left, rcList.bottom);
- }
-
- break;
- case 2:
- {
- // Draw outline, black on top, white on bottom
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(255, 255, 255));
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcList.left, rcList.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.right, rcList.bottom);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.right, rcList.top);
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0, 0, 0));
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.left, rcList.top);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.left, rcList.bottom);
- }
- break;
- }
-
- // Manually draw list button
- DrawDC.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(64, 64, 64));
-
- int MaxLength = (int)(0.65 * rcList.Width());
- int topGap = 1 + rcList.Height()/3;
- for (int i = 0; i <= MaxLength/2; i++)
- {
- int Length = MaxLength - 2*i;
- DrawDC.MoveTo(rcList.left +1 + (rcList.Width() - Length)/2, rcList.top +topGap +i);
- DrawDC.LineTo(rcList.left +1 + (rcList.Width() - Length)/2 + Length, rcList.top +topGap +i);
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline void CTab::DrawTabs(CDC& dcMem)
- {
- // Draw the tab buttons:
- for (int i = 0; i < TabCtrl_GetItemCount(m_hWnd); ++i)
- {
- CRect rcItem;
- TabCtrl_GetItemRect(m_hWnd, i, &rcItem);
- if (!rcItem.IsRectEmpty())
- {
- if (i == TabCtrl_GetCurSel(m_hWnd))
- {
- dcMem.CreateSolidBrush(RGB(248,248,248));
- dcMem.SetBkColor(RGB(248,248,248));
- }
- else
- {
- dcMem.CreateSolidBrush(RGB(200,200,200));
- dcMem.SetBkColor(RGB(200,200,200));
- }
-
- dcMem.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(160, 160, 160));
- dcMem.RoundRect(rcItem.left+1, rcItem.top, rcItem.right+2, rcItem.bottom, 6, 6);
-
- if (rcItem.Width() >= 24)
- {
- TCHAR szText[30];
- TCITEM tcItem = {0};
- tcItem.mask = TCIF_TEXT | TCIF_IMAGE;
- tcItem.cchTextMax = 30;
- tcItem.pszText = szText;
- TabCtrl_GetItem(m_hWnd, i, &tcItem);
- int xImage;
- int yImage;
- int yOffset = 0;
- if (ImageList_GetIconSize(m_himlTab, &xImage, &yImage))
- yOffset = (rcItem.Height() - yImage)/2;
-
- // Draw the icon
- ImageList_Draw(m_himlTab, tcItem.iImage, dcMem, rcItem.left+5, rcItem.top+yOffset, ILD_NORMAL);
-
- // Draw the text
- dcMem.SelectObject(&m_Font);
-
- // Calculate the size of the text
- CRect rcText = rcItem;
-
- int iImageSize = 20;
- int iPadding = 4;
- if (tcItem.iImage >= 0)
- rcText.left += iImageSize;
-
- rcText.left += iPadding;
- dcMem.DrawText(szText, -1, rcText, DT_LEFT|DT_VCENTER|DT_SINGLELINE|DT_END_ELLIPSIS);
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline void CTab::DrawTabBorders(CDC& dcMem, CRect& rcTab)
- {
- BOOL IsBottomTab = (BOOL)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_BOTTOM;
-
- // Draw a lighter rectangle touching the tab buttons
- CRect rcItem;
- TabCtrl_GetItemRect(m_hWnd, 0, &rcItem);
- int left = rcItem.left +1;
- int right = rcTab.right;
- int top = rcTab.bottom;
- int bottom = top + 3;
-
- if (!IsBottomTab)
- {
- bottom = MAX(rcTab.top, m_nTabHeight +4);
- top = bottom -3;
- }
-
- dcMem.CreateSolidBrush(RGB(248,248,248));
- dcMem.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(248,248,248));
- if (!rcItem.IsRectEmpty())
- {
- dcMem.Rectangle(left, top, right, bottom);
-
- // Draw a darker line below the rectangle
- dcMem.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(160, 160, 160));
- if (IsBottomTab)
- {
- dcMem.MoveTo(left-1, bottom);
- dcMem.LineTo(right, bottom);
- }
- else
- {
- dcMem.MoveTo(left-1, top-1);
- dcMem.LineTo(right, top-1);
- }
-
- // Draw a lighter line over the darker line for the selected tab
- dcMem.CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(248,248,248));
- TabCtrl_GetItemRect(m_hWnd, TabCtrl_GetCurSel(m_hWnd), &rcItem);
- OffsetRect(&rcItem, 1, 1);
-
- if (IsBottomTab)
- {
- dcMem.MoveTo(rcItem.left, bottom);
- dcMem.LineTo(rcItem.right, bottom);
- }
- else
- {
- dcMem.MoveTo(rcItem.left, top-1);
- dcMem.LineTo(rcItem.right, top-1);
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline CRect CTab::GetCloseRect() const
- {
- CRect rcClose;
- if (GetShowButtons())
- {
- rcClose= GetClientRect();
- int Gap = 2;
- int cx = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSMICON) -1;
- int cy = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSMICON) -1;
- rcClose.right -= Gap;
- rcClose.left = rcClose.right - cx;
-
- if (GetTabsAtTop())
- rcClose.top = Gap;
- else
- rcClose.top = MAX(Gap, rcClose.bottom - m_nTabHeight);
-
- rcClose.bottom = rcClose.top + cy;
- }
- return rcClose;
- }
-
- inline HMENU CTab::GetListMenu()
- {
- if (IsMenu(m_hListMenu))
- ::DestroyMenu(m_hListMenu);
-
- m_hListMenu = CreatePopupMenu();
-
- // Add the menu items
- for(UINT u = 0; u < MIN(GetAllTabs().size(), 9); ++u)
- {
- TCHAR szMenuString[MAX_MENU_STRING+1];
- TCHAR szTabText[MAX_MENU_STRING];
- lstrcpyn(szTabText, GetAllTabs()[u].szTabText, MAX_MENU_STRING -4);
- wsprintf(szMenuString, _T("&%d %s"), u+1, szTabText);
- AppendMenu(m_hListMenu, MF_STRING, IDW_FIRSTCHILD +u, szMenuString);
- }
- if (GetAllTabs().size() >= 10)
- AppendMenu(m_hListMenu, MF_STRING, IDW_FIRSTCHILD +9, _T("More Windows"));
-
- // Add a checkmark to the menu
- int iSelected = GetCurSel();
- if (iSelected < 9)
- CheckMenuItem(m_hListMenu, iSelected, MF_BYPOSITION|MF_CHECKED);
-
- return m_hListMenu;
- }
-
- inline CRect CTab::GetListRect() const
- {
- CRect rcList;
- if (GetShowButtons())
- {
- CRect rcClose = GetCloseRect();
- rcList = rcClose;
- rcList.OffsetRect( -(rcClose.Width() + 2), 0);
- rcList.InflateRect(-1, 0);
- }
- return rcList;
- }
-
- inline SIZE CTab::GetMaxTabSize() const
- {
- CSize Size;
-
- for (int i = 0; i < TabCtrl_GetItemCount(m_hWnd); i++)
- {
- CClientDC dcClient(this);
- dcClient.SelectObject(&m_Font);
- std::vector<TCHAR> vTitle(MAX_MENU_STRING, _T('\0'));
- TCHAR* pszTitle = &vTitle.front();
- TCITEM tcItem = {0};
- tcItem.mask = TCIF_TEXT |TCIF_IMAGE;
- tcItem.cchTextMax = MAX_MENU_STRING;
- tcItem.pszText = pszTitle;
- TabCtrl_GetItem(m_hWnd, i, &tcItem);
- CSize TempSize = dcClient.GetTextExtentPoint32(pszTitle, lstrlen(pszTitle));
-
- int iImageSize = 0;
- int iPadding = 6;
- if (tcItem.iImage >= 0)
- iImageSize = 20;
- TempSize.cx += iImageSize + iPadding;
-
- if (TempSize.cx > Size.cx)
- Size = TempSize;
- }
-
- return Size;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTab::GetTabsAtTop() const
- // Returns TRUE if the contol's tabs are placed at the top
- {
- DWORD dwStyle = (DWORD)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE);
- return (!(dwStyle & TCS_BOTTOM));
- }
-
- inline int CTab::GetTextHeight() const
- {
- CClientDC dcClient(this);
- dcClient.SelectObject(&m_Font);
- CSize szText = dcClient.GetTextExtentPoint32(_T("Text"), lstrlen(_T("Text")));
- return szText.cy;
- }
-
- inline int CTab::GetTabIndex(CWnd* pWnd) const
- {
- assert(pWnd);
-
- for (int i = 0; i < (int)m_vTabPageInfo.size(); ++i)
- {
- if (m_vTabPageInfo[i].pView == pWnd)
- return i;
- }
-
- return -1;
- }
-
- inline TabPageInfo CTab::GetTabPageInfo(UINT nTab) const
- {
- assert (nTab < m_vTabPageInfo.size());
-
- return m_vTabPageInfo[nTab];
- }
-
- inline void CTab::NotifyChanged()
- {
- NMHDR nmhdr = {0};
- nmhdr.hwndFrom = m_hWnd;
- nmhdr.code = UWM_TAB_CHANGED;
- GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_NOTIFY, 0L, (LPARAM)&nmhdr);
- }
-
- inline void CTab::OnCreate()
- {
- SetFont(&m_Font, TRUE);
-
- // Assign ImageList unless we are owner drawn
- if (!(GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED))
- TabCtrl_SetImageList(m_hWnd, m_himlTab);
-
- for (int i = 0; i < (int)m_vTabPageInfo.size(); ++i)
- {
- // Add tabs for each view.
- TCITEM tie = {0};
- tie.mask = TCIF_TEXT | TCIF_IMAGE;
- tie.iImage = m_vTabPageInfo[i].iImage;
- tie.pszText = m_vTabPageInfo[i].szTabText;
- TabCtrl_InsertItem(m_hWnd, i, &tie);
- }
-
- int HeightGap = 5;
- SetTabHeight(MAX(20, (GetTextHeight() + HeightGap)));
- SelectPage(0);
- }
-
- inline void CTab::OnLButtonDown(WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- CPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
-
- if (GetCloseRect().PtInRect(pt))
- {
- m_IsClosePressed = TRUE;
- SetCapture();
- CClientDC dc(this);
- DrawCloseButton(dc);
- }
- else
- m_IsClosePressed = FALSE;
-
- if (GetListRect().PtInRect(pt))
- {
- ShowListMenu();
- }
- }
-
- inline void CTab::OnLButtonUp(WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- ReleaseCapture();
- CPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
- if (m_IsClosePressed && GetCloseRect().PtInRect(pt))
- {
- RemoveTabPage(GetCurSel());
- if (GetActiveView())
- GetActiveView()->RedrawWindow();
- }
-
- m_IsClosePressed = FALSE;
- }
-
- inline void CTab::OnMouseLeave(WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/)
- {
- CClientDC dc(this);
- DrawCloseButton(dc);
- DrawListButton(dc);
-
- m_IsTracking = FALSE;
- }
-
- inline void CTab::OnMouseMove(WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/)
- {
- if (!m_IsListMenuActive && m_IsListPressed)
- {
- m_IsListPressed = FALSE;
- }
-
- if (!m_IsTracking)
- {
- TRACKMOUSEEVENT TrackMouseEventStruct = {0};
- TrackMouseEventStruct.cbSize = sizeof(TrackMouseEventStruct);
- TrackMouseEventStruct.dwFlags = TME_LEAVE;
- TrackMouseEventStruct.hwndTrack = m_hWnd;
- _TrackMouseEvent(&TrackMouseEventStruct);
- m_IsTracking = TRUE;
- }
-
- CClientDC dc(this);
- DrawCloseButton(dc);
- DrawListButton(dc);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CTab::OnNCHitTest(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- // Ensure we have an arrow cursor when the tab has no view window
- if (0 == GetAllTabs().size())
- SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW));
-
- // Cause WM_LBUTTONUP and WM_LBUTTONDOWN messages to be sent for buttons
- CPoint pt(GET_X_LPARAM(lParam), GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam));
- ScreenToClient(pt);
- if (GetCloseRect().PtInRect(pt)) return HTCLIENT;
- if (GetListRect().PtInRect(pt)) return HTCLIENT;
-
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(WM_NCHITTEST, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CTab::OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
-
- switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code)
- {
- case TCN_SELCHANGE:
- {
- // Display the newly selected tab page
- int nPage = GetCurSel();
- ShowActiveView(m_vTabPageInfo[nPage].pView);
- }
- break;
- }
-
- return 0L;
- }
-
- inline void CTab::Paint()
- {
- // Microsoft's drawing for a tab control is rubbish, so we do our own.
- // We use double buffering and regions to eliminate flicker
-
- // Create the memory DC and bitmap
- CClientDC dcView(this);
- CMemDC dcMem(&dcView);
- CRect rcClient = GetClientRect();
- dcMem.CreateCompatibleBitmap(&dcView, rcClient.Width(), rcClient.Height());
-
- if (0 == GetItemCount())
- {
- // No tabs, so simply display a grey background and exit
- COLORREF rgbDialog = GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE);
- dcView.SolidFill(rgbDialog, rcClient);
- return;
- }
-
- // Create a clipping region. Its the overall tab window's region,
- // less the region belonging to the individual tab view's client area
- CRgn rgnSrc1 = ::CreateRectRgn(rcClient.left, rcClient.top, rcClient.right, rcClient.bottom);
- CRect rcTab = GetClientRect();
- TabCtrl_AdjustRect(m_hWnd, FALSE, &rcTab);
- if (rcTab.Height() < 0)
- rcTab.top = rcTab.bottom;
- if (rcTab.Width() < 0)
- rcTab.left = rcTab.right;
-
- CRgn rgnSrc2 = ::CreateRectRgn(rcTab.left, rcTab.top, rcTab.right, rcTab.bottom);
- CRgn rgnClip = ::CreateRectRgn(0, 0, 0, 0);
- ::CombineRgn(rgnClip, rgnSrc1, rgnSrc2, RGN_DIFF);
-
- // Use the region in the memory DC to paint the grey background
- dcMem.SelectClipRgn(&rgnClip);
- HWND hWndParent = ::GetParent(m_hWnd);
- CDC dcParent = ::GetDC(hWndParent);
- HBRUSH hBrush = (HBRUSH) SendMessage(hWndParent, WM_CTLCOLORDLG, (WPARAM)dcParent.GetHDC(), (LPARAM)hWndParent);
- dcMem.SelectObject(FromHandle(hBrush));
- dcMem.PaintRgn(&rgnClip);
-
- // Draw the tab buttons on the memory DC:
- DrawTabs(dcMem);
-
- // Draw buttons and tab borders
- DrawCloseButton(dcMem);
- DrawListButton(dcMem);
- DrawTabBorders(dcMem, rcTab);
-
- // Now copy our from our memory DC to the window DC
- dcView.SelectClipRgn(&rgnClip);
- dcView.BitBlt(0, 0, rcClient.Width(), rcClient.Height(), &dcMem, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
- }
-
- inline void CTab::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs)
- {
- // For Tabs on the bottom, add the TCS_BOTTOM style
- cs.style = WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | WS_VISIBLE;
- }
-
- inline void CTab::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc)
- {
- wc.lpszClassName = WC_TABCONTROL;
- }
-
- inline void CTab::RecalcLayout()
- {
- if (IsWindow())
- {
- if (GetActiveView())
- {
- // Set the tab sizes
- SetTabSize();
-
- // Position the View over the tab control's display area
- CRect rc = GetClientRect();
- TabCtrl_AdjustRect(m_hWnd, FALSE, &rc);
- GetActiveView()->SetWindowPos(NULL, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
- }
- else
- RedrawWindow();
- }
- }
-
- inline void CTab::RemoveTabPage(int nPage)
- {
- if ((nPage < 0) || (nPage > (int)m_vTabPageInfo.size() -1))
- return;
-
- // Remove the tab
- TabCtrl_DeleteItem(m_hWnd, nPage);
-
- // Remove the TapPageInfo entry
- std::vector<TabPageInfo>::iterator itTPI = m_vTabPageInfo.begin() + nPage;
- CWnd* pView = (*itTPI).pView;
- int iImage = (*itTPI).iImage;
- if (iImage >= 0)
- TabCtrl_RemoveImage(m_hWnd, iImage);
-
- if (pView == m_pActiveView)
- m_pActiveView = 0;
-
- (*itTPI).pView->Destroy();
- m_vTabPageInfo.erase(itTPI);
-
- std::vector<WndPtr>::iterator itView;
- for (itView = m_vTabViews.begin(); itView < m_vTabViews.end(); ++itView)
- {
- if ((*itView).get() == pView)
- {
- m_vTabViews.erase(itView);
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (IsWindow())
- {
- if (m_vTabPageInfo.size() > 0)
- {
- SetTabSize();
- SelectPage(0);
- }
- else
- ShowActiveView(NULL);
-
- NotifyChanged();
- }
- }
-
- inline void CTab::SelectPage(int nPage)
- {
- if ((nPage >= 0) && (nPage < GetItemCount()))
- {
- if (nPage != GetCurSel())
- SetCurSel(nPage);
-
- ShowActiveView(m_vTabPageInfo[nPage].pView);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CTab::SetFixedWidth(BOOL bEnabled)
- {
- DWORD dwStyle = (DWORD)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE);
- if (bEnabled)
- SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle | TCS_FIXEDWIDTH);
- else
- SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle & ~TCS_FIXEDWIDTH);
-
- RecalcLayout();
- }
-
- inline void CTab::SetOwnerDraw(BOOL bEnabled)
- // Enable or disable owner draw
- {
- DWORD dwStyle = (DWORD)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE);
- if (bEnabled)
- {
- SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle | TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED);
- TabCtrl_SetImageList(m_hWnd, NULL);
- }
- else
- {
- SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle & ~TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED);
- TabCtrl_SetImageList(m_hWnd, m_himlTab);
- }
-
- RecalcLayout();
- }
-
- inline void CTab::SetShowButtons(BOOL bShow)
- {
- m_bShowButtons = bShow;
- RecalcLayout();
- }
-
- inline void CTab::SetTabIcon(int i, HICON hIcon)
- // Changes or sets the tab's icon
- {
- assert (GetItemCount() > i);
- TCITEM tci = {0};
- tci.mask = TCIF_IMAGE;
- GetItem(i, &tci);
- if (tci.iImage >= 0)
- {
- ImageList_ReplaceIcon(GetImageList(), i, hIcon);
- }
- else
- {
- int iImage = ImageList_AddIcon(GetImageList(), hIcon);
- tci.iImage = iImage;
- TabCtrl_SetItem(m_hWnd, i, &tci);
- m_vTabPageInfo[i].iImage = iImage;
- }
- }
-
- inline void CTab::SetTabsAtTop(BOOL bTop)
- // Positions the tabs at the top or botttom of the control
- {
- DWORD dwStyle = (DWORD)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE);
-
- if (bTop)
- dwStyle &= ~TCS_BOTTOM;
- else
- dwStyle |= TCS_BOTTOM;
-
- SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, dwStyle);
- RecalcLayout();
- }
-
- inline void CTab::SetTabSize()
- {
- if (GetItemCount() > 0)
- {
- CRect rc = GetClientRect();
- TabCtrl_AdjustRect(m_hWnd, FALSE, &rc);
-
- int xGap = 2;
- if (m_bShowButtons) xGap += GetCloseRect().Width() + GetListRect().Width() +2;
-
- int nItemWidth = MIN( GetMaxTabSize().cx, (rc.Width() - xGap)/GetItemCount() );
- nItemWidth = MAX(nItemWidth, 0);
- SendMessage(TCM_SETITEMSIZE, 0L, MAKELPARAM(nItemWidth, m_nTabHeight));
- NotifyChanged();
- }
- }
-
- inline void CTab::SetTabText(UINT nTab, LPCTSTR szText)
- {
- // Allows the text to be changed on an existing tab
- if (nTab < GetAllTabs().size())
- {
- TCITEM Item = {0};
- std::vector<TCHAR> vTChar(MAX_MENU_STRING+1, _T('\0'));
- TCHAR* pTChar = &vTChar.front();
- lstrcpyn(pTChar, szText, MAX_MENU_STRING);
- Item.mask = TCIF_TEXT;
- Item.pszText = pTChar;
-
- if (TabCtrl_SetItem(m_hWnd, nTab, &Item))
- lstrcpyn(m_vTabPageInfo[nTab].szTabText, pTChar, MAX_MENU_STRING);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CTab::ShowActiveView(CWnd* pView)
- // Sets or changes the View window displayed within the tab page
- {
- // Hide the old view
- if (GetActiveView() && (GetActiveView()->IsWindow()))
- GetActiveView()->ShowWindow(SW_HIDE);
-
- // Assign the view window
- m_pActiveView = pView;
-
- if (m_pActiveView && m_hWnd)
- {
- if (!m_pActiveView->IsWindow())
- {
- // The tab control is already created, so create the new view too
- GetActiveView()->Create(this);
- }
-
- // Position the View over the tab control's display area
- CRect rc = GetClientRect();
- TabCtrl_AdjustRect(m_hWnd, FALSE, &rc);
- GetActiveView()->SetWindowPos(HWND_TOP, rc, SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
- GetActiveView()->SetFocus();
- }
- }
-
- inline void CTab::ShowListMenu()
- // Displays the list of windows in a popup menu
- {
- if (!m_IsListPressed)
- {
- m_IsListPressed = TRUE;
- HMENU hMenu = GetListMenu();
-
- CPoint pt(GetListRect().left, GetListRect().top + GetTabHeight());
- ClientToScreen(pt);
-
- // Choosing the frame's hwnd for the menu's messages will automatically theme the popup menu
- HWND MenuHwnd = GetAncestor()->GetHwnd();
- int nPage = 0;
- m_IsListMenuActive = TRUE;
- nPage = TrackPopupMenuEx(hMenu, TPM_LEFTALIGN | TPM_TOPALIGN | TPM_RETURNCMD, pt.x, pt.y, MenuHwnd, NULL) - IDW_FIRSTCHILD;
- if ((nPage >= 0) && (nPage < 9)) SelectPage(nPage);
- if (nPage == 9) ShowListDialog();
- m_IsListMenuActive = FALSE;
- }
-
- CClientDC dc(this);
- DrawListButton(dc);
- }
-
- inline void CTab::ShowListDialog()
- {
- // Definition of a dialog template which displays a List Box
- unsigned char dlg_Template[] =
- {
- 0x01,0x00,0xff,0xff,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x04,0x00,0xc8,0x00,0xc8,0x90,0x03,
- 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xdc,0x00,0x8e,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x53,0x00,0x65,
- 0x00,0x6c,0x00,0x65,0x00,0x63,0x00,0x74,0x00,0x20,0x00,0x57,0x00,0x69,0x00,0x6e,
- 0x00,0x64,0x00,0x6f,0x00,0x77,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x08,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x4d,
- 0x00,0x53,0x00,0x20,0x00,0x53,0x00,0x68,0x00,0x65,0x00,0x6c,0x00,0x6c,0x00,0x20,
- 0x00,0x44,0x00,0x6c,0x00,0x67,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
- 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x00,0x01,0x50,0x40,0x00,0x7a,0x00,0x25,0x00,0x0f,0x00,0x01,
- 0x00,0x00,0x00,0xff,0xff,0x80,0x00,0x4f,0x00,0x4b,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
- 0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x01,0x50,0x7a,0x00,0x7a,0x00,0x25,
- 0x00,0x0f,0x00,0x02,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xff,0xff,0x80,0x00,0x43,0x00,0x61,0x00,0x6e,
- 0x00,0x63,0x00,0x65,0x00,0x6c,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,
- 0x00,0x02,0x00,0x01,0x01,0x21,0x50,0x06,0x00,0x06,0x00,0xcf,0x00,0x6d,0x00,0x79,
- 0x00,0x00,0x00,0xff,0xff,0x83,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00
- };
-
- // Display the modal dialog. The dialog is defined in the dialog template rather
- // than in the resource script (rc) file.
- CSelectDialog MyDialog((LPCDLGTEMPLATE) dlg_Template);
- for(UINT u = 0; u < GetAllTabs().size(); ++u)
- {
- MyDialog.AddItem(GetAllTabs()[u].szTabText);
- }
-
- int iSelected = (int)MyDialog.DoModal();
- if (iSelected >= 0) SelectPage(iSelected);
- }
-
- inline void CTab::SwapTabs(UINT nTab1, UINT nTab2)
- {
- if ((nTab1 < GetAllTabs().size()) && (nTab2 < GetAllTabs().size()) && (nTab1 != nTab2))
- {
- int nPage = GetCurSel();
- TabPageInfo T1 = GetTabPageInfo(nTab1);
- TabPageInfo T2 = GetTabPageInfo(nTab2);
-
- TCITEM Item1 = {0};
- Item1.mask = TCIF_IMAGE | TCIF_PARAM | TCIF_RTLREADING | TCIF_STATE | TCIF_TEXT;
- GetItem(nTab1, &Item1);
- TCITEM Item2 = {0};
- Item2.mask = TCIF_IMAGE | TCIF_PARAM | TCIF_RTLREADING | TCIF_STATE | TCIF_TEXT;
- GetItem(nTab2, &Item2);
- TabCtrl_SetItem(m_hWnd, nTab1, &Item2);
- TabCtrl_SetItem(m_hWnd, nTab2, &Item1);
-
- m_vTabPageInfo[nTab1] = T2;
- m_vTabPageInfo[nTab2] = T1;
- SelectPage(nPage);
- }
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CTab::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch(uMsg)
- {
- case WM_PAINT:
- if (GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED)
- {
- // Remove all pending paint requests
- PAINTSTRUCT ps;
- BeginPaint(ps);
- EndPaint(ps);
-
- // Now call our local Paint
- Paint();
- return 0;
- }
- break;
-
- case WM_ERASEBKGND:
- if (GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED)
- return 0;
- break;
- case WM_KILLFOCUS:
- m_IsClosePressed = FALSE;
- break;
- case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
- case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
- OnLButtonDown(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- case WM_LBUTTONUP:
- OnLButtonUp(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
- OnMouseMove(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
- OnMouseLeave(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- case WM_NCHITTEST:
- return OnNCHitTest(wParam, lParam);
-
- case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING:
- // A little hack to reduce tab flicker
- if (IsWindowVisible() && (GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE) & TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED))
- {
- LPWINDOWPOS pWinPos = (LPWINDOWPOS)lParam;
- pWinPos->flags |= SWP_NOREDRAW;
-
- Paint();
- }
-
- break;
-
- case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
- RecalcLayout();
- break;
- }
-
- // pass unhandled messages on for default processing
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- // Wrappers for Win32 Macros
- inline void CTab::AdjustRect(BOOL fLarger, RECT *prc) const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- TabCtrl_AdjustRect(m_hWnd, fLarger, prc);
- }
-
- inline int CTab::GetCurFocus() const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TabCtrl_GetCurFocus(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline int CTab::GetCurSel() const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TabCtrl_GetCurSel(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTab::GetItem(int iItem, LPTCITEM pitem) const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TabCtrl_GetItem(m_hWnd, iItem, pitem);
- }
-
- inline int CTab::GetItemCount() const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TabCtrl_GetItemCount(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline int CTab::HitTest(TCHITTESTINFO& info) const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TabCtrl_HitTest(m_hWnd, &info);
- }
-
- inline void CTab::SetCurFocus(int iItem) const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- TabCtrl_SetCurFocus(m_hWnd, iItem);
- }
-
- inline int CTab::SetCurSel(int iItem) const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TabCtrl_SetCurSel(m_hWnd, iItem);
- }
-
- inline DWORD CTab::SetItemSize(int cx, int cy) const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TabCtrl_SetItemSize(m_hWnd, cx, cy);
- }
-
- inline int CTab::SetMinTabWidth(int cx) const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TabCtrl_SetMinTabWidth(m_hWnd, cx);
- }
-
- inline void CTab::SetPadding(int cx, int cy) const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- TabCtrl_SetPadding(m_hWnd, cx, cy);
- }
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CTabbedMDI class
- inline CTabbedMDI::CTabbedMDI()
- {
- GetTab().SetShowButtons(TRUE);
- }
-
- inline CTabbedMDI::~CTabbedMDI()
- {
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CTabbedMDI::AddMDIChild(CWnd* pView, LPCTSTR szTabText, int idMDIChild /*= 0*/)
- {
- assert(pView);
- assert(lstrlen(szTabText) < MAX_MENU_STRING);
-
- GetTab().AddTabPage(WndPtr(pView), szTabText, 0, idMDIChild);
-
- // Fake a WM_MOUSEACTIVATE to propogate focus change to dockers
- if (IsWindow())
- GetParent()->SendMessage(WM_MOUSEACTIVATE, (WPARAM)GetAncestor(), MAKELPARAM(HTCLIENT,WM_LBUTTONDOWN));
-
- return pView;
- }
-
- inline void CTabbedMDI::CloseActiveMDI()
- {
- int nTab = GetTab().GetCurSel();
- if (nTab >= 0)
- GetTab().RemoveTabPage(nTab);
-
- RecalcLayout();
- }
-
- inline void CTabbedMDI::CloseAllMDIChildren()
- {
- while (GetMDIChildCount() > 0)
- {
- GetTab().RemoveTabPage(0);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CTabbedMDI::CloseMDIChild(int nTab)
- {
- GetTab().RemoveTabPage(nTab);
-
- if (GetActiveMDIChild())
- GetActiveMDIChild()->RedrawWindow();
- }
-
- inline HWND CTabbedMDI::Create(CWnd* pParent /* = NULL*/)
- {
- CLIENTCREATESTRUCT clientcreate ;
- clientcreate.hWindowMenu = m_hWnd;
- clientcreate.idFirstChild = IDW_FIRSTCHILD ;
- DWORD dwStyle = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | MDIS_ALLCHILDSTYLES;
-
- // Create the MDICLIENT view window
- if (!CreateEx(0, _T("MDICLIENT"), _T(""),
- dwStyle, 0, 0, 0, 0, pParent, NULL, (PSTR) &clientcreate))
- throw CWinException(_T("CMDIClient::Create ... CreateEx failed"));
-
- return m_hWnd;
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CTabbedMDI::GetActiveMDIChild() const
- {
- CWnd* pView = NULL;
- int nTab = GetTab().GetCurSel();
- if (nTab >= 0)
- {
- TabPageInfo tbi = GetTab().GetTabPageInfo(nTab);
- pView = tbi.pView;
- }
-
- return pView;
- }
-
- inline int CTabbedMDI::GetActiveMDITab() const
- {
- return GetTab().GetCurSel();
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CTabbedMDI::GetMDIChild(int nTab) const
- {
- assert(nTab >= 0);
- assert(nTab < GetMDIChildCount());
- return GetTab().GetTabPageInfo(nTab).pView;
- }
-
- inline int CTabbedMDI::GetMDIChildCount() const
- {
- return (int) GetTab().GetAllTabs().size();
- }
-
- inline int CTabbedMDI::GetMDIChildID(int nTab) const
- {
- assert(nTab >= 0);
- assert(nTab < GetMDIChildCount());
- return GetTab().GetTabPageInfo(nTab).idTab;
- }
-
- inline LPCTSTR CTabbedMDI::GetMDIChildTitle(int nTab) const
- {
- assert(nTab >= 0);
- assert(nTab < GetMDIChildCount());
- return GetTab().GetTabPageInfo(nTab).szTabText;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTabbedMDI::LoadRegistrySettings(tString tsRegistryKeyName)
- {
- BOOL bResult = FALSE;
-
- if (0 != tsRegistryKeyName.size())
- {
- tString tsKey = _T("Software\\") + tsRegistryKeyName + _T("\\MDI Children");
- HKEY hKey = 0;
- RegOpenKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, tsKey.c_str(), 0, KEY_READ, &hKey);
- if (hKey)
- {
- DWORD dwType = REG_BINARY;
- DWORD BufferSize = sizeof(TabPageInfo);
- TabPageInfo tbi = {0};
- int i = 0;
- TCHAR szNumber[16];
- tString tsSubKey = _T("MDI Child ");
- tsSubKey += _itot(i, szNumber, 10);
-
- // Fill the DockList vector from the registry
- while (0 == RegQueryValueEx(hKey, tsSubKey.c_str(), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&tbi, &BufferSize))
- {
- CWnd* pWnd = NewMDIChildFromID(tbi.idTab);
- if (pWnd)
- {
- AddMDIChild(pWnd, tbi.szTabText, tbi.idTab);
- i++;
- tsSubKey = _T("MDI Child ");
- tsSubKey += _itot(i, szNumber, 10);
- bResult = TRUE;
- }
- else
- {
- TRACE(_T("Failed to get TabbedMDI info from registry"));
- bResult = FALSE;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- // Load Active MDI Tab from the registry
- tsSubKey = _T("Active MDI Tab");
- int nTab;
- dwType = REG_DWORD;
- BufferSize = sizeof(int);
- if(ERROR_SUCCESS == RegQueryValueEx(hKey, tsSubKey.c_str(), NULL, &dwType, (LPBYTE)&nTab, &BufferSize))
- SetActiveMDITab(nTab);
- else
- SetActiveMDITab(0);
-
- RegCloseKey(hKey);
- }
- }
-
- if (!bResult)
- CloseAllMDIChildren();
-
- return bResult;
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CTabbedMDI::NewMDIChildFromID(int /*idMDIChild*/)
- {
- // Override this function to create new MDI children from IDs as shown below
- CWnd* pView = NULL;
- /* switch(idTab)
- {
- case ID_SIMPLE:
- pView = new CViewSimple;
- break;
- case ID_RECT:
- pView = new CViewRect;
- break;
- default:
- TRACE(_T("Unknown MDI child ID\n"));
- break;
- } */
-
- return pView;
- }
-
- inline void CTabbedMDI::OnCreate()
- {
- GetTab().Create(this);
- GetTab().SetFixedWidth(TRUE);
- GetTab().SetOwnerDraw(TRUE);
- }
-
- inline void CTabbedMDI::OnDestroy(WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/ )
- {
- CloseAllMDIChildren();
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CTabbedMDI::OnNotify(WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- LPNMHDR pnmhdr = (LPNMHDR)lParam;
- if (pnmhdr->code == UWM_TAB_CHANGED)
- RecalcLayout();
-
- return 0L;
- }
-
- inline void CTabbedMDI::OnWindowPosChanged(WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/)
- {
- RecalcLayout();
- }
-
- inline void CTabbedMDI::RecalcLayout()
- {
- if (GetTab().IsWindow())
- {
- if (GetTab().GetItemCount() >0)
- {
- CRect rcClient = GetClientRect();
- GetTab().SetWindowPos(NULL, rcClient, SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
- GetTab().UpdateWindow();
- }
- else
- {
- CRect rcClient = GetClientRect();
- GetTab().SetWindowPos(NULL, rcClient, SWP_HIDEWINDOW);
- Invalidate();
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTabbedMDI::SaveRegistrySettings(tString tsRegistryKeyName)
- {
- if (0 != tsRegistryKeyName.size())
- {
- tString tsKeyName = _T("Software\\") + tsRegistryKeyName;
- HKEY hKey = NULL;
- HKEY hKeyMDIChild = NULL;
-
- try
- {
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegCreateKeyEx(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, tsKeyName.c_str(), 0, NULL, REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE, KEY_ALL_ACCESS, NULL, &hKey, NULL))
- throw (CWinException(_T("RegCreateKeyEx Failed")));
-
- RegDeleteKey(hKey, _T("MDI Children"));
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegCreateKeyEx(hKey, _T("MDI Children"), 0, NULL, REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE, KEY_ALL_ACCESS, NULL, &hKeyMDIChild, NULL))
- throw (CWinException(_T("RegCreateKeyEx Failed")));
-
- for (int i = 0; i < GetMDIChildCount(); ++i)
- {
- TCHAR szNumber[16];
- tString tsSubKey = _T("MDI Child ");
- tsSubKey += _itot(i, szNumber, 10);
- TabPageInfo pdi = GetTab().GetTabPageInfo(i);
- if (ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKeyMDIChild, tsSubKey.c_str(), 0, REG_BINARY, (LPBYTE)&pdi, sizeof(TabPageInfo)))
- throw (CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx Failed")));
- }
-
- // Add Active Tab to the registry
- tString tsSubKey = _T("Active MDI Tab");
- int nTab = GetActiveMDITab();
- if(ERROR_SUCCESS != RegSetValueEx(hKeyMDIChild, tsSubKey.c_str(), 0, REG_DWORD, (LPBYTE)&nTab, sizeof(int)))
- throw (CWinException(_T("RegSetValueEx failed")));
-
- RegCloseKey(hKeyMDIChild);
- RegCloseKey(hKey);
- }
- catch (const CWinException& e)
- {
- // Roll back the registry changes by deleting the subkeys
- if (hKey)
- {
- if (hKeyMDIChild)
- {
- RegDeleteKey(hKeyMDIChild, _T("MDI Children"));
- RegCloseKey(hKeyMDIChild);
- }
-
- RegDeleteKey(HKEY_CURRENT_USER ,tsKeyName.c_str());
- RegCloseKey(hKey);
- }
-
- e.what();
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- inline void CTabbedMDI::SetActiveMDIChild(CWnd* pWnd)
- {
- assert(pWnd);
- int nPage = GetTab().GetTabIndex(pWnd);
- if (nPage >= 0)
- GetTab().SelectPage(nPage);
- }
-
- inline void CTabbedMDI::SetActiveMDITab(int iTab)
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- assert(GetTab().IsWindow());
- GetTab().SelectPage(iTab);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CTabbedMDI::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch(uMsg)
- {
- case WM_DESTROY:
- OnDestroy(wParam, lParam);
- break;
-
- case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
- OnWindowPosChanged(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- }
-
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-#endif // _WIN32XX_TAB_H_
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/taskdialog.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/taskdialog.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2285d1e1..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/taskdialog.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,811 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// taskdialog.h
-// Declaration of the CTaskDialog class
-
-// A task dialog is a dialog box that can be used to display information
-// and receive simple input from the user. Like a message box, it is
-// formatted by the operating system according to parameters you set.
-// However, a task dialog has many more features than a message box.
-
-// NOTES:
-// Task Dialogs are only supported on Windows Vista and above.
-// Task Dialogs require XP themes enabled (use version 6 of Common Controls)
-// Task Dialogs are always modal.
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_TASKDIALOG_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_TASKDIALOG_H_
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- class CTaskDialog : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CTaskDialog();
- virtual ~CTaskDialog() {}
-
- void AddCommandControl(int nButtonID, LPCTSTR pszCaption);
- void AddRadioButton(int nRadioButtonID, LPCTSTR pszCaption);
- void AddRadioButtonGroup(int nIDRadioButtonsFirst, int nIDRadioButtonsLast);
- void ClickButton(int nButtonID) const;
- void ClickRadioButton(int nRadioButtonID) const;
- LRESULT DoModal(CWnd* pParent = NULL);
- void ElevateButton(int nButtonID, BOOL bElevated);
- void EnableButton(int nButtonID, BOOL bEnabled);
- void EnableRadioButton(int nButtonID, BOOL bEnabled);
- TASKDIALOGCONFIG GetConfig() const;
- TASKDIALOG_FLAGS GetOptions() const;
- int GetSelectedButtonID() const;
- int GetSelectedRadioButtonID() const;
- BOOL GetVerificationCheckboxState() const;
- static BOOL IsSupported();
- void NavigateTo(CTaskDialog& TaskDialog) const;
- void RemoveAllButtons();
- void RemoveAllRadioButtons();
- void Reset();
- void SetCommonButtons(TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS dwCommonButtons);
- void SetContent(LPCTSTR pszContent);
- void SetDefaultButton(int nButtonID);
- void SetDefaultRadioButton(int nRadioButtonID);
- void SetDialogWidth(UINT nWidth = 0);
- void SetExpansionArea(LPCTSTR pszExpandedInfo, LPCTSTR pszExpandedLabel = _T(""), LPCTSTR pszCollapsedLabel = _T(""));
- void SetFooterIcon(HICON hFooterIcon);
- void SetFooterIcon(LPCTSTR lpszFooterIcon);
- void SetFooterText(LPCTSTR pszFooter);
- void SetMainIcon(HICON hMainIcon);
- void SetMainIcon(LPCTSTR lpszMainIcon);
- void SetMainInstruction(LPCTSTR pszMainInstruction);
- void SetOptions(TASKDIALOG_FLAGS dwFlags);
- void SetProgressBarMarquee(BOOL bEnabled = TRUE, int nMarqueeSpeed = 0);
- void SetProgressBarPosition(int nProgressPos);
- void SetProgressBarRange(int nMinRange, int nMaxRange);
- void SetProgressBarState(int nNewState = PBST_NORMAL);
- void SetVerificationCheckbox(BOOL bChecked);
- void SetVerificationCheckboxText(LPCTSTR pszVerificationText);
- void SetWindowTitle(LPCTSTR pszWindowTitle);
- static HRESULT CALLBACK StaticTaskDialogProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uNotification, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, LONG_PTR dwRefData);
- void StoreText(std::vector<WCHAR>& vWChar, LPCTSTR pFromTChar);
- void UpdateElementText(TASKDIALOG_ELEMENTS eElement, LPCTSTR pszNewText);
-
-
- protected:
- // Override these functions as required
- virtual BOOL OnTDButtonClicked(int nButtonID);
- virtual void OnTDConstructed();
- virtual void OnTDCreated();
- virtual void OnTDDestroyed();
- virtual void OnTDExpandButtonClicked(BOOL bExpanded);
- virtual void OnTDHelp();
- virtual void OnTDHyperlinkClicked(LPCTSTR pszHref);
- virtual void OnTDNavigatePage();
- virtual BOOL OnTDRadioButtonClicked(int nRadioButtonID);
- virtual BOOL OnTDTimer(DWORD dwTickCount);
- virtual void OnTDVerificationCheckboxClicked(BOOL bChecked);
- virtual LRESULT TaskDialogProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT TaskDialogProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- private:
- CTaskDialog(const CTaskDialog&); // Disable copy construction
- CTaskDialog& operator = (const CTaskDialog&); // Disable assignment operator
-
- std::vector<TASKDIALOG_BUTTON> m_vButtons;
- std::vector<TASKDIALOG_BUTTON> m_vRadioButtons;
-
- std::vector< std::vector<WCHAR> > m_vButtonsText; // A vector of WCHAR vectors
- std::vector< std::vector<WCHAR> > m_vRadioButtonsText; // A vector of WCHAR vectors
-
- std::vector<WCHAR> m_vWindowTitle;
- std::vector<WCHAR> m_vMainInstruction;
- std::vector<WCHAR> m_vContent;
- std::vector<WCHAR> m_vVerificationText;
- std::vector<WCHAR> m_vExpandedInformation;
- std::vector<WCHAR> m_vExpandedControlText;
- std::vector<WCHAR> m_vCollapsedControlText;
- std::vector<WCHAR> m_vFooter;
-
- TASKDIALOGCONFIG m_tc;
- int m_SelectedButtonID;
- int m_SelectedRadioButtonID;
- BOOL m_VerificationCheckboxState;
- };
-
-}
-
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- inline CTaskDialog::CTaskDialog() : m_SelectedButtonID(0), m_SelectedRadioButtonID(0), m_VerificationCheckboxState(FALSE)
- {
- ZeroMemory(&m_tc, sizeof(m_tc));
- m_tc.cbSize = sizeof(m_tc);
- m_tc.pfCallback = CTaskDialog::StaticTaskDialogProc;
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::AddCommandControl(int nButtonID, LPCTSTR pszCaption)
- // Adds a command control or push button to the Task Dialog.
- {
- assert (m_hWnd == NULL);
-
- std::vector<WCHAR> vButtonText;
- StoreText(vButtonText, pszCaption);
- m_vButtonsText.push_back(vButtonText); // m_vButtonsText is a vector of vector<WCHAR>'s
-
- TASKDIALOG_BUTTON tdb;
- tdb.nButtonID = nButtonID;
- tdb.pszButtonText = &m_vButtonsText.back().front();
-
- m_vButtons.push_back(tdb);
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::AddRadioButton(int nRadioButtonID, LPCTSTR pszCaption)
- // Adds a radio button to the Task Dialog.
- {
- assert (m_hWnd == NULL);
-
- std::vector<WCHAR> vRadioButtonText;
- StoreText(vRadioButtonText, pszCaption);
- m_vRadioButtonsText.push_back(vRadioButtonText); // m_vRadioButtonsText is a vector of vector<WCHAR>'s
-
- TASKDIALOG_BUTTON tdb;
- tdb.nButtonID = nRadioButtonID;
- tdb.pszButtonText = &m_vRadioButtonsText.back().front();
-
- m_vRadioButtons.push_back(tdb);
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::AddRadioButtonGroup(int nIDRadioButtonsFirst, int nIDRadioButtonsLast)
- // Adds a range of radio buttons to the Task Dialog.
- // Assumes the resource ID of the button and it's string match
- {
- assert (m_hWnd == NULL);
- assert(nIDRadioButtonsFirst > 0);
- assert(nIDRadioButtonsLast > nIDRadioButtonsFirst);
-
- TASKDIALOG_BUTTON tdb;
- for (int nID = nIDRadioButtonsFirst; nID <= nIDRadioButtonsLast; ++nID)
- {
- tdb.nButtonID = nID;
- tdb.pszButtonText = MAKEINTRESOURCEW(nID);
- m_vRadioButtons.push_back(tdb);
- }
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::ClickButton(int nButtonID) const
- // Simulates the action of a button click in the Task Dialog.
- {
- assert(m_hWnd);
- SendMessage(TDM_CLICK_BUTTON, (WPARAM)nButtonID, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::ClickRadioButton(int nRadioButtonID) const
- // Simulates the action of a radio button click in the TaskDialog.
- {
- assert(m_hWnd);
- SendMessage(TDM_CLICK_RADIO_BUTTON, (WPARAM)nRadioButtonID, 0);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CTaskDialog::DoModal(CWnd* pParent /* = NULL */)
- // Creates and displays the Task Dialog.
- {
- assert (m_hWnd == NULL);
-
- m_tc.cbSize = sizeof(m_tc);
- m_tc.pButtons = m_vButtons.empty()? NULL : &m_vButtons.front();
- m_tc.cButtons = m_vButtons.size();
- m_tc.pRadioButtons = m_vRadioButtons.empty()? NULL : &m_vRadioButtons.front();
- m_tc.cRadioButtons = m_vRadioButtons.size();
- m_tc.hwndParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : NULL;
-
- // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set
- TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex();
-
- // Store the CWnd pointer in thread local storage
- pTLSData->pCWnd = this;
-
- // Declare a pointer to the TaskDialogIndirect function
- HMODULE hComCtl = ::LoadLibrary(_T("COMCTL32.DLL"));
- assert(hComCtl);
- typedef HRESULT WINAPI TASKDIALOGINDIRECT(const TASKDIALOGCONFIG*, int*, int*, BOOL*);
- TASKDIALOGINDIRECT* pTaskDialogIndirect = (TASKDIALOGINDIRECT*)::GetProcAddress(hComCtl, "TaskDialogIndirect");
-
- // Call TaskDialogIndirect through our function pointer
- LRESULT lr = (*pTaskDialogIndirect)(&m_tc, &m_SelectedButtonID, &m_SelectedRadioButtonID, &m_VerificationCheckboxState);
-
- FreeLibrary(hComCtl);
- return lr;
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::ElevateButton(int nButtonID, BOOL bElevated)
- // Adds a shield icon to indicate that the button's action requires elevated privilages.
- {
- assert(m_hWnd);
- SendMessage(TDM_SET_BUTTON_ELEVATION_REQUIRED_STATE, (WPARAM)nButtonID, (LPARAM)bElevated);
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::EnableButton(int nButtonID, BOOL bEnabled)
- // Enables or disables a push button in the TaskDialog.
- {
- assert(m_hWnd);
- SendMessage(TDM_ENABLE_BUTTON, (WPARAM)nButtonID, (LPARAM)bEnabled);
- }
- inline void CTaskDialog::EnableRadioButton(int nRadioButtonID, BOOL bEnabled)
- // Enables or disables a radio button in the TaskDialog.
- {
- assert(m_hWnd);
- SendMessage(TDM_ENABLE_RADIO_BUTTON, (WPARAM)nRadioButtonID, (LPARAM)bEnabled);
- }
-
- inline TASKDIALOGCONFIG CTaskDialog::GetConfig() const
- // Returns the TASKDIALOGCONFIG structure for the Task Dialog.
- {
- return m_tc;
- }
-
- inline TASKDIALOG_FLAGS CTaskDialog::GetOptions() const
- // Returns the Task Dialog's options. These are a combination of:
- // TDF_ENABLE_HYPERLINKS
- // TDF_USE_HICON_MAIN
- // TDF_USE_HICON_FOOTER
- // TDF_ALLOW_DIALOG_CANCELLATION
- // TDF_USE_COMMAND_LINKS
- // TDF_USE_COMMAND_LINKS_NO_ICON
- // TDF_EXPAND_FOOTER_AREA
- // TDF_EXPANDED_BY_DEFAULT
- // TDF_VERIFICATION_FLAG_CHECKED
- // TDF_SHOW_PROGRESS_BAR
- // TDF_SHOW_MARQUEE_PROGRESS_BAR
- // TDF_CALLBACK_TIMER
- // TDF_POSITION_RELATIVE_TO_WINDOW
- // TDF_RTL_LAYOUT
- // TDF_NO_DEFAULT_RADIO_BUTTON
- // TDF_CAN_BE_MINIMIZED
- {
- return m_tc.dwFlags;
- }
-
- inline int CTaskDialog::GetSelectedButtonID() const
- // Returns the ID of the selected button.
- {
- assert (m_hWnd == NULL);
- return m_SelectedButtonID;
- }
-
- inline int CTaskDialog::GetSelectedRadioButtonID() const
- // Returns the ID of the selected radio button.
- {
- assert (m_hWnd == NULL);
- return m_SelectedRadioButtonID;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTaskDialog::GetVerificationCheckboxState() const
- // Returns the state of the verification check box.
- {
- assert (m_hWnd == NULL);
- return m_VerificationCheckboxState;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTaskDialog::IsSupported()
- // Returns true if TaskDialogs are supported on this system.
- {
- HMODULE hModule = ::LoadLibrary(_T("COMCTL32.DLL"));
- assert(hModule);
-
- BOOL bResult = (BOOL)::GetProcAddress(hModule, "TaskDialogIndirect");
-
- ::FreeLibrary(hModule);
- return bResult;
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::NavigateTo(CTaskDialog& TaskDialog) const
- // Replaces the information displayed by the task dialog.
- {
- assert(m_hWnd);
- TASKDIALOGCONFIG tc = TaskDialog.GetConfig();
- SendMessage(TDM_NAVIGATE_PAGE, 0, (LPARAM)&tc);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTaskDialog::OnTDButtonClicked(int nButtonID)
- // Called when the user selects a button or command link.
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(nButtonID);
-
- // return TRUE to prevent the task dialog from closing
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::OnTDConstructed()
- // Called when the task dialog is constructed, before it is displayed.
- {}
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::OnTDCreated()
- // Called when the task dialog is displayed.
- {}
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::OnTDDestroyed()
- // Called when the task dialog is destroyed.
- {
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::OnTDExpandButtonClicked(BOOL bExpanded)
- // Called when the expand button is clicked.
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(bExpanded);
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::OnTDHelp()
- // Called when the user presses F1 on the keyboard.
- {}
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::OnTDHyperlinkClicked(LPCTSTR pszHref)
- // Called when the user clicks on a hyperlink.
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pszHref);
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::OnTDNavigatePage()
- // Called when a navigation has occurred.
- {}
-
- inline BOOL CTaskDialog::OnTDRadioButtonClicked(int nRadioButtonID)
- // Called when the user selects a radio button.
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(nRadioButtonID);
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTaskDialog::OnTDTimer(DWORD dwTickCount)
- // Called every 200 milliseconds (aproximately) when the TDF_CALLBACK_TIMER flag is set.
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwTickCount);
-
- // return TRUE to reset the tick count
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::OnTDVerificationCheckboxClicked(BOOL bChecked)
- // Called when the user clicks the Task Dialog verification check box.
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(bChecked);
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::RemoveAllButtons()
- // Removes all push buttons from the task dialog.
- {
- assert (m_hWnd == NULL);
- m_vButtons.clear();
- m_vButtonsText.clear();
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::RemoveAllRadioButtons()
- // Removes all radio buttons from the task dialog.
- {
- assert (m_hWnd == NULL);
- m_vRadioButtons.clear();
- m_vRadioButtonsText.clear();
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::Reset()
- // Returns the dialog to its default state.
- {
- assert (m_hWnd == NULL);
-
- RemoveAllButtons();
- RemoveAllRadioButtons();
- ZeroMemory(&m_tc, sizeof(m_tc));
- m_tc.cbSize = sizeof(m_tc);
- m_tc.pfCallback = CTaskDialog::StaticTaskDialogProc;
-
- m_SelectedButtonID = 0;
- m_SelectedRadioButtonID = 0;
- m_VerificationCheckboxState = FALSE;
-
- m_vWindowTitle.clear();
- m_vMainInstruction.clear();
- m_vContent.clear();
- m_vVerificationText.clear();
- m_vExpandedInformation.clear();
- m_vExpandedControlText.clear();
- m_vCollapsedControlText.clear();
- m_vFooter.clear();
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetCommonButtons(TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS dwCommonButtons)
- // The dwCommonButtons parameter can be a combination of:
- // TDCBF_OK_BUTTON OK button
- // TDCBF_YES_BUTTON Yes button
- // TDCBF_NO_BUTTON No button
- // TDCBF_CANCEL_BUTTON Cancel button
- // TDCBF_RETRY_BUTTON Retry button
- // TDCBF_CLOSE_BUTTON Close button
- {
- assert (m_hWnd == NULL);
- m_tc.dwCommonButtons = dwCommonButtons;
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetContent(LPCTSTR pszContent)
- // Sets the task dialog's primary content.
- {
- StoreText(m_vContent, pszContent);
- m_tc.pszContent = &m_vContent.front();
-
- if (IsWindow())
- SendMessage(TDM_SET_ELEMENT_TEXT, (WPARAM)TDE_CONTENT, (LPARAM)(LPCWSTR)T2W(pszContent));
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetDefaultButton(int nButtonID)
- // Sets the task dialog's default button.
- // Can be either a button ID or one of the common buttons
- {
- assert (m_hWnd == NULL);
- m_tc.nDefaultButton = nButtonID;
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetDefaultRadioButton(int nRadioButtonID)
- // Sets the default radio button.
- {
- assert (m_hWnd == NULL);
- m_tc.nDefaultRadioButton = nRadioButtonID;
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetDialogWidth(UINT nWidth /*= 0*/)
- // The width of the task dialog's client area. If 0, the
- // task dialog manager will calculate the ideal width.
- {
- assert (m_hWnd == NULL);
- m_tc.cxWidth = nWidth;
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetExpansionArea(LPCTSTR pszExpandedInfo, LPCTSTR pszExpandedLabel /* = _T("")*/, LPCTSTR pszCollapsedLabel /* = _T("")*/)
- // Sets the text in the expandable area of the Task Dialog.
- {
- StoreText(m_vExpandedInformation, pszExpandedInfo);
- m_tc.pszExpandedInformation = &m_vExpandedInformation.front();
-
- StoreText(m_vExpandedControlText, pszExpandedLabel);
- m_tc.pszExpandedControlText = &m_vExpandedControlText.front();
-
- StoreText(m_vCollapsedControlText, pszCollapsedLabel);
- m_tc.pszCollapsedControlText = &m_vCollapsedControlText.front();
-
- if (IsWindow())
- SendMessage(TDM_SET_ELEMENT_TEXT, (WPARAM)TDE_EXPANDED_INFORMATION, (LPARAM)(LPCWSTR)T2W(pszExpandedInfo));
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetFooterIcon(HICON hFooterIcon)
- // Sets the icon that will be displayed in the Task Dialog's footer.
- {
- m_tc.hFooterIcon = hFooterIcon;
-
- if (IsWindow())
- SendMessage(TDM_UPDATE_ICON, (WPARAM)TDIE_ICON_FOOTER, (LPARAM)hFooterIcon);
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetFooterIcon(LPCTSTR lpszFooterIcon)
- // Sets the icon that will be displayed in the Task Dialog's footer.
- // Possible icons:
- // TD_ERROR_ICON A stop-sign icon appears in the task dialog.
- // TD_WARNING_ICON An exclamation-point icon appears in the task dialog.
- // TD_INFORMATION_ICON An icon consisting of a lowercase letter i in a circle appears in the task dialog.
- // TD_SHIELD_ICON A shield icon appears in the task dialog.
- // or a value passed via MAKEINTRESOURCE
- {
- m_tc.pszFooterIcon = (LPCWSTR)lpszFooterIcon;
-
- if (IsWindow())
- SendMessage(TDM_UPDATE_ICON, (WPARAM)TDIE_ICON_FOOTER, (LPARAM)lpszFooterIcon);
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetFooterText(LPCTSTR pszFooter)
- // Sets the text that will be displayed in the Task Dialog's footer.
- {
- StoreText(m_vFooter, pszFooter);
- m_tc.pszFooter = &m_vFooter.front();
-
- if (IsWindow())
- SendMessage(TDM_SET_ELEMENT_TEXT, (WPARAM)TDE_FOOTER, (LPARAM)(LPCWSTR)T2W(pszFooter));
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetMainIcon(HICON hMainIcon)
- // Sets Task Dialog's main icon.
- {
- m_tc.hMainIcon = hMainIcon;
-
- if (IsWindow())
- SendMessage(TDM_UPDATE_ICON, (WPARAM)TDIE_ICON_MAIN, (LPARAM)hMainIcon);
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetMainIcon(LPCTSTR lpszMainIcon)
- // Sets Task Dialog's main icon.
- // Possible icons:
- // TD_ERROR_ICON A stop-sign icon appears in the task dialog.
- // TD_WARNING_ICON An exclamation-point icon appears in the task dialog.
- // TD_INFORMATION_ICON An icon consisting of a lowercase letter i in a circle appears in the task dialog.
- // TD_SHIELD_ICON A shield icon appears in the task dialog.
- // or a value passed via MAKEINTRESOURCE
- //
- // Note: Some values of main icon will also generate a MessageBeep when the TaskDialog is created.
- {
- m_tc.pszMainIcon = (LPCWSTR)lpszMainIcon;
-
- if (IsWindow())
- SendMessage(TDM_UPDATE_ICON, (WPARAM)TDIE_ICON_MAIN, (LPARAM)lpszMainIcon);
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetMainInstruction(LPCTSTR pszMainInstruction)
- // Sets the Task Dialog's main instruction text.
- {
- StoreText(m_vMainInstruction, pszMainInstruction);
- m_tc.pszMainInstruction = &m_vMainInstruction.front();
-
- if (IsWindow())
- SendMessage(TDM_SET_ELEMENT_TEXT, (WPARAM)TDE_FOOTER, (LPARAM)(LPCWSTR)T2W(pszMainInstruction));
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetOptions(TASKDIALOG_FLAGS dwFlags)
- // Sets the Task Dialog's options. These are a combination of:
- // TDF_ENABLE_HYPERLINKS
- // TDF_USE_HICON_MAIN
- // TDF_USE_HICON_FOOTER
- // TDF_ALLOW_DIALOG_CANCELLATION
- // TDF_USE_COMMAND_LINKS
- // TDF_USE_COMMAND_LINKS_NO_ICON
- // TDF_EXPAND_FOOTER_AREA
- // TDF_EXPANDED_BY_DEFAULT
- // TDF_VERIFICATION_FLAG_CHECKED
- // TDF_SHOW_PROGRESS_BAR
- // TDF_SHOW_MARQUEE_PROGRESS_BAR
- // TDF_CALLBACK_TIMER
- // TDF_POSITION_RELATIVE_TO_WINDOW
- // TDF_RTL_LAYOUT
- // TDF_NO_DEFAULT_RADIO_BUTTON
- // TDF_CAN_BE_MINIMIZED
- {
- assert (m_hWnd == NULL);
- m_tc.dwFlags = dwFlags;
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetProgressBarMarquee(BOOL bEnabled /* = TRUE*/, int nMarqueeSpeed /* = 0*/)
- // Starts and stops the marquee display of the progress bar, and sets the speed of the marquee.
- {
- assert(m_hWnd);
- SendMessage(TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_MARQUEE, (WPARAM)bEnabled, (LPARAM)nMarqueeSpeed);
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetProgressBarPosition(int nProgressPos)
- // Sets the current position for a progress bar.
- {
- assert(m_hWnd);
- SendMessage(TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_POS, (WPARAM)nProgressPos, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetProgressBarRange(int nMinRange, int nMaxRange)
- // Sets the minimum and maximum values for the hosted progress bar.
- {
- assert(m_hWnd);
- SendMessage(TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_RANGE, 0, MAKELPARAM(nMinRange, nMaxRange));
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetProgressBarState(int nNewState /* = PBST_NORMAL*/)
- // Sets the current state of the progress bar. Possible states are:
- // PBST_NORMAL
- // PBST_PAUSE
- // PBST_ERROR
- {
- assert(m_hWnd);
- SendMessage(TDM_SET_PROGRESS_BAR_STATE, (WPARAM)nNewState, 0);
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetVerificationCheckbox(BOOL bChecked)
- // Simulates a click on the verification checkbox of the Task Dialog, if it exists.
- {
- assert(m_hWnd);
- SendMessage(TDM_CLICK_VERIFICATION, (WPARAM)bChecked, (LPARAM)bChecked);
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetVerificationCheckboxText(LPCTSTR pszVerificationText)
- // Sets the text for the verification check box.
- {
- assert (m_hWnd == NULL);
- StoreText(m_vVerificationText, pszVerificationText);
- m_tc.pszVerificationText = &m_vVerificationText.front();
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::SetWindowTitle(LPCTSTR pszWindowTitle)
- // Sets the Task Dialog's window title.
- {
- assert (m_hWnd == NULL);
- StoreText(m_vWindowTitle, pszWindowTitle);
- m_tc.pszWindowTitle = &m_vWindowTitle.front();
- }
-
- inline HRESULT CALLBACK CTaskDialog::StaticTaskDialogProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uNotification, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam, LONG_PTR dwRefData)
- // TaskDialogs direct their messages here.
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwRefData);
-
- assert( GetApp() );
-
- try
- {
- CTaskDialog* t = (CTaskDialog*)GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hWnd);
- if (0 == t)
- {
- // The CTaskDialog pointer wasn't found in the map, so add it now
-
- // Retrieve the pointer to the TLS Data
- TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex());
- if (NULL == pTLSData)
- throw CWinException(_T("Unable to get TLS"));
-
- // Retrieve pointer to CTaskDialog object from Thread Local Storage TLS
- t = (CTaskDialog*)(pTLSData->pCWnd);
- if (NULL == t)
- throw CWinException(_T("Failed to route message"));
-
- pTLSData->pCWnd = NULL;
-
- // Store the CTaskDialog pointer in the HWND map
- t->m_hWnd = hWnd;
- t->AddToMap();
- }
-
- return t->TaskDialogProc(uNotification, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- catch (const CWinException &e)
- {
- // Most CWinExceptions will end up here unless caught earlier.
- e.what();
- }
-
- return 0L;
-
- } // LRESULT CALLBACK StaticTaskDialogProc(...)
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::StoreText(std::vector<WCHAR>& vWChar, LPCTSTR pFromTChar)
- {
- // Stores a TChar string in a WCHAR vector
-
- std::vector<TCHAR> vTChar;
-
- if (IS_INTRESOURCE(pFromTChar)) // support MAKEINTRESOURCE
- {
- tString ts = LoadString((UINT)pFromTChar);
- int len = pFromTChar? ts.length() + 1 : 1;
- vTChar.assign(len, _T('\0'));
- vWChar.assign(len, _T('\0'));
- if (pFromTChar)
- lstrcpy( &vTChar.front(), ts.c_str());
-
- }
- else
- {
- int len = lstrlen(pFromTChar) +1;
- vTChar.assign(len, _T('\0'));
- vWChar.assign(len, _T('\0'));
- lstrcpy( &vTChar.front(), pFromTChar);
- }
-
- lstrcpyW(&vWChar.front(), T2W(&vTChar.front()) );
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CTaskDialog::TaskDialogProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- // Handles the Task Dialog's notificaions.
- {
- switch(uMsg)
- {
- case TDN_BUTTON_CLICKED:
- return OnTDButtonClicked((int)wParam);
-
- case TDN_CREATED:
- OnTDCreated();
- break;
- case TDN_DESTROYED:
- Cleanup(); // Prepare this CWnd to be reused.
- OnTDDestroyed();
- break;
- case TDN_DIALOG_CONSTRUCTED:
- OnTDConstructed();
- break;
- case TDN_EXPANDO_BUTTON_CLICKED:
- OnTDExpandButtonClicked((BOOL)wParam);
- break;
- case TDN_HELP:
- OnTDHelp();
- break;
- case TDN_HYPERLINK_CLICKED:
- OnTDHyperlinkClicked(W2T((LPCWSTR)lParam));
- break;
- case TDN_NAVIGATED:
- OnTDNavigatePage();
- break;
- case TDN_RADIO_BUTTON_CLICKED:
- OnTDRadioButtonClicked((int)wParam);
- break;
- case TDN_TIMER:
- return OnTDTimer((DWORD)wParam);
-
- case TDN_VERIFICATION_CLICKED:
- OnTDVerificationCheckboxClicked((BOOL)wParam);
- break;
- }
-
- return S_OK;
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CTaskDialog::TaskDialogProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- // Override this function in your class derrived from CDialog if you wish to handle messages
- // A typical function might look like this:
-
- // switch (uMsg)
- // {
- // case MESSAGE1: // Some Windows API message
- // OnMessage1(); // A user defined function
- // break; // Also do default processing
- // case MESSAGE2:
- // OnMessage2();
- // return x; // Don't do default processing, but instead return
- // // a value recommended by the Windows API documentation
- // }
-
- // Always pass unhandled messages on to TaskDialogProcDefault
- return TaskDialogProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline void CTaskDialog::UpdateElementText(TASKDIALOG_ELEMENTS eElement, LPCTSTR pszNewText)
- // Updates a text element on the Task Dialog.
- {
- assert(m_hWnd);
- SendMessage(TDM_UPDATE_ELEMENT_TEXT, (WPARAM)eElement, (LPARAM)(LPCWSTR)T2W(pszNewText));
- }
-
-}
-
-
-
-#endif // _WIN32XX_TASKDIALOG_H_ \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/thread.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/thread.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5564d888..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/thread.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,241 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-// The CThread class simplifies the use of threads with Win32++.
-// To use threads in your Win32++ application, inherit a class from
-// CThread, and override InitInstance. When your class is instanciated,
-// a new thread is started, and the InitInstance function is called to
-// run in the new thread.
-
-// If your thread is used to run one or more windows, InitInstance should
-// return TRUE, causing the MessageLoop function to be called. If your
-// thread doesn't require a MessageLoop, it should return FALSE. Threads
-// which don't run a message loop as sometimes referred to as "worker" threads.
-
-// Note: It is your job to end the thread before CThread ends!
-// To end a thread with a message loop, use PostQuitMessage on the thread.
-// To end a thread without a message loop, set an event, and end the thread
-// when the event is received.
-
-// Hint: It is never a good idea to use things like TerminateThread or ExitThread to
-// end your thread. These represent poor programming techniques, and are likely
-// to leak memory and resources.
-
-// More Hints for thread programming:
-// 1) Avoid using SendMessage between threads, as this will cause one thread to wait for
-// the other to respond. Use PostMessage between threads to avoid this problem.
-// 2) Access to variables and resources shared between threads need to be made thread safe.
-// Having one thread modify a resouce or variable while another thread is accessing it is
-// a recipe for disaster.
-// 3) Thread Local Storage (TLS) can be used to replace global variables to make them thread
-// safe. With TLS, each thread gets its own copy of the variable.
-// 4) Critical Sections can be used to make shared resources thread safe.
-// 5) Window messages (including user defined messages) can be posted between GUI threads to
-// communicate information between them.
-// 6) Events (created by CreateEvent) can be used to comunicate information between threads
-// (both GUI and worker threads).
-// 7) Avoid using sleep to synchronise threads. Generally speaking, the various wait
-// functions (e.g. WaitForSingleObject) will be better for this.
-
-// About Threads:
-// Each program that executes has a "process" allocated to it. A process has one or more
-// threads. Threads run independantly of each other. It is the job of the operating system
-// to manage the running of the threads, and do the task switching between threads as required.
-// Systems with multiple CPUs will be able to run as many threads simultaneously as there are
-// CPUs.
-
-// Threads behave like a program within a program. When the main thread starts, the application
-// runs the WinMain function and ends when WinMain ends. When another thread starts, it too
-// will run the function provided to it, and end when that function ends.
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_WINTHREAD_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_WINTHREAD_H_
-
-
-#include <process.h>
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- //////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CThread class
- //
- class CThread
- {
- public:
- CThread();
- CThread(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES pSecurityAttributes, unsigned stack_size, unsigned initflag);
- virtual ~CThread();
-
- // Overridables
- virtual BOOL InitInstance();
- virtual int MessageLoop();
-
- // Operations
- HANDLE GetThread() const;
- int GetThreadID() const;
- int GetThreadPriority() const;
- DWORD ResumeThread() const;
- BOOL SetThreadPriority(int nPriority) const;
- DWORD SuspendThread() const;
-
- private:
- CThread(const CThread&); // Disable copy construction
- CThread& operator = (const CThread&); // Disable assignment operator
- void CreateThread(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES pSecurityAttributes, unsigned stack_size, unsigned initflag);
- static UINT WINAPI StaticThreadCallback(LPVOID pCThread);
-
- HANDLE m_hThread; // Handle of this thread
- UINT m_nThreadID; // ID of this thread
- };
-
-}
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CThread class
- //
- inline CThread::CThread() : m_hThread(0), m_nThreadID(0)
- {
- CreateThread(0, 0, CREATE_SUSPENDED);
- }
-
- inline CThread::CThread(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES pSecurityAttributes, unsigned stack_size, unsigned initflag)
- : m_hThread(0), m_nThreadID(0)
-
- {
- // Valid argument values:
- // pSecurityAttributes Either a pointer to SECURITY_ATTRIBUTES or 0
- // stack_size Either the stack size or 0
- // initflag Either CREATE_SUSPENDED or 0
-
- CreateThread(pSecurityAttributes, stack_size, initflag);
- }
-
- inline CThread::~CThread()
- {
- // A thread's state is set to signalled when the thread terminates.
- // If your thread is still running at this point, you have a bug.
- if (0 != WaitForSingleObject(m_hThread, 0))
- TRACE(_T("*** Error *** Ending CThread before ending its thread\n"));
-
- // Close the thread's handle
- ::CloseHandle(m_hThread);
- }
-
- inline void CThread::CreateThread(LPSECURITY_ATTRIBUTES pSecurityAttributes, unsigned stack_size, unsigned initflag)
- {
- // NOTE: By default, the thread is created in the default state.
- m_hThread = (HANDLE)_beginthreadex(pSecurityAttributes, stack_size, CThread::StaticThreadCallback, (LPVOID) this, initflag, &m_nThreadID);
-
- if (0 == m_hThread)
- throw CWinException(_T("Failed to create thread"));
- }
-
- inline HANDLE CThread::GetThread() const
- {
- assert(m_hThread);
- return m_hThread;
- }
-
- inline int CThread::GetThreadID() const
- {
- assert(m_hThread);
- return m_nThreadID;
- }
-
- inline int CThread::GetThreadPriority() const
- {
- assert(m_hThread);
- return ::GetThreadPriority(m_hThread);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CThread::InitInstance()
- {
- // Override this function to perform tasks when the thread starts.
-
- // return TRUE to run a message loop, otherwise return FALSE.
- // A thread with a window must run a message loop.
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- inline int CThread::MessageLoop()
- {
- // Override this function if your thread needs a different message loop
- return GetApp()->MessageLoop();
- }
-
- inline DWORD CThread::ResumeThread() const
- {
- assert(m_hThread);
- return ::ResumeThread(m_hThread);
- }
-
- inline DWORD CThread::SuspendThread() const
- {
- assert(m_hThread);
- return ::SuspendThread(m_hThread);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CThread::SetThreadPriority(int nPriority) const
- {
- assert(m_hThread);
- return ::SetThreadPriority(m_hThread, nPriority);
- }
-
- inline UINT WINAPI CThread::StaticThreadCallback(LPVOID pCThread)
- // When the thread starts, it runs this function.
- {
- // Get the pointer for this CMyThread object
- CThread* pThread = (CThread*)pCThread;
-
- if (pThread->InitInstance())
- return pThread->MessageLoop();
-
- return 0;
- }
-
-}
-
-#endif // #define _WIN32XX_WINTHREAD_H_
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/toolbar.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/toolbar.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1ed005a0..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/toolbar.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1361 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_TOOLBAR_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_TOOLBAR_H_
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-#include "gdi.h"
-#include "rebar.h"
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- struct ToolBarTheme
- {
- BOOL UseThemes; // TRUE if themes are used
- COLORREF clrHot1; // Colour 1 for hot button
- COLORREF clrHot2; // Colour 2 for hot button
- COLORREF clrPressed1; // Colour 1 for pressed button
- COLORREF clrPressed2; // Colour 2 for pressed button
- COLORREF clrOutline; // Colour for border outline
- };
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CToolBar class
- //
- class CToolBar : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CToolBar();
- virtual ~CToolBar();
-
- // Operations
- virtual int AddBitmap(UINT ToolBarID);
- virtual BOOL AddButton(UINT nID, BOOL bEnabled = TRUE);
- virtual void Destroy();
- virtual BOOL ReplaceBitmap(UINT NewToolBarID);
- virtual BOOL SetBitmap(UINT nID);
- virtual int SetButtons(const std::vector<UINT>& vToolBarData) const;
- virtual BOOL SetButtonText(int idButton, LPCTSTR szText);
- virtual BOOL SetImages(COLORREF crMask, UINT ToolBarID, UINT ToolBarHotID, UINT ToolBarDisabledID);
-
- // Wrappers for Win32 API functions
- BOOL AddButtons(UINT uNumButtons, LPTBBUTTON lpButtons) const;
- int AddString(UINT nStringID) const;
- int AddStrings(LPCTSTR lpszStrings) const;
- void Autosize() const;
- void CheckButton(int idButton, BOOL fCheck) const;
- int CommandToIndex(int idButton) const;
- BOOL DeleteButton(int iButton) const;
- BOOL DisableButton(int idButton) const;
- BOOL EnableButton(int idButton) const;
- BOOL GetButton(int iButton, LPTBBUTTON lpButton) const;
- int GetButtonCount() const;
- DWORD GetButtonSize() const;
- UINT GetButtonState(int idButton) const;
- BYTE GetButtonStyle(int idButton) const;
- CString GetButtonText(int idButton) const;
- int GetCommandID(int iIndex) const;
- HIMAGELIST GetDisabledImageList() const;
- int GetHotItem() const;
- HIMAGELIST GetHotImageList() const;
- HIMAGELIST GetImageList() const;
- CRect GetItemRect(int iIndex) const;
- CSize GetMaxSize() const;
- DWORD GetPadding() const;
- CRect GetRect(int idButton) const;
- int GetRows() const;
- int GetTextRows() const;
- HWND GetToolTips() const;
- BOOL HasText() const;
- BOOL HideButton(int idButton, BOOL fShow) const;
- int HitTest() const;
- BOOL Indeterminate(int idButton, BOOL fIndeterminate) const;
- BOOL InsertButton(int iButton, LPTBBUTTON lpButton) const;
- BOOL IsButtonHidden(int idButton) const;
- BOOL IsButtonHighlighted(int idButton) const;
- BOOL IsButtonIndeterminate(int idButton) const;
- BOOL IsButtonPressed(int idButton) const;
- int MapAccelerator(TCHAR chAccel) const;
- BOOL MarkButton(int idButton) const;
- BOOL MoveButton(UINT uOldPos, UINT uNewPos) const;
- BOOL PressButton(int idButton, BOOL fPress) const;
- void SaveRestore(BOOL fSave, TBSAVEPARAMS* ptbsp) const;
- BOOL SetBitmapSize(int cx, int cy) const;
- BOOL SetButtonSize(int cx, int cy) const;
- BOOL SetButtonState(int idButton, UINT State) const;
- BOOL SetButtonStyle(int idButton, BYTE Style) const;
- BOOL SetButtonWidth(int idButton, int nWidth) const;
- BOOL SetCommandID(int iIndex, int idButton) const;
- HIMAGELIST SetDisableImageList(HIMAGELIST himlNewDisabled) const;
- DWORD SetDrawTextFlags(DWORD dwMask, DWORD dwDTFlags) const;
- DWORD SetExtendedStyle(DWORD dwExStyle) const;
- HIMAGELIST SetHotImageList(HIMAGELIST himlNewHot) const;
- int SetHotItem(int iHot) const;
- HIMAGELIST SetImageList(HIMAGELIST himlNew) const;
- BOOL SetIndent(int iIndent) const;
- BOOL SetMaxTextRows(int iMaxRows) const;
- BOOL SetPadding(int cx, int cy) const;
- void SetToolTips(HWND hwndToolTip) const;
-
- // Attributes
- std::vector<UINT>& GetToolBarData() const {return (std::vector <UINT> &)m_vToolBarData;}
- ToolBarTheme& GetToolBarTheme() {return m_Theme;}
- void SetToolBarTheme(ToolBarTheme& Theme);
-
- protected:
- // Overridables
- virtual void OnCreate();
- virtual void OnDestroy();
- virtual void OnWindowPosChanging(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnCustomDraw(NMHDR* pNMHDR);
- virtual LRESULT OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs);
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc);
- virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- private:
- CToolBar(const CToolBar&); // Disable copy construction
- CToolBar& operator = (const CToolBar&); // Disable assignment operator
-
- std::vector<UINT> m_vToolBarData; // vector of resource IDs for toolbar buttons
- std::map<tString, int> m_StringMap; // a map of strings used in SetButtonText
- UINT m_OldToolBarID; // Bitmap Resource ID, used in AddBitmap/ReplaceBitmap
- ToolBarTheme m_Theme; // The theme structure
- BOOL m_bDrawArrowBkgrnd; // True if a seperate arrow background is to be drawn
-
- }; // class CToolBar
-
-}
-
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- ////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CToolBar class
- //
- inline CToolBar::CToolBar() : m_OldToolBarID(0), m_bDrawArrowBkgrnd(FALSE)
- {
- ZeroMemory(&m_Theme, sizeof(ToolBarTheme));
- }
-
- inline CToolBar::~CToolBar()
- {
- }
-
- inline int CToolBar::AddBitmap(UINT ToolBarID)
- // Adds one or more images to the list of button images available for a toolbar.
-
- // Note: AddBitmap supports a maximum colour depth of 8 bits (256 colours)
- // For more colours, use an ImageList instead
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- int iNumButtons = 0;
- std::vector<UINT>::iterator iter;
- for (iter = GetToolBarData().begin(); iter < GetToolBarData().end(); ++iter)
- if ((*iter) != 0) ++iNumButtons;
-
- TBADDBITMAP tbab = {0};
- tbab.hInst = GetApp()->GetResourceHandle();
- tbab.nID = ToolBarID;
- int iResult = (int)SendMessage(TB_ADDBITMAP, iNumButtons, (LPARAM)&tbab);
-
- if (-1 != iResult)
- m_OldToolBarID = ToolBarID;
-
- return iResult;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::AddButton(UINT nID, BOOL bEnabled /* = TRUE */)
- // Adds Resource IDs to toolbar buttons.
- // A resource ID of 0 is a separator
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- m_vToolBarData.push_back(nID);
-
- // TBBUTTON structure for each button in the toolbar
- TBBUTTON tbb = {0};
-
- std::vector<UINT>::iterator iter;
- int iImages = 0;
- for(iter = m_vToolBarData.begin(); iter < m_vToolBarData.end(); ++iter)
- if (0 != *iter) iImages++;
-
- ZeroMemory(&tbb, sizeof(TBBUTTON));
-
- if (0 == nID)
- {
- tbb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_SEP;
- }
- else
- {
- tbb.dwData = iImages -1;
- tbb.iBitmap = iImages -1;
- tbb.idCommand = nID;
- tbb.fsState = bEnabled? TBSTATE_ENABLED : 0;
- tbb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_BUTTON;
- }
-
- // Add the button to the toolbar
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_ADDBUTTONS, 1L, (LPARAM)&tbb);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::AddButtons(UINT uNumButtons, LPTBBUTTON lpButtons) const
- // Adds one or more buttons to a toolbar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_ADDBUTTONS, (LPARAM)uNumButtons, (WPARAM)lpButtons);
- }
-
- inline int CToolBar::AddString(UINT nStringID) const
- // Adds a new string, passed as a resource ID, to the toolbar's internal list of strings.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(TB_ADDSTRING, (LPARAM)GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), (WPARAM)nStringID);
- }
-
- inline int CToolBar::AddStrings(LPCTSTR lpszStrings) const
- // Adds a new string or strings to the list of strings available for a toolbar control.
- // Strings in the buffer must be separated by a null character. You must ensure that the last string has two null terminators.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(TB_ADDSTRING, 0L, (WPARAM)lpszStrings);
- }
-
- inline void CToolBar::Autosize() const
- // Causes a toolbar to be resized.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(TB_AUTOSIZE, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline void CToolBar::CheckButton(int idButton, BOOL fCheck) const
- // Checks or unchecks a given button in a toolbar.
- // When a button is checked, it is displayed in the pressed state.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(TB_CHECKBUTTON, (WPARAM)idButton, (LPARAM)MAKELONG(fCheck, 0));
- }
-
- inline int CToolBar::CommandToIndex(int idButton) const
- // Retrieves the zero-based index for the button associated with the specified command identifier
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- // returns -1 on fail
- return (int)SendMessage(TB_COMMANDTOINDEX, (WPARAM)idButton, 0L);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::DeleteButton(int iButton) const
- // Deletes a button from the toolbar.
- // iButton is the Zero-based index of the button to delete.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(TB_DELETEBUTTON, (WPARAM)iButton, 0L);
- }
-
- inline void CToolBar::Destroy()
- // Allows CToolBar to be reused after the window is destroyed
- {
- CWnd::Destroy();
- m_StringMap.clear();
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::DisableButton(int idButton) const
- // Disables the specified button in a toolbar
- // An example of idButton would be IDM_FILE_OPEN
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_ENABLEBUTTON, (WPARAM)idButton, (LPARAM) MAKELONG(FALSE, 0));
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::EnableButton(int idButton) const
- // Enables the specified button in a toolbar
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_ENABLEBUTTON, (WPARAM)idButton, (LPARAM) MAKELONG(TRUE,0 ));
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::GetButton(int iButton, LPTBBUTTON lpButton) const
- // Recieves the TBBUTTON structure information from the specified button
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTON, (LPARAM)iButton, (WPARAM)lpButton);
- }
-
- inline int CToolBar::GetButtonCount() const
- // Retrieves a count of the buttons currently in the toolbar
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(TB_BUTTONCOUNT, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline DWORD CToolBar::GetButtonSize() const
- // Retrieves the current width and height of toolbar buttons, in pixels.
- // Returns a DWORD value that contains the width and height values in the low word and high word, respectively.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (DWORD)SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTONSIZE, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline UINT CToolBar::GetButtonState(int idButton) const
- // Get the state of an individual button
- // TBSTATE_CHECKED The button has the TBSTYLE_CHECK style and is being clicked.
- // TBSTATE_ELLIPSES The button's text is cut off and an ellipsis is displayed.
- // TBSTATE_ENABLED The button accepts user input. A button that doesn't have this state is grayed.
- // TBSTATE_HIDDEN The button is not visible and cannot receive user input.
- // TBSTATE_INDETERMINATE The button is grayed.
- // TBSTATE_MARKED The button is marked. The interpretation of a marked item is dependent upon the application.
- // TBSTATE_PRESSED The button is being clicked.
- // TBSTATE_WRAP The button is followed by a line break.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (UINT)SendMessage(TB_GETSTATE, (WPARAM) idButton, 0L);
- }
-
- inline BYTE CToolBar::GetButtonStyle(int idButton) const
- // Get the the style of the toolbar control. The following button styles are supported:
- // TBSTYLE_BUTTON Standard pushbutton (default)
- // TBSTYLE_SEP Separator
- // TBSTYLE_CHECK Auto check-box button
- // TBSTYLE_GROUP Marks the start of a group of buttons
- // TBSTYLE_CHECKGROUP Marks the start of a group of check-box buttons
- // TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN Creates a drop-down list button
- // TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE The button's width will be calculated based on the text of the button, not on the size of the image
- // TBSTYLE_NOPREFIX The button text will not have an accelerator prefix associated with it
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- int iIndex = CommandToIndex(idButton);
- TBBUTTON tbb = {0};
- SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTON, iIndex, (LPARAM) &tbb);
-
- return tbb.fsStyle;
- }
-
- inline CString CToolBar::GetButtonText(int idButton) const
- // Retrieves the display text of a button on a toolbar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- int Length = (int)SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTONTEXT, idButton, 0);
- CString str;
- LPTSTR szStr = str.GetBuffer(Length +1);
- SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTONTEXT, (LPARAM)idButton, (WPARAM)szStr);
- str.ReleaseBuffer();
- return str;
- }
-
- inline int CToolBar::GetCommandID(int iIndex) const
- // Retrieves information about the specified button in a toolbar
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- TBBUTTON tbb = {0};
- SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTON, iIndex, (WPARAM) &tbb);
-
- // returns zero if failed
- return tbb.idCommand;
- }
-
- inline HIMAGELIST CToolBar::GetDisabledImageList() const
- // Retrieves the image list that a toolbar control uses to display inactive buttons.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline HIMAGELIST CToolBar::GetHotImageList() const
- // Retrieves the image list that a toolbar control uses to display hot buttons.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline int CToolBar::GetHotItem() const
- // Retrieves the index of the hot item in a toolbar, or -1 if no hot item is set.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(TB_GETHOTITEM, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline HIMAGELIST CToolBar::GetImageList() const
- // Retrieves the image list that a toolbar control uses to display buttons in their default state.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline CRect CToolBar::GetItemRect(int iIndex) const
- // Retrieves the bounding rectangle of a button in a toolbar
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- CRect rc;
- int iCount = (int)SendMessage(TB_BUTTONCOUNT, 0L, 0L);
-
- if (iCount >= iIndex)
- SendMessage(TB_GETITEMRECT, (WPARAM)iIndex, (LPARAM)&rc);
-
- return rc;
- }
-
- inline CSize CToolBar::GetMaxSize() const
- // Retrieves the total size of all of the visible buttons and separators in the toolbar
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- CSize sz;
- SendMessage(TB_GETMAXSIZE, 0L, (LPARAM)&sz);
-
- // This fixes a Windows bug calculating the size when TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN is used.
- int xMaxSize = 0;
- for (int i= 0 ; i < GetButtonCount(); ++i)
- {
- xMaxSize += GetItemRect(i).Width();
- }
-
- sz.cx = xMaxSize;
- return sz;
- }
-
- inline DWORD CToolBar::GetPadding() const
- // Returns a DWORD value that contains the horizontal padding in the low word and the vertical padding in the high word, in pixels.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (DWORD)SendMessage(TB_GETPADDING, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline CRect CToolBar::GetRect(int idButton) const
- // Retrieves the bounding rectangle for a specified toolbar button.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- CRect rc;
- SendMessage(TB_GETRECT, (WPARAM)idButton, (LPARAM)&rc);
- return rc;
- }
-
- inline int CToolBar::GetRows() const
- // Retrieves the number of rows of buttons in a toolbar with the TBSTYLE_WRAPABLE style.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(TB_GETROWS, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline int CToolBar::GetTextRows() const
- // Retrieves the maximum number of text rows that can be displayed on a toolbar button.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(TB_GETTEXTROWS, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline HWND CToolBar::GetToolTips() const
- // Retrieves the handle to the ToolTip control, if any, associated with the toolbar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HWND)SendMessage(TB_GETTOOLTIPS, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::HasText() const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- BOOL bReturn = FALSE;
-
- for (int i = 0 ; i < GetButtonCount(); ++i)
- {
- if (SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTONTEXT, GetCommandID(i), 0L) != -1)
- bReturn = TRUE;
- }
-
- // return TRUE if any button has text
- return bReturn;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::HideButton(int idButton, BOOL fShow) const
- //Hides or shows the specified button in a toolbar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_HIDEBUTTON, (WPARAM)idButton, (LPARAM)MAKELONG (fShow, 0));
- }
-
- inline int CToolBar::HitTest() const
- // Determines where a point lies in a toolbar control.
-
- // We do our own hit test since TB_HITTEST is a bit buggy,
- // and also doesn't work at all on earliest versions of Win95
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- CPoint pt = GetCursorPos();
- ScreenToClient(pt);
-
- int nButtons = (int)SendMessage(TB_BUTTONCOUNT, 0L, 0L);
- int iButton = -1;
-
- for (int i = 0 ; i < nButtons; ++i)
- {
- CRect rc = GetItemRect(i);
- if (rc.PtInRect(pt))
- iButton = i;
- }
-
- return iButton;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::Indeterminate(int idButton, BOOL fIndeterminate) const
- //Hides or shows the specified button in a toolbar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_INDETERMINATE, (WPARAM)idButton, (LPARAM)MAKELONG (fIndeterminate, 0));
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::InsertButton(int iButton, LPTBBUTTON lpButton) const
- // Inserts a button in a toolbar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_INSERTBUTTON, (WPARAM)iButton, (LPARAM)lpButton);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::IsButtonHidden(int idButton) const
- // Determines whether the specified button in a toolbar is hidden.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN, (WPARAM)idButton, 0L);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::IsButtonHighlighted(int idButton) const
- // Checks the highlight state of a toolbar button.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_ISBUTTONHIGHLIGHTED, (WPARAM)idButton, 0L);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::IsButtonIndeterminate(int idButton) const
- // Determines whether the specified button in a toolbar is indeterminate.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE, (WPARAM)idButton, 0L);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::IsButtonPressed(int idButton) const
- // Determines whether the specified button in a toolbar is pressed.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED, (WPARAM)idButton, 0L);
- }
-
- inline int CToolBar::MapAccelerator(TCHAR chAccel) const
- // Determines whether the specified button in a toolbar is pressed.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- int uButtonID;
- int idButton;
- if (SendMessage(TB_MAPACCELERATOR, (WPARAM)chAccel, (LPARAM)&uButtonID))
- idButton = uButtonID;
- else
- idButton = -1;
-
- return idButton;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::MarkButton(int idButton) const
- // Sets the highlight state of a given button in a toolbar control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_MARKBUTTON, (WPARAM)idButton, 0L);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::MoveButton(UINT uOldPos, UINT uNewPos) const
- // Moves a button from one index to another.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_MOVEBUTTON, (WPARAM)uOldPos, (LPARAM)uNewPos);
- }
-
-
- inline void CToolBar::OnCreate()
- {
- // We must send this message before sending the TB_ADDBITMAP or TB_ADDBUTTONS message
- SendMessage(TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE, (WPARAM)sizeof(TBBUTTON), 0L);
-
- // allows buttons to have a separate dropdown arrow
- // Note: TBN_DROPDOWN notification is sent by a toolbar control when the user clicks a dropdown button
- SendMessage(TB_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE, 0L, TBSTYLE_EX_DRAWDDARROWS);
-
- // Turn of Double click processing (i.e. treat a double click as two single clicks)
- DWORD dwStyle = (DWORD)GetClassLongPtr(GCL_STYLE);
- dwStyle &= ~CS_DBLCLKS;
- SetClassLongPtr(GCL_STYLE, dwStyle);
-
- // Add extra styles for toolbars inside a rebar
- if (lstrcmp(GetParent()->GetClassName(), _T("ReBarWindow32")) == 0)
- {
- DWORD style = (DWORD)GetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE);
- style |= CCS_NODIVIDER | CCS_NORESIZE;
- SetWindowLongPtr(GWL_STYLE, style);
- }
-
- SetButtons(m_vToolBarData);
-
- // Set rows of text to zero
- SendMessage(TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CToolBar::OnCustomDraw(NMHDR* pNMHDR)
- // With CustomDraw we manually control the drawing of each toolbar button
- {
- LPNMTBCUSTOMDRAW lpNMCustomDraw = (LPNMTBCUSTOMDRAW)pNMHDR;
-
- switch (lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.dwDrawStage)
- {
- // Begin paint cycle
- case CDDS_PREPAINT:
- // Send NM_CUSTOMDRAW item draw, and post-paint notification messages.
- return CDRF_NOTIFYITEMDRAW | CDRF_NOTIFYPOSTPAINT ;
-
- // An item is about to be drawn
- case CDDS_ITEMPREPAINT:
- {
- CDC* pDrawDC = FromHandle(lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.hdc);
- CRect rcRect = lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.rc;
- int nState = lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.uItemState;
- DWORD dwItem = (DWORD)lpNMCustomDraw->nmcd.dwItemSpec;
- DWORD dwTBStyle = (DWORD)SendMessage(TB_GETSTYLE, 0L, 0L);
- int nStyle = GetButtonStyle(dwItem);
-
- int nButton = (int)SendMessage(TB_COMMANDTOINDEX, (WPARAM) dwItem, 0L);
- TBBUTTON tbb = {0};
- SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTON, nButton, (LPARAM)&tbb);
- int iImage = (int)tbb.dwData;
-
- // Calculate text size
- std::vector<TCHAR> vText(MAX_MENU_STRING, _T('\0'));
- TCHAR* pszText = &vText[0];
- CSize TextSize;
- if (HasText()) // Does any button have text?
- {
- pDrawDC->SelectObject(GetFont());
- if (SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTONTEXT, dwItem, (LPARAM)pszText)> 0)
- {
- TextSize = pDrawDC->GetTextExtentPoint32(pszText, lstrlen(pszText));
- }
- }
-
- // Draw outline rectangle
- if (nState & (CDIS_HOT | CDIS_SELECTED | CDIS_CHECKED))
- {
- pDrawDC->CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, m_Theme.clrOutline);
- pDrawDC->MoveTo(rcRect.left, rcRect.top);
- pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.left, rcRect.bottom-1);
- pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.right-1, rcRect.bottom-1);
- pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.right-1, rcRect.top);
- pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.left, rcRect.top);
- }
-
- // Draw filled gradient background
- rcRect.InflateRect(-1, -1);
- if ((nState & (CDIS_SELECTED|CDIS_CHECKED)) || (GetButtonState(dwItem) & TBSTATE_PRESSED))
- {
- pDrawDC->GradientFill(m_Theme.clrPressed1, m_Theme.clrPressed2, rcRect, FALSE);
- }
- else if (nState & CDIS_HOT)
- {
- pDrawDC->GradientFill(m_Theme.clrHot1, m_Theme.clrHot2, rcRect, FALSE);
- }
-
- // Get the appropriate image list depending on the button state
- HIMAGELIST himlToolBar;
- if (nState & CDIS_DISABLED)
- {
- himlToolBar = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L);
- }
- else if (nState & (CDIS_HOT | CDIS_SELECTED | CDIS_CHECKED))
- {
- himlToolBar = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L);
- if (0 == himlToolBar)
- himlToolBar = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L);
- }
- else
- {
- himlToolBar = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L);
- }
-
- BOOL IsWin95 = (1400 == (GetWinVersion()) || (2400 == GetWinVersion()));
-
- // Calculate image position
- int cxImage = 0;
- int cyImage = 0;
- ImageList_GetIconSize(himlToolBar, &cxImage, &cyImage);
-
- int yImage = (rcRect.bottom - rcRect.top - cyImage - TextSize.cy +2)/2;
- int xImage = (rcRect.right + rcRect.left - cxImage)/2 + ((nState & (CDIS_SELECTED|CDIS_CHECKED))? 1:0);
- if (dwTBStyle & TBSTYLE_LIST)
- {
- xImage = rcRect.left + (IsXPThemed()?2:4) + ((nState & CDIS_SELECTED)? 1:0);
- yImage = (rcRect.bottom -rcRect.top - cyImage +2)/2 + ((nState & (CDIS_SELECTED|CDIS_CHECKED))? 1:0);
- }
-
- // Handle the TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN and BTNS_WHOLEDROPDOWN styles
- if ((nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN) || ((nStyle & 0x0080) && (!IsWin95)))
- {
- // Calculate the dropdown arrow position
- int xAPos = (nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN)? rcRect.right -6 : (rcRect.right + rcRect.left + cxImage + 4)/2;
- int yAPos = (nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN)? (rcRect.bottom - rcRect.top +1)/2 : (cyImage)/2;
- if (dwTBStyle & TBSTYLE_LIST)
- {
- xAPos = (nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN)?rcRect.right -6:rcRect.right -5;
- yAPos = (rcRect.bottom - rcRect.top +1)/2 + ((nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN)?0:1);
- }
-
- xImage -= (nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN)?((dwTBStyle & TBSTYLE_LIST)? (IsXPThemed()?-4:0):6):((dwTBStyle & TBSTYLE_LIST)? 0:4);
-
- // Draw separate background for dropdown arrow
- if ((m_bDrawArrowBkgrnd) && (nState & CDIS_HOT))
- {
- CRect rcArrowBkgnd = rcRect;
- rcArrowBkgnd.left = rcArrowBkgnd.right - 13;
- pDrawDC->GradientFill(m_Theme.clrPressed1, m_Theme.clrPressed2, rcArrowBkgnd, FALSE);
- }
-
- m_bDrawArrowBkgrnd = FALSE;
-
- // Manually draw the dropdown arrow
- pDrawDC->CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(0,0,0));
- for (int i = 2; i >= 0; --i)
- {
- pDrawDC->MoveTo(xAPos -i-1, yAPos - i+1);
- pDrawDC->LineTo(xAPos +i, yAPos - i+1);
- }
-
- // Draw line between icon and dropdown arrow
- if ((nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN) && ((nState & CDIS_SELECTED) || nState & CDIS_HOT))
- {
- pDrawDC->CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, m_Theme.clrOutline);
- pDrawDC->MoveTo(rcRect.right - 13, rcRect.top);
- pDrawDC->LineTo(rcRect.right - 13, rcRect.bottom);
- }
- }
-
- // Draw the button image
- if (xImage > 0)
- {
- ImageList_Draw(himlToolBar, iImage, *pDrawDC, xImage, yImage, ILD_TRANSPARENT);
- }
-
- //Draw Text
- if (lstrlen(pszText) > 0)
- {
- int iWidth = rcRect.right - rcRect.left - ((nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN)?13:0);
- CRect rcText(0, 0, MIN(TextSize.cx, iWidth), TextSize.cy);
-
- int xOffset = (rcRect.right + rcRect.left - rcText.right + rcText.left - ((nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN)? 11 : 1))/2;
- int yOffset = yImage + cyImage +1;
-
- if (dwTBStyle & TBSTYLE_LIST)
- {
- xOffset = rcRect.left + cxImage + ((nStyle & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN)?(IsXPThemed()?10:6): 6) + ((nState & CDIS_SELECTED)? 1:0);
- yOffset = (2+rcRect.bottom - rcRect.top - rcText.bottom + rcText.top)/2 + ((nState & CDIS_SELECTED)? 1:0);
- rcText.right = MIN(rcText.right, rcRect.right - xOffset);
- }
-
- OffsetRect(&rcText, xOffset, yOffset);
-
- int iMode = pDrawDC->SetBkMode(TRANSPARENT);
- pDrawDC->SelectObject(GetFont());
-
- if (nState & (CDIS_DISABLED))
- {
- // Draw text twice for embossed look
- rcText.OffsetRect(1, 1);
- pDrawDC->SetTextColor(RGB(255,255,255));
- pDrawDC->DrawText(pszText, lstrlen(pszText), rcText, DT_LEFT);
- rcText.OffsetRect(-1, -1);
- pDrawDC->SetTextColor(GetSysColor(COLOR_GRAYTEXT));
- pDrawDC->DrawText(pszText, lstrlen(pszText), rcText, DT_LEFT);
- }
- else
- {
- pDrawDC->SetTextColor(GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNTEXT));
- pDrawDC->DrawText(pszText, lstrlen(pszText), rcText, DT_LEFT | DT_END_ELLIPSIS);
- }
- pDrawDC->SetBkMode(iMode);
- }
- }
- return CDRF_SKIPDEFAULT; // No further drawing
- }
- return 0L;
- }
-
- inline void CToolBar::OnDestroy()
- {
- HIMAGELIST himlToolBar = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L);
- HIMAGELIST himlToolBarHot = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L);
- HIMAGELIST himlToolBarDis = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L);
- ImageList_Destroy(himlToolBar);
- ImageList_Destroy(himlToolBarHot);
- ImageList_Destroy(himlToolBarDis);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CToolBar::OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- // Notifications sent to the parent window are reflected back here
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
-
- switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code)
- {
- case NM_CUSTOMDRAW:
- {
- if (m_Theme.UseThemes)
- return OnCustomDraw((LPNMHDR) lParam);
- }
- break;
-
- case TBN_DROPDOWN:
- {
- int iItem = ((LPNMTOOLBAR) lParam)->iItem;
-
- // a boolean expression
- m_bDrawArrowBkgrnd = (GetButtonStyle(iItem) & TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN);
- }
- break;
- }
- return 0L;
- }
-
- inline void CToolBar::OnWindowPosChanging(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
-
- // Adjust size for toolbars inside a rebar
- CWnd* pParent = GetParent();
- if (lstrcmp(pParent->GetClassName(), _T("ReBarWindow32")) == 0)
- {
- ReBarTheme* pTheme = (ReBarTheme*)pParent->SendMessage(UWM_GETREBARTHEME, 0, 0);
-
- if (pTheme && pTheme->UseThemes && pTheme->ShortBands)
- {
- LPWINDOWPOS pWinPos = (LPWINDOWPOS)lParam;
- pWinPos->cx = GetMaxSize().cx+2;
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline void CToolBar::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs)
- {
- // Sets the CREATESTRUCT parameters prior to window creation
- cs.style = WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | TBSTYLE_TOOLTIPS | TBSTYLE_FLAT;
- }
-
- inline void CToolBar::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc)
- {
- // Set the Window Class
- wc.lpszClassName = TOOLBARCLASSNAME;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::PressButton(int idButton, BOOL fPress) const
- // Presses or releases the specified button in a toolbar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_PRESSBUTTON, (WPARAM)idButton, (LPARAM)MAKELONG(fPress, 0));
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::ReplaceBitmap(UINT NewToolBarID)
- // Replaces an existing bitmap with a new bitmap.
-
- // Note: ReplaceBitmap supports a maximum colour depth of 8 bits (256 colours)
- // For more colours, use an ImageList instead
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- int iNumButtons = 0;
- std::vector<UINT>::iterator iter;
- for (iter = GetToolBarData().begin(); iter < GetToolBarData().end(); ++iter)
- if ((*iter) != 0) ++iNumButtons;
-
- TBREPLACEBITMAP tbrb = {0};
- tbrb.hInstNew = GetApp()->GetResourceHandle();
- tbrb.hInstOld = GetApp()->GetResourceHandle();
- tbrb.nIDNew = NewToolBarID;
- tbrb.nIDOld = m_OldToolBarID;
- tbrb.nButtons = iNumButtons;
-
- BOOL bResult = (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_REPLACEBITMAP, iNumButtons, (LPARAM)&tbrb);
- if (bResult)
- m_OldToolBarID = NewToolBarID;
-
- return bResult;
- }
-
- inline void CToolBar::SaveRestore(BOOL fSave, TBSAVEPARAMS* ptbsp) const
- // Presses or releases the specified button in a toolbar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(TB_PRESSBUTTON, (WPARAM)fSave, (LPARAM)ptbsp);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::SetBitmap(UINT nID)
- // Set the button images
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- CBitmap Bitmap(nID);
- assert (Bitmap.GetHandle());
- BITMAP bm = Bitmap.GetBitmapData();
-
- int iNumButtons = 0;
- std::vector<UINT>::iterator iter;
- for (iter = GetToolBarData().begin(); iter < GetToolBarData().end(); ++iter)
- if ((*iter) != 0) ++iNumButtons;
-
- int iImageWidth = bm.bmWidth / iNumButtons;
- int iImageHeight = bm.bmHeight;
-
- // Set the bitmap size first
- SetBitmapSize(iImageWidth, iImageHeight);
-
- BOOL bResult = FALSE;
- if (m_OldToolBarID)
- bResult = ReplaceBitmap(nID);
- else
- bResult = (BOOL)AddBitmap(nID);
-
- return bResult;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::SetBitmapSize(int cx, int cy) const
- // Sets the size of the bitmapped images to be added to a toolbar.
-
- // Needs to be used when the image size is not the default 16 x 15
- // Call this function before using AddBitmap or ReplaceBitmap
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETBITMAPSIZE, 0L, MAKELONG(cx, cy));
- }
-
- inline int CToolBar::SetButtons(const std::vector<UINT>& vToolBarData) const
- // Assigns a resource ID to each toolbar button
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- int iImages = 0;
- UINT iNumButtons = (UINT)vToolBarData.size();
-
- // Remove any existing buttons
- while (SendMessage(TB_BUTTONCOUNT, 0L, 0L) > 0)
- {
- if(!SendMessage(TB_DELETEBUTTON, 0L, 0L))
- break;
- }
-
- if (iNumButtons > 0)
- {
- // TBBUTTON structure for each button in the toolbar
- TBBUTTON tbb = {0};
-
- for (UINT j = 0 ; j < iNumButtons; ++j)
- {
- ZeroMemory(&tbb, sizeof(TBBUTTON));
-
- if (0 == vToolBarData[j])
- {
- tbb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_SEP;
- }
- else
- {
- tbb.dwData = iImages;
- tbb.iBitmap = iImages;
- tbb.idCommand = vToolBarData[j];
- tbb.fsState = TBSTATE_ENABLED;
- tbb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_BUTTON;
- }
-
- // Add the button to the toolbar
- if (SendMessage(TB_ADDBUTTONS, 1L, (LPARAM)&tbb))
- iImages++;
- else
- break;
- }
- }
-
- return iImages;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::SetButtonSize(int cx, int cy) const
- // Sets the size of the buttons to be added to a toolbar
- // The size can be set only before adding any buttons to the toolbar
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETBUTTONSIZE, 0L, MAKELONG(cx, cy));
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::SetButtonState(int idButton, UINT State) const
- {
- // Set the state of an individual button
- // TBSTATE_CHECKED The button has the TBSTYLE_CHECK style and is being clicked.
- // TBSTATE_ELLIPSES The button's text is cut off and an ellipsis is displayed.
- // TBSTATE_ENABLED The button accepts user input. A button that doesn't have this state is grayed.
- // TBSTATE_HIDDEN The button is not visible and cannot receive user input.
- // TBSTATE_INDETERMINATE The button is grayed.
- // TBSTATE_MARKED The button is marked. The interpretation of a marked item is dependent upon the application.
- // TBSTATE_PRESSED The button is being clicked.
- // TBSTATE_WRAP The button is followed by a line break.
-
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETSTATE, (WPARAM) idButton, (LPARAM)MAKELONG (State, 0));
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::SetButtonStyle(int idButton, BYTE Style) const
- // The the style of the toolbar control. The following button styles are supported:
- // TBSTYLE_BUTTON Standard pushbutton (default)
- // TBSTYLE_SEP Separator
- // TBSTYLE_CHECK Auto check-box button
- // TBSTYLE_GROUP Marks the start of a group of buttons
- // TBSTYLE_CHECKGROUP Marks the start of a group of check-box buttons
- // TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN Creates a drop-down list button
- // TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE The button's width will be calculated based on the text of the button, not on the size of the image
- // TBSTYLE_NOPREFIX The button text will not have an accelerator prefix associated with it
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- TBBUTTONINFO tbbi = {0};
- tbbi.cbSize = sizeof(TBBUTTONINFO);
- tbbi.dwMask = TBIF_STYLE;
- tbbi.fsStyle = Style;
-
- // Note: TB_SETBUTTONINFO requires comctl32.dll version 4.71 or later
- // i.e. Win95 with IE4 / NT with IE4 or later
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETBUTTONINFO, idButton, (LPARAM) &tbbi);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::SetButtonText(int idButton, LPCTSTR szText)
- // This rather convoluted approach to setting toolbar button text supports
- // all versions of Windows, including Win95 with COMCTL32.DLL version 4.0
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- int iIndex = CommandToIndex(idButton);
- assert(-1 != iIndex);
-
- BOOL Succeeded = TRUE;
- tString sString = szText;
- std::map<tString, int>::iterator m;
- int iString;
-
- // Check to see if the string is already added
- m = m_StringMap.find(sString);
- if (m_StringMap.end() == m)
- {
- if (0 == m_StringMap.size())
- {
- // Place a blank string first in the string table, in case some
- // buttons don't have text
- TCHAR szString[3] = _T(" ");
- szString[2] = _T('\0'); // Double-null terminate
- SendMessage(TB_ADDSTRING, 0L, (LPARAM)szString);
- }
-
- // No index for this string exists, so create it now
- TCHAR szBuf[80] = _T("");
- lstrcpyn(szBuf, szText, 79);
- szBuf[lstrlen(szBuf)+1] = _T('\0'); // Double-null terminate
-
- iString = (int)SendMessage(TB_ADDSTRING, 0L, (LPARAM)szBuf);
- if (-1 == iString )
- Succeeded = FALSE;
-
- // Save the string its index in our map
- m_StringMap.insert(std::make_pair(sString, iString));
- }
- else
- {
- // String found, use the index from our map
- iString = m->second;
- }
-
- if (Succeeded)
- {
- TBBUTTON tbb = {0};
- Succeeded = (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_GETBUTTON, iIndex, (LPARAM)&tbb);
-
- tbb.iString = iString;
-
- // Turn off ToolBar drawing
- SendMessage(WM_SETREDRAW, FALSE, 0L);
-
- if (Succeeded)
- Succeeded = (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_DELETEBUTTON, iIndex, 0L);
-
- if (Succeeded)
- Succeeded = (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_INSERTBUTTON, iIndex, (LPARAM)&tbb);
-
- // Ensure the button now includes some text rows
- if (0 == SendMessage(TB_GETTEXTROWS, 0L, 0L))
- SendMessage(TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS, 1L, 0L);
-
- // Turn on ToolBar drawing
- SendMessage(WM_SETREDRAW, TRUE, 0L);
- }
- // Redraw button
- CRect r = GetItemRect(iIndex);
- InvalidateRect(&r, TRUE);
-
- return Succeeded;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::SetButtonWidth(int idButton, int nWidth) const
- // The set button width can adjust the width of the button after it is created.
- // This is useful when replacing a button with a ComboBox or other control.
- // Note: TB_SETBUTTONINFO requires comctl32.dll version 4.71 or later
- // i.e. Win95 with IE4 / NT with IE4 or later
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- TBBUTTONINFO tbbi = {0};
- tbbi.cbSize = sizeof(TBBUTTONINFO);
- tbbi.dwMask = TBIF_SIZE;
- tbbi.cx = (WORD)nWidth;
- BOOL bResult = (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETBUTTONINFO, (WPARAM)idButton, (LPARAM)&tbbi);
-
- // Send a changed message to the parent (used by the rebar)
- SIZE MaxSize = GetMaxSize();
- GetParent()->SendMessage(UWM_TOOLBAR_RESIZE, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, (LPARAM)&MaxSize);
-
- return bResult;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::SetCommandID(int iIndex, int idButton) const
- // Sets the command identifier of a toolbar button
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETCMDID, iIndex, idButton);
- }
-
- inline HIMAGELIST CToolBar::SetDisableImageList(HIMAGELIST himlNewDisabled) const
- // Sets the image list that the toolbar control will use to display disabled buttons.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST, 0L, (LPARAM)himlNewDisabled);
- }
-
- inline DWORD CToolBar::SetDrawTextFlags(DWORD dwMask, DWORD dwDTFlags) const
- // Sets the text drawing flags for the toolbar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (DWORD)SendMessage(TB_SETDRAWTEXTFLAGS, (WPARAM)dwMask, (LPARAM)dwDTFlags);
- }
-
- inline DWORD CToolBar::SetExtendedStyle(DWORD dwExStyle) const
- // Sets the text drawing flags for the toolbar.
- // Extended styles include: TBSTYLE_EX_DRAWDDARROWS, TBSTYLE_EX_HIDECLIPPEDBUTTONS, TBSTYLE_EX_DOUBLEBUFFER and TBSTYLE_EX_MIXEDBUTTONS
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (DWORD)SendMessage(TB_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE, 0L, (LPARAM)dwExStyle);
- }
-
- inline HIMAGELIST CToolBar::SetHotImageList(HIMAGELIST himlNewHot) const
- // Sets the image list that the toolbar control will use to display hot buttons.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST, 0L, (LPARAM)himlNewHot);
- }
-
- inline int CToolBar::SetHotItem(int iHot) const
- // Sets the hot item in a toolbar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (int)SendMessage(TB_SETHOTITEM, (WPARAM)iHot, 0L);
- }
-
- inline HIMAGELIST CToolBar::SetImageList(HIMAGELIST himlNew) const
- // Sets the image list that the toolbar will use to display buttons that are in their default state.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_SETIMAGELIST, 0L, (LPARAM)himlNew);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::SetImages(COLORREF crMask, UINT ToolBarID, UINT ToolBarHotID, UINT ToolBarDisabledID)
- // Either sets the imagelist or adds/replaces bitmap depending on ComCtl32.dll version
- // Assumes the width of the button image = bitmap_size / buttons
- // Assumes buttons have been already been added via AdddToolBarButton
- // The colour mask is often grey RGB(192,192,192) or magenta (255,0,255);
- // The color mask is ignored for 32bit bitmap resources
- // The Hot and disiabled bitmap resources can be 0
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- // ToolBar ImageLists require Comctl32.dll version 4.7 or later
- if (400 == GetComCtlVersion())
- {
- // We are using COMCTL32.DLL version 4.0, so we can't use an imagelist.
- // Instead we simply set the bitmap.
- return SetBitmap(ToolBarID);
- }
-
- int iNumButtons = 0;
- std::vector<UINT>::iterator iter;
- for (iter = GetToolBarData().begin(); iter < GetToolBarData().end(); ++iter)
- if ((*iter) != 0) ++iNumButtons;
-
- if (iNumButtons > 0)
- {
- // Set the button images
- CBitmap Bitmap(ToolBarID);
- assert(Bitmap.GetHandle());
-
- BITMAP bm = Bitmap.GetBitmapData();
- int iImageWidth = bm.bmWidth / iNumButtons;
- int iImageHeight = bm.bmHeight;
-
- HIMAGELIST himlToolBar = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L);
- HIMAGELIST himlToolBarHot = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L);
- HIMAGELIST himlToolBarDis = (HIMAGELIST)SendMessage(TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST, 0L, 0L);
- ImageList_Destroy(himlToolBar);
- ImageList_Destroy(himlToolBarHot);
- ImageList_Destroy(himlToolBarDis);
-
- himlToolBar = ImageList_Create(iImageWidth, iImageHeight, ILC_COLOR32 | ILC_MASK, iNumButtons, 0);
- assert(himlToolBar);
-
- ImageList_AddMasked(himlToolBar, Bitmap, crMask);
- SendMessage(TB_SETIMAGELIST, 0L, (LPARAM)himlToolBar);
-
- if (ToolBarHotID)
- {
- CBitmap BitmapHot(ToolBarHotID);
- assert(BitmapHot);
-
- himlToolBarHot = ImageList_Create(iImageWidth, iImageHeight, ILC_COLOR32 | ILC_MASK, iNumButtons, 0);
- assert(himlToolBarHot);
-
- ImageList_AddMasked(himlToolBarHot, BitmapHot, crMask);
- SendMessage(TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST, 0L, (LPARAM)himlToolBarHot);
- }
-
- if (ToolBarDisabledID)
- {
- CBitmap BitmapDisabled(ToolBarDisabledID);
- assert(BitmapDisabled);
-
- himlToolBarDis = ImageList_Create(iImageWidth, iImageHeight, ILC_COLOR32 | ILC_MASK, iNumButtons, 0);
- assert(himlToolBarDis);
-
- ImageList_AddMasked(himlToolBarDis, BitmapDisabled, crMask);
- SendMessage(TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST, 0L, (LPARAM)himlToolBarDis);
- }
- else
- {
- himlToolBarDis = CreateDisabledImageList(himlToolBar);
- SendMessage(TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST, 0L, (LPARAM)himlToolBarDis);
- }
-
- // Inform the parent of the change (rebar needs this)
- SIZE MaxSize = GetMaxSize();
- GetParent()->SendMessage(UWM_TOOLBAR_RESIZE, (WPARAM)m_hWnd, (LPARAM)&MaxSize);
- }
-
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::SetIndent(int iIndent) const
- // Sets the indentation for the first button in a toolbar control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETINDENT, (WPARAM)iIndent, 0L);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::SetMaxTextRows(int iMaxRows) const
- // Sets the maximum number of text rows displayed on a toolbar button.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS, (WPARAM)iMaxRows, 0L);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CToolBar::SetPadding(int cx, int cy) const
- // Sets the padding for a toolbar control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)SendMessage(TB_SETPADDING, 0L, (WPARAM)MAKELONG(cx, cy));
- }
-
- inline void CToolBar::SetToolBarTheme(ToolBarTheme& Theme)
- {
- m_Theme.UseThemes = Theme.UseThemes;
- m_Theme.clrHot1 = Theme.clrHot1;
- m_Theme.clrHot2 = Theme.clrHot2;
- m_Theme.clrPressed1 = Theme.clrPressed1;
- m_Theme.clrPressed2 = Theme.clrPressed2;
- m_Theme.clrOutline = Theme.clrOutline;
-
- if (IsWindow())
- Invalidate();
- }
-
- inline void CToolBar::SetToolTips(HWND hwndToolTip) const
- // Associates a ToolTip control with a toolbar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- SendMessage(TB_SETTOOLTIPS, (WPARAM)hwndToolTip, 0L);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CToolBar::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case WM_DESTROY:
- OnDestroy();
- break;
- case UWM_GETTOOLBARTHEME:
- {
- ToolBarTheme& tt = GetToolBarTheme();
- return (LRESULT)&tt;
- }
- case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING:
- OnWindowPosChanging(wParam, lParam);
- break;
- }
-
- // pass unhandled messages on for default processing
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-#endif // #ifndef _WIN32XX_TOOLBAR_H_
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/treeview.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/treeview.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4186e9ce..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/treeview.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,624 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_TREEVIEW_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_TREEVIEW_H_
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-#include "commctrl.h"
-
-// Disable macros from Windowsx.h
-#undef GetNextSibling
-#undef GetPrevSibling
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- class CTreeView : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CTreeView() {}
- virtual ~CTreeView() {}
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc);
-
-// Attributes
- COLORREF GetBkColor() const;
- HTREEITEM GetChild(HTREEITEM hItem) const;
- UINT GetCount() const;
- HTREEITEM GetDropHiLightItem() const;
- HWND GetEditControl() const;
- HTREEITEM GetFirstVisible() const;
- HIMAGELIST GetImageList(int iImageType) const;
- UINT GetIndent() const;
- COLORREF GetInsertMarkColor() const;
- BOOL GetItem(TVITEM& Item) const;
- DWORD_PTR GetItemData(HTREEITEM hItem) const;
- int GetItemHeight() const;
- BOOL GetItemImage(HTREEITEM hItem, int& nImage, int& nSelectedImage ) const;
- BOOL GetItemRect(HTREEITEM hItem, CRect& rc, BOOL bTextOnly) const;
- tString GetItemText(HTREEITEM hItem, UINT nTextMax /* = 260 */) const;
- HTREEITEM GetLastVisible() const;
- HTREEITEM GetNextItem(HTREEITEM hItem, UINT nCode) const;
- HTREEITEM GetNextSibling(HTREEITEM hItem) const;
- HTREEITEM GetNextVisible(HTREEITEM hItem) const;
- HTREEITEM GetParentItem(HTREEITEM hItem) const;
- HTREEITEM GetPrevSibling(HTREEITEM hItem) const;
- HTREEITEM GetPrevVisible(HTREEITEM hItem) const;
- HTREEITEM GetRootItem() const;
- int GetScrollTime() const;
- HTREEITEM GetSelection() const;
- COLORREF GetTextColor() const;
- HWND GetToolTips() const;
- UINT GetVisibleCount() const;
- BOOL ItemHasChildren(HTREEITEM hItem) const;
- COLORREF SetBkColor(COLORREF clrBk) const;
- HIMAGELIST SetImageList(HIMAGELIST himl, int nType) const;
- void SetIndent(int indent) const;
- BOOL SetInsertMark(HTREEITEM hItem, BOOL fAfter = TRUE) const;
- COLORREF SetInsertMarkColor(COLORREF clrInsertMark) const;
- BOOL SetItem(TVITEM& Item) const;
- BOOL SetItem(HTREEITEM hItem, UINT nMask, LPCTSTR szText, int nImage, int nSelectedImage, UINT nState, UINT nStateMask, LPARAM lParam) const;
- BOOL SetItemData(HTREEITEM hItem, DWORD_PTR dwData) const;
- int SetItemHeight(SHORT cyItem) const;
- BOOL SetItemImage(HTREEITEM hItem, int nImage, int nSelectedImage) const;
- BOOL SetItemText(HTREEITEM hItem, LPCTSTR szText) const;
- UINT SetScrollTime(UINT uScrollTime) const;
- COLORREF SetTextColor(COLORREF clrText) const;
- HWND SetToolTips(HWND hwndTooltip) const;
-
-// Operations
- HIMAGELIST CreateDragImage(HTREEITEM hItem) const;
- BOOL DeleteAllItems() const;
- BOOL DeleteItem(HTREEITEM hItem) const;
- HWND EditLabel(HTREEITEM hItem) const;
- BOOL EndEditLabelNow(BOOL fCancel) const;
- BOOL EnsureVisible(HTREEITEM hItem) const;
- BOOL Expand(HTREEITEM hItem, UINT nCode) const;
- HTREEITEM HitTest(TVHITTESTINFO& ht) const;
- HTREEITEM InsertItem(TVINSERTSTRUCT& tvIS) const;
- BOOL Select(HTREEITEM hitem, UINT flag) const;
- BOOL SelectDropTarget(HTREEITEM hItem) const;
- BOOL SelectItem(HTREEITEM hItem) const;
- BOOL SelectSetFirstVisible(HTREEITEM hItem) const;
- BOOL SortChildren(HTREEITEM hItem, BOOL fRecurse) const;
- BOOL SortChildrenCB(TVSORTCB& sort, BOOL fRecurse) const;
-
- private:
- CTreeView(const CTreeView&); // Disable copy construction
- CTreeView& operator = (const CTreeView&); // Disable assignment operator
-
- };
-
-}
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- inline void CTreeView::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS &wc)
- {
- // Set the Window Class
- wc.lpszClassName = WC_TREEVIEW;
- }
-
-// Attributes
- inline COLORREF CTreeView::GetBkColor() const
- // Retrieves the current background color of the control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetBkColor( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetChild(HTREEITEM hItem) const
- // Retrieves the first child item of the specified tree-view item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetChild(m_hWnd, hItem);
- }
-
- inline UINT CTreeView::GetCount() const
- // Retrieves a count of the items in a tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetCount( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetDropHiLightItem() const
- // Retrieves the tree-view item that is the target of a drag-and-drop operation.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetDropHilight(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline HWND CTreeView::GetEditControl() const
- // Retrieves the handle to the edit control being used to edit a tree-view item's text.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetEditControl( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetFirstVisible() const
- // Retrieves the first visible item in a tree-view control window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetFirstVisible(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline HIMAGELIST CTreeView::GetImageList(int iImageType) const
- // Retrieves the handle to the normal or state image list associated with a tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetImageList( m_hWnd, iImageType );
- }
-
- inline UINT CTreeView::GetIndent() const
- // Retrieves the amount, in pixels, that child items are indented relative to their parent items.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetIndent( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline COLORREF CTreeView::GetInsertMarkColor() const
- // Retrieves the color used to draw the insertion mark for the tree view.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetInsertMarkColor( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::GetItem(TVITEM& Item) const
- // Retrieves some or all of a tree-view item's attributes.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetItem( m_hWnd, &Item );
- }
-
- inline DWORD_PTR CTreeView::GetItemData(HTREEITEM hItem) const
- // Retrieves a tree-view item's application data.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- TVITEM tvi = {0};
- tvi.mask = TVIF_PARAM;
- tvi.hItem = hItem;
- TreeView_GetItem( m_hWnd, &tvi );
- return tvi.lParam;
- }
-
- inline int CTreeView::GetItemHeight() const
- // Retrieves the current height of the tree-view item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetItemHeight( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::GetItemImage(HTREEITEM hItem, int& nImage, int& nSelectedImage ) const
- // Retrieves the index of the tree-view item's image and selected image.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- TVITEM tvi = {0};
- tvi.mask = TVIF_IMAGE | TVIF_SELECTEDIMAGE;
- tvi.hItem = hItem;
- BOOL bResult = TreeView_GetItem( m_hWnd, &tvi );
- nImage = tvi.iImage;
- nSelectedImage = tvi.iSelectedImage;
- return bResult;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::GetItemRect(HTREEITEM hItem, CRect& rc, BOOL bTextOnly) const
- // Retrieves the bounding rectangle for a tree-view item and indicates whether the item is visible.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetItemRect( m_hWnd, hItem, &rc, bTextOnly );
- }
-
- inline tString CTreeView::GetItemText(HTREEITEM hItem, UINT nTextMax /* = 260 */) const
- // Retrieves the text for a tree-view item.
- // Note: Although the tree-view control allows any length string to be stored
- // as item text, only the first 260 characters are displayed.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- tString t;
- if (nTextMax > 0)
- {
- TVITEM tvi = {0};
- tvi.hItem = hItem;
- tvi.mask = TVIF_TEXT;
- tvi.cchTextMax = nTextMax;
- std::vector<TCHAR> vTChar(nTextMax +1, _T('\0'));
- TCHAR* pTCharArray = &vTChar.front();
- tvi.pszText = pTCharArray;
- ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, TVM_GETITEM, 0L, (LPARAM)&tvi);
- t = tvi.pszText;
- }
- return t;
- }
-
- inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetLastVisible() const
- // Retrieves the last expanded item in a tree-view control.
- // This does not retrieve the last item visible in the tree-view window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetLastVisible(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetNextItem(HTREEITEM hItem, UINT nCode) const
- // Retrieves the tree-view item that bears the specified relationship to a specified item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetNextItem( m_hWnd, hItem, nCode);
- }
-
- inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetNextSibling(HTREEITEM hItem) const
- // Retrieves the next sibling item of a specified item in a tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetNextSibling(m_hWnd, hItem);
- }
-
- inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetNextVisible(HTREEITEM hItem) const
- // Retrieves the next visible item that follows a specified item in a tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetNextVisible(m_hWnd, hItem);
- }
-
- inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetParentItem(HTREEITEM hItem) const
- // Retrieves the parent item of the specified tree-view item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetParent(m_hWnd, hItem);
- }
-
- inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetPrevSibling(HTREEITEM hItem) const
- // Retrieves the previous sibling item of a specified item in a tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetPrevSibling(m_hWnd, hItem);
- }
-
- inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetPrevVisible(HTREEITEM hItem) const
- // Retrieves the first visible item that precedes a specified item in a tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetPrevSibling(m_hWnd, hItem);
- }
-
- inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetRootItem() const
- // Retrieves the topmost or very first item of the tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetRoot(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline int CTreeView::GetScrollTime() const
- // Retrieves the maximum scroll time for the tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetScrollTime( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::GetSelection() const
- // Retrieves the currently selected item in a tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetSelection(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline COLORREF CTreeView::GetTextColor() const
- // Retrieves the current text color of the control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetTextColor( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline HWND CTreeView::GetToolTips() const
- // Retrieves the handle to the child ToolTip control used by a tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetToolTips( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline UINT CTreeView::GetVisibleCount() const
- // Obtains the number of items that can be fully visible in the client window of a tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_GetVisibleCount( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::ItemHasChildren(HTREEITEM hItem) const
- // Returns true of the tree-view item has one or more children
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- if (TreeView_GetChild( m_hWnd, hItem ))
- return TRUE;
-
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- inline COLORREF CTreeView::SetBkColor(COLORREF clrBk) const
- // Sets the background color of the control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_SetBkColor( m_hWnd, clrBk );
- }
-
- inline HIMAGELIST CTreeView::SetImageList(HIMAGELIST himl, int nType) const
- // Sets the normal or state image list for a tree-view control
- // and redraws the control using the new images.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_SetImageList( m_hWnd, himl, nType );
- }
-
- inline void CTreeView::SetIndent(int indent) const
- // Sets the width of indentation for a tree-view control
- // and redraws the control to reflect the new width.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- TreeView_SetIndent( m_hWnd, indent );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::SetInsertMark(HTREEITEM hItem, BOOL fAfter/* = TRUE*/) const
- // Sets the insertion mark in a tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_SetInsertMark( m_hWnd, hItem, fAfter );
- }
-
- inline COLORREF CTreeView::SetInsertMarkColor(COLORREF clrInsertMark) const
- // Sets the color used to draw the insertion mark for the tree view.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_SetInsertMarkColor( m_hWnd, clrInsertMark );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::SetItem(TVITEM& Item) const
- // Sets some or all of a tree-view item's attributes.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_SetItem( m_hWnd, &Item );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::SetItem(HTREEITEM hItem, UINT nMask, LPCTSTR szText, int nImage, int nSelectedImage, UINT nState, UINT nStateMask, LPARAM lParam) const
- // Sets some or all of a tree-view item's attributes.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- TVITEM tvi = {0};
- tvi.hItem = hItem;
- tvi.mask = nMask;
- tvi.pszText = (LPTSTR)szText;
- tvi.iImage = nImage;
- tvi.iSelectedImage = nSelectedImage;
- tvi.state = nState;
- tvi.stateMask = nStateMask;
- tvi.lParam = lParam;
- return TreeView_SetItem( m_hWnd, &tvi );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::SetItemData(HTREEITEM hItem, DWORD_PTR dwData) const
- // Sets the tree-view item's application data.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- TVITEM tvi = {0};
- tvi.hItem = hItem;
- tvi.mask = TVIF_PARAM;
- tvi.lParam = dwData;
- return TreeView_SetItem( m_hWnd, &tvi );
- }
-
- inline int CTreeView::SetItemHeight(SHORT cyItem) const
- // Sets the height of the tree-view items.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_SetItemHeight( m_hWnd, cyItem );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::SetItemImage(HTREEITEM hItem, int nImage, int nSelectedImage) const
- // Sets the tree-view item's application image.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- TVITEM tvi = {0};
- tvi.hItem = hItem;
- tvi.iImage = nImage;
- tvi.iSelectedImage = nSelectedImage;
- tvi.mask = TVIF_IMAGE | TVIF_SELECTEDIMAGE;
- return TreeView_SetItem(m_hWnd, &tvi );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::SetItemText(HTREEITEM hItem, LPCTSTR szText) const
- // Sets the tree-view item's application text.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- TVITEM tvi = {0};
- tvi.hItem = hItem;
- tvi.pszText = (LPTSTR)szText;
- tvi.mask = TVIF_TEXT;
- return TreeView_SetItem(m_hWnd, &tvi );
- }
-
- inline UINT CTreeView::SetScrollTime(UINT uScrollTime) const
- // Sets the maximum scroll time for the tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_SetScrollTime( m_hWnd, uScrollTime );
- }
-
- inline COLORREF CTreeView::SetTextColor(COLORREF clrText) const
- // Sets the text color of the control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_SetTextColor( m_hWnd, clrText );
- }
-
- inline HWND CTreeView::SetToolTips(HWND hwndTooltip) const
- // Sets a tree-view control's child ToolTip control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_SetToolTips( m_hWnd, hwndTooltip );
- }
-
- // Operations
-
- inline HIMAGELIST CTreeView::CreateDragImage(HTREEITEM hItem) const
- // Creates a dragging bitmap for the specified item in a tree-view control.
- // It also creates an image list for the bitmap and adds the bitmap to the image list.
- // An application can display the image when dragging the item by using the image list functions.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_CreateDragImage( m_hWnd, hItem );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::DeleteAllItems() const
- // Deletes all items from a tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_DeleteAllItems( m_hWnd );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::DeleteItem(HTREEITEM hItem) const
- // Removes an item and all its children from a tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_DeleteItem( m_hWnd, hItem );
- }
-
- inline HWND CTreeView::EditLabel(HTREEITEM hItem) const
- // Begins in-place editing of the specified item's text, replacing the text of the item
- // with a single-line edit control containing the text.
- // The specified item is implicitly selected and focused.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_EditLabel( m_hWnd, hItem );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::EndEditLabelNow(BOOL fCancel) const
- // Ends the editing of a tree-view item's label.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_EndEditLabelNow(m_hWnd, fCancel);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::EnsureVisible(HTREEITEM hItem) const
- // Ensures that a tree-view item is visible, expanding the parent item or
- // scrolling the tree-view control, if necessary.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_EnsureVisible( m_hWnd, hItem );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::Expand(HTREEITEM hItem, UINT nCode) const
- // The TreeView_Expand macro expands or collapses the list of child items associated
- // with the specified parent item, if any.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_Expand( m_hWnd, hItem, nCode );
- }
-
- inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::HitTest(TVHITTESTINFO& ht) const
- // Determines the location of the specified point relative to the client area of a tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_HitTest( m_hWnd, &ht );
- }
-
- inline HTREEITEM CTreeView::InsertItem(TVINSERTSTRUCT& tvIS) const
- // Inserts a new item in a tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_InsertItem( m_hWnd, &tvIS );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::Select(HTREEITEM hitem, UINT flag) const
- // Selects the specified tree-view item, scrolls the item into view, or redraws
- // the item in the style used to indicate the target of a drag-and-drop operation.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_Select(m_hWnd, hitem, flag );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::SelectDropTarget(HTREEITEM hItem) const
- // Redraws a specified tree-view control item in the style used to indicate the
- // target of a drag-and-drop operation.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_SelectDropTarget(m_hWnd, hItem);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::SelectItem(HTREEITEM hItem) const
- // Selects the specified tree-view item.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_SelectItem(m_hWnd, hItem);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::SelectSetFirstVisible(HTREEITEM hItem) const
- // Scrolls the tree-view control vertically to ensure that the specified item is visible.
- // If possible, the specified item becomes the first visible item at the top of the control's window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_SelectSetFirstVisible(m_hWnd, hItem);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::SortChildren(HTREEITEM hItem, BOOL fRecurse) const
- // Sorts the child items of the specified parent item in a tree-view control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_SortChildren( m_hWnd, hItem, fRecurse );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CTreeView::SortChildrenCB(TVSORTCB& sort, BOOL fRecurse) const
- // Sorts tree-view items using an application-defined callback function that compares the items.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return TreeView_SortChildrenCB( m_hWnd, &sort, fRecurse );
- }
-
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-#endif // #ifndef _WIN32XX_TREEVIEW_H_
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wceframe.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wceframe.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f3aa67ef..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wceframe.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,420 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-//////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// WceFrame.h
-// Definitions for the CCmdBar and CWceFrame
-
-// These classes are provide a frame window for use on Window CE devices such
-// as Pocket PCs. The frame uses CommandBar (a control unique to the Windows CE
-// operating systems) to display the menu and toolbar.
-//
-// Use the PocketPCWceFrame generic application as the starting point for your own
-// frame based applications on the Pocket PC.
-//
-// Refer to the Scribble demo application for an example of how these classes
-// can be used.
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_WCEFRAME_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_WCEFRAME_H_
-
-
-#include "wincore.h"
-#include <commctrl.h>
-#include <vector>
-#include "default_resource.h"
-
-#if defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_PSPC) || defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_WFSP)
- #define SHELL_AYGSHELL
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SHELL_AYGSHELL
- #include <aygshell.h>
- #pragma comment(lib, "aygshell.lib")
-#endif // SHELL_AYGSHELL
-
-#if (_WIN32_WCE < 0x500 && defined(SHELL_AYGSHELL)) || _WIN32_WCE == 420
- #pragma comment(lib, "ccrtrtti.lib")
-#endif
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- ////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CCmdBar class
- //
- class CCmdBar : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CCmdBar();
- virtual ~CCmdBar();
- virtual BOOL AddAdornments(DWORD dwFlags);
- virtual int AddBitmap(int idBitmap, int iNumImages, int iImageWidth, int iImageHeight);
- virtual BOOL AddButtons(int nButtons, TBBUTTON* pTBButton);
- virtual HWND Create(HWND hwndParent);
- virtual int GetHeight() const;
- virtual HWND InsertComboBox(int iWidth, UINT dwStyle, WORD idComboBox, WORD iButton);
- virtual BOOL IsVisible();
- virtual BOOL Show(BOOL fShow);
-
- private:
-
-#ifdef SHELL_AYGSHELL
- SHMENUBARINFO m_mbi;
-#endif
-
- };
-
-
- //////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CWceFrame class
- // A mini frame based on CCmdBar
- class CWceFrame : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CWceFrame();
- virtual ~CWceFrame();
- virtual void AddToolBarButton(UINT nID);
- CRect GetViewRect() const;
- CCmdBar& GetMenuBar() const {return (CCmdBar&)m_MenuBar;}
- virtual void OnActivate(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnCreate();
- virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs);
- virtual void RecalcLayout();
- virtual void SetButtons(const std::vector<UINT> ToolBarData);
- virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- protected:
- std::vector<UINT> m_ToolBarData;
-
- private:
- CCmdBar m_MenuBar;
- tString m_tsAppName;
-
-#ifdef SHELL_AYGSHELL
- SHACTIVATEINFO m_sai;
-#endif
-
- };
-
- //////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CCmdBar class
- // This class wraps CommandBar_Create which
- // creates a CommandBar at the top of the window
- inline CCmdBar::CCmdBar()
- {
- }
-
- inline CCmdBar::~CCmdBar()
- {
- if (IsWindow())
- ::CommandBar_Destroy(m_hWnd);
- }
-
-
- inline BOOL CCmdBar::AddAdornments(DWORD dwFlags)
- {
- BOOL bReturn = CommandBar_AddAdornments(m_hWnd, dwFlags, 0);
-
- if (!bReturn)
- throw CWinException(_T("AddAdornments failed"));
-
- return bReturn;
- }
-
- inline int CCmdBar::AddBitmap(int idBitmap, int iNumImages, int iImageWidth, int iImageHeight)
- {
- HINSTANCE hInst = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle();
- return CommandBar_AddBitmap(m_hWnd, hInst, idBitmap, iNumImages, iImageWidth, iImageHeight);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CCmdBar::AddButtons(int nButtons, TBBUTTON* pTBButton)
- {
- BOOL bReturn = CommandBar_AddButtons(m_hWnd, nButtons, pTBButton);
- if (!bReturn)
- throw CWinException(_T("Failed to add buttons to commandbar"));
-
- return bReturn;
- }
-
- inline HWND CCmdBar::Create(HWND hParent)
- {
-#ifdef SHELL_AYGSHELL
- SHMENUBARINFO mbi;
-
- memset(&mbi, 0, sizeof(SHMENUBARINFO));
- mbi.cbSize = sizeof(SHMENUBARINFO);
- mbi.hwndParent = hParent;
- mbi.nToolBarId = IDW_MAIN;
- mbi.hInstRes = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle();
- mbi.nBmpId = 0;
- mbi.cBmpImages = 0;
-
- if (SHCreateMenuBar(&mbi))
- {
- m_hWnd = mbi.hwndMB;
- }
- else
- throw CWinException(_T("Failed to create MenuBar"));
-
-#else
- m_hWnd = CommandBar_Create(GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(), hParent, IDW_MENUBAR);
-
- if (m_hWnd == NULL)
- throw CWinException(_T("Failed to create CommandBar"));
-
- CommandBar_InsertMenubar(m_hWnd, GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(), IDW_MAIN, 0);
-#endif
- return m_hWnd;
- }
-
- inline int CCmdBar::GetHeight() const
- {
- return CommandBar_Height(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline HWND CCmdBar::InsertComboBox(int iWidth, UINT dwStyle, WORD idComboBox, WORD iButton)
- {
- HINSTANCE hInst = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle();
- HWND hWnd = CommandBar_InsertComboBox(m_hWnd, hInst, iWidth, dwStyle, idComboBox, iButton);
-
- if (!hWnd)
- throw CWinException(_T("InsertComboBox failed"));
-
- return hWnd;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CCmdBar::IsVisible()
- {
- return ::CommandBar_IsVisible(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CCmdBar::Show(BOOL fShow)
- {
- return ::CommandBar_Show(m_hWnd, fShow);
- }
-
-
- /////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CWceFrame class
- // This class creates a simple frame using CCmdBar
- inline CWceFrame::CWceFrame()
- {
-#ifdef SHELL_AYGSHELL
- // Initialize the shell activate info structure
- memset (&m_sai, 0, sizeof (m_sai));
- m_sai.cbSize = sizeof (m_sai);
-#endif
- }
-
- inline CWceFrame::~CWceFrame()
- {
- }
-
- inline void CWceFrame::AddToolBarButton(UINT nID)
- // Adds Resource IDs to toolbar buttons.
- // A resource ID of 0 is a separator
- {
- m_ToolBarData.push_back(nID);
- }
-
- inline CRect CWceFrame::GetViewRect() const
- {
- CRect r;
- ::GetClientRect(m_hWnd, &r);
-
-#ifndef SHELL_AYGSHELL
- // Reduce the size of the client rectange, by the commandbar height
- r.top += m_MenuBar.GetHeight();
-#endif
-
- return r;
- }
-
- inline void CWceFrame::OnCreate()
- {
- // Create the Commandbar
- m_MenuBar.Create(m_hWnd);
-
- // Set the keyboard accelerators
- HACCEL hAccel = LoadAccelerators(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_MAIN));
- GetApp()->SetAccelerators(hAccel, this);
-
- // Add the toolbar buttons
- if (m_ToolBarData.size() > 0)
- SetButtons(m_ToolBarData);
-
-#ifndef SHELL_AYGSHELL
- // Add close button
- m_MenuBar.AddAdornments(0);
-#endif
-
- }
-
- inline void CWceFrame::OnActivate(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
-#ifdef SHELL_AYGSHELL
- // Notify shell of our activate message
- SHHandleWMActivate(m_hWnd, wParam, lParam, &m_sai, FALSE);
-
- UINT fActive = LOWORD(wParam);
- if ((fActive == WA_ACTIVE) || (fActive == WA_CLICKACTIVE))
- {
- // Reposition the window when it's activated
- RecalcLayout();
- }
-#endif
- }
-
- inline void CWceFrame::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT &cs)
- {
- cs.style = WS_VISIBLE;
- m_tsAppName = _T("Win32++ Application");
-
- // Choose a unique class name for this app
- if (LoadString(IDW_MAIN) != _T(""))
- {
- m_tsAppName = LoadString(IDW_MAIN);
- }
-
- cs.lpszClass = m_tsAppName.c_str();
- }
-
-/* inline BOOL CWceFrame::PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg)
- {
- HACCEL hAccelTable = ::LoadAccelerators(GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDW_MAIN));
- if (WM_KEYFIRST <= pMsg->message && pMsg->message <= WM_KEYLAST)
- {
- if (TranslateAccelerator(m_hWnd, hAccelTable, pMsg))
- return TRUE;
- }
- return CWnd::PreTranslateMessage(pMsg);
- } */
-
- inline void CWceFrame::RecalcLayout()
- {
- HWND hwndCB = m_MenuBar.GetHwnd();
- if (hwndCB)
- {
- CRect rc; // Desktop window size
- CRect rcMenuBar; // MenuBar window size
-
- ::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWORKAREA, 0, &rc, 0);
- ::GetWindowRect(hwndCB, &rcMenuBar);
- rc.bottom -= (rcMenuBar.bottom - rcMenuBar.top);
-
- MoveWindow(rc.left, rc.top, rc.right-rc.left, rc.bottom-rc.top, FALSE);
- }
-
- ShowWindow(TRUE);
- UpdateWindow();
- }
-
- inline void CWceFrame::SetButtons(const std::vector<UINT> ToolBarData)
- // Define the resource IDs for the toolbar like this in the Frame's constructor
- // m_ToolBarData.push_back ( 0 ); // Separator
- // m_ToolBarData.clear();
- // m_ToolBarData.push_back ( IDM_FILE_NEW );
- // m_ToolBarData.push_back ( IDM_FILE_OPEN );
- // m_ToolBarData.push_back ( IDM_FILE_SAVE );
-
- {
- int iImages = 0;
- int iNumButtons = (int)ToolBarData.size();
-
-
- if (iNumButtons > 0)
- {
- // Create the TBBUTTON array for each button
- std::vector<TBBUTTON> vTBB(iNumButtons);
- TBBUTTON* tbbArray = &vTBB.front();
-
- for (int j = 0 ; j < iNumButtons; j++)
- {
- ZeroMemory(&tbbArray[j], sizeof(TBBUTTON));
-
- if (ToolBarData[j] == 0)
- {
- tbbArray[j].fsStyle = TBSTYLE_SEP;
- }
- else
- {
- tbbArray[j].iBitmap = iImages++;
- tbbArray[j].idCommand = ToolBarData[j];
- tbbArray[j].fsState = TBSTATE_ENABLED;
- tbbArray[j].fsStyle = TBSTYLE_BUTTON;
- tbbArray[j].iString = -1;
- }
- }
-
- // Add the bitmap
- GetMenuBar().AddBitmap(IDW_MAIN, iImages , 16, 16);
-
- // Add the buttons
- GetMenuBar().AddButtons(iNumButtons, tbbArray);
- }
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CWceFrame::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case WM_DESTROY:
- PostQuitMessage(0);
- break;
- case WM_ACTIVATE:
- OnActivate(wParam, lParam);
- break;
-
-#ifdef SHELL_AYGSHELL
-
- case WM_SETTINGCHANGE:
- SHHandleWMSettingChange(m_hWnd, wParam, lParam, &m_sai);
- break;
-#endif
-
- }
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
-
-} // namespace Win32xx
-
-#endif // _WIN32XX_WCEFRAME_H_
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wcestddef.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wcestddef.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f7b22833..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wcestddef.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-
-#pragma once
-
-#pragma comment(linker, "/nodefaultlib:libc.lib")
-#pragma comment(linker, "/nodefaultlib:libcd.lib")
-
-
-#include <ceconfig.h>
-#if defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_PSPC) || defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_WFSP)
- #define SHELL_AYGSHELL
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _CE_DCOM
- #define _ATL_APARTMENT_THREADED
-#endif
-
-#if defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_PSPC) || defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_WFSP)
- #ifndef _DEVICE_RESOLUTION_AWARE
- #define _DEVICE_RESOLUTION_AWARE
- #endif
-#endif
-
-
-#if _WIN32_WCE == 420 || _WIN32_WCE == 0x420
- // For Pocket PC 2003
- #pragma comment(lib, "ccrtrtti.lib")
-#endif
-
-#if _MSC_VER >= 1300
-
- // NOTE - this value is not strongly correlated to the Windows CE OS version being targeted
- #undef WINVER
- #define WINVER _WIN32_WCE
-
- #ifdef _DEVICE_RESOLUTION_AWARE
- #include "DeviceResolutionAware.h"
- #endif
-
- #if _WIN32_WCE < 0x500 && ( defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_PSPC) || defined(WIN32_PLATFORM_WFSP) )
- #ifdef _X86_
- #if defined(_DEBUG)
- #pragma comment(lib, "libcmtx86d.lib")
- #else
- #pragma comment(lib, "libcmtx86.lib")
- #endif
- #endif
- #endif
-
- #include <altcecrt.h>
-
-#endif// _MSC_VER >= 1300
-
-#ifdef SHELL_AYGSHELL
- #include <aygshell.h>
- #pragma comment(lib, "aygshell.lib")
-#endif // SHELL_AYGSHELL
-
-// TODO: reference additional headers your program requires here
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/webbrowser.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/webbrowser.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a5b5f41..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/webbrowser.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,760 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_WEBBROWSER_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_WEBBROWSER_H_
-
-#include <exdisp.h>
-#include <ocidl.h>
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CAXWindow class
- // This class implements an ActiveX control container
- class CAXWindow : public IOleClientSite, public IOleInPlaceSite, public IOleInPlaceFrame,
- public IOleControlSite, public IDispatch
- {
- public:
- CAXWindow();
- virtual ~CAXWindow();
- virtual void Activate(BOOL fFocus);
- virtual void CreateControl(BSTR bstrClsid);
- virtual void CreateControl(CLSID clsid);
- virtual void Remove();
- virtual void SetParent(HWND hWndParent);
- virtual void SetLocation(int x, int y, int width, int height);
- virtual void SetVisible(BOOL fVisible);
- virtual void SetStatusWindow(HWND hWndStatus);
- virtual void TranslateKey(MSG msg);
- IDispatch* GetDispatch();
- IUnknown* GetUnknown();
-
- // IUnknown Methods
- STDMETHODIMP QueryInterface(REFIID riid, void** ppvObject);
- STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) AddRef();
- STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) Release();
-
- // IOleClientSite Methods
- STDMETHODIMP SaveObject();
- STDMETHODIMP GetMoniker(DWORD dwAssign, DWORD dwWhichMoniker, LPMONIKER* ppMk);
- STDMETHODIMP GetContainer(LPOLECONTAINER* ppContainer);
- STDMETHODIMP ShowObject();
- STDMETHODIMP OnShowWindow(BOOL fShow);
- STDMETHODIMP RequestNewObjectLayout();
-
- // IOleWindow Methods
- STDMETHODIMP GetWindow(HWND* phwnd);
- STDMETHODIMP ContextSensitiveHelp(BOOL fEnterMode);
-
- // IOleInPlaceSite Methods
- STDMETHODIMP CanInPlaceActivate();
- STDMETHODIMP OnInPlaceActivate();
- STDMETHODIMP OnUIActivate();
- STDMETHODIMP GetWindowContext(IOleInPlaceFrame** ppFrame, IOleInPlaceUIWindow** ppDoc, LPRECT lprcPosRect, LPRECT lprcClipRect, LPOLEINPLACEFRAMEINFO lpFrameInfo);
- STDMETHODIMP Scroll(SIZE scrollExtent);
- STDMETHODIMP OnUIDeactivate(BOOL fUndoable);
- STDMETHODIMP OnInPlaceDeactivate();
- STDMETHODIMP DiscardUndoState();
- STDMETHODIMP DeactivateAndUndo();
- STDMETHODIMP OnPosRectChange(LPCRECT lprcPosRect);
-
- // IOleInPlaceUIWindow Methods
- STDMETHODIMP GetBorder(LPRECT lprectBorder);
- STDMETHODIMP RequestBorderSpace(LPCBORDERWIDTHS lpborderwidths);
- STDMETHODIMP SetBorderSpace(LPCBORDERWIDTHS lpborderwidths);
- STDMETHODIMP SetActiveObject(IOleInPlaceActiveObject* pActiveObject, LPCOLESTR lpszObjName);
-
- // IOleInPlaceFrame Methods
- STDMETHODIMP InsertMenus(HMENU hmenuShared, LPOLEMENUGROUPWIDTHS lpMenuWidths);
- STDMETHODIMP SetMenu(HMENU hmenuShared, HOLEMENU holemenu, HWND hwndActiveObject);
- STDMETHODIMP RemoveMenus(HMENU hmenuShared);
- STDMETHODIMP SetStatusText(LPCOLESTR pszStatusText);
- STDMETHODIMP EnableModeless(BOOL fEnable);
- STDMETHODIMP TranslateAccelerator(LPMSG lpmsg, WORD wID);
-
- // IOleControlSite Methods
- STDMETHODIMP OnControlInfoChanged();
- STDMETHODIMP LockInPlaceActive(BOOL fLock);
- STDMETHODIMP GetExtendedControl(IDispatch** ppDisp);
- STDMETHODIMP TransformCoords(POINTL* pptlHimetric, POINTF* pptfContainer, DWORD dwFlags);
- STDMETHODIMP TranslateAccelerator(LPMSG pMsg, DWORD grfModifiers);
- STDMETHODIMP OnFocus(BOOL fGotFocus);
- STDMETHODIMP ShowPropertyFrame();
-
- // IDispatch Methods
- STDMETHODIMP GetIDsOfNames(REFIID riid, OLECHAR** rgszNames, unsigned int cNames, LCID lcid, DISPID* rgdispid);
- STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfo(unsigned int itinfo, LCID lcid, ITypeInfo** pptinfo);
- STDMETHODIMP GetTypeInfoCount(unsigned int* pctinfo);
- STDMETHODIMP Invoke(DISPID dispid, REFIID riid, LCID lcid, WORD wFlags, DISPPARAMS* pdispparams, VARIANT* pvarResult, EXCEPINFO* pexecinfo, unsigned int* puArgErr);
-
- private:
- ULONG m_cRefs; // ref count
- HWND m_hWnd; // window handle of the container
- HWND m_hWndStatus; // status window handle
- IUnknown* m_pUnk; // IUnknown of contained object
- CRect m_rcControl; // size of control
- };
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CWebBrowser class
- // This class uses an AciveX Container provided by
- // CAXWindow to host the IWebBrower2 interface.
- class CWebBrowser : public CWnd
- {
- public:
- CWebBrowser();
- virtual ~CWebBrowser();
- virtual void AddWebBrowserControl(void);
- virtual CAXWindow& GetAXWindow() const { return (CAXWindow&)m_AXContainer; }
- virtual IWebBrowser2* GetIWebBrowser2() const { return m_pIWebBrowser2; }
- virtual void Navigate(LPCTSTR str);
-
- protected:
- virtual void OnCreate();
- virtual void OnSize(int width, int height);
- virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- private:
- CAXWindow m_AXContainer; // The ActiveX Container
- IWebBrowser2* m_pIWebBrowser2;// Interface to the ActiveX web browser control
- };
-
-}
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
- /////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CAXWindow class
- //
- inline CAXWindow::CAXWindow() : m_cRefs(1), m_hWnd(NULL), m_pUnk(NULL)
- {
- }
-
- inline CAXWindow::~CAXWindow()
- {
- }
-
- inline void CAXWindow::CreateControl(BSTR bstrClsid)
- {
- CLSID clsid;
- CLSIDFromString(bstrClsid, &clsid);
- CreateControl(clsid);
- }
-
- inline void CAXWindow::Activate(BOOL fFocus)
- {
- if (!m_pUnk)
- return;
-
- if (fFocus)
- {
- IOleObject* pioo;
- HRESULT hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IOleObject, (void**)&pioo);
- if (FAILED(hr))
- return;
-
- pioo->DoVerb(OLEIVERB_UIACTIVATE, NULL, this, 0, m_hWnd, &m_rcControl);
- pioo->Release();
- }
- }
-
- inline void CAXWindow::CreateControl(CLSID clsid)
- {
- CoCreateInstance(clsid, NULL, CLSCTX_INPROC_SERVER | CLSCTX_LOCAL_SERVER, IID_IUnknown, (void**)&m_pUnk);
-
- if (!m_pUnk)
- return;
-
- IOleObject* pioo;
- HRESULT hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IOleObject, (void**)&pioo);
- if (FAILED(hr))
- return;
-
- pioo->SetClientSite(this);
- pioo->Release();
-
- IPersistStreamInit* ppsi;
- hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IPersistStreamInit, (void**)&ppsi);
- if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
- {
- ppsi->InitNew();
- ppsi->Release();
- }
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CAXWindow::AddRef()
- {
- return ++m_cRefs;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::CanInPlaceActivate()
- {
- return S_OK;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::ContextSensitiveHelp(BOOL fEnterMode)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(fEnterMode);
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::DeactivateAndUndo()
- {
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::DiscardUndoState()
- {
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::EnableModeless(BOOL fEnable)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(fEnable);
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetBorder(LPRECT lprectBorder)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lprectBorder);
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetContainer(LPOLECONTAINER* ppContainer)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(ppContainer);
- return E_NOINTERFACE;
- }
-
- inline IDispatch* CAXWindow::GetDispatch()
- {
- if (!m_pUnk)
- return NULL;
-
- HRESULT hr;
- IDispatch* pdisp;
-
- hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IDispatch, (void**)&pdisp);
- return pdisp;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetExtendedControl(IDispatch** ppDisp)
- {
- if (ppDisp == NULL)
- return E_INVALIDARG;
-
- *ppDisp = (IDispatch*)this;
- (*ppDisp)->AddRef();
-
- return S_OK;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetIDsOfNames(REFIID riid, OLECHAR** rgszNames, unsigned int cNames, LCID lcid, DISPID* rgdispid)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER((IID)riid); // IID cast required for the MinGW compiler
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(rgszNames);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(cNames);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lcid);
-
- *rgdispid = DISPID_UNKNOWN;
- return DISP_E_UNKNOWNNAME;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetMoniker(DWORD dwAssign, DWORD dwWhichMoniker, LPMONIKER* ppMk)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwAssign);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwWhichMoniker);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(ppMk);
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetTypeInfo(unsigned int itinfo, LCID lcid, ITypeInfo** pptinfo)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(itinfo);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lcid);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pptinfo);
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetTypeInfoCount(unsigned int* pctinfo)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pctinfo);
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline IUnknown* CAXWindow::GetUnknown()
- {
- if (!m_pUnk)
- return NULL;
-
- m_pUnk->AddRef();
- return m_pUnk;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetWindow(HWND* lphwnd)
- {
- if (!IsWindow(m_hWnd))
- return S_FALSE;
-
- *lphwnd = m_hWnd;
- return S_OK;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::GetWindowContext (IOleInPlaceFrame** ppFrame, IOleInPlaceUIWindow** ppIIPUIWin,
- LPRECT lprcPosRect, LPRECT lprcClipRect, LPOLEINPLACEFRAMEINFO lpFrameInfo)
- {
- *ppFrame = (IOleInPlaceFrame*)this;
- *ppIIPUIWin = NULL;
-
- RECT rect;
- GetClientRect(m_hWnd, &rect);
- lprcPosRect->left = 0;
- lprcPosRect->top = 0;
- lprcPosRect->right = rect.right;
- lprcPosRect->bottom = rect.bottom;
-
- CopyRect(lprcClipRect, lprcPosRect);
-
- lpFrameInfo->cb = sizeof(OLEINPLACEFRAMEINFO);
- lpFrameInfo->fMDIApp = FALSE;
- lpFrameInfo->hwndFrame = m_hWnd;
- lpFrameInfo->haccel = 0;
- lpFrameInfo->cAccelEntries = 0;
-
- (*ppFrame)->AddRef();
- return S_OK;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::InsertMenus(HMENU hmenuShared, LPOLEMENUGROUPWIDTHS lpMenuWidths)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(hmenuShared);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lpMenuWidths);
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::Invoke(DISPID dispid, REFIID riid, LCID lcid, WORD wFlags, DISPPARAMS* pdispparams, VARIANT* pvarResult, EXCEPINFO* pexecinfo, unsigned int* puArgErr)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dispid);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER((IID)riid); // IID cast required for the MinGW compiler
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lcid);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wFlags);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pdispparams);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pvarResult);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pexecinfo);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(puArgErr);
- return DISP_E_MEMBERNOTFOUND;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::LockInPlaceActive(BOOL fLock)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(fLock);
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::OnControlInfoChanged()
- {
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::OnFocus(BOOL fGotFocus)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(fGotFocus);
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::OnInPlaceActivate()
- {
- return S_OK;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::OnInPlaceDeactivate()
- {
- return S_OK;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::OnPosRectChange(LPCRECT lprcPosRect)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lprcPosRect);
- return S_OK;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::OnShowWindow(BOOL fShow)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(fShow);
- return S_OK;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::OnUIActivate()
- {
- return S_OK;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::OnUIDeactivate(BOOL fUndoable)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(fUndoable);
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::QueryInterface(REFIID riid, void** ppvObject)
- {
- if (!ppvObject)
- return E_POINTER;
-
- if (IsEqualIID(riid, IID_IOleClientSite))
- *ppvObject = (IOleClientSite*)this;
- else if (IsEqualIID(riid, IID_IOleInPlaceSite))
- *ppvObject = (IOleInPlaceSite*)this;
- else if (IsEqualIID(riid, IID_IOleInPlaceFrame))
- *ppvObject = (IOleInPlaceFrame*)this;
- else if (IsEqualIID(riid, IID_IOleInPlaceUIWindow))
- *ppvObject = (IOleInPlaceUIWindow*)this;
- else if (IsEqualIID(riid, IID_IOleControlSite))
- *ppvObject = (IOleControlSite*)this;
- else if (IsEqualIID(riid, IID_IOleWindow))
- *ppvObject = this;
- else if (IsEqualIID(riid, IID_IDispatch))
- *ppvObject = (IDispatch*)this;
- else if (IsEqualIID(riid, IID_IUnknown))
- *ppvObject = this;
- else
- {
- *ppvObject = NULL;
- return E_NOINTERFACE;
- }
-
- AddRef();
- return S_OK;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP_(ULONG) CAXWindow::Release()
- {
- return --m_cRefs;
- }
-
- inline void CAXWindow::Remove()
- {
- if (!m_pUnk)
- return;
-
- IOleObject* pioo;
- HRESULT hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IOleObject, (void**)&pioo);
- if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
- {
- pioo->Close(OLECLOSE_NOSAVE);
- pioo->SetClientSite(NULL);
- pioo->Release();
- }
-
- IOleInPlaceObject* pipo;
- hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IOleInPlaceObject, (void**)&pipo);
- if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
- {
- pipo->UIDeactivate();
- pipo->InPlaceDeactivate();
- pipo->Release();
- }
-
- m_pUnk->Release();
- m_pUnk = NULL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::RemoveMenus(HMENU hmenuShared)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(hmenuShared);
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::RequestBorderSpace(LPCBORDERWIDTHS lpborderwidths)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lpborderwidths);
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::RequestNewObjectLayout()
- {
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::SaveObject()
- {
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::Scroll(SIZE scrollExtent)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(scrollExtent);
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::SetActiveObject(IOleInPlaceActiveObject* pActiveObject, LPCOLESTR lpszObjName)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pActiveObject);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lpszObjName);
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::SetBorderSpace(LPCBORDERWIDTHS lpborderwidths)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lpborderwidths);
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline void CAXWindow::SetLocation(int x, int y, int width, int height)
- {
- m_rcControl.SetRect(x, y, x + width, y + height);
-
- if (!m_pUnk)
- return;
-
- IOleInPlaceObject* pipo;
- HRESULT hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IOleInPlaceObject, (void**)&pipo);
- if (FAILED(hr))
- return;
-
- pipo->SetObjectRects(&m_rcControl, &m_rcControl);
- pipo->Release();
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::SetMenu(HMENU hmenuShared, HOLEMENU holemenu, HWND hwndActiveObject)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(hmenuShared);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(holemenu);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(hwndActiveObject);
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline void CAXWindow::SetParent(HWND hWndParent)
- {
- m_hWnd = hWndParent;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::SetStatusText(LPCOLESTR pszStatusText)
- {
- if (NULL == pszStatusText)
- return E_POINTER;
-
- #ifndef _UNICODE
- char status[MAX_PATH];
- // Convert the Wide string to char
- WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, pszStatusText, -1, status, MAX_PATH, NULL, NULL);
-
- if (IsWindow(m_hWndStatus))
- SendMessage(m_hWndStatus, SB_SETTEXT, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)status);
- #else
- if (IsWindow(m_hWndStatus))
- SendMessage(m_hWndStatus, SB_SETTEXT, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)pszStatusText);
- #endif
-
- return (S_OK);
- }
-
- inline void CAXWindow::SetStatusWindow(HWND hWndStatus)
- {
- m_hWndStatus = hWndStatus;
- }
-
- inline void CAXWindow::SetVisible(BOOL fVisible)
- {
- if (!m_pUnk)
- return;
-
- IOleObject* pioo;
- HRESULT hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IOleObject, (void**)&pioo);
- if (FAILED(hr))
- return;
-
- if (fVisible)
- {
- pioo->DoVerb(OLEIVERB_INPLACEACTIVATE, NULL, this, 0, m_hWnd, &m_rcControl);
- pioo->DoVerb(OLEIVERB_SHOW, NULL, this, 0, m_hWnd, &m_rcControl);
- }
- else
- pioo->DoVerb(OLEIVERB_HIDE, NULL, this, 0, m_hWnd, NULL);
-
- pioo->Release();
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::ShowObject()
- {
- return S_OK;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::ShowPropertyFrame()
- {
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::TransformCoords(POINTL* pptlHimetric, POINTF* pptfContainer, DWORD dwFlags)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pptlHimetric);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pptfContainer);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(dwFlags);
- return E_NOTIMPL;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::TranslateAccelerator(LPMSG lpmsg, WORD wID)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lpmsg);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wID);
- return S_OK;
- }
-
- inline STDMETHODIMP CAXWindow::TranslateAccelerator(LPMSG pMsg, DWORD grfModifiers)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pMsg);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(grfModifiers);
- return S_FALSE;
- }
-
- inline void CAXWindow::TranslateKey(MSG msg)
- {
- if (!m_pUnk)
- return;
-
- IOleInPlaceActiveObject* pao;
- HRESULT hr = m_pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IOleInPlaceActiveObject, (void**)&pao);
- if (FAILED(hr))
- return;
-
- pao->TranslateAccelerator(&msg);
- pao->Release();
- }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CWebBrowser class
- //
- inline CWebBrowser::CWebBrowser() : m_pIWebBrowser2(0)
- {
- OleInitialize(NULL);
- }
-
- inline CWebBrowser::~CWebBrowser()
- {
- if (m_pIWebBrowser2)
- {
- m_pIWebBrowser2->Stop();
- m_pIWebBrowser2->Release();
- }
-
- OleUninitialize();
- }
-
- inline void CWebBrowser::AddWebBrowserControl()
- {
- GetAXWindow().CreateControl(CLSID_WebBrowser);
- GetAXWindow().SetParent(m_hWnd);
- GetAXWindow().SetVisible(TRUE);
- GetAXWindow().Activate(TRUE);
-
- IUnknown* pUnk = GetAXWindow().GetUnknown();
- if(pUnk)
- {
- // Store the pointer to the WebBrowser control
- HRESULT hr = pUnk->QueryInterface(IID_IWebBrowser2, (void**)&m_pIWebBrowser2);
- pUnk->Release();
-
- // Navigate to an empty page
- if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
- {
- VARIANT vURL;
- vURL.vt = VT_BSTR;
- vURL.bstrVal = SysAllocString(L"about:blank");
- VARIANT ve1, ve2, ve3, ve4;
- ve1.vt = VT_EMPTY;
- ve2.vt = VT_EMPTY;
- ve3.vt = VT_EMPTY;
- ve4.vt = VT_EMPTY;
-
- m_pIWebBrowser2->Navigate2(&vURL, &ve1, &ve2, &ve3, &ve4);
-
- VariantClear(&vURL);
- }
- }
- }
-
- inline void CWebBrowser::Navigate(LPCTSTR pTChar)
- {
- // Navigate to our web page
- VARIANT vURL;
- vURL.vt = VT_BSTR;
- vURL.bstrVal = SysAllocString(T2W(pTChar));
- VARIANT ve1, ve2, ve3, ve4;
- ve1.vt = VT_EMPTY;
- ve2.vt = VT_EMPTY;
- ve3.vt = VT_EMPTY;
- ve4.vt = VT_EMPTY;
-
- GetIWebBrowser2()->Navigate2(&vURL, &ve1, &ve2, &ve3, &ve4);
-
- VariantClear(&vURL); // Also frees memory allocated by SysAllocateString
- }
-
- inline void CWebBrowser::OnCreate()
- {
- AddWebBrowserControl();
- }
-
- inline void CWebBrowser::OnSize(int width, int height)
- {
- // position the container
- GetAXWindow().SetLocation(0, 0, width, height);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CWebBrowser::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- switch(uMsg)
- {
- case WM_SIZE:
- OnSize(LOWORD(lParam), HIWORD(lParam));
- break;
- case WM_DESTROY:
- GetAXWindow().Remove();
- break;
- }
-
- return CWnd::WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
-}
-
-#endif // _WIN32XX_WEBBROWSER_H_
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wincore.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wincore.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d6b1f9b6..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/wincore.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2977 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-
-///////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-// wincore.h
-// Declaration of the following classes:
-// CWinApp, CWnd, CWinException, CCriticalSection,
-// CPoint, CRect, and CSize
-//
-// This file contains the declarations for the core set of classes required to
-// create simple windows using Win32++.
-//
-// 1) CCriticalSection: This class is used internally to manage thread access
-// to shared resources. You can also use this class to lock and
-// release your own critical sections.
-//
-// 2) CWinException: This class is used internally by Win32++ to handle
-// exceptions. You can also use it to throw and catch exceptions.
-//
-// 3) WinApp: This class is used start Win32++ and run the message loop. You
-// should inherit from this class to start Win32++ in your own
-// application.
-//
-// 4) CWnd: This class is used to represent a window. It provides a means
-// of creating the window, and handling its messages. Inherit
-// from this class to define and control windows.
-//
-//
-// Note: This header file (or another Win32++ header file which includes it)
-// should be included before all other header files. It sets some
-// important macros which need to be set before including Windows.h
-// Including this file first also allows it to disable some pointless
-// warning messages (see below).
-
-
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_WINCORE_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_WINCORE_H_
-
-
-// Remove pointless warning messages
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
- #pragma warning (disable : 4996) // function or variable may be unsafe (deprecated)
- #ifndef _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS
- #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS // eliminate deprecation warnings for VS2005/VS2010
- #endif
- #if _MSC_VER < 1500
- #pragma warning (disable : 4511) // copy operator could not be generated
- #pragma warning (disable : 4512) // assignment operator could not be generated
- #pragma warning (disable : 4702) // unreachable code (bugs in Microsoft's STL)
- #pragma warning (disable : 4786) // identifier was truncated
- #endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __BORLANDC__
- #pragma option -w-8019 // code has no effect
- #pragma option -w-8026 // functions with exception specifiations are not expanded inline
- #pragma option -w-8027 // function not expanded inline
- #define STRICT 1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
- #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wmissing-braces"
- #pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-value"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
- #include "wcestddef.h"
-#endif
-
-#define _WINSOCKAPI_ // Prevent winsock.h #include's.
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <vector>
-#include <algorithm>
-#include <string>
-#include <map>
-#include <windows.h>
-#include <commctrl.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <tchar.h>
-#include <shlwapi.h>
-#include "shared_ptr.h"
-//#include "winutils.h" // included later in this file
-//#include "cstring.h" // included later in this file
-//#include "gdi.h" // included later in this file
-//#include "menu.h" // included later in this file
-
-// For compilers lacking Win64 support
-#ifndef GetWindowLongPtr
- #define GetWindowLongPtr GetWindowLong
- #define SetWindowLongPtr SetWindowLong
- #define GWLP_WNDPROC GWL_WNDPROC
- #define GWLP_HINSTANCE GWL_HINSTANCE
- #define GWLP_ID GWL_ID
- #define GWLP_USERDATA GWL_USERDATA
- #define DWLP_DLGPROC DWL_DLGPROC
- #define DWLP_MSGRESULT DWL_MSGRESULT
- #define DWLP_USER DWL_USER
- #define DWORD_PTR DWORD
- #define LONG_PTR LONG
- #define ULONG_PTR LONG
-#endif
-#ifndef GetClassLongPtr
- #define GetClassLongPtr GetClassLong
- #define SetClassLongPtr SetClassLong
- #define GCLP_HBRBACKGROUND GCL_HBRBACKGROUND
- #define GCLP_HCURSOR GCL_HCURSOR
- #define GCLP_HICON GCL_HICON
- #define GCLP_HICONSM GCL_HICONSM
- #define GCLP_HMODULE GCL_HMODULE
- #define GCLP_MENUNAME GCL_MENUNAME
- #define GCLP_WNDPROC GCL_WNDPROC
-#endif
-
-
-// Messages defined by Win32++
-#define UWM_POPUPMENU (WM_APP + 1) // Message - creates the menubar popup menu
-#define UWM_DOCK_START (WM_APP + 2) // Notification - about to start undocking
-#define UWM_DOCK_MOVE (WM_APP + 3) // Notification - undocked docker is being moved
-#define UWM_DOCK_END (WM_APP + 4) // Notification - docker has been docked
-#define UWM_BAR_START (WM_APP + 5) // Notification - docker bar selected for move
-#define UWM_BAR_MOVE (WM_APP + 6) // Notification - docker bar moved
-#define UWM_BAR_END (WM_APP + 7) // Notification - end of docker bar move
-#define UWM_UNDOCKED (WM_APP + 8) // Notification - sent by docker when undocked
-#define UWM_FRAMELOSTFOCUS (WM_APP + 9) // Notification - sent by frame to view window when focus lost
-#define UWM_FRAMEGOTFOCUS (WM_APP + 10) // Notification - sent by frame to view window when focus acquired
-#define UWM_DOCK_DESTROYED (WM_APP + 11) // Message - posted when docker is destroyed
-#define UWM_TAB_CHANGED (WM_APP + 12) // Notification - tab layout changed
-#define UWM_TOOLBAR_RESIZE (WM_APP + 13) // Message - sent by toolbar to parent. Used by the rebar
-#define UWM_UPDATE_COMMAND (WM_APP + 14) // Message - sent before a menu is displayed. Used by OnUpdate
-#define UWM_DOCK_ACTIVATED (WM_APP + 15) // Message - sent to dock ancestor when a docker is activated or deactivated.
-#define UWM_GETMENUTHEME (WM_APP + 16) // Message - returns a pointer to MenuTheme
-#define UWM_GETREBARTHEME (WM_APP + 17) // Message - returns a pointer to CToolBar
-#define UWM_GETTOOLBARTHEME (WM_APP + 18) // Message - returns a pointer to ToolBarTheme
-#define UWM_CLEANUPTEMPS (WM_APP + 19) // Message - posted to cleanup temporary CDCs
-
-
-// Automatically include the Win32xx namespace
-// define NO_USING_NAMESPACE to skip this step
-namespace Win32xx {}
-#ifndef NO_USING_NAMESPACE
- using namespace Win32xx;
-#endif
-
-// Required for WinCE
-#ifndef TLS_OUT_OF_INDEXES
- #define TLS_OUT_OF_INDEXES ((DWORD_PTR) -1)
-#endif
-#ifndef WM_PARENTNOTIFY
- #define WM_PARENTNOTIFY 0x0210
-#endif
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Forward declarations.
- // These classes are defined later or elsewhere
- class CDC;
- class CGDIObject;
- class CMenu;
- class CWinApp;
- class CWnd;
- class CBitmap;
- class CBrush;
- class CFont;
- class CPalette;
- class CPen;
- class CRgn;
-
- // tString is a TCHAR std::string
- typedef std::basic_string<TCHAR> tString;
-
- // tStringStream is a TCHAR std::stringstream
- typedef std::basic_stringstream<TCHAR> tStringStream;
-
- // Some useful smart pointers
- typedef Shared_Ptr<CDC> DCPtr;
- typedef Shared_Ptr<CGDIObject> GDIPtr;
- typedef Shared_Ptr<CMenu> MenuPtr;
- typedef Shared_Ptr<CWnd> WndPtr;
- typedef Shared_Ptr<CBitmap> BitmapPtr;
- typedef Shared_Ptr<CBrush> BrushPtr;
- typedef Shared_Ptr<CFont> FontPtr;
- typedef Shared_Ptr<CPalette> PalettePtr;
- typedef Shared_Ptr<CPen> PenPtr;
- typedef Shared_Ptr<CRgn> RgnPtr;
-
- enum Constants // Defines the maximum size for TCHAR strings
- {
- MAX_MENU_STRING = 80,
- MAX_STRING_SIZE = 255,
- };
-
- struct CompareHDC // The comparison function object used by CWinApp::m_mapHDC
- {
- bool operator()(HDC const a, const HDC b) const
- {return ((DWORD_PTR)a < (DWORD_PTR)b);}
- };
-
- struct CompareGDI // The comparison function object used by CWinApp::m_mapGDI
- {
- bool operator()(HGDIOBJ const a, const HGDIOBJ b) const
- {return ((DWORD_PTR)a < (DWORD_PTR)b);}
- };
-
- struct CompareHMENU // The comparison function object used by CWinApp::m_mapHMENU
- {
- bool operator()(HMENU const a, const HMENU b) const
- {return ((DWORD_PTR)a < (DWORD_PTR)b);}
- };
-
- struct CompareHWND // The comparison function object used by CWinApp::m_mapHWND
- {
- bool operator()(HWND const a, const HWND b) const
- {return ((DWORD_PTR)a < (DWORD_PTR)b);}
- };
-
- struct TLSData // Used for Thread Local Storage (TLS)
- {
- CWnd* pCWnd; // pointer to CWnd object for Window creation
- CWnd* pMenuBar; // pointer to CMenuBar object used for the WH_MSGFILTER hook
- HHOOK hHook; // WH_MSGFILTER hook for CMenuBar and Modeless Dialogs
-
- std::vector<DCPtr> vTmpDCs; // A vector of temporary CDC pointers
- std::vector<GDIPtr> vTmpGDIs; // A vector of temporary CGDIObject pointers
- std::vector<WndPtr> vTmpWnds; // A vector of temporary CWnd pointers
- TLSData() : pCWnd(0), pMenuBar(0), hHook(0) {}
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- std::vector<MenuPtr> vTmpMenus; // A vector of temporary CMenu pointers
-#endif
- };
-
-
- /////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declarations for the CCriticalSection class
- // This class is used for thread synchronisation
- class CCriticalSection
- {
- public:
- CCriticalSection() { ::InitializeCriticalSection(&m_cs); }
- ~CCriticalSection() { ::DeleteCriticalSection(&m_cs); }
-
- void Lock() { ::EnterCriticalSection(&m_cs); }
- void Release() { ::LeaveCriticalSection(&m_cs); }
-
- private:
- CCriticalSection ( const CCriticalSection& );
- CCriticalSection& operator = ( const CCriticalSection& );
-
- CRITICAL_SECTION m_cs;
- };
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CWinException class
- //
- // Note: Each function guarantees not to throw an exception
-
- class CWinException : public std::exception
- {
- public:
- CWinException(LPCTSTR pszText) throw ();
- ~CWinException() throw() {}
- DWORD GetError() const throw ();
- LPCTSTR GetErrorString() const throw ();
- const char * what () const throw ();
-
- private:
- DWORD m_Error;
- LPCTSTR m_pszText;
- TCHAR m_szErrorString[MAX_STRING_SIZE];
- };
-
-
- ///////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CWinApp class
- //
- class CWinApp
- {
- // Provide these access to CWinApp's private members:
- friend class CDC;
- friend class CDialog;
- friend class CGDIObject;
- friend class CMenu;
- friend class CMenuBar;
- friend class CPropertyPage;
- friend class CPropertySheet;
- friend class CTaskDialog;
- friend class CWnd;
- friend CWinApp* GetApp();
- friend CGDIObject* FromHandle(HGDIOBJ hObject);
- friend CBitmap* FromHandle(HBITMAP hBitmap);
- friend CBrush* FromHandle(HBRUSH hBrush);
- friend CFont* FromHandle(HFONT hFont);
- friend CPalette* FromHandle(HPALETTE hPalette);
- friend CPen* FromHandle(HPEN hPen);
- friend CRgn* FromHandle(HRGN hRgn);
- friend CDC* FromHandle(HDC hDC);
- friend CWnd* FromHandle(HWND hWnd);
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- friend CMenu* FromHandle(HMENU hMenu);
-#endif
-
- typedef Shared_Ptr<TLSData> TLSDataPtr;
-
- public:
- CWinApp();
- virtual ~CWinApp();
-
- HACCEL GetAccelerators() const { return m_hAccel; }
- HINSTANCE GetInstanceHandle() const { return m_hInstance; }
- HINSTANCE GetResourceHandle() const { return (m_hResource ? m_hResource : m_hInstance); }
- void SetAccelerators(HACCEL hAccel, CWnd* pWndAccel);
- void SetResourceHandle(HINSTANCE hResource);
-
- // These are the functions you might wish to override
- virtual BOOL InitInstance();
- virtual int MessageLoop();
- virtual int Run();
-
- protected:
- virtual BOOL OnIdle(LONG lCount);
- virtual BOOL PreTranslateMessage(MSG Msg);
-
- private:
- CWinApp(const CWinApp&); // Disable copy construction
- CWinApp& operator = (const CWinApp&); // Disable assignment operator
- CDC* GetCDCFromMap(HDC hDC);
- CGDIObject* GetCGDIObjectFromMap(HGDIOBJ hObject);
- CMenu* GetCMenuFromMap(HMENU hMenu);
- CWnd* GetCWndFromMap(HWND hWnd);
-
- void AddTmpDC(CDC* pDC);
- void AddTmpGDI(CGDIObject* pObject);
- CMenu* AddTmpMenu(HMENU hMenu);
- CWnd* AddTmpWnd(HWND hWnd);
- void CleanupTemps();
- DWORD GetTlsIndex() const {return m_dwTlsIndex;}
- void SetCallback();
- TLSData* SetTlsIndex();
- static CWinApp* SetnGetThis(CWinApp* pThis = 0);
-
- std::map<HDC, CDC*, CompareHDC> m_mapHDC; // maps device context handles to CDC objects
- std::map<HGDIOBJ, CGDIObject*, CompareGDI> m_mapGDI; // maps GDI handles to CGDIObjects.
- std::map<HMENU, CMenu*, CompareHMENU> m_mapHMENU; // maps menu handles to CMenu objects
- std::map<HWND, CWnd*, CompareHWND> m_mapHWND; // maps window handles to CWnd objects
- std::vector<TLSDataPtr> m_vTLSData; // vector of TLSData smart pointers, one for each thread
- CCriticalSection m_csMapLock; // thread synchronisation for m_mapHWND
- CCriticalSection m_csTLSLock; // thread synchronisation for m_vTLSData
- CCriticalSection m_csAppStart; // thread synchronisation for application startup
- HINSTANCE m_hInstance; // handle to the applications instance
- HINSTANCE m_hResource; // handle to the applications resources
- DWORD m_dwTlsIndex; // Thread Local Storage index
- WNDPROC m_Callback; // callback address of CWnd::StaticWndowProc
- HACCEL m_hAccel; // handle to the accelerator table
- CWnd* m_pWndAccel; // handle to the window for accelerator keys
-
- };
-
-}
-
-#include "winutils.h"
-#include "cstring.h"
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
- ////////////////////////////////
- // Declaration of the CWnd class
- //
- class CWnd
- {
- friend class CMDIChild;
- friend class CDialog;
- friend class CPropertyPage;
- friend class CTaskDialog;
- friend class CWinApp;
-
- public:
- CWnd(); // Constructor
- virtual ~CWnd(); // Destructor
-
- // These virtual functions can be overridden
- virtual BOOL Attach(HWND hWnd);
- virtual BOOL AttachDlgItem(UINT nID, CWnd* pParent);
- virtual void CenterWindow() const;
- virtual HWND Create(CWnd* pParent = NULL);
- virtual HWND CreateEx(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCTSTR lpszClassName, LPCTSTR lpszWindowName, DWORD dwStyle, int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, CWnd* pParent, CMenu* pMenu, LPVOID lpParam = NULL);
- virtual HWND CreateEx(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCTSTR lpszClassName, LPCTSTR lpszWindowName, DWORD dwStyle, const RECT& rc, CWnd* pParent, CMenu* pMenu, LPVOID lpParam = NULL);
- virtual void Destroy();
- virtual HWND Detach();
- virtual HICON SetIconLarge(int nIcon);
- virtual HICON SetIconSmall(int nIcon);
-
- // Attributes
- HWND GetHwnd() const { return m_hWnd; }
- WNDPROC GetPrevWindowProc() const { return m_PrevWindowProc; }
-
- // Wrappers for Win32 API functions
- // These functions aren't virtual, and shouldn't be overridden
- CDC* BeginPaint(PAINTSTRUCT& ps) const;
- BOOL BringWindowToTop() const;
- LRESULT CallWindowProc(WNDPROC lpPrevWndFunc, UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const;
- BOOL CheckDlgButton(int nIDButton, UINT uCheck) const;
- BOOL CheckRadioButton(int nIDFirstButton, int nIDLastButton, int nIDCheckButton) const;
- CWnd* ChildWindowFromPoint(POINT pt) const;
- BOOL ClientToScreen(POINT& pt) const;
- BOOL ClientToScreen(RECT& rc) const;
- LRESULT DefWindowProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const;
- HDWP DeferWindowPos(HDWP hWinPosInfo, HWND hWndInsertAfter, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT uFlags) const;
- HDWP DeferWindowPos(HDWP hWinPosInfo, HWND hWndInsertAfter, const RECT& rc, UINT uFlags) const;
- BOOL DrawMenuBar() const;
- BOOL EnableWindow(BOOL bEnable = TRUE) const;
- BOOL EndPaint(PAINTSTRUCT& ps) const;
- CWnd* GetActiveWindow() const;
- CWnd* GetAncestor(UINT gaFlag = 3 /*= GA_ROOTOWNER*/) const;
- CWnd* GetCapture() const;
- ULONG_PTR GetClassLongPtr(int nIndex) const;
- CString GetClassName() const;
- CRect GetClientRect() const;
- CDC* GetDC() const;
- CDC* GetDCEx(HRGN hrgnClip, DWORD flags) const;
- CWnd* GetDesktopWindow() const;
- CWnd* GetDlgItem(int nIDDlgItem) const;
- UINT GetDlgItemInt(int nIDDlgItem, BOOL* lpTranslated, BOOL bSigned) const;
- CString GetDlgItemText(int nIDDlgItem) const;
- CWnd* GetFocus() const;
- CFont* GetFont() const;
- HICON GetIcon(BOOL bBigIcon) const;
- CWnd* GetNextDlgGroupItem(CWnd* pCtl, BOOL bPrevious) const;
- CWnd* GetNextDlgTabItem(CWnd* pCtl, BOOL bPrevious) const;
- CWnd* GetParent() const;
- BOOL GetScrollInfo(int fnBar, SCROLLINFO& si) const;
- CRect GetUpdateRect(BOOL bErase) const;
- int GetUpdateRgn(CRgn* pRgn, BOOL bErase) const;
- CWnd* GetWindow(UINT uCmd) const;
- CDC* GetWindowDC() const;
- LONG_PTR GetWindowLongPtr(int nIndex) const;
- CRect GetWindowRect() const;
- CString GetWindowText() const;
- int GetWindowTextLength() const;
- void Invalidate(BOOL bErase = TRUE) const;
- BOOL InvalidateRect(LPCRECT lpRect, BOOL bErase = TRUE) const;
- BOOL InvalidateRgn(CRgn* pRgn, BOOL bErase = TRUE) const;
- BOOL IsChild(CWnd* pChild) const;
- BOOL IsDialogMessage(LPMSG lpMsg) const;
- UINT IsDlgButtonChecked(int nIDButton) const;
- BOOL IsWindow() const;
- BOOL IsWindowEnabled() const;
- BOOL IsWindowVisible() const;
- BOOL KillTimer(UINT_PTR uIDEvent) const;
- int MessageBox(LPCTSTR lpText, LPCTSTR lpCaption, UINT uType) const;
- void MapWindowPoints(CWnd* pWndTo, POINT& pt) const;
- void MapWindowPoints(CWnd* pWndTo, RECT& rc) const;
- void MapWindowPoints(CWnd* pWndTo, LPPOINT ptArray, UINT nCount) const;
- BOOL MoveWindow(int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, BOOL bRepaint = TRUE) const;
- BOOL MoveWindow(const RECT& rc, BOOL bRepaint = TRUE) const;
- BOOL PostMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam = 0L, LPARAM lParam = 0L) const;
- BOOL PostMessage(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const;
- BOOL RedrawWindow(LPCRECT lpRectUpdate = NULL, CRgn* pRgn = NULL, UINT flags = RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_UPDATENOW | RDW_ERASE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN) const;
- int ReleaseDC(CDC* pDC) const;
- BOOL ScreenToClient(POINT& Point) const;
- BOOL ScreenToClient(RECT& rc) const;
- LRESULT SendDlgItemMessage(int nIDDlgItem, UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const;
- LRESULT SendMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam = 0L, LPARAM lParam = 0L) const;
- LRESULT SendMessage(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const;
- BOOL SendNotifyMessage(UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const;
- CWnd* SetActiveWindow() const;
- CWnd* SetCapture() const;
- ULONG_PTR SetClassLongPtr(int nIndex, LONG_PTR dwNewLong) const;
- BOOL SetDlgItemInt(int nIDDlgItem, UINT uValue, BOOL bSigned) const;
- BOOL SetDlgItemText(int nIDDlgItem, LPCTSTR lpString) const;
- CWnd* SetFocus() const;
- void SetFont(CFont* pFont, BOOL bRedraw = TRUE) const;
- BOOL SetForegroundWindow() const;
- HICON SetIcon(HICON hIcon, BOOL bBigIcon) const;
- CWnd* SetParent(CWnd* pWndParent) const;
- BOOL SetRedraw(BOOL bRedraw = TRUE) const;
- int SetScrollInfo(int fnBar, const SCROLLINFO& si, BOOL fRedraw) const;
- UINT_PTR SetTimer(UINT_PTR nIDEvent, UINT uElapse, TIMERPROC lpTimerFunc) const;
- LONG_PTR SetWindowLongPtr(int nIndex, LONG_PTR dwNewLong) const;
- BOOL SetWindowPos(HWND hWndInsertAfter, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT uFlags) const;
- BOOL SetWindowPos(HWND hWndInsertAfter, const RECT& rc, UINT uFlags) const;
- int SetWindowRgn(CRgn* pRgn, BOOL bRedraw = TRUE) const;
- BOOL SetWindowText(LPCTSTR lpString) const;
- HRESULT SetWindowTheme(LPCWSTR pszSubAppName, LPCWSTR pszSubIdList) const;
- BOOL ShowWindow(int nCmdShow = SW_SHOWNORMAL) const;
- BOOL UpdateWindow() const;
- BOOL ValidateRect(LPCRECT prc) const;
- BOOL ValidateRgn(CRgn* pRgn) const;
- static CWnd* WindowFromPoint(POINT pt);
-
- #ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- BOOL CloseWindow() const;
- int DlgDirList(LPTSTR lpPathSpec, int nIDListBox, int nIDStaticPath, UINT uFileType) const;
- int DlgDirListComboBox(LPTSTR lpPathSpec, int nIDComboBox, int nIDStaticPath, UINT uFiletype) const;
- BOOL DlgDirSelectEx(LPTSTR lpString, int nCount, int nIDListBox) const;
- BOOL DlgDirSelectComboBoxEx(LPTSTR lpString, int nCount, int nIDComboBox) const;
- BOOL DrawAnimatedRects(int idAni, RECT& rcFrom, RECT& rcTo) const;
- BOOL DrawCaption(CDC* pDC, RECT& rc, UINT uFlags) const;
- BOOL EnableScrollBar(UINT uSBflags, UINT uArrows) const;
- CWnd* GetLastActivePopup() const;
- CMenu* GetMenu() const;
- int GetScrollPos(int nBar) const;
- BOOL GetScrollRange(int nBar, int& MinPos, int& MaxPos) const;
- CMenu* GetSystemMenu(BOOL bRevert) const;
- CWnd* GetTopWindow() const;
- BOOL GetWindowPlacement(WINDOWPLACEMENT& pWndpl) const;
- BOOL HiliteMenuItem(CMenu* pMenu, UINT uItemHilite, UINT uHilite) const;
- BOOL IsIconic() const;
- BOOL IsZoomed() const;
- BOOL LockWindowUpdate() const;
- BOOL OpenIcon() const;
- void Print(CDC* pDC, DWORD dwFlags) const;
- BOOL SetMenu(CMenu* pMenu) const;
- BOOL ScrollWindow(int XAmount, int YAmount, LPCRECT lprcScroll, LPCRECT lprcClip) const;
- int ScrollWindowEx(int dx, int dy, LPCRECT lprcScroll, LPCRECT lprcClip, CRgn* prgnUpdate, LPRECT lprcUpdate, UINT flags) const;
- int SetScrollPos(int nBar, int nPos, BOOL bRedraw) const;
- BOOL SetScrollRange(int nBar, int nMinPos, int nMaxPos, BOOL bRedraw) const;
- BOOL SetWindowPlacement(const WINDOWPLACEMENT& wndpl) const;
- BOOL ShowOwnedPopups(BOOL fShow) const;
- BOOL ShowScrollBar(int nBar, BOOL bShow) const;
- BOOL ShowWindowAsync(int nCmdShow) const;
- BOOL UnLockWindowUpdate() const;
- CWnd* WindowFromDC(CDC* pDC) const;
-
- #ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
- void DragAcceptFiles(BOOL fAccept) const;
- #endif
- #endif
-
- static LRESULT CALLBACK StaticWindowProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- operator HWND() const { return m_hWnd; }
-
- protected:
- // Override these functions as required
- virtual LRESULT FinalWindowProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual BOOL OnCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void OnCreate();
- virtual void OnDraw(CDC* pDC);
- virtual BOOL OnEraseBkgnd(CDC* pDC);
- virtual void OnInitialUpdate();
- virtual void OnMenuUpdate(UINT nID);
- virtual LRESULT OnMessageReflect(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual void PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs);
- virtual void PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS& wc);
- virtual BOOL PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg);
- virtual LRESULT WndProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- virtual LRESULT WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
-
- HWND m_hWnd; // handle to this object's window
-
- private:
- CWnd(const CWnd&); // Disable copy construction
- CWnd& operator = (const CWnd&); // Disable assignment operator
- void AddToMap();
- void Cleanup();
- LRESULT MessageReflect(HWND hwndParent, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
- BOOL RegisterClass(WNDCLASS& wc);
- BOOL RemoveFromMap();
- void Subclass(HWND hWnd);
-
- Shared_Ptr<WNDCLASS> m_pwc; // defines initialisation parameters for PreRegisterClass
- Shared_Ptr<CREATESTRUCT> m_pcs; // defines initialisation parameters for PreCreate and Create
- WNDPROC m_PrevWindowProc; // pre-subclassed Window Procedure
- BOOL m_IsTmpWnd; // True if this CWnd is a TmpWnd
-
- }; // class CWnd
-
-}
-
-//~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
-
-#include "gdi.h"
-#include "menu.h"
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
-
- //////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CWinException class
- //
- inline CWinException::CWinException(LPCTSTR pszText) throw () : m_Error(::GetLastError()), m_pszText(pszText)
- {
- memset(m_szErrorString, 0, MAX_STRING_SIZE * sizeof(TCHAR));
-
- if (m_Error != 0)
- {
- DWORD dwFlags = FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM | FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS;
- ::FormatMessage(dwFlags, NULL, m_Error, MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT), m_szErrorString, MAX_STRING_SIZE-1, NULL);
- }
- }
-
- inline DWORD CWinException::GetError() const throw ()
- {
- return m_Error;
- }
-
- inline LPCTSTR CWinException::GetErrorString() const throw ()
- {
- return m_szErrorString;
- }
-
- inline const char * CWinException::what() const throw ()
- {
- // Sends the last error string to the debugger (typically displayed in the IDE's output window).
- ::OutputDebugString(m_szErrorString);
- return "CWinException thrown";
- }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CWinApp class
- //
-
- // To begin Win32++, inherit your application class from this one.
- // You must run only one instance of the class inherited from this.
- inline CWinApp::CWinApp() : m_Callback(NULL), m_hAccel(0), m_pWndAccel(0)
- {
- try
- {
- m_csAppStart.Lock();
- assert( 0 == SetnGetThis() ); // Test if this is the first instance of CWinApp
-
- m_dwTlsIndex = ::TlsAlloc();
- if (m_dwTlsIndex == TLS_OUT_OF_INDEXES)
- {
- // We only get here in the unlikely event that all TLS indexes are already allocated by this app
- // At least 64 TLS indexes per process are allowed. Win32++ requires only one TLS index.
- m_csAppStart.Release();
- throw CWinException(_T("CWinApp::CWinApp Failed to allocate TLS Index"));
- }
-
- SetnGetThis(this);
- m_csAppStart.Release();
-
- // Set the instance handle
- #ifdef _WIN32_WCE
- m_hInstance = (HINSTANCE)GetModuleHandle(0);
- #else
- MEMORY_BASIC_INFORMATION mbi = {0};
- VirtualQuery( (LPCVOID)SetnGetThis, &mbi, sizeof(mbi) );
- assert(mbi.AllocationBase);
- m_hInstance = (HINSTANCE)mbi.AllocationBase;
- #endif
-
- m_hResource = m_hInstance;
- SetCallback();
- }
-
- catch (const CWinException &e)
- {
- e.what();
- throw;
- }
- }
-
- inline CWinApp::~CWinApp()
- {
- std::vector<TLSDataPtr>::iterator iter;
- for (iter = m_vTLSData.begin(); iter < m_vTLSData.end(); ++iter)
- {
- (*iter)->vTmpDCs.clear();
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- (*iter)->vTmpMenus.clear();
-#endif
- (*iter)->vTmpWnds.clear();
- }
-
- // Check that all CWnd windows are destroyed
- std::map<HWND, CWnd*, CompareHWND>::iterator m;
- for (m = m_mapHWND.begin(); m != m_mapHWND.end(); ++m)
- {
- HWND hWnd = (*m).first;
- if (::IsWindow(hWnd))
- ::DestroyWindow(hWnd);
- }
- m_mapHWND.clear();
- m_mapGDI.clear();
- m_mapHDC.clear();
- m_mapHMENU.clear();
-
- // Do remaining tidy up
- if (m_dwTlsIndex != TLS_OUT_OF_INDEXES)
- {
- ::TlsSetValue(GetTlsIndex(), NULL);
- ::TlsFree(m_dwTlsIndex);
- }
-
- SetnGetThis((CWinApp*)-1);
- }
-
- inline void CWinApp::AddTmpDC(CDC* pDC)
- {
- // The TmpMenus are created by GetSybMenu.
- // They are removed by CleanupTemps
- assert(pDC);
-
- // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set
- TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex();
- pTLSData->vTmpDCs.push_back(pDC); // save pDC as a smart pointer
- }
-
- inline void CWinApp::AddTmpGDI(CGDIObject* pObject)
- {
- // The temporary CGDIObjects are removed by CleanupTemps
- assert(pObject);
-
- // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set
- TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex();
- pTLSData->vTmpGDIs.push_back(pObject); // save pObject as a smart pointer
- }
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline CMenu* CWinApp::AddTmpMenu(HMENU hMenu)
- {
- // The TmpMenus are created by GetSybMenu.
- // They are removed by CleanupTemps
- assert(::IsMenu(hMenu));
- assert(!GetCMenuFromMap(hMenu));
-
- CMenu* pMenu = new CMenu;
- pMenu->m_hMenu = hMenu;
- m_csMapLock.Lock();
- m_mapHMENU.insert(std::make_pair(hMenu, pMenu));
- m_csMapLock.Release();
- pMenu->m_IsTmpMenu = TRUE;
-
- // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set
- TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex();
- pTLSData->vTmpMenus.push_back(pMenu); // save pMenu as a smart pointer
- return pMenu;
- }
-#endif
-
- inline CWnd* CWinApp::AddTmpWnd(HWND hWnd)
- {
- // TmpWnds are created if required to support functions like CWnd::GetParent.
- // They are removed by CleanupTemps
- assert(::IsWindow(hWnd));
- assert(!GetCWndFromMap(hWnd));
-
- CWnd* pWnd = new CWnd;
- pWnd->m_hWnd = hWnd;
- pWnd->AddToMap();
- pWnd->m_IsTmpWnd = TRUE;
-
- // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set
- TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex();
- pTLSData->vTmpWnds.push_back(pWnd); // save pWnd as a smart pointer
- return pWnd;
- }
-
- inline void CWinApp::CleanupTemps()
- // Removes all Temporary CWnds and CMenus belonging to this thread
- {
- // Retrieve the pointer to the TLS Data
- TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex());
- assert(pTLSData);
-
- pTLSData->vTmpDCs.clear();
- pTLSData->vTmpGDIs.clear();
- pTLSData->vTmpWnds.clear();
-
-
- #ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- pTLSData->vTmpMenus.clear();
- #endif
- }
-
- inline CDC* CWinApp::GetCDCFromMap(HDC hDC)
- {
- // Allocate an iterator for our HWND map
- std::map<HDC, CDC*, CompareHDC>::iterator m;
-
- // Find the CDC pointer mapped to this HDC
- CDC* pDC = 0;
- m_csMapLock.Lock();
- m = m_mapHDC.find(hDC);
-
- if (m != m_mapHDC.end())
- pDC = m->second;
-
- m_csMapLock.Release();
- return pDC;
- }
-
- inline CGDIObject* CWinApp::GetCGDIObjectFromMap(HGDIOBJ hObject)
- {
- // Allocate an iterator for our HWND map
- std::map<HGDIOBJ, CGDIObject*, CompareGDI>::iterator m;
-
- // Find the CGDIObject pointer mapped to this HGDIOBJ
- CGDIObject* pObject = 0;
- m_csMapLock.Lock();
- m = m_mapGDI.find(hObject);
-
- if (m != m_mapGDI.end())
- pObject = m->second;
-
- m_csMapLock.Release();
- return pObject;
- }
-
- inline CMenu* CWinApp::GetCMenuFromMap(HMENU hMenu)
- {
- std::map<HMENU, CMenu*, CompareHMENU>::iterator m;
-
- // Find the CMenu pointer mapped to this HMENU
- CMenu* pMenu = 0;
- m_csMapLock.Lock();
- m = m_mapHMENU.find(hMenu);
-
- if (m != m_mapHMENU.end())
- pMenu = m->second;
-
- m_csMapLock.Release();
- return pMenu;
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWinApp::GetCWndFromMap(HWND hWnd)
- {
- // Allocate an iterator for our HWND map
- std::map<HWND, CWnd*, CompareHWND>::iterator m;
-
- // Find the CWnd pointer mapped to this HWND
- CWnd* pWnd = 0;
- m_csMapLock.Lock();
- m = m_mapHWND.find(hWnd);
-
- if (m != m_mapHWND.end())
- pWnd = m->second;
-
- m_csMapLock.Release();
- return pWnd;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWinApp::InitInstance()
- {
- // InitInstance contains the initialization code for your application
- // You should override this function with the code to run when the application starts.
-
- // return TRUE to indicate success. FALSE will end the application
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- inline int CWinApp::MessageLoop()
- {
- // This gets any messages queued for the application, and dispatches them.
- MSG Msg = {0};
- int status = 1;
- LONG lCount = 0;
-
- while (status != 0)
- {
- // While idle, perform idle processing until OnIdle returns FALSE
- while (!::PeekMessage(&Msg, 0, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE) && OnIdle(lCount) == TRUE)
- {
- ++lCount;
- }
-
- lCount = 0;
-
- // Now wait until we get a message
- if ((status = ::GetMessage(&Msg, NULL, 0, 0)) == -1)
- return -1;
-
- if (!PreTranslateMessage(Msg))
- {
- ::TranslateMessage(&Msg);
- ::DispatchMessage(&Msg);
- }
- }
-
- return LOWORD(Msg.wParam);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWinApp::OnIdle(LONG lCount)
- {
- if (lCount == 0)
- CleanupTemps();
-
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWinApp::PreTranslateMessage(MSG Msg)
- {
- // This functions is called by the MessageLoop. It processes the
- // keyboard accelerator keys and calls CWnd::PreTranslateMessage for
- // keyboard and mouse events.
-
- BOOL Processed = FALSE;
-
- // only pre-translate mouse and keyboard input events
- if ((Msg.message >= WM_KEYFIRST && Msg.message <= WM_KEYLAST) ||
- (Msg.message >= WM_MOUSEFIRST && Msg.message <= WM_MOUSELAST))
- {
- // Process keyboard accelerators
- if (m_pWndAccel && ::TranslateAccelerator(*m_pWndAccel, m_hAccel, &Msg))
- Processed = TRUE;
- else
- {
- // Search the chain of parents for pretranslated messages.
- for (HWND hWnd = Msg.hwnd; hWnd != NULL; hWnd = ::GetParent(hWnd))
- {
- CWnd* pWnd = GetCWndFromMap(hWnd);
- if (pWnd)
- {
- Processed = pWnd->PreTranslateMessage(&Msg);
- if(Processed)
- break;
- }
- }
- }
- }
-
- return Processed;
- }
-
- inline int CWinApp::Run()
- {
- // InitInstance runs the App's initialization code
- if (InitInstance())
- {
- // Dispatch the window messages
- return MessageLoop();
- }
- else
- {
- TRACE(_T("InitInstance failed! Terminating program\n"));
- ::PostQuitMessage(-1);
- return -1;
- }
- }
-
- inline void CWinApp::SetAccelerators(HACCEL hAccel, CWnd* pWndAccel)
- // nID is the resource ID of the accelerator table
- // pWndAccel is the window pointer for translated messages
- {
- assert (hAccel);
- assert (pWndAccel);
-
- m_pWndAccel = pWndAccel;
- m_hAccel = hAccel;
- }
-
- inline void CWinApp::SetCallback()
- {
- // Registers a temporary window class so we can get the callback
- // address of CWnd::StaticWindowProc.
- // This technique works for all Window versions, including WinCE.
-
- WNDCLASS wcDefault = {0};
-
- LPCTSTR szClassName = _T("Win32++ Temporary Window Class");
- wcDefault.hInstance = GetInstanceHandle();
- wcDefault.lpfnWndProc = CWnd::StaticWindowProc;
- wcDefault.lpszClassName = szClassName;
-
- ::RegisterClass(&wcDefault);
-
- // Retrieve the class information
- ZeroMemory(&wcDefault, sizeof(wcDefault));
- ::GetClassInfo(GetInstanceHandle(), szClassName, &wcDefault);
-
- // Save the callback address of CWnd::StaticWindowProc
- assert(wcDefault.lpfnWndProc); // Assert fails when running UNICODE build on ANSI OS.
- m_Callback = wcDefault.lpfnWndProc;
- ::UnregisterClass(szClassName, GetInstanceHandle());
- }
-
- inline CWinApp* CWinApp::SetnGetThis(CWinApp* pThis /*= 0*/)
- {
- // This function stores the 'this' pointer in a static variable.
- // Once stored, it can be used later to return the 'this' pointer.
- // CWinApp's Destructor calls this function with a value of -1.
-
- static CWinApp* pWinApp = 0;
-
- if ((CWinApp*)-1 == pThis)
- pWinApp = 0;
- else if (0 == pWinApp)
- pWinApp = pThis;
-
- return pWinApp;
- }
-
- inline void CWinApp::SetResourceHandle(HINSTANCE hResource)
- {
- // This function can be used to load a resource dll.
- // A resource dll can be used to define resources in different languages.
- // To use this function, place code like this in InitInstance
- //
- // HINSTANCE hResource = LoadLibrary(_T("MyResourceDLL.dll"));
- // SetResourceHandle(hResource);
-
- m_hResource = hResource;
- }
-
- inline TLSData* CWinApp::SetTlsIndex()
- {
- TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)::TlsGetValue(GetTlsIndex());
- if (NULL == pTLSData)
- {
- pTLSData = new TLSData;
-
- m_csTLSLock.Lock();
- m_vTLSData.push_back(pTLSData); // store as a Shared_Ptr
- m_csTLSLock.Release();
-
- ::TlsSetValue(GetTlsIndex(), pTLSData);
- }
-
- return pTLSData;
- }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definitions for the CWnd class
- //
- inline CWnd::CWnd() : m_hWnd(NULL), m_PrevWindowProc(NULL), m_IsTmpWnd(FALSE)
- {
- // Note: m_hWnd is set in CWnd::CreateEx(...)
- m_pcs = new CREATESTRUCT; // store the CREATESTRICT in a smart pointer
- m_pwc = new WNDCLASS; // store the WNDCLASS in a smart pointer
- ::ZeroMemory(m_pcs.get(), sizeof(CREATESTRUCT));
- ::ZeroMemory(m_pwc.get(), sizeof(WNDCLASS));
- }
-
- inline CWnd::~CWnd()
- {
- // Destroys the window for this object and cleans up resources.
- Destroy();
- }
-
- inline void CWnd::AddToMap()
- // Store the window handle and CWnd pointer in the HWND map
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Lock();
-
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- assert(!GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(m_hWnd));
-
- GetApp()->m_mapHWND.insert(std::make_pair(m_hWnd, this));
- GetApp()->m_csMapLock.Release();
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::Attach(HWND hWnd)
- // Subclass an existing window and attach it to a CWnd
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- assert(::IsWindow(hWnd));
-
- // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set
- // Note: Perform the attach from the same thread as the window's message loop
- GetApp()->SetTlsIndex();
-
- if (m_PrevWindowProc)
- Detach();
-
- Subclass(hWnd);
-
- // Store the CWnd pointer in the HWND map
- AddToMap();
- OnCreate();
- OnInitialUpdate();
-
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::AttachDlgItem(UINT nID, CWnd* pParent)
- // Converts a dialog item to a CWnd object
- {
- assert(pParent->IsWindow());
-
- HWND hWnd = ::GetDlgItem(pParent->GetHwnd(), nID);
- return Attach(hWnd);
- }
-
- inline void CWnd::CenterWindow() const
- // Centers this window over it's parent
- {
-
- // required for multi-monitor support with Dev-C++ and VC6
- #ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- #ifndef MONITOR_DEFAULTTONEAREST
- #define MONITOR_DEFAULTTONEAREST 0x00000002
- #endif
- #ifndef HMONITOR
- DECLARE_HANDLE(HMONITOR);
- #endif
- #ifndef MONITORINFO
- typedef struct tagMONITORINFO
- {
- DWORD cbSize;
- RECT rcMonitor;
- RECT rcWork;
- DWORD dwFlags;
- } MONITORINFO, *LPMONITORINFO;
- #endif // MONITOR_DEFAULTTONEAREST
- #endif // _WIN32_WCE
-
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- CRect rc = GetWindowRect();
- CRect rcParent;
- CRect rcDesktop;
-
- // Get screen dimensions excluding task bar
- ::SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWORKAREA, 0, &rcDesktop, 0);
-
- // Get the parent window dimensions (parent could be the desktop)
- if (GetParent() != NULL) rcParent = GetParent()->GetWindowRect();
- else rcParent = rcDesktop;
-
- #ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- // Import the GetMonitorInfo and MonitorFromWindow functions
- HMODULE hUser32 = LoadLibrary(_T("USER32.DLL"));
- typedef BOOL (WINAPI* LPGMI)(HMONITOR hMonitor, LPMONITORINFO lpmi);
- typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI* LPMFW)(HWND hwnd, DWORD dwFlags);
- LPMFW pfnMonitorFromWindow = (LPMFW)::GetProcAddress(hUser32, "MonitorFromWindow");
- #ifdef _UNICODE
- LPGMI pfnGetMonitorInfo = (LPGMI)::GetProcAddress(hUser32, "GetMonitorInfoW");
- #else
- LPGMI pfnGetMonitorInfo = (LPGMI)::GetProcAddress(hUser32, "GetMonitorInfoA");
- #endif
-
- // Take multi-monitor systems into account
- if (pfnGetMonitorInfo && pfnMonitorFromWindow)
- {
- HMONITOR hActiveMonitor = pfnMonitorFromWindow(m_hWnd, MONITOR_DEFAULTTONEAREST);
- MONITORINFO mi = { sizeof(mi), 0};
-
- if(pfnGetMonitorInfo(hActiveMonitor, &mi))
- {
- rcDesktop = mi.rcWork;
- if (GetParent() == NULL) rcParent = mi.rcWork;
- }
- }
- FreeLibrary(hUser32);
- #endif
-
- // Calculate point to center the dialog over the portion of parent window on this monitor
- rcParent.IntersectRect(rcParent, rcDesktop);
- int x = rcParent.left + (rcParent.Width() - rc.Width())/2;
- int y = rcParent.top + (rcParent.Height() - rc.Height())/2;
-
- // Keep the dialog wholly on the monitor display
- x = (x < rcDesktop.left)? rcDesktop.left : x;
- x = (x > rcDesktop.right - rc.Width())? rcDesktop.right - rc.Width() : x;
- y = (y < rcDesktop.top) ? rcDesktop.top: y;
- y = (y > rcDesktop.bottom - rc.Height())? rcDesktop.bottom - rc.Height() : y;
-
- SetWindowPos(HWND_TOP, x, y, 0, 0, SWP_NOSIZE);
- }
-
- inline void CWnd::Cleanup()
- // Returns the CWnd to its default state
- {
- if ( GetApp() ) RemoveFromMap();
- m_hWnd = NULL;
- m_PrevWindowProc = NULL;
- m_IsTmpWnd = FALSE;
- }
-
- inline HWND CWnd::Create(CWnd* pParent /* = NULL */)
- // Creates the window. This is the default method of window creation.
- {
-
- // Test if Win32++ has been started
- assert( GetApp() );
-
- // Set the WNDCLASS parameters
- PreRegisterClass(*m_pwc);
- if (m_pwc->lpszClassName)
- {
- RegisterClass(*m_pwc);
- m_pcs->lpszClass = m_pwc->lpszClassName;
- }
-
- // Set the CREATESTRUCT parameters
- PreCreate(*m_pcs);
-
- // Set the Window Class Name
- if (!m_pcs->lpszClass)
- m_pcs->lpszClass = _T("Win32++ Window");
-
- // Set Parent
- HWND hWndParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : 0;
- if (!hWndParent && m_pcs->hwndParent)
- hWndParent = m_pcs->hwndParent;
-
- // Set the window style
- DWORD dwStyle;
- DWORD dwOverlappedStyle = WS_OVERLAPPED | WS_CAPTION | WS_SYSMENU | WS_THICKFRAME | WS_MINIMIZEBOX | WS_MAXIMIZEBOX;
- if (m_pcs->style)
- dwStyle = m_pcs->style;
- else
- dwStyle = WS_VISIBLE | ((hWndParent)? WS_CHILD : dwOverlappedStyle);
-
- // Set window size and position
- int x = (m_pcs->cx || m_pcs->cy)? m_pcs->x : CW_USEDEFAULT;
- int cx = (m_pcs->cx || m_pcs->cy)? m_pcs->cx : CW_USEDEFAULT;
- int y = (m_pcs->cx || m_pcs->cy)? m_pcs->y : CW_USEDEFAULT;
- int cy = (m_pcs->cx || m_pcs->cy)? m_pcs->cy : CW_USEDEFAULT;
-
- // Create the window
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- CreateEx(m_pcs->dwExStyle, m_pcs->lpszClass, m_pcs->lpszName, dwStyle, x, y,
- cx, cy, pParent, FromHandle(m_pcs->hMenu), m_pcs->lpCreateParams);
-#else
- CreateEx(m_pcs->dwExStyle, m_pcs->lpszClass, m_pcs->lpszName, dwStyle, x, y,
- cx, cy, pParent, 0, m_pcs->lpCreateParams);
-#endif
-
- return m_hWnd;
- }
-
- inline HWND CWnd::CreateEx(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCTSTR lpszClassName, LPCTSTR lpszWindowName, DWORD dwStyle, const RECT& rc, CWnd* pParent, CMenu* pMenu, LPVOID lpParam /*= NULL*/)
- // Creates the window by specifying all the window creation parameters
- {
- int x = rc.left;
- int y = rc.top;
- int cx = rc.right - rc.left;
- int cy = rc.bottom - rc.top;
- return CreateEx(dwExStyle, lpszClassName, lpszWindowName, dwStyle, x, y, cx, cy, pParent, pMenu, lpParam);
- }
-
- inline HWND CWnd::CreateEx(DWORD dwExStyle, LPCTSTR lpszClassName, LPCTSTR lpszWindowName, DWORD dwStyle, int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, CWnd* pParent, CMenu* pMenu, LPVOID lpParam /*= NULL*/)
- // Creates the window by specifying all the window creation parameters
- {
-
- assert( GetApp() ); // Test if Win32++ has been started
- assert(!::IsWindow(m_hWnd)); // Only one window per CWnd instance allowed
-
- try
- {
- // Prepare the CWnd if it has been reused
- Destroy();
-
- // Ensure a window class is registered
- std::vector<TCHAR> vTChar( MAX_STRING_SIZE+1, _T('\0') );
- TCHAR* ClassName = &vTChar[0];
- if (0 == lpszClassName || 0 == lstrlen(lpszClassName) )
- lstrcpyn (ClassName, _T("Win32++ Window"), MAX_STRING_SIZE);
- else
- // Create our own local copy of szClassName.
- lstrcpyn(ClassName, lpszClassName, MAX_STRING_SIZE);
-
- WNDCLASS wc = {0};
- wc.lpszClassName = ClassName;
- wc.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH)::GetStockObject(WHITE_BRUSH);
- wc.hCursor = ::LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
-
- // Register the window class (if not already registered)
- if (!RegisterClass(wc))
- throw CWinException(_T("Failed to register window class"));
-
- HWND hWndParent = pParent? pParent->GetHwnd() : 0;
-
- // Ensure this thread has the TLS index set
- TLSData* pTLSData = GetApp()->SetTlsIndex();
-
- // Store the CWnd pointer in thread local storage
- pTLSData->pCWnd = this;
-
- // Create window
-#ifdef _WIN32_WCE
- m_hWnd = ::CreateWindowEx(dwExStyle, ClassName, lpszWindowName, dwStyle, x, y, nWidth, nHeight,
- hWndParent, 0, GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(), lpParam);
-#else
- HMENU hMenu = pMenu? pMenu->GetHandle() : NULL;
- m_hWnd = ::CreateWindowEx(dwExStyle, ClassName, lpszWindowName, dwStyle, x, y, nWidth, nHeight,
- hWndParent, hMenu, GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(), lpParam);
-#endif
-
- // Now handle window creation failure
- if (!m_hWnd)
- throw CWinException(_T("Failed to Create Window"));
-
- // Automatically subclass predefined window class types
- ::GetClassInfo(GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(), lpszClassName, &wc);
- if (wc.lpfnWndProc != GetApp()->m_Callback)
- {
- Subclass(m_hWnd);
-
- // Send a message to force the HWND to be added to the map
- SendMessage(WM_NULL, 0L, 0L);
-
- OnCreate(); // We missed the WM_CREATE message, so call OnCreate now
- }
-
- // Clear the CWnd pointer from TLS
- pTLSData->pCWnd = NULL;
- }
-
- catch (const CWinException &e)
- {
- TRACE(_T("\n*** Failed to create window ***\n"));
- e.what(); // Display the last error message.
-
- // eat the exception (don't rethrow)
- }
-
- // Window creation is complete. Now call OnInitialUpdate
- OnInitialUpdate();
-
- return m_hWnd;
- }
-
- inline void CWnd::Destroy()
- // Destroys the window and returns the CWnd back to its default state, ready for reuse.
- {
- if (m_IsTmpWnd)
- m_hWnd = NULL;
-
- if (IsWindow())
- ::DestroyWindow(m_hWnd);
-
- // Return the CWnd to its default state
- Cleanup();
- }
-
- inline HWND CWnd::Detach()
- // Reverse an Attach
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- assert(0 != m_PrevWindowProc); // Only a subclassed window can be detached
-
- SetWindowLongPtr(GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)m_PrevWindowProc);
- HWND hWnd = m_hWnd;
- Cleanup();
-
- return hWnd;
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CWnd::FinalWindowProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- // Pass messages on to the appropriate default window procedure
- // CMDIChild and CMDIFrame override this function
- {
- return ::DefWindowProc(m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::GetAncestor(UINT gaFlags /*= GA_ROOTOWNER*/) const
- // The GetAncestor function retrieves a pointer to the ancestor (root parent)
- // of the window. Supports Win95.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- HWND hWnd;
-
-#if (WINVER < 0x0500) // Win2000 and above
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(gaFlags);
- hWnd = m_hWnd;
- HWND hWndParent = ::GetParent(hWnd);
- while (::IsChild(hWndParent, hWnd))
- {
- hWnd = hWndParent;
- hWndParent = ::GetParent(hWnd);
- }
-#else
- hWnd = ::GetAncestor(m_hWnd, gaFlags);
-#endif
-
- return FromHandle(hWnd);
-
- }
-
- inline CString CWnd::GetClassName() const
- // Retrieves the name of the class to which the specified window belongs.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- CString str;
- LPTSTR szStr = str.GetBuffer(MAX_STRING_SIZE+1);
- ::GetClassName(m_hWnd, szStr, MAX_STRING_SIZE+1);
- str.ReleaseBuffer();
- return str;
- }
-
- inline CString CWnd::GetDlgItemText(int nIDDlgItem) const
- // Retrieves the title or text associated with a control in a dialog box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- int nLength = ::GetWindowTextLength(::GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, nIDDlgItem));
- CString str;
- LPTSTR szStr = str.GetBuffer(nLength+1);
- ::GetDlgItemText(m_hWnd, nIDDlgItem, szStr, nLength+1);
- str.ReleaseBuffer();
- return str;
- }
-
- inline CString CWnd::GetWindowText() const
- // Retrieves the text of the window's title bar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- int nLength = ::GetWindowTextLength(m_hWnd);
- CString str;
- LPTSTR szStr = str.GetBuffer(nLength+1);
- ::GetWindowText(m_hWnd, szStr, nLength+1);
- str.ReleaseBuffer();
- return str;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::OnCommand(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- // Override this to handle WM_COMMAND messages, for example
-
- // switch (LOWORD(wParam))
- // {
- // case IDM_FILE_NEW:
- // OnFileNew();
- // TRUE; // return TRUE for handled commands
- // }
-
- // return FALSE for unhandled commands
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- inline void CWnd::OnCreate()
- {
- // This function is called when a WM_CREATE message is recieved
- // Override it in your derived class to automatically perform tasks
- // during window creation.
- }
-
- inline void CWnd::OnDraw(CDC* pDC)
- // Called when part of the client area of the window needs to be drawn
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pDC);
-
- // Override this function in your derived class to perform drawing tasks.
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::OnEraseBkgnd(CDC* pDC)
- // Called when the background of the window's client area needs to be erased.
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pDC);
-
- // Override this function in your derived class to perform drawing tasks.
-
- // Return Value: Return FALSE to also permit default erasure of the background
- // Return TRUE to prevent default erasure of the background
-
- return FALSE;
- }
-
-
- inline void CWnd::OnInitialUpdate()
- {
- // This function is called automatically once the window is created
- // Override it in your derived class to automatically perform tasks
- // after window creation.
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CWnd::MessageReflect(HWND hWndParent, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- // A function used to call OnMessageReflect. You shouldn't need to call or
- // override this function.
-
- HWND hWnd = NULL;
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case WM_COMMAND:
- case WM_CTLCOLORBTN:
- case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT:
- case WM_CTLCOLORDLG:
- case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX:
- case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR:
- case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC:
- case WM_CHARTOITEM:
- case WM_VKEYTOITEM:
- case WM_HSCROLL:
- case WM_VSCROLL:
- hWnd = (HWND)lParam;
- break;
-
- case WM_DRAWITEM:
- case WM_MEASUREITEM:
- case WM_DELETEITEM:
- case WM_COMPAREITEM:
- hWnd = ::GetDlgItem(hWndParent, (int)wParam);
- break;
-
- case WM_PARENTNOTIFY:
- switch(LOWORD(wParam))
- {
- case WM_CREATE:
- case WM_DESTROY:
- hWnd = (HWND)lParam;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- CWnd* Wnd = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hWnd);
-
- if (Wnd != NULL)
- return Wnd->OnMessageReflect(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
-
- return 0L;
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CWnd::OnMessageReflect(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(uMsg);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
- // This function processes those special messages (see above) sent
- // by some older controls, and reflects them back to the originating CWnd object.
- // Override this function in your derrived class to handle these special messages.
-
- // Your overriding function should look like this ...
-
- // switch (uMsg)
- // {
- // Handle your reflected messages here
- // }
-
- // return 0L for unhandled messages
- return 0L;
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CWnd::OnNotify(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- // You can use either OnNotifyReflect or OnNotify to handle notifications
- // Override OnNotifyReflect to handle notifications in the CWnd class that
- // generated the notification. OR
- // Override OnNotify to handle notifications in the PARENT of the CWnd class
- // that generated the notification.
-
- // Your overriding function should look like this ...
-
- // switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code)
- // {
- // Handle your notifications from the CHILD window here
- // Return the value recommended by the Windows API documentation.
- // For many notifications, the return value doesn't matter, but for some it does.
- // }
-
- // return 0L for unhandled notifications
- return 0L;
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CWnd::OnNotifyReflect(WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(wParam);
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(lParam);
-
- // Override OnNotifyReflect to handle notifications in the CWnd class that
- // generated the notification.
-
- // Your overriding function should look like this ...
-
- // switch (((LPNMHDR)lParam)->code)
- // {
- // Handle your notifications from this window here
- // Return the value recommended by the Windows API documentation.
- // }
-
- // return 0L for unhandled notifications
- return 0L;
- }
-
- inline void CWnd::OnMenuUpdate(UINT nID)
- // Called when menu items are about to be displayed
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(nID);
-
- // Override this function to modify the behaviour of menu items,
- // such as adding or removing checkmarks
- }
-
- inline void CWnd::PreCreate(CREATESTRUCT& cs)
- // Called by CWnd::Create to set some window parameters
- {
- // Test if Win32++ has been started
- assert(GetApp()); // Test if Win32++ has been started
-
- m_pcs->cx = cs.cx;
- m_pcs->cy = cs.cy;
- m_pcs->dwExStyle = cs.dwExStyle;
- m_pcs->hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle();
- m_pcs->hMenu = cs.hMenu;
- m_pcs->hwndParent = cs.hwndParent;
- m_pcs->lpCreateParams = cs.lpCreateParams;
- m_pcs->lpszClass = cs.lpszClass;
- m_pcs->lpszName = cs.lpszName;
- m_pcs->style = cs.style;
- m_pcs->x = cs.x;
- m_pcs->y = cs.y;
-
- // Overide this function in your derived class to set the
- // CREATESTRUCT values prior to window creation.
- // The cs.lpszClass parameter should NOT be specified if the
- // PreRegisterClass function is used to create a window class.
- }
-
- inline void CWnd::PreRegisterClass(WNDCLASS& wc)
- // Called by CWnd::Create to set some window parameters
- // Useful for setting the background brush and cursor
- {
- // Test if Win32++ has been started
- assert( GetApp() );
-
- m_pwc->style = wc.style;
- m_pwc->lpfnWndProc = CWnd::StaticWindowProc;
- m_pwc->cbClsExtra = wc.cbClsExtra;
- m_pwc->cbWndExtra = wc.cbWndExtra;
- m_pwc->hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle();
- m_pwc->hIcon = wc.hIcon;
- m_pwc->hCursor = wc.hCursor;
- m_pwc->hbrBackground = wc.hbrBackground;
- m_pwc->lpszMenuName = wc.lpszMenuName;
- m_pwc->lpszClassName = wc.lpszClassName;
-
- // Overide this function in your derived class to set the
- // WNDCLASS values prior to window creation.
-
- // ADDITIONAL NOTES:
- // 1) The lpszClassName must be set for this function to take effect.
- // 2) The lpfnWndProc is always CWnd::StaticWindowProc.
- // 3) No other defaults are set, so the following settings might prove useful
- // wc.hCursor = ::LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
- // wc.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH)::GetStockObject(WHITE_BRUSH);
- // wc.hIcon = ::LoadIcon(NULL, IDI_APPLICATION);
- // 4) The styles that can be set here are WNDCLASS styles. These are a different
- // set of styles to those set by CREATESTRUCT (used in PreCreate).
- // 5) RegisterClassEx is not used because its not supported on WinCE.
- // To set a small icon for the window, use SetIconSmall.
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::PreTranslateMessage(MSG* pMsg)
- {
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(pMsg);
-
- // Override this function if your class requires input messages to be
- // translated before normal processing. Function which translate messages
- // include TranslateAccelerator, TranslateMDISysAccel and IsDialogMessage.
- // Return TRUE if the message is translated.
-
- return FALSE;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::RegisterClass(WNDCLASS& wc)
- // A private function used by the PreRegisterClass function to register a
- // window class prior to window creation
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- assert( (0 != lstrlen(wc.lpszClassName) && ( lstrlen(wc.lpszClassName) <= MAX_STRING_SIZE) ) );
-
- // Check to see if this classname is already registered
- WNDCLASS wcTest = {0};
- BOOL Done = FALSE;
-
- if (::GetClassInfo(GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle(), wc.lpszClassName, &wcTest))
- {
- wc = wcTest;
- Done = TRUE;
- }
-
- if (!Done)
- {
- // Set defaults
- wc.hInstance = GetApp()->GetInstanceHandle();
- wc.lpfnWndProc = CWnd::StaticWindowProc;
-
- // Register the WNDCLASS structure
- if ( !::RegisterClass(&wc) )
- throw CWinException(_T("Failed to register window class"));
-
- Done = TRUE;
- }
-
- return Done;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::RemoveFromMap()
- {
- BOOL Success = FALSE;
-
- if (GetApp())
- {
-
- // Allocate an iterator for our HWND map
- std::map<HWND, CWnd*, CompareHWND>::iterator m;
-
- CWinApp* pApp = GetApp();
- if (pApp)
- {
- // Erase the CWnd pointer entry from the map
- pApp->m_csMapLock.Lock();
- for (m = pApp->m_mapHWND.begin(); m != pApp->m_mapHWND.end(); ++m)
- {
- if (this == m->second)
- {
- pApp->m_mapHWND.erase(m);
- Success = TRUE;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- pApp->m_csMapLock.Release();
- }
- }
-
- return Success;
- }
-
- inline HICON CWnd::SetIconLarge(int nIcon)
- // Sets the large icon associated with the window
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- HICON hIconLarge = (HICON) (::LoadImage (GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE (nIcon), IMAGE_ICON,
- ::GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXICON), ::GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYICON), 0));
-
- if (hIconLarge)
- SendMessage (WM_SETICON, WPARAM (ICON_BIG), LPARAM (hIconLarge));
- else
- TRACE(_T("**WARNING** SetIconLarge Failed\n"));
-
- return hIconLarge;
- }
-
- inline HICON CWnd::SetIconSmall(int nIcon)
- // Sets the small icon associated with the window
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
-
- HICON hIconSmall = (HICON) (::LoadImage (GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), MAKEINTRESOURCE (nIcon), IMAGE_ICON,
- ::GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXSMICON), ::GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYSMICON), 0));
-
- if (hIconSmall)
- SendMessage (WM_SETICON, WPARAM (ICON_SMALL), LPARAM (hIconSmall));
- else
- TRACE(_T("**WARNING** SetIconSmall Failed\n"));
-
- return hIconSmall;
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CALLBACK CWnd::StaticWindowProc(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- // All CWnd windows direct their messages here. This function redirects the message
- // to the CWnd's WndProc function.
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
-
- CWnd* w = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hWnd);
- if (0 == w)
- {
- // The CWnd pointer wasn't found in the map, so add it now
-
- // Retrieve the pointer to the TLS Data
- TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex());
- assert(pTLSData);
-
- // Retrieve pointer to CWnd object from Thread Local Storage TLS
- w = pTLSData->pCWnd;
- assert(w); // pTLSData->pCWnd is assigned in CreateEx
- pTLSData->pCWnd = NULL;
-
- // Store the CWnd pointer in the HWND map
- w->m_hWnd = hWnd;
- w->AddToMap();
- }
-
- return w->WndProc(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
-
- } // LRESULT CALLBACK StaticWindowProc(...)
-
- inline void CWnd::Subclass(HWND hWnd)
- // A private function used by CreateEx, Attach and AttachDlgItem
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(hWnd));
-
- m_PrevWindowProc = (WNDPROC)::SetWindowLongPtr(hWnd, GWLP_WNDPROC, (LONG_PTR)CWnd::StaticWindowProc);
- m_hWnd = hWnd;
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CWnd::WndProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- {
- // Override this function in your class derrived from CWnd to handle
- // window messages. A typical function might look like this:
-
- // switch (uMsg)
- // {
- // case MESSAGE1: // Some Windows API message
- // OnMessage1(); // A user defined function
- // break; // Also do default processing
- // case MESSAGE2:
- // OnMessage2();
- // return x; // Don't do default processing, but instead return
- // // a value recommended by the Windows API documentation
- // }
-
- // Always pass unhandled messages on to WndProcDefault
- return WndProcDefault(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CWnd::WndProcDefault(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
- // All WndProc functions should pass unhandled window messages to this function
- {
- LRESULT lr = 0L;
-
- switch (uMsg)
- {
- case UWM_CLEANUPTEMPS:
- {
- TLSData* pTLSData = (TLSData*)TlsGetValue(GetApp()->GetTlsIndex());
- pTLSData->vTmpWnds.clear();
- }
- break;
- case WM_COMMAND:
- {
- // Refelect this message if it's from a control
- CWnd* pWnd = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap((HWND)lParam);
- if (pWnd != NULL)
- lr = pWnd->OnCommand(wParam, lParam);
-
- // Handle user commands
- if (!lr)
- lr = OnCommand(wParam, lParam);
-
- if (lr) return 0L;
- }
- break; // Note: Some MDI commands require default processing
- case WM_CREATE:
- OnCreate();
- break;
- // An example of how to end the application when the window closes
- // If needed, put this in the class you inherit from CWnd
- // case WM_DESTROY:
- // ::PostQuitMessage(0);
- // return 0L;
- case WM_NOTIFY:
- {
- // Do Notification reflection if it came from a CWnd object
- HWND hwndFrom = ((LPNMHDR)lParam)->hwndFrom;
- CWnd* pWndFrom = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hwndFrom);
-
- if (lstrcmp(GetClassName(), _T("ReBarWindow32")) != 0) // Skip notification reflection for rebars to avoid double handling
- {
- if (pWndFrom != NULL)
- lr = pWndFrom->OnNotifyReflect(wParam, lParam);
- else
- {
- // Some controls (eg ListView) have child windows.
- // Reflect those notifications too.
- CWnd* pWndFromParent = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(::GetParent(hwndFrom));
- if (pWndFromParent != NULL)
- lr = pWndFromParent->OnNotifyReflect(wParam, lParam);
- }
- }
-
- // Handle user notifications
- if (!lr) lr = OnNotify(wParam, lParam);
- if (lr) return lr;
- }
- break;
-
- case WM_PAINT:
- {
- // Subclassed controls expect to do their own painting.
- // CustomDraw or OwnerDraw are normally used to modify the drawing of controls.
- if (m_PrevWindowProc) break;
-
- if (::GetUpdateRect(m_hWnd, NULL, FALSE))
- {
- CPaintDC dc(this);
- OnDraw(&dc);
- }
- else
- // RedrawWindow can require repainting without an update rect
- {
- CClientDC dc(this);
- OnDraw(&dc);
- }
- }
- return 0L;
-
- case WM_ERASEBKGND:
- {
- CDC dc((HDC)wParam);
- BOOL bResult = OnEraseBkgnd(&dc);
- dc.Detach();
- if (bResult) return TRUE;
- }
- break;
-
- // A set of messages to be reflected back to the control that generated them
- case WM_CTLCOLORBTN:
- case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT:
- case WM_CTLCOLORDLG:
- case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX:
- case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR:
- case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC:
- case WM_DRAWITEM:
- case WM_MEASUREITEM:
- case WM_DELETEITEM:
- case WM_COMPAREITEM:
- case WM_CHARTOITEM:
- case WM_VKEYTOITEM:
- case WM_HSCROLL:
- case WM_VSCROLL:
- case WM_PARENTNOTIFY:
- {
- // if (m_PrevWindowProc) break; // Suppress for subclassed windows
-
- LRESULT lr = MessageReflect(m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- if (lr) return lr; // Message processed so return
- }
- break; // Do default processing when message not already processed
-
- case UWM_UPDATE_COMMAND:
- OnMenuUpdate((UINT)wParam); // Perform menu updates
- break;
-
- } // switch (uMsg)
-
- // Now hand all messages to the default procedure
- if (m_PrevWindowProc)
- return ::CallWindowProc(m_PrevWindowProc, m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- else
- return FinalWindowProc(uMsg, wParam, lParam);
-
- } // LRESULT CWnd::WindowProc(...)
-
-
- //
- // Wrappers for Win32 API functions
- //
-
- inline CDC* CWnd::BeginPaint(PAINTSTRUCT& ps) const
- // The BeginPaint function prepares the specified window for painting and fills a PAINTSTRUCT structure with
- // information about the painting.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return FromHandle(::BeginPaint(m_hWnd, &ps));
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::BringWindowToTop() const
- // The BringWindowToTop function brings the specified window to the top
- // of the Z order. If the window is a top-level window, it is activated.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::BringWindowToTop(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CWnd::CallWindowProc(WNDPROC lpPrevWndFunc, UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::CallWindowProc(lpPrevWndFunc, m_hWnd, Msg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::CheckDlgButton(int nIDButton, UINT uCheck) const
- // The CheckDlgButton function changes the check state of a button control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::CheckDlgButton(m_hWnd, nIDButton, uCheck);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::CheckRadioButton(int nIDFirstButton, int nIDLastButton, int nIDCheckButton) const
- // The CheckRadioButton function adds a check mark to (checks) a specified radio button in a group
- // and removes a check mark from (clears) all other radio buttons in the group.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::CheckRadioButton(m_hWnd, nIDFirstButton, nIDLastButton, nIDCheckButton);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::ChildWindowFromPoint(POINT pt) const
- // determines which, if any, of the child windows belonging to a parent window contains
- // the specified point. The search is restricted to immediate child windows.
- // Grandchildren, and deeper descendant windows are not searched.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return FromHandle(::ChildWindowFromPoint(m_hWnd, pt));
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::ClientToScreen(POINT& pt) const
- // The ClientToScreen function converts the client-area coordinates of a specified point to screen coordinates.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::ClientToScreen(m_hWnd, &pt);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::ClientToScreen(RECT& rc) const
- // The ClientToScreen function converts the client-area coordinates of a specified RECT to screen coordinates.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)::MapWindowPoints(m_hWnd, NULL, (LPPOINT)&rc, 2);
- }
-
- inline HDWP CWnd::DeferWindowPos(HDWP hWinPosInfo, HWND hWndInsertAfter, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT uFlags) const
- // The DeferWindowPos function updates the specified multiple-window – position structure for the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::DeferWindowPos(hWinPosInfo, m_hWnd, hWndInsertAfter, x, y, cx, cy, uFlags);
- }
-
- inline HDWP CWnd::DeferWindowPos(HDWP hWinPosInfo, HWND hWndInsertAfter, const RECT& rc, UINT uFlags) const
- // The DeferWindowPos function updates the specified multiple-window – position structure for the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::DeferWindowPos(hWinPosInfo, m_hWnd, hWndInsertAfter, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top, uFlags);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CWnd::DefWindowProc(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const
- // This function provides default processing for any window messages that an application does not process.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::DefWindowProc(m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::DrawMenuBar() const
- // The DrawMenuBar function redraws the menu bar of the specified window. If the menu bar changes after
- // the system has created the window, this function must be called to draw the changed menu bar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::DrawMenuBar(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::EnableWindow(BOOL bEnable /*= TRUE*/) const
- // The EnableWindow function enables or disables mouse and
- // keyboard input to the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::EnableWindow(m_hWnd, bEnable);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::EndPaint(PAINTSTRUCT& ps) const
- // The EndPaint function marks the end of painting in the specified window. This function is required for
- // each call to the BeginPaint function, but only after painting is complete.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::EndPaint(m_hWnd, &ps);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::GetActiveWindow() const
- // The GetActiveWindow function retrieves a pointer to the active window attached to the calling
- // thread's message queue.
- {
- return FromHandle( ::GetActiveWindow() );
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::GetCapture() const
- // The GetCapture function retrieves a pointer to the window (if any) that has captured the mouse.
- {
- return FromHandle( ::GetCapture() );
- }
-
- inline ULONG_PTR CWnd::GetClassLongPtr(int nIndex) const
- // The GetClassLongPtr function retrieves the specified value from the
- // WNDCLASSEX structure associated with the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::GetClassLongPtr(m_hWnd, nIndex);
- }
-
- inline CRect CWnd::GetClientRect() const
- // The GetClientRect function retrieves the coordinates of a window's client area.
- // The client coordinates specify the upper-left and lower-right corners of the
- // client area. Because client coordinates are relative to the upper-left corner
- // of a window's client area, the coordinates of the upper-left corner are (0,0).
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- CRect rc;
- ::GetClientRect(m_hWnd, &rc);
- return rc;
- }
-
- inline CDC* CWnd::GetDC() const
- // The GetDC function retrieves a handle to a display device context (DC) for the
- // client area of the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return CDC::AddTempHDC(::GetDC(m_hWnd), m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline CDC* CWnd::GetDCEx(HRGN hrgnClip, DWORD flags) const
- // The GetDCEx function retrieves a handle to a display device context (DC) for the
- // client area or entire area of a window
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return CDC::AddTempHDC(::GetDCEx(m_hWnd, hrgnClip, flags), m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::GetDesktopWindow() const
- // The GetDesktopWindow function retrieves a pointer to the desktop window.
- {
- return FromHandle( ::GetDesktopWindow() );
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::GetDlgItem(int nIDDlgItem) const
- // The GetDlgItem function retrieves a handle to a control in the dialog box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return FromHandle( ::GetDlgItem(m_hWnd, nIDDlgItem) );
- }
-
- inline UINT CWnd::GetDlgItemInt(int nIDDlgItem, BOOL* lpTranslated, BOOL bSigned) const
- // The GetDlgItemInt function translates the text of a specified control in a dialog box into an integer value.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::GetDlgItemInt(m_hWnd, nIDDlgItem, lpTranslated, bSigned);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::GetFocus() const
- // The GetFocus function retrieves a pointer to the window that has the keyboard focus, if the window
- // is attached to the calling thread's message queue.
- {
- return FromHandle( ::GetFocus() );
- }
-
- inline CFont* CWnd::GetFont() const
- // Retrieves the font with which the window is currently drawing its text.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return FromHandle((HFONT)SendMessage(WM_GETFONT, 0, 0));
- }
-
- inline HICON CWnd::GetIcon(BOOL bBigIcon) const
- // Retrieves a handle to the large or small icon associated with a window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HICON)SendMessage(WM_GETICON, (WPARAM)bBigIcon, 0);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::GetNextDlgGroupItem(CWnd* pCtl, BOOL bPrevious) const
- // The GetNextDlgGroupItem function retrieves a pointer to the first control in a group of controls that
- // precedes (or follows) the specified control in a dialog box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- assert(pCtl);
- return FromHandle(::GetNextDlgGroupItem(m_hWnd, pCtl->GetHwnd(), bPrevious));
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::GetNextDlgTabItem(CWnd* pCtl, BOOL bPrevious) const
- // The GetNextDlgTabItem function retrieves a pointer to the first control that has the WS_TABSTOP style
- // that precedes (or follows) the specified control.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- assert(pCtl);
- return FromHandle(::GetNextDlgTabItem(m_hWnd, pCtl->GetHwnd(), bPrevious));
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::GetParent() const
- // The GetParent function retrieves a pointer to the specified window's parent or owner.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return FromHandle( ::GetParent(m_hWnd) );
- }
-
- inline LONG_PTR CWnd::GetWindowLongPtr(int nIndex) const
- // The GetWindowLongPtr function retrieves information about the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::GetWindowLongPtr(m_hWnd, nIndex);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::GetScrollInfo(int fnBar, SCROLLINFO& si) const
- // The GetScrollInfo function retrieves the parameters of a scroll bar, including
- // the minimum and maximum scrolling positions, the page size, and the position
- // of the scroll box (thumb).
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::GetScrollInfo(m_hWnd, fnBar, &si);
- }
-
- inline CRect CWnd::GetUpdateRect(BOOL bErase) const
- // The GetUpdateRect function retrieves the coordinates of the smallest rectangle that completely
- // encloses the update region of the specified window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- CRect rc;
- ::GetUpdateRect(m_hWnd, &rc, bErase);
- return rc;
- }
-
- inline int CWnd::GetUpdateRgn(CRgn* pRgn, BOOL bErase) const
- // The GetUpdateRgn function retrieves the update region of a window by copying it into the specified region.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- assert(pRgn);
- HRGN hRgn = (HRGN)pRgn->GetHandle();
- return ::GetUpdateRgn(m_hWnd, hRgn, bErase);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::GetWindow(UINT uCmd) const
- // The GetWindow function retrieves a pointer to a window that has the specified
- // relationship (Z-Order or owner) to the specified window.
- // Possible uCmd values: GW_CHILD, GW_ENABLEDPOPUP, GW_HWNDFIRST, GW_HWNDLAST,
- // GW_HWNDNEXT, GW_HWNDPREV, GW_OWNER
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return FromHandle( ::GetWindow(m_hWnd, uCmd) );
- }
-
- inline CDC* CWnd::GetWindowDC() const
- // The GetWindowDC function retrieves the device context (DC) for the entire
- // window, including title bar, menus, and scroll bars.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return CDC::AddTempHDC(::GetWindowDC(m_hWnd), m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline CRect CWnd::GetWindowRect() const
- // retrieves the dimensions of the bounding rectangle of the window.
- // The dimensions are given in screen coordinates that are relative to the
- // upper-left corner of the screen.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- CRect rc;
- ::GetWindowRect(m_hWnd, &rc);
- return rc;
- }
-
- inline int CWnd::GetWindowTextLength() const
- // The GetWindowTextLength function retrieves the length, in characters, of the specified window's
- // title bar text (if the window has a title bar).
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::GetWindowTextLength(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline void CWnd::Invalidate(BOOL bErase /*= TRUE*/) const
- // The Invalidate function adds the entire client area the window's update region.
- // The update region represents the portion of the window's client area that must be redrawn.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- ::InvalidateRect(m_hWnd, NULL, bErase);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::InvalidateRect(LPCRECT lpRect, BOOL bErase /*= TRUE*/) const
- // The InvalidateRect function adds a rectangle to the window's update region.
- // The update region represents the portion of the window's client area that must be redrawn.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::InvalidateRect(m_hWnd, lpRect, bErase);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::InvalidateRgn(CRgn* pRgn, BOOL bErase /*= TRUE*/) const
- // The InvalidateRgn function invalidates the client area within the specified region
- // by adding it to the current update region of a window. The invalidated region,
- // along with all other areas in the update region, is marked for painting when the
- // next WM_PAINT message occurs.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- HRGN hRgn = pRgn? (HRGN)pRgn->GetHandle() : NULL;
- return ::InvalidateRgn(m_hWnd, hRgn, bErase);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::IsChild(CWnd* pChild) const
- // The IsChild function tests whether a window is a child window or descendant window
- // of a parent window's CWnd.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::IsChild(m_hWnd, pChild->GetHwnd());
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::IsDialogMessage(LPMSG lpMsg) const
- // The IsDialogMessage function determines whether a message is intended for the specified dialog box and,
- // if it is, processes the message.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::IsDialogMessage(m_hWnd, lpMsg);
- }
-
- inline UINT CWnd::IsDlgButtonChecked(int nIDButton) const
- // The IsDlgButtonChecked function determines whether a button control has a check mark next to it
- // or whether a three-state button control is grayed, checked, or neither.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::IsDlgButtonChecked(m_hWnd, nIDButton);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::IsWindowEnabled() const
- // The IsWindowEnabled function determines whether the window is enabled
- // for mouse and keyboard input.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::IsWindowEnabled(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::IsWindowVisible() const
- // The IsWindowVisible function retrieves the visibility state of the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::IsWindowVisible(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::IsWindow() const
- // The IsWindow function determines whether the window exists.
- {
- return ::IsWindow(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline void CWnd::MapWindowPoints(CWnd* pWndTo, POINT& pt) const
- // The MapWindowPoints function converts (maps) a set of points from a coordinate space relative to one
- // window to a coordinate space relative to another window.
- {
- assert (m_hWnd);
- if(pWndTo)
- {
- assert (pWndTo->GetHwnd());
- ::MapWindowPoints(m_hWnd, pWndTo->GetHwnd(), &pt, 1);
- }
- else
- ::MapWindowPoints(m_hWnd, NULL, &pt, 1);
- }
-
- inline void CWnd::MapWindowPoints(CWnd* pWndTo, RECT& rc) const
- // The MapWindowPoints function converts (maps) a set of points from a coordinate space relative to one
- // window to a coordinate space relative to another window.
- {
- assert (m_hWnd);
- if(pWndTo)
- {
- assert (pWndTo->GetHwnd());
- ::MapWindowPoints(m_hWnd, pWndTo->GetHwnd(), (LPPOINT)&rc, 2);
- }
- else
- ::MapWindowPoints(m_hWnd, NULL, (LPPOINT)&rc, 2);
- }
-
- inline void CWnd::MapWindowPoints(CWnd* pWndTo, LPPOINT ptArray, UINT nCount) const
- // The MapWindowPoints function converts (maps) a set of points from a coordinate space relative to one
- // window to a coordinate space relative to another window.
- {
- assert (m_hWnd);
- if (pWndTo)
- {
- assert (pWndTo->GetHwnd());
- ::MapWindowPoints(m_hWnd, pWndTo->GetHwnd(), (LPPOINT)ptArray, nCount);
- }
- else
- ::MapWindowPoints(m_hWnd, NULL, (LPPOINT)ptArray, nCount);
- }
-
- inline int CWnd::MessageBox(LPCTSTR lpText, LPCTSTR lpCaption, UINT uType) const
- // The MessageBox function creates, displays, and operates a message box.
- // Possible combinations of uType values include: MB_OK, MB_HELP, MB_OKCANCEL, MB_RETRYCANCEL,
- // MB_YESNO, MB_YESNOCANCEL, MB_ICONEXCLAMATION, MB_ICONWARNING, MB_ICONERROR (+ many others).
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::MessageBox(m_hWnd, lpText, lpCaption, uType);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::MoveWindow(int x, int y, int nWidth, int nHeight, BOOL bRepaint /* = TRUE*/) const
- // The MoveWindow function changes the position and dimensions of the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::MoveWindow(m_hWnd, x, y, nWidth, nHeight, bRepaint = TRUE);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::MoveWindow(const RECT& rc, BOOL bRepaint /* = TRUE*/) const
- // The MoveWindow function changes the position and dimensions of the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::MoveWindow(m_hWnd, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top, bRepaint);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::PostMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam /*= 0L*/, LPARAM lParam /*= 0L*/) const
- // The PostMessage function places (posts) a message in the message queue
- // associated with the thread that created the window and returns without
- // waiting for the thread to process the message.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::PostMessage(m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::PostMessage(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const
- // Required by by some macros
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::PostMessage(hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::RedrawWindow(LPCRECT lpRectUpdate, CRgn* pRgn, UINT flags) const
- // The RedrawWindow function updates the specified rectangle or region in a window's client area.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- HRGN hRgn = pRgn? (HRGN)pRgn->GetHandle() : NULL;
- return ::RedrawWindow(m_hWnd, lpRectUpdate, hRgn, flags);
- }
-
- inline int CWnd::ReleaseDC(CDC* pDC) const
- // The ReleaseDC function releases a device context (DC), freeing it for use
- // by other applications.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- assert(pDC);
- return ::ReleaseDC(m_hWnd, pDC->GetHDC());
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::ScreenToClient(POINT& Point) const
- // The ScreenToClient function converts the screen coordinates of a specified point on the screen to client-area coordinates.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::ScreenToClient(m_hWnd, &Point);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::ScreenToClient(RECT& rc) const
- // The ScreenToClient function converts the screen coordinates of a specified RECT on the screen to client-area coordinates.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)::MapWindowPoints(NULL, m_hWnd, (LPPOINT)&rc, 2);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CWnd::SendDlgItemMessage(int nIDDlgItem, UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const
- // The SendDlgItemMessage function sends a message to the specified control in a dialog box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SendDlgItemMessage(m_hWnd, nIDDlgItem, Msg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CWnd::SendMessage(UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam /*= 0L*/, LPARAM lParam /*= 0L*/) const
- // The SendMessage function sends the specified message to a window or windows.
- // It calls the window procedure for the window and does not return until the
- // window procedure has processed the message.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SendMessage(m_hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline LRESULT CWnd::SendMessage(HWND hWnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const
- // Required by by some macros
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SendMessage(hWnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::SendNotifyMessage(UINT Msg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) const
- // The SendNotifyMessage function sends the specified message to a window or windows. If the window was created by the
- // calling thread, SendNotifyMessage calls the window procedure for the window and does not return until the window procedure
- // has processed the message. If the window was created by a different thread, SendNotifyMessage passes the message to the
- // window procedure and returns immediately; it does not wait for the window procedure to finish processing the message.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SendNotifyMessage(m_hWnd, Msg, wParam, lParam);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::SetActiveWindow() const
- // The SetActiveWindow function activates the window, but
- // not if the application is in the background.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return FromHandle( ::SetActiveWindow(m_hWnd) );
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::SetCapture() const
- // The SetCapture function sets the mouse capture to the window.
- // SetCapture captures mouse input either when the mouse is over the capturing
- // window, or when the mouse button was pressed while the mouse was over the
- // capturing window and the button is still down.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return FromHandle( ::SetCapture(m_hWnd) );
- }
-
- inline ULONG_PTR CWnd::SetClassLongPtr(int nIndex, LONG_PTR dwNewLong) const
- // The SetClassLongPtr function replaces the specified value at the specified offset in the
- // extra class memory or the WNDCLASSEX structure for the class to which the window belongs.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SetClassLongPtr(m_hWnd, nIndex, dwNewLong);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::SetFocus() const
- // The SetFocus function sets the keyboard focus to the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return FromHandle( ::SetFocus(m_hWnd) );
- }
-
- inline void CWnd::SetFont(CFont* pFont, BOOL bRedraw /* = TRUE*/) const
- // Specifies the font that the window will use when drawing text.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- assert(pFont);
- SendMessage(WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)pFont->GetHandle(), (LPARAM)bRedraw);
- }
-
- inline HICON CWnd::SetIcon(HICON hIcon, BOOL bBigIcon) const
- // Associates a new large or small icon with a window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (HICON)SendMessage(WM_SETICON, (WPARAM)bBigIcon, (LPARAM)hIcon);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::SetForegroundWindow() const
- // The SetForegroundWindow function puts the thread that created the window into the
- // foreground and activates the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SetForegroundWindow(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::SetParent(CWnd* pWndParent) const
- // The SetParent function changes the parent window of the child window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- if (pWndParent)
- {
- HWND hParent = pWndParent->GetHwnd();
- return FromHandle(::SetParent(m_hWnd, hParent));
- }
- else
- return FromHandle(::SetParent(m_hWnd, 0));
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::SetRedraw(BOOL bRedraw /*= TRUE*/) const
- // This function allows changes in that window to be redrawn or prevents changes
- // in that window from being redrawn.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return (BOOL)::SendMessage(m_hWnd, WM_SETREDRAW, (WPARAM)bRedraw, 0L);
- }
-
- inline LONG_PTR CWnd::SetWindowLongPtr(int nIndex, LONG_PTR dwNewLong) const
- // The SetWindowLongPtr function changes an attribute of the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SetWindowLongPtr(m_hWnd, nIndex, dwNewLong);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::SetWindowPos(HWND hWndInsertAfter, int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT uFlags) const
- // The SetWindowPos function changes the size, position, and Z order of a child, pop-up,
- // or top-level window. The hWndInsertAfter can be a HWND or one of:
- // HWND_BOTTOM, HWND_NOTOPMOST, HWND_TOP, HWND_TOPMOST
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SetWindowPos(m_hWnd, hWndInsertAfter, x, y, cx, cy, uFlags);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::SetWindowPos(HWND hWndInsertAfter, const RECT& rc, UINT uFlags) const
- // The SetWindowPos function changes the size, position, and Z order of a child, pop-up,
- // or top-level window. The hWndInsertAfter can be a HWND or one of:
- // HWND_BOTTOM, HWND_NOTOPMOST, HWND_TOP, HWND_TOPMOST
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SetWindowPos(m_hWnd, hWndInsertAfter, rc.left, rc.top, rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top, uFlags);
- }
-
- inline int CWnd::SetWindowRgn(CRgn* pRgn, BOOL bRedraw /*= TRUE*/) const
- // The SetWindowRgn function sets the window region of the window.
- // The window region determines the area within the window where the system permits drawing.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- HRGN hRgn = pRgn? (HRGN)pRgn->GetHandle() : NULL;
- int iResult = ::SetWindowRgn(m_hWnd, hRgn, bRedraw);
- if (iResult && pRgn)
- pRgn->Detach(); // The system owns the region now
- return iResult;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::SetDlgItemInt(int nIDDlgItem, UINT uValue, BOOL bSigned) const
- // The SetDlgItemInt function sets the text of a control in a dialog box to the string representation of a specified integer value.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SetDlgItemInt(m_hWnd, nIDDlgItem, uValue, bSigned);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::SetDlgItemText(int nIDDlgItem, LPCTSTR lpString) const
- // The SetDlgItemText function sets the title or text of a control in a dialog box.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SetDlgItemText(m_hWnd, nIDDlgItem, lpString);
- }
-
- inline UINT_PTR CWnd::SetTimer(UINT_PTR nIDEvent, UINT uElapse, TIMERPROC lpTimerFunc) const
- // Creates a timer with the specified time-out value.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SetTimer(m_hWnd, nIDEvent, uElapse, lpTimerFunc);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::SetWindowText(LPCTSTR lpString) const
- // The SetWindowText function changes the text of the window's title bar (if it has one).
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SetWindowText(m_hWnd, lpString);
- }
-
- inline HRESULT CWnd::SetWindowTheme(LPCWSTR pszSubAppName, LPCWSTR pszSubIdList) const
- // Set the XP Theme for a window.
- // Exampes:
- // SetWindowTheme(NULL, NULL); // Reverts the window's XP theme back to default
- // SetWindowTheme(L" ", L" "); // Disables XP theme for the window
- {
- HRESULT hr = E_NOTIMPL;
-
-#ifndef _WIN32_WCE
-
- HMODULE hMod = ::LoadLibrary(_T("uxtheme.dll"));
- if(hMod)
- {
- typedef HRESULT (__stdcall *PFNSETWINDOWTHEME)(HWND hWnd, LPCWSTR pszSubAppName, LPCWSTR pszSubIdList);
- PFNSETWINDOWTHEME pfn = (PFNSETWINDOWTHEME)GetProcAddress(hMod, "SetWindowTheme");
-
- hr = (*pfn)(m_hWnd, pszSubAppName, pszSubIdList);
-
- ::FreeLibrary(hMod);
- }
-
-#endif
-
- return hr;
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::ShowWindow(int nCmdShow /*= SW_SHOWNORMAL*/) const
- // The ShowWindow function sets the window's show state.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::ShowWindow(m_hWnd, nCmdShow);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::UpdateWindow() const
- // The UpdateWindow function updates the client area of the window by sending a
- // WM_PAINT message to the window if the window's update region is not empty.
- // If the update region is empty, no message is sent.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::UpdateWindow(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::ValidateRect(LPCRECT prc) const
- // The ValidateRect function validates the client area within a rectangle by
- // removing the rectangle from the update region of the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::ValidateRect(m_hWnd, prc);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::ValidateRgn(CRgn* pRgn) const
- // The ValidateRgn function validates the client area within a region by
- // removing the region from the current update region of the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- HRGN hRgn = pRgn? (HRGN)pRgn->GetHandle() : NULL;
- return ::ValidateRgn(m_hWnd, hRgn);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::WindowFromPoint(POINT pt)
- // Retrieves the window that contains the specified point (in screen coodinates).
- {
- return FromHandle(::WindowFromPoint(pt));
- }
-
- //
- // These functions aren't supported on WinCE
- //
- #ifndef _WIN32_WCE
- inline BOOL CWnd::CloseWindow() const
- // The CloseWindow function minimizes (but does not destroy) the window.
- // To destroy a window, an application can use the Destroy function.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::CloseWindow(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline int CWnd::DlgDirList(LPTSTR lpPathSpec, int nIDListBox, int nIDStaticPath, UINT uFileType) const
- // The DlgDirList function replaces the contents of a list box with the names of the subdirectories and files
- // in a specified directory. You can filter the list of names by specifying a set of file attributes.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::DlgDirList(m_hWnd, lpPathSpec, nIDListBox, nIDStaticPath, uFileType);
- }
-
- inline int CWnd::DlgDirListComboBox(LPTSTR lpPathSpec, int nIDComboBox, int nIDStaticPath, UINT uFiletype) const
- // The DlgDirListComboBox function replaces the contents of a combo box with the names of the subdirectories
- // and files in a specified directory. You can filter the list of names by specifying a set of file attributes.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::DlgDirListComboBox(m_hWnd, lpPathSpec, nIDComboBox, nIDStaticPath, uFiletype);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::DlgDirSelectEx(LPTSTR lpString, int nCount, int nIDListBox) const
- // The DlgDirSelectEx function retrieves the current selection from a single-selection list box. It assumes that the list box
- // has been filled by the DlgDirList function and that the selection is a drive letter, filename, or directory name.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::DlgDirSelectEx(m_hWnd, lpString, nCount, nIDListBox);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::DlgDirSelectComboBoxEx(LPTSTR lpString, int nCount, int nIDComboBox) const
- // The DlgDirSelectComboBoxEx function retrieves the current selection from a combo box filled by using the
- // DlgDirListComboBox function. The selection is interpreted as a drive letter, a file, or a directory name.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::DlgDirSelectComboBoxEx(m_hWnd, lpString, nCount, nIDComboBox);
- }
-
- #ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
- inline void CWnd::DragAcceptFiles(BOOL fAccept) const
- // Registers whether a window accepts dropped files.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- ::DragAcceptFiles(m_hWnd, fAccept);
- }
- #endif
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::DrawAnimatedRects(int idAni, RECT& rcFrom, RECT& rcTo) const
- // The DrawAnimatedRects function draws a wire-frame rectangle and animates it to indicate the opening of
- // an icon or the minimizing or maximizing of a window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::DrawAnimatedRects(m_hWnd, idAni, &rcFrom, &rcTo);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::DrawCaption(CDC* pDC, RECT& rc, UINT uFlags) const
- // The DrawCaption function draws a window caption.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- assert(pDC);
- return ::DrawCaption(m_hWnd, pDC->GetHDC(), &rc, uFlags);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::EnableScrollBar(UINT uSBflags, UINT uArrows) const
- // The EnableScrollBar function enables or disables one or both scroll bar arrows.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::EnableScrollBar(m_hWnd, uSBflags, uArrows);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::GetLastActivePopup() const
- // The GetLastActivePopup function determines which pop-up window owned by the specified window was most recently active.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return FromHandle( ::GetLastActivePopup(m_hWnd) );
- }
-
- inline CMenu* CWnd::GetMenu() const
- // The GetMenu function retrieves a handle to the menu assigned to the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return FromHandle(::GetMenu(m_hWnd));
- }
-
- inline int CWnd::GetScrollPos(int nBar) const
- // The GetScrollPos function retrieves the current position of the scroll box
- // (thumb) in the specified scroll bar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::GetScrollPos(m_hWnd, nBar);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::GetScrollRange(int nBar, int& MinPos, int& MaxPos) const
- // The GetScrollRange function retrieves the current minimum and maximum scroll box
- // (thumb) positions for the specified scroll bar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::GetScrollRange(m_hWnd, nBar, &MinPos, &MaxPos );
- }
-
- inline CMenu* CWnd::GetSystemMenu(BOOL bRevert) const
- // The GetSystemMenu function allows the application to access the window menu (also known as the system menu
- // or the control menu) for copying and modifying.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return FromHandle(::GetSystemMenu(m_hWnd, bRevert));
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::GetTopWindow() const
- // The GetTopWindow function examines the Z order of the child windows associated with the parent window and
- // retrieves a handle to the child window at the top of the Z order.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return FromHandle( ::GetTopWindow(m_hWnd) );
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::GetWindowPlacement(WINDOWPLACEMENT& wndpl) const
- // The GetWindowPlacement function retrieves the show state and the restored,
- // minimized, and maximized positions of the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::GetWindowPlacement(m_hWnd, &wndpl);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::HiliteMenuItem(CMenu* pMenu, UINT uItemHilite, UINT uHilite) const
- // The HiliteMenuItem function highlights or removes the highlighting from an item in a menu bar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- assert(pMenu);
- return ::HiliteMenuItem(m_hWnd, pMenu->GetHandle(), uItemHilite, uHilite);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::IsIconic() const
- // The IsIconic function determines whether the window is minimized (iconic).
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::IsIconic(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::IsZoomed() const
- // The IsZoomed function determines whether the window is maximized.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::IsZoomed(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::KillTimer(UINT_PTR uIDEvent) const
- // Destroys the specified timer.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::KillTimer(m_hWnd, uIDEvent);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::LockWindowUpdate() const
- // Disables drawing in the window. Only one window can be locked at a time.
- // Use UnLockWindowUpdate to re-enable drawing in the window
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::LockWindowUpdate(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::OpenIcon() const
- // The OpenIcon function restores a minimized (iconic) window to its previous size and position.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::OpenIcon(m_hWnd);
- }
-
- inline void CWnd::Print(CDC* pDC, DWORD dwFlags) const
- // Requests that the window draw itself in the specified device context, most commonly in a printer device context.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- assert(pDC);
- SendMessage(m_hWnd, WM_PRINT, (WPARAM)pDC, (LPARAM)dwFlags);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::ScrollWindow(int XAmount, int YAmount, LPCRECT lprcScroll, LPCRECT lprcClip) const
- // The ScrollWindow function scrolls the contents of the specified window's client area.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::ScrollWindow(m_hWnd, XAmount, YAmount, lprcScroll, lprcClip);
- }
-
- inline int CWnd::ScrollWindowEx(int dx, int dy, LPCRECT lprcScroll, LPCRECT lprcClip, CRgn* prgnUpdate, LPRECT lprcUpdate, UINT flags) const
- // The ScrollWindow function scrolls the contents of the window's client area.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- HRGN hrgnUpdate = prgnUpdate? (HRGN)prgnUpdate->GetHandle() : NULL;
- return ::ScrollWindowEx(m_hWnd, dx, dy, lprcScroll, lprcClip, hrgnUpdate, lprcUpdate, flags);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::SetMenu(CMenu* pMenu) const
- // The SetMenu function assigns a menu to the specified window.
- // A hMenu of NULL removes the menu.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SetMenu(m_hWnd, pMenu? pMenu->GetHandle() : NULL);
- }
-
- inline int CWnd::SetScrollInfo(int fnBar, const SCROLLINFO& si, BOOL fRedraw) const
- // The SetScrollInfo function sets the parameters of a scroll bar, including
- // the minimum and maximum scrolling positions, the page size, and the
- // position of the scroll box (thumb).
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SetScrollInfo(m_hWnd, fnBar, &si, fRedraw);
- }
-
- inline int CWnd::SetScrollPos(int nBar, int nPos, BOOL bRedraw) const
- // The SetScrollPos function sets the position of the scroll box (thumb) in
- // the specified scroll bar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SetScrollPos(m_hWnd, nBar, nPos, bRedraw);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::SetScrollRange(int nBar, int nMinPos, int nMaxPos, BOOL bRedraw) const
- // The SetScrollRange function sets the minimum and maximum scroll box positions for the scroll bar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SetScrollRange(m_hWnd, nBar, nMinPos, nMaxPos, bRedraw);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::SetWindowPlacement(const WINDOWPLACEMENT& wndpl) const
- // The SetWindowPlacement function sets the show state and the restored, minimized,
- // and maximized positions of the window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::SetWindowPlacement(m_hWnd, &wndpl);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::ShowOwnedPopups(BOOL fShow) const
- // The ShowOwnedPopups function shows or hides all pop-up windows owned by the specified window.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::ShowOwnedPopups(m_hWnd, fShow);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::ShowScrollBar(int nBar, BOOL bShow) const
- // The ShowScrollBar function shows or hides the specified scroll bar.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::ShowScrollBar(m_hWnd, nBar, bShow);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::ShowWindowAsync(int nCmdShow) const
- // The ShowWindowAsync function sets the show state of a window created by a different thread.
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::ShowWindowAsync(m_hWnd, nCmdShow);
- }
-
- inline BOOL CWnd::UnLockWindowUpdate() const
- // Enables drawing in the window. Only one window can be locked at a time.
- // Use LockWindowUpdate to disable drawing in the window
- {
- assert(::IsWindow(m_hWnd));
- return ::LockWindowUpdate(0);
- }
-
- inline CWnd* CWnd::WindowFromDC(CDC* pDC) const
- // The WindowFromDC function returns a handle to the window associated with the specified display device context (DC).
- {
- assert(pDC);
- return FromHandle( ::WindowFromDC(pDC->GetHDC()) );
- }
-
- #endif
-
-}; // namespace Win32xx
-
-
-#endif // _WIN32XX_WINCORE_H_
-
diff --git a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/winutils.h b/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/winutils.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 94ba2d80..00000000
--- a/mmc_updater/depends/win32cpp/winutils.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,649 +0,0 @@
-// Win32++ Version 7.2
-// Released: 5th AUgust 2011
-//
-// David Nash
-// email: dnash@bigpond.net.au
-// url: https://sourceforge.net/projects/win32-framework
-//
-//
-// Copyright (c) 2005-2011 David Nash
-//
-// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to
-// any person obtaining a copy of this software and
-// associated documentation files (the "Software"),
-// to deal in the Software without restriction, including
-// without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify,
-// merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
-// copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom
-// the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
-// following conditions:
-//
-// The above copyright notice and this permission notice
-// shall be included in all copies or substantial portions
-// of the Software.
-//
-// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
-// ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
-// TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
-// PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT
-// SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR
-// ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN
-// ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
-// OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE
-// OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
-//
-////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-
-#ifndef _WIN32XX_WINUTILS_H_
-#define _WIN32XX_WINUTILS_H_
-
-
-// define useful macros from WindowsX.h
-#ifndef GET_X_LPARAM
- #define GET_X_LPARAM(lp) ((int)(short)LOWORD(lp))
-#endif
-#ifndef GET_Y_LPARAM
- #define GET_Y_LPARAM(lp) ((int)(short)HIWORD(lp))
-#endif
-
-// Define our own MIN and MAX macros
-// this avoids inconsistencies with Dev-C++ and other compilers, and
-// avoids conflicts between typical min/max macros and std::min/std::max
-#define MAX(a,b) (((a) > (b)) ? (a) : (b))
-#define MIN(a,b) (((a) < (b)) ? (a) : (b))
-
-
-namespace Win32xx
-{
- // Forward declarations
- class CPoint;
- class CRect;
- CWinApp* GetApp();
- void TRACE(LPCTSTR str);
-
-
- /////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definition of the CSize class
- // This class can be used to replace the SIZE structure
- class CSize : public SIZE
- {
- public:
- CSize() { cx = 0; cy = 0; }
- CSize(int CX, int CY) { cx = CX; cy = CY; }
- CSize(SIZE sz) { cx = sz.cx; cy = sz.cy; }
- CSize(POINT pt) { cx = pt.x; cy = pt.y; }
- CSize(DWORD dw) { cx = (short)LOWORD(dw); cy = (short)HIWORD(dw); }
- void SetSize(int CX, int CY) { cx = CX; cy = CY; }
-
- // Operators
- operator LPSIZE() { return this; }
- BOOL operator == (SIZE sz) const { return (cx == sz.cx && cy == sz.cy); }
- BOOL operator != (SIZE sz) const { return (cx != sz.cx || cy != sz.cy); }
- void operator += (SIZE sz) { cx += sz.cx; cy += sz.cy; }
- void operator -= (SIZE sz) { cx -= sz.cx; cy -= sz.cy; }
-
- // Operators returning CSize
- CSize operator - () const { return CSize (-cx, -cy); }
- CSize operator + (SIZE sz) const { return CSize (cx + sz.cx, cy + sz.cy); }
- CSize operator - (SIZE sz) const { return CSize (cx - sz.cx, cy - sz.cy); }
-
- // Operators returning CPoint
- CPoint operator + (POINT point) const;
- CPoint operator - (POINT point) const;
-
- // Operators returning CRect
- CRect operator + (RECT rc) const;
- CRect operator - (RECT rc) const;
- };
-
-
- /////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definition of the CPoint class
- // This class can be used to replace the POINT structure
- class CPoint : public POINT
- {
- public:
- CPoint() { x = 0; y = 0; }
- CPoint(int X, int Y) { x = X; y = Y; }
- CPoint(POINT pt) { x = pt.x ; y = pt.y; }
- CPoint(POINTS pts) { x = pts.x; y = pts.y; }
- CPoint(SIZE sz) { x = sz.cx; y = sz.cy; }
- CPoint(DWORD dw) { x = (short) LOWORD(dw); y = (short) HIWORD(dw); }
-
- void Offset(int dx, int dy) { x += dx; y += dy; }
- void Offset(POINT pt) { x += pt.x; y += pt.y; }
- void Offset(SIZE sz) { x += sz.cx; y += sz.cy; }
- void SetPoint(int X, int Y) { x = X; y = Y; }
-
- // Operators
- operator LPPOINT() { return this; }
- BOOL operator == (POINT pt) const { return ((x == pt.x) && (y == pt.y)); }
- BOOL operator != (POINT pt) const { return ((x != pt.x) || (y != pt.y)); }
- void operator += (SIZE sz) { x += sz.cx; y += sz.cy; }
- void operator -= (SIZE sz) { x -= sz.cx; y -= sz.cy; }
- void operator += (POINT pt) { x += pt.x; y += pt.y; }
- void operator -= (POINT pt) { x -= pt.x; y -= pt.y; }
-
- // Operators returning CPoint
- CPoint operator - () const { return CPoint(-x, -y); }
- CPoint operator + (SIZE sz) const { return CPoint(x + sz.cx, y + sz.cy); }
- CPoint operator - (SIZE sz) const { return CPoint(x - sz.cx, y - sz.cy); }
- CPoint operator + (POINT pt) const { return CPoint(x + pt.x, y + pt.y); }
- CPoint operator - (POINT pt) const { return CPoint(x - pt.x, y - pt.y); }
-
- // Operators returning CRect
- CRect operator + (RECT rc) const;
- CRect operator - (RECT rc) const;
- };
-
-
- /////////////////////////////////////////
- // Definition of the CRect class
- // This class can be used to replace the RECT structure.
- class CRect : public RECT
- {
- public:
- CRect() { left = top = right = bottom = 0; }
- CRect(int l, int t, int r, int b) { left = l; top = t; right = r; bottom = b; }
- CRect(RECT rc) { left = rc.left; top = rc.top; right = rc.right; bottom = rc.bottom; }
- CRect(POINT pt, SIZE sz) { right = (left = pt.x) + sz.cx; bottom = (top = pt.y) + sz.cy; }
- CRect(POINT topLeft, POINT bottomRight) { left = topLeft.x; top = topLeft.y; right = bottomRight.x; bottom = bottomRight.y; }
-
- BOOL CopyRect(RECT rc) { return ::CopyRect(this, &rc); }
- BOOL DeflateRect(int x, int y) { return ::InflateRect(this, -x, -y); }
- BOOL DeflateRect(SIZE size) { return ::InflateRect(this, -size.cx, -size.cy); }
- BOOL DeflateRect(RECT rc) { return ::InflateRect(this, rc.left - rc.right, rc.top - rc.bottom); }
- BOOL DeflateRect(int l, int t, int r, int b){ return ::InflateRect(this, l - r, t - b); }
- BOOL EqualRect(RECT rc) const { return ::EqualRect(&rc, this); }
- BOOL InflateRect(int dx, int dy) { return ::InflateRect(this, dx, dy); }
- BOOL InflateRect(SIZE sz) { return ::InflateRect(this, sz.cx, sz.cy); }
- BOOL InflateRect(RECT rc) { return ::InflateRect(this, rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top); }
- BOOL InflateRect(int l, int t, int r, int b){ return ::InflateRect(this, r - l, b - t); }
- BOOL IntersectRect(RECT rc1, RECT rc2) { return ::IntersectRect(this, &rc1, &rc2); }
- BOOL IsRectEmpty() const { return ::IsRectEmpty(this);}
- BOOL IsRectNull() const { return (left == 0 && right == 0 && top == 0 && bottom == 0); }
- CRect MulDiv(int nMult, int nDiv) const { return CRect ((left * nMult) / nDiv, (top * nMult) / nDiv,
- (right * nMult) / nDiv, (bottom * nMult) / nDiv); }
- void NormalizeRect() { int nTemp; if (left > right) { nTemp = left; left = right; right = nTemp; }
- if (top > bottom) { nTemp = top; top = bottom; bottom = nTemp; } }
- BOOL OffsetRect(int dx, int dy) { return ::OffsetRect(this, dx, dy); }
- BOOL OffsetRect(POINT pt) { return ::OffsetRect(this, pt.x, pt.y); }
- BOOL OffsetRect(SIZE size) { return ::OffsetRect(this, size.cx, size.cy); }
- BOOL PtInRect(POINT pt) const { return ::PtInRect(this, pt); }
- BOOL SetRect(int l, int t, int r, int b) { return ::SetRect(this, l, t, r, b); }
- BOOL SetRect(POINT TopLeft, POINT BtmRight) { return ::SetRect(this, TopLeft.x, TopLeft.y, BtmRight.x, BtmRight.y); }
- BOOL SetRectEmpty() { return ::SetRectEmpty(this); }
- BOOL SubtractRect(RECT rc1, RECT rc2) { return ::SubtractRect(this, &rc1, &rc2); }
- BOOL UnionRect(RECT rc1, RECT rc2) { return ::UnionRect(this, &rc1, &rc2); }
-
- // Reposition rectangle
- void MoveToX (int x) { right = Width() + x; left = x; }
- void MoveToY (int y) { bottom = Height() + y; top = y; }
- void MoveToXY (int x, int y) { MoveToX(x); MoveToY(y); }
- void MoveToXY (POINT pt) { MoveToX (pt.x); MoveToY (pt.y); }
-
- // Attributes
- int Height() const { return bottom - top; }
- int Width() const { return right - left; }
- CSize Size() const { return CSize(Width(), Height()); }
- CPoint CenterPoint() const { return CPoint((left + right) / 2, (top + bottom) / 2); }
- CPoint TopLeft() const { return CPoint(left, top); }
- CPoint BottomRight() const { return CPoint(right, bottom); }
-
- // operators
- operator LPRECT() { return this; }
- BOOL operator == (RECT rc) const { return ::EqualRect(this, &rc); }
- BOOL operator != (RECT rc) const { return !::EqualRect(this, &rc); }
- void operator += (POINT pt) { ::OffsetRect(this, pt.x, pt.y); }
- void operator += (SIZE size) { ::OffsetRect(this, size.cx, size.cy); }
- void operator += (RECT rc) { ::InflateRect(this, rc.right - rc.left, rc.bottom - rc.top); }
- void operator -= (RECT rc) { ::InflateRect(this, rc.left - rc.right, rc.top - rc.bottom); }
- void operator -= (POINT pt) { ::OffsetRect(this, -pt.x, -pt.y); }
- void operator -= (SIZE sz) { ::OffsetRect(this, -sz.cx, -sz.cy); }
- void operator &= (RECT rc) { ::IntersectRect(this, this, &rc); }
- void operator |= (RECT rc) { ::UnionRect(this, this, &rc); }
-
- // Operators returning CRect
- CRect operator + (POINT pt) const { CRect rc(*this); ::OffsetRect(&rc, pt.x, pt.y); return rc; }
- CRect operator - (POINT pt) const { CRect rc(*this); ::OffsetRect(&rc, -pt.x, -pt.y); return rc; }
- CRect operator + (SIZE sz) const { CRect rc(*this); ::OffsetRect(&rc, sz.cx, sz.cy); return rc; }
- CRect operator - (SIZE sz) const { CRect rc(*this); ::OffsetRect(&rc, -sz.cx, -sz.cy); return rc; }
- CRect operator + (RECT rc) const { CRect rc1(*this); rc1.InflateRect(rc); return rc1; }
- CRect operator - (RECT rc) const { CRect rc1(*this); rc1.DeflateRect(rc); return rc1; }
- CRect operator & (RECT rc) const { CRect rc1; ::IntersectRect(&rc1, this, &rc); return rc1; }
- CRect operator | (RECT rc) const { CRect rc1; ::UnionRect(&rc1, this, &rc); return rc1; }
- };
-
- // CSize member function definitions
- inline CPoint CSize::operator + (POINT pt) const { return CPoint(pt) + *this; }
- inline CPoint CSize::operator - (POINT pt) const { return CPoint(pt) - *this; }
- inline CRect CSize::operator + (RECT rc) const { return CRect(rc) + *this; }
- inline CRect CSize::operator - (RECT rc) const { return CRect(rc) - *this; }
-
- // CPoint member function definitions
- inline CRect CPoint::operator + (RECT rc) const { return CRect(rc) + *this; }
- inline CRect CPoint::operator - (RECT rc) const { return CRect(rc) - *this; }
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
- // Classes and functions (typedefs) for text conversions
- //
- // This section defines the following text conversions:
- // A2BSTR ANSI to BSTR
- // A2OLE ANSI to OLE
- // A2T ANSI to TCHAR
- // A2W ANSI to WCHAR
- // OLE2A OLE to ANSI
- // OLE2T OLE to TCHAR
- // OLE2W OLE to WCHAR
- // T2A TCHAR to ANSI
- // T2BSTR TCHAR to BSTR
- // T2OLE TCHAR to OLE
- // T2W TCHAR to WCHAR
- // W2A WCHAR to ANSI
- // W2BSTR WCHAR to BSTR
- // W2OLE WCHAR to OLE
- // W2T WCHAR to TCHAR
-
- // About different character and string types:
- // ------------------------------------------
- // char (or CHAR) character types are ANSI (8 bits).
- // wchar_t (or WCHAR) character types are Unicode (16 bits).
- // TCHAR characters are Unicode if the _UNICODE macro is defined, otherwise they are ANSI.
- // BSTR (Basic String) is a type of string used in Visual Basic and COM programming.
- // OLE is the same as WCHAR. It is used in Visual Basic and COM programming.
-
-
- // Forward declarations of our classes. They are defined later.
- class CA2A;
- class CA2W;
- class CW2A;
- class CW2W;
- class CA2BSTR;
- class CW2BSTR;
-
- // typedefs for the well known text conversions
- typedef CA2W A2W;
- typedef CW2A W2A;
- typedef CW2BSTR W2BSTR;
- typedef CA2BSTR A2BSTR;
- typedef CW2A BSTR2A;
- typedef CW2W BSTR2W;
-
-#ifdef _UNICODE
- typedef CA2W A2T;
- typedef CW2A T2A;
- typedef CW2W T2W;
- typedef CW2W W2T;
- typedef CW2BSTR T2BSTR;
- typedef BSTR2W BSTR2T;
-#else
- typedef CA2A A2T;
- typedef CA2A T2A;
- typedef CA2W T2W;
- typedef CW2A W2T;
- typedef CA2BSTR T2BSTR;
- typedef BSTR2A BSTR2T;
-#endif
-
- typedef A2W A2OLE;
- typedef T2W T2OLE;
- typedef CW2W W2OLE;
- typedef W2A OLE2A;
- typedef W2T OLE2T;
- typedef CW2W OLE2W;
-
- class CA2W
- {
- public:
- CA2W(LPCSTR pStr) : m_pStr(pStr)
- {
- if (pStr)
- {
- // Resize the vector and assign null WCHAR to each element
- int length = (int)strlen(pStr)+1;
- m_vWideArray.assign(length, L'\0');
-
- // Fill our vector with the converted WCHAR array
- MultiByteToWideChar(CP_ACP, 0, pStr, -1, &m_vWideArray[0], length);
- }
- }
- ~CA2W() {}
- operator LPCWSTR() { return m_pStr? &m_vWideArray[0] : NULL; }
- operator LPOLESTR() { return m_pStr? (LPOLESTR)&m_vWideArray[0] : (LPOLESTR)NULL; }
- operator LPBSTR() { return m_pStr? (LPBSTR)&m_vWideArray[0] : (LPBSTR)NULL; }
-
- private:
- CA2W(const CA2W&);
- CA2W& operator= (const CA2W&);
- std::vector<wchar_t> m_vWideArray;
- LPCSTR m_pStr;
- };
-
- class CW2A
- {
- public:
- CW2A(LPCWSTR pWStr) : m_pWStr(pWStr)
- {
- // Resize the vector and assign null char to each element
- int length = (int)wcslen(pWStr)+1;
- m_vAnsiArray.assign(length, '\0');
-
- // Fill our vector with the converted char array
- WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, pWStr, -1, &m_vAnsiArray[0], length, NULL,NULL);
- }
-
- ~CW2A() {}
- operator LPCSTR() { return m_pWStr? &m_vAnsiArray[0] : NULL; }
-
- private:
- CW2A(const CW2A&);
- CW2A& operator= (const CW2A&);
- std::vector<char> m_vAnsiArray;
- LPCWSTR m_pWStr;
- };
-
- class CW2W
- {
- public:
- CW2W(LPCWSTR pWStr) : m_pWStr(pWStr) {}
- operator LPCWSTR() { return (LPWSTR)m_pWStr; }
- operator LPOLESTR() { return (LPOLESTR)m_pWStr; }
-
- private:
- CW2W(const CW2W&);
- CW2W& operator= (const CW2W&);
-
- LPCWSTR m_pWStr;
- };
-
- class CA2A
- {
- public:
- CA2A(LPCSTR pStr) : m_pStr(pStr) {}
- operator LPCSTR() { return (LPSTR)m_pStr; }
-
- private:
- CA2A(const CA2A&);
- CA2A& operator= (const CA2A&);
-
- LPCSTR m_pStr;
- };
-
- class CW2BSTR
- {
- public:
- CW2BSTR(LPCWSTR pWStr) { m_bstrString = ::SysAllocString(pWStr); }
- ~CW2BSTR() { ::SysFreeString(m_bstrString); }
- operator BSTR() { return m_bstrString;}
-
- private:
- CW2BSTR(const CW2BSTR&);
- CW2BSTR& operator= (const CW2BSTR&);
- BSTR m_bstrString;
- };
-
- class CA2BSTR
- {
- public:
- CA2BSTR(LPCSTR pStr) { m_bstrString = ::SysAllocString(A2W(pStr)); }
- ~CA2BSTR() { ::SysFreeString(m_bstrString); }
- operator BSTR() { return m_bstrString;}
-
- private:
- CA2BSTR(const CA2BSTR&);
- CA2BSTR& operator= (const CA2BSTR&);
- BSTR m_bstrString;
- };
-
-
- ////////////////////////////////////////
- // Global Functions
- //
-
- inline CWnd* FromHandle(HWND hWnd)
- // Returns the CWnd object associated with the window handle
- {
- assert( GetApp() );
- CWnd* pWnd = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hWnd);
- if (::IsWindow(hWnd) && pWnd == 0)
- {
- GetApp()->AddTmpWnd(hWnd);
- pWnd = GetApp()->GetCWndFromMap(hWnd);
- ::PostMessage(hWnd, UWM_CLEANUPTEMPS, 0, 0);
- }
-
- return pWnd;
- }
-
-
- inline CWinApp* GetApp()
- // Returns a pointer to the CWinApp derrived class
- {
- return CWinApp::SetnGetThis();
- }
-
- inline CPoint GetCursorPos()
- {
- CPoint pt;
- ::GetCursorPos(&pt);
- return pt;
- }
-
- inline HBITMAP LoadBitmap (LPCTSTR lpszName)
- {
- assert(GetApp());
-
- HBITMAP hBitmap = (HBITMAP)::LoadImage (GetApp()->GetResourceHandle(), lpszName, IMAGE_BITMAP, 0, 0, LR_DEFAULTCOLOR);
- return hBitmap;
- }
-
- inline HBITMAP LoadBitmap (int nID)
- {
- return LoadBitmap(MAKEINTRESOURCE(nID));
- }
-
-
- inline void TRACE(LPCTSTR str)
- // TRACE sends a string to the debug/output pane, or an external debugger
- {
- #ifdef _DEBUG
- OutputDebugString(str);
- #else
- UNREFERENCED_PARAMETER(str); // no-op
- #endif
- }
-
- #ifndef _WIN32_WCE // for Win32/64 operating systems, not WinCE
-
- inline int GetWinVersion()
- {
- DWORD dwVersion = GetVersion();
- int Platform = (dwVersion < 0x80000000)? 2:1;
- int MajorVer = LOBYTE(LOWORD(dwVersion));
- int MinorVer = HIBYTE(LOWORD(dwVersion));
-
- int nVersion = 1000*Platform + 100*MajorVer + MinorVer;
-
- // Return values and window versions:
- // 1400 Windows 95
- // 1410 Windows 98
- // 1490 Windows ME
- // 2400 Windows NT
- // 2500 Windows 2000
- // 2501 Windows XP
- // 2502 Windows Server 2003
- // 2600 Windows Vista and Windows Server 2008
- // 2601 Windows 7
-
- return nVersion;
- }
-
- inline int GetComCtlVersion()
- {
- // Load the Common Controls DLL
- HMODULE hComCtl = ::LoadLibraryA("COMCTL32.DLL");
- if (!hComCtl)
- return 0;
-
- int ComCtlVer = 400;
-
- if (::GetProcAddress(hComCtl, "InitCommonControlsEx"))
- {
- // InitCommonControlsEx is unique to 4.7 and later
- ComCtlVer = 470;
-
- if (::GetProcAddress(hComCtl, "DllGetVersion"))
- {
- typedef HRESULT CALLBACK DLLGETVERSION(DLLVERSIONINFO*);
- DLLGETVERSION* pfnDLLGetVersion = NULL;
-
- pfnDLLGetVersion = (DLLGETVERSION*)::GetProcAddress(hComCtl, "DllGetVersion");
- if(pfnDLLGetVersion)
- {
- DLLVERSIONINFO dvi;
- dvi.cbSize = sizeof dvi;
- if(NOERROR == pfnDLLGetVersion(&dvi))
- {
- DWORD dwVerMajor = dvi.dwMajorVersion;
- DWORD dwVerMinor = dvi.dwMinorVersion;
- ComCtlVer = 100 * dwVerMajor + dwVerMinor;
- }
- }
- }
- else if (::GetProcAddress(hComCtl, "InitializeFlatSB"))
- ComCtlVer = 471; // InitializeFlatSB is unique to version 4.71
- }
-
- ::FreeLibrary(hComCtl);
-
- // return values and DLL versions
- // 400 dll ver 4.00 Windows 95/Windows NT 4.0
- // 470 dll ver 4.70 Internet Explorer 3.x
- // 471 dll ver 4.71 Internet Explorer 4.0
- // 472 dll ver 4.72 Internet Explorer 4.01 and Windows 98
- // 580 dll ver 5.80 Internet Explorer 5
- // 581 dll ver 5.81 Windows 2000 and Windows ME
- // 582 dll ver 5.82 Windows XP or Vista without XP themes
- // 600 dll ver 6.00 Windows XP with XP themes
- // 610 dll ver 6.10 Windows Vista with XP themes
- // 616 dll ver 6.16 Windows Vista SP1 or Windows 7 with XP themes
-
- return ComCtlVer;
- }
-
- inline UINT GetSizeofMenuItemInfo()
- {
- UINT uSize = sizeof(MENUITEMINFO);
- // For Win95 and NT, cbSize needs to be 44
- if (1400 == (GetWinVersion()) || (2400 == GetWinVersion()))
- uSize = 44;
-
- return uSize;
- }
-
- inline UINT GetSizeofNonClientMetrics()
- {
- // This function correctly determines the sizeof NONCLIENTMETRICS
- UINT uSize = sizeof (NONCLIENTMETRICS);
-
- #if (WINVER >= 0x0600)
- if (GetWinVersion() < 2600 && (uSize > 500)) // Is OS version less than Vista
- uSize -= sizeof(int); // Adjust size back to correct value
- #endif
-
- return uSize;
- }
-
-
-
- // A global function to report the state of the left mouse button
- inline BOOL IsLeftButtonDown()
- {
- SHORT state;
- if (GetSystemMetrics(SM_SWAPBUTTON))
- // Mouse buttons are swapped
- state = GetAsyncKeyState(VK_RBUTTON);
- else
- // Mouse buttons are not swapped
- state = GetAsyncKeyState(VK_LBUTTON);
-
- // returns true if the left mouse button is down
- return (state & 0x8000);
- }
-
- inline BOOL IsAeroThemed()
- {
- BOOL bIsAeroThemed = FALSE;
-
- // Test if Windows version is XP or greater
- if (GetWinVersion() >= 2501)
- {
- HMODULE hMod = ::LoadLibrary(_T("uxtheme.dll"));
- if(hMod)
- {
- // Declare pointers to IsCompositionActive function
- FARPROC pIsCompositionActive = ::GetProcAddress(hMod, "IsCompositionActive");
-
- if(pIsCompositionActive)
- {
- if(pIsCompositionActive())
- {
- bIsAeroThemed = TRUE;
- }
- }
- ::FreeLibrary(hMod);
- }
- }
-
- return bIsAeroThemed;
- }
-
- inline BOOL IsXPThemed()
- {
- BOOL bIsXPThemed = FALSE;
-
- // Test if Windows version is XP or greater
- if (GetWinVersion() >= 2501)
- {
- HMODULE hMod = ::LoadLibrary(_T("uxtheme.dll"));
- if(hMod)
- {
- // Declare pointers to functions
- FARPROC pIsAppThemed = ::GetProcAddress(hMod, "IsAppThemed");
- FARPROC pIsThemeActive = ::GetProcAddress(hMod, "IsThemeActive");
-
- if(pIsAppThemed && pIsThemeActive)
- {
- if(pIsAppThemed() && pIsThemeActive())
- {
- // Test if ComCtl32 dll used is version 6 or later
- bIsXPThemed = (GetComCtlVersion() >= 600);
- }
- }
- ::FreeLibrary(hMod);
- }
- }
-
- return bIsXPThemed;
- }
-
- #endif // #ifndef _WIN32_WCE
-
- // Required for WinCE
- #ifndef lstrcpyn
- inline LPTSTR lstrcpyn(LPTSTR lpstrDest, LPCTSTR lpstrSrc, int nLength)
- {
- if(NULL == lpstrDest || NULL == lpstrSrc || nLength <= 0)
- return NULL;
- int nLen = MIN((int)lstrlen(lpstrSrc), nLength - 1);
- LPTSTR lpstrRet = (LPTSTR)memcpy(lpstrDest, lpstrSrc, nLen * sizeof(TCHAR));
- lpstrDest[nLen] = _T('\0');
- return lpstrRet;
- }
- #endif // !lstrcpyn
-
-}
-
-
-#endif // _WIN32XX_WINUTILS_H_